Chapter 1: Prologue: Summer's End
Notes:
Welcome to my new story! I'm excited to finally share this with everyone, especially considering it's been months since I first came up with the idea and it's been plaguing me ever since.
I'm dedicating this fic to my dear friend Kate (thenewromantics or @milevens on tumblr), who's been encouraging me for months to not only write this, but to keep writing Mileven fics. Kate, thank you so much for being not only an amazing cheerleader, but also one of the best friends I could ask for. This fandom is blessed to have you and your talent and I'm so glad I can call you a friend.
Enjoy, everyone!!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
They certainly don’t make sunsets like this back in New York City. Or, at least, not ones you can easily see, at any rate.
The thought brings with it a complicated mix of awe, homesickness, and excitement – a lot to unpack, much like the boxes that are still taking up half the floor in her new bedroom, the ones that have been sitting there for the past couple of days as she struggles to get her new room set up perfectly.
But El Hopper isn’t one to dwell much on the things she can’t control. Especially not when there are beautiful sunsets to look at instead.
The sky is awash in the most beautiful shades of orange, yellow, and pink, with wispy clouds doing their best to complement the stunning color palate. It reminds her, actually, of one of her favorite sundresses, still packed away with the half of her clothes she doesn’t consider essential – a pale pink dress with tiny orange and yellow flowers on it – and a flash of inspiration hits. Hmm, maybe I’ll wear that on the first day of school.
El smiles at the thought and, issue resolved, goes back to admiring the view from where she’s sitting out on the back porch. She props her feet up against the wooden railing as she starts gently rocking back and forth on the Hoppers’ new porch swing.
There’s so much about this that’s new and exciting. Back in New York, sunsets were hidden behind tall buildings – unless you had access to a roof top patio, or something, which El never did. Here, the view is completely exposed for anyone to see and marvel at its gorgeous array of colors. And there certainly weren’t any large, wrap-around porches with swings dangling from wide overhangs in NYC either – not like El has now.
No, Hawkins, Indiana is shaping up to be very different from New York City. The air smells different, full of grass and dirt and all things outdoors, and when El closes her eyes, she can hear the faint rustling of the breeze blowing through the trees and the chirping of birds.
The gentle humidity sticks to the skin of her bare legs and pulls at the hair piled up on top of her head, wisps that have escaped her bun sticking lightly to her neck and jaw. It’s a far cry from the stuffy moist heat that radiated off miles and miles of asphalt.
Here, she has a backyard and a porch swing and a house with a bedroom that is almost twice as big as the one in the apartment she lived in with her dad back in the city. There’s so much space and El wants to drown in it.
But, most of all, it’s peaceful, quiet and slower than even the laziest day in New York. There’s no one racing to get to where they’re going, no one shouting obscenities from street corners or pushing their way down busy sidewalks. It’s just nice. El finds herself filling with a sense of calmness like she’s never known before and she realizes she could just sit here all evening, whittling away the hours while she takes in all Hawkins’ scenery has to offer.
“Hey, lazy, what happened to helping me unpack the kitchen?”
El’s eyes widen and guilt pinpricks the skin along the back of her neck. “Oops,” she says, putting on her most charming smile as she turns to look at her dad. “Sorry about that?”
Jim Hopper levels a flat look at his daughter while he approaches the porch swing. “Uh huh. Next time, try it without it your apology sounding like a question.” Even though his face is carefully stern, El can see the beginnings of a smile curling up the corners of Hop’s mouth beneath the thick facial hair.
“No, really, I’m sorry. I got distracted by the sunset.” El turns to look back out at the early evening sky. “It’s pretty, isn’t it?” The sight of what had drawn her away from helping Hop unpack makes El sigh again with just how amazing it looks. Really, she can’t be blamed for getting pulled away from unpacking – which, in El’s defense, she’d been doing when she went to hunt down the scissors so she could open more boxes. It’d been as she was crossing from the kitchen into the mostly unpacked family room when she spotted the view from through the window and had to come admire it in full.
Hop sighs, the sound both resigned and relaxed at the same time. “That it is, Ellie,” he says as he sits down next to her, the chains of the swing creaking with the extra weight.
El glances at Hop out of the corner of her eye and she smiles at the look on his face. He’s a little tired – they both are from racing to get everything unpacked before El’s first day of her junior year and Hop’s first day as Chief of Police on Monday, which is only a couple of days away. But he looks peaceful and relaxed in a way that El doesn’t know if she’s ever seen before.
Two days back in his hometown and he’s already adjusting to quiet suburban life, El thinks with a smile. Truth be told, El’s glad. While the announcement that they were moving to Hawkins felt like it came out of nowhere – Hop pretty much just dropped it on her during dinner one night a week or so after school got out – El also hadn’t been blind to how unhappy he’d been the past few years living in New York. After everything that’d happened with her mom, from the divorce to her just disappearing into seeming thin air, and add in the pressures of being a detective with the NYPD, the stress had definitely been getting to him.
And El has to admit that she’d been scared for her dad. Being a police officer of any kind in New York City isn’t exactly the safest of jobs and there were definitely times where El was afraid Hop wouldn’t come home after his shift or while he got caught up in a case. Hawkins, by comparison, is much tamer – not as much crime, generally a lot safer – and the job of Police Chief means a lot less poking around into dangerous things and a lot more sitting behind a desk.
Yeah, El misses her friends from back in New York – friends from Pep Squad and from Student Government and all the other kids she shared classes with from throughout the years who she would eat lunch with and hang out with playing video games and go to the mall with. She doesn’t know anyone here, but being a stranger in a strange land has never slowed her down before. Besides, she didn’t have anyone she could truly call a “best friend”, so starting over isn’t really the end of the world.
“Oh, this came for you in the mail,” Hop says, drawing El’s attention back to the present and she looks over in time for her to see him reaching for the envelope tucked into the back pocket of his jeans.
“What is it?” El asks as she takes it from him.
“It’s from school, so probably your class schedule, if I had to guess,” Hop says with a casual shrug. But El can feel his curious gaze on her as she rips open the envelope. And, sure enough, it’s her class schedule, just like Hop predicted.
“Let’s see,” El says as she reads out loud. “Homeroom, English Lit, Honors Trig, French, Honors US History, Honors Chemistry, PE, plus an elective that just says ‘TBD’ next to it.” She finishes with a shrug and she looks back over at her dad.
Hop grins, mischief in his eyes. “So, honors track except for English, huh?”
El harrumphs and she crosses her arms over her chest. “Hey, it’s not my fault books are too full of symbolism. And who needs all those idioms anyway?”
“Did you ever think you’re just too literal?” Hop asks, snickering a little.
El tries not to roll her eyes, but fails miserably. This has long been a sticking point with her. El’s headstrong and stubborn – like, to-a-fault levels of stubborn. It’s how she ended up being friends with almost everyone in her grade despite being one of the more popular girls (it also drove away the only two boyfriends El’s ever had, but that’s another story for another time).
And, because El can’t seem to turn it off, that stubborn streak also carries over to her studies. It’s almost through sheer willpower alone that she regularly makes it into the honors track, where she’s generally able to maintain a B+/A- average… except for in English. And she really doesn’t need her face rubbed in it, thank you very much. “Did you ever think you’re just a jerk?” she grumbles.
Hop laughs out loud at that. “You’re gonna be the only teenager in this town who dares to mouth off to the Chief of Police, you know.”
“Yeah, well, I’m also gonna be the only teenager in this town who has to live with the Chief of Police, so there,” El says before she sticks out her tongue, feeling oh so mature for her 16 years of age. “Really, I’m gonna to go around and tell everyone you’re just a big softy and no one’s going to take you seriously at all.”
Hop gives her another look, eyebrow arched while he smirks. “Oh, please. I carry a gun plus I have the power to arrest people. I’m gonna terrify all the little shits in this town. I remember what it was like growing up here.”
El rolls her eyes again and sighs. “Ok, if you say so, Dad.”
There’s a long pause and father and daughter sink into a comfortable silence, both of them enjoying the view, before Hop speaks up once more. “Hey, um, so I know I’ve asked you this before and you can tell me to fuck right off, but you’re really ok with us moving to Hawkins, right?”
“Yeah, I’m really, really ok with it, Dad,” El says with a small smile. Hop’s looking at her with concern and, though El’s annoyed that he’s asking her this for what feels like the hundredth time, she knows he’s just worried. “You weren’t happy back in New York and, well, we’ve only been here for a couple of days, but I like it so far – it’s nice here. And I’m excited to make new friends and meet new people.” El pauses before she shrugs, her smile growing even wider. “I think Hawkins is going to be good for both of us. Call it a gut feeling.”
Hop just breathes out a quiet laugh, the sound filled with incredulity. “You’re something else, kid, you know that?”
“So you tell me almost every day,” El says with a grin.
It’s Hop’s turn to roll his eyes and it makes El giggles. “Alright, funny girl. Enough gazing at the scenery. We got a kitchen to finish unpacking before we figure out dinner.”
“Ooh, can we do pizza?” El asks as she and Hop both get to their feet.
Hop gives El a look. “You are aware it’s not gonna be like it was back in New York, right?”
“Give me a little credit, Dad,” El says as she pushes past him. “Besides, it’s cheese and tomatoes on crispy dough. What’s not to like?”
“Dude, this pizza sucks.”
“And who’s fault is that?”
“Hey, I’m not the one who ordered it.”
“I don’t know – I think it’s ok.”
“Ugh, of course you would.”
“What’s that supposed to mean?”
“Hey, can we focus on the game? Please?” It’s not an order, exactly, but it sure comes out of Mike’s mouth sounding like one.
Immediately, 3 pairs of eyes turn towards him, gazes filled with a mixture of apology and frustration. A chorus of “sorry, man” rings out around the table the Party’s sitting at in Mike’s basement, the setup for his summer close-out D&D campaign spread out over the surface.
Honestly, Mike gets it, he really does. He understands his friends’ frustration because he shares it himself. It’s the last weekend of their summer vacation and all of them are in mourning for loss of endless lazy days and dreading the school year that starts up in a couple of days.
It’s not that they don’t love school – their classes are mostly great, all of them love learning new things, and A/V club is a great excuse to play with electronics of all types.
Everything else that comes with being in school is where things get, well… disappointing. It’s the girls who look down on them and the bullies who torment them when the teachers aren’t looking and the jocks who make fun of them.
It’s the history of every day of school for the past 10 years following them through the halls of Hawkins High.
Oh, sure it’s not as bad as it was during middle school. Lucas has gained some middling popularity from being on the baseball team and Mike has helped shore that up with being on the Cross Country and Swim teams (both of which started as a desperate attempt to get out of PE all together since he has the eye-hand coordination of a blind squirrel, but ended up becoming something that helps shut off the anxious voices in his head…at least, for a little while). And Lucas’ girlfriend Max is a firecracker of a girl who scares away half of the student body with her fierce glares and no-nonsense attitude.
The Party isn’t just known for being a bunch of nerds anymore. But in a town where football is king, Lucas and Mike’s second tier sports team status doesn’t do much. And there’s only so much of the rest that Max can scare away, especially because memories are long in a town as small as Hawkins and the Party is still, first and foremost, a bunch of loser, weirdo nerds.
So, yeah, the Party loves school – they would just love it more if there weren’t all the other kids there with them.
Mike sighs and waves a dismissive hand above his DM manual. “It’s ok,” he says. “I get it. It sucks that we start school again on Monday. Which is why I wanna make sure we have one last awesome campaign.” He pauses, looking at Dustin. “And the pizza’s not horrible, Dustin, but yeah, it’s a little off. Maybe they’re having a bad night?”
Dustin lets out a sound that is somewhere between a scoff and a snort and he reaches up to adjust the hat on his head. “Maybe. They have a new cook over there, so maybe that’s throwing shit off.” It speaks to how much pizza they eat that Dustin knowing the intimate workings of their local pizza joint doesn’t even faze the rest of them. But they’re teenage boys who spend way too much time inside playing D&D and video games and ordering pizzas to fuel those gaming sessions, so it makes sense…kind of.
Still, it’s pretty lame. We have got to get out of this town, Mike thinks and he takes comfort in the reminder of two more years. Only two more years and they’ll be leaving this backwater town behind for bigger, greener pastures – Chicago, Boston, or NYC, they haven’t decided which yet – and, except for his friends, Mike can start over with people who haven’t known him since he was six and who have no idea about his nerdy, loser past.
Hell, maybe he’ll even find a girlfriend.
He almost laughs out loud at the thought. Let’s not get ahead of ourselves, here, Mike thinks with no small amount of caution and he resists rolling his eyes in derision. Really, the odds of any girl being interested in him are slim to none. Especially given his history when it comes to girls, which is dismal almost to the point of being laughable.
It’s not a subject Mike likes to linger on for long, especially given the ways he’s been hurt in the past. But, suffice it to say, if he’s learned anything over the past few years, it’s that pretty high school girls are the meanest creatures on the face of the planet and Mike trusts them about as far as he can throw them. And, given his upper body strength, that’s not very far.
So Mike gladly shoves aside the thought in favor of what’s going on right in front of him. “Hold on, let me head upstairs, see what I can steal from the kitchen,” Mike says.
“Ooh, if your mom has any more of those cookies, that’d be great,” Will says, a hopeful, toothy grin stretching across his face.
“Oh, and maybe some more soda?” Lucas adds, looking just as hopeful, but almost mockingly so.
Mike unfolds himself from his chair and gives his friends a look, flat with one eyebrow arched with annoyance. “May I get you anything else? Should I be writing this down?”
“Why, thank you for asking, Michael,” Dustin says with a bright smile, looking up from where he was glancing at his character sheet. “How about-?” He pauses as he actually looks at Mike’s face and his smile fades, an embarrassed blush crawling over his cheeks. “Oh, you were kidding. Sorry.”
Mike breathes out a laugh and shakes his head. “Eh, it’s ok. I’ll be back in a sec.” He turns to go, but after a second, he pauses to toss over his shoulder, “And don’t you dare cheat while I’m gone!”
Mike gets back a series of “yes, dad” and “we won’t!” and he just fucking knows they’re gonna peek at his campaign manual while he’s gone.
Fine, whatever.
Resigned to his fate, Mike starts heading up the stairs to the sound of his friends chattering behind him. He ducks under the rafter that runs along the underside of the house, careful not to run into it – he’s learned that lesson the hard way many times over the past couple of years. He remembers when he didn’t have to do that, when he was short enough to run straight up the steps without having to worry about hitting his head. But, after having shot up to 6’2” over the past couple of years, those days are long gone.
Even though his growth spurts have stopped (though his doctor says it’s possible he’ll have at least one more), Mike still feels weird in his own body. Like sometimes he looks down at his arms and legs and wonders when they got replaced with spindly twigs instead of bone.
He feels like a newborn giraffe most of the time, stumbling over his own feet, misjudging how far he has to reach for things and knocking them over when he rediscovers that his arms are longer than he remembers. Doing Cross Country and Swim team have helped a little, helping him not be quite so skeletal, but he’s still a lanky hot mess who’s more likely to trip over himself than anything on the best of days.
Maybe someday he’ll figure out how to be coordinated enough to stop being so clumsy, but that feels as likely as him ever finding a girlfriend. So, odds are slim to none on that one, too.
Mike enters the kitchen to the sight of the sun almost finished setting through the window behind the sink. Off in the living room, Mike can hear the low drone of the TV where his dad is camped out on his fucking recliner. And, closer, Mike can hear the sounds of his mom on the phone from where she’s spending time in the kitchen.
Evidence that his parents and Holly ate dinner while he was down in the basement sits camped around the edges of the kitchen counter. Whatever post-dinner chores his mom usually does are on hold as she sits at the kitchen island, legs crossed primly while she leans forward with her elbows propped against the countertop. One hand is holding her cell phone, pressing it to her ear, while the other is holding the stem of her wine glass, half-full with whatever white wine she’s been drinking since dinner.
A humorless smile pulls at the corners of his mouth. Wonder how much of that bottle is actually left? Mike rolls his eyes at the thought before he shoves it aside – his mom’s flirtation with alcoholism is just too depressing to think about for long – and he heads over to the pantry.
Karen catches him out of the corner of her eye and gives him a distracted, little wave, continuing her conversation the entire time. “…oh, and you’ll never guess who I ran into at the grocery store today, Lis. Jim Hopper.”
Mike rolls his eyes and barely suppresses the urge to groan. Everyone is talking about how Jim Hopper, born right here in Hawkins, is coming back to take over as Police Chief for old Chief Johnson, who just retired at the grand old age of 72.
Or, at least, it’s all his mom seems to be able to talk about from how often she’s been bringing it up at the dinner table for the past couple of weeks. From what little Mike’s gathered (and only because his mom will not shut up about it), Jim Hopper went to school with his parents, graduated the same year as his mom, and moved to New York to “make something of himself”. Only he became a police officer instead and was on the force during 9/11, which completely transformed his entire life. And now he’s moving back after being away for 20 years, like a chicken coming home to roost, to settle down into a much slower life in the ‘burbs.
Yeah, Mike really wishes he didn’t know any of this.
“Oh, and get this, Lis. He had his daughter with him. Such a pretty thing, she is. And so polite!” A pause, during which Mike manages to dig out a package of Oreos and a bag of potato chips. “About Michael’s age, I think. Yeah, I never pegged him one for having children, but here we are. No mother in the picture, as far as I can tell.”
Mike wishes he could stop listening in, but years of conditioning have made him unable to stop paying attention to the sound of his mom’s voice. He rushes to finish grabbing snacks so he can go back downstairs and just forget about the gossip his mom’s caught up in – which, apparently, includes the news that there’s about to be a new addition to the Hawkins High student body.
Snacks in hand, Mike heads over to the fridge to grab a couple bottles of soda (and tries not to notice the nearly empty wine bottle sitting next to them). He shifts things around so he can hold everything in one armful, which is just about the only benefit to having long arms so far as Mike can tell.
“I wonder if Joyce knows Hop’s moved back into town. You remember how the two of them had a thing in high school before Lonnie swooped in and – hold on.” Mike’s just turning to head back downstairs when his mom looks over at him. Something he did must have caught her attention and Mike freezes in place under the force of her gaze. “What are you doing?”
“Um, grabbing snacks?” Mike says.
Karen’s perfectly sculpted eyebrows furrow above her nose. “Didn’t we order you and your friends two extra-large pizzas?”
“Yeah, but we’re still hungry,” Mike says with a shrug, not wanting to complain about the quality of the pizza. Besides, he knows his mom’ll buy this excuse.
And, sure enough, Karen rolls her eyes in an expression of defeat. “Ugh, teenage boys. I swear, you are going to eat me out of house and home.” She refocuses her attention on the conversation she’s having on the phone. “Oh, nothing, Lis. It’s just Mike and his friends eating everything in this house. Like usual….”
Mike takes that as his cue to escape and he disappears back down to the basement, bounty wrapped safely in his arms.
“Hey,” he says as he sets the snacks down by the table the others are sitting at. “My mom didn’t have any of those cookies, Will, so I grabbed Oreos.”
Will shrugs as he reaches for the package. “It’s cool. Oreos are good.”
“Dude, Oreos are awesome,” Dustin says as he tears into the bag of chips.
Mike glances down at the surface of the game table, checking to see if anything’s been moved in his absence. And, as far as he can tell, everything’s as he left it. But that doesn’t mean a damn thing and Mike knows it.
“Man, I can’t believe school starts up again on Monday. Just one more day of freedom,” Lucas says with a strangled sigh as he takes the now open Oreo package from Will so he can grab some before passing them around.
“I still can’t believe Mike has Ms. Palecki for Honors US History,” Dustin says, a cringing grin twisting his lips.
Mike groans and resists the urge to bury his head in his hands. “Ugh, don’t remind me. I can’t believe none of you have to suffer through her class with me. Why couldn’t I get into Mr. Jenkins’ section like you guys?”
“Jonathan told me she regularly makes her students cry,” Will says, voice hushed almost like talking about her will make her appear, like Ms. Palecki is the boogeyman from their nightmares. And she might as well be. Mike’s heard rumors about her Honors US History class, all of them bad – rumors about the workload and the yearlong project that’s worth over half their grade and the insanely difficult tests that students study all night for just to get a B-minus.
“Man, I’m happy I’m not the one who has to be in her class,” Lucas says as he gives Mike a sympathetic look. “We’ll remember you fondly, buddy.”
Mike rolls his eyes, even as dread creeps down to settle heavily into his stomach. “Thanks, I appreciate it. I swear, I have the worst luck.”
“You really do,” Dustin says. “Someone is out to get you. I mean, first you have Ms. Palecki for US History, but you’re also in a different section for Trig? They’re separating the Fantastic Four! Don’t they know we work best as a team?”
For the past 2 years, the Party has been together for all of their honors classes, somehow managing to be in the same section of the two that are offered for each one. But this year, Mike’s on his own for Trig and US History, much to his dismay. School’s lonely enough with the Party with him in class – it’s going to be absolutely soul-sucking without them for, like, half of his entire day. Besides homeroom, he’s never had to be on his own before and he already knows he’s going to hate it.
“Yeah,” Lucas says. “Someone should let them know.”
Will looks over at Mike, eyes worried and hopeful beneath the fringe of his hair. “Did you try asking them to switch you?”
Mike barely keeps the pout off his face, but he knows he still looks sullen and upset – because he is. “Yeah, I tried. I called the school and then my mom called the school. No luck. They pretty much told me unless there was a really good reason, there’s no way they’ll let me switch.”
“Ooh, tell them you need to take math in the afternoons, that your religion demands it,” Dustin says, a dopey smile on his face. “They give kids exceptions all the time for religious stuff, right?”
Lucas narrows his eyes at Dustin. “And what religion makes you take math in the afternoons?”
Dustin shrugs. “I don’t know. One of them has to.”
“Dustin, I don’t think it works that way,” Will says, one eyebrow raised slightly.
“Whatever, I don’t want to think about this right now,” Mike says, voice tight with dismay. “Can we just start the game back up again?”
“Sounds good to me.” – “Sure thing.” – “Let’s do it.” The voices of his friends are enthusiastic and, sufficiently fueled by sugar and grease and soda, the Party gets back to the hunting evil and saving the day. Mike lets himself get carried away in storytelling, in the high stakes drama of the pictures and scenarios he paints with his words, and he doesn’t let himself think about the fact that school is starting up again in a couple of days.
No, he doesn’t let himself think about it at all.
Except for the fact that he knows it’s going to suck like it always does. After all, why should this year be any different?
But, oh, how he wishes it would be.
Notes:
So, what'd you think? It's only the prologue, so I know not much has happened so far. But next chapter, though...well, expect our two favorite lovebirds to finally meet! What will happen? Only time will tell....
Also, I'm going to try for a shorter chapter, shorter posting cadence for this fic. I'm already about 1k words into the next chapter, so hopefully I'll have it out in a couple of days. We'll see how that goes, though. (also, I have NO IDEA how many chapters this is gonna be. It's all mapped out, but I'm going to do chapter breaks based on feel. Yay experimenting with structure!)
Chapter 2: first day (of the rest of your life) jitters
Notes:
Ok, one, this chapter was supposed to be done a couple of days ago, but this week has been crazy. I'm getting ready to head out on vacation for two weeks and trying to get all my projects to a semi-stable state so nothing explodes while I'm gone has been, shall we say...intensive.
Two, this chapter was also supposed to be MUCH SHORTER. I was honestly banking on it being, like 6k and it ended up almost 10k? So...you're welcome, I guess? (i give up you guys, i really do).
Anyway, I hope you all enjoy! Let me know what you think!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
When the alarm on El’s phone goes off bright and early on Monday morning, she’s halfway out of bed before the first beep is even finished ringing. She feels like she’s ready for anything, like the whole world is filled with nothing but endless possibility. Her heart pounds in her chest and she’s almost trembling from the adrenaline that races through her veins.
El can’t help it, though - couldn’t even if she tried.
It’s her first day at a new school and she’s just so excited.
And it’s going to be perfect, she just knows it. She has the perfect outfit with the perfect shoes; she knows exactly how she’s going to do her hair and makeup; and she has the cutest new backpack, navy blue with little, white stars littered across the canvas. She’s going to meet new people and make new friends and learn new things.
What’s not to like about any of that?
El hums and dances practically through the entire process of getting ready – from taking a shower to doing her hair and getting dressed to making sure that she has everything she needs in her backpack. There’s a spring in her step as she heads downstairs to the kitchen where she can smell the coffee her dad’s brewing and she smiles just that much wider, unable to tamp down her excitement at all.
Hop’s sitting at the kitchen table when El rounds the corner, fingers of one hand curled around the handle of a mug of steaming coffee, the other gently gripping a piece of toast. He’s dressed in his new tan uniform that marks him as Hawkins’ Chief of Police and El can’t help but laugh a little. It’s been years since she’s seen her dad in a uniform of any kind and it’s almost hilarious. “You know, you look a little ridiculous,” El says as she bounces into the kitchen and drops her backpack off by the table.
“Well, good morning to you, too, sweetheart,” Hop says with dry sarcasm. “And don’t mock the uniform.”
“You look like such a small town cop,” El says with a grin. There’s a plate of toast and eggs on the counter waiting for her and El goes to pour herself a glass of orange juice to go with it.
“Well, I am a small town cop,” Hopper says, grinning back at her in return. “In fact, I’m the head small town cop.”
“Fair point,” El says as, juice in hand, she grabs her plate and heads over to the table to sit next to Hop. “You excited for your first day?”
Hopper shrugs. “A job’s a job,” he says. “I am curious about the guys who’ll be reporting to me, though, so that should be fun.” He takes a sip of his coffee. “How about you? You seem to be excited for today, if that little skip you did as you came into the kitchen says anything.”
El smiles and lets out a giggle. “I’m super excited,” she says as she starts to eat. “It’s going to be great, I just know it.”
“Well, you’re certainly dressed for your first day, that’s for sure. Dress is a little fancier than I think most girls wear around here.”
El shrugs and looks down at her pale pink dress, the one with the little orange and yellow flowers that reminds her of summer sunsets in Hawkins. “I want to make a good first impression,” she says. “Besides, I like this dress. It makes me feel pretty.”
“Well, you look pretty,” Hop says before he arches an eyebrow, a teasing grin stretching his lips. “Am I gonna have to give all the boys in this town a stern warning when I drop you off?”
El scoffs. “Please,” she says with a wave of her hand. “I can fight my own battles, thank you very much. Besides, you made me take all those self-defense classes when we lived in the city. I can punch someone in the face just as well as you can.”
Hopper lets out a full belly laugh, the skin at the corner of his eyes crinkling with humor. “Ah, that’s my girl.” His laughter comes to a stop and he glances over at the clock. “We gotta get moving soon, so hurry up and finish eating. You don’t want to be late on your first day, do you?”
El smiles. “Nope, that would tragic. Who knows what I’d miss if I were?”
The sound of Mike’s alarm going off pierces through the thick veil of sleep still wrapped around him with its seductive tendrils. Groaning, he grabs a pillow and shoves it over his face, like that’ll help keep the world out a little longer.
Unfortunately, like she was lurking out in the hall, his mom opens his bedroom door seconds later, the still-blaring drone of his alarm blending uneasily with the sound of his mom’s voice. “Michael, get out of bed! You don’t want to be late!”
Mike groans again and tears the pillow off his face. “No, wouldn’t want that,” he mutters with an eyeroll as he all but tosses the pillow aside. He squints against the light pouring in from the hallway and tries viciously not to hate both his mother and the fact that this is the first day of school.
He only barely succeeds.
He knows he’s being petulant as he kicks off his blankets, but he just doesn’t care. Mornings really aren’t Mike’s favorite and if he can give them the metaphorical middle finger they so richly deserve, then that’s what he’ll do.
He slouches his way through his morning routine, bleary-eyed and half asleep the entire time. The heat from the shower does almost nothing to wake him up and he’s half-heartedly dreaming of the coffee he’s going to pour himself when his mom isn’t looking (really, what he wants is to go back to sleep, but if he can’t have that, then coffee is the next best alternative).
He first started drinking coffee during his freshman year of high school, when mornings suddenly became all but unbearable. The first time his mom caught him, she’d leveled a stern glare at him with the warning, “You’re going to stunt your growth.”
Mike, who at the time had just finished shooting up to 5’8” and already felt too tall, just returned the glare and let out a deadpan “Good.”
Clearly, though, the coffee did nothing to stunt his growth and, though his mom doesn’t like it when she catches him drinking the caffeinated beverage, Mike notices there’s always just enough in the pot for him to have some in the mornings. Moms. Go figure.
After showering (and absolutely ignoring the mess that is his hair) comes the next major hurdle to Mike’s morning: getting dressed. His mom made him do laundry yesterday, so pretty much everything he owns is clean...it’s just that he doesn’t really like how any of it makes him look.
(Granted, that might be because he doesn’t really like how he looks in general. He’s too tall, too lanky, with feet and hands that even still feel too large for his height and make him fumble about like an awkward giraffe. His nose is too strong for his face, his jaw too sharp, cheekbones too girly, and his hair is just an untamable nest. He’s a mess of angles and frizz and no wonder girls have never found him attractive.)
Mike eventually settles on a pair of jeans and a forest green shirt with blue stripes across the chest. He slings on a black, zip-up hoodie and grabs his black Chucks before heading downstairs. His backpack is already down there (and can he just say that packing it up for school today was one of the most depressing things he’s ever had to do?) so Mike just makes sure to grab his wallet and cell phone on his way out of his room.
Everyone else is already downstairs eating breakfast – his dad’s absorbed in the paper as he drinks his coffee, empty plate off to one side, and his mom’s focusing on making sure Holly has everything she needs, from cereal to fruit to juice.
Only Karen glances over as Mike shuffles into the kitchen and he looks away at the disapproving look on her face. “Well, it’s about time you came down,” she says. “And is that what you’re wearing?”
“Just be happy I’m dressed,” Mike mutters under his breath.
“What was that, Michael?” The tone in Karen’s voice very much indicates that, while Mike knows she couldn’t have hear the words he said, she clearly picked up on the back talk.
“Nothing, Mom,” Mike says. “Sorry.”
His mom sighs, a strangled sound that is filled with defeat. “Just eat your breakfast. You need to be out of here in 15 minutes.”
Mike glances at the clock. It’s 7:15 and first bell’s at 8:00. It takes him 10 minutes to drive to school and another 5 minutes or so to make his way inside. Plus, he’s going to want to stop by his locker to drop off some stuff and have some time to get settled...so, unfortunately, his mom’s estimate is spot on. “Ok, Mom,” he says, not wanting to argue for the sake of arguing. He rushes through eating breakfast, shoveling down essentially two bowls worth of cereal, a couple pieces of toast, and some eggs, in between sneaking sips of coffee while his mom isn’t looking.
And then, hand forced by the clock that keeps on ticking forward no matter how much he wishes it would just stop, Mike grabs his backpack, makes sure he has his keys, and is out the front door with nothing more than a cursory goodbye to the rest of his family.
The early September morning air is maybe a little cool, but Mike can feel how the day will eventually warm up into a pretty nice day.
Too bad, then, that all he wants to do is crawl back into bed and stay there. But, no, Mike slides into the driver’s seat of his mom’s old station wagon (which became his when he got his driver’s license. It’s not the sexiest car, but it’s a car and that’s what matters) and dumps his backpack next to him in the front seat. He starts the car and, moments later, is pulling away from the curb, sadness tugging at his heart all the while.
Hawkins High, here I come.
El finds herself absolutely enraptured with the view that passes by through the front passenger window as Hop drives them from their house in the outskirts of Hawkins in through to the center of the town where the high school is located.
El’s only been into town once, a couple of days ago when she went with her dad to the grocery store, but she’s just fascinated with the quaint, small-town vibe. It’s just so different from anything she’s used to. El knows it’ll become normal eventually, but for the moment it’s nothing short of new and different, and therefore exciting.
The cab of the car is quiet, except for the low sounds of whatever classic rock station Hop tuned the radio to, which gives El all the freedom to stare to her heart’s desire.
But, about halfway to school, a thought occurs to El and she rushes to grab her phone, which is in her tiny purse that she stashed in the front pocket of her backpack. A first day of school selfie is called for, she thinks with a tiny grin. She unlocks the camera and, after a moment to make sure she’s capturing the best angle, snaps a couple of pictures.
Off to her left, El can practically hear her dad rolling his eyes, but she ignores it as she rushes to post the picture to her Instagram account. “Communicating with your fans on that Pintergram thing again?”
This time, it’s El’s turn to roll her eyes. “Oh my god, there’s so much there to unpack, I don’t even know where to start.” She sighs, not even looking over at her dad as she continues posting her picture. “One, I don’t have fans, I have friends. Like, people I went to school with who are interested in my life and who I want to share updates with.” She finishes posting the picture with the caption “back to school selfie!!! #feelingpretty #newschool” before she finally turns to Hop. “And I know you know it’s not ‘Pintergram’. It’s Pinterest and Instagram, but thanks for trying to play the dumb, old-timey dad. I’m not falling for it.”
“Well, you can’t blame me for trying. I have to get my amusement from somewhere, after all,” Hop says, smirking over at her.
El shakes her head with amused bewilderment and she hugs her backpack close to her stomach after slipping her phone . “God, I can’t believe you sometimes. How did I ever come from you?”
“Hey, I’ll have you know that you’re just as much of a teasing troll as I am, dear daughter mine,” Hop says.
El wants to push back on that one, but she knows her dad’s telling the truth. El has a mischievous side that she totally got from him and she’s not afraid to indulge in it at all. “Ok, fine, true,” she says, all teenage derision, but she’s smiling anyway as she turns to look back out the window. It can’t be far to the school by now…. “So, any tips you wanna give me for surviving the wilds of Hawkins High?” she asks, glancing over at Hop for a split second.
Hop snorts. “Not really. I’m sure a lot has changed since I was there. Really, I should be giving everyone else tips for how to survive you. You’re gonna turn that school upside down, I just know it.”
El arches an eyebrow as she looks over at her dad. “In a good way or a bad way?”
“Depends on whose point of view we’re talking about, here,” Hop says, chuckling. “Hey, look, there’s the school.”
El turns her head to see the school building approaching through the windshield and the first thing she notices is all the cars parked in the lot. Seems like there’s something of a car culture here in Hawkins. Smiling, she turns back to Hopper. “Hey, since you’re going to be driving whatever police vehicle the police chief drives, can I have this car?” It’s nothing special, a pretty plain and nondescript two door sedan, but El also reckons that beggars can’t be choosers.
“You’d need a license first, missy,” Hop says as he pulls into the parking lot towards the drop-off spot.
El waves a hand and turns to look back out the window. “Psh, minor detail.” There really hadn’t been a need for her to have her driver’s license back in NYC, since she took the bus or subway everywhere. But things seem to be different in Hawkins and El doesn’t want to stand out too much. At least, not like that.
“Hmm, we’ll see,” Hop says as he slows the car down to a stop. “God, it’s barely changed from when I was here,” he muses, sounding almost awed by the whole thing.
Half of El’s brain is thinking up a retort to that while the other is busy taking in the sight of the high school building. It looks like any other suburban high school, like countless of schools El’s seen in movies and TV shows – plain brick, school posters everywhere, students milling in and out of sets of double doors. Her eyes scan the crowd, sizing up the students, trying to get a feel for what they might be like, and –
Oh.
Time ceases to lose all meaning and El wouldn’t be surprised to find that it’s stopped entirely. Her breath hitches in her chest and what feels like a thousand butterflies take flight in her heart, which starts racing to keep up with rapturous beat of those butterfly wings. Every inch of her skin begins to tingle and her stomach swoops dangerously beneath her racing heart.
El is enraptured once more. Only, this time, it’s not with a place or with a thing. It’s with a person. More specifically, a boy, probably the most attractive person she’s ever seen in her entire life.
Pretty.
El almost wants to check to make sure she’s not hallucinating, because there’s no way anyone can be this handsome, this perfect. But he’s real enough, if the people milling around him are any indication, and El’s heart races all the faster.
The first thing El notices about him, which is probably what everyone notices about him, is that he’s tall. Really tall. Anyone who walks by him comes to, at most, within a couple of inches of his towering height. But his height is certainly not the only thing El notices about him.
From the distance that separates them, she drinks in the sight of messy black hair, locks looking thick and soft to the touch and begging for her to run her fingers through. She’s too far to see what color his eyes are, but she can so clearly see the strong line of his jaw and the sweep of his cheekbones and El thinks she’s never seen anyone more beautiful in her entire life.
He’s just standing there, weight shuffling back and forth from one foot to the other like he doesn’t know what it means to be still. He’s clearly waiting for someone, looking up and down at his phone while he does, thumb swiping across the screen, and it just draws attention to how graceful his fingers look.
And then, he spots whoever he’s looking for and he slips his phone in the pocket of the dark blue jeans he’s wearing while the most brilliant smile curls up his luscious, full lips and – oh god, she can’t breathe. The most beautiful guy in the entire world is standing 30 feet away from her and El is so not prepared for the love-at-first-sight pangs that ripple through her.
It’s the most exciting thing that’s ever happened to her in her entire life and El can’t look away while he greets another boy, an African-American boy who’s a couple of inches shorter, with some sort of convoluted handshake that ends in a back-slapping hug. And the entire time, she can’t stop the way her brain races with an endless stream of thoughts and questions, all revolving around this boy who she’s very suddenly and completely smitten with.
So cute – So tall – I wonder how far he’d have to lean over to kiss me? – Ooh, I bet he’s a great kisser, he looks like he would be. – I wonder what his type is. – Am I his type? – Does he have a girlfriend? God I hope not. – Such a nice smile. – What’s his favorite movie? Favorite book? Does he like to read? What does he like to do? – I want to know everything and–
“Hey, where’d you go?” The question comes with the feeling of something shoving at her shoulder and El jumps in her seat, whirling around to see her dad looking at her with mild concern.
“Excuse me, what now?” El says, trying to come back to her senses, but she still feels like she’s living in the most blissful daze, her head and her heart feeling lighter than air.
Some of what El’s going through must be written on her face, because Hopper’s concerned look fades away as amusement shines through. “Ellie, dear, you’re blushing.” A grin stretches up the corners of Hop’s mouth. “Alright, who’s the boy? Or girl, I’m not judging.”
Now that it’s been brought to her attention, El can feel how she’s blushing and it only makes her face heat up even more. “Ugh, Dad,” she groans. She can’t deny that she wasn’t looking at a boy, since she absolutely, totally was, but that doesn’t mean she wants to discuss this with her dad of all people. Especially considering that she’s only just caught a glimpse of this boy who’s already threatening to turn her all upside down. “Really?”
“Ok, fine, fine. I’ll let it go,” Hop says. “But you should probably get out of the car, now. People are going to start to stare and, besides, I need to get to work.”
El glances back out the window, hoping for another look at her guy, but he’s gone – probably went inside already – and she feels herself deflate a little. Aw, man…. But, El knows a guy like him is probably easy to spot, so she knows she’ll see him again. And, when that happens, hopefully she’ll get the chance to talk to him. Because she’s absolutely dying to get to know him and she doesn’t know anything about him other than that he’s tall and ridiculously cute.
“Yeah, ok,” El says. “I need to figure out where my locker and homeroom is, anyway.” She shakes her head to clear it from her lovesick daze and she smiles over at Hopper. “I’ll see you after school?”
“You still planning on meeting me at the station?”
El’s smile only grows. “Yep, sure am.”
Hop arches an eyebrow. “You know where it is?”
El mirrors his expression. “It’s like you forget I have Google Maps on my phone, or something,” she says as she leans in to press a kiss against her dad’s cheek. “I’ll be fine. I’ll see you at the station, ok?” El pulls back and grabs her backpack. “Have a good day at work, Dad.”
“Good luck in school today, Ellie,” Hop says as she opens the car door. “Knock ‘em dead.”
El gets out of the car and turns to flash a grin at him. “Don’t I always?” she says before she waves. “Bye, Dad.”
“Bye, honey!” El closes the door as Hop returns the wave and she turns around, slinging her backpack onto her shoulders at the same time.
Behind her, she can hear her dad driving away and El takes a moment, letting the anticipation build before she heads in for this brand new adventure. She can see as well as feel people stopping to stare at her – in a town this small, El figures that new students stand out all the more and probably isn’t something that happens very often – but she ignores it. She’s used to people staring at her, so it’s like water off a duck’s back.
El lets her lips pull up in a small smile before she starts making her way towards the school’s entrance.
Hawkins High, here I come.
Homeroom has never been something Dustin has liked. Ever. Mostly because it’s been the one “class” he’s been on his own for without fail. With sections decided by last name, Will and Dustin have been on their own for the past couple of years and it appears that junior year is no exception.
Ugh, no fair that Mike and Lucas get to have homeroom together. Why couldn’t my last name be in the latter half of the alphabet?
It’s not that Dustin is afraid of being on his own or anything – he’s 16, not 6, for crying out loud. It’s just that he has no one to talk to. And that’s because no one here will talk to him, not the other way around.
Years of being called “Toothless” and “loser” and “nerd” have definitely left their mark, which is about all anyone ever see when they look at him. Oh, sure, there are definitely people who are lower on the totem pole than he is – like the stoners, malcontents, and the theater kids – but Dustin is definitely nowhere near this school’s upper echelons.
Exhibit A of that is the entire empty row of seats around him. Dustin is sitting up front and center…and everyone else has chosen to sit away from him.
Dustin’s in the middle of stewing in his own annoyed thoughts about this horrible injustice – oh come on, it’s not like I have nerd cooties or anything – when movement out of the corner of his eye draws his attention away.
For a split second, Dustin thinks it’s probably his homeroom teacher, but that idea goes up in smoke just as quickly.
Because, standing just inside the doorway is, objectively, one of the most beautiful girls Dustin’s ever seen.
Yeah, definitely not Mr. Evans.
She may not be his type – Dustin’s type runs more towards the blonde end of the scale rather than brunette – but he really can’t deny that this girl is gorgeous. He’s not blind, after all.
So, even though she’s not his type, Dustin still finds himself utterly spellbound as he stares at this girl. He can’t stop himself from drinking in the sight of her, from her pink dress with thin straps and a hem that comes down to a couple inches above her knees, to her honey chestnut hair which, except for a couple of locks that are twisted and tied behind her head to hold them away from her face, is left to fall freely down her back and shoulders in gentle waves, to her fresh-faced beauty with full lips, an adorable button nose, and sparkling eyes.
And, most bemusingly of all, Dustin realizes as he lets his gaze travel down her fantastic legs (hey, he’s only human), she’s paired her whole outfit with a pair of clean, white Chucks.
Huh, that’s different.
Dustin hears the rest of the room hush at this girl’s entrance and he can just feel the questions coming from them because he has them himself. Is she new? Is she lost? Who is she?
The entire time the whole room is checking her out (or, at least the male half of the room, though Dustin won’t deny that some of the girls in the room might also be doing the same), she’s looking back at them in return, sharp gaze taking everything in as she looks for a place to sit.
Dustin knows the only empty seats are the ones in the front row with him and, before Jennifer Hayes can pipe up and demand one of the “lesser folk” move so this new girl can sit with her (because this kind of beauty screams “popular girl”), she does something most peculiar.
She smiles at him and approaches the seat next to him. “Hi, is this seat taken?”
For a moment, Dustin can’t summon the mental power to form coherent thoughts. One, if this girl is gorgeous with a straight face, the sight of her smiling is just blinding with how beautiful it is and Dustin’s always been a sucker for a pretty smile.
Two, and perhaps most importantly, what’s tripping Dustin up is that she’s talking to him. Him, Dustin Henderson, nerd extraordinaire. Dustin knows he’s giving off serious loser vibes – practically every piece of clothing he’s wearing screams “video game nerd” – so why she’s even acknowledging his existence is baffling.
And the fact that her smile seems sincere without a hint of guile?
Mind-boggling.
But, Dustin recovers after a second (and a deep gulp of fresh air) and he tries his best to smile back. “Uh, no, no, seat’s not taken.” He’s proud that his voice only breaks a little and he tries to not blush with how awkward he is.
If this girl notices, though, she doesn’t react and, if anything, her smile only grows wider. “Great, thanks!” she says as she slips her backpack off her shoulders and slides gracefully into the seat to Dustin’s left.
“No problem,” Dustin murmurs and, as she gets settled, he thinks that’ll be the end of their interaction. Pretty, popular girls never really acknowledge his existence.
But, it appears this one might be different because, the next second, she turns back to him and holds out her hand like she wants him to shake it. “Hi, I’m El Hopper. I’m new here.”
Dustin all but has to force himself to respond and shake her hand. Her palm is soft against his and her grip surprisingly firm. Dustin can’t deny the jolt that runs through him at the feel of her hand in his. Not a spark of attraction, no – but something that resonates inside of him with the strangest feeling of deja vu, like he’s met her before.
Only, that’s dumb because he would so remember having met this girl before. But, still, Dustin can’t deny that there’s something about her and it sets him at ease. “I’m Dustin. Dustin Henderson, to be exact.” Ok, wow, could he sound any more awkward?
But, again, the new girl – El – doesn’t even bat an eye at his awkwardness and she grins. “Nice to meet you, Dustin Henderson.”
“Well, it’s nice to meet you, too, El Hopper,” Dustin fires back and he’s rewarded with a low giggle for his mirroring quip. “And, just so you know, you don’t have to announce that you’re new.”
El cringes, but there’s humor shining through the expression. “That obvious, huh?”
“In a town like this, where the last big thing that happened was the Steak ‘n Shake that opened up two towns over? Oh yeah, a new person in this school sticks out like a sore thumb.”
“So, you’re saying nothing ever happens in Hawkins?” El asks with a wry grin.
“That’s exactly what I’m saying,” Dustin says with his own grin. “Hopefully it’s not too much of a change of pace from wherever you’re from.” He pauses, thinking. “Where are you from?”
At the question, El’s grin only grows. “New York City.”
Dustin lets out a low whistle. “Oof, I’m sorry for the culture shock.”
“Don’t be,” El says with a shrug. “It’s kinda nice here.”
Before Dustin can even think of how to respond, movement out of the corner of his eye pulls his attention away and he notices El’s gaze shifting as he looks to see what’s going on. Jennifer Hayes comes into full view a second later and Dustin gulps – speaking of blondes who are his type – feeling himself cower under the presence of one of the girls who’s intimidated him for the past 7 years. For a popular girl, Jennifer is relatively nice, but she goes along with Stacey’s awful behavior way too often for Dustin’s liking and he fervently hopes that El doesn’t succumb to Stacey’s seductive bitchiness. Because there’s no way a girl like El isn't going to get sucked into that social circle and it would be a shame because El seems really and honestly nice.
“Did I hear you say you’re from New York City?” Jennifer asks, voice way too bright and bubbly for a Monday morning.
El nods, a smile on her face. “Yep, just moved here last week for my dad’s job.”
Jennifer smiles politely. “Oh?” she asks, like she’s trying to wonder exactly what kind of job would lure someone to move to Hawkins from New York City.
“Yeah, he’s the new Police Chief,” El says in explanation. The news lands like a bomb and the whole class, all of whom are listening in because of course they are, damn gossips, goes near silent. Dustin can practically hear the thoughts swirling around in the room – god, inviting her to parties is going to suck. – oh shit, the hot new girl is the Police Chief’s daughter? – that’s cop bait, right there – and he knows the news is going to be all over the school before the day’s half over.
“O-oh,” Jennifer says, like she’s maybe a little unsure of the new girl, but she gathers herself a moment later and smiles again. “Well, you have to sit with me and my friends at lunch and tell us all about New York. I can’t imagine how amazing it must have been to live in a place that big.”
“Sure, I guess,” El says. “Though, it’s just a place, like any other, really. Live there long enough and it becomes normal.”
Jennifer lets out a giggle that sounds almost incredulous and she glances back at where she’s sitting a few rows back, pausing to look back at El a couple of times like she’s not entirely sure what to do.
Dustin feels frozen as he watches this take place and it’s El who does everyone a favor by speaking up. “Did you want to join me here up front?”
At that, Jennifer’s face twists like she’s just smelled something disgusting. “Um, no, that’s ok. Though, if you want, I’m sure someone would be willing to move so you could come sit back with me,” she says, giving Dustin a look out of the corner of her eye.
Dustin half expects El to jump at the offer, but she surprises him entirely by shaking her head, a cheery smile on her face. “No, that’s ok. I actually like sitting up front. Plus, I don’t want to make anyone move for me when they chose the seat they wanted. Thanks, though.”
For a moment, Jennifer just blinks, like she can’t believe what just happened – was she just rejected by the glamorous new girl? – but she recovers quickly and gives El a small smile. “Well, that’s ok. I’ll see you at lunch, though, right?”
The hopefulness in Jennifer’s voice is almost sickening and Dustin has to resist the urge to gag. God, how desperate can she be?
“Yes, at lunch,” El says with a definitive nod.
“Ok, great,” Jennifer says. “Well, I’m gonna go sit back down….”
“Ok, see you later, then,” El says before she shifts her attention to grab something out of her backpack. Dustin watches as Jennifer all but slinks away, like she doesn’t want to go and has no choice but to.
And as Mr. Evans walks in, signaling the start of homeroom, Dustin can’t help but smile.
Well, this school year just got a lot more interesting….
The news of the hot new girl ripples through Hawkins High like wildfire and, by third period, everyone knows about it.
Mike, of course, finds out straight from Dustin when the Party is reunited for Honors English during second period.
Dustin’s the last of the four to arrive and he slides into the seat the others held for him, a broad grin spread across his face. “Oh my god, you guys aren’t gonna believe this.” There’s a cheerfully conspiratorial tone in Dustin’s voice that has Mike suddenly on edge. What is it this time?
Mike apparently isn’t the only one who’s skeptical, if the raised eyebrows and furrowed foreheads Will and Lucas are sporting are any indication. “This isn’t like the time where you thought Mr. Mills was replaced by a clone, is it?” Lucas asks.
“Or the time where you thought it was a conspiracy that you couldn’t get your hands on Peanut Butter Patties?” Will chimes in with.
Dustin’s mouth turns down in a frown. “I swear, those Girl Scouts are out to get me. One day, I’ll have proof.”
Mike grins, getting into the spirit of things as he gets ready to bring up his own example of one of Dustin’s tall tales. “Or, how about the time where-”
Only, Dustin cuts him off, hand held up in front of Mike’s face. “Ah, ah, ah, ok, I get it. But, this time, what I have to tell you is something I saw with my own two eyes.” Dustin pauses, eyebrows waggling. “Are you ready?”
Lucas rolls his eyes. “C’mon, man, stop being a tease and just tell us.”
Dustin’s earlier grin makes a reappearance and Mike’s reminded so much in this moment of a cat who got the canary. “The Hawkins High junior class has a new student. She moved here from New York City with her dad, who’s our new Police Chief, by the way.”
Mike frowns, Dustin’s words triggering the memory of his mom talking about this over the phone with her friend a couple of days ago. “Oh, yeah, wait, I think I knew this. My mom’s been talking about this for, like, days. Is it, um….” He trails off, thinking, trying to remember. “Hopper?”
Dustin smacks Mike on the arm, mouth agape. “Dude, you knew and you didn’t say anything? ”
“Ow,” Mike murmurs, scowling as he rubs at the spot on his arm Dustin hit. “It wasn’t worth saying anything about. I mean, it’s not like it matters or anything. Just another student who won’t pay attention to us unless it’s to make fun of us or torment us.”
The conspiratorial edge to Dustin’s expression only ups another notch. “Not so fast, my friend. This girl might be different. One, she’s, like smoking hot – like I think all the guys in my homeroom were drooling over her. Two, she actually talked to me and she seems like she’s actually pretty nice. And the kicker?” Dustin pauses for dramatic affect. “She voluntarily sat next to me and when Jennifer Hayes offered to get someone to move so the new girl could sit next to her? El – that’s her name, by the way – she said no.” Dustin leans back in his seat, looking smugly satisfied. “She sat next to me in homeroom the entire time and didn’t act completely repulsed.”
Mike rolls his eyes so hard, he swears they almost fall right out of his head. “Oh, please, that’s just because she hasn’t been here long enough to find out we’re the equivalent of social pariahs.”
Will scowls at him. “Ouch. Rude, Mike.”
“Yeah, man, we’re not as bad as the stoners and freaks,” Lucas says.
“Whatever, you guys know I’m right,” Mike says. “Most people in this town don’t give two shits about us.”
“Well, until proven otherwise, El Hopper seems like a nice person who also happens to be supermodel levels of gorgeous,” Dustin says before he grins again. “You’ll know when you see her.”
Mike rolls his eyes. “Right, like she’s going to be in any of our classes,” he says.
“Yeah, I kinda agree with Mike on this one,” Lucas says. “Hot girls are never in Honors track.”
The matter gets dropped when the bell rings and Honors English gets underway. All thoughts of the new girl all but vanish from Mike’s mind and, by the time Honors English is over, Mike’s completely focused on heading over to his Honors Trig class alone while the others head to the Honors US History section Mike should be in.
Yeah, someone really is out to get me, Mike thinks as he gathers his things before he turns to the others. “Well, I’ll see you guys after third period, I guess,” he says, completely unable to keep the sad pouty tone out of his voice. Yes, he’s aware he sounds like a 5 year old and, no, he so doesn’t care.
The rest of the Party give him sad smiles in return as they wish him luck and say their goodbyes (at least, for the next 50 minutes, that is). And then Mike heads off all the way to the other side of campus to where his Honors Trig class is. The only saving grace is that he’s really tall and can fairly easily push his way through the crowds of students that fill the hallways as they each, in turn, try to get to wherever their next class is.
By the time Mike gets to the classroom where he has Trig, about half the seats are taken and he freezes, temporarily filled with a bout of indecision. Usually, he’s with the Party and the four of them manage to claim a small circle of seats next to each other. But he’s on his own and he’s never had to pick out his own seat before.
Oh, sure, he recognizes everyone in this class – the Honors track really isn’t that large, all things considered – but none of them are friends like the Party is.
After a bit, Mike comes back to his senses and he picks what he figures is the least obtrusive seat – the front row, furthest away from the door – which balances his desire to sit up front with the ability to lean out of the way for the people behind him (the downside to being tall, really).
The rest of the class slowly filters in and, one by one, Mike notices that no one picks the empty seat to his left. It seems, even among the smarter kids in school, that Mike is still something of an outcast.
As the last couple of minutes tick down before class starts, Mike slouches in his seat and lets himself fall further into a sulk. God, he can’t wait to get out of this goddamn town.
But then something happens, something that, for at least a little bit, has him completely reconsidering his desire to leave Hawkins.
Mike’s eyes are glued to the clock above the door, counting down the last few seconds until the bell rings, trying desperately to ignore that the only empty seat left in the room is the one right next to him. Out of the corner of his eye, he can see his Trig teacher, Ms. Geno, doing a few final preparations for class while, around him, Mike hears the sounds of his classmates getting notebooks out of their backpacks and arranging their belongings.
It’s as all this is happening that, at the bottom edge of his vision, Mike notices one last person walking in through the door. And, since he’s already looking in that direction, it’s no effort at all to let his gaze slide down a few feet to see who this last arrival is (or, so Mike figures seeing how as there’s only one empty desk left in the entire room), to see who his seat neighbor for the next 50 minutes is going to be, and –
Holy. Shit.
For a moment, Mike isn’t entirely convinced what he’s seeing is real. It’s not possible. Because there’s just no way the most beautiful girl he’s ever seen in his entire life has just walked in through the door. He has to be dreaming or fantasizing or something.
The whole world fades away as he just stares at her, immediately ensnared by the sight of her standing in the doorway, and Mike finds himself trying to take it all in, unable to focus on any one thing. The fact that his breath has hitched in his throat and his heart has stopped are completely and utterly incidental. After all, how could anything else ever matter?
His gaze dances over every detail, desperate as he is to try and memorize this vision in front of him. He takes in the pretty, pale pink of her dress, decorated with these adorable tiny flowers, the way that the fabric hugs close to the shape of her body before stopping a couple of inches above her knees, and how the bare skin of her shoulders and collarbones is exposed by the thin straps that hold the dress up. He marvels at the luxurious length of her hair, some of it pulled back to keep it out of her face, and finds that his fingers itch to run through the honey chestnut strands to where the ends curl halfway down her upper arms.
But, most of all, Mike can’t look away from her face, her amazingly gorgeous face, with full, pouty lips and delicate cheekbones and the cutest button nose and lightly tanned skin that makes him want to know if it’s as soft as it looks. She’s biting that lower lip in a way that makes him want to groan as she looks around the room, taking in everything with eyes that sparkle and shine with piercing intensity, and Mike desperately wishes that she’d look at him with that intensity.
Mike knows that he’s probably staring at her like an idiot, mouth agape, and he almost wants to check to make sure he’s not drooling or something. But he can’t deny the way his entire body warms over, like warm honey poured across every nerve ending, or the way that his heart restarts itself, skipping and flipping in his chest, and all Mike knows is that he’s never felt like this before in his entire life.
Her gaze slides over to him in the next instant and time just fucking stops. It’s a second that lasts an eternity, it feels like, eyes meeting from across the room and Mike doesn’t think he’d be able to look away for anything. And, even more amazing, when she meets his eyes, she doesn’t look away. In fact, if anything, it seems like her gaze widens just a little, like she’s surprised and the look in her eyes is somehow warm and kind even though she’s looking at him.
(he very much tries to ignore the heavy feeling of deja vu that washes over him at the way their eyes meet across the distance that separates them, like he’s done this before, like he’s always been supposed to be here or somewhere like here, staring at her as she stares back at him. but the feeling, as amorphous as it is, is persistent and mike can’t stop the way it resonates with every fiber of his being.)
And then the bell rings, signaling the start of third period, bringing the real world rushing back in with startling cruelty.
Mike looks away quickly, a fierce blush rising to his cheeks as he stares determinedly down at his notebook, open and ready for him to take notes. His skin buzzes with the abrupt change in mood – euphoric one second, embarrassed the next – and he tries to ignore the way his hands are suddenly trembling….
...A problem that only gets worse a couple of seconds later when he sees movement out of the corner of his eye and he remembers: the only open seat in the room is the one right next to him.
With a flash of bravado that’s 100% fueled by the attraction that’s roaring through his veins, Mike hazards a look over at his new seat neighbor and it hits him as he does that this has to be the new girl Dustin was talking about, the daughter of the new Police Chief he overheard his mom mentioning.
El Hopper.
God, what a beautiful name.
El’s hurrying to pull her notebook out of her backpack, a pencil already clutched between delicate fingers. As she straightens, she pushes aside the hair that’s fallen over her shoulder and looks back over at him. An easy smile pulls up the corner of her lips, the sight of it warm and open and so fucking beautiful, Mike almost feels his heart explode. “Hi,” she whispers as Ms. Geno moves to the middle of the chalkboard to begin teaching.
Mike can only smile back, his voice stolen by the sheer, overwhelming power of the sight of her smiling at him.
Ok, so he was wrong earlier: she is in his classes. Or, at least, she’s in one of them. And the realization that she must be smart as well as beautiful hits him like a punch to the stomach. It’s something that he didn’t think was possible and it’s sending his thoughts into a tailspin.
The only thing that helps is that class has started and Mike Wheeler always pays attention in class. So he summons every shred of self-control and focus he has so he can actually, you know, learn something. Besides, he really doesn’t want to make a bad impression for his math teacher on the first day of class. Especially because Mike Wheeler has, with few exceptions that really aren’t worth talking about, never been anything other than a teacher’s pet.
It helps...kind of. Though Mike’s able to mostly pay attention to Ms. Geno introducing trigonometric functions, there’s a non-insignificant part of his brain that is hyperaware of the gorgeous girl sitting next to him. It’s unnerving – he’s never been this close to someone so distractingly beautiful.
And, to add to it, as math class ticks by, the immediate euphoria fades as reality slinks back in. Because at the end of the day, beautiful girls like El never look twice at guys like him...except if they need something or to lord it over him how unattainable they are.
The realization sours his stomach and he finds himself getting angry at himself for letting this girl’s admittedly amazing beauty make him forget the fundamental facts of high school life. If there’s anything he’s learned, it’s that pretty girls like this are always part of the popular crowd, kids who look down their noses at everyone else and relish in how everyone either envies or wants them. I give it a week before she’s firmly entrenched in with the popular crowd and she starts looking down at us ‘lesser folk’ like the rest of the popular kids do.
Mike’s mostly sobered up from initial shock and awe by the time the bell rings signaling the end of third period – honestly, he’s still a little thrown by both the presence of the girl sitting next to him and the fact that, when Ms. Geno had them do practice problems on their own, El more than held her own and didn’t even try to pawn the work off on someone else.
He tries not to look over at El as he gathers his things and gets up from his seat. But that’s an exercise in futility as he notices her standing only inches from him when he turns to head towards the door, backpack on her shoulders with a notebook clutched to her chest. And even more? She’s looking up at him with that soft smile curling up the corners of her lips and Mike can’t help the way his heart flips in his chest.
And then she speaks and Mike thinks he could fall in love with her just based off the sweet sound of her voice.
Oh, how he hates his traitorous heart.
“Hi,” she says. “I’m making it a point to make at least one friend in each of my classes. So, hi, I’m El Hopper.” She punctuates the greeting with an adorable little wave that ends when she uses her hand to flip her hair over her shoulder.
Mike finds himself smiling back (god, that hair flip was so cute), even as a frisson of suspicion ripples down his spine. Does she honestly want to be friends with him? Why? What does she get out of it? But, she’s looking up at him expectantly and Mike doesn’t want to be rude. “Mike Wheeler,” he manages to get out with a voice that, thankfully, barely cracks. “So, uh, I hear you’re the new girl.”
At that, El rolls her eyes. “Yes, I was warned that news travels fast, so I shouldn’t be surprised. And yet….” She trails off, shrugging while she quirks one eyebrow up at him.
Mike lets out a small laugh despite himself – god, why can’t he get himself under control? – and he mirrors her shrug. “Well, you know, small towns and all that.”
“Hmm, that must be it,” El says with a light giggle that pierces Mike’s heart with how melodic the sound is and he realizes that he would give anything to make her laugh like that again. “Well, it was nice meeting you, Mike Wheeler. I hate to introduce myself and run away, but I need to figure out how to get to my next class. Still figuring out where everything is. I’ll see you later, though, yeah?” She goes to turn, giving him a small wave.
But before El can completely turn away, Mike finds himself rushing to stop her. “Wait, where’s your next class?” El turns back to him, one eyebrow arched with what looks like curiosity and it hits him a second later that she’s waiting for him to explain himself. “Um, maybe I can at least point you in the right direction,” Mike says, cursing his fair skin as he feels a blush rise up on his cheeks. Also, he really needs to be on his way to Spanish class. So why is he stopping to help this girl?
“You sure?” she asks. “I’m sure you have your own class to get to.”
Yes, you’re right, Mike’s brain says. But the words that come out of his mouth are very different. “Yeah, I’m sure. What class do you have next?”
Giving him a small, yet grateful smile, El opens her notebook and slips out her class schedule from the pocket in the front. “I think it’s French 3,” she says as she turns her body so she can show him her class schedule. And, as Mike leans over so he can scan her schedule to see what room her French class is in, he can’t help but notice that her afternoon class schedule matches his exactly ...well, except for PE. Thank god for Cross Country.
Still, he can’t seem to get over that a girl this beautiful is mostly in Honors track with him (except for English, but Mike’s not about to ask her why) and he curses himself yet again for being pleased by this turn of events.
Don’t get too invested. She’ll only break your heart. Like always.
The thought helps him get himself under some semblance of control (though, it’s almost a losing battle with his every sense aware of just how close she is and he can’t stop paying attention to the sweet smell of her shampoo to save his life) and Mike focuses on following through on the help he promised her. “So, um, yeah, when you get out of class here, turn right and then make the next left. I’m pretty sure the room you’re looking for will be on your left about halfway down the hallway,” Mike says, straightening as he steps away, even as every inch of him cries out to get closer.
El gives him a bright smile, the corners of her eyes crinkling with the force of it. “Thanks! You’re awesome. I totally owe you.” She takes a step towards the door, still facing him straight on and her smile turns almost coy as she slips her schedule back in her notebook. “Well, I’ll see you around, Mike,” she says before she turns and heads towards the door, the sway of her hips causing her skirt to shift enticingly around her thighs in time with the way her hair bounces with each step.
“Bye, El,” he weakly calls after her, totally expecting her to either ignore it or have not heard it. Girls usually stop paying attention to him once they’ve gotten what they need from him.
Only that’s not what happens and El pauses at the door, giving him a look over her shoulder, a look that is a combination of things Mike can’t even begin to decipher. She smiles at him and there’s a glint in her eye that makes him shiver with how intense it is. She quirks an eyebrow at him, like she’s amused or something, before she trills her fingers at him and disappears from view.
The second she’s out of his sight, Mike feels himself sag, like a marionette who’s strings have been cut, and he lets out a sigh that is both relieved and disappointed in equal measure.
The entire time as he slings his backpack onto his shoulders and heads the other direction to his Spanish class, Mike can’t stop thinking about everything that happened in the last 50 minutes, can’t get seem to wrap his head around how he suddenly can’t get El Hopper out of his head.
And, in this moment, it occurs to him that Mike has no idea how he’s supposed to survive this school year.
Well, I’m fucked.
Notes:
And they've met each other! Poor Mike, El just makes him all sorts of confused....and it's only going to get worse, muahahaha....
Regarding the next chapter, I'm going to try and have it out sometime on Monday/Tuesday. But like I said, I'm going on vacation to Japan for two weeks and I fly out on Monday, so we'll see how that goes (tho, I do have, like a 12 hour plane ride, so.....we'll see).
Anyway, I hope you enjoyed this! And come find me on tumblr if you're so inclined (I'm @fatechica there, too) so you can watch me cry over how much I miss Stranger Things and Mileven (seriously Duffers, if we don't get a trailer soon, I can't be held accountable for my actions, you hear me???). Catch y'all on the flip side!!
Chapter 3: that head over heels feeling (that won't go away)
Notes:
Hoo, alright y’all, I’m back!
Honestly, I thought I could first a) get this out before I went to Japan and then when that didn’t happen, I b) thought I’d probably get this out later this week. So I am both disappointed and pleased with myself!
Seriously, once I got home, the vast majority of this just spilled out of me. And, once again, I didn’t get to half of what I wanted to (it’s an affliction, I swear...).
So, enjoy 9k words of mileven being adorable and very love-at-first-sight (despite how much Mike really doesn’t want to, muahahaha...)
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
It’s been almost an hour and her heart still feels like it’s racing.
El practically floats her way through French class – butterflies threatening to take permanent residence in her stomach, her veins alight with the lovesick happiness that flows freely in her blood – and she’s barely able to pay attention to half of it.
It’s all his fault.
Mike Wheeler.
God, just the thought of his name makes El want to sigh with longing and she’s glad she didn’t have to wait long to put a name to the face that’s managed to completely win her over in only a matter of hours. And, oh boy, if she thought that face was pretty from afar, up close is so much better.
He has freckles.
It was the first thing El noticed in Trig class earlier – that is, after she’d gotten over her shock that the boy she’d noticed was in the same math class as her (which meant he was smart, thank god). She’d been running a little late, having gotten turned around, and it was only by the grace of god that she’d made it before the bell rang.
She still hadn’t taken a seat by the time the bell had rang, however, but that was more because she was frozen in place, shock rooting her in place when she noticed Mike sitting next to the only open seat left in the classroom. For a moment, she’d been unable to think, her mind especially going blank when she caught his eye. He’d already been looking in her direction – like everyone else had been, which, well…wasn’t surprising. She was the last person to enter the room and she was the only new student who wasn’t a freshman.
What had been surprising was the look in Mike’s eyes as their gazes locked. A heady mix of surprise, awe, and, dare El say it, attraction mixed together in the way he was looking at her and El had felt herself warming to the point where she wouldn’t have been surprised if she were blushing from head to toe.
If the bell hadn’t rung right then, El’s convinced that she would never have looked away. Not when the cutest guy in the history of ever was looking at her like he never wanted to look away, either.
El felt it, in that moment, a connection, a spark. It’d been almost like it was preordained, them meeting like this, and the déjà vu sensation she’d been feeling all morning, first after meeting Dustin in homeroom and then just building steadily as the morning went on, kicked fully into high gear.
The bell, of course, had chosen that exact moment to go off and bring El crashing back down to the real world, where time moved at its normal place and teenagers didn’t fall into each other’s eyes across crowded math classrooms.
It hadn’t been embarrassment that had El scurrying across the room for her seat – after all, how could it be wrong to feel this way when it felt this good? – but a look from her Trig teacher who clearly wanted to get class underway after the bell had rung.
So, El hurried to her seat and tried to focus on getting her backpack off her shoulders as quietly as possible instead of the absolutely adorable blush crawling up the cheeks of her gorgeous seat neighbor.
Naturally, though, El hadn’t been able to resist smiling over at her new, instant crush, a whispered “hi” slipping from her lips. He’d smiled back, too handsome for his own good, and that’s when El noticed them, the freckles that dappled the skin of his cheeks and nose.
Her heart had gone into overdrive in that moment, cute cute cute tattooed in each frantic beat like the thumping of a drum, and El’d nearly gasped. Because he was devastatingly handsome up close, with those gorgeous freckles and startling dark brown eyes that held more than a glint of fierce intelligence and a jaw and cheekbones she wanted to trace with her fingers so she could memorize their curves.
Yeah, it was nearly a miracle El had been able to pay enough attention in Trig to complete the in-class practice problems with minimal fuss. Though, El also hadn’t been able to keep from looking over at Mike the entire time, enraptured by how he held his pencil and the easy way he followed along with Ms. Geno’s lecture.
Smart is good. Smart is awesome, El had thought somewhere during the class and it was becoming apparent that Mike Wheeler is some kind of perfect.
As long as he isn’t an asshole, that is, had been her follow-up thought.
But that’s the thing, the thing that has El all floating high on Cloud Nine. Mike Wheeler is a tall, gorgeous guy who’s smart, witty, and absolutely sweet. He’d offered to point her in the direction of her French class with a shy smile, almost stumbling over his words in a way that was just about the cutest thing El’s ever seen.
El really couldn’t help the way she’d flirted with him, then – playing with her hair, giving him coy smiles of her own – and, if she’s not mistaken, he was into it. Granted, El’d only gotten to talk to him for maybe 2 minutes, but it was something she’d felt on an instinctual level in that moment and it makes her more excited for having moved to Hawkins than she thought possible.
So, yeah, was it any wonder El had barely been able to pay attention in French? I mean, who cares about a language I’m probably never going to speak outside of school? The only French that matters here is French kissing…ooh, kissing….
The bell rings again, jolting El once more out of her thoughts which had taken a very pleasurable turn into imagining what it would be like to kiss Mike. Only this bell signals the start of lunch and El begins to smile for a different reason.
She has lunch plans with someone who may be a new friend, a girl who happens to be in El’s French class.
And, El notices as she packs up her things, a girl who’s also coming her way with another girl tagging along.
El lets her smile grow wider as Jennifer and the other girl – who’s name El completely missed when Madame Owens had taken attendance – stop right in front of El’s desk, their things already gathered.
“Hi, El,” Jennifer says, voice bright and excited. “You ready for lunch?”
“Yeah, just let me finish packing up my things,” El says.
“Jen, you going to introduce me? We don’t want to be rude to Hawkins High’s newest junior, now do we?” the other girl says, elbowing Jennifer not-so-subtly in the side.
“Oh, right, sorry,” Jennifer says, blushing, as El gets to her feet and lifts her backpack onto her shoulders. “El, this is Stacey.”
“The new girl from New York City. Welcome to this shithole,” Stacey says, an almost saccharine smile on her face.
El resists the urge to narrow her eyes at Stacey, but only just. If Jennifer comes across as a sweet girl who is maybe a little overly excited and anxious (though El might be starting to discover why), Stacey comes across as fake and calculating and full of self-importance that probably isn’t earned as she looks down at the rest of the world from her lofty perch of smug superiority.
El knows the type: the Queen Bee, the girl all other girls look up to and envy as they desperately seek her approval, the girl who’s only nice to people as far as they’re useful to her. El knows that the second the mystique of her outsider status has worn off, El’s only purpose will be as another one of Stacey’s simpering pawns.
Guess it’s a good thing El doesn’t play those games and that she’s not afraid of Stacey’s type. She’s dealt with mean, popular girls in the past and knows she can handle Stacey if necessary.
But, El could also be wrong and she's not about to start alienating people on her first day, after all.
So, El looks at Stacey and puts on her most charming smile. “It’s nice to meet you, Stacey. And, don’t worry,” El says, glancing over at Jennifer with a conspiratorial twist to her lips. “Jennifer has been nothing but welcoming on my first day.”
The smile on Stacey’s face turns sharp, it’s so simpering. “Good. You are a big deal around here, after all. It’s not every day we get new blood, especially not from so far away.” Then, the smile on Stacey’s face grows excited and it’s the first genuine emotion El’s seen come from Stacey yet. “Now, come on. You have to tell us all about New York. I want to hear everything.”
With that, El is whisked off to the cafeteria, flanked on either side by Jen and Stacey. It doesn’t take long for El to find herself sitting at the table where, from what El can tell, the popular girls all sit. It’s apparent from how the football players in their letterman jackets linger around; in the exaggerated giggles and over-the-top preening each girl does, like they know they’re on display; in the immaculate clothes that, while a little dated to El who’s just come from one of the fashion centers of the world, are stylish and trendy compared to what every other girl in this school is wearing.
It’s a little refreshing to know that some things are the same no matter where one is, that teenagers are still, well… teenagers. It eases the nervous knot in El’s stomach that she hadn’t been aware of until it was gone and the relief she feels is palpable.
Which just lets her focus on trying to remember all the names of the girls she’s eating lunch with – a near-impossible task since El is horrible with names.
“So, what’s it like living in New York?”
El looks over at who spoke – a girl with short, dark blonde hair whose name is either Casey or Ashley or one of those “ee” names that El can’t quite recall despite having heard it only a few minutes ago – and she smiles as she pokes at her food, an unappetizing blend of sauce and meat that El’s going to have to force down if she wants to eat any of it.
(Another reassuring, if disappointing thing: school cafeteria food is universally awful, it seems.)
“What do you want to know?” El asks and she puts her fork down (yeah, this food is a lost cause).
“Oh, I don’t even know where to start,” the girl who asked the question says.
“Just tell us everything,” Stacey says. “Leave nothing out.”
El shrugs, her smile turning a little bashful. “I’m not sure what you want me to say. I grew up in New York, so it was all normal to me.”
“Ooh, did you go to Times Square? What about shopping on 5th Avenue? I bet the shopping is just amazing.” This is from Jennifer, her lips twisted up in an eager smile.
El can’t hold back the gentle snort and eye roll the question inspires, but she manages to follow it up with a small smile. “Sorry to disappoint, but I’ve only been to Times Square a couple of times. Honestly, it’s so overrun by tourists that my friends and I mostly just avoided it. And, yeah, we’d go to 5th Avenue to browse through some of the stores and stuff, but, like, they’re all so expensive. We’d just end up buying stuff at, like, thrift stores and outlets and stuff.”
El can tell from the looks on everyone’s faces that this is not what they wanted to hear. El knows, to these girls, her life in New York seems fabulous and fantastical – miles away more exciting to them than their lives back in Hawkins. But El doesn’t know how to convince them that her life back in New York was nothing special. She went to school, did homework, and hung out with her friends. Sure, there were a lot more things to do when she was with her friends than there probably are here in Hawkins, but El knows you can have a million things to do at your fingertips and still be bored.
But that’s a lot to try and convey during the 40 minute lunch period and there are a lot of eager eyes turned her way.
So, El decides to give them a little bit of what they’re looking for: a little bit of adventure.
“Let me tell you, though, about the amazing fashion you can find at high end thrift stores in Manhattan. And I mean custom-made designer stuff. Once, I found this gorgeous blouse I swear I saw on the runway during New York Fashion Week….”
The girls eat it up. To the point where El feels almost embarrassed at the looks they’re giving her – desperate, enraptured, envious – like they would give anything just to experience what El’s lived.
But, she keeps talking regardless. She tells them about trawling Manhattan thrift stores for hidden treasures, about day trips out to Coney Island, about trying to figure out what movie or TV show was filming in any of the Burroughs at any given time, about the subway and the food and all the people – all in all easily telling stories about her life before moving.
Or, rather, it was supposed to be easy. But a couple of minutes in to regaling her new friends with stories of her previous life, El catches a glimpse of Tall, Dark, and Handsome who appears out of the corner of her eye and she can’t help but glance over. Oh, hello.
For a moment, El can’t help but stare as Mike makes his way across the cafeteria, tray of food held in both hands as his long legs make easy work of his journey. Mike Wheeler appears to be a jumble of contradictions. His steps are smooth, almost graceful, but he hunches his shoulders as he walks like he’s trying to hide – or, at least, not be so noticeable.
Good luck with that, cutie. Not with that height.
El almost wants to sigh. Even at this distance, Mike Wheeler is just so cute, it’s almost overwhelming.
Actually, scratch that; there’s no “almost” about it since, apparently, the sight of Mike walking across the cafeteria is enough to steal El’s voice. In fact, she apparently stopped speaking mid-sentence, attention drawn away when she spotted Mike, and she’s only made aware of it when she sees a hand being waved in front of her face.
“Hey, El, you were saying? About the people on the subway?”
It’s Jennifer’s voice and El blinks, coming back to the present out of the lovesick fog that’s invaded her brain, before she tears her gaze away from Mike to look over at Jennifer. “Hmm, sorry?”
The smile on Jen’s face is both confused and concerned, but somehow still bright. “You trailed off there.”
“Yeah,” Stacey says, cutting in. “Everything ok?”
El gives herself a shake before she smiles. “Yeah, sorry, got distracted. So, like I was saying….”
El keeps talking, but the entire time, half her attention is firmly on Mike where’s he’s eating lunch with his friends (one of whom is Dustin, she notices, and, god, she wishes she knew why that makes sense). She can’t stop from noticing the way he talks to his friends, all smiles and laughter punctuated with flashes of good-natured exasperation – clearly he and his friends, a group of 3 other boys that includes Dustin, like giving each other shit and having a good time.
At some point during lunch, El begs off telling stories, asking instead to hear more about her new friends and Hawkins. The ensuing conversation takes only about a minute to evolve into what everyone did over summer and it gives El even more freedom to look over at Mike’s distracting attractiveness.
But, at some point, El must have been staring, because someone snaps their fingers in front of El’s face. “Hey, is everything really ok?”
It’s Stacey who asks and El forces herself to pay attention to the other girl, a blush spreading over her cheeks. “Sorry,” El says. “Just taking everything in, you know?” It’s a lie, a total lie. But, for as straightforward as El can be, she’s not about to reveal her nascent crush on a guy she barely knows to a bunch of girls she’s only just met.
At this Stacey rolls her eyes. “I can’t imagine that there’s much to take in, but sure, you do you, I guess.”
El smiles, almost overly perky. She’s almost positive that kind of passive aggressiveness usually ends with people falling at Stacey’s feet either to agree with her or give her what she wants, neither of which El is about to do. Stacey, your ploy for dominance is showing.
“Hey, I think it’s nice here,” El says. “I can actually hear myself think and the odds of my dad getting killed on the job are a lot lower.” A guilty look crosses Stacey’s face and a ripple of disbelieve moves across the table – clearly, no one is used to someone showing Stacey up and El crows a little internally at the victory. But, outwardly she only shrugs. “Besides, you guys have the prettiest sunsets out here. So much better than in New York.”
A look crosses Stacey’s face, then – like how could anything be better than New York? – but she drops it a second later as she looks over at another girl. “So, Verna, you never did tell us about going to California over the summer….”
The conversation starts back up again and, with everyone’s attention focused elsewhere, El goes back to half listening, half staring at Mike from across the cafeteria.
Only, when she looks back over this time, Mike’s looking right back. To be fair, all four boys at that table are looking at her, but El only has eyes for Mike.
It feels like his gaze pierces her right in the heart, which skips the next couple of beats before it takes off racing in her chest. A blush crawls up El’s cheeks and she’s suddenly having a hard time drawing in a full breath.
There’s just so much going on in the look Mike’s giving her: confusion, shy embarrassment, curiosity, hesitancy, even a little...annoyance? anger? But, all throughout, there’s an undertone of tension, heated and sweet – it’s attraction, plain and simple.
(though nothing about this feels plain and simple, not with the way every inch of el’s skin tingles with anticipation, with the way gentle heat fills her veins and makes her feel like she’s inches away from becoming untethered from gravity entirely.)
She wonders, though, at the guarded look in Mike’s eyes, at what’s making him look at her with shy hesitancy, like he’s bracing himself for the worst...like he’s experienced nothing but bad things from having a girl look at him across a crowded room.
It makes El want to frown as her heart twists in her chest – who hurt you, Mike Wheeler? – but she resists the urge. Instead, she leans in to the light, fluttery feelings that flow freely through her.
El smiles at him, then, the curl of her lips gentle and sweet, and hopes she’s coming across as welcoming and non-threatening. She’s rewarded with a blush that appears high on Mike’s cheeks, adding color to those amazing cheekbones, and El’s heart does another pitter-pattering skip in her chest.
Mike hurries to look away a split second later, as do the rest of his friends, and El can see the way he slouches as the rest of his friends jeer a little and nudge him with their elbows. El rolls her eyes – typical boys, go figure – and her heart goes out to Mike as he tries to get his friends to stop teasing him. Still, she’s not going to apologize for smiling at him, not when the sight of him makes her feel like she can fly.
El just hopes that, next time, Mike smiles back.
“The new girl’s looking over at us again.”
Mike cringes at Will’s statement, just like every other time one of the Party has mentioned the fact that, for whatever reason, El Hopper is looking in their direction. And, also just like every other time, a strange frisson of nervous energy ripples down his spine to settle uncomfortably in his stomach and the small of his back, leaving him feeling squirmy and paranoid.
It’s like he can feel it whenever El looks over, skin prickling with discomfort and something else Mike really doesn’t want to look too closely at (but which feels an awful lot like attraction). Honestly, Mike just really wants to know why El keeps looking over at him…or, at least, at the table that the Party is currently occupying.
From the handful of glances that he’s managed to covertly steal out of the corner of his eye, Mike knows El’s sitting with the Who’s Who of Hawkins High, the upper echelons of the school’s popular crowd. It should be everything El aspires to, with her popular girl beauty and sophisticated, exotic mystique from growing up in a big city. She seems to have all the popular girls, even Stacey, eating out of the palm of her hand. And Mike doesn’t even want to hazard a guess as to what the popular boys think of El – it’s probably gross and disgusting and completely demeaning. But that seems to be what all the popular girls like, so it should be right up El’s alley, right? So….
“Why does she keep looking over at us?”
It’s like Lucas plucked the thought right out of Mike’s head and Mike finds himself nodding along with it.
Dustin shrugs. “Maybe nerds are cool where she came from.” He pauses, taking a moment to waggle his eyebrows. “Or maybe she’s hot for me. She was awfully nice to me in homeroom.”
At this, Mike can’t help but roll his eyes. “Oh, please. She was nice to me in Trig this morning. Doesn’t mean she’s attracted to me either.” It’s only when the words finish leaving his mouth that Mike realizes his mistake.
He hadn’t planned on telling the others about his encounter with El Hopper – about the way she smiled at him and talked to him and played with her hair and gave him looks from beneath her eyelashes that made him feel funny inside in the best way possible. When he thought about it during his Spanish class – which subsequently made him only catch about half of what happened since he couldn’t (and still can't) seem to stop thinking about the new girl, much to his frustration – it occurred to him that El might have been flirting with him.
But that is so far outside the realm of possibility that the whole incident didn’t seem worth mentioning. After all, why would a pretty girl be flirting with him? So he decided not to say anything about it because he also knows that the rest of the Party won’t see it that way.
Which, given the looks the others are now giving him, is exactly what’s happening.
“Why, Michael, is there something you’re not telling us?” Dustin says.
Will’s grin is just as shit-eating as Dustin and Lucas’ and Mike realizes once again that Will’s innocent demeanor is nothing more than a fucking sham. “Yeah, it sounds like something happened with the two of you this morning.”
“C’mon, spill it, Wheeler,” Lucas says.
Mike levels a glare in Lucas’ direction. “Are you channeling your girlfriend now?” he asks, eyes narrowed as he lightly taps his fork against the edge of his tray. “And where is she, anyway?”
Lucas leans back and crosses his arms over his chest, a smug smile stretching up his lips. “Max is hanging with her Softball friends. But nice try on dodging the question.”
His arms twitch with the desire to cross over his chest in a mirror of Lucas’ stance, but Mike knows that he would only come across as defensive, which is the last thing he wants. Especially because there’s absolutely nothing to be defensive about.
Right?
So, Mike shrugs and hopes he’s coming off as calm and collected. “Nothing’s going on,” Mike says, fighting to keep his voice steady. “Turns out she’s in a bunch of my classes. She sat next to me and I helped point her in the direction of the class she had after. That’s it. Nothing else.”
“Hmm, I don’t know. I think someone’s trying a little too hard to be cool about this,” Will says.
“Yeah,” Dustin says, one eyebrow raised skeptically. “Are you honestly trying to tell me that you sat next to probably the most beautiful girl in this entire school and you felt nothing? I mean, look at her.”
With that, Dustin turns, twisting slightly in his chair so he can look in the direction of where El’s sitting with all the other popular girls. The rest of the Party follows suit a moment later and Mike finds himself looking directly at El Hopper for the first time since he watched her walk out of Trig earlier that morning.
His heart thumps heavy in his chest at the sight of her, sitting there talking and smiling with a bright look in her eyes and a confident set to her shoulders. El really is the most beautiful girl he’s ever seen – in fact, it’s almost unfair how beautiful she is since girls like that seem to exist only to taunt him with how far out of his league they are...that is, if they even bother acknowledging his existence.
So it comes as a complete and utter surprise when, maybe two seconds later, El looks back over. Her gaze locks with his across the crowded cafeteria and the most enchanting blush crawls up her cheeks. He can hear the snickers and giggles from his friends from behind and next to him, but they sound so far away as to almost be inconsequential, like he’s hearing them from very far away, the noise almost muffled with how little he’s paying attention.
Especially because, for the briefest of moments, nothing else matters other than her and the way she’s looking at him. There’s a hint of surprise in her eyes, like she’s caught off guard by the fact that he’s staring back at her, but the rest of her gaze is all warmth and happiness.
And Mike wants to know why. Unease settles low in his stomach, souring his appetite that was already made meager by the awful cafeteria food. The simplest explanation is that she likes him, but that’s just ridiculous. All of his experience with girls, although very limited, says that nothing good can come from being noticed by a beautiful, popular girl.
Mike’s first thought, as always, is that she wants something from him – and that once she gets whatever it is, she’ll drop him like a bad habit. It’s either that or that she’s messing with him, using the fact that she’s beautiful and popular to trick him into making a fool out of himself so she and her new friends can all laugh at how much of a pathetic loser he is.
A flash of anger sparks in his chest – why do popular girls always think guys like him are disposable? – and it wars with the curiosity and the undeniable attraction that’s already present, making him even more confused and annoyed. He wishes El would just come right out and say what she wanted so he could prepare well ahead of time to be disappointed when she starts ignoring him instead of getting blindsided by it once she's gotten what she needs like always. Because that has to be why she’s looking over. It has to be.
But, if that’s the case, why is she blushing?
And then El smiles at him and Mike feels the bottom fall out of his stomach. So pretty, is about the only coherent thought Mike has as the full weight of her warm, gentle smile hits him like a physical blow, making his whole body feel light and tingly. His heart stutters in his chest and Mike has to gulp against the gasp that builds up in his throat. He can’t help it, though – El’s smiling over at him like there’s no one else she’d rather be looking at and he fights against the hope that builds up inside his heart.
But he can’t fight the blush that rises to his cheeks, hot and sudden. Feeling way too exposed, Mike rushes to turn back around, to look away so he doesn’t do something stupidly embarrassing like fall in love with her or something. Because that’s what I need. To fall for a girl who will never feel the same about me. He wants to just forget that this ever happened – nothing good can come from this, he just knows it.
But the rest of the Party isn’t about to let it go. “Dude, did you see that?” Dustin says, voice straining with a yelled whisper as he roughly nudges Mike with his elbow. “She fucking smiled at you, man.”
“Yeah, maybe she likes you,” Will says through a grin, his eyes dancing with a teasing glint that makes Mike want to scowl.
Lucas snickers, clearly unable to hold himself back. “Maybe Lanky Nerd is the hot thing back in New York, or something.”
Ok, now Mike’s scowling. “God, you guys, shut up. She doesn’t like me like that, ok? She’s just being nice so she can get whatever it is she wants from me.”
Dustin lets out a snort of amusement. “Yeah, a piece of hot, nerd-loving action,” he says, eyebrows waggling, grin ratcheting up to unbelievable levels of smarmy and annoying.
Mike groans. “Guys, please. Can we not?” Yeah, he’s begging now and he’s not afraid to admit it. Anything to get them to stop making this worse than it already is.
But, naturally, they don’t stop. In fact, the teasing continues throughout the rest of lunch – not overtly, but constant with double entendres and sly one-liners and teasing jabs that have Mike’s hackles completely raised and his frustration level at a boiling point by the time lunch ends. It’s so bad that Mike is actually looking forward to his Honors US History class, a class taught by the meanest teacher in the entirety of Hawkins High history…
...A class he also shares with El who, if the way the back of his neck prickles is any indication, has not stopped glancing over at him throughout the entirety of the lunch period.
“Alright, that’s it,” Mike says a couple of minutes before the bell rings to signal the end of lunch. The teasing just won’t stop and if Mike has to feel El’s eyes on him any longer, he’s going to develop an involuntary twitch from the way the skin on the back of his neck keeps prickling. All in all, he’s pretty sure he’s never felt so frustrated and annoyed in his entire life and it’s not outside of the realm of possibility that he just won’t explode or something. “I’m heading to history class. See you assholes later.” He scoops up his tray with his half-eaten lunch on it and fucking beelines it out of there, not even waiting to hear the others say goodbye to him.
The halls are practically empty as Mike makes his way to his locker to grab his things and he sighs in relief. The near-silence around him is like a balm for his overworked nerves, helping to quell the agitation building in his chest. And by the time he makes it to his history classroom, the knot of frustrated tension has begun to loosen from where it’s crowding in his stomach.
Mike gets to the open doorway and, for a second, he just stands there. The only person in the room is Ms. Palecki, who’s sitting at her desk and looking down at her notes, glasses perched delicately on her nose. She must notice his arrival out of the corner of her eye and she looks up, her sleek blonde bob swishing about her face. The smile she gives him is not unkind. In fact, it’s almost nice, like she either has no idea of how she’s perceived by the entire student body...or she honestly enjoys her reputation for torturing her students.
Either way, the look on her face is welcoming and Mike finds himself relaxing a little despite himself. “Welcome!” she says. “You’re a little early.”
Mike shrugs, embarrassment creeping down to settle between his shoulder blades, the skin along his spine itching with it. “Um, yeah. Sorry? Just...wanted to find a good seat.” Mike cringes before he’s even finished speaking at the words that are coming out of his mouth. Oh my god, could he get any lamer? Literally, there are nothing but empty seats in front of him; it’s not like he has to go searching for one. God, what kind of loser is he?
Ms. Palecki waves her hand over the sight of the empty desks in front of her. “Take your pick….” She trails off, one eyebrow arching, clearly waiting for Mike to fill in the information about who he is.
“Um, I’m Mike. Mike Wheeler,” he hurries to say, a blush spreading over his cheeks. God, he really wishes he weren’t quite so pale, or that he blushed so easily, or both – both would be fantastic.
“Well, have at, Mr. Wheeler,” Ms. Palecki says before she looks back down at what Mike presumes are her lesson plans, a thick binder stuffed to the brim with sheaves of paper designed to torture the hell out of her Honors US History section.
Mike nods, mostly to himself since Ms. Palecki isn’t looking at him any more, and he grabs, effectively, the same seat he had in Trig earlier that morning: front row furthest from the door. He slides his backpack off his shoulders and takes the last few seconds of quiet before the bell rings to pull his notebook and thick textbook out of his backpack, cringing the entire time at just how massive his US History book is.
Does she really expect us to read all of this? Mike thinks with a frown as the bell rings, signaling the end of lunch.
Students start coming in, one at a time, through the open door and Mike can’t stop from keeping an eye out for every new arrival. He knows one of them will eventually be El and, despite himself, he’s curious to see what her reaction is going to be when she notices him in another one of her classes… if she notices him, that is.
It’s just as Mike’s in the middle of chiding himself for forgetting the cardinal nerd rule of popular girls (crucially, don’t fall for them), when the third person after him to arrive walks through the door…
And it’s El.
This time, the vast majority of seats in the room are empty. The only other two students are sitting away from Mike – one of them directly in the middle and the other directly behind Mike a few rows back – so the seat next to him is still open. But El has her pick this time and Mike curses himself for being desperately curious about where she’s going to sit.
But, as it turns out, his curiosity is definitely warranted because, after doing a quick scan of the room, El’s eyes land on him and a look of pleased surprise crosses her face. Her eyes widen, her gaze brightens, and a beautiful smile pulls up at the corners of her mouth, the fullness of her lips curling in a way that has Mike’s heart skipping a beat.
God damn traitor.
It’s like, the second she spots him, none of the other empty seats even register because El heads straight for him, fingers curled around the straps of her backpack as her smile turns a little shy. She stops in front of the empty desk to Mike’s left and glances down at her feet for just a second before looking up at him. A sheepish look has crept into her gaze and Mike’s not sure how she manages this, but he thinks that the shyness somehow makes her even prettier. “Hi, Mike,” she says. “Um, is it ok if I sit here?” she asks, using her elbow to point at the desk in question. “It’s just… I know I made things awkward with you and your friends at lunch, so I totally wouldn’t blame you if you’d rather I sit somewhere else.”
For a second, Mike just looks at her, shocked. Of all the things, he hadn’t expected her to bring up the fact that she was all but staring at him during lunch and he finds her bluntness, well, a little relieving. It takes him a second longer to find his voice, as he’s having a hard time shaking himself out the shock that’s still rippling through him, but he manages to smile back at her just a little.
(Honestly, it’s hard not to smile at her. She’s just so pretty. )
“Um, no, it’s fine. You can sit here,” he says. It’s a fight to keep his voice even, to not sound too eager and reveal just how pathetic he really is when it comes to pretty girls.
El’s smile widens, showing off the cutest dimples he’s ever seen, and Mike almost fucking swoons. “Great, thanks,” she says as she slips off her backpack (and Mike desperately tries not to notice the way her back and shoulders arch to do so, the material of her dress pulling tight across her chest – suffice it to say, he fails miserably). She slips into the empty seat, one eye on him the entire time as she grabs a notebook out of her backpack. “It’s just that I meant it earlier when I said I wanted to be friends and, well… friends don’t make each other feel awkward, you know?” She sits up straight and looks over at him, one hand coming up to lazily brush her hair back over her shoulder, her fingers trailing against the curve of her neck and shoulder. Mike wishes it was his fingers tracing that path along her skin and hates himself for it.
“Well, in my experience, friends are all about making each other feel awkward. At least, that’s how my friends and I treat each other,” Mike says, unable to keep himself from grinning despite how his skin suddenly feels too tight and the way his stomach churns with a combination of attraction and wariness.
El’s smile morphs into a grin that mirrors his, a beguiling pink spreading over her cheeks. “Hmm, maybe you need to rethink your friendship strategy,” she teases, eyes twinkling. And when she winks at him a second later, Mike’s heart practically fucking floats away, it skips in his chest so hard.
God, how is he supposed to not fall in love with her?
For a moment, El’s afraid that she may have taken it one step too far with the winking. Though, in her defense, it’s not like she planned to do it. It just happened, very spur of the moment. She’s caught up in the high of actually talking to Mike, like they're just a boy and a girl having a normal conversation, when he smiles at her as they talk about friendship.
No, not smiled – grinned. Mike Wheeler fucking grinned at her and it's the hottest damn thing she’s ever seen in her entire life.
God, that should not be allowed, is the only coherent thought that manages to float through her mind. She grins back, of course, leaning into the coy and playful mood of the conversation. And then she winks, unable to stop it from happening, the flirtatious gesture just slipping out.
Of course, El only realizes what she's done when she sees Mike’s face go almost blank and now she’s having a minor freak out. God, is she coming on too strong? What if Mike doesn’t want her to treat him like this?
But those concerns dissolve a moment later when Mike offers her a shy smile. “Bold of you to assume I had a friendship strategy,” he says and relief spreads through El’s veins. Ok, she hasn’t turned him off or offended him. And, god, that shy smile is just adorable. There’s a little hesitation and fear around the edges and El realizes, in this moment, that Mike’s a gentle, sweet boy who’s probably been hurt in the past and, damn, does El ever want to find out who did it so she can kick their ass.
But he’s a gentle, sweet boy in possession of a rakish grin and, lord, is that a dangerous combination.
“So you just made your friends willy-nilly?” El asks, the words spoken through a laugh.
Mike shrugs. “It’s more like we were the odd ones out, so it was only natural we would become friends since no one else wanted to.”
There’s an undertone of derisive anger in Mike’s tone and El wants to frown, but she manages to keep her emotions in check. “Well, for what it’s worth, I want to be your friend,” El says. Which is only part of the truth. Honestly, she wants to be more than friends, but Mike’s shyness and hesitation makes her wary of really coming on too strong. She doesn’t want to spook him, after all. Not until she knows for sure whether or not he’s receptive to it.
Mike snorts and gives her a wry smile. “You said that already.” The words are spoken with dry humor, but there’s still a spark of hope that alights in Mike’s gaze and it sets El’s heart all aflutter.
“It bears repeating,” El says with a shrug. “Especially considering your horrible friendship-making strategy.” She smiles over at him to make sure he knows she’s teasing and she’s rewarded with Mike’s low laughter. That flutter in her heart? It’s a full on stampede of butterflies at this point and El’s never felt so full of light in her entire life.
“Somehow, I have a feeling you’re never going to let me forget this, are you?” Mike asks her, one eyebrow arched as he leans slightly towards her.
El giggles. “Nope!” she says, almost too eagerly, and anything else she has to say gets lost as the bell rings, signaling the start of 5th period. With a jolt, El looks around to see that, while she got caught up in talking with Mike, the rest of the room filled in and Ms. Palecki is standing at the board, finishing up writing her introductory notes. El turns back to Mike and gives him a sheepish smile, mouthing “whoops” with a cute, little shrug.
Mike blushes – embarrassed at not noticing how much time had passed or annoyed at El monopolizing his attention, she’s not sure – but he immediately looks away and focuses on Ms. Palecki, so it could be either. Regardless, El lets herself wallow in the sting of uncertainty for only a moment before she, too, focuses on paying attention in class.
And it’s a good thing El’s able to give Ms. Palecki her mostly undivided attention. Because this class is going to be intense. A year long project worth half her grade? Done in assigned pairs? A cumulative final in the spring covering the whole class? What in the shit is this? Suddenly, El’s very glad she’s stubborn and headstrong; she has a feeling it’s going to be the only thing that gets her through this class.
And after 40 minutes, during which they barely were able to scratch the surface of pre-colonial America, the bell rings and El’s free to head over to her Honors Chemistry class, feeling a little dazed and shell-shocked all the while.
“You ok, over there?”
The voice is Mike’s and El’s heart leaps into her throat as she turns in her seat to face him. Mike’s looking down at her as he stands next to her desk, causing El to crane her neck so she can look back up at him. God, he’s tall…. “Excuse me?” El asks, feeling a little dazed under the power of Mike’s concern. His eyebrows are gently arched, brow furrowed, and his lips are pulled in a worried frown. Seriously, how does he even make this look cute?
Mike blushes, looking a little embarrassed and uncertain now, and El realizes that she might have come across as defensive there, when, really, she’s just overwhelmed. “It’s just that you look a little, I don’t know….”
El lets out a low laugh as she gets to her feet, backpack in one hand so she can put it on her seat. “Frazzled?” she offers, making sure to smile. Mike nods and El glances down so she can put her things in her backpack. “Just… this class is going to be a lot, isn’t it?” she says, keeping her voice low so Ms. Palecki can’t overhear.
Mike smiles, reassuring, the embarrassment and uncertainty fading. “Yeah, sorry, I guess you wouldn’t have known,” he says, just as low, his voice almost raspy. “Ms. Palecki has something of a reputation here at Hawkins High.”
“Gee, I wonder why,” El says with another laugh, this one weak and breathy, lips twisting wryly.
At that, Mike laughs, a smile spreading over his face at her witty remark, and El feels like she can do anything if she can get shy Mike Wheeler to smile like that. But, the next second, the smile disappears, like he caught himself or is afraid of showing too much emotion or something. El’s not sure, but she does know that he’s suddenly guarded in a way he wasn’t a moment ago and it’s giving her a little bit of whiplash. “Yeah, well, I’m just hoping I can survive this class.”
“Me, too, to be honest,” El says as she swings her backpack up onto her shoulders. “Well, I suppose I’ll see you later, yeah? I need to head to my Chemistry class.”
Mike’s smile reappears, but it’s more of a tiny grin this time than a full-blown smile. “Well, since we’re headed to the same place, I might as well join you.”
El arches an eyebrow. “Excuse me?”
Another blush spreads over Mike’s face (or maybe it’s just the first one coming back), and he looks down at his shoes, shoulders hunching a little. “Well, it’s just I noticed when you showed me your schedule this morning that we’re in the same Honors Chem section, so I just figured… you know,” he says, shrugging one shoulder as he looks back up at her.
El smiles. “You remembered my schedule?” she asks, feeling almost touched.
At this, Mike gives a full-on shrug. “I have a pretty good visual memory, is all,” he says, dismissively.
El’s heart sinks a little. “Oh. Well, that’s neat. And, yeah, c’mon, let’s go to Chem. You lead the way, though.”
Mike looks back at her, a carefully neutral smile on his face. “Ok, after you,” he says, gesturing towards the door.
El can’t help herself, she laughs. “Ah, a gentleman. I thought those died out with the dinosaurs,” she says as she starts walking and she turns to look over her shoulder to see Mike following close behind.
“Not yet, we haven’t,” Mike says, a grin playing at the corner of his lips.
El almost sighs. God, it really, really isn’t fair how cute he is.
And, no matter what happens with her and Mike – if anything happens with her and Mike – at least the view in half of her classes is gonna be fantastic.
So that’s something, at least.
The walk from US History to Chem isn’t far, and yet, it feels like it lasts for an eternity. Mostly because Mike’s painfully aware of the weird glances being thrown their way as he and El walk down the halls together.
God, he can just see the judgy confusion in everyone’s gazes. Why is she with him? – The new girl’s slumming it already. – Taking pity on the poor nerdy loser, I see. Mike feels himself try to shrink, shoulders slumping, as embarrassment crawls down his spine.
God, he knew he shouldn’t have offered to walk to class with her. But since they are literally going to the same place, it felt both weird and rude not to say something. Besides, he finds himself really not wanting to be further than a foot away from her at all times. So, despite the way the rational part of his brain screamed at him to not say the words, Mike still found himself asking to walk with her to class in the most roundabout way possible.
Yeah, probably shouldn’t have bothered, he thinks, given the looks he and El are getting. If it’s any consolation, El doesn’t seem like she notices at all, walking down the hallways with her head held high, like she couldn’t care less what anyone thinks of her.
For a few seconds, neither of them talks. But the looks they’re getting from their schoolmates are making Mike’s skin crawls, so he leaps for the nearest distraction: mustering up his meager courage in order to ask the prettiest girl he’s ever met a question. “So, um, how do you like Hawkins so far?” he asks, all but tripping over his own tongue.
El glances over at him and the on her face just lights up her whole expression. “I really like it! It’s nice here,” she says. “I know, that probably sounds crazy given that I just moved here from one of the biggest cities in the world, but it’s different in a way that I like.” She pauses, smiling. “Helps that I like the people here,” she says, one eyebrow arched teasingly.
For a moment, Mike’s heart thumps heavily in his chest – oh god, is she talking about me? – but he rids himself of that notion pretty quick. No, you idiot, she’s probably talking about the girls she sat with during lunch, his brain rationally points out. “Well, it’s for sure quieter here,” Mike says as they round the corner near where the door to the chem lab is.
“Oh, much,” El says. “I can actually hear myself think here without the sound of people cussing out on the street or a bajillion car horns all going off as people try to fight their way through city traffic.”
Mike cringes. “Yikes, that sounds...annoying.”
El rolls her eyes. “Seriously. I used to keep my windows shut so I wouldn’t have to hear creepy randos yelling and fighting outside our apartment building.”
They enter the half-filled chem lab and Mike quickly spots the rest of the Party up at the front. Will and Dustin are sitting at one lab table, laughing as they look at something on Dustin’s phone, and Lucas is keeping an eye out for Mike, his bag sitting on the empty lab stool so he can save it for Mike. Not like anyone else would sit there.
Lucas’ eyebrows rise up towards his hairline as he spots Mike walking in with the gorgeous new girl, surprise filling his gaze. A teasing grin begins to pull up the corners of his mouth, but Mike glares and Lucas manages to somehow bite the smile back before Mike looks away and down over at El. “Well, I’m gonna go...sit with my friends,” Mike says, weakly gesturing towards the tables at the front.
El blinks, like she forgot something, and glances over at the lab table where Lucas is waiting for him. A light blush crawls up her cheeks and she gives him a small, lopsided smile. “Oh, yeah, of course. Well…” she trails off, smile turning more sincere. “Thanks for walking with me to class. I’ll, um, see you around?”
The uncertainty in El’s voice – or is it hope? – gives Mike pause and he feels himself mentally stumble a bit over what it could mean. “Oh, um, yeah, sure, I guess,” he says.
El gives him one more smile. “Ok, well, I’m gonna find a seat, then. Talk to you later?” El doesn’t give Mike a chance to respond before she moves away, immediately finding another open lab stool, this one next to one of the other girls in the class, Carrie Brooks, who looks a little surprised to see the popular new girl approaching. “Hi, I’m El Hopper,” El says as she approaches. “Is this seat taken…?”
Mike watches as El and Carrie start talking and he’s amazed at how easy it is for El to just go up to people and talk to them. He’s also perplexed at how genuinely happy she sounds at meeting new people, no matter who they are.
Still, odds are it’s totally fake, no matter how real it sounds, Mike thinks as he goes to sit next to Lucas, who’s looking at him with that shit-eating grin Mike had been hoping was gone for good.
“So, nothing between you and the new girl, huh?” Lucas says under his breath.
“Oh, shut up,” Mike says, giving Lucas a swift kick to the ankle, glaring the entire time as he takes out his notebook for class.
And yet, the entire time, he can still hear El from somewhere behind him, chatting easily with someone she’s only just met, her beautiful voice echoing around the room and piercing him straight in the heart, despite the fact that he wishes he could stop it.
Yeah, he’s not just fucked.
He’s doomed.
Notes:
So, I really have no idea how long this is gonna be. I’m still on the first day of school, for crying out loud and the next chapter is still gonna be during the first day of school, haha. But I think this fic is probably gonna be about as long as ‘together, you and i’, if I had to bet.
So strap in folks, it’s gonna be a long and adorable ride...
And if you wanna come by and flail with me about mileven and Stranger Things in general, come find me on Tumblr at @fatechica! I’m always down to talk all things ST and mileven!
Til’ next time, y’all. And let me know what you think of this chapter!!
Chapter 4: clubs and cars and cheer, oh my!
Notes:
Hoo boy! Alright everyone, I’m back with another chapter! Sorry this took so long. Because my life isn’t dramatic enough, apparently, the week I got back from Japan, I came down with shingles. Which, like, never get if you can avoid it. Seriously the worst pain ever and it’s just the worst. I spent two weeks feeling exhausted and run down and in so much pain - it was just horrible.
But I finished a chapter, so things are looking up! Not a lot of actual Mileven interaction, but a lot of things are set up here.
So, enjoy!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The bell rings, signaling the end of Honors Chemistry, and El’s gaze almost immediately snaps over to where Mike is sitting a couple of rows in front of her. He’s talking to his friend, the African American boy who he greeted outside school earlier that morning, the one who’d been saving a seat for Mike and cruelly dashed El’s hopes of sharing a lab table with the cute freckled boy who made her heart go all fluttery.
It’s ok, though. From watching them interact, it’s clear the two boys are really good friends (which, aside from Mike’s horrible friendship making strategy, doesn’t surprise El in the slightest; Mike seems like a great guy to be friends with) and El would never want to get in the way of that.
Besides, it gave her a chance to meet someone new: her potential new Chem lab partner, Carrie. Smiling, El takes her eyes off of Mike where he’s putting his stuff away, whatever conversation he’s having with his friend lost in the din of everyone talking at once, and looks over at Carrie. “So, where to next for you?” El asks as she pulls her backpack up from off the ground by her feet.
At first, Carrie just blinks at her, like she’s surprised El’s even talking to her at all (and El won’t lie – that’s starting to get a little annoying – like people are never genuinely nice around here or something). But she gives El a shy smile a split second later, the expression gently lighting up her green eyes. “Honors British Lit,” she says before biting her lip. “Um, what about you?”
El gives Carrie a wry smile. “PE,” she says, pulling a face. “Yuck.”
“I’m sorry,” Carrie says with a sympathetic look. “At least you’re almost done for the day?”
“Yeah, but I still gotta pick my elective,” El says as she slides off her stool, arms in the process of shouldering her backpack. “Any recommendations? Or anything I should avoid?”
Carrie bites her lip again – clearly a nervous gesture – her expression thoughtful, before she answers. “Well, I’m in Yearbook, which is pretty cool-” She cuts off, blushing. “But you probably think that’s lame.”
El rushes to disagree, a smile on her face. “No, that’s super neat! Everyone always loves the Yearbook when it comes out, so someone’s gotta make sure it’s pretty and cool,” El says. She pauses, grimacing. “But I’m not much of a visual arts person.” Another pause, a thought coming to mind. “Except for clothes. I’m good at putting an outfit together.”
Carrie gives her another small smile, this one tinged with apology. “Well, there’s no Fashion elective, as far as I know, so you might be out of luck, there.”
“Damn,” El says, snapping her fingers as she starts walking, gently nudging Carrie in the direction of the door so they can leave together. “Maybe I’ll petition for one.” As she moves towards the door, El risks a quick glance over her shoulder to where Mike was sitting with his friends only to find that he and his friends are long gone. El has to fight to keep the pout off her face, as she’d been hoping for one more glimpse of the cutest boy she’s ever seen, but she consoles herself with tomorrow and the knowledge that she has three classes with him.
“That might work!” Carrie says, trying to sound hopeful for El’s sake, pulling El’s attention back to the present.
“Well, won’t know unless I try,” El says. “But, in the meantime, I’ll figure something out. Maybe I’ll check out Student Government or Debate. Those both exist here, yeah?”
Carrie lets out a nervous giggle. “Yeah, we have those.”
El grins. “Oh, excellent.” She and Carrie walk out into the hallway and El turns towards her. “Oh, hey, so, I have a question for you. And you can feel free to tell me no, ok?”
Carrie freezes, tongue flashing out quickly to wet her lips, and El’s heart breaks a little at the nervous tremor in the other girl’s eyes. “Oh?”
“Would you like to be lab partners in Chem this year? And maybe friends, too?”
A look crosses Carrie’s face, a combination of skepticism and concern. “Um, you do realize that we’re from very different worlds, yeah? I mean, you sat at the same lunch table with Stacey and Jennifer.”
El shrugs. “Yeah? So? Does that automatically mean we can’t be friends?”
Carrie lets out a wry snort. “At Hawkins High? Pretty much.”
“Well, I think that’s a stupid rule and I won’t abide by it,” El says, a smile pulling up the corners of her lips, shoulders cocking in what Hop calls her “Anne Shirley pose”, stubborn and unwilling to reconsider.
And, in return, El’s rewarded with an incredulous laugh, the look on Carrie’s face surprised like the sound caught her off guard, but she shakes her head in disbelieving amusement all the same. “Well, how about we just stick to lab partners for now and see how the friend thing goes over the rest of the year, yeah?”
El smiles even wider, letting out a giggle of her own. “Sounds fair. I’ll see you tomorrow, then, partner.”
Carrie turns to head down the hall. “Sounds good, partner.” She clutches her notebook to her chest with one hand as she points in the direction behind El. “And the gym is that way, in case you were wondering.”
“Ooh, thanks! See ya!” El says with a wave before she turns on her heel and walks away, no effort at all to move through the crowds of students on their way to their next class.
El finds the gym – and the girls’ locker room – easily enough. But it’s just inside the door to the locker room where El spots something that halts her in her tracks: a flyer, posted to a bulletin board on the hallway towards the lockers, advertising tryouts for Pep Squad.
El reaches for the flyer and un-pins it with eager fingers, eyes scanning the details – next Monday, 3:45, out on the football field – and her heart begins to race a little with excitement.
“You thinking of joining Pep Squad?”
El looks up at the familiar voice and smiles. It’s Jennifer, dressed for gym class – blonde hair up in a perky ponytail, wearing Hawkins High green and white – and she’s smiling back with what El’s coming to realize is her usual peppiness. “Yeah, did Pep Squad back at my old school and loved it. Is it the same as Cheer Squad or are they separate?”
Jennifer giggles. “The same, I’m afraid. We have something between Pep and Cheer Squads out here. So a little more athletic than Pep Squad, but not quite, like, crazy flips and lifts and stuff.”
El’s smile becomes more of a grin and she pins the flyer back up on the board. “Are you on Pep Squad, Jen?”
Jen gives a coy little shrug and moves to walk next to El as she goes to change. “Yeah, since freshman year. I’m pretty sure I’m in line to become Captain next year.” She glances ahead towards the row of lockers. “Here, I think this one’s empty.”
“Thanks,” El says as she drops her backpack on the bench in front of the open locker and starts to go through her bag for the gym clothes she stashed in there. “But that’s awesome, Jen. Squad Captain is a pretty big deal.”
Jen giggles, the sound a little nervous, and sits on the bench as El starts to change. “Well, it’s not official or anything, and I still gotta earn it.”
El opens her mouth to respond, but the sound of crashing metal interrupts her and both she and Jen turn to look.
The first thing El notices is the bright shock of long, red hair, fiery and fierce. And the next is the look of eye-rolling derision on the girl’s face. “Whoops, sorry. Didn’t mean to interrupt the Ditz Convention.”
El finds herself scowling. Well, that’s rude. “Hey, we’re not-” But before El can finish, the girl disappears, presumably to find a different row of lockers to stash her stuff after she changes.
“Oh, ignore her,” Jen says, voice dry and a little biting. “Max Mayfield is something of a grade A bitch.”
El frowns. “I wonder why,” she says as she pulls off her dress and starts wrestling her way into her sports bra.
Jen waves a hand and scoffs. “Please, don’t waste your time trying to figure out why that girl is permanently pissed off. Not worth it.”
El’s a little surprised at the vehemence in Jennifer’s voice, but she decides to drop it – some mysteries are better solved later – and continues to focus on changing. “Well, I hope you don’t mind me trying out for Pep Squad next week,” she says, getting back to the original topic.
Jen perks right back up. “Oh, not at all! I think you’d be great for the Squad. You’re already, like, super gorgeous and in shape.”
El tosses an amused grin over her shoulder. “Jen, are you checking me out?”
“Psh, please. You’re not my type,” Jen says, grinning back. “Just pointing out the obvious. Now, hurry up and finish getting dressed. Mr. Palmino does not like to be kept waiting.”
Yeah, it’s official: doesn’t matter what state or what grade she’s in, El still hates PE. Even (or maybe especially ) when it’s Physical Assessment Day – all those stupid tests and activities. Yes, because I really need to be good at picking up chalkboard erasers and placing them on a line 40 feet away one at a time while fucking sprinting back and forth, El thinks as she showers after class, rushing a bit so she can figure out which elective to try out before she commits.
She’s only gotten a couple of opportunities to go over the list she received in Homeroom earlier that morning, so El hasn’t had the time to do her normal pro/con deliberation of each to help her narrow down her final choice.
Hmm, I think I need another opinion. Arms raised above her head as she brushes her hair, El turns to where Jennifer is finishing up getting ready just a few feet away, still in the process of getting dressed. “Hey, Jen?”
Jennifer perks up at the sound of her name and looks over at El with an inquisitive smile. “Yeah?”
“I need an expert opinion,” El says, her own smile pulling at the corners of her lips. “What electives are good here? I still don’t know what to choose and I have, like, 5 minutes to figure it out.”
At this, Jennifer purses her lips, brow gently furrowed as she stands there, wearing just her jeans and her bra, blouse clutched loosely in one hand. “Well, that depends, doesn’t it? I mean, what do you like?”
“A little bit of everything, which is the problem,” El says, cringing. “From what I saw, there’s, like, 5 different things I kinda wanna do.”
Jen nods, almost sagely. “Yes, I see what you mean. Well, I can’t tell you what to take, but I can tell you what to avoid. If you value at all your reputation at this school, avoid Theater, Poetry, Chess, and A/V clubs at all costs.”
El frowns just a little – what’s so wrong with those clubs? – and she sighs. “Well, none of those were on my list at all,” she says, pausing to shrug and give Jen a small smile. “But thanks anyway.”
“Well, I tried,” Jen says with a giggle. “You could always join me in Art Studio, you know.”
“Hmm, I don’t know,” El says as she packs up her stuff. “Me and drawing are not things that go together.”
Jennifer shrugs. “Suit yourself. But you know where to find me!”
The chipper tone in Jen’s voice makes El smile even wider and she lets out a low laugh as she swings her backpack up onto her shoulder. “That I do. See you tomorrow!”
“Bye El!”
With that, El heads out of the girls’ locker room, pausing just outside the door to fish out the folded up piece of paper in the front pocket of her backpack. The folds and edges of the sheet the electives are listed on are still crisp and El gently unfolds the paper as she walks.
There, facing her once more, are the handful of options she’s marked with little stars out of the entire list of about 25 or so. And, still, no consensus in sight.
El’s steps slow down until she’s just standing in the middle of the hallway. There are some people milling about, having either gotten out early from class since the bell hasn’t rung yet or just out and about on their free period, but El doesn’t really notice any of them as she chews on her lower lip, indecision gripping her tight.
And, so, El reads through her starred choices again, trying to see if she can at least come to a conclusion on which one to try today.
Debate, Student Government, Model UN, Home Ec, and Photography.
The first three are no surprise for why El’s considering them – she did Student Government back at her old school and she loves the idea of getting into rigorous conversation in both Debate and Model UN.
But Student Government is also something of a popularity club and, as the new girl, El doesn’t know if she’ll be able to make inroads in with that crowd quite yet. She remembers how she used her status as the girl who was friends with everyone to get elected to Student Council; she doesn’t have that here quite yet.
And with Debate and Model UN, well...if she wants to get into conversations for the sake of debate, all she has to do is go to Hop and tell him that CCR is the worst band in the history of time and that’ll spark off a spirited argument for the ages.
So that leaves Home Ec and Photography. Home Ec is mostly a curiosity – her old school didn’t have that and it seems so... quaint that El can’t help but be a little curious.
On the other hand, though, she already knows how to cook. Living with a single dad who sometimes worked odd shifts or got wrapped up in solving a case essentially forced El to learn how to cook for herself and she’s actually gotten pretty good at it over the years. So maybe Home Ec isn’t the thing for her.
Which just leaves Photography as the last and final remaining option. It’s also the one that makes her the most nervous. Photography has always intrigued her – the idea of capturing a moment, freezing it in time for all eternity, completely unworried about anything outside that split second – well, it’s very appealing. Especially for a girl who’s all about being in the now, in making every moment count.
Photography had been an actual class at her old school, one that never fit into her schedule. She walked by the dark room a couple of times, wondering about the magic that took place behind those thick doors, and had never been brave enough to figure out how to make her way inside. Art’s never been my thing, she’d tell herself.
Well, maybe it can be, is the thought that rings loud and clear in her mind. It’s not like she needs to learn any fancy drawing techniques, or anything. She just needs, at least at the beginning, a good eye and a good sense of timing. And, well, she’s always had that.
Besides, isn’t the fact that she’s a little scared of the whole thing exactly why she should do it? Nothing ventured, nothing gained, after all.
That settles it, then.
There’s a little flutter of uncertainty nestled in the center of El’s heart, but the rest of her is bound and determined. With a smile, El folds up the piece of paper and slips it back into her backpack.
Photography, here we come.
His US History book sits open in front of him on the table in the library he’s parked at, but Mike isn’t reading a single word of it.
And he really should. The free period he has since he doesn’t have to take PE is a blessing and Mike shouldn’t be wasting a second of it. Even though the first reading assignment for US History is only for 20 pages, Mike knows he’s going to want to start taking notes and doing whatever he can to stay as on top of the material as possible for the sake of his grade.
But, no, instead his thoughts are fully occupied with one El Hopper – to the point where he’s starting to get a little mad at himself.
Right at this current moment, he’s trying to picture El in her PE class – what she’s doing, what she’s wearing –
(dressed in hawkins high green and white, gym shorts the kind of short that all the popular girls somehow manage to get their hands on, hems lifted high to show off the length of her gorgeous legs; t-shirt maybe a size too small – or just perfectly fitting – outlining the lines of her body in a way that probably makes every boy want to know what she looks like beneath it; lush, wavy hair pulled up in a perky ponytail, waving around behind her temptingly, teasingly, as she runs or walks or does anything really, with skin that’s flush and glowing and – )
Mike groans and lets his head fall forward to land on his book with a dull thud, arms coming up to circle around and shield him from the outside world.
Goddammit, it hasn’t even been 6 hours and this is already getting out of control. And worse, he has no idea how to get it back in control.
This has never been a problem for Mike before. Oh, sure, he’s had his fair share of crushes in the past – all of them ending in horrible disappointment, which the pang of bruised hearts’ past takes care to remind him with cruel memory – but it’s never been like this before. Ever.
First, it doesn’t hurt (or maybe it does?) that El is literally the most gorgeous girl he’s ever seen in his entire life. She’s beauty personified, a bright and glittering presence that makes the rest of the world look gray and dull by comparison.
And second, there’s just something about her– something beyond that startling beauty of hers that has him completely and utterly ensnared. It’s in the way his stomach squirms in the most delicious way possible, in how he can’t seem to get her out of his thoughts. It’s the strange sense of I’ve been here before that settles around the back of his head, the or maybe I’ve never left, like meeting her in that crowded math classroom was just one of a countless number of ways Mike’s path has crossed with El’s – predestined, preordained, meant to be….
Only, that’s ridiculous, Mike thinks with a scoff, shaking his head against the hard surface of his textbook, which is still serving as a pillow for its lovelorn and hopeless owner. No, he’s just gone and fallen far too hard over a girl he’s just met, a girl who’s absolutely unattainable, like he’s never learned that lesson before or anything .
She’ll only break us, his heart reminds him. Just like the others. Mike’s stomach squirms again, but this time with agony. He shakes his head to clear the memories, but it just makes room for his thoughts to move back to El once more.
He finds himself thinking back to the last glimpse he’d gotten of her in Chemistry Lab, talking and laughing with Carrie Brooks like they were old, fast friends. El’s entire demeanor had been filled with nothing but gentle warmth, like she’d truly been happy talking with Carrie, who was definitely nowhere near the level of popular that girls like El exclusively dealt with in Mike’s experience. No, she’d been open and excited and welcoming, like she was the least intimidating person on the face of the planet.
It hits Mike in this moment that whatever that “something” that draws him to El is, he is absolutely not afraid of it.
And that scares the crap out of him.
This is bad, so very, very bad. For most of his life, Mike’s been afraid of pretty, popular girls. And for most of his life, that’s worked out just fine for him (with a few exceptions that really only prove that pretty, popular girls are to be avoided At All Costs). Rightfully, if life’s taught him anything, Mike should pretty much want nothing to do with El (with the exception of, say, a fantasy or two here and there – what? he’s a normal, healthy 16 year old boy and she’s very, very pretty), like the natural order of things says that he should….
The same natural order of things that says that pretty, popular girls like El shouldn’t smile at nerdy, loser boys like Mike.
And yet….
Unbidden, the memory of El smiling at him – which one? all of them – comes roaring into the forefront of his mind and Mike’s heart does that stupid, beat-skipping flutter right there in the center of his chest in the middle of the stuffy Hawkins High library.
And Mike Wheeler instantly starts smacking his head against his textbook, every hit sounding off with a dull thud that somehow echoes off all 4 walls of the library.
“Excuse me!” a hissed voice scolds him moments later, accompanied by the sound of something thwacking against the table next to his head.
Mike instantly recognizes the harsh whisper of Mr. Fritz, the librarian, and sits up with a rush, feeling the blood drain from his face, except for the blush rising to his cheeks and the warm spot on his forehead where he was hitting it against his textbook. “Um….” is literally all Mike can say, voice stolen by his internal angst and the accompanying embarrassment at getting caught mid self-flagellation (well, really for forgetting that he was in public in the first place, but, you know, potato, potahto).
Mr. Fritz is looking down at him, arms crossed firmly over a sweater-vested chest, thick brows drawn down into stern disapproval, and Mike wants to slink down into his seat, his spine almost desperate to become one with the backrest. “Son, I don’t know what your problem is, but a library is no place for these kinds of shenanigans. Ship up or ship out.”
The threat is a barely veiled one and Mike finds himself scrambling to his feet, hands grasping at his things as he tries to gather them. “Um, sorry sir” – loose papers slipping out (it’s the first day of school, how does he already have loose papers?) – “I’ll just” – pen clattering back down to the table with a high-pitched plasticky sound – “Go somewhere” – a near-crashing of his history book to the ground as it almost slips from his grip while he wrestles his backpack onto one shoulder – “...Else.”
There aren’t many people in the library, but they’re all looking straight at Mike… and he should know – he can feel their eyes on him. Mr. Fritz doesn’t even say anything. He just raises one eyebrow above the half-moon reading glasses perched on the end of his nose – a universal signal of what are you waiting for? if ever there was one.
Mike nearly trips over his own feet in his haste to get out of the library, like he’s temporarily forgotten how to put one foot in front of the other, but he manages not to faceplant onto the worn linoleum floor and, several tense and embarrassing seconds later, Mike finds himself out in the empty hallway that connects the library to the rest of campus. For a moment, there’s only the sound of the school’s HVAC and his frustrated breathing. But then Mike lets out what can only be described as a low and piteous moan as he lets his weight fall against the wall by the door to the library, too riddled with angst to hold himself up any longer.
Mike slides down to the floor to collapse in a heap of awkward limbs and even more awkward regret and his head tilts back to thump lightly against the wall. He closes his eyes and tries to remember the breathing exercises he looked up once upon a time on the internet to help when he gets overwhelmed like this. In, two, three...out, two, three, four....in, two, three….
After a few rounds of that, Mike feels a little less like dying – but the embarrassment is still there, as well as the frustration. God, he can’t believe he made a fool of himself in front of the entire library. Ok, granted, there were only, like, 6 other people in the library, but it's the principle of the thing.
He 100% blames El Hopper for all of this. It’s her fault this is happening to him, her and her stunning beauty and gorgeous smile and delicate giggle that makes his heart soar every time he hears it….
Ok, stop. Mike opens his eyes and gives himself a shake. He can get this under control. It’s just...really new right now, is all. But he’s smart and determined and crafty when needed. He’ll figure out a way to make this all go away. He just needs some time.
For the moment, though, there really isn’t much Mike can do other than distract himself. And, with studying in the library no longer an option, Mike figures he might as well move on to the only thing that’s left for the day: the first A/V Club meeting for the year.
Guess I could use the time to see how the club room held up over the summer, Mike thinks as he gets to his feet. Besides, he needs to get his copy of the key from the front office before the others get out of whatever class they have right now.
It’s with that thought that Mike all but shuffles his way down the hall and towards the front office. With the halls pretty much empty and the school really not being that big, it only takes Mike a minute or so before he’s walking in through the front office near the school’s entrance.
The front desk receptionist, a woman around his mom’s age with her blonde hair pulled back into a low ponytail, looks up at Mike’s entrance and gives him a friendly smile. “Mr. Wheeler, wasn’t it just yesterday you were walking in through that door instead of a few months ago? And, I swear, you’ve somehow managed to grow a couple more inches over the summer.”
Mike smiles, a little chagrined. “Hi, Ms. Bennett.” The front office staff are no strangers to Mike – or the Party, for that matter. They’re used to helping out with whatever the teachers need – though Dustin tends to carry out his volunteer assignments with a flair for the dramatic that has the staff rolling their eyes even as they’re smiling – and, though it’s gotten them a bit of a reputation as a bunch of brown nosers, making friends with the front office has certainly had its advantages.
“I take it you’re here for the key to the A/V Club room?”
As A/V Club President, Mike’s entitled to borrow the key to unlock the room… but because he’s him and the office staff trust him, he gets to keep it for the entire year. “Yep. Just want to check the room to make sure everything’s ok before Club starts.”
Ms. Bennett gives him a look beneath arched brows as she reaches for the handle of one of her desk drawers. “Getting started a little early, aren’t you?”
Mike looks at the clock, showing that it’s only 15 minutes into the last period of the day and almost a full half-hour before the elective period begins. He shrugs as he turns back to Ms. Bennett. “I have a free period my last class and, since it’s only the first day, there’s not much homework yet.”
The sound of the metal door clattering as it opens is a little jarring, but Mike ignores it as he watches Ms. Bennett reach in for a little folio that has various keys in it. “I suppose that’s a fair enough reason why you aren’t studying,” she says as she starts filling out the sign-out sheet for the key. “Probably shouldn’t make it a habit, though. You’re a junior this year. It only gets harder the older you get, you know.”
Mike shrugs. “Yeah, I know,” he says as he waits for Ms. Bennett to pass over the sheet so he can sign it. “It’s really just because it’s the first day, promise.”
“You’re lucky you have one of those faces, Mr. Wheeler,” Ms. Bennett says, passing the sheet over to him to rest on the small counter that shields her desk. “Now, sign here,” she says as she points with the pen. “And, for heaven’s sake, don’t lose the key.”
Mike flashes her what he hopes is his most winning grin. “Would I do that?”
An arched eyebrow is his response. “No, but if Mr. Henderson gets his hands on it….”
Mike quickly signs for the key and passes the sheet back over. “I swear,” he says, holding up his hand. “Dustin won’t lay a finger on it.”
“He better not,” Ms. Bennett says. “That key’s signed out to you and you only.”
Mike grabs the key, which is resting next to the sign-out sheet, and smiles even wider. “And that’s the way it’s going to stay. Thanks, Ms. Bennett.”
Ms. Bennett gives him a smile in welcome and Mike promptly turns on his heel and leaves the front office. Compared to the foot-dragging shuffle he did getting to the front office, there’s a much peppier step to his walk as he lets his feet carry him to the A/V room.
The A/V room is just… one of those places. A home away from home, in a lot of ways. It’s a place, like the basement at his house, where he and the Party can just be, without worrying about bullies or people making fun of them. They can be as loud and nerdy and dorky as they want in those four walls.
Mike loves it. He loves playing with electronics and hooking up equipment and figuring out how things work and why. A/V Club is a way for Mike to indulge in both his natural curiosity about the world and his need to fix things, to exert some measure of control over a life that feels increasingly out of control.
It’s for that exact reason that Mike sincerely hopes no one new joins A/V club. Oh, sure, Lucas and Dustin are always going on about how they should try to get new members to change things up or grow their “influence” (which always makes Mike roll his eyes because, honestly, what influence?), but Mike knows it’d be a horrible idea. Change has never exactly worked out well for them in the past (see the change from middle school to high school, anyone?).
The only exception to that rule is when Max moved to Hawkins in 8th grade and started dating Lucas. She joins A/V Club sometimes, but she mostly hangs back and watches the boys all geek out while adding snarky comments here and there.
Max is...well, she’s not nice. At least, not traditionally. But Mike’s come to like having her around. She’s smart and snarky and can take it as well as she can dish it, which is always good in a group of friends that just lives to give each other shit. But, most of all, Max is steadfast and loyal and just about the best person Mike can think to have in their corner. She’s fiercely protective in the best way possible and, even if only in his head, Mike can admit that he loves her like a sister.
Wonder if she’ll join us today? Mike thinks as he approaches the door to the A/V Club room. He mentally shrugs a moment later – he supposes he’ll find out soon enough what the answer is – and focuses on unlocking the door.
It’s clearly been a few months since anyone’s opened this door – maybe even since the last time Mike locked up at the end of sophomore year – because the lock sticks a little. Mike’s forced to jiggle the key a bit, like that’ll knock loose any wedged dust or gunk from inside of it. But it seems to work and a couple of seconds later, the key turns and Mike can feel the lock sliding free before he pushes open the door and reveals one of his homes away from home.
Mike wrinkles his nose, though, a couple of seconds later. With the door wide open, the dark interior of the A/V room smells... musty, stale air and dusty wiring. Now it’s really obvious that no one’s been in here in months. Taking a careful breath through his mouth (mostly so he doesn’t accidentally inhale a breath full of dust and start sneezing everywhere – Mike has a hard time being graceful while standing still and he’s been told that he looks like a giraffe having a seizure when he sneezes, so… yeah), Mike reaches into the dark room and flips on the light so he can take stock of the situation.
Everything’s just how he left it months ago. The only sign that something is different is the empty wastebasket by the door. The Party is always bringing in snacks and sodas and pretty much leaves the garbage can at least half-full after every club meeting – and the last meeting of Sophomore year was no exception, if Mike remembers correctly.
So someone has been in here since he last locked up, but not for a while, Mike would wager. There are 5 chairs neatly tucked in around a center, rectangular table, with shelves and tables lining the medium-ish sized room, filled with discarded electronics and various tools. The floor is a dirty-bathwater grey linoleum, the tiles worn and aged, and the long strip of fluorescent lighting above really does the drab colors of the room no favors.
But, it’s home of sorts and Mike’s happy to see it regardless. When he looks in here, he doesn’t see the run-down furniture or the uninspiring walls or the clutter of wires and equipment and random electronic detritus – no, he sees freedom and exploration, science and curiosity and acceptance all rolled into one.
Mike loves it in here, so much that he would rather keep this all to himself than share it with anyone undeserving.
With a small hum of contentment, Mike moves into the room. He dumps his stuff on the table and immediately sets about on sorting through some of the clutter, rediscovering what the Party had been working on or tinkering with last spring.
As he does this, Mike finds himself thinking about what supplies or parts kits they could maybe ask for this year. Last year, they’d spent a good portion of the year building and tweaking their own two-way radios. Maybe they could try for, like, a stereo system or something this year. He knows there’s not a lot of money or anything in the budget for A/V club, but the Party has gotten good at stretching funds past their breaking point and finding creative, alternative workarounds for their problems. Hmm, maybe I’ll bring it up with the vice-principal or something, Mike thinks as he works.
The rest of the hour flies by and, before he knows it, the bell rings out and signals the transition over to the elective period. From there, it doesn’t take long for Dustin and Lucas to come sauntering in. “Hey, look! Mr. President, hard at work,” Dustin says by way of a greeting as he grabs a chair and all but falls down into it.
Mike rolls his eyes and puts down the wire strippers he was holding in his hand. “Ha ha, very funny. I decided to use my free to make sure everything was still in working order.” He pauses, looking around. “Where’s Will?”
There’s more scraping of metal against the linoleum as both Mike and Lucas follow Dustin’s example and sit down around the table. “He’s talking with Ms. Faith. Should be here soon I think, though,” Lucas says.
Mike grins. “Gonna split his elective between this and Art Studio again, huh?”
“Mike, c’mon,” Dustin says with a flat stare, lips pulled up in a small smirk. “It’s Will we’re talking about here.”
Art Studio meets every day and students who choose that as an elective are supposed to come to every class. But the Art Studio teacher, Ms. Faith, makes an exception for Will so he can join A/V club during its weekly meeting – mostly because he helps teach a lot of the other students various art techniques and there’s not much that Ms. Faith has been able to teach him. Plus, Will is a model student and Mike’s convinced that his small best friend could get away with murder under the right circumstances.
“Right, sorry,” Mike says with a roll of his eyes, tone sardonic and dry. “I don’t know where my mind is today.”
Lucas waggles his eyebrows. “With your new girlfriend,” he taunts.
Dustin giggles. “Saw her in PE, Mike. Looking pretty hot, if I do say so myself. You’re missing out, man.”
Mike blushes to the roots of his hair, which totally undercuts the glare he’s leveling at both Lucas and Dustin. “We are not talking about El Hopper in this room, ok? Please?”
Will chooses this moment to walk through the door and, having clearly caught the end of Mike’s sentence, a toothy grin spreads over his face. “Ooh, we talking about Mike’s new crush?”
Mike groans and lets his head fall forward once again. “No, no we are not!” he all but yells into the table before he sits up with a rush. “That’s it, I’m declaring this room a El-Hopper-Free Zone. She is not allowed to exist within these four walls for my sanity. Is that understood?”
The others exchange amused glances as Will sits down, all of them grinning and trying their best to control it. “Yessir, understood,” Dustin says, teasingly compliant with a jaunty salute. “From this moment on, El Hopper will never appear on this side of the threshold.”
Mike tries not to groan, but he allows himself to hope anyway. The A/V Club room is his one space in this godforsaken school that’s his. He won’t have El invade this, too, like she’s invaded his thoughts. He just won’t.
(he will, of course, change his mind once an unstoppable force meets an unmovable rock in the form of beguiling lips and devilish fingers, exhilarating secrets and sleights of hand, frenzied kisses that set him on fire and eyes that bewitch him and drive him mad. but, well…
we’re getting ahead of ourselves.)
It doesn’t take El long to find out that getting to the police station from school is so easy, it’s almost laughable.
When the bell rings and signals the end of the first day of school, El’s all smiles, still riding the giddy high of discovering what she hopes is a new hobby. Around her in the Photography classroom, some of the more experienced students are exiting the darkroom; others still are working on the beginnings of project proposals at large drafting tables. And all the new students – mostly freshman, though there are a few sophomores with El being the oldest – are getting up from desks after listening to a lecture from Mr. Weiss, the Photography teacher.
El’s brain is swimming in terms like “shutter speed” and “aperture” and she’s already mentally searching the remaining packed boxes for where she knows is her dad’s old film camera (and she knows it’s there because she’s the one who packed the damn thing). She’s pretty sure she’s narrowed it down to one of two boxes by the time she stands up from the desk she’s been sitting at for most of the past hour and heads out of the classroom.
The hallways are swimming with energetic teenagers, the air filled with the cacophony of excited whoops and liberated laughter – the sounds of reluctant students being relieved from the torture of the school day. There’s a skip in El’s step as she weaves through the crowds, like nothing or no one can touch her.
Honestly, it’s been such an amazing first day. El’s met all these new people and learned all these new things… yes, she’s something of a nerd – she can’t help it, really. She’s always been someone who’s loved discovering new things, who seeks out new experiences and knowledge like a magpie looking for shiny things. And she refuses to hide it. Why bother? Life’s too short, after all.
El’s still all smiles as she walks through the front doors of the high school and emerges beneath the bright, September Indiana sun. For a moment, El just closes her eyes and enjoys the feeling of the sun on her bare skin, not caring about the streams of students moving past her. But she can’t linger – Hop is expecting her and he doesn’t really like to be kept waiting.
With a sigh, El slips her backpack off one shoulder so she can grab her phone from the front pocket. And it’s after she does a quick Google map search for the Hawkins Police Station that she discovers just how easy it is to get there from the school.
Head down Old School Road, turn right on Main Street, and walk half a mile. Can’t miss it; should be obvious, El thinks with an amused smirk. For a girl who’d become an expert at navigating her way around NYC, who’s used to measuring distances in multiple blocks each at least a quarter of a mile, getting to her dad’s workplace in Hawkins is easy peasy.
El only keeps her phone out long enough to orient herself before she puts it back in her backpack and heads off. She dodges both fellow students and cars as she cuts through the parking lot and then she’s on sidewalk after a quick hop over a row of concrete parking blocks. All the while, she’s looking forward to a peaceful walk where she can just exist in her thoughts and maybe take in the sights a bit, as they are.
Only, a peaceful walk isn’t in the cards for her today.
El’s walked maybe 100 feet down the sidewalk away from school when a honking horn accompanied by the deep growl of a muscle car’s engine sounds off near to her right. The suddenness of the noise makes her jump, jolting her out of her thoughts, and she’s both curious and annoyed as she looks to see what’s going on.
The first thing she notices isn’t the driver of the car, but the car itself. Whoever’s driving is just letting the engine’s idle power propel it along, keeping pace with her walking speed, the engine rumbling low and smooth. El lets her eyes trace along the lines of the car, taking in the shiny, black paint and the red, side racing stripe that bisects the car along the horizontal, making it look even sleeker and faster than El bets it already is.
And then El lets her eyes drift up to the driver and a sinking feeling immediately settles low in her gut. The guy behind the wheel is leaning out the open window, arm folded and propped along the top of the door, showing off the white sleeve of his dark green letterman jacket. His blond hair shines beneath the light of the sun where it’s slicked back away from his face, highlighting traditional good looks – strong jaw and brow framing an aqualine nose, skin lightly tanned and smooth. He looks like a model of an American high school boy, the kind that girls everywhere lust after and fall head over heels for, the kind of boy that tends to be found in teen rom-com dramas and in the pages of teen magazines everywhere.
And he’s looking at El with a smile that is going for charming, but El can see the leer in his eyes, the way his gaze shamelessly rakes over her body, and her skin crawls.
The boy, who’s at least as a junior, if not a senior, lets out a low, appreciative whistle and smiles even wider, showing off perfectly straight, white teeth. “Well, don’t you make a pretty picture, walking here by yourself. Are all the girls from New York as smoking hot as you are? Or are you just special, because damn, girl,” he says. Again, he’s going for charming, but the lecherous shines through, complete with a kind of entitlement that has El’s blood boiling.
God, she can practically see the way he’s fantasizing about her and it’s just about the most disgusting thing she’s ever experienced in her entire life. Seriously, she’s going to need to take a shower when she gets home, she’s so grossed out right now.
(also, there’s the undeniable, insidious undercurrent of fear that flows alongside the blood in her veins, a heightened sense of ‘this boy is up to no good’. every instinct in el’s body is screaming at her to get away and it’s only because she knows how it can be – tiny girl like her, facing off against a bigger guy in his car, so many ways for that to not work out in her favor – that she maintains firm control of herself. no, she can take care of herself, if push came to shove… but it’s best not to tempt fate.)
“Can I help you?” El asks, keeping her face carefully neutral, the only hint of her true emotions in the lone eyebrow that arches delicately above her cautiously curious gaze.
“Saw the new girl walking by herself and thought I’d introduce myself,” the guy says, keeping one eye on the road as he makes sure the car keeps pace with her speed. “I know you’re the mysterious El Hopper everyone’s talking about. I’m Zach – Zach Mercer.”
El’s other eyebrow joins its twin in arching high on her forehead. “And that’s supposed to impress me?” she asks, lips twitching as she fights to keep from frowning.
“Hmm, how about if I told you I’m on the Varsity Football team as Wide Receiver and, due to my amazing skills, we made it to the semi-finals for the State Championship?”
Yeah, nothing could impress El less. God, she wishes guys like this would die out due to natural selection, or something. “Oh yeah, real impressive,” El says, her voice heavily laden with sarcasm and, somehow, she keeps herself from rolling her eyes.
But, with the way Zach smiles at her, it’s clear that the tone of her voice has gone right over his head. “Well, I don’t like to brag, but….” Which, ironic, considering he just bragged about it.
Seriously, is this guy for real?
“Well, it’s been nice to meet you, Zach,” El says. “I certainly appreciate the introduction. I don’t know what I would have done without it.” Oh yeah, Sarcasm!El is here to stay – which is a shame because this guy just isn’t getting it.
Sarcasm is wasted on the feeble-minded.
“Hmm, maybe you can show me how much you appreciate it by letting me give you a ride,” Zach says, eyebrows quirking with suggestion, voice laden with blatant sexuality, and El knows the ride he’s talking about is not just the one in his car.
Negative infinity points for complete and utter lack of subtlety. “I think I’ll pass,” El says. “Don’t want to overwhelm myself, now.”
“Aw, c’mon, babe, help a guy out, here. Where are you headed?”
At this, El can’t help but smile, the curve of her grin sharp and mocking. “The police station.”
Zach sucks in a sharp breath, his smile turning predatory. “Ooh, playing hard to get. I like it – it’s a challenge. No, really, where are you headed? I’d love to give you a ride, get to know you better….”
Ok, how does any girl fall for this? El honestly hopes no one does. “No, really, I’m headed to the police station. I’m sure you’ve heard about my dad? You know, the new police chief?” El doesn’t at all feel bad about the way Zach blanches a little beneath his tan.
“Oh, um, yes, that’s right,” Zach says, voice rough with what El hopes is fear. But the look in his eyes tells her that he’s not deterred. No, the fear is only an obstacle for him to overcome and El knows this isn’t going to be the last time this douchebro comes onto her. And, sure enough, that shadow of fear disappears in an instant and he winks at her.
El wants to throw up.
“Well, maybe next time. You know I’d give you a ride almost anywhere you want to go,” Zach continues, lips curling up in a grin. “See you around, babe.”
And then he drives off, picking up speed, engine roaring as he steps on the gas, leaving El gratefully alone once more.
El waits until Zach’s car is out of sight before her face morphs into a moue of disgust, lips curling down in a frown as her nose scrunches and her brow furrows. Seriously, she wouldn’t touch Zach Mercer with a 10-foot pole if they were the last two people on earth… or something along those lines. She’s probably mixing metaphors, but whatever. Zach Mercer is gross and disgusting and so completely and utterly the opposite of her type, it’s not even funny.
Naturally, on the tail end of that thought, comes the thought of what her type really is and, before she knows it, she’s thinking about Mike.
Again.
A dreamy smile crosses her lips as the image of Mike in her mind’s eye erases the gross aftertaste of her encounter with Zach. Mike couldn’t be more her type if he tried. He’s sweet and smart and funny and adorable and beautiful beyond measure. He didn’t leer at her during any of the classes they shared, he made her laugh with his quiet, dry wit, and just the sight of him is enough to make her entire body feel like champagne bubbles are sparkling beneath the surface of her skin, her heart racing and fluttering as her stomach swoops and makes her feel like she can fly.
Seriously, why would she want someone like Zach when Mike Wheeler is a real person and not just some perfect wish El’s dreamed up?
I mean, honestly.
El lets thoughts of Mike carry her the rest of the way to the police station, dreamy smile firmly affixed as she mentally replays every moment she spent in Mike’s presence earlier that day. The scenery passes by her in a blur as El starts thinking about tomorrow, about the next time she’s going to get to talk to Mike again….
What should she wear? What should she say? God, she just wants him to like her, but she wants to do this right. She wants Mike to look at her and see someone he can be with, someone he can trust with his heart. She’s never wanted anything as much as she wants this and it’s scary just how fast this has overtaken her. But El’s never let a little fear stop her before – see how she overcame her hesitancy over taking Photography not two hours ago – and she’s not about to start now.
Just go slow, yeah? Take a little time and be sure, her heart whispers and El’s inclined to listen. After all, it’s only been 8 hours. There’s time to figure this out – it doesn’t do to overly dwell on this now.
Which is good, because El’s fast approaching the police station and if she doesn’t want her dad to tease her endlessly about ridiculously cute boys, she’s going to have to button this up and fast.
The Hawkins police station is a low, one story building parked on the corner of the block, painted in drab beige with simple glass double doors allowing people in and out. El marches fearlessly through those doors. She’s aware that a couple of people are giving her odd looks, but she ignores them as she goes to the reception desk, a smile ready on her face for the grandmotherly woman sitting behind it.
The woman looks up from the computer screen on her desk, head tilted from where she was peering through the bottom half of her glasses to properly read the screen, and there’s a kind, if confused smile on her face. “Hi dear, is there something I can help you with?”
There’s concern in the older woman’s eyes and El feels a familiar warmth envelop her. Safe, that’s what that is. She’s in a police station and she’s safe. It’s a feeling born of a lifetime of spending hours in whatever precinct her dad worked in, in how her dad’s partner and squadmates all felt like part of her extended family. It’s in the sounds and smells around her that have lulled her to sleep too many times to count – the ringing of the phone, the smell of day old coffee and gunpowder, the metallic slide of file cabinets opening and closing, the jangle of metal and holsters….
It’s home and the last bit of homesickness washes away in this moment. Is it weird to think of a police station as home? Maybe. Do I care? Not At All.
But, the older woman sitting at the receptionist’s desk is still looking at her, waiting for an answer. “Hi, I’m here looking for my dad.” A brief look of pity crawls into the woman’s gaze and it doesn’t take a genius to know what she must be thinking. “Oh, um, no, he’s not, like, a criminal or anything,” El rushes to say. “I’m El Hopper and my dad’s-”
“Ah, the new chief’s daughter,” the older woman says, relief breaking through her features as she smiles even wider. “Chief said you’d be swinging by after school.” She gets to her feet and motions for El to start following. “You find the station ok?”
El nods. “Yeah, wasn’t hard. Pretty easy directions, really,” she says with a shrug.
“Not hard to find anything in a town like Hawkins,” the older woman says as she leads El into the station. “I’m Flo, by the way. It’s my job to try and keep your father in line.”
El finds herself grinning. “Good. He likes to think he’s the boss, but, really, he needs someone to boss him around, instead. Otherwise the power goes to his head and nobody wants that.”
Flo lets out a barking laugh, like she’d been caught off guard with humor, and gives El a conspiratorial smile. “Oh, I like you. I think, between the two of us, we can manage him just fine.”
“Don’t tell him I told you this,” El says, giggling. “But he’s really a big softy at heart. Don’t be afraid to tug on those heartstrings. I give you full permission.”
“I’ll keep that in mind,” Flo says with an eyebrow arched in mischief. A moment later, her steps slow and she stops in front of the door, El hot on her heels. Flo raises a hand an knocks on the closed, wooden door. There’s a holder for a name placard on the front, but it’s empty. Probably haven’t made one with Dad’s name on it, El thinks as she watches.
“Yeah?” a familiar, gruff voice calls from within – Hop.
Flo opens the door and peeks her head inside, body blocking El’s view of inside the room. “Your daughter’s here to see you.”
Even from out in the hallway, El can hear Hop’s sigh of relief, like her arrival is a reprieve from whatever is going on inside his new office. “Thanks, Flo. Let her in.”
Flo steps aside and El gives Flo a grateful smile before she steps into her dad’s office. Only, he’s not the only one in there. He’s sitting behind a desk, facing a computer screen, with a much younger officer sitting next to him, like he’s showing her dad the ropes, or something. Hop’s not looking at the computer screen or the guy sitting next to him. Instead, his gaze is fixed on the door, face lighting up as he sees her. “Ellie, sweetheart! You’re here!”
El grins. “Gee, Dad, you don’t need to sound so excited.”
Hop looks almost offended. “What, I can’t be happy to see my daughter?”
“Not when it’s clear you’re trying to avoid doing your work,” El quips back.
The guy sitting next to Hop chokes on the sudden laugh that bubbles out of him and he coughs in a futile attempt to try and cover it up. A glare crosses over Hop’s face as he looks over. “You know what, Harrington, your discretion could use some work.”
“Sorry, sir,” the other officer says, a grin twisting up the corners of his mouth.
“Yeah, yeah….” Hop says, rolling his eyes. “Anyway, Harrington, this is my daughter, El.”
“You can call me ‘Steve’,” Harrington – Steve – says, coming around the desk to shake her hand.
“Nice to meet you, Steve,” El says, taking in the young man as she shakes his hand. He’s probably about 5-6 years older than her – maybe fresh out of college? – traditionally handsome, especially with that smile and that hair. He may not be El’s type, but, lord, what girl wouldn’t want to run her fingers through that hair?
“I was just trying to show your old man the computer system we use around here,” Steve says, hooking his fingers in the loops his gun belt has been fed through.
“I take it the key word there is ‘trying’?” El asks as she lets her backpack slowly drop from her shoulders so she can set it on the floor. She winces a bit as the weight is lifted from her shoulders – damn heavy textbooks – and takes care not to drop all her school stuff on the ground.
Steve laughs at El’s unsubtle dig at her father – all in good fun, of course – and he shakes his head. “Oh, I bet you’re trouble.”
“Actually, she’s surprisingly well-behaved. Don’t know where she got that from,” Hop says before he sighs. “Harrington, why don’t we pick this back up tomorrow, yeah? I could use a break and I think your shift ends soon.”
Steve turns and looks back at Hop, shrugging casually with a small smile on his face. “Sure thing, boss. See you tomorrow if I don’t see you before I head home.” He spares one last glance at El, friendly smile still on his face. “Nice to meet you, El. See you around.”
“Bye Steve,” El says with a bright giggle. She watches Steve walk out of the room and waits until it’s just her and her dad in the office before she turns to look at him. “He’s pretty cute,” she says, lips curled up in a grin, waiting for–
“Don’t. Even. Think about it,” Hop says, jabbing a finger in her direction. “I know you’re joking – I can tell from that stupid mischievous look in your eye – but you can’t do this shit to me, ok?”
El laughs as she flops into one of the chairs on the other side of her dad’s desk. “Aww, ok, I promise. Sorry, I just couldn’t resist, though.”
Hop gives her a flat look. “Don’t make it a habit. I don’t want to have to arrest one of my guys for being with a teenage girl, you hear me?”
El nods. “Understood. Besides,” she says, shrugging. “Steve’s not really my type.”
Hop snorts. “Good to know.” He pauses, a smirk taking over his face. “So, speaking of which...you never did tell me what had you turning that lovely shade of tomato earlier this morning.”
It’s El’s turn to be leveling out flat glares. “Dad, no. We’re not talking about this.” Really, this is what she wanted to avoid. It’s one thing to tease her dad about guys. It’s another thing entirely to seriously be talking to him about this. Especially there really is a cute boy – a really, really cute boy, El thinks, Mike’s image leaping to the forefront of her mind – and it’s just way too soon to be talking about him.
“Ok, cute boys are off topic.” Hop pauses, grin somehow ratcheting up to unforeseen levels of annoying. “You are going to let me know when you do decide to start dating again, aren’t you? Or am I going to have install cameras to catch your suitors coming to pick you up for a night out?”
At that, El harrumphs. “Wouldn’t you like to know?” she asks, sly smile on her face as she crosses her arms over her chest.
“Jesus, you really are my daughter, aren’t you? Fucking karma,” Hop mumbles under his breath. He shakes his head a second later and smiles. “So, besides cute boys, who may or may not exist, how was your first day at school?”
El lets thoughts of Mike mostly fall to the wayside – only mostly though; after all, Mike’s in half of her classes so she can’t completely stop thinking about him – as she begins to regale her dad with stories of her first day at Hawkins High. “Well, first, I just wanted to let you know that I’m going to borrow your camera because, believe it or not, I signed up for Photography as my elective….”
And as El tells Hop about her first day at school, one thing is abundantly clear: she can’t wait to see what tomorrow is going to bring.
Mike doesn’t think he’s ever been as exhausted at the end of a first day of school in his entire life as he is right now and he groans when his head finally hits the pillow at the end of the day.
Thankfully, since getting home after A/V Club, his mom has mostly left him alone. Other than coming down for dinner, Mike is able to duck out of talking with his mom by claiming that he has, quote, “a mountain of school work” since “junior year is no joke,” hoping that his mom will buy it since he’s a horrible liar.
It works. Mike is allowed to pretty much scarf down dinner – not that it matters much seeing as it's only his mom and Holly with him, his dad who-the-fuck-knows-where – and seal himself up in his room immediately afterwards.
Once up in his room, Mike does his homework, but he finishes it in only a few hours, leaving him with the rest of the evening with only his own thoughts for company. He tries to distract himself with video games and the internet, but nothing holds his attention for long enough and Mike flits from thing to thing until he can barely keep his eyes open somewhere around 11:30.
It doesn’t take him long to get ready for bed – a quick change into his PJs, a stop by the bathroom to brush his teeth – and Mike lets himself sink into the blissfully soft surface of his bed, surrounded by flannel sheets and down pillows. He remembers to set his alarm, sitting up briefly so he can plug his phone in, but that’s only a temporary distraction as his brain swirls with thoughts of the first day of junior year.
And, because he can’t fucking stop it from happening, pretty much every thought he has revolves around El . His whole first day of school is colored through that lens, rendering everything in vibrant technicolor, like his life before had been in black and white.
She’s there in all of his memories of the day, even ones she wasn’t even there for. Mike wishes he knew how to stop it, but he’s quickly coming to the conclusion that he’s powerless. Once again, a pretty girl has ensnared him and he has no idea how to get himself free.
Fucking great, Mike thinks with a sigh that trails off into a groan of despair. Seriously, it’s only been one day of school. How’s Mike supposed to survive the rest of the school year with his dignity intact?
Mike has no clue, but he knows he better figure it out… and fast.
Even under the oppressive weight of anxiety and worry, exhaustion from a crazy roller coaster of a day finally wins out and Mike lets himself drift off to sleep. His problems will still be there when he wakes up, after all – no sense in trying to solve them when he’s half out of his mind with fatigue.
In the meantime, though, Mike’s about to discover a different problem: dreams invaded by the prettiest girl Mike’s ever seen, dreams that make him yearn and crave with fervent longing…
Dreams that fill him with the most painful hope despite his best efforts to squash it. Because, at Mike’s core, as much as he tries to hide it, he’s an incurable romantic.
And so, he dreams and he longs and, above all, he hopes.
Oh, how he hopes.
Notes:
So... what’d you think? I had fun writing this chapter, so I’m hoping you all had as much fun reading it. And with this, it’s the end of the first day of school! Only took me three chapters, lmao. But, I guess it wouldn’t be one of my fics if I didn’t get wordy, now would it?
Shit’s hopefully starting to calm down a bit, so I think I should have the next chapter out in a couple of weeks or so. Catch y’all on the flip side! And if you wanna bug me about mileven, come find me on tumblr! I’m @fatechica there, so hit me up!
Up next, Max gets her moment to make an official appearance and El continues to take people by surprise....
Chapter 5: getting into the swing of the routine (and of love)
Notes:
I'm back, y'all!! And it looks like I'll be posting a new chapter every three weeks or so? If my schedule the past few chapters is anything to go by?
(I'm blaming my super busy work life on that one. And it's going to continue to be insane for a few more weeks.)
I'd originally wanted this chapter to have a lot more in it, so consider it to be part 1 of 2 (i know, i know, me not getting to everything i wanted to? SHOCKER.) But I think I set it up pretty well to lead into the next chapter, so hopefully it won't be too jarring. But I hope y'all enjoy it!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Tuesday dawns as bright and exciting as Monday and El is a giddy, bundle of energy as she practically bounces out of bed.
Now, El’s not exactly what one would call a “morning person” – she loves sleeping in as much as the next teenager. But when there’s something exciting and new in her life? Not even the gravitational pull of her comfy, comfy bed can keep her down.
Yesterday, it was the thrill and excitement of a new school and all it entailed that had her going like she’d had 2 cups of coffee while she slept.
And today? Oh, that new school excitement is still there. But what’s really fueling El’s eagerness today is that, in a few short hours, she’s going to get to see Mike again.
God, getting desperate much?
And there’s the derisive voice in the back of her head, the one that traffics in fear and self-doubt to get her to dampen her excitement. Well, not today. El sniffs at the voice as she heads into the shower, all but rolling her eyes. Oh, hush. He’s cute and he makes me feel all tingly. What’s wrong with wanting to be near someone like that?
There’s no argument from the voice (and maybe it should worry El that she’s having arguments with parts of her personality, but whatever) and El takes satisfaction in the victory...even though it’s just against the voice in her head. But still, El goes about the rest of her morning with a skip in her step and a smile on her face regardless.
After her shower, El stands in front of her closet – robe cinched tightly around her waist, hair wrapped up in a towel – and surveys her options.
Hmm, what am I feeling like today?
It’s one of El’s favorite things about clothes: that she can use them to emphasize any part of her personality she wants or to help her be a little bit like someone she’s not. Clothes let her be all these things for a little while with no permanent changes. It’s why her own personal style is so eclectic – she doesn’t want to be restricted in being the person she wants to show the world.
But, it does make it harder to pick out what she wants to wear sometimes. Especially if El’s not entirely sure what mood she’s in.
But, after a little soul-searching and a lot of rifling through her closet, El eventually settles on a variation of what she calls her “punk princess” look: ripped, sheer black tights; red and navy blue plaid pleated skirt; and a black, scoop neck tank-top with the Wonder Woman symbol emblazoned across her chest. She pairs the whole ensemble with a pair of Doc Martins and pulls her hair up in a tight, high ponytail.
After a quick detour to the bathroom to do her makeup, which is really just lip gloss and thick eyeliner to really lean into the whole “punk rock” look, El heads downstairs feeling as kickass and spunky inside as she looks outside. But the thing about wearing Doc Martins is that her steps become that much heavier and El all but charges down the stairs, boots clomping on the steps.
She bounds into the kitchen to see her dad in the exact same spot he was at this time yesterday: at the kitchen table, coffee mug in hand. “Morning, Dad!”
Hop looks up from the newspaper he’s reading, a teasing smile already on his face. “Ah, I knew today was gonna be one of your punk days.”
El returns the grin with a smirk of her own. “What gave it away?” she asks as she starts getting a bowl of cereal together.
“You tromping down the stairs in those boots like an elephant, is what,” Hop says before he takes a sip of his coffee, turning his gaze back towards the newspaper. “So, I see you’re going with the shock tactic for being the new kid today.”
El snorts, one hand holding the refrigerator door open while she reaches in for the milk. “Oh, please. This is pretty tame.”
“Yeah, for Brooklyn, maybe. But not for small town Indiana. Not too many teenagers out there dressing like they belong in an MTV music video or something.”
“MTV?” El repeats with incredulity. She tosses the milk back in the fridge and turns to sit down at the table to eat. “Wow, Dad, dated references much? Don’t you know that music videos air on Youtube these days?”
Hop rolls his eyes. “Oh, my most humble apologies for not keeping up with the times while I was working to keep the streets of New York safe,” he says, brimming with a level of melodrama that has El giggling.
“Dad, stop being silly,” El manages to get out through her laughter.
Hop just winks at her. “Never, kiddo. It’s my prerogative as a dad to be endlessly silly.” He shrugs, casually helpless. “Besides, it’s in the Dad Handbook.”
It’s El’s turn to roll her eyes. “Well, if it’s in the Handbook, how can I possibly criticize?”
That earns El a laugh. “Exactly!”
El lets out a playful groan, but says nothing more on the topic as she quickly eats her cereal before it gets too soggy, letting her dad go back to drinking his coffee.
The rest of the morning is pretty quiet as they finish up breakfast and then pile into Hop’s brand new police cruiser to head out for the day. And before El knows it - after Hop finishes dropping her off and she gives him a quick kiss on the cheek, trying not to pay attention as everyone stares at the police car idling in front of the school - she’s walking in through the front doors of Hawkins High once more.
Only this time, she has at least some idea of where she’s going and it only takes her a minute or so to get to her locker. Along the way, El can feel eyes on her, staring at her outfit – evaluating, judging, curious, some with even a little approval. But woven all within them is the common thread of shock – this isn’t how things are normally done, girls don’t dress this way – and the stares have a hint of gaping that El finds not a little tiresome.
Hmm, seems like Dad was right. Guess this isn’t usual for a place like this. But, really, it’s ridiculous. It’s not like El has her hair in spikes or half shaved or she’s wearing a mesh tank top with barely anything underneath, or anything. She’s wearing a nerdy tank top, a skirt that covers everything (though it might be generous to say that it comes down to her mid-thigh), and black tights that, while strategically ripped, actually do a decent job of covering everything the skirt doesn’t.
Seriously, this isn’t, like, Rocky Horror or anything. Now that’s wild.
El sighs and resolves to ignore the stares. By the time she’s gotten to her locker, she’s mostly tuned them out and is happily humming to herself as she thinks about what she wants to stash in her locker versus what she wants to keep with her in her backpack, all the while keeping an eye out for Mr. Tall, Dark, and Handsome.
(yes, she has a nickname for mike that, if she knew him better, he would totally and completely hate. but her brain’s already gone ahead and assigned it to him without her permission and, really, it’s an absolutely fitting description, if she does say so herself.)
Of course, this is the moment that reality rears its ugly head and butts in on her perfectly happy morning. And naturally, it takes the form of a slime mold disguised as a blond, sleazy football player.
Wait, that’s probably unfair to slime mold.
Movement out of the corner of El’s eye draws her attention away from her locker and she jumps a little at the sound of metal creaking next to her. She looks over and has to fight back the urge to cringe as she sees Zach Mercer leaning against the locker next to hers. He has his arms crossed over his chest in a way that is probably supposed to emphasize the size of his biceps, but instead makes him look like a neanderthal. And he’s smiling at her like he’s very intently picturing what she looks like naked and barely trying to mask that he’s doing so.
And, again, El wants to throw up.
God, what a creep.
“Well, good morning,” Zach says. God, his leering has somehow transferred to his voice – El didn’t even know that was possible. “And may I just say that you are looking particularly hot today. Didn’t know you’d lean in to the bad girl look, but I like it.”
El barely suppressed the snort that bubbles up inside of her. “Not really a ‘bad girl’ look,” she says as she looks back at her locker to place her heavy US History book on one of the shelves. “But you keep on thinking that. Let me know how that works out for you.”
Once again, it seems that El’s sarcasm goes right over Zach’s head because when she looks over at him, he’s smiling in some sort of perverted victory. Ugh, spare me. “Oh, I will,” Zach says, one thick eyebrow arching knowingly.
El tries not to shudder, but she can’t hold back the way that her shoulders shift like she’s trying to shrug this whole thing off. “Is there something I can do for you? I’m trying to get ready for class, over here.”
“Why, as a matter of fact, there is,” Zach says. He leans towards her, like he’s going to try and kiss her neck or something, and El almost falls into her locker’s open door in her rush to get away. “It occurs to me that, you being new in town and all, that you might need someone to show you around – be your guide, if you will. And, well, that just so happens to be one of... many services I provide.”
El arches an eyebrow. Yeah, it doesn’t take a genius to figure out what other “services” Zach thinks he provides. Seriously, how does anyone with a working gag reflex function around this bozo?
(don’t answer that.
seriously. don’t.)
Until this point, El’s been playing above Zach’s handicap, using snarky responses as a form of rejection and dismissal, all of which have gone straight over his head. But there’s no quipping her way out of this one – she’s going to have to turn him down to his face. “Hmm...how about ‘no thanks’?” she says and punctuates this by zipping up her backpack and closing her locker.
“Aw, c’mon, don’t play this game with me, sweetheart. Not when I’m out here being so nice.” Zach gives her what El assumes he thinks is a winning smile, all wide-eyed pleading and heartthrob levels of cute.
But El can see the ugly beneath the facade, the entitlement and selfishness and boys will be boys under that smile, and she feels her blood boil in response. “Not playing a game,” she says as she shoulders her backpack once more, her voice terse as she seriously begins to lose her patience. “I’d literally rather do anything else than voluntarily spend time with you. And with that, I’m heading off to Homeroom.”
El sees annoyed disbelief flash across Zach’s face – like he never even accounted for the possibility that she’d turn him down– but she’s already moving on to more pleasant things and leaving this interaction behind in the trash heap of history where it belongs.
But she only gets a handful of steps away before Zach’s voice calls after her. “Hey, where are you going? I wasn’t done!”
A sharp, almost cruel smile curls up the corners of El’s lips as she turns on her heel to look back at Zach, continuing her way down the hall as she switches to walking backwards. “Yeah, but I was.” El can feel everyone’s eyes on the scene she and Zach are making – it must look like the pretty new girl and the popular football player are acting out a dance as old as teen rom-com history, like this is a play that everyone watches, but barely anyone participates in.
But nothing could be further from the truth. Not when Zach is literally the last person she’d ever want to be with. No, this is just annoying and disgusting and El’s 100% done with everything about it.
El turns back around to walk facing forward, but Zach still isn’t finished shouting after her. “Playing hard to get, huh? I can work with that!”
El doesn’t bother responding besides the dismissive hand gesture she gives him over her shoulder as she keeps walking. And luckily, this time, Zach doesn’t say anything else and El can walk away in peace, free to finally let her thoughts move on to happier things.
Like Homeroom, where El’s honestly curious how things are going to shake out.
Yesterday, she sat next to Dustin – who she actually really likes. Even if Dustin weren’t friends with Mike (which gives El just one more way of getting close to Mike, if she wants to be mercenary about it...which she doesn't), he seems like someone El could and would want to honestly be friends with: smart and funny and just really nice.
But Jen’s also in her Homeroom, so El’s not sure where she’s going to sit.
Maybe it’ll be like yesterday, where people sit in the same seats they picked out (since that’s definitely a thing) and El will sit next to Dustin by default.
Or maybe Jen will find a way to clear a spot for El. Though El hopes, if that’s the case, that Jen is at least nice about it. She doesn’t want to kick anyone out of their spot if they don’t want to move.
But, regardless of how it shakes out, it’s going to be interesting and El honestly can’t wait.
As he sits at the same desk he sat at yesterday in Homeroom, Dustin finds himself watching the open doorway and wishing he wasn’t.
Because he’s waiting for El to walk in through the door, hoping that she sits next to him again.
And Dustin really shouldn’t be. It’s always a bad idea to get one’s hopes up when popular girls are involved. But Dustin can’t help himself – he just wants to be friends with her. It’s not that he’s attracted to her (though El is undeniably one of the most beautiful girls he’s ever seen in his life). It’s that, for all that she’s destined to be one of Hawkins High’s most popular girls, El’s nice and funny and fun to talk to. And, if her presence in Honors Chem with the Party ( and Honors US History and Trig that she shares with Mike, much to Dustin’s amusement) is anything to go by, she’s smart, too – maybe a little nerdy, even.
And wouldn’t that be something. A gorgeous, popular, nerdy girl.
May wonders never cease.
So, yeah, Dustin’s watching the open door that leads into Homeroom and crossing his fingers that he’s not getting his hopes up only to be disappointed in the next few minutes.
It’s only about another minute before all Dustin’s wondering comes to an end and, as he watches, El appears in the doorway. And, for a moment, none of Dustin’s wondering even matters because they’ve been driven out of his head by the punk rocker standing in the entrance to the classroom.
There’s a brief second where Dustin thinks he’s hallucinating, but it only takes a couple of blinks for him to realize, no, he’s definitely not seeing things and, yes, El Hopper is most definitely standing there, looking like she’s just walked out of some punk rock magazine, or something.
The ripped tights, short plaid skirt, high ponytail, and powerful eyeliner are dead-giveaways. But the piece de resistance is the tank-top El’s wearing that has the Wonder Woman logo across the front. It looks badass, but it’s subtle – doesn’t announce that it’s a comic book reference or anything. It’s something that only people who think it’s cool or people who are in the know would actually wear, and Dustin can’t help but wonder which one El is. Does she know she has the symbol of a comic book icon emblazoned on her shirt? Or does she just think it’s neat looking?
Before Dustin can ponder which is more likely, though, El spots him and smiles. And Dustin’s whole being just lights up with pride.
Yeah, part of it is that Dustin knows Jennifer Hayes isn’t here yet – she won’t be for a couple of minutes, if yesterday’s timing is anything to go by, so she’s not an option as someone for El to go sit by. But it’s mainly just that it’s clear from the smile on El’s face that she recognizes him and that’s just about as novel as anything in the universe.
Maybe Dustin’s problem isn’t that he’s a loser, but that the popular kids around him are all jerks.
But none of that’s important right now as El takes one glance around the room, like she’s confirming her options, before she comes right towards him.
The smile on El’s face is bright and open as she swings her backpack off her shoulders. “Morning, Dustin.”
Holy shit, she remembered his name! Keep it cool, Dustin, he reminds himself a split second later. “Hi, El,” he says, trying to keep his smile a few notches below “desperate and eager”. “See you remembered how to find Homeroom.”
That earns him a playful roll of her eyes, forcing Dustin to bite back a laugh. “Yes, I have figured out how to navigate the labyrinth that is Hawkins High,” El says, all graceful movement as she sits down next to him. “Just give me a thread and call me Ariadne.”
Dustin lets out a sound that’s something akin to a breathless guffaw, shocked at the reference. Well, maybe she is a bit of a nerd after all…. “Ha, I don’t think I’ve ever heard someone use Greek mythology in a quip before.”
El lifts one shoulder in a delicate shrug. “Well, I used to read a lot of Greek mythology when I was a kid,” she says. “And the story of Theseus and the Minotaur was always a little romantic. I mean, it ended sad, but I always thought it was kinda cool how Ariadne was pretty much responsible for Theseus’ victory against the Minotaur by giving him the tools to survive. Like, she’s a hero in her own right, too, and that’s pretty neat. Plus, she was doing it for love, even though she and Theseus didn’t end up together.”
And just when Dustin didn’t think he could be more surprised…. “Wow, you really know your Greek mythology, don’t you?” he asks, a smile pulling up the corners of his lips.
El returns the expression, mouth curled in a wry grin that makes her look mischievous. “Yes, but just don’t ask me to tell you what it means, or what any of it represents. I don’t do literary interpretation. It’s really my one downfall.”
“Wow, how magnanimous of you to reveal you have any flaws,” Dustin says through a low chortle.
“I know. I’m really something, aren’t I? Just...so humble. But, honestly, it’s a burden I’m more than willing to bear,” El says, obviously biting the inside of her cheek to keep her smile under control.
But Dustin can’t control the laughter that escapes him, which seems to trigger El’s giggles and, soon, they’re both laughing, bonding over being silly and sarcastic. And the entire time, Dustin can’t help but be amazed at how easy it is to be friendly with El. Honestly, it’s like they’ve been friends for years instead of only knowing each other for 24 hours and Dustin’s not entirely sure how to feel about that.
Is it normal to feel like you’ve clicked with someone so quickly?
Regardless of how Dustin feels about the whole thing, it doesn’t stop him from spending the remaining few minutes before Homeroom starts laughing and talking with El. There’s a brief pause when El turns to say hi to Jen when she walks into the room, but Jen goes off to her seat without more than a second, if confused, glance at El, who pretty immediately turns back to him to continue their conversation. Dustin’s not sure if El notices the look Jen gives her, but he sure as hell does, and sets off the beginning of warning bells inside the back of his head.
Because, despite how much fun he’s having with El, despite how quickly they’ve hit it off as friends, a single thought is making itself apparently clear:
Nothing is really ever going to be the same ever again.
Homeroom goes by in the blink of an eye, it feels like to El. Once Mr. Evans finishes taking attendance and delivering the handful of announcements for the day, he pretty much lets the class do their own thing for the rest of the half-hour.
Behind her, El can hear Jen talking to one of her friends. Which means El’s free to turn to her right, where Dustin’s glancing at her out of the corner of his eye all the while trying to be inconspicuous. So, naturally, he’s being super obvious about it.
El bites back a smile as she turns to look at who she hopes is a new friend. “So, what do you usually do for the rest of Homeroom?”
“Oh, um, not much, usually,” Dustin says, an embarrassed cringe crossing over his face. “I don’t really have friends in Homeroom, so I pretty much do my own thing.”
El’s heart tugs in sympathy – no friends in Homeroom? how horrible! – and she doesn’t fight off her smile this time, feeling the warmth blossoming in her chest making its way to her face. “Well, I’ll be a friend you can talk to in Homeroom if you don’t mind the distraction,” she says as she leans forward on the desk, arms crossing in front of her as she twists to face Dustin more head on.
Surprise flashes across Dustin’s face for a split second – there and gone in a blink – and it’s quickly replaced with a broad, toothy smile that El just finds absolutely adorable. “You want to be friends with a nerd, huh?”
El rolls her eyes, letting out a not-so-delicate snort. “Please,” she says, sitting back up a little so she can gesture to the symbol on her shirt. “It’s not like I’m not nerdy, too.”
It’s to Dustin’s credit that as he glances down at where El’s gesturing, he doesn’t let his gaze linger on her chest at all and El finds herself relieved and touched that Dustin is such a gentleman. Seriously, they make them different out here in Hawkins, don’t they? “Yes, I noticed the logo. Take it you’re a fan?”
“I love Wonder Woman,” El says, her smile growing into a face-splitting grin. “She’s so bad-ass but, like, she’s also kind and smart and wise and just amazing. I love her. She’s my hero.”
Dustin lets out a laugh that’s just not quite a giggle. “That’s so cool that you like Wonder Woman. I don’t think I’ve ever met a girl who likes comic book characters before.”
“Well, that’s a shame,” El says. “Though I’m sure there are girls around here who like comic books, but they might not feel comfortable sharing that with others.” El knows this from experience, having once been ashamed of her nerdy habits. But hiding those parts of herself took so much energy that it was easier to just stop after a while and own it instead of denying it. But El also knows it’s not always that easy, so she doesn’t look down at anyone who feels like they have to hide.
“Hmm, not so sure about that, sometimes,” Dustin says. “But I’m sure you’re probably right. I mean, you’re a girl, so you’d know.” He shoots her a deprecating grin and shrugs one shoulder concedingly.
“Thanks for that vote of confidence,” El says, biting the inside of her cheek to keep from grinning too widely as she teases.
Dustin must pick up on the fact that El’s teasing, because he grins back at her. “Oh, any time.” He lets out a low laugh and shakes his head, as if he can’t get over how amused he is by this entire situation. But, a moment later, Dustin leans towards El, one elbow braced on the desk as he gives her a conspiratorial smile. “So, if you like Wonder Woman, what other nerdy things do you like…?”
The rest of Homeroom passes in this way, where El reveals that she likes sci-fi novels and Broadway musicals, while Dustin tells her about his undying love for “Lord of the Rings” and all things Marvel. El gets so into the conversation that it comes as a complete surprise when the bell rings, signaling the transition between Homeroom and 2nd period.
“So, where to next for you?” El asks as she gets up from her desk, one hand reaching for her backpack.
“Honors American Lit,” Dustin says. “What about you?”
“Just regular American Lit for me,” El says, pulling a face. “Like I said, literary interpretation is not my thing. It’s literally the only non-honors class I’m taking.” She pauses, thinking. “Well, except for French, but you guys don’t seem to offer honors foreign language classes at this school.”
Dustin shrugs. “It’s a small school,” he says. “But that’s cool that you’re pretty much on the Honors track.”
El lets Dustin move so that he’s standing next to her before she starts walking so they can leave the classroom together. Once again, she can feel the eyes of several people on her, curious and judgmental, and El honestly doesn’t understand why this time. Is there something so strange with her walking next to Dustin? Well, whatever it is, El’s determined to ignore the stares and the strange looks. “Yeah, but that’s pretty much from me being incredibly stubborn,” she says as she and Dustin start heading down the hallway. “I’m not, like, super smart or anything.”
“Well, you’re smart enough to make it mostly onto Honors track,” Dustin says. “I don’t think being stubborn would be enough.”
A light blush crawls up El’s cheeks at the compliment and she nudges Dustin with her elbow. “Oh, stop,” she says, trying to deflect. “But thanks, though.”
Dustin smiles so broadly it’s almost blinding and the sight makes El so happy to see. “Anytime,” he says as they approach a juncture. “Well, I’m this way,” he says, jerking his thumb. “See you in Chemistry?”
El grins. “Oh, definitely. Bye, Dustin.” And, after an exchange of waves, El turns to head off for her English class, a smile on her face. Yeah, she’s definitely made a new friend and that’s always exciting.
But now she has to go to American Lit, which is so not exciting and El is all but counting down the minutes until this class is over.
Her teacher, Mr. Green, spends the entire 40 minutes introducing “Of Mice and Men” as their first book for the semester and El literally couldn’t care less. In her experience, books chosen for English classes are boring and while El never shirks off doing her homework, it doesn’t mean she has to actively care or express interest where none exists.
Which means El has enough free brain power to think about what’s really important: the fact that, in less than 40 very short minutes, she will be back in the same room as Mike. And her heart just about races at the mere thought.
It’s not too much of an exaggeration to say that El has been impatiently waiting until she can see him again. She only met him 24 hours ago, yet he’s crawled into her heart and mind in a way no one’s ever done before. She’s not sure exactly what this means or anything, but she does know she’s ridiculously attracted to him, both physically and intellectually, and she very desperately wants to explore what that means. At the very least, she just wants to get to know Mike better, wants to be near him to find out if what she’s feeling could turn into something amazing...or, hell, even just reciprocated.
It’s this excitement, this eagerness, that helps carry her through an onerous American Lit class and, when the bell finally rings signaling the end of class, El’s practically the first one out of her seat.
(Though not after quickly glancing down at her notebook and cringing at the serious lack of notes she managed to take during class. Ok, just because you have a crush on a guy and you’re not the biggest fan of English class doesn’t mean you can slack off during class, Hopper. Gotta keep that GPA up, remember? )
There’s an extra urgency to her steps as she makes her way to her Honors Trig class, an almost manically giddy smile on her face, and El realizes that maybe she’s a little too excited. So she forces herself to stop just outside the classroom and take a moment to calm down, to get herself together.
There is such a thing as coming on too strong, you know, El thinks as she tries to rein in her excitement. But it still doesn’t stop one hand from coming up to make sure her hair is all in place, ponytail still neat with no flyaways, or both her hands from smoothing over her skirt, fingers trembling with a combination of nervousness and excitement. She closes her eyes and takes in a deep breath in an attempt to calm the racing of her heart and tamp down the breadth of her smile. The last thing she needs is to scare or turn Mike off before she’s even had a chance to find out if he’s at all interested in her.
But there’s only so much El can do with the time she has. With one last quick, deep breath, she opens her eyes and makes the rest of her way into her math classroom. Her head is held high and her smile hopefully totally normal (and not at all lovesick or anything) as she quickly scans the room, eyes zeroing in on where she sat yesterday to see if Mike is sitting right next to there.
Lo and behold, he is. And El’s heart immediately begins racing again, completely out of her control.
But, god, she just can’t help it, and El forces herself to walk a little slower as she approaches the empty seat next to Mike, just to give herself a few extra moments to just stare at him.
He’s looking down at his desk, textbook out with a pencil loosely held in one hand while he scans the open page in front of him. He’s wearing a white, short-sleeve button down shirt with greenish-blue pin stripes that he’s paired with dark blue jeans and a pair of black Chucks. His hair is just as beautifully wild and messy as it was yesterday and the way his shirt stretches across his shoulders threatens to make El swoons.
Mike must see the motion of her approaching him out of the corner of his eye because he looks up when El’s only a few feet away.
And, just like yesterday, it’s like time fucking stops as their eyes meet across the scant distance that separates them. But only after Mike’s eyes travel up her body, starting at her feet. His gaze isn’t lecherous or overly lingering, but El still feels the scan of his gaze like a physical caress and she has to fight to keep from visibly shivering.
But what really gets her is the look in his eyes and El almost gasps at the depths swirling in his dark gaze – curious and hopeful, yet calculating and wary, all with a touch of surprise and what El hopes is heated attraction. It’s a richly complicated look, full of fierce intelligence, and El realizes just how refreshing this is compared to how Zach looked at her earlier.
Literally no contest here, El thinks as she slips her backpack from her shoulders and smiles. “Hi, Mike,” she says, tone a little too bright and eager in a way that is almost embarrassing.
None of that matters, though, when Mike smiles back, the expression more sober and tempered than hers but still thrilling, and El’s stomach swoops dangerously. It’s just not fair how the gentle curve of his lips highlights the sweep of his cheekbones and the lines of his jaw and all it does is makes El want to kiss him even more than she did not 5 seconds ago. Which is a lot, if El’s being perfectly honest (and she usually is – why waste time telling lies? Doesn’t make any sense, if you ask her).
“Hi, El,” Mike says in return. “How’s, uh, how’s your second day at Hawkins High going?”
The concern, even if just polite, is beyond touching and El finds herself giggling as she sits down at the desk next to Mike’s. “Oh, much better now,” she says with a sweet, if coy smile, very obviously flirting, and she takes victory in the way a light blush begins crawling up Mike’s cheeks. Her stomach fills with butterflies at just how pretty he is and El’s completely enchanted with the way the color splashed across his skin contrasts with the freckles across his nose and cheeks. God, she just wants to trace all those freckles with her fingertips, wants to feel the heated softness of his skin glide beneath her touch.
And it’s in this moment that, despite only knowing Mike for literally a day, El realizes something very important:
This is way more than a crush.
For just a moment, Mike can only stare back at El.
Holy shit, is she flirting with him? No, she can’t be...can she? It looks like she might be, with her sparkling gaze and coy smile, cheeks lightly flushed in a way that beautifully sets off the creamy tone of her skin.
But reality, as it usually does, comes crashing back in a second later. No, she’s not flirting with you. You’re you and she’s, well….
Amazingly gorgeous, his thoughts finish with a dreamy sigh.
Seriously, El really is the most beautiful girl he’s ever seen in his entire life. And today she looks like she belongs in a punk band, all thick eyeliner and ripped tights and heavy boots and a Wonder Woman themed shirt holy shit. It’s not a look he would have ever expected someone like El to wear – popular girls just don’t dress like they’re in a street gang – but she pulls it off with an ease and grace that is oh so attractive.
Plus, that ponytail is really doing it for him.
A blush explodes on Mike’s face – a potent combination of embarrassment and attraction stemming from the thoughts swirling in his head at exactly why that ponytail is so alluring and what he would do with it…
(whoa, ok, it’s really inappropriate to be fantasizing like this in class. especially when the object of your fantasies is sitting right next to you, wheeler.)
Mike lets out a weak cough in an attempt to cover up his awkward staring (a futile attempt, he knows) and hopes that El can’t, like, read minds or anything. “Oh, um, good – that’s good you’re settling in ok.”
El somehow smiles even wider – good, she hasn’t noticed him fantasizing about her like some sort of desperate loser – and Mike wishes he could stop the way his heartbeat stutters at the sight of El’s warm and gorgeous smile. “Your concern is much appreciated, thank you.” Her tone is bright and chipper and it warms Mike from the inside out.
Mike finds himself chuckling in response, his defenses crumbling under the force of El’s regard. He’s going to regret this, he just knows it.
But, for the moment, he doesn’t care.
“Well, I always aim to please,” is what Mike says next, echoing El’s tone with a wry version of his own. The flirtatious undertone of his own words, barely disguised, catches Mike off guard, even though he knows he’s letting himself indulge in forgetting, just for a moment, that El has the power to break his heart...and probably will.
Which means it really doesn’t help when El lets out a sparkling giggle, like the high-pitched sound of wind chimes, and ducks her gaze briefly and demurely before glancing back up at him through impossibly long lashes….
God, he so very badly wants to kiss her.
“That’s good to hear,” El says, a light blush covering her cheeks. And is it his imagination or is her voice a lot… breathier than is was a few moments ago?
“Really? So easily?” Ok, he’s seriously playing with fire now.
Her gorgeous lips curl up in a temptingly coy smile. “Hmm, maybe you just know what I like,” El comes back with. And, holy shit, she’s playing with fire right along with him in a way not even he can miss.
Well this is interesting… and oh so dangerous.
The bell chooses this very moment to ring, interrupting the flirtatious back and forth, and El almost wants to scream.
No, not when this is going so well!
But there’s really no choice but to button this up as Ms. Geno begins the day’s lecture. El gives Mike one last smile, a promise for later, and is beyond pleased when Mike smiles back. Yes, there’s still a little hesitation there – and maybe a little fear, too – but El is encouraged by the sight even as she focuses her attention on listening to the day’s lecture.
She’s encouraged because Mike was flirting back. Like, fully participating in the flirty give-and-take with that super cute smile of his, eyes sparkling and making her feel all tingly with the undercurrent of excitement that runs beneath their every word.
Still, she’s going to take this slow, give both of them a chance to get to know each other. Besides, she reminds herself with a sobering dose of realism, just because Mike was flirting doesn’t mean he’s necessarily interested in anything more. Sometimes flirting is just flirting.
But it’s a start.
Feeling beyond buoyant, El all but floats through Honors Trig. The entire time, she can feel Mike’s presence next to her, as hyper-aware of him as she is, and she can’t resist stealing glances at him out of the corner of her eye.
And her heart does dizzying flips in her chest when, after Ms. Geno breaks to let them work through practice problems, she looks over to see Mike looking back at her. There’s a light blush that crawls up his face when he notices her staring back, one that she mirrors. He smiles at her first, this time, a shy, bashful expression that only highlights the beautiful curve of his lips and El so badly wants to feel those lips against her own.
God, it’s unfair just how cute Mike is, almost irresistibly so. Like, how’s she supposed to be able to focus when a guy exists who is exactly her type? El’s always gone for the tall and lanky, “hipster-esque” type and Mike fits exactly in that description, especially with that hair and those cheekbones….
El has to shake her head a bit to clear her thoughts so she can focus on her practice math problems and not on what it would feel like to run her fingers through Mike’s hair (it just looks so soft and she practically can’t help herself). But it’s tough, especially when the object of her affection is sitting not two feet away, face adorably scrunched up in concentration as he works through his own problems.
Around the room, there’s a handful of low murmurs of talking and Ms. Geno isn’t doing anything to stop it, so El figures it’s not forbidden to talk. “Everything ok, over there?” she asks, glancing down quickly at her paper to continue working on the problem she’s in the middle of, one eye trained on Mike.
Mike startles a bit, expression morphing into one of surprise, like he’s been caught, but he smiles bashfully a moment later, once the initial moment’s faded. “Yeah, still working through a bit how sine and cosine work. How about you?”
El smiles back. “Same. What number are you on?”
“6. How about you?”
“Just a bit ahead of you. I’m on 8,” El says.
A bright look of hope flashes in Mike’s eyes. “Oh, would you mind showing me how you got through number 5? I think I got it, but I’m not sure….”
“Sure!” El chirps, making sure to keep her voice low. “And, yeah, that one was tricky. Here, here’s what I got….” She takes her paper and angles it so she and Mike can both lean over it in the space between their desks.
She watches, almost breathlessly so, as Mike scans over her paper, working his way through the logic she’s written down. His face is a beautiful study in concentration, furrowed eyebrows with his lower lip pulled between his teeth. El imagines herself reaching for him with one hand, fingers delicately cupping his chin to turn his face towards her, before leaning over, head tilting just so so she can press her mouth to his, draw that lower lip from between his teeth and –
“Yeah, that’s what I got, too!” Mike says in quiet exclamation, startling El from her fantasy with a suddenness that has her almost choking on a gasp while her face heats up in a fierce blush. Mike looks up a second later and the look on his face changes from one of triumph to one of confused concern. “Oh, hey, you ok?” he asks, brow furrowing once more, eyebrows meeting above the bridge of his nose.
El gives herself a quick shake to clear the embarrassment and the images of kissing Mike her brain’s taunting her with. “Yeah, yeah, I’m fine, just – fine.”
Mike smiles, but it’s tinged with a little uncertainty now. “Oh, um, ok.” He ducks his gaze, smile turning sheepish again. “Uh, thanks for letting me look at your answer.”
“Feel better now?” El asks as she pulls her paper back to her desk. A small smile creeps up onto her lips, hopefully looking relaxed enough to offset the still-fierce-ish blush on her face.
“Yeah, thanks,” Mike says with a nod. He drops his gaze briefly, chewing on his lower lip again, but this time out of what El figures is nervousness. “You’re, uh, pretty good at math,” he says when he looks back at her, a light blush creeping its way onto his cheeks.
The compliment goes straight to El’s heart and sets off a flurry of butterflies in her chest that leaves her all tingly. “It’s my favorite subject,” she says a little weakly.
“It shows,” Mike says. He lets out a small laugh, shaking his head a little, and gestures back down to his paper. “Well, I should get back to my own work. Gotta keep up with you, after all.” The corners of his lips curl up with a barely perceptible grin, eyebrow quirking with a brief twitch, and El thinks Mike can’t possible be any cuter than this.
They both go back to their work after that, and El swears her heart’s going to explode from all the feelings coursing through her. It’s almost overwhelming – the sweetness of Mike’s compliment, the feel of him so close to her (and yet, so far), the way he smiles at her, the sweet way he responds to her flirting, how badly she just wants to know everything about him.
It gets to the point where El’s almost relieved when the bell finally rings. Her head’s spinning with all things Mike and she needs a little space to breathe, to think like a regular person and not a lovesick girl with a crush that is so much more than a crush.
But, of course, she and Mike are still next to each other in their Honors Trig class and El can’t help but look over at him as she gathers her things. “What’s your next class?” El asks as she stands and grabs her backpack.
Mike looks over at her, a little startled (why is he always startled when she tries to get his attention?), but he gives her a small smile and a shrug a moment later. “Spanish. And you have French, right?”
“Yep!” El nods as she slips her backpack up onto her shoulders, watching as Mike does the same. She waits for him to start walking so she can fall in step by his side. “Well, I guess I’ll see you in the torture otherwise known as US History.”
Mike lets out a laugh, the sound both dry and resigned. “Wow, that’s one way to put it,” he says, shaking his head, but still looking slightly impressed at her turn of phrase in a way that has El smiling.
“Hmm, my dad always says I have a way of saying things,” El says. “I think that’s his way of telling me I’m blunt.”
“An underrated trait, I assure you,” Mike says, still laughing a little.
El giggles at the subtle compliment and stops just in the hallway, forcing people to go around her. “Well, I need to be heading off to French. So I’ll see you in a couple of hours.”
Mike holds up a hand in a small wave. “See you, El.”
El waves back and, with one last look at Mike, spins on her heel and walks off in the direction of her French class, all smiles from her interaction with the sweetest boy on the face of the planet.
And as she makes her way down hallway to her French class, high on all things Mike Wheeler, she has no idea of the existence the pair of eyes following her….
A pair of eyes belonging to one Max Mayfield.
Notes:
Aaaaaand here comes Max! I'm looking forward to writing the next chapter. Max is going to play a crucial role here and I'm excited to write it for y'all.
And could El be more head over heels and unashamed of it? She's great to write, I love her so much (probably explains why this chapter is mostly from her POV).
Anyway, let me know what you thought and I hope to have the next chapter out in the next few weeks! Catch y'all on the flip side!
(and, if anyone wants to come bug me and flail about mileven with me, hit me up on tumblr where i'm also fatechica. i'd love to talk to you all! especially to help me weather the rest of this hellacious hiatus!)
Chapter 6: the ever-watchful eye of max mayfield
Notes:
Well, hello, there everyone! I feel like I always say this these days, but I didn't mean for this to take so long in coming out. But, as always seems to be the case these days, shit is crazy busy in my life atm and I haven't have as much time to write lately as I would like.
Still, doesn't stop me from writing 13k word chapters, though, when I do have the time, though, so...I guess that's never changing.
(not that any of you ever complain, but still)
Anyway, I hope you enjoy this! There's not a lot of Mileven, but get ready for a lot of Max in this chapter. Or, how I've been referring to her as, Mileven's Reluctant Fairy Godmother (this will all make sense one day, I promise).
A QUICK WARNING FIRST:
There's some language in this chapter that is crude and almost explicitly sexual in nature. In this case, it's literal locker room talk and 17-18 year old boys being 17-18 year old boys. It's supposed to be gross and disgusting, but I can understand how some people don't like reading this kind of language. If you don't want to read it, please skip the only scene from Mike's POV this chapter. It's not crucial to the plot and I don't want to make any of you read anything you don't want to.Other than that, enjoy!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
El Hopper walks through the halls of Hawkins High with her head held high and shoulders straight despite the weight of her backpack. She walks with a confidence that is just shy of bravado, steps sure and proud, like she knows who she is and isn’t afraid to show it….
Like she’s completely and blissfully ignorant of the ripples she’s leaving her wake, the foundations of high school life she’s threatening to crumble with her sheer presence.
Fucking popular girls. They never care, do they? Just as long as they get what they want.
Max is standing at her locker between third and fourth periods, gathering something quickly that she needs for her Spanish class, when she sees El out of the corner of her eye and Max can’t stop herself from turning just slightly to watch Hawkins High’s newest student.
El Hopper is one of those girls who is impossible to ignore: beautiful and confident, almost brashly so, wrapped in an aura of sweet entitlement, like she knows all she has to do is smile just so and people will fall to their knees to do whatever she wants.
It’s so typical popular-girl that Max almost wants to vomit.
The day before, hearing the rumors beginning to fly around school about the beautiful new girl from New York City, Max had been utterly not surprised to see El situated in the middle of the school’s most popular crowd during lunch, dressed like all the other girls in clothes that were stylish and preppy and completely void of any independent thought. From where Max had been sitting with her Softball team friends, El had fit right in with the most insipid of the girls in this godforsaken school, giggling and smiling and probably talking about, like, boys and shopping and shit like that.
Yes, another popular girl, joining the pack with the rest of the moronic ninnies, Max had thought at the time. It was a thought that was only reinforced when she saw the new girl hanging out with Jennifer Hayes (who Max was convinced had cotton fluff where her brain should be) in the locker room before PE.
Yes, El Hopper really was just another popular girl, no matter what Lucas told her later that night about El being in a bunch of Honors classes.
But that was yesterday. Today, El is dressed like someone that Max would normally want to be friends with, someone interesting and not afraid to go against the grain.
And it’s causing quite the stir from the way everyone else is staring at her, too. Max has to give the new girl this: El doesn’t seem to be at all bothered by the strange looks she’s getting.
So, given all that, Max now isn’t sure what to make of the new girl who’s taken Hawkins High by storm.
She knows from Lucas that Mike seems to be developing something of a crush on El and Max almost rolls her eyes at the thought. Such a typical boy; taken in by a pretty face attached to a hot body. But, more confusing is how Lucas told her that El seemed to be returning some of the budding affection, smiling at Mike from across the cafeteria and walking with him to Chemistry looking all chummy.
And that’s got Max all sorts of confused. What game is El playing, anyway? Max knows how popular girls are and if this one does anything to hurt her friends….
Max reins in her temper, trying to calm the way her blood begins to boil in her veins. So far, El hasn’t actually done anything other than be the new girl. Could be Max is overreacting.
But there’s also a chance that she’s not. So Max will watch the new girl.
Just in case.
The scene that greets El when she arrives at her French class is a little confusing, to say the least. Gone are the desks organized into neat, tidy rows. Instead, all the desks have been arranged in one, giant circle.
Ooookay?
El pauses in the open doorway, thumbs hooked in the straps of her backpack, as she looks around the room, scouting out where she’s going to sit.
On the far side of the room, by the open window, are Stacey and Jen, flanked on either side by a couple of girls El met yesterday. And, on either side of them are two empty seats.
It’s Stacey who spots El first and she waves at El with a bright smile on her face. “Well, good morning and welcome to day 2 of hell,” Stacey says as El walks over.
El shakes her head but she’s giggling a little regardless, amused at the upbeat fatalism in Stacey’s voice. “Morning guys,” she says, stopping in front of Stacey and Jennifer. “What’s with the desks?”
Jennifer shrugs. “Madame Owens just likes having the desks in a circle.”
“Says it helps ‘promote open communication’ or some stupid shit like that,” Stacey says. “Don’t know why it matters. It’s not like any of us are good at this dumb language, anyway.”
“It’s not a dumb language,” El says, gently chiding. “It’s the language of romance.”
“Whatever,” Stacey says with a roll of her eyes. But the corners of her lips are still upturned, so she’s not offended by El’s rebuke. “Anyway, we saved you a seat either next to Ashley or Maria. Take your pick.” Stacey pauses, giving El a quick look up and down. “Oh, and nice outfit. Love the punk look.” There’s a carefully crafted polite tone to Stacey’s compliment, but El can see behind the facade.
El resists the urge to let out a snort. How magnanimous, she thinks, just barely keeping back wry smile that threatens to curl up her lips. El knows it’s not necessarily mean spirited, but there’s something frustrating about the way people like Stacey establish and reinforce the high school pecking order. Like El should be lucky that Stacey deigned to remember to save her a seat or complimented her outfit. Oh, high school. Will you never change?
So El just smiles her thanks and looks back and forth between the two proffered seats to see which one she wants to sit in.
El ends up choosing the one on the left next to Ashley for the sole reason that the girl who’ll be El’s other neighbor has one of the coolest skirts El’s ever seen. It’s this ankle-length, patchwork denim skirt with all sorts of colors and shapes. It’s very hippie and bohemian and El absolutely loves everything about it. It looks like something she would totally have in her own closet.
El slides into her seat and, after checking that Ashley is sufficiently occupied with talking to Stacey and the others, turns to say hi to the girl with the cool skirt. “Hi, I’m El,” she says after catching the girl’s eye. “Guess we’re neighbors for today’s class, huh?”
There’s a pause while the other girl just stares at her, dark green eyes blinking a couple of times in confusion. “Oh, um, hi,” she says, lifting a trembling hand to tuck strands of her short brown hair behind her ear while a fierce blush creeps up under the canvas of freckles spread across almost the entire surface of her face. “I’m-”
But before the girl can introduce herself, the bell rings, signaling the start of class. Madame Owens steps away from behind her desk with a perky “bonjour!” in greeting and El gives the girl next to her a small smile before shifting to focus on her teacher.
El’s opportunity to actually talk to her seat neighbor with the awesome skirt doesn’t come until about 20 minutes into class when Madame Owens has them split off into pairs to practice what they’ve just been learning. And with Ashley partnering with Stacey, El doesn’t even have to pretend to feel bad as she turns to her right.
“Hi again!” El knows there’s a bright, cheery smile on her face and she hopes it’s not too off-putting. Especially given the wary expression on the other girl’s face. “We never got to finish introductions. I’m El, if you don’t remember.”
The other girl’s eyes go a little wide, like she's maybe about to start panicking. “Oh, uh, I remember.” A flash of wry humor crosses her face and El finds herself encouraged by the sight. “I don’t think there’s a person at this school who doesn’t know who you are.”
“Oh,” El says with a stuttering breath. Sheesh, she didn’t know being the new kid could be so discomforting. “Well, I was warned about that, I guess,” she says a beat later, trying to ignore the heated blush that spreads over her cheeks.
The other girl laughs. “Well, that’s Hawkins for you,” she says with a shy smile. “I’m Lily, by the way.”
Grinning, El holds out her hand. “Well, it’s nice to meet you, Lily.”
Lily glances down at El’s hand, looking for a second like El’s hand might turn into a snake and bite her at any moment, but she extends her hand and the two exchange a brief handshake. “It’s, um, nice to meet you, too,” Lily says. She pauses, glancing over at Madame Owens, who’s watching the class to make sure they’re all working and not slacking off. “We should, uh, probably get to work, yeah?” Lily punctuates her point by turning towards El with her open French textbook between them.
“Oh, uh, yeah, you’re right,” El says, despite how much she desperately wants to ask Lily where she got that skirt. But that can wait until later, when they don’t have to be doing class work.
They run through their practice exercises and, when Madame Owens calls to the class to come back together, El gives Lily a bright smile and hopes that she gets the chance to ask about Lily’s skirt once class is over.
But, when the bell rings, El gets distracted with talking with Ashley and Stacey, who make her laugh once they start snarking back and forth about what horribleness awaits for them in the form of whatever the cafeteria is serving for lunch that day. And when El does remember that she had something she wanted to ask Lily, by the time she turns, Lily is gone.
“Oh, bummer,” El sighs, looking around the classroom for any sign of the other girl as she adjusts her backpack strap.
“What’s a bummer?” Stacey asks. “C’mon, let’s get a move on. I don’t want some losers grabbing our table.”
“Oh, I just wanted to ask Lily something,” El says with a shrug as she turns back to Stacey and the others….
Only to find them giggling, eyebrows arched mockingly and sharp grins on their faces. “What?” El asks, confused.
“Oh, El, don’t bother yourself with that girl,” Stacey says, shaking her head sadly. There’s a patronizing tone in Stacey’s voice that rubs El completely the wrong way and has her all but gritting her teeth.
“Yeah, she’s, like, in Drama Club,” Maria chimes in with a breezy flip of her golden hair.
El’s eyebrows furrow above the bridge of her nose and she can feel herself frowning. “What’s that supposed to mean?”
The other girls all exchange knowing looks, even Jennifer, who looks at El with what El can only describe as sad confusion. “Well, it’s just that… I mean, everyone knows the Theater kids are total freaks. Like, no one would voluntarily hang out with them. It’d be the biggest faux pas ever, you know?”
No, El does not know. And she so doesn’t fucking agree. Anger, fierce and righteous, begins to brew in her chest, and she finds herself fighting to keep from sneering at the sheer level of blind judgment coming from the girls in front of her. Jesus Christ, what is this, the real life version of fucking Mean Girls? Seriously, El could never wholesale write off an entire group of people based on their interests. Like, that’s so fucking hypocritical, El literally almost can’t even handle it.
But, not wanting to make a scene where there’s a teacher nearby, El swallows it down. “I see,” she says, voice tight. She knows she sounds contrite, but it’s really all she can do to keep from storming off right then and there.
“Seriously, you should be lucky you have us to show you the ins and outs of this place,” Stacey says. “I know it’s not as glamorous as New York, but Hawkins High is its own kind of jungle and, really, we’re your best guide for how to survive.” Stacey smiles, clearly pleased at how “helpful” she is, before she starts walking. “Now, let’s go. There’ll be hell to pay if there’s anyone sitting at our table.”
“Hey, um, I’ll meet you there,” El says hurriedly as she walks with Stacey and the others out into the hallway. “I wanna switch some things around in my backpack for my afternoon classes.” Also, she really needs to get some distance between her and the others for a bit. Otherwise, she’s liable to explode at any moment, she’s so fucking annoyed.
Stacey scowls a bit, but shrugs it off a second later. “Alright, but don’t take too long. Otherwise, you’ll lose your seat.”
“Well, that would just be sad,” El says with a hint of sarcasm that seems to go right over everyone’s head for how little they react to it.
“The saddest,” Stacey says with an almost solemn nod. “See you in a bit.”
Jennifer’s the only one who gives El a wave goodbye and El waves back before she heads to her locker. The journey there isn’t long, but it’s enough for some of El’s anger to fizzle into disappointment.
Ok, so she’s not surprised that Stacey is a horribly judgmental bitch. And she knows that all high schools have a pecking order.
But she’s honestly disappointed in Jennifer, who sincerely comes across as sweet and nice. So for her to leap right in with agreeing with Stacey and making horrible judgments about people she honestly doesn’t know… well, that’s just sad.
Besides, El really doesn’t understand why Drama Club is so bad. Back at her old school, so many of the cool kids did Drama. Especially the musicals. Yeah, sure, kids in Drama Club hadn’t been as cool as some of the athletes or anything, but they’d been nowhere near the bottom.
But here in Hawkins, it’s like it’s better to be, like, a criminal than it is to be in Drama Club.
God, teenagers make no fucking sense, El thinks with a sigh as she switches out her morning textbooks for her afternoon ones, taking her time to give her a little more space to cool down. She cringes especially at the heaviness of her US History text as it settles in her backpack, but knows she doesn’t want to rush to grab her things from her locker right before class when everyone else will be doing the same, so she’ll put up with the weight as she treks from here to the cafeteria and then to class after.
El continues to dawdle a little as she makes her way to the cafeteria, knowing she trying to avoid lashing out at her potential new friends. Because the thing of it is, is that El honestly sees potential in Stacey and the others. Jennifer is sweet, Ashley has a sly sense of humor, Maria is refreshingly blunt, and Stacey is snarky and sarcastic in ways El usually loves.
But they’re all so far up on their high horses, assured of their place in the universe, comfortable as they look down at everyone else, and that just pisses El off so fucking much. It bothers her even more, in its own way, that they look at her and see someone who belongs with them, like she’s worthy of being in with the “in group” because she’s pretty and new and from a big city.
El still hasn’t fully calmed down by the time she’s worked her way through the cafeteria (the food on the tray in her hands somehow looks worse than yesterday and El’s seriously going to start bringing her own lunch from now on because ew) and she pauses as she looks out at the sea of tables.
Right there, in the middle like they’re holding court, are Stacey and the others, bright and laughing and giggling, people swarming around them like they’re moths to a flame, like Icarus trying to fly high and hoping not to get burned in the process.
And El very much doesn’t want to go sit with them. Not when she’s still annoyed and borderline pissed off.
Ok, then, where are you going to sit? she asks herself and lets her gaze scan the room.
It doesn’t take El long to spot Lily sitting with her friends at a table along the wall… or, rather, it doesn’t take El long to spot Lily’s skirt, its patchwork colors standing out easily in the crowd of more staid outfits. El smiles and, without a second glance over at Stacey’s table, practically beelines it for where Lily’s sitting with her friends.
There’s a few empty seats at the table and, luckily, one of them’s next to Lily. El doesn’t even hesitate as she approaches the table and clears her throat. “Um, hi, is this seat taken?”
No one seems to have seen El coming, because her question take the entire table by surprise. They all turn to look at her, shocked expressions appearing on startled faces, some of them even going a little pale.
“El? What are you doing?” It’s Lily who manages to speak up first, the question sounding annoyingly strangled.
“Hoping to join you guys for lunch,” El says. “Is that ok?”
One of the other girls at the table stutters out an answer. “I mean, you can, but-”
“Great!” El says as she plunks her tray down in front of the empty seat next to Lily before sliding into the chair. “So, honestly, I meant to ask after class, but you disappeared before I could. Where did you get that skirt, Lily? You have to tell me so I can go see what other cool stuff I can find there.”
But there’s no answer, just a bunch of blank stares all pointed in her direction. El looks around the table, meeting every confused gaze as best she can. “What? Do I have something on my face or something?”
“We’re in Drama Club,” one of the other kids says, a guy who’s probably a year or so younger than El, face scarred with moderate acne and dark hair that hangs around his ears.
El screws up her face in a moue of annoyance. “Ok, that’s the second time I’ve heard that phrase like it’s just supposed to explain everything and I just don’t understand it.”
“Sitting with us is the equivalent of social suicide,” Lily says, glancing away with an ashamed blush on her face.
El harrumphs. “Well, I don’t buy that at all. At my old school, I had tons of friends in Drama Club and I always participated in the spring musical. So this whole thing makes no sense and I’m not going to let dumb, nonsense rules dictate who I get to be friends with,” she says, crossing her arms over her chest.
“You… want to be friends with us?” another of the girls asks, tripping over her words a little in a combination of what El has to guess is nervousness and surprise.
El smiles, a small giggle escaping her. “I generally want to be friends with everyone.” She pauses, thinking. “Unless, you’re, like, axe murderers or hate, like, puppies and kitties and stuff. Then that’s a different conversation.”
El watches as Lily glances around the rest of the table, everyone trading looks like they’re having some sort of silent debate. After a second, Lily turns to her and gives her a small smile. “Well, if you’re ok with ruining your social standing here….”
“Psh, that’s overrated,” El says with a wave of her hand. “Besides, you can make it up to me by telling me where you got that skirt. I’m seriously dying to know….”
Ok, now Max is seriously confused.
She’s sitting with Lucas and the rest of the Party at one of the outlying tables in the cafeteria, having decided to join them today rather than some of her other friends like she did the day before. They’ve crammed the 5 of them around a table meant for 4 people, Max having dragged over a chair so she can squish up next to Lucas on one side, their thighs pressed together while they hold hands under the table. Every so often, he squeezes her hand or she runs her thumb over the length of his index finger and it’s quiet and soothing and subtle in the ways that are the hallmarks of their public physical affection.
Around her, the boys are talking about… something nerdy, Max is sure – geeking out over some upcoming video game release, probably, if she had to guess. But Max’s attention is focused on the other side of the cafeteria, where probably the strangest thing she’s ever seen is taking place.
Popular new girl El Hopper. Is sitting with the theater kids. And she’s having a great time.
Max isn’t the only one who’s noticed this, either. It feels like at least half the cafeteria has also noticed and the whispers and stares ripple their way through the crowd.
Max spares a glance over at the center of the cafeteria, where Stacey and her crowd have most definitely noticed that El is not sitting with them. Stacey looks like she just ate a lemon, but what surprises Max is the sad, withdrawn look on Jennifer’s face, like she feels bad about something.
And, all throughout this, El’s sitting there like it’s most natural thing in the world, laughing and talking. The other kids at the table are also having a good time, it seems, even if they look surprised and a little nervous to have someone so naturally popular sitting at their table. And El doesn’t seem to notice at all that she’s casually upending the very firmly established social order.
Max isn’t sure if El is truly oblivious to all of this or that she notices and just doesn’t care. And, surprisingly, Max finds herself leaning towards the conclusion that El notices and doesn’t care one little bit. Because the things that Max has heard about El point towards her being at least somewhat intelligent.
And this is why Max is confused. All of this has thrown Max a curveball for what she thought she knew and she’s honestly intrigued. Well, well, well, maybe the new girl isn’t as ditzy as I thought, Max thinks as she breathes out a small laugh, shaking her head a bit at the sight of a beautiful, popular girl sitting with the lowest of the low at Hawkins High.
All throughout this, the rest of the Party hasn’t noticed a damn thing, but Max shaking her head gets Lucas’ attention and he turns to look at her, squeezing her hand to get her to look back at him. “Hey, everything ok?” he asks, voice low while the Dustin, Mike, and Will keep talking.
For a moment, Max just looks at Lucas’ handsome face and feels that amazing fluttering in her heart that so often happens whenever she looks at him or just thinks about him. And she realizes, once again, how lucky she is to have someone in her life who just gets her like Lucas does. “Yeah, I’m ok,” she says, just as soft. She leans over and presses a light kiss against his lips. “Thanks, though.”
“Ugh, please, some of us are trying to eat, here!” Dustin says through exaggerated gagging.
Max can feel the rest of the Party’s eyes on her and Lucas and, feeling suddenly mischievous, she leans over to give Lucas a proper kiss. He chuckles against her lips, but kisses her back just as firmly, relishing just like she does in the way the rest of the Party reacts.
Dustin continues to make gagging noises, Will just sighs in resignation, and Mike makes a strangled sound in the back of his throat. “Seriously, you guys, take your disgusting PDA somewhere else,” Mike says as Max and Lucas’ kiss draws to a close.
Max turns her head to look at Mike, a smug look on her face. “Don’t get your panties in a twist because you don’t have a girlfriend of your own to kiss in front of everyone, Wheeler,” she says, sticking her tongue out at him.
Mike pulls a face. “Ugh, Mayfield, put that back in your mouth. I literally know where it just was and that’s fucking gross.”
This sets Lucas and Max off into peals of laughter that even Will joins in on, even if Mike and Dustin are still looking like they’ve swallowed a bug. And, for the moment, Max lets herself forget all about the strangeness that is El Hopper and lets herself just be, surrounded by her boyfriend and these friends who are almost like brothers to her at this point.
The rest of lunch goes by smoothly and Max doesn’t even so much remember that El even exists until PE later that afternoon.
She’s sitting on the bleachers in the gym, waiting for Mr. Palmino to show up, when she notices Jennifer Hayes coming out of the locker room. And, unlike yesterday, El Hopper isn’t by her side.
Guess the fallout’s semi-serious. Max has been able to put together that Jennifer feels slighted by El. She’s not sure if it’s because of something El did or something Jennifer did that caused the sad look on Jennifer’s face during lunch, but it is curious.
As Max watches, Jennifer goes over to some of her lackeys, falling in with them easily. Well, if she’s still affected by whatever happened with El, Jennifer sure isn’t showing it anymore.
“Hey, whatcha staring at?”
Max jumps at the feel of the bleachers shaking beneath her and she rushes to look over where Dustin’s plopped himself down next to her, dressed almost identically as her in Hawkins High’s gym clothes. “Dude, a little warning next time?” she says, glaring.
But either Dustin’s long immune to her glare or her heart’s not all the way in it, because Dustin grins at her with that bright, infectious smile of his. “Whoops! Sorry about that,” he says, honestly contrite.
Max wants to roll her eyes, but Dustin’s too adorable and she loves that smile so much, that it’s hard to stay annoyed at him for very long.
(Though it’s definitely possible, if some of the spats they got into in middle school and early high school are any indication.)
“It’s ok,” Max ends up saying. “You just startled me a bit.”
Dustin chuckles. “Wouldn’t have if you hadn’t been staring off into space. So what gives, Max?”
“Oh, nothing,” Max says as she spares a glance over at where Jennifer appears to be holding court with her lesser subjects. “Just...stupid stuff.”
Dustin gives her a look that is pure skepticism. “Right,” he says, drawing out the word. “‘Stupid stuff’. Sure, I believe that.”
Max turns to give Dustin her full attention, a teasing smirk playing at the corners of her lips. “What, don’t believe me?”
“Not for a second,” Dustin says after a snort of disbelief. “This from the girl who ranted at us for a half an hour about the socioeconomic perils of...where was it again? Central America?”
A surge of righteous rage wells up in Max’s chest. “Look, I still say it’s grossly unfair how the United States-”
“Whoa, whoa, ok,” Dustin says, holding up a placating hand, cutting her off before she can get going. “See? You don’t dwell on ‘stupid stuff’. So, what’s really going on?”
Max shakes her head. “Nothing I want to talk about right this second, Dusty,” she says, using her nickname for him.
“Fine, I’ll get it out of you eventually,” Dustin says with a flat look, eyebrows arched in stubborn resolve. “Just you wait, Maxine, I’ll – ooh, look, it’s El. Hi El!” Dustin waves, his bright smile fixed back on his face, looking somewhere behind Max.
Max turns to see El looking around, still standing near the entrance to the locker room in her gym clothes, a confused look on her face as she tries to find the source of who’s calling out her name across the gymnasium. It’s clear when she spots him because a smile that rivals Dustin’s with how peppy it is stretches across her lips and she waves back, heading over to where Max and Dustin are sitting without even so much as a glance at where Jennifer Hayes is.
For just a second, Max is surprised that El is even socializing with Dustin at all, but she quickly remembers that Dustin and El are in the same homeroom and that Dustin mentioned that he and El have had friendly chats in homeroom each time so far. So maybe it shouldn’t feel surprising.
But then Max remembers how she kinda met El the day before and she squirms a little with the discomfort of being forced to consider that maybe she was wrong about the mean-spirited quip she lobbed at El the day before. Didn’t know I was interrupting the Ditz Convention, echoes in Max’s mind as El notices her sitting next to Dustin. And, immediately, a hard look crosses over El’s gaze. But, to her credit, she doesn’t stop walking and approaches Max and Dustin with a confident ease that Max almost envies. “Hey Dustin!” she says, letting her voice trail off into a happy giggle. “Long time, no see.”
At that, Dustin laughs. “Yes, the 10 minutes since we last saw each other in Honors Chem has been an eternity.” He pauses, blinking in realization, and turns just a little so he can gesture to Max. “Oh, hey, I don’t know if you’ve had a chance to meet Max yet, El.”
El’s gaze swings over to Max, giving nothing away other than curiosity, and Max can’t stop the light blush of embarrassment that crosses her face. Why is it that this girl’s impassive expression is making her feel so guilty?
Because she didn’t deserve your judgment, you moron, her logical side throws at her and Max knows she’s going to have to swallow her pride a bit. Plus, she’s really and honestly curious about just who El Hopper is, this girl who could rival Stacey in how popular she is, yet seems happy being friends with goddamn near everyone in this judgmental hellhole.
So, Max throws El a small smile – mea culpa – and extends her hand. “We kinda met,” she says after clearing her throat. “Sorry about yesterday.”
For a moment, El doesn’t so much as move except to glance down at Max’s hand. But then, her smile reappears – a wry twisting of her lips – and she shakes the proffered hand. “Eh, don’t worry about it. I’ve been called worse. Nice to meet you, Max.”
El’s grip is firm, which catches Max a little off-guard, but she returns the handshake in the manner it was received. “Well, that makes me feel a little better,” Max says.
“Wait, what happened?” Dustin asks, confused.
“Max called me and Jennifer ditzes when she saw us in the locker room yesterday,” El says, shrugging it off. “Like I said, I’ve been called worse.”
But Dustin sucks in a choked gasp nonetheless. “Maxine!” he chides. “How rude!”
Max holds out her hands in defensive apology. “What? You know how I feel about Jennifer Hayes. And when I saw the new girl with Jennifer, I just-”
“Assumed?” El asks, one eyebrow arched.
“Um, yeah,” Max says. “And I said I was sorry, ok Dustin? Besides, it’s not like El would have, like, kicked my ass or anything.”
“But I could have,” El says with a sweet giggle that completely belies the understatement she’s just uttered.
“Excuse me, what now?” Dustin asks.
El shrugs, but she’s smiling regardless. “My dad’s a cop, remember? And I grew up in New York City. Pretty much required to take self-defense classes. Plus, I used to spend a lot of time hanging out at the precinct my dad was assigned to and his former partner showed me some pretty cool tricks.”
“Badass,” Dustin breathes. “Brains, beauty, and brawn.”
Max rolls her eyes and smacks Dustin on the arm. “Oh my god, you’re such a dork.”
But El just laughs. “Dustin, you’re sweet.” She pauses, cocking her head to the side for a beat while one of her eyebrows quirks with humor. “Strange, but sweet.”
“That just about sums him up,” Max says with a laugh. Yeah, ok, she seriously misjudged the new girl and, for once, Max is happy to own up to the fact that she was wrong, even if she's still really confused.
Dustin’s expression contorts as he prepares to defend himself, but before he can, Mr. Palmino walks into the gym from outside and blows the whistle around his neck, signaling the true start of PE and whatever Dustin was going to say gets lost as all the students scramble to pay attention.
PE that day ends up being 4-Square, 3 rotating games set up outside. Kids wait their turn under the watchful eye of Mr. Palmino and in between games, they talk amongst themselves.
About halfway through class, Max ends up out of her second game and goes to wait in line once more just as El is doing the same. El gives her a small smile as they stand next to each other. “Hey.”
“Hey,” Max returns, chewing on her lip again. She thinks for a moment before she lets go of the words that have built up on her tongue. “I really am sorry, by the way. For yesterday.”
“It’s ok, really,” El says with a shake of her head. “It’s in the past. In fact, consider it forgotten.”
Max lets out a laugh. “You’re really a ‘live in the moment’ kind of person, aren’t you?”
El shrugs. “Pretty much,” she says. “Always kind of been that way. I mean, what good is it to dwell on the past? It’s not like you can change it, or anything.”
Max returns El’s shrug. “Yeah, but you don’t want to forget the past, either. Otherwise, how do you know what not to do?”
“That’s fair,” El says. “But there’s danger in letting the past define you if you hold on too tightly. History’s full of people who can’t let things go and it leads to their downfall.”
For a second, Max just looks at El, unsure of what to make of this moment – that she’s have a philosophical conversation with a popular girl, of all people – before she laughs, shaking her head with incredulity. “You are not what I expected, El Hopper. Not at all.” She pauses, looking at El with a grin tugging up her lips. “Can you really beat people up?”
“If I have to,” El says, chuckling. “I prefer not to, honestly. But if the situation calls for it, I’ll throw down.” Even though she’s changed for gym class, she’s still got the thick eyeliner on and, with the mercenary grin that spreads across her face, El Hopper looks like a badass.
“Oh, I’d pay to see that,” Max says. “You’re, like, tiny.”
“Oh, ha, ha,” El says, sticking out her tongue.
Unfortunately, there’s no more to El’s response, if there was any to begin with, because they get to the front of the line and back out in their own separate games. In fact, Max doesn’t have a chance to talk to El for the rest of class. Which, on one hand, kind of sucks because there aren’t many people Max feels like she can have a truly intelligent conversation with. But, on the other hand, it gives her the space to reconcile what she assumed about El Hopper with what she now knows.
And, all in all, Max is still confused, though more pleasantly so now than she was earlier. El is smart and seems to be honestly nice, from what Max can tell (and she’s usually able to get a pretty good read on people). But she’s also a wrecking ball who seems to like blissfully charging ahead regardless of the consequences, unaware that people probably give her whatever she wants because she’s pretty and popular and nice. Or maybe she is aware of it and sometimes uses it to her advantage, Max isn’t sure.
But she is sure of one thing, she realizes as PE ends.
El Hopper is definitely one to keep an eye on.
El ends up playing against Dustin in her last game before the bell rings and, when class is over, she turns to him with a smile. “Hey, good game.”
Dustin lets out a wry snort and shakes his head as the two of them start heading for the locker rooms. “Oh, please, I’m sure I looked like a fish out of water – all flopping around and useless.”
El shrugs. Yeah, Dustin may not be the most athletic guy, but…. “I dunno, you didn’t look that bad.”
“Ha! Right….” Dustin breathes out a laugh, shaking his head the entire time. “You’re a kind soul, Miss Hopper.”
“Why thank you, Mr. Henderson,” El says with a giggle of her own as they near the entrances to the locker rooms. “And with that, it’s time for me to say goodbye. See you tomorrow?” she asks as she pauses in front of the door to the girls’ locker room.
“Yep! See you tomorrow!” Dustin gives her a wave and heads into the boys’ locker room.
El heads into the girls’ side a little hurried – she does need to get ready to head off to photography – but she stops when she sees Jennifer down one of the rows of lockers, all by herself as she changes out of her gym clothes.
El stands there for a second, biting her lip in contemplation, thinking of what she should do.
Her anger from before lunch has faded – making friends with the Drama Club kids helped with that – and now El’s just a little sad. Sad because it sucks that people like Stacey and the others feel like they can look down on people like they do without even knowing. But also sad because the way she reacted was petty and childish. How’s the saying go? Be the change you want to see in the world?
So, with that in mind, El sucks in a deep breath and takes a small detour down to go talk to Jen. “Hey,” she calls out when she gets close enough, noticing how, unfortunately, Jen jumps a little at the sound of her voice.
Jennifer gives her a smile, though she’s only turned partially towards El to give it. “Um, hi.”
El swallows roughly, gathering a little bit of courage and forcing down some of her pride. “I, um, just wanted to say that I’m sorry. For ditching you guys at lunch.”
Jennifer just shrugs. “It’s ok, you have other friends to sit with, apparently.” She pauses, fingers loosely clutching her gym shirt after pulling it off over her head. “It’s just-” She cuts off abruptly, eyes cutting away as her face falls.
“What?” El asks, quiet and a little unsure.
Jen breathes in and turns to face El completely. “I thought that, maybe, we were becoming friends. But you got mad at us and I don’t know why.”
Guilt not-so-gently stabs right in the center of El’s heart and she cringes, unable to stop. But, she sighs; Jennifer at least deserves an explanation. “It’s just, the way you and the others wrote off Lily and her friends and other people in Drama Club. That kind of stuff makes me angry. Like, they’re nice people. Sure, they’re not popular like you and Stacey are. And they may have different or specialized interests, but they’re still people like most everyone else.”
Jen blinks, a light, embarrassed blush crawling up her cheeks. “Wow, I didn’t know you felt like that. I’m, um, I’m sorry.”
It’s El’s turn to shrug. “It’s ok,” she says. “It’s not like I’m expecting you to be friends with them, too. Just, if you still want to be friends, you gotta understand that I like being friends with everyone.” El gives Jen a smile, hoping she’s coming across as welcoming and reassuring. Because, for all that’s happened over the past few hours, she still actually likes Jen (Stacey, on the other hand, is still up for debate). “So...can we still be friends?”
Jen looks at El for a long moment, El completely unsure what’s going on behind the carefully neutral expression on the other girl’s face, before she smiles and nods. “Of course we can still be friends! You’re still, like, really cool and nice and stuff. And you’re still trying out for Pep Squad, right?”
Relief that the drama seems to be over washes through El and she smiles back. “Oh, you couldn’t stop me from trying out for Pep Squad. It’s one of the things I’m super excited about, actually.”
“Oh, good,” Jen says, shoulders relaxing as she sighs. “And, I’ll try to be more understanding about who you’re friends with, watch what I say and stuff. Though, I can’t promise the others will be the same.”
El shrugs. “I’m not too worried. Either they’re ok with it or they’re not. And I’ll make sure to have lunch with you guys tomorrow, maybe even apologize to the others for being kind of a bitch earlier. Sound good?”
“Sounds good to me,” Jen says before she lets out a quiet giggle. “I’m glad we were able to clear this up. I was worried after you left to go to your locker.”
El’s smile turns a little cringey. “Yeah, and I think you were probably the only one who noticed I was angry.”
Jen waves a dismissive hand. “I’m just pretty good at reading people’s emotions, most of the time,” she says. “I could kind of pick up that you were annoyed and maybe a little mad. But you’re good at hiding your feelings, did you know that?”
“Yeah, I know,” El shrugs, not really wanting to talk about this anymore. “Anyway, I should get changed and then head off to Elective. See you tomorrow?”
“Sounds good,” Jen says with a perky nod. “Bye, El!”
El trills her fingers at Jen in a wave and goes back to getting ready to head off to photography, happy that this seems, at least, like it’s fully and finally behind her.
Onward and forward.
There is pretty much nowhere more disgusting than the boys’ locker room after football practice. Not just in the physical sense (though that is undeniably true). But also in the mental sense in that the shit that boys talk about when there are no girls around are just disgusting.
Mike wishes he didn’t know this. He wishes he could just shower and get dressed after Cross Country practice in peace. But with the Football team finishing their practice at the same time, well, there’s not room on campus for two locker rooms, so the teams have to share.
Which means Mike gets to hear every gross, dirty comment the boys on the football team are making, ones that don’t even bear repeating to anyone else, they’re so disgusting.
God, if this is what it means to be friends with more popular guys, then count me out, Mike thinks as he dries off after his shower.
He’s standing in front of the locker where he’s stashed his stuff and trying his best to remember how to let the gross, demeaning comments about girls go in one ear and out the other. It helps when he starts cataloging his various aches and pains from his first team practice of any kind since Swim season ended back in May.
Mike tried to keep up with exercising over the summer, running a couple of times a week. But Cross Country is a different beast and Mike knows it’s going to be a few weeks before he gets his sea legs back, so to speak.
But, for the moment, he’s going to have to deal with the remnants of a stitch in his side and quads and calves that are sore and tight. There are stretches he knows he can do, but he’s going to have to wait until he gets home – he’s not going to do them here in this god-forsaken armpit of a locker room.
Mike’s running through the litany of stretches he wants to do and imagining the ice packs he knows are waiting for him when he gets home when perhaps the only thing that could pull his attention to the cesspit of a conversation behind him happens:
“Did you see the new girl today? El Hopper?”
Mike’s ears immediately perk up at the mention of El’s name, his attention pulled from thoughts of stretching and ice packs.
“Oh yeah, I saw her.” Mike’s not sure who the first person who spoke was, but the second guy is Zach Mercer, just about the biggest douche in the entire school. Just because he’s a hotshot football player does not make him god’s gift to society, Mike thinks with a scowl.
And the tone of voice he’s using to respond to the question about El? Well, it sets Mike’s nerves on edge. Mike can fucking hear the leer he’s sure is on Zach’s face. And, unable to help himself, Mike glances down the row to where Zach and his boneheaded buddies are undressing to head to the showers. Sure enough, the look on Zach’s face is predatory and perverted and it makes Mike’s skin crawl.
“Man, she was smoking in that bad girl get up. And her tits in that tank top? Mm, I know what I’m going to be thinking about tonight.” This comes from Derek Mason, probably the most popular guy in school after Zach and Mike, standing there trying desperately not to look like he’s listening in, begins to see red.
God, he hates how so many of the jocks and popular guys talk about girls like they’re physical objects, no more than pieces of meat put here for their enjoyment only. It’s like they don’t even think of girls as people, as human beings with personalities and desires of their own. It disgusts him to no end that there are people like Zach and Derek out there in the world.
And yet, as much as he hates himself for it, the primal, hormonal part of him can’t help but enthusiastically agree with everything Derek is saying.
Everything.
(and, really, it’s just not fair how effortlessly beautiful el is and how attracted mike is to her. god, the way she makes him feel – the way he dreamed about her, despite how there’s only been one night between meeting her and now. how he can’t seem to stop thinking about the things his fantasies weave together for him, the way his body reacts to them. it’s only been one day since el hopper walked into his life and she’s gotten him all turned around and upside down from the sweetest, most pleasurable torture he’s ever felt.
honestly, how’s he supposed to survive when it feels like he’s being burned from the inside out?)
“Oh, I don’t deny that rack is fucking fantastic, ” Zach says, roughly stripping off his jersey. “But have you seen that ass? She was walking away from me in that flirty fucking skirt and I just – man, I wanted to bend her over, flip up that skirt and-” Zach finishes his statement with a crude gesture of both his hands and his hips and all Zach’s friends laugh and jeer as Mike swallows against the revulsion that slithers down his spine. It’s partly because Zach is a boor who couldn’t find his way to respecting women if it was pointed out to him on a map. But it’s also partly because the idea of El with someone like Zach makes Mike want to throw up.
“You get her to go out with you, Mercer?” one of the other guys asks.
“Not yet – bitch is playing hard to get,” Zach says and Mike glances out of the corner of his eye to see Zach grinning triumphantly, like it’s only a matter of time before he gets his way. “You know how chicks are, man. She’s saying no, no, no. But that body of hers is saying yes. She wants me, I can tell. It’s that fire in her eyes, you know? She’s just playing her fucking game, but soon I’ll have her begging for me to give it to her.”
That makes Mike’s heartbeat all but stop as it feels like his heart falls into his stomach. He thinks back to earlier in the day, when he’d been certain El had been flirting with him – all coy smiles and lilting giggles, hands playing with her hair and cheeks coloring over with enchanting blushes. She had been flirting with him, right? Zach’s wrong about whatever signals El’s giving him, he has to be.
But, then, Mike thinks back to the times he’s spotted El during the past couple of days talking with other people. And, like with him, she’d been all smiles and bright giggles and absolutely enchanted and enchanting at the same time. Maybe that’s just how El talks with people she likes as friends.
Maybe she actually shows she’s attracted to guys by playing hard to get. Like she is with Zach.
Maybe she doesn’t like Mike at all.
Mike finishes pulling on his shirt and he slams his locker door shut, frustration at what he’s hearing and feeling needing some sort of outlet.
The loud noise catches the attention of Zach and his gang, but it’s only for a second and Mike hurries to look away so as to not give them a reason to let their attention linger any longer than that.
After that, Mike does his best to hurry and get out of there, trying his best to make it look like that's not what he's doing. But he needs to get out of there, embarrassment and nausea playing a dangerous dance in his stomach. Mike finally manages to tune out the other boys and their gross, perverted conversation as he scoops up his things and all but flees the locker room.
And, the entire time, he can’t stop thinking: has she been leading on Mike the past couple of days? Or does she not know she’s coming across as flirty? And does she really like Zach Mercer, instead?
But, perhaps Mike’s biggest question is this: is he about to get his heart broken again?
The thoughts linger like a bad taste in the back of his mouth and Mike feels the weight of them press down on his shoulders until it feels like he’s practically folded in half, slumped over as he finishes shuffling out of the locker room.
Mike makes his way out into the hallway and sees Lucas sitting on the floor across from the door to the locker room, one leg outstretched as he leans against the wall. There’s a paperback book in his hands, the cover and the first third of the pages curled back as he holds the book open, eyes scanning across the pages as he waits for Mike, who’s giving him a ride.
Mike recognizes the cover – Catch 22. Lucas has been really into reading contemporary fiction these days, especially stuff that has some sort of social commentary or satirical slant to it. It’s not Mike’s cup of tea, but who’s he to say what Lucas should and shouldn’t read?
Lucas looks up, probably alerted to Mike’s presence by movement at the edges of his peripheral vision, and he smiles for a brief instance before his lips turn down in a concerned frown. “Hey, everything ok?” Lucas asks as he stands up, dog-earring the page he’s on before flipping the book shut.
Mike hates that he wears his heart on his sleeve, that his frustration and hopeless lovesick tendencies are so hard to hide. The thought of telling Lucas everything that happened in the locker room and that’s happening in his head right now, though, makes Mike feel like he wants to be sick. But he also knows he can’t a) keep this all bottled up forever and b) that he needs to tell Lucas something. Lucas can be like a dog on a bone if he suspects there’s a problem he can help solve, especially if it’s a problem one of his friends is trying to hide.
So, Mike decides to tell Lucas the truth… just not the whole truth. “Yeah, just… the football team is in there after their practice, talking about girls and, I… well, I guess I just don’t get why girls go for guys like that.”
Lucas shrugs as the two of them start heading out towards the parking lot where Mike parked his car earlier that morning. “Wish I knew, man. I don’t think it’s that girls really like guys like that. But I think girls get caught up in hormones just like the rest of us. Plus, you know guys like football players can be pretty slick and it’s only later where their douchey side comes out.”
Mike nods along, but he’s still frowning. Is El the kind of girl to fall for Zach’s act? Part of him thinks she’s too smart for that, but he doesn’t know. It’s like Lucas said – sometimes, girls can get caught up in their hormones, too, and Mike’s secure enough to admit that Zach is a pretty good looking guy. Maybe that’s the type El goes for, the traditional, GQ-model type guy.
That would just be Mike’s luck, really.
“Hmm, yeah, I guess,” Mike says to Lucas’ point. “Still frustrating, though.” The early September late afternoon air is nice and refreshing compared to the stuffy air in the boy’s locker room and Mike and Lucas head easily over to his car, parked at the far end of the lot.
“Yeah, I know,” Lucas says. “But, man, if you’re worried about getting a girlfriend… I mean, you’ll find one one day, you know that, right? It’s just a matter of time, I know it.”
Mike gives Lucas a tight smile as they approach his car. “I guess,” he says, wholly unconvinced – especially since the only person he wants to be his girlfriend is El and that feels like a dream so impossible, it’s not even worth dreaming. “But that’s easy for you to say seeing how as you’ve been with Max for almost 3 years now.”
“Yeah, well, then… maybe you should take my opinion as expert advice,” Lucas says, grinning. “I mean, I must know something about girls if I can keep someone like Max, right?”
Mike rolls his eyes. “Oh my god, if Max ever heard you talking about ‘keeping her’, she’d castrate you. You do know that, right?”
Lucas gives Mike a look as he prepares to duck into the passenger seat. “Please, do I look like an idiot? I mean, really.”
Mike laughs as he climbs into the driver’s seat, mind temporarily distracted from his own problems by Lucas’ dry humor, and he lets all thoughts of El and Zach fade away.
Well, for the moment, at any rate.
Max Mayfield is not an idiot.
Oh, sure, she may not be full honors track like the boys are, but she more than holds her own in Honors History and Honors Lit. Besides, she has one thing the boys don’t have: the ability to read people, to put together the pieces of how they tick and come up with a pretty accurate measure of what’s going on.
Oh, sure, sometimes she’s wrong (Exhibit A: her initial judgment of El Hopper), but most of the time, she’s right.
And, oh boy, is Max starting to put some of the pieces together.
It starts Tuesday night when she and Lucas are talking on the phone. It’s late – about 11:30 and if her mom knew she was on the phone with Lucas so late, she’d be grounded from now until eternity – and they’re talking in hushed voices about their day.
“I think something is going on with Mike,” Lucas announces mid-conversation. It’s accompanied by the sound of rustling fabric, a sign that Lucas is adjusting positions where he’s lying down in bed.
The sound sends a pang of longing through Max’s heart. Oh, how she wants to be with him right now, snuggled up next to him in bed. She loves those rare moments where they get to be together in one of their beds, when either of their houses are blissfully empty long enough to give them the luxury of time and soft sheets.
Usually, they have to make do with the back seat of either of their cars, their coupling quick and frantic and full of enough contortion to qualify them for the circus. Now, granted, they only starting having sex at the end of sophomore year, so it’s not like either of them have a lot of experience with figuring out where else they can sneak around. But, when they do get the chance to be together in either of their beds? Oh, they take it in a heartbeat.
It’s just not fair, sometimes. Max loves him so much and has all these feelings and desires and it’s so frustrating that she can’t be with him how she wants to, when she wants to.
One day, though. One day they’ll get out of this town and find a place for just the two of them, where they can be together in all the ways they want and no one will be able to stop them.
But, until then….
They’ll make do with what they have.
“Why do you think something is going on with Mike?” Max asks, her voice quiet, low and intimate.
Lucas sighs. “He was all bummed after Cross Country practice today. Apparently, the guys from the football team were in there and they were talking gross shit about girls.”
“What’s that have to do with Mike?” Max asks, brow furrowing as she lays back against her pillows.
“Well, you know how he’s been since the new girl started,” Lucas says. “I mean, he hasn’t straight come out and said it, but I’m pretty sure he has a crush on El, even though it’s only been a couple of days.”
Max’s brain races through the implications of what Lucas is saying as she remembers the things she’s overheard some of the guys saying around school. And, given the kinds of things she’s overheard, Max can only imagine what football players would be saying about El behind closed doors where there were no other girls around. And, if Mike has a crush on the new girl, too, and happened to overhear those other guys talking about El…. “Oh god, he’s mopey and lovesick and probably feeling hopeless, isn’t he?”
Lucas breathes out a dry, almost humorless laugh. “What else is new? You know Mike. He’s convinced no one will ever want to be with him. Even though I swear I saw El being all flirty with him two days in a row as they walked in to Chem class together.”
“So you think El has a crush on him, too?”
“Dunno,” Lucas says. “Don’t know her well enough to know either way. But she's been making goo-goo eyes at him, like, constantly. So I figure, yeah, she’s probably at least somewhat attracted to him. Which would be, like, really weird considering that she’s already super popular.”
“Oh, I don’t know,” Max says with a lazy shrug. “I’m beginning to get the feeling El Hopper’s not what anyone expects.”
“Oh, that so?” Lucas asks, a teasing edge to his voice. “Since when did you get so good at reading people?”
“Since always, you dork,” Max fires back, lips curling up in a giddy grin. God, when they start teasing each other, Max just wants to dissolve into pure happiness and float away.
“Hey, I have it on good authority that you like that I’m a dork,” Lucas says. Max can hear the smile in his voice and, suddenly, the last thing on Max’s mind is whatever is going on with Mike and the new girl.
But she doesn’t forget it.
Over the next couple of days, Max takes any opportunity to watch both Mike and El, looking for any clues that will lead her to the truth of what’s going on.
And there’s a lot that she learns.
One is that Zach Mercer is hardcore chasing El. Like seriously.
On Wednesday, El sits with Stacey and the others during lunch, the dustup of the day before short-lived with everything apparently forgiven. And, hovering in the background almost the entire time, is Zach Mercer. He’s trying his hardest to flirt with El – harder than Max has ever seen him, to be honest.
Mike notices this, too, if the black clouds hovering over his head are any indication. He’s sullen and withdrawn all throughout lunch and the rest of the Party absolutely notices, given the looks they share when Mike isn't paying attention. Max also doesn’t miss the way that Mike keeps glancing over at El and Zach, looking like he’s going to be ill every time he does, but also unable to stop himself from doing so.
Max kinda feels for him – she can only imagine what it’s like to feel like the person you’re developing a crush on might be into someone else and to see that someone else try to make a move on her. But Max also gets frustrated in how Mike constantly sells himself short. Yeah, she knows he’s had horrible luck with girls in the past (god, just the memory of what happened with Mike and Ashley Patterson makes her want to explode; she will never forgive that girl for what she did to Mike), but she wishes Mike knew that he has a lot to offer to the world.
Not that Max would ever tell him that in so many words. After all, there is a certain level of bickering expected in their relationship and Mike might think she’s been taken over by a pod person if she suddenly starts having a heart-to-heart with him.
But it’s still annoying and there’s not much Max can do about it.
Maybe even more annoying, though, is the second thing she learns and that is that Max can’t read anything from El when it comes what’s going on with her and Zach. Yes, she looks a little stand-offish, but if she’s truly annoyed or really into it, Max can’t tell. El seems to be really good at hiding what she’s feeling behind a placid, benign smile – like she’s either trying to downplay how much she likes Zach or she’s trying to hide how much she’s annoyed by him.
Girl is too good at hiding her emotions, Max thinks with a scowl, frustrated at her lack of answers.
Except it’s obvious when El’s having a good time with other people. Over Wednesday and the first half of Thursday, whenever Max catches a glimpse of El talking with someone she’s making friends with, she looks like she’s having the greatest time. But with Zach? She’s almost… flat and Max isn’t sure what that means, but she has no way of finding out more.
And then, on Thursday, something interesting happens.
It’s a gorgeous day outside and the last thing the Party wants is to sit inside during lunch. It’s Lucas who makes the suggestion that they eat lunch out on the bleachers by the football field, away from the general population of Hawkins High, where they can eat in peace and enjoy the nice weather.
After waiting to get their food from the cafeteria line, the 5 of them make their way out of the cafeteria, trays in hand despite the fact that they’re not supposed to take them outside. “No one ever checks,” is what Dustin says as they head out through the doors. And this is true – for all the fact that there’s a rule against taking cafeteria trays outside of the cafeteria, there’s no one around to enforce it.
So, after Dustin’s comment, no one really thinks twice as they head outside and towards the bleachers, laughing and talking as they go.
It’s only when they’re nearly to the bleachers where it becomes clear that the Party isn’t the only one who had the idea.
Because, laying down on one of the benches, head pillowed by her backpack while an open brown lunch bag sits behind her head, is El Hopper.
At first, Max is the only person who sees her – the boys are too busy talking amongst themselves, leaving Max to guide them and scout out the best spot to sit – and she nearly stops in her tracks. Instead, she just slows, taking in the scene in front of her.
El’s dressed pretty casually today, wearing tight jeans and light grey t-shirt with what looks like a graphic of ‘Jem and the Holograms’, but Max can’t tell for sure since El’s lying down. El’s hair is up in a loose bun and she has earbuds in her ears, head bopping along lightly to whatever song she’s listening to as she reads a thick, paperback book held in both hands. She’s completely outstretched on the bench, feet crossed at the ankles, one foot tapping the air in time with the beat her head’s bopping to. She looks content, is the only word that Max can think of, like she’s having a nice, quiet lunch, just herself and her music and a good book.
It’s really not an activity Max would ever picture a popular girl enjoying. But, as she’s coming to find, El Hopper is anything but a typical popular girl.
“Oh, hey, isn’t that El?” Dustin asks just off to Max’s left.
“Yeah, um, she looks busy. Maybe we should go somew-” Mike starts to say, voice scared and unsure, but Max doesn’t let him finish. Not when this could be her chance to start to get some answers to these pieces that just don’t quite fit together.
“Hey, let’s go sit with her!” Max says as she all but charges in the direction of where El’s laying on the bleachers, leaving the boys to follow or get left behind.
Lucas calls after her. “Max, wait–!” But it’s too late to change course and Max begins to climb the few rows to where El is laying only a handful of seconds later.
The jostling of the bleachers catches El by surprise, because she jumps a bit, startled as she sits up in rush while one hand reaches to take out an earbud. She looks over in Max’s direction and blinks like she’s not sure what she’s seeing. “Max?”
Max smiles, quietly apologizing for surprising El with her facial expression. “Hey, mind if we join you for lunch?”
El arches an eyebrow. “‘We’?” She peers behind Max to see the rest of the Party, who are all standing behind her, Max notices with a near shake of her head, with trays held in awkward hands, feet shuffling a little in uncertainty.
God, what dorks….
Max looks back over at El in time to see her smile, a bright, welcoming expression that is just beautiful. Seriously, if Mike really does have a crush on El, Max can certainly see why. “Yeah, sure, the more, the merrier!” El says as she folds her legs up in front of her, hands absently dog-earring the page she's on of her book before she removes the other earbud.
The faint strains of whatever music she’s listening to can be heard through the earbuds, tinny and sounding very far away, and Max’s curiosity is piqued. “Whatcha listening to?” she asks.
El looks around at the Party before her gaze cuts away a bit, a light blush crawling up her cheeks. It’s so endearing looking, that Max makes sure to look where Mike is settling down on the bench one row down, between Dustin and Lucas, to see if he’s watching.
And, boy, is he, Max notices, biting back a smile at the near-enraptured look on Mike’s face. It’s only there for a split-second, though, before it fades, replaced with a look that is going for neutral and unaffected. But Max can see the hints of the sad scowl and she wonders what's going on in Mike's head.
“You guys have to promise not to make fun of me,” El says, bringing Max’s attention back to the question she’d asked just a second ago about what music El’s listening to.
“We’re not the most judgmental bunch,” Will says from where he’s sitting on the other side of El. “I’m Will, by the way.”
El smiles at Will. “Yeah, you’re in my Chem class. I remember you,” she says as she reaches for her phone and the headphone jack. “Ok, here goes.” El unplugs her headphones so everyone else can hear her music and it’s… Dr. Dre? Yeah, this is Dr. Dre, alright – “Forgot About Dre”, if Max isn’t mistaken.
Max blinks, taken aback a little. Ok, she never would have expected that.
“Oh man, you like rap?” Lucas asks, an amused guffaw spilling from his lips. One of the things Lucas likes that he keeps mostly to himself is that, when he’s alone or when Max is there, he likes listening to rap. Max thinks it has to do with the fact that he’s one of the only black kids in Hawkins, that he doesn’t want to give anyone any more ammunition than they already have, but that he also wants to get and stay in touch with black culture. It’s not something they’ve really talked about and Max hasn’t really wanted to push it, but she knows she supports him no matter what.
“Yeah, I mean, I’m not, like, a fine connoisseur or anything, but my dad’s partner back in New York was an African American woman about 10 years younger than him and she used to watch after me when my dad sometimes needed help. She introduced me to 90s rap when I was, like 10 and it kinda stuck,” El says. “I like the verses. They’re fun to sing.”
As Max watches, Lucas raises an eyebrow in subtle challenge as Eminem sings the chorus, a smirk pulling up those lips she loves so much. An answering smile mirrors itself on El’s face, her own eyebrows arching in return.
And then, like they rehearsed it or something, when the verse picks back up, Lucas and El start to rap along with the song in perfect sync.
Max lets out a breathless laugh, amused and shocked by equal turn. The rest of the Party has near identical looks of shock on their face, jaws dropped like they’re having a hard time figuring out exactly what is going on. Meanwhile, Lucas and El look like they’re having the time of their lives, firing off lyrics in rapid succession somehow without tripping over their own tongues, like they’re speaking a language no one else knows.
This goes on for less than a minute and, when the verse ends and the song begins to close out, Lucas and El just explode with laughter.
“You know, for a popular girl, you’re alright,” Lucas says as he reaches out a hand for El to shake. “I’m Lucas.”
“Nice to meet you, Lucas,” El says, mirth written across every inch of her face, embedded in her voice. “I’m coming to discover that popular girls are a certain way around here, aren’t they?”
“That’s putting it mildly,” Max says as she begins to eat her food.
At that, El pulls a face, glancing down at the tray on Max’s lap. “God, I have no idea how you can eat that,” El says. “It’s only been a few days, but I’ve completely given up on the cafeteria food here.” She punctuates her point by reaching for the brown paper bag and pulling out a small, zip-loc bag full of crackers. “Like, I’d rather wake up 5 minutes earlier and throw a bunch of food in a bag than eat that.”
Max shrugs. “To each their own, I guess.”
“Was the cafeteria food better at your school in New York?” Will asks.
El shifts to look over at him. “Hmm, not really. But there were options of places just off campus to go get food. We didn’t have a closed campus or anything, so people would go around the corner and grab, like, pizza and stuff. There was this falafal place a couple minutes away that I really liked going to.” She pauses, sighing, a faraway look of longing on her face. “Man, I miss that place.”
“Yeah, Hawkins isn’t exactly ground zero for falafal,” Dustin says. “So, sorry about that.”
El lets out a giggle. “Well, that’s ok. Besides, there’s plenty of other things around here I like that makes up for it.”
And that’s when Max sees it. Wait… is that…?
Oh, it is. It’s a blink-and-you-miss-it moment, but, when El speaks, she looks over at Mike, her hand quickly coming up to tuck a loose lock of hair behind her ear, the twist of her wrist delicate and flirty. Her eyes linger on him maybe a little longer than a second, full of warmth and hope and longing, but it’s enough for Max to get an inkling of what’s going on.
Just ‘things’ you like, hmm?
And, as the rest of lunch goes by, her suspicions are only confirmed. Well, at least somewhat.
Mike 100% has a crush on El. And El? Well, if she doesn’t return his feelings, she sure as hell is at least physically attracted to him.
Max spends the next 30 minutes trying to watch the two as subtly as possible and she quickly loses count of the number of times she spots Mike and El stealing glances at each other out of the corner of their eyes, like no one else is supposed to notice or anything. Mike looks like he wishes he could stop himself from doing so and, if Max had to guess, El looks like she wishes she never had to look away.
And then there’s the fact that whenever Mike says anything, El pretty much always immediately comes back with some witty, just-shy-of-outrageously flirty response directed almost solely at him. Each time, there’s a look that crosses Mike’s face, like he doesn’t understand what’s going on for a second, but it always settles into a look that is a cross between surprised and happy. It’s almost rude with how not subtle it is.
Seriously, they’ve known each other for less than a week and they’re already solidly in the shy, flirty stage. Ridiculous.
Only, it is pretty subtle. It’s just that Max is paying really close attention. She knows how to read Mike pretty well and it seems like El’s trying to downplay whatever she’s feeling on her end to not be so obvious. But Max is good at reading body language and, well, El’s giving off some serious nerd-loving vibes right now.
Huh, will wonders never cease, Max thinks at one point during lunch.
About 5 minutes before the warning bell is due to ring, El starts to gather up her things. “Well, I hate to cut this short, but I need to run to my locker to grab a couple of things,” she says as she stands up, backpack slipping onto her shoulders. “But, it was nice eating lunch with you guys. Maybe we can do it again sometime?” There’s a hopeful smile on her face that is still somehow confident and Max really wishes she knew how El does that.
“You’re welcome to join us anytime,” Will says.
“Just come on over whenever,” Dustin says.
“Yeah, you’re surprisingly cool, El Hopper,” Lucas chimes in with. And Max finds herself agreeing. Plus, there’s just something about how El fits in with the Party that tugs at something deep in her heart, some sense of rightness that no amount of rationalizing can shake.
“Well, back ‘atcha,” El says with a playful wink as she begins to make her way down the bleachers. She pauses to look at Mike, who’s looking back up at her like she both hung the moon in the sky and has the power to break his heart into itty bitty pieces.
Honestly, it’s so adorable and heart-wrenching, Max almost can’t take it.
“I’ll, um, see you in US History, yeah?” El says to Mike, one hand fidgeting with the loose end of her backpack strap.
Mike smiles up at her and nods, hair bouncing with just how enthusiastic it is. “Oh, yeah, of course. Um, see you in a bit.”
At that, El lets out an almost breathless giggle, head cocking to one side at what Max can only describe as a flirtatious angle. “Can’t wait,” she says and, if Max isn’t mistaken, her voice pitches just that much higher. El looks back at the rest of them and gives them all a wave, trilling her fingers in a motion that Max isn’t afraid to admit is absolutely adorable. “Bye guys!”
With that, El takes off down the rest of the bleachers while the Party gets back to finishing up their lunch.
And, if Mike watches El go until she’s completely out of sight, unable to look away before turning back to the rest of them with a wistful, hopeful look on his face - like he's praying, hoping she doesn't break his heart - Max is the only one who notices.
As the Party heads back inside a few minutes later, Max can't stop thinking about the entire last half hour. She lets her thoughts linger on the easy, effortless way El flirted with Mike, subtle enough so that the other guys wouldn't notice, but enough that Max is pretty sure Mike did. El is a bright, beautiful girl, filled with easy smiles and enchanting laughter and Max wonders if El's aware just how easily boys fall in love with girls like her, if she's aware that she's pulling Mike under her spell.
Max also can't help but let her thoughts linger on how Mike's warring emotions, just beneath the surface, set the line of his shoulders tight and tense, like he's trying to hold himself back but unable to do so entirely. Every time he smiled at El or said something that got a reaction out of her, he looked surprised, like girls like El aren't supposed to smile back or giggle or do anything that remotely signals their attraction to guys like Mike. He looks like he's on the constant edge of waiting for the other shoe to drop, like he's waiting to be horribly disappointed and unable to stop himself from getting his hopes up at the same time.
Max wonders if El knows, has any clue about the pain that's lingering in Mike's past, about the ways his heart has been toyed with before.
But, most of all, Max just hopes so badly that, whatever El clearly feels for Mike, it's not just a superficial thing, that it's the beginning of something more. Max hopes that El doesn't want to just love him and leave him, toy with him or use him for whatever flighty amusement she wants to get out of him before dropping him and moving on to the next thing.
Because, otherwise, Max isn't sure if Mike's heart will survive.
But, it's too soon to tell anything, really. El's only been here for a few days, not enough time for Max to know for sure.
So she'll watch and wait, ready to step in to protect her friend.
And pray, to whatever power that might be listening, that she doesn't have to.
Notes:
So, whaddya think? Please let me know! I hope y'all enjoyed it!
I'm not exactly sure I know when the next chapter is coming out, but hopefully before season 3 premieres (omg you guys, we're SO CLOSE NOW). But, in the meantime, if you want to flail with me about mileven and Stranger Things in general, come hit me up on tumblr! I'm @fatechica there (yes, yes, this is my brand and i refuse to let it go). Otherwise, I'll catch y'all on the flip side!
Chapter 7: young flames and burning embers
Notes:
Well, hello everyone!
So, miraculously, this only took me two weeks and you can probably thank that holy shit amazing trailer for that!
(side note, god, i've never been more excited or scared for a piece of media in my entire life, i stg)
But, also, it probably has something to do with the fact that I got to around the 10k work mark and realized that I was, once again, only half way through with the things I wanted to get done. But, I felt like this was a good place to stop for the chapter.
But, before I let you guys to go enjoy this, I just wanna take a moment and give a shout out to all my thirsty bitches in the GC. You all know who you are.
(and you are extra, extra thirsty)
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
It’s a gorgeous day outside – sun shining, blue skies, birds chirping – the kind of day meant to be spent outside with friends.
But, as Mike just does that, surrounded by his friends as they eat outside on the bleachers, none of that matters.
Because he’s too busy staring after El as she walks away, enchanted by the way the sun gleams off the honey chestnut strands held up in a loose bun, hypnotized by the gentle sway of her hips beneath tight denim.
El Hopper, as Mike is coming to realize, is effortlessly beautiful. Today, she’s wearing a gray tee with an 80s cartoon print on the front, and a pair of acid-washed jeans that hug her hips and thighs in a way that makes his mouth water.
It seems that, no matter what El’s wearing, she has the ability to rob him of all thought and sense. Hell, she could be wearing a burlap sack and Mike would still think she’s the most beautiful girl in the entire universe.
And she can’t wait to see him.
But, is that actually true? Is El really looking forward to seeing him, so much so that she was compelled to mention it, even though they’re going to be in the same classroom in a matter of minutes?
It seems farfetched and too good to be true, the kind of too-good-to-be-true that Mike has learned never to trust. Which, honestly, just brings him back around to wondering what in the hell El wants from him… and if it’s him she really wants.
To say that Mike’s been in a mood since Tuesday after school is, well… a massive understatement. Zach’s words that afternoon in the locker room have burrowed under Mike’s skin. God, just the thought that Zach is interested in El makes his blood boil, never mind the fact that Zach is actively pursuing her.
Mike’d nearly been sick yesterday during lunch, watching Zach hover around El like a doting suitor. And, despite the nausea that’d crept up his throat and destroyed his appetite, Mike watched the two of them like a hawk, desperate for any hint of El’s true feelings, hoping despite himself.
It had been an exercise in failure. El showed almost no reaction to Zach’s attempts to get her attention or pull her into a conversation. She’d been flat, muted, almost aloof, hiding either deep annoyance… or deep attraction - Mike’s not sure which, much to his dismayed confusion.
It was just such a contract to how El is with him, Mike realizes. Not that they’ve really spent much time together. Yes, they share 3 classes, but the chances to just socialize have been limited to mere minutes at the beginning and end of each class. Hell, until lunch today, Mike hadn’t heard El speak for more than a few minutes at a time – all in all, not enough time to really get to know someone.
And yet, Mike’s interactions with El just feel different than the ones he’s noticed her have with Zach. With Mike, it’s gorgeous smiles and heart-thumping giggles; flirtatious winks and enchanting eyes; the delicate, sensual twist of her wrist as she flips her hair over her shoulder, fingertips just brushing against the skin of her neck like she’s tempting him into following along with his own fingers….
God, every word she’s said to him feels like it’s been tattooed on his heart and the fierce blaze of intelligence in her eyes when they talk is nearly blinding, it’s so intense. El is lively and bright and beautiful and Mike can’t help but be drawn to her like a moth to a flame, not when she’s so open and inviting.
So, yeah, it’s like night and day compared to how he’s seen her with Zach. It should be encouraging, but Mike doesn’t trust it. He can’t, not after what happened with Ashley. It’d been like this, too… or, at least, it felt like it had – gentle flirting, sweet gazes, words that wove a spell around his heart….
And Mike had believed – oh, oh he’d believed. She’d made him believe and, in the end, it had all been a lie. In the end, he’d –
No, we are not going there right now, Mike chides himself with a fierce mental shake. But that doesn’t stop the way his heart squeezes in pain and anger. The immediacy of the hurt has faded, but the scars are still there, etched deep on his heart.
Sometimes it feels like the universe doesn’t want him to have nice things ever. Which is partly why he can’t trust or explain the reason behind what his gut is telling him: that El Hopper, beyond all earthly reason, seems to like him, maybe even how he likes her. After all, how else to explain the way she flirts with him and smiles at him and looks at him with a gaze so bright and inviting, it nearly makes him forget his name?
She’s playing with you, that’s how. She’ll toy with you and make you believe before she humiliates you and takes it all away, the ugly voice in the back of his head says just before El disappears entirely from view.
That voice is the reason why he can’t believe. That voice is the thing that keeps him safe.
That voice is the thing that keeps him miserable.
But, try as he might, Mike can’t get rid of it or find a way to ignore it. It’s his albatross, the weight around his neck that holds him back, locked to him like a ball and chain.
In some ways, it would be easier if El had never moved to Hawkins. Because then Mike wouldn’t have to wrestle so hard with just how unhappy and hurt he is. It was easier before to pretend that girls don’t exist, especially after everything that’s happened.
But how could one even begin to ignore the shining light that is El Hopper? It’s not like he’s superhuman, or anything – he’s just not that strong.
El makes her way inside and Mike feels himself sag a bit once he can no longer see her, both in disappointment and in relief. It’s odd, to constantly want to be in her presence but welcoming the break so he can have the space to breathe and think. But Mike’s quickly coming around to the idea that logic just doesn’t apply when it comes to his feelings for El.
“Hey, man, you ok? You’re staring off into space.” Lucas’ voice pulls Mike back into the here and now and a fierce blush of embarrassment begins to heat up his cheeks as he realizes he got caught up in staring at El. Again.
But, before Mike can even try to spin up an excuse, Max’s voice fills the silence. “Look at his face. Probably just overheating from the sun. You know he’s pale and pasty from spending all that time in his basement. Isn’t that right, Wheeler?” Max looks over at him, one eyebrow arched teasingly over a gaze that is too knowing, like she knows what Mike was really staring at.
Or who.
It’s strange, being both grateful and annoyed at the same time, and Mike channels that feeling into giving Max a withering look. “Oh, ha ha, Mayfield. You’re just as pale as I am, you know.”
“Never said I wasn’t,” Max says as she begins cleaning up her tray to bring back inside, which signals to the rest of them to do the same. “But you’re just too much fun to tease, Mikey,” she says with an over-the-top cutesy voice.
Mike’s only response is to flip Max off, setting everyone off into light-hearted laughter that only begins to fade as they stand up and start making their way off the bleachers.
Mike lets himself bask in the gentle teasing of his friends, born from kindness instead of mockery, and, for a few minutes, he’s able to almost completely forget about El.
Of course, that doesn’t last. By the time he’s peeled himself away from the rest of the Party to head off to US History, thoughts of El begin to seep back into his brain.
The thought of sitting next to her for the next hour (and he knows he will – it only takes a couple of days for chosen seats to become effectively assigned seats and given the past week, Mike is clearly sitting next to El in both Trig and US History for the rest of the school year) makes his whole body buzz with excitement, both wonderfully and torturously. His skin thrums and every nerve feels electrified, like he’s just shy of vibrating through the floor with the eager energy running through him.
It’s a delicious feeling, one that scares the shit out of him with how intense it is. But there’s no avoiding it and Mike’s smart enough not to try. He recognizes a losing battle when he sees one.
By the time Mike’s approached the door to his history class, his heart feels like it’s threatening to take up permanent residence in his throat, he’s so nervous and excited. And for good reason, it seems.
Because El’s already seated in her usual seat, textbook open on the desktop in front of her. She’s got an open notebook sitting on top that she’s writing in, eyes glancing back and forth from the pages of the textbook to the pages her notebook. The look in her eyes is one of fierce and unyielding concentration, all sharp intelligent and indomitable focus.
It’s a damn attractive sight, a girl that beautiful and that smart. El almost doesn’t seem real, like she’s something he just dreamed up. But Mike knows that, for as wild as his imagination gets, not even he is inventive enough to create someone like her.
No, El is as real as he is and that’s equal parts electrifying and frightening.
Mike sucks in a deep breath and makes his way across the classroom to his seat, steps as smooth and confident as he can make them. He wishes he could do more, that he could stand taller (metaphorically speaking, of course), but he knows this is as good as it’s going to get.
Once he’s close enough, El spots him out of the corner of her eye and her head snaps up so she can look at him. “Hey, look who made it,” she says, an excited smile curving up luscious lips.
Mike plops down into his seat and tries to ignore the way his heart pitter-patters in his chest. “Made it,” he says. “Sorry to keep you waiting.” He feels himself smiling in return, like his facial expressions are completely outside the realm of his control. It’s just, when she smiles at him so prettily, it’s hard not to smile back.
“You better be sorry,” El says with a playful pout. “I don’t like to be kept waiting. I’m afraid I’m terribly impatient.”
For a moment, Mike’s dumbstruck by the sight of that lower lip, stuck out in probably the most alluring pout he’s ever seen. His own lips tingle with the urge to lean over and capture that lower lip between them, to press against her mouth and feel it glide against his own. Mike swallows hard and pushes past the enticing vision dancing in his mind’s eye. “Didn’t know you were so eager for my company,” he says, the words spilling out before he can fully process them, and Mike holds back a cringe. Oh god, did he just say that?
El arches an eyebrow in playful acknowledgment and, why yes, he did just say that. But before he can fully sink into embarrassment, El responds. “Well, you can’t really blame me, can you?” she says, smile turning shy and flirty and holy shit.
Mike stares at her, gobsmacked. Did she just… is she actually saying…?
But Mike can’t even begin to unpack and process all that before El starts speaking again. “I like spending time with you,” she says, her gaze softening above cheeks that fill with the most enticing blush. “It was nice, by the way, having lunch with your friends. I hope we do it again sometime.”
“You sure you’re ready for another round of Dustin’s tall tales of conspiracy? I mean, he puts ‘The X-Files’ to shame,” Mike quips, lips twisting with a grin. Ok, if he can just focus on being in the moment, he can ignore the prickling along the back of his neck, the way embarrassment wants to creep up his spine and slump his shoulders, or how every irrational warning bell is going off in the back of his head, telling him that he shouldn’t be enjoying this as much as he is. But it’s easy to be in the moment when El smiles at him like she’s doing right now. Too easy.
El lets out a bright laugh, just a little bit more than a giggle, and she reaches for him, hand coming out to slap lightly against his shoulder, all playful and flirty. Her palm presses against his bicep briefly, her touch firm and warm, before she pulls away. The contact lasts less than a second, but it sends a jolt running through him regardless, his entire body lighting up at the feel of her hand against him, however briefly, and a silent gasp bubbles up in his throat.
Sure, the sleeve of his t-shirt is between his arm and her hand, but it still feels like her hand on his arm leaves a firebrand against his skin, every nerve is so lit up. And if he wasn’t wide awake before, Mike certainly would be now, her touch like a shock to the system, and all he knows is that he desperately wants to feel it again.
“You’re so funny,” El says, a giggle in her voice.
Mike grins. “Really? You sure you didn’t hit your head as a child or something?”
That earns him a loud snort that devolves into giggles and pride like he’s never experienced before fills him. That he can make El laugh like this, all cute giggles with the cutest, goddamn snort he’s ever heard in his entire life (seriously, it’s just precious), makes him feel like he’s on top of the world.
“No, stop, please,” El says between giggles, one hand coming up to delicately cover her face, the back of her hand just barely pressed to her lips. “That’s, like, a joke my dad and I share all the time.”
“That you hit your head as a kid?” Mike asks as El’s giggles calm down. “That’s… interesting.” Mike can’t imagine what it would be like to have inside jokes with his dad about stuff like that. It just sounds so incomprehensible and Mike can’t help but envy El a little that she gets to experience that kind of stuff with her dad.
“Yeah, my dad and I have a weird relationship,” El says, her smile sobering as her giggles finally end. “For a long time, it’s just been the two of us, so we’ve developed a lot of in-jokes and references.” She blushes a bit and glances away. “I’m sure people think we’re strange.”
“No!” Mike rushes to say. “No, that sounds awesome! It’s cool that you and your dad have such a close relationship.” Mike pauses, snorting with derision. “My dad and I are, like, the complete opposite. I swear, he’s like an alien or a pod person or something.”
El looks over at him, then – not with pity, but with empathy. The look in her eyes is so warm and open, Mike wants to drown it it. “I’m sorry to hear that,” she says, voice dipping, all low and intimate. “Everyone should have a good relationship with their parents.”
Mike swallows roughly, caught off guard by the sudden sympathy coming his way. He shrugs and tries to push down the emotions that swell and churn in his stomach. “Yeah, well, you know how these things go,” he says lamely. God, he wishes so badly he could go back in time 20 seconds and make sure to steer the conversation away from this suddenly very uncomfortable place. Of all the things he’d rather talk with El about, his deteriorated relationship with his parents is not one of them.
It’s like El must sense his discomfort because she smiles brightly and lets out a breezy laugh, making it look easy all at the same time. “Well, if you ever need your daily recommended amount of dad jokes, you can come over to my house any time. My dad’s full of them, all of them guaranteed to make you roll your eyes.”
Mike arches an eyebrow, desperate for the out El’s giving him. “I’ll keep that in mind,” he says, a small grin on his face. “Though isn’t your dad the new police chief? I thought he was supposed to be scary.”
At that, El groans. “Oh, he wants you to think he’s scary,” she says, a wry grin. “But he’s really just a big teddy bear. And you can go ahead and tell that to everyone you know. It’s my mission in life to undermine him.”
Mike can’t help it: he laughs. “Does your dad know this?” he says through his chuckles.
“Oh, he does,” El says with a perky nod, smiling so bright it’s almost blinding. “I’ve told him many, many times. Like I told you – he and I have a strange relationship.”
A reply builds on Mike’s tongue, but before he can get it out, the bell rings and class officially begins. He jumps, caught off guard by the sound of the bell, and looks around to see that pretty much everyone else has filed in while he and El were talking. It seems that, once again, he completely missed the rest of the world happening around him as he talked with El, getting easily lost in her sheer, overwhelming presence. It’s like nothing else exists whenever she’s nearby, the rest of the world fading away to less than background noise.
Embarrassed at being caught up again, he looks over at El to see her looking right back. He catches her eye and, the moment he does, she quirks her eyebrow at him, a flirty expression that makes his heart race in his chest. Amusement dances in her gaze and the corners of her lips turn up just slightly, like she’s trying to hold back her mirth. Whatever else might be going on inside her head, it’s clear that El doesn’t regret at all spending her precious free minutes talking to him, getting to know him.
In fact, it doesn’t look like there’s anything she’d rather be doing than this. And Mike’s not really sure what to make of it. A complicated mixture of emotion fills him, then – one part wary, one part confused, one part elated. It’s an exhausting, heady mixture, one that makes his head spin with how overwhelmed it makes him.
And yet, beneath it all, like a soft, steady beat nestled deep in his soul, is the gentle warmth of contentment, the feeling that he’s exactly where he needs to be at exactly the right time. He’s not fully aware of it yet – no, all of his other emotions are way too loud and demanding, drowning out everything else.
But it’s there, safe and warm, protected by Mike’s lack of self-awareness, waiting for the right time to make itself known. And it’s growing, slowly but steadily, into peace, into happiness…
And, when he’s ready, into love.
Ok, it’s official: it’s been a great day. El’s starting to get into the groove of her new school; she’s settling into her classes and making new friends; and she got to eat lunch with Mike.
Oh, sure, the rest of his friends were there, including Max and Dustin who she’s been starting to get close to over the course of the week. But, for almost a half an hour, El got to sit inches away from Mike and talk with him and hear him laugh and watch him interact with his friends up close and, god, her heart feels like it’s going to explode.
She’s crushing on him so hard by this point, El wouldn’t be shocked if the entire universe knew. But she’s too happy with how this makes her feel to be at all embarrassed. After all, why should she be embarrassed? There’s nothing wrong with a girl having a crush on a cute boy.
An exceptionally cute boy, the voice in the back of her head takes care to remind her. Like she’d forgotten, or something.
Please. Like El could ever forget how cute Mike is. And how handsome. And how attractive he is, with that hair and those cheekbones and, god, those lips….
El gives herself a mental shake as she heads to her locker after Photography. Ok, down girl, she chides herself, trying to calm her now-racing heart. She does need to make it to the police station in one piece and bring stuck in a lovesick stupor really isn’t going to help.
So, as El packs up her things, she occupies her mind by thinking about Mike’s friends. So… her brain really doesn’t go far, much as she tries.
Max and Dustin she already knows – or, rather, she’s getting to know. And that’s after a bit of a rocky start with Max, though that’s all in the past now, as far as El’s concerned.
Hell, she doesn’t even have either of their numbers in her phone yet, so it’s still early days. But she likes both of them. Dustin is funny and sweet and really her first friend at Hawkins. And Max is both sharp as a tack and delightful, from what she’s been able to pick up so far.
El’s just really meeting Lucas and Will for the first time, but she likes them, too. She’s still smiling, at least on the inside, over the little rap sing-along battle between her and Lucas, who seems like the most grounded of the close-knit friends group. And Will is sweet and welcoming; he’d gone out of his way to make sure to include her during lunch. And, despite El being good at looking out for herself in that capacity, it’s still nice to have someone so invested in making her feel like part of the conversation.
But what sticks out the most about Mike and his friends is just the sheer depth of the friendships between them. They’re closer than friends – they’re practically family – and that comes across in every teasing jibe, every in-joke or shorthand reference, every silent conversation shared by a simple meeting of gazes.
El envies them. It’s the kind of closeness she’s always wanted to have with friends before, the kind she’s never been able to find. And, though she’s envious, she’s glad it at least exists out there in the world – gives her hope that she’ll find something like it someday.
And yet, at the same time, El can’t get over the niggling thought that sitting there with Mike and his friends, eating lunch out under the sunshine, being part of their conversations and laughing and having a good time, is exactly where she’s meant to be. It’s like she’s known these people her entire life, even though she’s really just meeting them for the first time. El’s never felt deja vu as strong as this before and it’s almost too much.
It also makes her want to figure out a way to eat lunch with them tomorrow, even though she promised Jen and Stacey she’d eat with them after begging off earlier today to go have a quiet, solo lunch on her own outside (that didn’t turn out quiet or solo – not that El’s complaining at all).
Hmm, maybe I’ll at least stop by their table and say hi, then. That’d be nice, El thinks, a smile curling up her lips, as she swings her backpack onto her shoulders and closes her locker door –
Only to, once again, find Zach Mercer standing on the other side of it, like he gets off on scaring the hell out of unsuspecting girls by lurking behind open locker doors. No, that’s not stalkerish, not at all.
El sucks in a deep breath, a strangled gasp, and resists the urge to press her hand over her heart, which has leapt up into her throat with surprise. “What are you doing here?” El asks – no preamble, no waiting to hear whatever sleezy-ass greeting he has for her. She’s only “known” Zach for 4 days and she’s already done with him.
A slick smile crosses over Zach’s face and El feels her stomach turn. Sure, most people would probably look at that smile and see charming and handsome. But El can see the truth beneath the lie and she’s not falling for it. “Ah, babe, you’re breaking my heart! You know why I’m here.”
El rolls her eyes and turns on her heel to begin walking away. “And you know I’m not interested.”
“Oh, c’mon,” Zach says and El hears his footsteps come up alongside her. “That’s not true and we both know it. How could you resist this?”
Taken aback, nose crinkling with disgust, El glances over at Zach to see him gesturing to himself like he’s showing off a prize-winning sculpture or something. “Oh, with ease,” El doesn’t hesitate to say. “Won’t even break a sweat doing it.”
“Hey, there are good ways to work up a sweat, if you know what I mean,” Zach says, eyebrows waggling with blatant innuendo.
“And you will never experience them with me,” El shoots back. “Look, don’t get me wrong, I’m… well, I’m not flattered, but I at least acknowledge that you’re interested in me and, for some reason, think I’m interested back. But I’m not. You are literally not my type,” El says. “So, if you could leave me alone, I would really appreciate it.”
“Wow, you’re really committed to playing hard-to-get, aren’t you?” Zach says and there’s a hard edge in his voice that has El’s hackles immediately rising along the back of her neck.
“Not playing,” El says, her voice low and serious. “I have nothing against you, but I’m honestly not interested and I don’t want to talk about this anymore.”
El goes to walk faster, to speed up to push past Zach so she can go meet up with her dad, but before she can, Zach takes a few fast steps to pass and shoots his arm out in front of her, his palm resting flat against the wall. He boxes her in, getting way too close, and El’s heart leaps up into her throat, fear sizzling a numbing path down her spine. “Not so fast, sweetheart,” Zach says, his voice hushed. El risks a glance up at him and realizes, with him so close, just how much bigger he is than her. El knows she can deal with someone his size, but there’s that primal part of her that instinctually shies away from the physical threat he represents. “I’ll have you know that I’m giving you an opportunity every girl in this school would be eager to accept. And you don’t want to have that kind of regret in your life, do you?”
El looks up into his face, brave in the face of the adrenaline that races through her veins, and feels her spine harden as anger swells inside of her. Zach’s looking down at her like she’s an object for him to possess, less than human, something he deserves, something he’s entitled to.
Even though it makes El want to be ill, she refuses to look away, refusing to be intimidated by this walking shitstain. Guys like this, if they don’t get off at girls falling at their feet, get off on taking what they want by force and El’s not going to give him the satisfaction of seeing her falter. “Well, then, I guess I’ll just have to learn to live with that regret,” she says as she takes a large step backwards through the space behind her where Zach’s failed to block. She sidesteps him quickly, getting out his reach as fast as possible. “And if you ever harass me again, I’ll chop off your balls and report you to the police, you got that?”
And, with that, not waiting to see what Zach’s reaction is, El begins walking down the hall and away from him. Behind her, she can vaguely hear him calling out – “Aww, come on babe, we were just having a friendly conversation. No need to be a bitch about it!” – but El barely hears him. Adrenaline, from both anger and fear, has the blood roaring in her ears.
She feels almost numb, emotions warring inside of her, and doesn’t realize she’s all but steamrolling her way down the hall towards the entrance until she slips past a group of students loitering in the middle of the hallway –
– and barrels straight into Max, who’s just finishing closing up her locker.
They collide in a heap of limbs and school supplies, and the only reason they both don’t fall to the ground is they both reach for the other, hands grabbing arms and pulling. It counteracts the force hurtling them towards the floor, and there’s a bit more flailing, arms outstretched to regain balance, before they both stand steady.
“Hey, watch –!” is what Max starts to say at the same time as a startled yelp escapes from El’s lips. But the two lock eyes a second later, quickly recognizing the other, and Max’s outburst dies down as quickly as it flares up.
Instead, Max’s face calms down to a look of gentle admonishment, lips quirking in a small smile. “Jeez, El. Maybe you should – ” In an instant, Max’s expression takes a turn for the concerned – brow furrowing, lips turning down in a frown. “El? What’s wrong?”
El isn’t sure exactly what’s showing in her face – anger, disgust, fear, some horrible amalgamation of all of them – but if El can guess anything at all about Max, is that she’s not going to let this go. Guess the jig is up… if it was ever there in the first place. “Nothing, nothing really,” El says, trying to downplay this as much as she can. It bothers her that she’s so, well, bothered by this. Logically, she knows she's allowed to be, but emotionally, she feels like she should be able to shrug this off. “It’s just… Zach Mercer cornered me in the hallway a few minutes ago and….” She trails off, a shudder running down her spine. “Ugh, I don’t even want to give him the satisfaction of knowing he got to me. He’s such an asshole.”
Max’s jaw drops. “Are you fucking serious?” she asks. She reaches for El, but appears to reconsider, her hand hovering somewhere near El’s elbow without actually touching her. “Are you gonna do something about it?”
El shrugs. “Not right now. I told him if he ever did that to me again, that I’d cut off his balls and report him to the cops. But, for the moment, I just kinda want to forget it ever happened, to be honest.”
Max’s face flushes with anger, her lips pursed, and she looks like she wants to run through the halls, find Zach Mercer, and pound him into the ground herself. But she stays still, fists clenched at her side, and when she exhales, her shoulders relax and El knows the moment has passed. “Are you gonna be ok?” Max asks. Her voice is still tight, thrumming with barely contained anger, but there’s an undercurrent of concern that is one of the more heart-warming things El’s ever felt. Whenever shit goes down, you can always count on other girls.
El smiles, and if it feels a little shaky, neither of them say anything. “Yeah, I’ll be fine. I’m heading to the police station to go wait for my dad, so I’ll be good there.”
Max quirks an eyebrow, turning her torso a bit to gesture to the entrance doors behind her. “You want a ride? I drove into school today.”
El pauses, considering. On the one hand, the walk from here to the police station would be perfect for helping to clear her head, to settle her unsettled nerves. But, if Zach should happen to come across her in his car while she’s walking….
A shudder runs through her and all El knows is that she doesn’t want that to happen – not today. “If you don’t mind, that’d be great. But, um, you can just drop me off at the corner of Main Street. I don’t mind walking the rest of the way.” And she really doesn’t – the walk does sound nice. And she doesn’t want Max to have to go out of her way if she doesn’t have to.
But, given the look on Max’s face, that won’t be either an option or a problem. “Yeah, no, if I’m going to give you a ride, I’m going to get you all the way to your destination. C’mon,” Max says with a jerk of her head. “Let’s go, princess.”
El levels a look over at Max from under a furrowed brow. “Don’t call me ‘princess’,” El says, voice flat. But, inside, she’s secretly a little amused that Max finds her worthy enough to give a nickname to.
“My car, my rules,” Max says with a grin as they start walking towards the entrance doors. “And my rules say passengers will accept any and all nicknames I give them.”
“Ugh, fine,” El says with a faux, over-dramatic sigh. But she still feels the beginnings of a smile creeping up onto her lips. In the face of Max’s blunt warmth and concern, it’s hard to let the effects of her interaction with Zach linger for too long. “As long as I get to give you a nickname in return.”
The sunshine is bright and warm as they step outside. “Well, then, hit me with it,” Max says, lips fully curled up in a teasing grin that is affectionately mocking.
“I’m thinkin’ about it, I’m thinkin’ about it,” El says, eyes narrowed in a playful glare. “Don’t rush me. You can’t hurry genius, you know.”
Max snorts as she leads El to a beat-up 4-door sedan that must have rolled off the assembly line before either of them were born. It looks like the kind of car held together by duct tape and a prayer, the kind of clunker that is all too typical of a teenager’s first car. “Oh, is that what’s going on in your head?” Max asks, humor lilting her voice. “And ignore the crappy car. My step-dad wouldn’t pitch in for anything better.”
“Hey, at least you have a car,” El says as she waits for Max to unlock the doors before opening the door to the passenger seat, sliding her backpack off one shoulder so she can hold it in her lap. “Hell, I don’t even have a license.”
“Well, wouldn’t imagine you’d need one in New York,” Max says as they both close the doors behind them. “Bet the subway was all you needed.”
El purses her lips as she considers Max’s point. “Hmm, true, but moving to Indiana has me seriously looking at pushing my dad to teach me how to drive.”
Max starts the car and any response she has to El’s words gets swallowed as the sound system starts blaring, Green Day’s “American Idiot” roaring out of the speakers at a near deafening volume. El jumps, startled by how loud it is, and Max rushes to turn down the volume. “Shit, sorry,” Max swears once it’s quiet enough so she can be heard. The music is still loud, but at least El can hear both Max’s voice and herself think.
“Don’t worry about it,” El says with a laugh. “It’s a good song.”
“Yeah, but not if it makes your eardrums bleed from the decibel level,” Max says while the two of them buckle up. “But, at least you have good taste in music.”
El laughs. “Who doesn’t like Green Day?”
Max throws her a look from the driver’s seat before she looks behind her to back out of the parking spot she’s in. “In this town? You’d be surprised.”
El quirks a grin, thinking back to the music she’s predominantly heard wafting out of open windows and open truck cabs. “A little more country, a little less rock ‘n roll?”
“Precisely,” Max says with a chuckle. “So, speaking of music, what are you into? Besides 90s rap and punk, that is.”
The ride to the police station is short, but El learns that Max likes punk and synthwave, while El relays her love for 80s hair bands and 90s alternative. They laugh as they swap favorite songs, trade disdain for autotune, and wonder what the hell is up with the K-Pop phenomenon while admitting that a lot of those songs are catchy as fuck.
Max pulls up into one of the spots in front of the station, but she doesn’t kill the engine. “Well, here you go, the Hawkins Police Station. The effective police enterprise that criminals quake in fear of.”
El sticks out her tongue. “You do realize that my dad’s in charge of this place, yeah?” she says as she unbuckles her seatbelt and opens the passenger door.
“Why do you think I said it?” Max says with a smirk. “See you tomorrow, then?”
El nods as she prepares to slide out of the car. “Yeah, I promised Jen and Stacey that I’d eat lunch with them, but maybe I’ll stop by your guys’ table to say hi, or something. It was nice, having lunch with you guys today.”
Max smiles, nodding as her fingers tap absently on the steering wheel. “Yeah, I agree. We should definitely do it again sometime.”
“Next week, for sure,” El says. “Bye, Max. Thanks for the ride.”
“Anytime,” Max says. “Anyone who can put up being bothered by the douchebag Zach Mercer has automatic ride privileges.”
El heaves a groaning sigh. “God, he’s such a douche canoe,” she says, emphasizing her point with a scoff.
“So, I take it you don’t like him, then?” Max asks. The question is teasing, rhetorical even, but El can hear a hint of actual curiosity in Max’s voice, like she thinks it might be possible that El actually might like that modern day caveman.
“Ugh, fuck no,” El says. “He’s gross and entitled and slimy and disgusting. I wouldn’t go out with him if you paid me all the money in the world. He is so not my type.”
Max quirks an eyebrow. “And your type is…?”
“The complete and utter opposite,” El finishes for her, trying so hard not to picture Mike and failing miserably – god, she’s completely gone, isn’t she? “And, on that note, I will see you tomorrow. Bye, Max.”
Max laughs. “Bye, El.”
El gets out of the car, shuts the door behind her, and gives Max a wave as one final farewell before she turns to head into the police station.
Whatever lingering effects there are of her encounter with Zach completely disappear as she walks through the glass doors into the station. He can’t hurt her here, can’t even get to her here and El feels herself relaxing as she walks up to Flo’s desk, a smile on her face. “Hey, Flo,” she says as she gets close enough. “My dad in?”
“Yeah, he’s here. How was school today?” Flo asks, folding her arms in front of her, a kind smile on her round face.
El shrugs, but she’s grinning regardless. “Oh, you know, made new friends, sat through some classes, told a boy to fuck off – you know, the usual.”
Flo raises an eyebrow, silently chiding El about her language, but says nothing more on it. “Well, sounds productive. I’m sure your father would approve.”
“Yeah, probably,” El says. “Well, I’m gonna go say hi then hunker down in the back to do some homework.”
“Sounds good, hon,” Flo says. “Let me know if you need anything.”
“Will do. Thanks, Flo!” El says, trilling her fingers at the older woman before going off in search of Hop.
Hop’s in his office, but he’s on the phone, so El only sticks her head in enough to catch his eye and wave at him, waiting for him to acknowledge her existence, before she heads off to the bullpen. There’s an empty desk in the back that she’s been using for the past few days and, already, some of her detritus is starting to collect there – a hair tie, a couple of pens, leftover sandwich bag that had the carrot sticks she ate as a snack yesterday. Part of her’s hoping that the desk stays empty throughout the rest of her high school career so she can have somewhere to call her own in one of the places she feels at home in.
Plus, the desk is right next to Steve Harrington’s, so she’s usually guaranteed to have some sort of company.
El likes Steve. He’s nice, he doesn’t treat her like a kid, and he doesn’t also ogle her like some guys fresh out of college do. Doesn’t hurt that he’s also incredibly cute, El says. And just because Steve may not be her type (on top of being too old for her) doesn’t mean that she can’t appreciate the view, now does it?
Steve’s at his desk when El heads over, sprawled out in his chair with his hands on his computer’s keyboard, face staring blankly ahead at the screen. “Hi, Steve,” El says as she gets closer. “Riveting stuff?”
Steve blinks, like he’s waking up out of a stupor, and shakes his head a bit to clear the cobwebs before he looks up at her. “Ellie! Back at your usual time, I see. You’re starting to become a regular around here, you know.”
El shrugs as she drops her backpack and sits at the empty desk. “Probably won’t always be like this, not if I get onto Pep Squad.”
“Eh, you’ll make it. They’d be stupid not to let you on the squad,” Steve says.
“Thanks for the vote of confidence,” El says with a grin. “Now, if only you were one of the judges for tryouts….”
Steve snorts. “Yeah, you couldn’t pay me to step foot back on that campus for anything other than official police business. My high school days are long behind me and with good riddance.” He pauses, giving El a curious look. “So, how was school today?”
El shrugs, much like she did with Flo earlier. “Eh, you know how it goes. But I did get to threaten a guy with chopping off his balls, so not bad.”
Steve cringes. “Ouch, what’d he do to deserve that?”
“Harassed me in the hallway,” El says, not sugar-coating it. She’s finding that, with a little bit of distance plus being safe in the police station, it’s easier to talk about. “So I told him to fuck off and if he ever did it again, that I’d do the previously mentioned ball chopping and then report him to the police.” El finishes her short-version story with a perky smile, amused at how Steve looks simultaneously proud, alarmed, and queasy.
“Fuck, seriously?” he says. “You ok? Want me to come down at put the fear of the law into this guy?”
The immediate offer of assistance makes El feel warm inside and she’s marvels at the lack of hesitancy on Steve’s part. Especially because he’s the kind of guy who probably acted at least a little like guys like Zach in high school. “Wow, you always willing to come to a teenager’s defense like this?”
Steve grins. “It’s why I’m a cop in the first place, El. Girl I was dating in high school, her kid brother and his friends were being harassed by a high school guy, so I stepped in to defend them. Ended up looking out for them during the rest of high school and, well, when it came time to figure out what the fuck I was gonna do with my life, I realized the only thing I was good was was protecting people, so….” Steve trails off, shrugging, before he crosses his arms over his chest with a self-satisfied smile. “Here I am, a willing and able knight who legally has a gun and the power to arrest people.”
El lets out a laugh, touched by his concern and thankful for guys like Steve out there in the universe. “Well, thank you. But I think I can take care of myself.”
“But, if you can’t….”
“If I can’t, you and my dad will be the first people I call,” El says, rolling her eyes, even as she’s smiling. “Anyway, I should probably do my homework and you should probably get back to what looks like very exciting paperwork.”
Steve glances over at his computer screen and groans. “Great, thanks for reminding me.”
“Happy to help, anytime. As long as my help doesn’t involve doing your paperwork for you,” El says, cutting off the dawning look of hope on Steve’s face before it can blossom into a full idea.
Steve pouts. “Way to ruin all my fun,” he says, grumbling, but he turns back to his computer and, for a couple of hours, there’s just the two of them in the back of the police station, each doing their work. The sounds of the station exist as comforting background noise – phones ringing, file cabinets opening and closing, the low rumble of conversation between the other cops – and El lets it help her concentrate as she works through her homework one subject at a time, getting the easy stuff out of the way first and saving the harder stuff for when she’s at home.
In fact, she’s so into what she’s doing, having tuned out almost everything else, that it comes as a complete and utter surprise when she hears her dad’s voice behind her. “El, honey, time to get going.”
El jumps, pulse pounding furiously in her veins, and she presses her hand to her chest as she turns to look at her dad. “Geez, Dad, give a girl a warning next time.”
Hop smirks down at her. “Hey, not my fault you have tunnel vision. Learn some situational awareness, please.”
“But, Dad, you know how I get in the zone when I’m concentrating,” El says, returning his look with a flat stare of her own.
“Ok, Zone Girl, if you say so. Pack up your stuff and let’s get going,” Hop says as he stands there, thumbs hooked in his belt loops, rocking back and forth between the balls of his feet and his heels.
“Hey, can we stop somewhere to pick up a few things on our way home?” El asks as she gathers her things and puts them away in her backpack. “I need film for the camera for Photography and I think we’re almost out of ziploc bags.”
Hop lets out a sighing breath, but he nods. “Yeah, I could use a few things, too. C’mon, there’s a general store around the corner. Let’s make it quick – we still need to figure out dinner.”
“You say that like you don’t know we’re just going to end up eating frozen pizza and salad tonight. Because we both know you don’t cook,” El says with a playful grumble as she zips up her backpack.
Hop reaches for her bag before El can shoulder it, though, swinging it easily up onto one shoulder. “Damn, kid, you just went straight for the jugular, didn’t you?”
“Hey, if I did, it’s because it’s what you taught me,” El says, smirking as they begin to make their way out of the station.
“Yeah, yeah,” Hop says in the way that he knows she’s right, but doesn’t want to admit it. “Let’s just grab the things we need and go home.”
They stop to drop El’s stuff off in the police cruiser before Hop leads her around the corner, just like he said, to a large general store that takes up most of the block. The sign above the awning reads “Melvald’s”, the same name that’s professionally etched in the glass of the entrance double doors.
And it is, indeed, a general store, El realizes as she follows her dad in through the doors, looking around while he grabs a basket. It seems like there’s a little bit of everything – kitchen goods, homegoods, a pharmacy tucked in the back corner, gifts, and other various knicknacks. The beginnings of a Halloween display are being set up in front of the store, a poor store employee almost entirely shrouded in costumes in plastic bags and boxes of spooky decorations.
“C’mon, let’s hurry this up,” Hop says as he gestures towards the aisles. “I’m getting hungry.”
El smirks up at her dad. “You know, if you would just eat the lunch I pack for you, you wouldn’t be starving by the time dinner came around.”
“Well, if you packed, oh I don’t know, real people food, I’d eat the lunch you pack me,” Hopper shoots back, returning her smirk with a near identical one of his own.
“Ugh, Dad, a ham and cheese sandwich and an apple are real people food,” El groans, shoulders slumping as she shuffles her feet along side him in overwrought angst.
“Not when you use that whole grain bread bullshit, it’s not,” Hop says, reaching for her to pull her along. “Now, come on, Ellie Bear, grab your stuff so we can get the hell home.”
El wrinkles her nose as they head to the camera and film section of the store. “Don’t call me Ellie Bear,” she grumbles, but otherwise does what her dad asks of her.
It doesn’t take them long to grab the things they need – the film and ziploc bags El needed; shaving cream, a couple of packs of AA batteries, and a pack of pens for Hop – and then they’re heading to the register.
There’s someone at the counter now – probably the same store employee who was buried in Halloween supplies – and she’s sorting through a counter display of more Halloween stuff. Hop places the basket down near the register, eyes scanning over the display of magazines to the left of the counter.
“Gimme just one second,” the woman says, one hand coming up to push dark hair out of her eyes, looking like she’s trying to focus on counting the trinkets in front of her.
If El hadn’t been looking up at her dad at this exact moment, she never would have believed what she’s seeing right now. At the sound of the woman’s voice, Hop goes almost pale, the kind of pale that has El worrying that he’s going to pass out, and his shoulders tense up, back going ramrod straight. He turns to look at the woman so fast, El wouldn’t be surprised if he has whiplash. And then he speaks, his voice coming out from his mouth in an uncharacteristic hush. “Joyce?”
The woman – Joyce, El presumes – freezes, hands stilling above the things she’s sorting through. She looks up a moment later, brown eyes wide, lips parted in a soft “oh”. She’s a pretty woman, El notices, if a little harried looking, like she’s used to working long shifts without much sleep. But her hair is dark, coming down to a few inches below her shoulders, thick with barely any gray in sight, and her cheeks are flushed a light, pretty pink color. “Jim? Jim Hopper?” The shock begins to fade, lips pulling up into a surprised smile.
El looks up at her dad, gaze expectant, and has to suppress the grin that threatens to break out on her face at the almost shy smile that Hop gives back. “The one and only,” Hop says, his voice having gone soft and fond in a way that is reminiscent of how he sometimes talks to El when they’re having a quiet bonding moment.
“I’d heard you moved back, but I didn’t-” Joyce starts, mouth working a couple of times without sound, like she’s still processing. Almost like an instinct, El glances down at Joyce’s left hand, searching for a wedding ring. But there’s nothing circling her ring finger, not even a hint of a tan. Could be she doesn’t wear a ring, but… with the way she’s looking at Dad? Married is unlikely. “So, um, how’ve you been? Settling back in well?”
“Yeah, um, yeah, not so bad,” Hop says, almost tripping over his tongue. “Just… picking up a few things for home with my daughter.” He pauses, like he’s just remembered El even exists. “Oh, um, Joyce, this is my daughter, El. El, this is Joyce, an old friend from high school.”
“That’s one way of putting it,” Joyce says with a fond grin before she reaches forward to hold out her hand. “It’s nice to meet you, El.”
El takes Joyce’s hand, exchanging a handshake. “It’s nice to meet you, too….”
“You can just call me Joyce,” the older woman says. “No need to stand on formalities, not among old friends.”
“Ok, ‘Joyce’ it is, then,” El says. “And it’s nice to meet a friend of my dad’s. I’m sure you have a lot of embarrassing stories of him from when he was a kid.”
A wry grin pulls up at the corners of Joyce’s lips. “Oh, do I ever. You’re father was quite the troublemaker when he was your age, you know.”
Hop lets out a groan. “Ok, Joyce, no need to go turning my kid against me.”
“You say that like it hasn’t happened already,” El says, one eyebrow quirked as humor bubbles up inside of her. “I am your daughter, or did you forget?”
Hop sighs heavily, but Joyce laughs like this is one of the best things that she’s ever seen. “Well, she certainly is your daughter, isn’t she?”
“Just ring us up, please,” Hop grumbles, but El can see the beginnings of a smile growing beneath the hair of his goatee and, from the look on Joyce’s face, the other woman can see it too.
Well, isn’t this interesting.
There’s a bit of silence as Joyce rings up the items in their basket and it’s as Hop’s handing over his card for Joyce to swipe it that he speaks again. “So, uh, how’ve things been with you? You and Lonnie still…?”
Joyce lets out a sharp laugh. “No, oh no. Not for a while, not since-” She stops herself mid-sentence with a shake of her head. “You know what? It’s not important. Suffice it to say, it’s been a while.”
“Oh, well, um, I’m sorry to hear that,” Hopper says and El nearly chokes on the air around her, it’s suddenly so awkward.
“I’m not,” Joyce says as she bags up their things. “Worked out for the best.”
Hop lets out a cough. “Well, then, good. That’s good.”
Joyce hands over the bag to Hop and El tries to see if their hands touch, but no such luck. “So, um, since you’re back in town and all, maybe we should catch up sometime. You know, for old time's sake.”
Hop pauses, fingers wrapping around the plastic handles of the bag, but not pulling away quite yet. “Yeah,” he says, voice rough. He pauses, clearing it, before continuing. “Yeah, that sounds good. We’ll, uh, we’ll figure it out. Soon.”
“Sounds good,” Joyce echoes.
Hop gives Joyce a smile, one that she returns, much to El’s amusement. “Well, um, we should be getting home. Got dinner to get together and everything.”
“Oh, yes, of course. Gotta make sure your kid’s fed and everything,” Joyce says, a blush crawling up her cheeks, like she forgot that Hopper might have had somewhere else to be. “It was nice seeing you again, Hop. Hopefully it won’t be 18 years until the next time I see you.”
“Count on it,” Hop says, a fond smile stretching his lips. “Catch you later, Joyce.”
“Bye, Hop,” Joyce says.
“It was nice meeting you, Joyce,” El says as she waves at the older woman. She notices that Hop does the same, only much more awkwardly, the motion of his hand a little jerky, like he’s out of practice in waving at someone.
Joyce waves back at them, smiling brightly, eyes crinkling at the corners, and that’s the last El sees of Joyce as she and Hop turn towards the door.
The bell jingles as Hop pushes open the door, El following behind, and if El notices her dad seems a little (or a lot) unsettled, she doesn’t say anything.
At least, not at first.
El holds her tongue until she and Hop are climbing into his police cruiser and it’s only when they’re buckling their seat belts that she can’t hold it in anymore. “So, Joyce seems nice,” El says, a lilting, knowing tone in her voice. “Seems like you two have quite the history.” El can’t help the grin that stretches over her face and, when Hop looks over at her, brows flat over an inscrutable gaze, she loses the battle against the giggles that have been building up inside of her for the past 5 minutes.
“Oh, shut it, kid,” Hop grumbles as he starts the engine and backs out of his parking spot in front of the police station.
Wisely, El does, knowing not to push him too hard.
But, if there’s one thing El Hopper definitely got from her dad, it's her stubbornness.
And this thing with Joyce? Well, there’s no way in hell El’s letting this go.
Not by a long shot.
Notes:
So, whaddya think? We've taken a small detour for some Jopper, so expect more of that in the next chapter. And, maybe, just maybe Mike's going to start coming around to the idea that El might be interested in him.
Or will he????
I'm gonna try my best to get the next chapter out before the season premiers. But, in the meantime, if any of y'all wanna come and flail with me over mileven and the excitement over Stranger Things in general, please come hit me up on tumblr! I go by the same username there (@fatechica), so please come bug me! I love talking with people about Stranger Things and ESPECIALLY MILEVEN!
Chapter 8: catching up and getting caught up with you
Notes:
So, ok, like, first off, a general question for y'all:
Are we all ok after s3? I'm just checking in because I'm concerned about everyone and want to make sure we're all still breathing after that whirlwind of a season.
All still breathing? Still alive? GOOD.
So, this chapter feels, well, ironically timed, given where things ended up with Hopper. But, yeah, prepare for a whole side thing with Jopper up ahead, yeah?
(And, don't worry, there's at least a little mileven in here. can't forget my brand, after all!)
So, enjoy everyone and tell me what you think!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Hopper can’t stop thinking about his encounter with Joyce.
Or, at least, El’s pretty sure he can’t. Her dad’s been out of sorts since Thursday evening and meeting Joyce is literally the only thing noteworthy that’s happened.
It wasn’t super obvious on Friday morning, Hop being out of sorts. He’d been ok at breakfast – a little gruff, but nothing out of the ordinary – and El hadn’t given it a second thought as she finished up some last minute reading for her English class.
In fact, by the time she got to school, the minor weirdness had been completely forgotten as El shifted her focus to what was really important: paying attention in class and flirting with Mike.
Said flirting had gone fantastically, thank you very much. Light-hearted and rich with more than just a little heat, gazes meeting across the scant distances that had separated them in class, the gentle brushing of their fingers as she passed over a pencil for him to borrow, both of them blushing at the contact….
God, it’d been delicious, leaving her feeling dizzy, heart pounding in her chest as something akin to want floated through her veins like warm honey.
El’d even managed to continue the flirting when she stopped by the table Mike sat at with his friends during lunch on her way out of the cafeteria, exchanging pleasant, if nerdy small talk with them while glancing slyly at Mike out of the corner of her eye. He’d met her gaze right back, like he was already looking at her, and El couldn’t stop her stomach from swooping as a million butterflies took flight beneath her skin.
She’d left minutes later, but not without touching him briefly on the shoulder in brief farewell, just barely holding herself back from giving the curve of his upper arm a squeeze. It was a near thing, given how warm and firm he was beneath her touch and how much her heart raced and skin tingled in the process. God, she just wanted to lean into it and never let go.
So when El gets home on Friday night, she’s riding the high of an amazing day at school and the fact that it’s the weekend – all in all, too euphoric to pay attention to how her dad’s quieter than usual. It does hit her though, during dinner that night – the two of them sitting at the kitchen table sharing a meal of spaghetti with sauce that came out of a jar – that Hop’s sitting next to her just... staring out into space.
El’s brow furrows at the sight. Normally, dinner’s their time to catch each other up about their day, the conversation bright and filled with quips and jabs and teasing remarks. But now her dad’s quiet in a way that is just weird.
El slows down her fork where she’s twirling it in her spaghetti and quirks an eyebrow. “Dad? Everything ok?”
Hop blinks, like she startled him out a reverie, and he looks over at her, mirroring her quirked eyebrow. “Yeah, honey, everything’s fine. Why?”
“Just...you’ve been really quiet,” El says, lips pursed. “You didn’t even tease me when I said I was thinking about going to check out the comic book store downtown.”
Hopper’s mouth twitches with a grin. “My daughter, the nerd.” It’s the type of teasing El expects from her dad, but it’s half-assed, like his heart isn’t fully in it. Like he’s distracted.
El levels a look at her dad regardless, though. “Oh, haha. Yes, like you haven’t called me that before.” She sets her fork down. “And I’m serious. You’ve been weird since last night. Everything ok? Is it the woman we met at the store yesterday?”
The reaction from Hopper is immediate. “No. What? No.” He drops his fork, a nervous laugh escaping him as he reaches for his beer. “Why would I be weird after running into Joyce? That’s just… weird. And Joyce isn’t weird. It’s normal to run into old friends in the town I grew up in. Nope, not weird.”
El bites the inside of her cheek to keep from smiling. “Dad, you just said ‘weird’ 4 times.”
“Oh, I did?” Hop says, voice sounding a little strangled. “That’s wei – I mean, um, that’s strange.”
El loses the battle to keep the smile off her face and she feels her lips curl up in a fond, if teasing smile. “Dad, did something happen between you and Joyce?” El pauses, gasping. “Oh my god, did you two used to go out?”
“Ok, you can quit it right now, Nancy Drew,” Hop says, trying to look stern. But there’s a bit of panic behind the fatherly chiding and El’s almost positive she’s caught her dad out.
But, she knows when it’s not a good time to push and right now is one of those times. “Ok, ok, sorry,” El says, holding up a placating hand. “I was just curious, is all. She seems nice, though. You two going to catch up sometime, like you said?”
Hop shrugs. “I don’t know, maybe. Probably,” he says as he grabs his fork and digs back into his pasta. “We’ll see.”
El does the same, continuing to twirl a mouthful of noodles on to her fork. “Well, you should. It’d be nice to see what your friend’s been up to since you’ve been gone. I bet you missed out on a lot.”
Hopper sighs, panic seeming to fade a little as a wistful sort of sadness settles into its place. “Yeah, bet I did,” he says. He signs once more before he blinks, like he’s clearing his thoughts, and looks over at her. “So, what’s this about the comic book store? Are you sure you wanna out yourself as a giant nerd?”
“Very funny, Dad,” El says with a sigh full of teenage angst, her dad’s weirdness shoved aside as they fully engage in their normal dinner time routine.
But El doesn’t forget it, not as she clears the table and does the dishes as part of her chores; not as she goes upstairs to read or watch TV or play video games; not as she gets ready for bed way later that night.
What happened between Hopper and Joyce, anyway? From what El can tell, it seems like they were at least friends back during their school days. Did they like each other? Was it unrequited or mutual pining or just bad timing? Or did they actually end up dating and it went horribly bad and now they’re filled with regret and longing?
These questions swirl in El’s mind, even when she’s finally trying to drift off to sleep. But, she’s too much like her dad: get an unsolved mystery in front of her and she’s like a pitbull on a pant leg. She just wants to know what happened… and how to make things better.
Or, at least, make her dad happy.
As far as El knows, Hop hasn’t even so much thought about going out on a date since her mom left. Instead, he buried himself in work and tried to be the best dad he could when he was home to a 12 year-old daughter who was missing her mom and couldn’t understand why she was gone.
But El’s 16 now, not 12. She’s older, wiser, and the sting of her mom’s absence has lessened over time. And Hop deserves to be happy again, deserves to have someone in his life who cares about him like a significant other.
He deserves to not to be lonely anymore.
Oh, sure, El knows that Hop has her and that he hasn’t been by himself. But it’s different having your kid with you versus having a romantic partner with you. And El’s going to be going off to college in a couple of years, which will leave her dad absolutely by himself and the thought of that makes her heart squeeze painfully in her chest.
No, if there’s something El can do to make sure that her dad has someone to look out for him when she’s not here anymore, well, then, El’s going to make sure she does that. Even if it’s giving Hop a nudge in the direction of what seems to be an old flame, if the flustered interaction El witnessed at Melvald’s is any indication.
Providence weirdly seems to be on her side, then, when she wakes up Saturday morning to discover that it’s that time of the month… and she’s nearly out of tampons.
Well, fuck me, El thinks with a frustrated grimace as she checks the small box she keeps in the cabinet under the sink. She only has, like, 2 left in the box and that’s not enough to get her through the day, much less through the end of her period.
But, despite the mild cramps that frustratingly twist at her insides, El has to smile. Because now she has an excuse to go back to Melvald’s. An excuse her dad has respond to.
So El trudges downstairs, still in her PJs, with the mostly empty tampon box in one hand. Her dad’s sitting in the kitchen on this lazy Saturday morning, newspaper open in front of him as he leisurely drinks what El figures is probably his second cup of coffee for the day.
Hop looks up at the sound of El’s footsteps walking into the kitchen and a smile crosses his face. “Morning, sweetheart. How’re you doing?”
El shrugs. “Eh, ok. But we need to go back to the store sometime today.” The expression on Hop’s face starts to shift to one of suspicion, but that gets cut off as soon as El holds up the box of tampons and gives it a shake, the hollow rattling sound emphasizing the direness of the situation. “I’m almost out and, well, there’s a need.” El’s long since gotten over being embarrassed about her period around her dad. Her mom had been gone for almost a year when she started getting her period, so it’d been her dad or no one at the time. It’s not exactly a comfortable topic for the two of them, but necessity makes for strange bedfellows and they put up with it with their usual bull-headed stubbornness.
It’s that same stubbornness that keeps Hop from grimacing, that keeps his face neutral. But, even still, El can see the glimmer of suspicion, of disbelief in his gaze, all “well isn’t this convenient”. “Ok, we’ll head over around lunchtime. Sound good?”
El grins. “Can we go to that bakery nearby, too? I also have a need for cake.”
Hop breathes out a laugh, lips pulled up in the beginnings of a fond smile. “Yeah, ok. Anything to soothe those hormones, I suppose.”
“Thank you!” El says as she sets the tampon box down on the table and moves to start getting something resembling breakfast together.
“Hey, don’t leave that on the table!” Hop barks out, though, before El can get too far into figuring out what to eat.
“Oops, sorry,” El says, feeling a little sheepish, before she grabs the box to put it back in her bathroom.
The rest of the morning passes just fine – El eats breakfast and takes some Advil before she curls up on the couch with a heated pad and a book; Hop goes to sort through some boxes in the garage – and, around lunchtime, the two of them pile into the car and head for downtown Hawkins.
And, as Hop drives, El stares out the window and hopes that Joyce will be there at Melvald’s when they get there.
God, Jim hopes Joyce won’t be at Melvald’s when they get there. Just the thought of maybe running into her again gives him cold sweats. His hands feel clammy where he’s gripping the steering wheel and his heart is beating faster than the drum line in a marching band.
Fuck, he’s too old for this. Too old to be feeling like a teenager on his first date, too old to handle the way his body reacts at things like “attraction” and “longing”.
Running into Joyce again that night at Melvald’s as he and El were on their way home felt like a punch to the gut. Logically, when he’d decided to move him and El to the town he grew up in, he knew that he’d probably see Joyce sooner rather than later. Hawkins isn’t that big of a town and there aren’t many places to hide. But he’d figured he’d be fine. It’d been years, after all – years and a kid and an ex-wife between what he’d had with Joyce back in high school and now. Surely, all those feelings would have faded into something wistful and nostalgic.
But that was before he saw her again.
That was before he found out she’s still so fucking beautiful, even more than he remembers her being back in high school.
She’s older than the last time they’d seen each other – but, then again, so is he. The image of her from a couple of days ago leaps into his mind’s eye. Dark circles under her eyes that speak to long nights and endless worry, hair that’s a bit more frazzled than the carefully coifed locks she’d had back in high school, nails short and lacking the wild colors she used to sport.
But, despite her harried appearance, Joyce is still so, so beautiful. Time has taken her sharp, pixie-like beauty and honed it into something fierce, something alluring. And her skin is still smooth, her smile sweet and knowing and coy and Jim isn’t entirely sure that there’s not a part of his heart that still isn’t in love with her.
The thought makes him not regretful, but wistful. He and Joyce had always been close growing up. They’d shared the same disdain for authority and the same skepticism that seemed to skip over most of their classmates. And when they got to high school, mutual attraction became part of that mix.
They’d never acted on it besides fooling around a few times (including one very memorable occasion in the bed of his dad’s truck that, suffice it to say, fueled many a fantasy for quite a number of years). And by the time he’d gotten around to getting his act together and screwing up the courage to ask her out, Joyce had already been swept up in Lonnie’s orbit and Jim was heartbroken.
He’d left Hawkins after graduation with the shadow of what could have been living between him and Joyce like an awkward and unwanted chaperone. And he’d been able to admit, even if only to himself, that part of the reason he left Hawkins was to get some space between him and the unrequited love he had for her.
New York had been so different from Hawkins, full of sights and sounds and people like nothing from the place he grew up. And with barely anything there to remind him of the girl who still held his heart, Jim had been able to start healing.
Jim had found not just his career in New York, something he was truly good at (though not after a bit of searching for what that career was supposed to be), but he’d found his ultimate purpose in life when he met Terry Ives and ended up with a beautiful baby girl.
It wasn’t meant to be with Terry – they’d been too different, him more grounded and her always searching for the next adventure with flights of fancy, all of that before she left him and El because of her deteriorating mental health that she didn’t want to burden her daughter with having to witness – but he will always be thankful for meeting her and marrying her. Without that, he never would have gotten El and Jim honestly can’t imagine his life without her.
That’s why he can’t regret the way things ended up between him and Joyce, why he never plays the what-if game. Because if he’d never left town, partially to get away from Joyce, he’d have never met Terry and gotten El out of the deal. And he could never regret the bright, headstrong little girl who is the true love of his life.
Jim spares a glance over at the young woman sitting in the passenger seat, the young woman he’s so proud to call his daughter. El’s sitting there, gaze focused outside the window at the passing scenery, arms loosely wrapped around her lower midsection. That plus the way her skin is pinched around the edge of her jaw and the corner of her eye is the only sign that she’s in any kind of distress, that she’s not faking being on her period to get him to take her to Melvald’s.
But Jim honestly wouldn’t have put it past her, which says more about him as a father, really, than El as a daughter.
But Jim’s not blind and, besides, El tends to wear her motives openly. She’s been interested in his relationship with Joyce over the past couple of days, all sly comments and carefully worded questions, like she can trick him into revealing more than he’s ever planned on about his dating history. But it’s obvious she’s caught on that something happened and she isn’t about to let it go. Not when she’s mildly pushed and prodded him over the past few years for why he hasn’t tried dating again.
My daughter, laughably transparent when she really wants something. Even if that something is juicy gossip about her father so she can play matchmaker.
“You feeling ok over there?” Jim asks, refocusing his attention on the road.
He hears the sound of El shifting in her seat and can see out of the corner of his eye that she’s looking over at him now. “Yeah, I’m ok. Need the Advil to keep working it’s magic, but fine otherwise.”
Jim nods, heart going out to her. He’ll never fully understand what she goes through every month and it makes him a little uncomfortable in a way he’s mostly successful at suppressing, but he knows he really would do anything to help her. Including possibly facing Joyce again only a couple of days after seeing her unexpectedly – which really isn’t enough time to mentally prepare himself to see her again.
“So,” El says, pausing leadingly, cutting into Jim’s thoughts.
Jim glances over at her to see El giving him a curious, mischievous smile. “So…?” he asks back, both tentative and suspicious.
“If Joyce is there, are you gonna figure out when you two are gonna get together to catch up?” If anything, El’s smile just gets more mischievous, though it’s wrapped in an innocence that is so transparent, it gives cleaned glass a run for its money.
“Don’t see why that’s any of your business,” Jim says, looking back at the road. “And don’t think I can’t see what you’ve been up to these past couple of days. You’re not as subtle as you think.”
“Whoever said I was going for subtle?” El asks.
“Oh, I don’t know, maybe the way you’ve been dancing around what you’re really trying to do?” Jim says, one eyebrow quirking.
But El meets his accusation with a broad smile and an unflinching gaze. “No, that was me trying not to push you too hard because I know how you can get. You know me, Dad. I don’t do subtle.”
Yeah, she’s definitely his daughter.
Jim laughs, despite the absurdity of it all. “I really feel sorry for whatever guy you end up with someday. You’re going to make his head explode.”
A light blush covers El’s cheeks, like there’s a specific guy attached to that blush brought on by his words, and Jim wants to ask about it – so, is there a boy? – but El keeps the topic on the matter at hand. “Hey, this isn’t about me,” she says. “I just want you to be happy. You haven’t dated anyone since Mom left, you know. And I worry about what’ll happen to you once I go to college.”
The sentiment is touching and one Jim never expected to hear from his teenage daughter. “El, honey, it’s not your job to worry about me,” he says, annoyance at El’s nascent attempts at matchmaking fading away nearly completely. “And my love life is definitely not something for you to worry about.”
“Oh ho, so you do admit that there is something that went on between you and Joyce!” El says, voice pitching up with excitement.
Jim’s lips curl in a grimace. Dammit. Of course she would put the pieces together - his daughter, too smart for her own good. “El, don’t you even dare think about it.”
“I won’t do whatever you think I’m planning if you promise to make plans with Joyce to catch up. If she’s at the store when we get there, that is,” El says.
Jim pauses, thinking, before he huffs out a sharp breath from his nose. “Ok, fine,” he says, despite the way that his heart feels like it’s about to fall into his stomach. “If Joyce is there, I’ll ask her about getting together sometime. But just to catch up!” Jim looks over at her, an insistent finger pointed in her direction. “Nothing more than that, ok? It’s just going to be two friends, filling each other in on what’s been going on in their lives since the last time they saw each other. Happy?”
El gives him a smug smile and settles back in the passenger seat. “Very,” she says, tone prim and triumphant. “This is going to be good for you, you know,” El says after a moment.
“Well, I’m glad I have your approval,” Jim grumbles, annoyed at how easily his daughter can manipulate him into doing what she wants. God, I’m such a pushover.
The rest of the short ride is quiet and, both before he knows it and before he’s ready, Jim’s pulling up into an empty parking spot in front of Melvald’s. The cold sweats come back with a vengeance, hands feeling swampy in the late summer heat, and nausea creeps up into his throat. Nope, he’s not ready for this, not at all.
Hey, maybe Joyce isn’t even here, Jim thinks as he gets out of the car, El mirroring him on the other side.
But she is. Because of course she is. Why should Jim have any good luck at all? Sometimes, he feels like he used up all his good luck in getting a kid like El as his daughter and it’s never coming back.
Joyce, of course, is standing by the cash register, smiling and chatting with a customer as she rings them up.
For a moment, Jim’s struck dumb, frozen in place by the arresting sight in front of him. Her hair’s down like it was a couple of days ago and Jim finds his fingers itching to have those strands running through them once more. And, though she’s wearing little makeup – she’d never been much for it, back in high school, except for a love of smoky eyes and the occasional splash of red lipstick that always drove him crazy – her skin is clear and creamy and so, so smooth.
Yeah, Jim’s really almost positive that he never got over her. At least not all the way. And he promised El that he’d ask Joyce if she wants to catch up at some specific, predetermined time. Which means spending time alone with her for more than a couple of minutes, possibly even at least an hour. And he still might have feelings for her.
Yeah, is it just him or is it suddenly really hot in here?
El jabs her elbow into his side, unfreezing both him and time as it resumes its neat, orderly march, and Jim looks over at her, feeling more startled than a man his age probably should.
El’s looking up at him with eyes that are far too knowing for a girl her age, but she contains her amusement to a slight uptick of the corners of her lips, the only sign of the smile she’s mostly succeeding in holding back. “Hey, I’m going to go grab what I need. I take it you wanna hang out by the register?” And then she arches one eyebrow, saying way too much with that one, simple gesture.
“Go get your stuff,” Jim says, voice a little gruffer than he would like, and he reaches out to ruffle El’s hair, pulled up in a loose bun.
Right on cue, El lets out a frustrated noise and tries to duck away from the reach of his hand, but his arm is too long and he musses up the hair on the crown of her head. “Ugh, Dad. Why are you such an annoying troll?” she whines as she reaches up to try and reimpose whatever sense of order there was to her hair to begin with.
“Hey, takes one to know one,” Jim says. “Now scoot.”
“I’m going, I’m going,” El grumbles as she takes off into the store.
Jim follows her with his gaze and when she disappears, he lets his gaze slide over just a few more feet –
– To find Joyce staring right back at him, her previous customer long gone, leaving the two of them in the front of the store.
Shoot, when’d that other guy leave? Way to fail at being a detective, Hopper.
Jim offers Joyce a small, hesitant smile. “Uh, hi.” Ok, yeah, great. That was smooth.
But, if Joyce agrees, she certainly doesn’t betray that sentiment. “Are my eyes deceiving me?” Joyce asks with a teasing smile. “Jim Hopper, back in my store for the second time in 3 days? Seriously, I figured it’d be at least a week until you showed up again.”
Jim gives an embarrassed half-shrug – Joyce always had his number and it looks like she still does – and makes his way over to the counter she’s standing behind. “Yeah, well, El needed to pick up a couple of things.” At Joyce’s curious look – an intriguing arch of one eyebrow, gaze open – Jim clarifies. “Supplies for that time of the month,” he says, trying to be cool and nonchalant about this.
“Well look at this,” Joyce says, arching both eyebrows now. “Never pegged you to be so mature about this.”
Jim shrugs, but this time trying to downplay the praise. “Yeah, well, her mom wasn’t around anymore by the time El got her first period, so I had to learn to deal with it quick.”
“That’s sweet,” Joyce says and the smile on her face hits Jim right in the heart. “You’ve certainly grown up over the years, haven’t you?”
“Oh, it’s been a learning curve, that’s for sure. But there’s nothing I wouldn’t do for El – been that way from the moment she was born and I held her for the first time.”
“It’s the same with me and my boys,” Joyce says, her smiling turning into the deep, fond one of a parent. “Oh, the terrible, horrible things I’d do for them if they needed me to. So, I get it.”
Jim nods, totally understanding. “So, uh, two kids, huh?”
Joyce nods. “Yeah, my oldest is 20 and my youngest is 16, about the same age as El, I figure.”
“Yeah, El’ll be 17 in March,” Jim says.
“Same with Will – that’s my youngest.”
Well, this isn’t so bad, Jim realizes. This feels a whole lot like catching up and Jim’s barely had to do anything. The realization gives him the boost of confidence he didn’t know he needed until this moment and he pushes forward with the thing he promised El he’d do. “So, uh, not to change the subject, but when I was here a couple of days ago, you mentioned that we should get together sometime. You know, to catch up.”
“That I did,” Joyce says, her voice dipping almost low and intimate. Then, a second later, she smiles, bright with inspiration. “Hey, why don’t you come over for dinner tomorrow – you and El? Will should be home for dinner and I’m sure El probably doesn’t know many kids her age in Hawkins yet.”
Jim breathes out a laugh. “Clearly, you don’t know my daughter. She could make friends with a lamppost if she tried hard enough, I swear.”
“Ah, so your complete opposite,” Joyce says, eyes sparkling with mirth. She breathes out a laugh, shaking her head at herself. “So, dinner at my house? Tomorrow?”
Hope unfurls in his heart and Jim finds himself smiling. Despite the nervousness that’s settled in there, this, connecting with an old friend, is a better feeling than he ever expected to feel. “Yes, dinner at your house tomorrow. I’ll bring along El. Anything we should bring?”
Joyce gives him a look before she reaches for a piece of paper and a nearby pen. “Just yourselves,” she says as she begins to write something down on the paper and Jim glances over to see that it’s an address – Joyce’s address. “Here. For tomorrow. At 6,” Joyce says, sliding the paper across the counter.
Jim takes it and slaps it lightly against the index finger of the other hand. “I won’t lose it, I promise,” he says before he slips it into his back pocket.
And before either he or Joyce can say anything else, El slips up next to him and plops a box of tampons and a couple bottles of the nail polish she likes on the counter.
Jim eyes the bottles of nail polish, the brand only familiar because of how often El left the bottles around the apartment they lived in back in New York, and then he eyes her. “More nail polish? Really?”
El shrugs. “Hey, I’m having an emotionally trying day,” she says, batting her eyelashes as she gives him big puppy dog eyes and Jim feels himself caving in from one breath to the next.
“Ok, ok,” he sighs as he turns back to Joyce. “Ring all this up, please. And ignore the way I was just extorted into buying my daughter more nail polish.”
“Oh, you know you love me,” El says and Jim looks to see Joyce smiling at the back-and-forth between father and daughter, her smile amused and fond all at the same time.
“Well, here you go, sweetheart,” Joyce says after Jim’s paid up, handing the bag over to El. “You take care and I’ll see you both tomorrow, ok?”
El looks back and forth between Jim and Joyce, confusion etched on her features, and Jim takes pity on her. “Joyce invited us over for dinner tomorrow.”
A smile lights up El’s face and she gives Jim a smile that’s proud and smug at the same time. “Wow, that’s so nice. Thank you, Joyce.” She pauses, brow furrowing, teeth flashing out to chew on her lower lip, and she looks over at Joyce. “Did you want us to bring anything?”
At that, Joyce lets out a bright laugh. “Oh my god, you two are so related,” she says as her laughter calms. “But, that’s ok. Thank you, though.”
El hums, nodding. “Ok, I think I’ll bring over some brownies.” A hand comes up, finger pointed sharply. “And don’t try to change my mind.”
Jim shrugs, not at all apologetically, as he looks back over at Joyce. “You’d have better luck changing the direction of gravity,” he says. “Plus, El makes amazing brownies,” he follows up to the sight of El’s beaming smile.
“Ok, ok,” Joyce says, holding her hands up in fake surrender. “You win. Thank you for bringing dessert. That’s very nice of you, El.”
“You’re welcome,” El says, smiling like she’s going to float away from sheer happiness.
“Alright, alright, we should be going,” Jim says, nudging El between her shoulder blades. “We’ll see you tomorrow, Joyce.”
“Yes, tomorrow!” El all but chirps.
Joyce gives them a small wave, a delicate trill of her fingers that makes Jim’s heart skip a stupid beat. “Until them,” she says and then Jim finishes pushing El out of Melvald’s and out into the summer air.
“There, see? Was that so hard?” El says as they head to the car.
“Yeah, yeah,” Jim says as he unlocks the car. “Maybe now you’ll get off my back about this.”
“Hmm, unlikely,” El says, lips curled in a smile. “The next step is actually asking her out on a date.”
Jim just rolls his eyes, torn between laughing and groaning. And even though his stomach gurgles with anxiety, tying itself up in knots with the fear of, oh god, maybe putting himself back out there, he has to admit it’s been too long since he looked forward to something quite like this.
But he’ll never tell El that. He does have some dignity left, after all.
Not a lot.
But some.
It only takes about 10 minutes for Joyce to realize what in the hell she’s just signed herself up for as she stands behind the front counter at work.
In a little more than 24 hours, Jim Hopper is going to be at her house. Jim Hopper, the one who got away (or is she the one who got away?). Jim Hopper, who she’s known for as long as she can remember and who she once upon a time swore she was in love with.
Jim Hopper who left town after high school and never looked back, breaking Joyce’s heart in the process.
Oh, she hadn’t been able to admit it at the time. She’d been too swept up with Lonnie to notice it at first. But, as time went on, the hollow ache of a slowly healing broken heart eventually made itself known to her.
At the time, it wasn’t so much that she thought she was in love with Hopper (though, deep down, she was, but denial is a funny, funny thing and it wasn’t until much later that she was able to admit that yes, she was – or, at least, she had been). It was that, for the first time in her life, she found herself without one of her closest friends.
Hop had always just been there and the absence of his casual, steady presence in her life was what hit her the hardest. Joyce had always been able to turn around and have him there if she ever needed him for anything, even just someone to hang out with and smoke cigarettes beneath the bleachers while cutting class. But then Hop was gone and Joyce’s world was suddenly a whole lot shakier.
For a while, though, she had Lonnie, then Jonathan. And then, finally, Will.
But, then, it’d all started to fall apart. Arguments between her and Lonnie turned into full-on screaming matches and, before she knew it, she was watching his taillights fade away down the driveway as he fled to Indianapolis, the ink on the divorce papers still drying where they sat on what had just become her kitchen table.
And, though Joyce is not one to dwell on what-ifs (not when she loved her two boys with every fiber of her being), she was filled with regret when she realized that she no longer had Hop’s presence in her life, regret that she hadn’t done more – anything – to keep in touch with him over the years.
Because, in that moment, what Joyce Byers really needed was her friend, the one who made her laugh and roll her eyes at the same time and whose devilishly handsome good looks could charm her out of any bad mood that clouded her head.
But Hop wasn’t there. She hadn’t even spoken to him since they graduated high school. Last she’d heard was that he was still living in New York, working as a police officer, and married with a kid. Which just left Joyce to pick up the pieces of her life on her own.
She’d been able to admit, even if only to herself as she slowly knit her life back together, that she’d been in love with Jim Hopper, had before she even got swept up into Lonnie’s magnetic orbit. It’d been a quiet, unassuming love, deep and unfathomable, and it ached to know it’d taken her so long to realize it.
So, as part of putting her life back together, Joyce also had to get over and put her feelings for Hop in the past. And, because he wasn’t coming back, she’d been able to do just that, letting her heart move on until the memory was nothing more than nostalgia-tinged wistfulness.
All that changed, though, when word spread around town that Hopper was moving back to Hawkins. Suddenly, it felt like all of the gossiping eyes were on her every time a customer came into Melvald’s or she stopped by the supermarket for groceries. Hell, even Karen Wheeler had not-so-subtly tried to get some answers from Joyce when she’d dropped Will off at the Wheelers so he could hang out with his friends.
But Joyce is wily and crafty – she’s had to be after years of making every resource stretch thinner than humanly possible – and she’d sidestepped the inquiries with the oblivious grace she’d built up over the years to keep prying eyes out of her business.
Still didn’t stop her internal panic from flaring up, though, whenever she heard Hop’s name. Still didn’t stop her heart from racing whenever she thought she spotted him walking down the street through Melvald’s storefront windows.
She’d expected to run into him on the street, at the grocery store – Hawkins is a small town, so it was only a matter of time, really – but she hadn’t expected him to just walk into Melvald’s and surprise her at the cash register, a teenage girl who could only be his daughter in tow.
How had she missed him walking into the store? was the thought that’d been running through her head, shock rendering her almost dumb at the sight of him, calling out his name while he was distracted by looking at the magazines by the register.
Hop had looked over at her, surprise etched on every inch of his face, and when he did, oh, how Joyce’s heart skipped a beat.
He looked good – better than she remembered, actually. Tall and broad shouldered with firm features and piercing blue eyes. He’d put on a little weight around the middle, an unfortunate curse of most men his age, but he carried it well. It matched nicely with his broad chest and shoulders and it reminded her of just how powerful he was… and how strong his hugs were.
As they’d talked – a little awkwardly and punctuated by Hop introducing Joyce to his daughter, El, a beautiful girl whose smile lit up the whole store – Joyce hadn’t been able to stop thinking about the last time he hugged her… and how badly she wanted to experience it again.
They’d ended the conversation with her ringing up his purchases and exchanging promises to catch up sometime. Though, she’d seen the way Hop had paled when the words “we should catch up sometime” left her mouth and she figured that it’d be at least several days until she saw him again, until her next chance to ask.
And Joyce was going to ask. Because she realized, as she watched him and El leave the store, that she’d made a mistake in letting Jim Hopper go once upon a time. And she wasn’t going to make that mistake again.
So, imagine her surprise when Hop walked in through the door at Melvald’s two days later, daughter in tow, to buy tampons (and bonus nail polish) for El.
This time, though, he’d brought up getting together to catch up before she could, shocking her into losing her senses enough to invite him over for dinner the next day without thinking – him and El.
Joyce had felt like she was floating as she gave Hop her address and then watched him walk out of the store, El by his side. Joyce had been completely unable to stop tracing the lines of Hop’s shoulders and back with her eyes and she’d done a poor job of suppressing the way desire spread out from her lower belly. God, over 20 years later and Hop can still get her all hot and bothered.
(never mind the fact that it’s been she doesn’t know how long since she’s felt the touch of a man, since she’s gotten relief from somewhere other than her own fingers. need fills her and joyce desperately wants hop to scratch this particular itch.)
But, now, the full force of what she’s done is hitting her and Joyce feels the beginnings of panic stirring inside of her.
Holy shit, my house is a mess.
All Joyce can think about for the remainder of her shift is the mess waiting for her at home that she’s going to have to clean (never mind figuring out what to make that will be remotely edible – Joyce has never been more frustrated at her limited cooking repertoire than she is right now). She thinks about the mountains of laundry on the couch and half the dining room chairs, the clutter on the sofa table, the dishes and detritus collected on her kitchen counters, and Joyce knows she has a hard road to hoe ahead of her to get things ready for tomorrow if she wants to have guests over.
By the time Joyce gets home late that night, though, she’s exhausted from the combination of a long day at work and nervousness that’s been steadily building inside of her. She’s grateful for the empty house (Will’s spending the night at the Hendersons) as she all but collapses into bed and falls asleep within minutes.
The next day is a frantic flurry of motion – cleaning and tidying; running to the grocery store to get the ingredients for her pot roast, the best thing she knows how to make; rooting through her closet for the perfect outfit that will walk the fine line between attractive and trying too hard.
But, she manages, though. By quarter to 6, the house is clean (at least the public rooms are), her pot roast is finishing simmering in the slow cooker, and she’s dressed in a pair of black jeans and an emerald green blouse that goes nicely with her dark hair and doesn’t manage to make her look too desperate while still making her feel pretty (and, lord, it’s been a long time since she’s even wanted to feel pretty, much less actually feel it). And she’s never felt more nervous for anything in her entire life.
Don’t think about that. Just think about getting through this evening and having a good time. The thought helps and Joyce is able to focus on what comes next, on making sure that everything is good and in place.
The only thing that’s missing is her son, and well, their guests.
Claudia should be dropping Will off soon, Joyce thinks as she eyes the clock out of the corner of her eye while checking on the mashed potatoes sitting on the stove, dial turned to the “warm” setting just to keep the potatoes from turning thick and glue-like.
And, just like magic, the front door lock jingles a bit before the door opens, Will’s shout of “Mom, I’m home!” echoing through the living room.
“In the kitchen, honey!” Joyce shouts back, putting the spoon she’s been using for the mashed potatoes on the spoon rest by the stove.
She hears Will’s shuffling footsteps, a little slower than normal, like he’s realizing that something is different, and she turns around to see him approaching the kitchen. “Mom, what’s going on? Why is the house so clean?” Will asks as he stops beneath the archway between the living room and the kitchen. He pauses, eyeing her. “And why are you dressed so nice?”
For a moment, Joyce look at her youngest son, appraising eye turned on his current state. Will’s wearing jeans and a t-shirt, both items of clothing looking like they need to be run through the washing machine, but his hair looks relatively clean and he’s not overly dirty or anything. Still, could use improvement. “Will, honey, I need you to go change your clothes and put your stuff in your room.”
Will’s brow furrows and his head tilts just a little to the right, like it usually does when he’s confused. “But, Mom, I just got home. Why–?”
“Because we’re having people over for dinner,” Joyce says. “Now, go change. You want to look nice for our guests, right?”
The confused look only deepens and Will purses his lips just a bit. “Um, yeah, sure, I guess,” he says, slowly. “But, I just got-”
Joyce cuts off whatever protest her son is about to lodge. “Will, please, this is important, ok? Just please, can you do as I ask?”
“Ok, Mom,” Will says with a sigh, shoulders slumping a little in defeat. But the confused look is still on his face. “I’ll be, um, I’ll be right back,” he says as he hefts his backpack higher onto his shoulder and trudges off towards his room.
Joyce lets out a sigh of relief as she hears Will’s bedroom door open and shut. Ok, that’s one less thing to worry about, she thinks.
Now, she just needs Hopper and El to show up.
And, so, she waits.
We’re having ‘guests’ over for dinner? We never have guests over for dinner.
The thought is accompanied by a huffed breath as Will throws his backpack onto his bed, bedroom door closing heavily behind him from a hard shove with his foot.
He’s still reeling a bit from coming home to a clean house (something he hasn’t seen in months) and the smell of his mom’s pot roast wafting out from the kitchen. Those on their own are confusing and rare enough without the added layer of people coming over, which just feels foreign to the point of bizarre.
Man, all Will wants to do is collapse on his bed, maybe play some music on his phone, and just recharge after a long weekend.
It was a really good weekend, though. Hanging out in Mike’s basement playing video games all day Saturday; Will heading over with Dustin to the Henderson household after that, the two boys staying up way too late diving deep into comic book lore and theories; followed by another day of video games, this time at Dustin’s house, the four boys crowded around the TV in Dustin’s room as they battled on the virtual fields.
And though Will loves the other guys with every fiber of his being, the truth of it is that being around them is exhausting. Between the three of them, Mike, Lucas, and Dustin are a lot. They’re loud, argumentative, and boisterous, all in the best ways possible.
Will is the odd man out, so to speak. He’s quieter, more reserved, and generally much more go-with-the-flow than the rest of his friends, sometimes to the point where Will wonders how he ever became and stayed friends with the others. And he has to push himself to keep up with their energy levels, drawing on reserves he doesn’t really have to match and stay in the conversation.
But Will knows. The bonds between them are closer than friends – they’re practically family, brothers in all but blood, there for each other to the ends of the earth and back. Will may only be 16 years old, but he knows this down to the core of who he is as a person, sure as he is that the sun rises in the east and sets in the west.
It still doesn’t mean that being around the Party isn’t exhausting as fuck, especially for poor, slightly introverted Will. Ergo, why he just wants to fall face down onto his bed and not move until he has to get up for school the next morning.
His mom asked him to do something for her, though, and Joyce Byers almost never asks her sons for any kind of favor. But, when Will got home, his mom hadn’t looked tired or drawn or worried. Sure, she’d looked a little nervous, but she also looked happy and it’s been a long time since Will’s seen his mom this happy over anything.
Must be someone real special or something, Will thinks as he goes off to do what his mom asked him and change his clothes for dinner.
It doesn’t take Will long – he really doesn’t have a whole lot of options to choose from – and he emerges from his bedroom a couple of minutes later in his best jeans (no rips or tears and barely faded) and a white button down shirt mostly neatly tucked in.
He heads back out towards the kitchen, feet gently padding against the carpet, and spots his mom setting the table in the dining room. “Hey, mom, let me do that,” Will says, noticing the frantic air that surrounds his mom, the hint of manic energy in the tremble of her hands, the way her gaze dances across every corner of the room with a critical eye.
His mom looks over at him, momentarily stunned into stillness. “Baby, are you sure?” she asks.
But, before Will can answer, the doorbell rings – they’re guests have arrived.
His mom jumps, a small shriek leaving her, and that nervousness ratchets up another notch. “Oh god, they’re early.” She eyes him, gaze wide and a little panicked. “Will, honey, go answer the door while I quickly finish up, ok?”
Will has to admit that he’s intensely curious as to who’s coming over for dinner and, even though his mom definitely looks like she could use the help in setting the table, he doesn’t argue with her and ambles on over to the front door, having absolutely no clue who could be on the other side.
Will opens the front door and, immediately, his gaze fills with the sight of the largest man he’s ever seen in his entire life. As tall as Mike, but twice as broad, his face partially covered with a goatee, his stance both nervous and solid at the same time as he stands there wearing jeans and a nice sweater. There’s a kind look on his face, though, despite looking like he could pound Will into the ground without a second thought, and it helps put Will a little at ease.
But there’s another person standing next to this strange man and Will’s gaze slides over to see who their second guest is, only to see–
“El?” Will asks, blinking, looking over at the girl he’s only really interacted with a couple of times, shock jolting through him. She’s wearing a nice dress – dark blue, fabric hugging close to her body as it wraps around her, sleeves coming down to just past her elbows – her hair pulled up in a half-ponytail, and, in her arms, she’s carrying a plate covered with plastic wrap, protecting what looks like homemade brownies resting beneath.
El startles a little at the sound of her name and Will knows she recognizes him when, a split second later, a smile curves up her lips. “Will?” she asks, not in question of his name but in surprise to see him. “What are you doing here?” She blinks, blushing. “Wait, is Joyce your mom?”
Will can’t help it as a giggle escapes him. “My whole life,” he quips.
“I, uh, take it you two know each other?” the man – presumably El’s dad – asks.
El lets out a laugh of her own. “Yeah, Dad, Will and I have Honors Chem together.”
A smirk crosses Chief Hopper’s face. “Wait, is this–?”
“No, Dad,” El says, cutting her dad off with a glare. “And stop prying. I’m not going to tell you anything.”
Chief Hopper holds up his hands in defeat. “Alright, alright, so sue me for taking an interest in my daughter’s love life.”
“Ugh, Dad,” El says, blushing. She obviously wants to fidget with something, but her hands are full with the plate of brownies, so she just squirms a little in place. “Stop. Please.”
Will lets out an awkward cough – this really isn't a conversation he wants to be in the middle of – and steps aside to give El and her dad space to step through the door. “Please, come in. My mom’s just finishing up setting the table.”
“Thanks for letting us in,” Chief Hopper says, voice trailing off leadingly, obviously seeking an introduction.
“Oh, and, um, I’m Will – Will Byers, though I think you probably could have guessed that part,” Will says, cursing himself for his awkwardness as he holds out his hand for the Chief to shake. “It’s nice to meet you, sir.”
Chief Hopper takes Will’s hand and gives it a firm shake that is most definitely too firm. “Nice to meet you, Will. And, please, don’t call me ‘sir’. Just ‘Hopper’ or ‘Hop’ is fine.”
Will nods, maybe a little too quickly, feeling awkward and unable to stop. “Oh, ok, um, Hopper,” he says, voice feeling weak. He shuts the front door and gestures towards the direction of the kitchen. “Well, my mom’s just this way and-”
Will doesn’t get a chance to finish speaking as his mom rushes out into the family room, hands smoothing over her thighs, with a bright if nervous smile on her face. “Hop! El! You made it!”
“Hi, sorry we’re a little early,” Hopper says. “El was anxious to get here.” There’s something unsettled about how Hopper is standing, something Will understands instinctively – Will likes to imagine that if Hopper had a hat, he’d be wringing it in his hands – and it’s, well... perplexing.
Especially when Will glances back over at his mom and sees that she’s just as unsettled, but… not in a bad way? She occasionally reaches up to fuss with her hair or finger the hem of her blouse in a way that kinda reminds Will of some of the girls at school when they’re talking to a boy that they like.
But, this is his mom. She’s not a kid anymore. She’s past the age of crushes and boys, so that can’t be it.
Can it?
Will’s wonderings get cut off when El lets out a groan. “Dad, please. Don’t try to put this on me.” She looks over at Will’s mom, a bright and charming smile on her face that’s, as far as Will can tell, completely and totally genuine. “He’s been looking forward to this all day,” El says before she holds out the plate with the brownies on it. “And, like I promised, brownies for dessert. Is there somewhere I can put them?”
Will’s mom smiles so big it’s almost too much, her expression touched and overjoyed. “Oh, sweetie, you really didn’t have to, but thank you. I’m sure they’re delicious.” She takes the plate from El’s outstretched hands and looks over at Hopper. “Hop, you want something to drink? Dinner’s still got a few more minutes before it’s ready.”
Hopper smiles. “Sure, sounds good.”
Will’s mom smiles at Hopper before she looks over at Will, smile softening. “Will, honey, why don’t you show El around the house? Give her the tour.”
Will gulps – him alone with El? – but he nods. “Yeah, ok, sure.”
With that, Will’s mom leads Hopper into the kitchen (“Joyce, it smells fantastic in here.”), leaving El, who’s probably the most popular girl in school currently, alone with Will, who’s definitely, well, neither a girl nor popular.
And, immediately, shame crawls up Will’s spine as he looks around his house, faced with having to show around a girl who’s probably got it all around his shabby house at the edge of town. He’s long since come to terms with his family’s lack of money. It’d stung when he was younger, when all of his friends had shiny, new toys and clothes that weren’t hand-me downs and he was left with bargain store discounts and his brother’s old clothes.
As he’s gotten older, Will’s been able to accept and understand why he can’t have all the new things his friends seem to get with ease. He’s seen his mom working long shifts just to make enough to make ends meet – hell, he sells some of his artwork online and occasionally picks up shifts at Melvald’s to help out when things get really tight around the house.
But it’s one thing to accept it privately and among close friends. It’s another thing to have your family’s relative poverty exposed to a girl who has the potential to make his life a living hell if she wanted to.
“So, um,” Will starts awkwardly, voice weak and a little shaky. He’s really only interacted with El once before – at lunch on Thursday where he could barely keep from laughing at how besotted Mike is with the new girl – and this is the first time he’s been with her alone. So he’s not really sure where to go from here. “Yeah, so this is the living room,” he finishes lamely.
El lets out a giggle, the sound not unkind. “So I can see,” she says.
“I know it’s not much – my family really doesn’t have a lot of money,” Will blurts out, immediately cringing. “But, yeah, it’s-”
El reaches out and places a hand on his arm, immediately shutting him up. Will finds himself transfixed by the gentle, understanding smile on El’s face. “Will, it’s ok. My dad and I used to live in a shitty apartment in Brooklyn because what my dad made as a detective doesn’t really go so far in New York City. Almost everything I own I bought from thrift stores and on sale. So I get it, I promise.” She removes her hand and tilts her head to one side, hair bouncing around her shoulders. “So just, like, show me around. Like where’s the bathroom and your room and stuff. Don’t worry about anything else, ok?”
Will can see from the look in El’s eyes that she understands. She truly understands – no judgment, just compassion – and the relief that sweeps through him is almost palpable. Will also can’t help the way surprise ripples through in the wake of that relief, though he’s realizing maybe he shouldn’t be surprised at El’s kindness, at her gentle understanding. He’s seen her from varying distances over the past week – from across the cafeteria to sitting a foot away from him at lunch. He’s seen El greet and talk to and befriend just about everyone who’s crossed her path, no matter how popular or unpopular they are. She always has a kind word for others, almost always with a smile on her face, and she either doesn’t notice or doesn’t care about the fairly rigid social hierarchy that exists at Hawkins High.
And regardless of which it is – either that she doesn’t notice or doesn’t care – and regardless of the fact that Will doesn’t know El that well at all, she seems like she has the kind of stubborn confidence to keep moving forward, to let whatever consequences of breaking the established social order there might be just roll off her back.
Will wishes he could be that brave and, he won’t lie, he thinks El might be becoming one of his heroes.
So, Will smiles over at El and breathes out a quiet, relieved laugh. “Ok, let me show you around.”
It’s a quick tour – the house isn’t very big – and Will shows her where the bathroom is and his room and the backyard. And when they come back inside, it’s time for dinner.
Will’s mom and Hopper end up driving the majority of the dinner discussion. Will stays quiet, not knowing what to say, and El only interjects every so often, mostly with a compliment for his mom about the food or to get in a sly dig at her dad every once in a while. But she, too, seems content to let the adults talk and Will notices that El’s watching his mom and Hopper talk with a small, if giddy smile on her face.
Then, after dinner, Will’s mom pulls out a bottle of whiskey she has hidden in one of the upper cabinets (not that Will would ever want to touch the stuff – even beer’s too strong for him) and offers Hopper an “after-dinner drink” to go with the brownies El made.
El nudges Will as she’s helping gather the plates from the table into a neat stack and she smiles. “Hey, wanna go hang out in your room? I think they’re going to be a little while longer.”
“Yeah, sure!” Will says, nodding almost too eagerly. “It’ll be nice to get away from the grown-ups for a bit.”
El giggles as they take the plates from the table into the kitchen. “You say that like we aren’t almost adults ourselves.”
Will shudders and it’s only mostly in jest. “God, don’t say that. I don’t wanna have nightmares.” El laughs at his quip and he feels like if he can make someone like El laugh that bright, he can do anything.
They take their plates to the sink and Will glances over at the plate of brownies sitting on the end of the counter. In the background, his mom and Hopper are sitting down at the kitchen table, already sipping whiskey out of mismatched glasses, each with a brownie in front of them. And, when Will glances back over at El, an idea coming to mind, she’s already looking back at him with a sly expression that mirrors what he’s feeling inside.
“You thinking what I’m thinking?” Will asks as his lips curl up in a smile.
El arches an eyebrow, mirth playing around the corners of her eyes. “That we each grab a few brownies before we head back to your room?”
“Exactly,” Will says with a low laugh.
So, Will grabs them each a small plate so they can grab their own brownies before heading back to his room. “Mom, we’re going to go hang out in my room for a bit,” Will says over his shoulder, pausing in the entry to the kitchen with El right behind him.
“Ok, have fun, you two,” his mom says, half-distracted.
And, as Will leads El down to his room, he can hear the sounds of his mom and Hopper laughing and talking behind him, sounding like they’re having a good time.
“So,” Will says as he shuts the door to his room behind them, once he and El are both inside. “It, uh, sounds like your dad and my mom used to be friends.” He eyes the bed and panics, seeing his stuff strewn all across it. “Oh, wait, shit, sorry. My room’s a mess.” He casts his gaze around frantically and sees that his desk is pretty clean – well, relatively, that is. There’s scattered art supplies across the surface, but the chair is free. “You can, uh, you can sit at my desk, if you want.”
El gives him a smile. “Ok, thanks,” she says as she maneuvers around the twin bed to the desk. She angles the chair so she can look at him and places her small plate of brownies on top of one of his notebooks. “And, I think there’s more going on between my dad and your mom than just them being old friends.”
Will pushes his backpack over so he can sit on his bed, legs folded up in front of him with his plate balanced on one knee. “Really?” he asks, nose wrinkling with both confusion and a little bit of disgust.
El waggles her eyebrows and smiles mischievously. “Oh yeah. I think they used to have crushes on each other. And, if I’m not mistaken, I think my dad still has the hots for your mom.”
“Ugh, gross, don’t say it like that,” Will says, stomach turning. “Adults shouldn’t be allowed to ‘have the hots’ for each other.”
“Why not?” El asks, looking at him archly, before she breaks off a piece of her brownie and pops it into her mouth.
Will, who was preparing to take his own bite of the dessert, pauses with the brownie half-way up to his mouth as he struggles to think of an answer. “I guess… hmm, I guess I don’t really have an answer.”
“Exactly. Adults have feelings just like the rest of us,” El says. She folds her arm over the back of the chair, chin resting on her wrist. “Besides, it’s been too long since my dad’s looked so happy. You should have seen him. He spent hours freaking out about what to wear to dinner tonight. Like he just wanted this to go super well.”
Will thinks back to the nervous, giddy energy his mom had right when he got home, all excitement and anticipation, and he nods. “Yeah, my mom was the same,” he says with a soft sigh before he finally takes his first bite of the brownie. Immediately the chocolate melts on his tongue, the rich flavor exploding in his mouth, and Will can’t hold back the sound of appreciation that escapes him at just how good it is. “Oh my god, El, these brownies are amazing,” he says, looking over at her with wide, incredulous eyes.
A blush crawls up El’s cheeks and she glances away for just a second, suddenly a little bashful. “Oh, uh, thank you. I didn’t want us to come over empty-handed and, well, I can make pretty good brownies, so….” She trails off, one shoulder lifting in a delicate, half-shrug.
“Seriously, if you and your dad want to come over for dinner all the time and bring over these brownies, I’d be totally fine with that.”
“Well, I’m glad you like them,” El says with a small laugh. “And I will bring them over anytime.” She turns to grab another piece of her own brownie and Will knows the moment she spots some of his artwork by how she freezes, fingers poised just above the baked treat. “Will, did you draw these?” she asks, pushing aside the plate and notebook to look at the loose sheaf of papers beneath. “They’re so good.”
At first, Will freezes, temporarily scared of what El might say – will she mock him? Dismiss him? Insult him? – but he relaxes under the praise, worry that she’d make fun of him there and gone in a blink of an eye. “I like to draw,” Will says. “Here, which ones are you looking at?” He scoots across the bed so he can lean over, face maybe a couple feet away from hers, and see which of his art she has in her hands
El slides the papers off the desk and turns back to face him, slowly rifling through them. “Wow… hey, wait a minute, is this inspired by ‘The Dresden Files’?” She turns the one she’s looking at so Will can see it, eyes bright and excited.
It’s a drawing of a man – a wizard, to be specific – standing in the middle of a generic city street, staff in hand, trench coat blowing behind him like a modern-day cloak. It was just something that came to Will one day, not inspired by anything in particular. “Um, no,” he says. “I – ‘The Dresden Files’?” He hopes the simple question will be enough to explain, hopes that he’s not going to have to reveal his deep lack of cultural knowledge. He thinks he’s maybe heard of whatever El’s talking about, but he’s really not sure.
Luckily, Will’s simple question suffices. “Oh my god, you’ve never heard of the books?” El asks, jaw dropping in shock and a little disappointment and Will feels a little bad since it kinda makes him feel like he’s just kicked her puppy, that he doesn’t know what she’s talking about.
“Um, no. I don’t really read as much as I’d like and our library’s kinda shit. Like the selection is horrible. Most of the books I read I borrow from the guys,” Will says, hoping El’s not about to judge him too hard.
“Oh, I own all of them, so I’d be happy to lend them to you,” El says. “They’re amazing. It’s like Harry Potter, but for grown-ups, you know? They’re about this wizard who lives in Chicago and saves the day by being smart and clever. Such a great series. Honestly, you’d love them. I can lend you the first one, if you wanna check it out.”
El’s energy is so contagious that, even with her very simple overview of the plot, Will finds himself getting excited, too. “Um, yeah, sure. That’d be great! If you don’t mind, that is.”
“Oh, not at all,” El says, bouncing a little in the chair, all giddy and adorable. “I’ll bring the first one for you tomorrow. And you have to tell me what you think, ok? I need someone to talk about these with.”
“Oh, whenever you get a chance is fine. Doesn’t have to be tomorrow,” Will says, not wanting El to go out of her way or anything.
But the look that she gives him is flat and leaves no room for argument. “Tomorrow. I promise,” she says. “Cross my heart,” she says, index finger drawing an X over her heart.
Will’s heard many a promises over the years. Some from his dad, a few from his mom, and too many from his peers. Not his friends – no, they don’t break promises, no matter what. But from other kids, kids who’ve wanted something from him, who made promises to get him to go along with whatever they wanted or needed or to set him up to bully him and make fun of him.
For a moment, that’s all Will can think of, of the times he was tricked with false promises. He thinks of the pain and the mockery and his heart falls down to the pit of his stomach.
But El’s different. Will’s not sure how he knows, but he does. And, besides, it’s not like she’s promising to be friends with him. The worst that happens is he doesn’t get to read a cool book, not a massive loss.
So Will lets himself smile and he breathes out a quiet laugh. “Ok, tomorrow. I’ll hold you to it.”
“Ok, good,” El says, a soft smile on her face. She glances away and Will follows her gaze until it lands on the framed picture sitting on the edge of his desk. It’s one Jonathan took a few years ago of the Party – just the boys – as they pose in their Halloween costumes the year they went as the Ghostbusters in 8th grade. There are smiles on all of their faces as they pose outside Lucas’ house, ready to go out and have fun Trick or Treating, their last and final time doing it.
Will looks back at El and pauses at the smile on her face – amused, wistful, and heartened all at once – the expression on her face robbing him of his words.
“You guys have been friends for a long time, haven’t you?” El asks, her voice soft, almost sad.
Will nods, even though El can’t see it with her gaze still focused on the picture. “Yeah, pretty much my whole life. Lucas, Mike and I became friends in kindergarten, and then Dustin joined the group pretty much immediately when he moved to Hawkins in 4th grade. And then when Max started dating Lucas in 8th grade after she moved here, she joined the Party, too.”
El looks over at him, nose crinkled adorably with confusion. “The Party?” she asks.
Will’s cheeks immediately heat up and his heart stumbles in his chest. Oh shit, didn’t mean to say that. God, Mike's going to kill him. “Oh, um, yeah. Sorry, we’re, like, super nerdy. When we were kids, the four of us started playing Dungeons & Dragons and, well, we just started calling ourselves ‘The Party’ because we thought it sounded cool. We don’t think it’s as cool anymore, but it stuck, so….” Will shrugs and looks away, trying not to give away anymore embarrassment, but sure that’s he’s failing miserably.
“Aw, that’s adorable!” El says, clapping her hands together. Will looks back up at her to see El with a bright smile and his embarrassment turns into confusion. “And you guys play D&D? That’s cool. There was a group at my old school who used to run regular campaigns and I always tried to get them to let me join, but they never would.” El pauses, pouting. It’s mostly for show, but Will can see a hint of true emotion behind it. “I wanted to be a mage. So, instead, I’d stay home and play ‘Skyrim’ by myself.”
Will can’t help the guffaw that escapes him. “Wait, you play video games?” It’s not like Will doesn’t know that girls play video games – Max does and she routinely kicks all their asses in multiplayer, so that’s not it. It’s just that Will’s never heard of a pretty (yes, even Will can admit that El’s pretty – just because he’s gay doesn’t mean he’s blind), popular girl playing video games before. He didn’t know they could even exist.
“Duh,” El says, smirking like Will should have been able to know this just from looking at her. “Dad got me started when he bought me a Wii as a kid and I never looked back.”
It hits Will a split second later. “Oh my god, you’re a nerd.” A pretty, popular, nerd.
El throws her hands up in victory. “Thank you! See, this is what I keep trying to tell everyone, and they don’t believe me. Just because I have amazing fashion sense and do Pep Squad does not mean I also don’t like sci-fi and video games. Please.”
“You do Pep Squad?” Will asks with a snicker.
El gives him a look. “Hey, it’s fun and it’s a good way to make friends. Plus, who doesn’t love school spirit?” She glances away, teeth flashing out to gnaw on her lower lip. “Besides, I'm not on Pep Squad here yet. Tryouts are tomorrow; I hope I make it on.”
“You’ll make it,” Will says, rushing to get the words out, rushing to be supportive. There’s something heart-wrenching about El doubting herself – like she should always be walking through life with her head held high – and if Will can do something to help that, he will. Even if he doesn’t really know El that well. “They’d be stupid not to let you in.”
Though, he knows she’s a nerd, now, and that’s way more than he knew an hour ago.
“Thanks,” El says, giving him a soft smile, and the tension in her shoulders bleeds away. She turns, reaching for another piece of a brownie, and when she’s got it, she looks back at him, a conspiratorial smile on her face. “So, you play D&D and you draw. Tell me Will Byers, what else do you do in your free time?”
Over the next hour or so, Will and El talk until his mom comes to knock on his door and say that Hopper needs to go and take El home with him. They talk about what kind of movies they like and what video games are their favorite and how they don’t understand why some people don’t like dipping their french fries in their shakes.
They discover they have a lot in common – not everything, but a lot – and by the time El has to go home, Will thinks that maybe, maybe he has a new friend. In some capacity, at any rate.
Will goes with his mom to see El and Hopper out, hands stuffed awkwardly in his pockets as he watches his mom and Hopper make their goodbyes.
“Thank you for having us over, Joyce,” Hopper says. “We’ll have to do this again sometime. Maybe over at our house?”
Will’s mom smiles, looking bright and giddy and it would be disconcerting if she didn’t look so happy. “Sounds good. Sound great, actually.”
Hopper smiles, the smile of a man who’s just won the lottery, and maybe there is something to El’s earlier proclamation that there’s something between his mom and Hopper. They’re approaching a level of simpering that is almost sickening, it’s so much.
And El looks so happy about this, Will realizes with a silent, amused laugh. He can see her sigh before she looks over at him, gaze twinkling. “See you tomorrow?”
“Yeah, in Chem class,” Will says. He takes one of his hands out of his pockets so he can wave at her.
“And I’ll have that book for you. Promise,” El says, pointing at him with a meaningful, if weighty gesture. Like she wants him to make sure that she isn’t going to forget.
Whether she is remains to be see, but Will doesn’t want to show her that he doubts her, even a little. “Looking forward to it,” he says, smiling.
“Oh, you better,” El says with a wink. She looks over at his mom and gives her a smile. “Thank you for dinner, Joyce. It was great.”
Will’s mom blushes. “Well, you’re welcome, El,” she says. “And thank you for bringing the brownies over. They were delicious.”
“What’d I tell you?” Hopper says. “She’s a mean baker.”
At this, El blushes. “Dad, stop,” she says, nudging him.
Everyone makes their final goodbyes – reiterations of the promise to do this again sometime – and then Will’s mom closes the front door, leaving just her and Will in the house. She lets out a low, content sigh, her gaze a little unfocused, but so soft and happy it makes Will’s heart feel all warm.
Will decides, right then and there, that it doesn’t matter if he’s uncomfortable or thinks it’s a little gross, if Hopper makes his mom this happy, he’ll put up with what he’s realizing is the most lovesick he’s ever seen an adult in his entire life. Because his mom deserves to be happy.
So, Will goes up to his mom and gives her a playful nudge with his elbow. “Well, that was nice. Are we going to go over to his house for dinner next? Or are you going to go alone?” he asks, a teasing snicker escaping from his throat.
It gets him the exact reaction he was looking for – his mom giving him a faux withering glare – before she rolls her eyes. “Off to bed with you,” she says.
Will does as she asks – he is tired and sleep sounds so, so good – but the entire time he’s getting ready for bed, he can’t stop thinking about the night he’s just had. And he knows, a gut feeling that takes over every fiber of his being, that El’s about to become a much bigger part of his life.
If only he knew how much.
Monday mornings are the absolute worst, but being able to meet up with his friends before Homeroom is a great way to soothe that particular pain.
Still, Mike’s waiting for the caffeine from his morning cup of coffee to kick in and, until then, he’s a little bleary eyed and kind of cranky.
All 5 of them are standing by Max’s locker since it’s the closest to the entrance, mumbling and groaning over life in general, it seems like. “Man, why don’t we start school at, like, 10?” Max says with a whine. “It’s way too early for this shit.
“It’s a conspiracy, I tell you,” Dustin says. “High school is just one elaborate torture device they inflict on innocent teenagers to teach them that life is pain.”
Lucas gives Dustin a concerned, confused look. “Man, you have got to stop going to those creepy internet forums,” he says, shaking his head. “They’re corrupting your brain.”
“Corrupting...or enlightening?” Dustin counters with. “You don’t know, Lucas. You don’t know.”
Lucas rolls his eyes. “Whatever,” he mumbles. “You’re a lost cause by this point, I swear.”
Will’s been pretty quiet since they all met up and Mike looks over at the smaller boy. It’s not unusual for Will to be the quieter of the bunch, but this is really quiet. “Hey, Will, you ok?” Mike asks.
Will, who’d been staring out into space, jolts back to the present with a rough shake of his head. “Oh, yeah, um, sorry. Just… late night last night, is all.”
The rest of them exchange conspiratorial grins. “Ooh, Will, did you have a date?” Max croons.
“Yeah,” Mike says, piling in. “Did you sneak out to meet up with some hot guy, or–?”
But, before Mike can finish his sentence, a voice calls out and cuts him off. “Will! Hey, Will!”
The Party stops and turns to look in the direction of who’s calling out for Will and Mike’s heart immediately skips several beats in his chest before it takes off like a race horse, pounding and thumping hard against his rib cage. Because the person who called out to get Will’s attention is none other than El Hopper.
And she looks gorgeous today.
No, not just gorgeous.
Fucking hot.
Her hair’s pulled up in a high ponytail, a lush waterfall of wavy hair with curled ends swaying behind her. She’s wearing a navy blue, high-necked sweater, the fabric clinging tight to the lines of her torso, leaving very little to the imagination. But what’s really tripping Mike up, what’s stolen his breath and making him feel like he’s going to melt, is the skirt she’s wearing – a tight, black skirt that hits just at mid-thigh that she’s paired with thigh-high socks and Mary Janes, leaving the most tantalizing band of skin visible on her thighs. Mike’s fingers itch to trace the hem of those socks, and then her skirt, and then–
“El, hi!” Will says, sounding both happy and surprised, and it jolts Mike out of his hormone-fueled musings.
“I’m glad I ran into you so early!” she says, pulling around a duffle bag she’s carrying along with her backpack that Mike hadn’t noticed until now (how could he when he's too busy staring at her legs?). She unzips the front pocket and pulls out a small, worn paperback book. “Here, as promised. The first ‘Dresden Files’ book.” She pauses, looking around at the rest of the Party. “Hi, guys,” she says, smiling, almost too perky for so early on a Monday morning. But it does more for Mike than all the caffeine in the world, jolting him awake with a lovesick intensity.
Will’s jaw drops with pleased shock and Mike shares a look with the rest of the Party, all of them super confused as to what’s going on now (and if Mike’s starting to feel a little jealous that there seems to be something going on with El and Will that he didn’t know about, well… he’s not about to admit it out loud) . “Oh, wow, you remembered!”
El gives Will a chiding look, but it’s gentle and soft, almost playful and Mike’s heart skips another beat in time with the butterflies that take off in his stomach. God, she’s just so pretty…. “Of course I remembered. I need someone to gush over these books with me, remember?”
“Yes, of course. How could I forget?” Will says, chuckling as he takes the book from El. “Oh, my mom wouldn’t stop raving over those brownies, by the way. She wants me to ask you to give her the recipe and maybe teach her how you made them.”
El zips up her backpack and nods. “Sure, anytime! I’m sure my dad wouldn’t mind another reason to go over to your house,” she says, winking playfully. Mike desperately wishes that wink was directed at him, but given the way his heart nearly stops at the sight, maybe it’s a good idea that it wasn’t.
“Anyway,” El continues. “I need to stop by my locker, drop off my stuff – don’t wanna carry this duffle bag around all day.”
“For Pep Squad tryouts?” Will asks. “You’re gonna be great, by the way. Just remember that.”
“Thanks,” El says, smile turning soft, a sigh escaping her. Mike wants to echo the sentiment, but his brain’s stuck on the image of El wearing the Pep Squad uniform and, welp, there’s a new fantasy Mike really didn’t need to have in his repertoire.
And then she looks up at him, her gaze meeting his across the few feet that separate them, and Mike almost dies from the intensity in her eyes. There’s so much in her gaze, so much Mike can’t even begin to identify – happiness, shyness, nervousness, along with something darker, deeper, something Mike’s not even sure he’s brave enough to explore. It could be good, really good… but it could also be really, really bad and Mike’s scared to find out which.
But, before Mike can fall deeper into El’s eyes, she smiles up at him, which is almost worse because Mike always feels like his heart is going to stop when she looks at him like that, like she’s happy to see him. The weekend spent away from her started to make him forget the full force of her smile, but now that he’s in her presence again, with her smiling up at him like there’s no one she’d rather be smiling at, it hits him like a freight train that she’s absolutely the most beautiful girl he’s ever seen in his entire life. “Hi, Mike,” she says, cheeks lightly flushed, eyes sparkling. “I’ll, um, I’ll see you in Trig, right?”
It takes Mike a moment to find his voice, but he manages to croak out an answer when the silence starts to stretch out too long. “Oh, uh, yeah. Yeah, of course. See you then.”
A relieved breath escapes from El’s lips and she nods. “Good.” She looks over at Dustin, who’s busy looking back and forth between Mike and El with a knowing look on his face that just grates against Mike’s nerves. “Hey, Dustin, wanna head to Homeroom together?”
A broad smile crosses Dustin’s face. “Sure!” He turns to the rest of the Party and offers them a mock salute. “See you losers later.”
El giggles and waves at the others as Dustin comes over to stand next to her. “Bye guys.” Her gaze slides over to Mike once more and it’s like the whole world starts to fade away. She’s just so pretty, staring up at him with wide eyes and a soft smile. “See you later, Mike.”
“Bye, El,” is all Mike can say and it feels like he can barely breath out the words, he’s so transfixed.
Dustin and El take off and Mike can only stare after them, eyes locked on El’s retreating figure, on the sway of her hips and the lilting tease of her ponytail, on how she so easily and without hesitation turns to talk and laugh with Dustin, in full view of everyone. Like she doesn’t care that popular girls and nerds just don’t interact.
Mike’s never been more confused and more attracted to another girl in his entire life and he just wishes he knew what to make of El, wishes he knew how to fit her into the paradigm of his life.
“Hey, earth to Wheeler.” It’s Max’s voice, accompanied by a sharp elbow in his side. “Stop staring at the pretty girl and pay attention.”
Mike scowls and rubs at his side as he looks over at Max. “Ow, I hate you.” He glares a second later. “And I wasn’t staring.”
Max snorts. “Oh, please. You’re totally heart-eyes right now, so don’t even try and deny it.”
Mike feels his scowl deepen, but he doesn’t comment on Max’s point further (because she’s right and he just doesn’t want to admit it). So, instead, he turns to Will. “So, um, care to share why El was at your house last night?”
Will rolls his eyes and stashes the book El lent him in his backpack. “C’mon, I’ll explain on my way to my locker. But, trust me, it’s not as exciting as you’re thinking, so you can just stop being jealous right now, Mike.”
Annoyance ripples down Mike’s spine and he grumbles. “Not jealous, just curious,” he says, trying not to pout and failing miserably.
(Though he is a little jealous and it’s super frustrating that everyone seems to be picking up on this. God, why couldn’t he be better at hiding his feelings? It’s just not fair.)
It’s clear, though, that Will doesn’t believe his denial and just arches an eyebrow. “Uh-huh, sure.” Will says with a little laugh. Mike kind of hates him for it. “Well, ok, it’s like this….”
Will tells him about his mom and El’s dad and how they used to be friends. He tells Mike about how his mom invited El and her dad over for dinner last night and that’s why they were hanging out as his house.
And, as Will tells him this, Mike realizes that he really is jealous. Will gets to hang out with El because of their parents; Dustin seems to be forming a friendship with El over them being in PE and Homeroom together; Max and El are bonding over Mike’s not sure what; hell, even Lucas and El seem to be getting friendly over shared music tastes and they’re only in one class together.
And Mike, who’s in three classes with her, who’s so attracted to her and wishes he could stop all at the same time–
(because that road ends in nothing but pain, especially with a girl as pretty and popular as el is and, fuck, she’s going to be on the pep squad and he’s going to have to see her in that tiny uniform at least once a week and oh god he’s not ok with this how’s he supposed to concentrate in class?)
– can’t seem to stop from tripping over his own tongue, can’t get out of his own way long enough to become friends with her. When’s he going to get his chance? Is he going to get his chance? Or is he just going to be resigned to all his friends becoming friends with her while he sits off in the corner like the awkward loser that he is?
It’s official. Mike’s the unluckiest loser on the face of the planet, cursed to crush after the most unattainable girls, while his friends get to easily be friends with the most amazing girl ever.
Yeah, it’s just his luck.
Fuck.
Notes:
And, there's my mileven here at the end. Y'all know I got you.
So I'm gonna take a short break and write a S3 one-shot that's been brewing since, well, the moment I saw the end of ep8, but I should have the next chapter out in a few weeks. We're going to be full-steam Mileven from this point, y'all, in all it's adorable, awkward glory.
But, in the meantime, if anyone wants to come flail with me about Mileven or Stranger Things in general, come on over to tumblr and bug me there! I go by @fatechica (woohoo consistency!) so please hmu! Catch y'all on the flip side!
Chapter 9: that brave new feeling
Notes:
Well, two and a half weeks ain't bad between the last chapter and this one.
Especially considering that this chapter is 21K WORDS.
(I promise, I'm trying not to be embarrassed about this. I know you all love it, but IT'S HARD NOT TO BE.)
Anyway, get ready for nothing but excessive Mileven flirtiness with a little bit of drama thrown in for depth. I hope this was worth the wait.
Enjoy everyone! And let me know what you think!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
“So, you’re lending books to Will before me, huh? I’m offended, El – I thought you and I had something special.”
El looks over at Dustin as they walk through the halls of Hawkins High Monday morning before Homeroom – her second Monday, in fact. Just behind her and Dustin, maybe only 10 feet away, are the rest of Dustin’s friends who they’ve just parted ways with.
Which, of course, includes Mike. Mike, who’s looking oh so cute in jeans and an unbuttoned flannel with a white tee underneath, hair effortlessly and rakishly wild. Mike, who looked at her so sweetly and who she absolutely could not keep her eyes off of.
Mike, who she’s pretty sure is still watching her, if the pleasurable tingle she feels on the back of her neck means anything.
But, right now, El’s focused on trying to keep a straight enough face to give Dustin a wry, teasing look – not exactly the time to be all lovesick and besotted. “I wasn’t aware there was anything between us at all,” El fires back. She bites the inside of her cheek to keep from smiling too big, but it’s only partially successful and she can feel her lips curl up in a grin despite herself.
Dustin lets out a wounded gasp, totally hamming it up, as he dramatically reaches up to mime a dagger plunging into his heart. “Oh, Hopper, you’re killing me, here.”
“I’m just teasing,” El says with a bright giggle, leaning into him just enough so she can knock him with her shoulder. “No, what happened is that my dad and Will’s mom have, like, some sort of history and Joyce invited us over for dinner last night. Will and I got to talking and I discovered that there’s a series books I own that Will might be interested in, so I lent him the first one. That’s pretty much it.”
“Uh-huh, yeah, sure, ok. Nice story Hopper. But the bloom’s off the rose now, y’hear me? Off. The. Rose.” Dustin’s still hamming it up and it makes El laugh, drawing a bright peel of giggles out of her (which is exactly why he does it, she knows).
So El doesn’t fight the giggles, shaking her head the entire time, and when they die down, she changes the subject. “Hey, mind if we stop by my locker real quick? I wanna drop off my duffle bag before Homeroom.”
“Sure thing, Heart Breaker,” Dustin says with a casual shrug and a teasing grin.
“Oh, come off it,” El says through a huffed sigh. “You are not heartbroken.”
“I just hide it well. And you can make it up to me by lending me a book,” Dustin says, winking. He reaches over and taps the duffle bag bouncing against El’s hip. “So, Pep Squad, huh? Gonna prance around Hawkins High in that sad, sorry excuse of a uniform, spreading school spirit all around?”
El gives Dustin another flat look. “If they let me on, yes,” she says as they approach her locker. “And, please, like you don’t think that uniform is hot.”
Dustin shrugs nonchalantly and leans against the locker next to El’s as she puts in her combination. “Never said I didn’t,” he says, flashing her a grin. “Bet you’ll look super hot in it.” The words are spoken around a teasing laugh, not meant to be taken entirely seriously. “Hell, I know Mike will think so.”
That gets El’s attention and her hands slips a little as she finally unlocks her locker and unlatches it. “O-oh?” she says, stuttering in time to the beat-skipping thump of her heart. “How, uh, how do you know?” Excitement has her heart racing, her skin tingling, and she pauses mid-opening of her locker as she eagerly awaits Dustin’s response.
“Oh, please,” Dustin says and it’s his turn to give her a flat, knowing look. “You’d have to be blind not to see the way he looks at you. And you’re no better!” Dustin emphasizes his point with a literal point, his index finger jabbing in her direction. “Your goo-goo eyes are not at all subtle, missy.”
At that, El smirks, feeling like the cat who got the cream. “They weren’t meant to be,” she says, eyebrows arching, heavy with meaning. Giddiness has infused her – oh god, does he really like me? – and she can’t tamp down on it now.
“Holy shit,” Dustin guffaws, jaw dropping in quiet shock. “Wait, you actually like him? Like really like him? Mike Wheeler, president of the A/V club and all around resident nerd?”
El shrugs, feeling coy. “Well, I’m still getting to know him,” she says, not quite willing to reveal the depths of the crush she has, the one that seems to grow each time she looks at him. But there’s absolutely no harm in letting Dustin know that she's at least interested. “He’s super cute, though.” She holds up a hand the very next second, a bid for a favor. “Please don’t tell Mike, though. We’re still getting to know each other and I want-”
“Things to progress at their natural pace,” Dustin says, cutting her off. “Don’t worry, totally get it, my lips are sealed.” He mimes zipping up his lips and turning the key to lock them – quite a feat considering that he’s smiling like a loon. “The school’s gonna flip though. Like ‘Beauty and the Nerd’? Totally unheard of around here.”
“Ugh, Dustin,” El says through a heavy, groaning sigh, rolling her eyes as she finally opens her locker. God, she couldn’t care less what anyone in the school might think of her and Mike, no matter what or if anything happens between the two of them. “Please, stop.”
Dustin snickers. “Ok, sorry, sorry. I-” A brief pause, the sound of something fluttering. “Oh, hey, this fell out of your locker.” El looks over just as Dustin bends over to grab what ever hit the floor. “I, uh, think this is for you,” he says as he straightens. “It has your name on it. I think. Is this how it’s spelled?”
El frowns, brow furrowing just a bit, too many questions swirling around in her head. She takes the piece of paper Dustin’s holding out to her, pinched delicately between her fingers.
It’s a piece of thick, stationary paper, soft green and folded in quarters. And, sure enough, it has her name on it… kind of (spelled “Elle” not “El”, so points taken away right off the bat, whoever it’s from). “No, my name’s spelled ‘E-L’,” she murmurs before she begins to investigate.
El brings the note closer and starts to unfold it so she can see what’s written on it, if anything. And, the moment she does, she reels so hard from the stench emanating from it, she almost falls over backwards. “Oh my god, was this thing drenched in Axe Body spray?” El holds out the offensive piece of paper, now torn between curiosity and self-preservation.
Dustin leans in and draws in a good whiff through his nose, coughing almost the moment the air enters his lungs. “Holy shit, that should be classified as a weapon of war,” he says, voice tight, blinking rapidly like he’s trying to clear the fumes from his eyes as he leans back.
“Ugh, seriously.” Curiosity wins out in the end, just edging out that self-preservation instinct (curse her need to know) and, making sure to keep the offensive note at arm’s length, El finishes unfolding it.
The handwriting inside is very stereotypically male, blocky letters and upper and lowercase almost impossible to tell apart. El skims through the text – “Dear Elle… sorry about last week… so beautiful you drive me crazy… let me make it up to you… you name the time and place….” – and jumps to the bottom to see who signed it.
Zach Mercer.
Oh, fuck no.
Revulsion ripples through her and El hurries to fold the note back up. “Wait, who’s it from? What’s it say?” Dustin asks, all need-to-know curiosity.
“An idiot who won’t take a hint despite being hit with it like a clue-by-4,” El grumbles as she begins tearing the note into tiny, tiny pieces. She can feel the expression on her face – nose wrinkled, brows drawn together, lips pinched – and she knows she’s broadcasting her anger, her frustration.
Because fuck-boy will not get a goddamn clue.
“Watch my open locker, Dustin,” El tells him before she marches down the row of lockers to where there’s a trashcan. By this point, she’s ripped up the note into handfuls of small pieces, words indistinguishable. Yeah, she’s going to have to heavily wash her hands to get rid of the Axe body spray residue on her her palms, but the act of shredding this note was just too cathartic.
She slams the pieces into the trash (or as best as she can with what are essentially large pieces of confetti) and makes her way back to where Dustin is still standing by her open locker, looking at her both like he’s scared of what she might do next and like he’s in awe of her at the same time. “Thank you,” she says, voice pitching high with prim satisfaction, as she pulls her duffle bag up over her shoulder and shoves it in her locker.
“Woah,” Dustin breathes. “Remind me to tell Mike to never write you love letters.”
The thought of Mike writing her love letters breaks through the cloud of anger and annoyance just enough to pierce her in the heart, leaving her feeling all fluttery – she would never, ever hate getting anything hand-written from him. Ever – but the thought doesn’t dispel El’s bad mood entirely. She sighs, closing her locker, and turns to start heading to Homeroom. “It’s not the what, it’s the who it’s from I have a problem with,” El says.
“Who, um, who is it from, by the way?” Dustin asks, glancing down and over at her as they walk.
El resists the urge to ball her fists at her side and, instead, she loops her thumbs in the straps of her backpack. “Zach Mercer.” And if her voice is terse and she all but spits out Zach’s name? Well, she’s still incredibly pissed off, so it feels warranted.
A sharp gasp leaves Dustin. “Wait, you mean star football player, Zach Mercer?” he asks. “Like, the guy every girl in school lusts after?”
“Not this girl,” El says with a snort. “Not even if he was the last person on Earth. Never has a guy been the complete and utter opposite of my type. He’s a crude, entitled dickwad and if he fell off the face of the planet, I wouldn’t care. In fact, I might throw a party.” God, no guy has ever pissed her off as much as Zach has and the thought of being alone in a room with him makes her wanna be sick.
“Huh, so guess your type really is tall, lanky, and nerdy, isn’t it?” Dustin says, gently teasing, like he’s trying to pull El back from the ledge of her anger.
“Pretty much exactly my type,” El says as they walk through the door into their Homeroom classroom with a minute to go. El spares a glance at the back of the room where Jennifer is sitting and gives the other girl a wave, which is returned with at least twice as much energy.
“Good to know,” Dustin says with a low laugh. “Also, for reals, remind me never to piss you off. You’re seriously scary when you’re angry.”
“My dad will be proud to hear it,” El says with a laugh, feeling her anger dissipate under Dustin’s light-hearted teasing, and takes her usual seat with Dustin sitting to her right.
“Figures. Sounds just like something a Police Chief would be proud of,” Dustin says, gaze twinkling as he looks over at her.
“Damn straight it is,” El says.
Mr. Evans walks in through the open door just as the bell rings and all over conversation is cut short as Homeroom gets underway.
The morning continues on, El’s foul mood doesn’t go away completely. Every so often, throughout Homeroom and into American Lit, El’s mind touches on the memory of the letter, like it’s a ghost that’s haunting her like the lingering smell of Axe body spray on her hands. And each time, a fresh wave of revulsion washes over her, pairing all too well with the low flame of anger that burns in her belly.
God, just imagine thinking that a stinky, creepy ass note stuffed in her locker could at all make up for practically assaulting her in the hallway last week. Like, of all the douchebro things El figures she could expect from someone like Zach, this one takes the cake, really truly does.
Especially because El’s told him she’s not interested and he either can’t take a hint… or doesn’t want to. And neither option is good. One is creepy and the other is downright sociopathic.
No thank you. Swipe left. Opt the fuck out.
But then, second period ends and turns into third period. Which means Honors Trig.
And Mike.
Suddenly, it’s like Zach and the note he left her are an insignificant blip on the radar, nothing even worth worrying about. No, just the knowledge that El’s about to get to sit next to Mike for the next hour has her mood doing a complete 180, going from surly to lovesick practically from one breath to the next.
El all but races to her Honors Trig class, a skip in her step, feeling buoyant and giddy and excited. Once again, she pauses just outside the doorway, taking a breathless moment to make sure that nothing is out of place and everything is perfect – hair still smooth, skirt and sweater unwrinkled and lying exactly where they need to – before she walks in, beyond ready to see Mike again.
Only, it appears she raced over too quickly because when El steps in to Trig, her gaze lands on Mike’s empty seat. El stops in the doorway, shoulders slumping a bit. Oh, he’s not even here yet. Boo. El’s lips twist in a small pout and she walks over to her usual desk, excitement dampened just a bit.
She chides herself for getting all worked up as she sits down, backpack sliding gracelessly off her shoulders so she can plop it on the ground. He’ll be here in a sec, El thinks, reassuring herself. If you hadn’t fucking run over, you wouldn’t be this disappointed. Get a grip, Hopper.
But there’s no rationalizing with the lovesick corner of her heart, which is desperately eager to see the boy who makes her feel all fluttery and floaty. El breathes out a low laugh and shakes her head at her own boy-crazy mind (well, not boy-crazy – Mike-crazy) before she reaches into her backpack for the stuff she needs for class.
She loses track of time a bit as she skims over the homework that’s due in just a few minutes, making sure all her answers are correct and legible. She’s so absorbed, caught up in a brief, determined frenzy, that she initially misses Mike walking into the room.
In fact, it’s only when she sees movement passing in front of her desk out of the top of her vision that she realizes he’s here, and her heart leaps up into her throat. El draws in a stuttering breath before she lifts her gaze off her paper, looking up (and up) to see Mike rounding her desk to sit at his own, long legs folding as he slides into his seat.
El shamelessly watches him the entire time, chin cupped in her hand as her elbow sits propped on the surface of her desk. She’s aware that there’s probably a dreamy smile stretched across her lips, but she doesn’t care. Not when Mike is this cute, all tousled, messy hair and alabaster skin and sharp, defined features. He’s like a work of art she never wants to look away from.
And, if what Dustin hinted at is correct, he likes her.
El doesn’t say anything as she watches Mike get out his stuff for class – he’ll notice her soon enough, she figures and, if not, she’ll wait until he’s settled before getting his attention.
He notices her on his own, going still for a moment with hands hovering above the notebook he just plopped down on his desk, before he looks over, eyes wide and lips parted just barely in confused shock. There’s a wariness around the edges of his gaze that has El’s heart going out to him, that makes her want to give him a hug and tell him that everything will be ok and no one will ever hurt him again.
(And if she ever finds out who put that look in his eyes, there’s going to be hell to pay, mark her words.)
El gives Mike a gentle smile, head tilting just so as her arm lies flat on the desk. “Hi, there,” she says, voice lilting with barely contained flirtiness. God, it’s so even she can hear how flirty she sounds, that’s how blatant it is.
Mike breathes out a laugh, the wariness in his eyes fading away as amusement takes its place. “Hi,” he says back, shy smile curling up the gorgeous fullness of his lips.
“Fancy seeing you here,” El says with a bit of a giggle.
“We have this class together every day,” Mike deadpans, but his eyebrow arches, amused.
El lets out a playful groan and reaches over to smack him lightly on the arm, heart skipping a beat as she so very briefly feels his warmth beneath her palm. “Hey, I’m trying to be cute over here. Why are you trying to stop me from being cute?” She emphasizes her point by fluttering her eyelashes and pouting at him, laying it on thick.
“I don’t think anything could stop you from being cute,” Mike blurts out. He freezes a second later, like it’s just hit him what he’s said, and a fierce blush blossoms high on his cheeks. “Oh, um, I mean – I didn’t–”
El’s breath catches in her throat – oh god, did he just call her cute??? – and her heart starts racing a mile a minute, pulse fluttering like a hummingbird’s just beneath her skin. She giggles, then, all coy, thrilled beyond measure that the boy she likes thinks she’s cute. “Well, I would say the same about you, if it makes you feel any better,” she says. She’s totally aware of how breathy she sounds, flirtatious and overwhelmed, but there’s nothing she can do to stop it. Nor can she stop the playful wink she tosses in his direction.
Mike stares at her and the only way she can describe the look on his face is gobsmacked, like he can’t believe that she called him cute in the same round-about way he did to her. It makes her giggle, heart feeling like it’s going to explode from the force of the butterflies beating frantically in her veins, and El cannot stop smiling. How could she when Mike looks absolutely adorable right now? The cutest blush she’s ever seen creeps across his cheeks, his mouth hangs open just so (which just makes her want to kiss him so bad), and the look in his eyes is both pleased and surprised in a way that makes her stomach swoop.
Mike’s mouth works a couple of times, like he’s trying to think of something to say or get the words out where they might be stuck in his throat. But, before he can manage, the bell rings and class begins, cutting him off short.
El glances over briefly as Ms. Geno stands up from her desk to begin lecturing, but her gaze inexorably slides back over to Mike.
Mike is still looking at her, gaze still pleased, still surprised – an intoxicating mix that makes El’s heart skip and her breath catch in her throat. But there’s also uncertainty there, now, that wasn’t there before. Like he’s not sure if she meant what she said, like she might have lied to him about finding him cute.
Well, that just won’t do, El thinks. So she smiles at him, holding nothing back. She can feel it: the coy, flirty twist of her lips; the knowing arch of her eyebrow; how every inch of her gaze is filled with all the things she feels for him, all the happiness and affection and attraction. Sure, she may have only known him a week, she may not know much about him, but she wants to know everything about him. Everything.
El tries her best to him know all of this with one lingering look and it’s all too easy to let everything coursing through her show on her face. Mike stares back at her, wide eyed, breathless and frozen, like shock has transformed him into marble, like he can’t believe any of this is happening.
A giggle bubbles up in El’s throat and she manages to push it down, but her lips twitch with the effort, adding another layer to her smile. She throws Mike one more wink, this one saucier than the last, before she turns to pay attention to Ms. Geno. Or, as well as she can pay attention at any rate, given how her pulse thrums beneath her skin and how she feels so airy and weightless, it’s honestly shocking she doesn’t just float away and untether from gravity entirely.
All throughout Trig, El can feel Mike’s gaze half on her, like he’s trying to pay attention in class, but also can’t stop paying attention to her. It’s no surprise, really, given how blatantly forward and open her flirtations with him have been this morning.
And El honestly had been trying to be more subtle, less in his face about it. But hearing from Dustin and from Mike (in a round-about manner, of course) that he thinks she’s cute has made her thrown all caution to the wind and she doesn’t care about being subtle anymore. No, if he thinks she’s cute, then El wants Mike to know that she thinks he’s cute right back. No sense in wasting time, right?
Still, Mike seems unsettled and the nervous energy he’s radiating is palpable. It’s a good, if frustrating, reminder that Mike’s emotions are fragile (for reasons that El still has no idea about) and she needs to have some restraint, needs to have some care with this beautiful boy’s heart.
But, that doesn’t mean she still can’t flirt with him. Nope, not at all.
Halfway through class, feeling giddily daring when she feels Mike’s eyes on her once more, El crosses one leg over the other and daintily perches her elbows on the desk. She leans forward, chin resting just so on the back her fingers, and when Ms. Geno isn’t looking, El turns her head just enough so she can look over at Mike.
He’s staring back at her, of course, but he’s not looking at her face. No, his gaze is fixed firmly on her legs, her right crossed over her left, and she feels his eyes on her like a physical caress. His eyes, she doesn’t mind on her. Not when he’s looking at her with an expression that is somewhere between awe and attraction, soft and cherished and heated.
As El watches, Mike’s gaze drifts up from her legs and El holds the pose she’s in, loving how this feels, loving how just the simple act of him checking her out makes her feel all warm and gooey inside, heart racing and skin tingling with excitement.
Eventually, his gaze meets hers and he startles a bit, not expecting her to be looking. A flush crawls up his cheeks – one of embarrassment this time, gaze filling with shame that wars with the naked attraction in his eyes – but he somehow manages to mostly not look away, but whether it's out of some newfound sense of bravery or frozen with shock, El’s not sure.
El doesn’t let him linger in his shame for long. Hell, she wouldn’t have positioned herself like this if she didn’t want him to look. So, making sure his gaze is locked on her face, she smiles, the curve of her lips teasing and knowing – like what you see?
She holds his gaze for just a second longer before she turns back to face the front of the class, legs slowly uncrossing so she can hook her ankles together beneath her seat. Her lips are still pulled up in a smile, though now it’s more out of a sense of victory than anything else.
El almost wishes she was alone right now. Because she desperately wants to get up and do a victory dance, wants to squeal and giggle and explode with giddy happiness. Her heart’s racing, her skin’s tingling, and her stomach is doing acrobatics that are spurred on by the millions of butterflies that have taken flight in her belly.
But she holds it all in, somehow manages to contain the happiness that wants to explode out of her, and refocuses her energy on paying attention to the last half of Trig.
Ms. Geno runs over her time, continuing past the ringing of the bell for a couple of minutes. So there’s no time really for El to talk to Mike at all as she rushes to gather up her things since she has to make it almost to the other side of campus for French class.
But, there’s still time, at least, to say goodbye… or, rather, until next time.
El stands up, notebook and math text held in her arms, and looks over at Mike as she slips her backpack onto her shoulders one arm at at time. She waits until he looks back over, eyes wide once again, curious and hopeful and fearful all in one expression.
El giggles – because how can she not when he’s this goddamn cute? – and she smiles, trilling the fingers of one hand in a flirty wave. “See you later, cutie,” she says, voice low and lilting, and she barely resists the urge to blow a kiss at him as she turns and walks away, leaving with her Mike’s shocked face as the last image of him she’ll see until lunch at the earliest.
El can feel Mike’s eyes on her as she walks out the door, the skin along the back of her neck and her spine tingling like earlier that morning when she walked off to Homeroom with Dustin.
And, if there’s an extra sway in her hips, knowing that he’s watching her as she walks away, El doesn’t mind one bit.
It is for him, after all.
See you later, cutie.
The words echo in his head, over and over and over again. It’s like they’ve wormed their way into the soft tissue and have etched themselves permanently on his soul, on the very fiber of his being.
The entire time he’s sitting in Spanish class, Mike’s barely paying attention. No, he’s too busy trying to decipher what in the hell El meant by that.
Does she think he’s cute? Like for real think he’s cute? Or is she just leading him on, ensnaring him in her web so she can destroy him later?
It’s so annoying because he doesn’t know which it is, but he hopes so badly that it’s that she really thinks he’s cute.
And, the most perplexing thing of all is that there’s honestly part of him that thinks El might actually mean it. Especially if the way she kept looking at him all throughout Trig is any indication.
He’d barely been able to keep it together from the moment he spotted El sitting at her desk tot he moment she disappeared through the doorway on her way to her next class. He couldn’t help it – she’s just so effortlessly alluring, transcendentally beautiful. Sitting there, strands of her ponytail twirled around one finger as she looked at the papers on her desk, the demure cross of her legs at mid-calf at odds with the tempting vision of those same legs encased in white, thigh-high socks.
Almost more than El’s disarming smile and warm, flirty gazes, those damn socks distracted him practically the entire time he sat there in Trig – those and that band of bare skin around the middle of her thigh, perfectly and temptingly taunting. He’d nearly stopped breathing when he watched her slowly cross her legs, skirt pulling taut around her thigh, the hook of her right knee over her left so fucking suggestive, Mike’s heart nearly pounded its way out of his chest. He couldn’t help it, then, the way his gaze dragged up her body, like he was trying to commit the sight of her to memory.
Up and up his eyes traveled, up the smooth curve of her legs, mouth going dry at the tilt of her hips and the arch of her back as she sat with her elbows propped up on the desk. Mike drank it all in, unable to look away, gaze drawn to the lines of her torso, the way the hair of her ponytail spilled down her back in a lush waterfall, the delectable curve where her neck meets her shoulder….
And then his eyes rose to her face and Mike discovered that El was looking right at him.
To say that he was startled would be a massive understatement. Embarrassment started to build up inside of him, bubbling over and souring his stomach. Of fucking course he’d get caught checking her out like a skeezy, pervy loser, like she’s just a piece of meat instead of a beautiful, intelligent young woman.
He’d frozen, unable to look away despite how much he desperately wanted to slink away, find a hole to crawl into so he could die in peace. But, no, he’d been god and truly stuck, held in place by the combination of El’s inscrutable gaze and the arresting tug of war between his testosterone-fueled hormones and basic human decency (because god dammit she’s hot even if he shouldn’t be checking her out so openly during class).
But, then, she’d smiled. Oh, how El smiled. And, in that moment, Mike Wheeler practically forgot his fucking name.
El’s smile had been so many things: excited, happy, teasing…. But, most of all, it’d been knowing. It was a smile that said she knew exactly what she was doing to him, that she wanted him to stare at her like he was, that she’d posed herself specifically to catch his eye and that it’d worked exactly how she wanted it to.
Pride filled her expression as she turned back to the front of the classroom a moment later, but Mike had still been stuck on El.
Wait, she wanted him to look at her? Why? Did it have to do with her thinking him cute? Or was it part of a game, one he wasn’t entirely sure was real, despite how every logical brain cell told him there was no other explanation. After all, girls as hot as El didn’t fucking strike a pose for guys like Mike, no matter how many fantasies revolved around that.
Mike spent the rest of class off kilter, but the worst (or best?) of it had yet to happen.
And so, with a simple, inviting utterance of “See you later, cutie,” spoken in the most breathless honeyed tones Mike has ever heard, El Hopper broke his brain entirely.
It’s all he can think about, those four little words bouncing around in his skull over and over again, back and forth like a pinball. And each time it bounces, it strikes off a thought every time, thoughts that taunt him with visions of what he so desperately wants.
See you later, cutie – walking through the halls at school, hand in hand, her palm soft and warm against his, their fingers intertwined.
See you later, cutie – the brightness of her smile as he picks her up to take her out on a date, beautiful and iridescent and made only for him.
See you later, cutie – her mouth against his as he kisses her soft and slow, lips parting just so as they glide against his, lush and inviting and so, so hot. His hands in her hair, strands like silk through his fingers. Her body pressed up against his, lithe and warm and perfect….
Yeah, no, Mike’s brain is irrevocably broken and it’s all El’s fault.
Lunch just makes it worse. Like the universe is out to taunt him, Mike has a clear, unimpeded view of where El’s sitting with the rest of the popular girls.
She’s just so… beautiful, Mike thinks with a soft sigh. El’s sitting there, talking to Jennifer Hayes, all sparkling eyes and gently flushed cheeks as she giggles and smiles. Mike wants to hate how he can’t bring himself to look away, but his heart (and his hormones) are far too ensnared to care.
That same heart, though, shrivels in on itself when, with only 10 minutes left in the lunch hour, Ashley Patterson slides into view, switching seats with Ellen Kinkaid so she can sit next to El.
A strange mix of nausea and hurt washes over Mike. It’s, well, uncomfortable to see his current object of affection and infatuation sitting next to his previous one. And, despite the hurt tugging at his heart, Mike forces himself to look as Ashley.
She’s not paying attention to him as she talks with El – she never really paid attention to him unless she wanted something from him – but that just gives Mike the luxury of staring at the girl who broke his heart during Freshman year.
Ashley had led him on, used him while she strung him along, and then humiliated him when she’d gotten what she wanted out of him. And here he was, almost two years later, and the scars on his heart still felt too fresh.
Mike wonders if Ashley’s told El any of what she did to him. If she remembers, that is, Mike thinks, brow furrowing in a scowl. Given how Ashley never even so much as looked in Mike’s direction Sophomore year, it’s pretty safe to say she dropped him like yesterday’s trash, insignificant and completely unmemorable. So the odds of El knowing anything about what happened with him and Ashley are super slim to none.
Still, that doesn’t stop the weirdest combination of hope and shame from creeping through his veins – hope that El doesn’t know about his horrible history with Ashley, shame that he’s still so hung up on this. Mike shakes himself loose as best he can so he can focus on his friends, needing any kind of distraction from the pained thumping of his heart.
He looks around the table, blinking lazily. Will has his nose buried in a book– the same one El lent him, actually – and Dustin and Lucas are speaking in heated, if hushed tones about their plans for the Destiny raid the Party is planning on tackling on Saturday.
“All I’m saying, Lucas, is that if our Light Level isn’t at least 550, we’re gonna get our asses kicked. And, last I recall, you’re the only one of the Party whose score isn’t that high. Even Max’s score is up there and I’m sure she manages to pull herself away from sucking face long enough to keep leveling up.”
Lucas scowls and Mike can see the “fuck you” on his friend’s face in the narrowed eyes and pinched lips. But, before he can say it, Lucas looks over and gives Mike a wry grin. “Well, well, well… Wheeler finally joins us for lunch. You finished staring at the hot new girl?”
Mike mirrors Lucas’ earlier scowl and sidesteps the question by ignoring it entirely. “So, are you going to be ready for the raid this weekend? We can’t have a weak link, you know.”
“Oh, fuck you. Fuck you, both,” Lucas grumbles, eyeing both Mike and Dustin with a sour gaze. “I’ll be ready. I always manage to perform, don’t I?”
Dustin grins, full of impish mischief. “Hey, keep those details of your sex life to yourself, ok? We don’t need to know what you and Max get up to behind closed doors.”
Lucas lets free a frustrated groan and tosses his napkin at Dustin, who’s laughing alongside Mike the whole time (and Will’s still wrapped up in his borrowed book, completely oblivious to what’s going on at the table around him). “I hate you both,” Lucas grumbles. “And at least I’m getting some, unlike some people at this table.”
The conversation goes on like this for the rest of the lunch period, all shit talking back-and-forth, and Mike lets himself get lost in it as he finishes scarfing down his lunch. But, even so, when the bell rings, Mike lets his gaze slide over to the table where El was sitting….
Only to discover that both she and Jennifer Hayes slipped away when Mike wasn’t looking. Mike frowns as he stands up, tray in one hand, backpack strap looped around the other. Man, how’d he miss that?
But, there’s not much Mike can do about, now can he?
He exits the cafeteria with the Party, hanging back with Will as Dustin and Lucas continue to bicker, and Mike nudges Will with his elbow as they walk, watching the shorter boy as he twists to put the book he borrowed from El back in his backpack. “Good book?”
Will gives him a toothy grin, just a few notches shy of manically excited. “Oh my god, it’s so good,” he says, all giddy. “Mike, you’d love this book, honestly. You should ask El if you can borrow it after I’m finished with it.”
The idea of asking El as something simple as borrowing a book manages to bring a blush to Mike’s cheeks and what he has to say gets stuck in his throat for a bit before he manages to force the words out. “Yeah, maybe,” Mike says, throat still thick. “I’m not friends with her like you are, though.” Not that he’s jealous, though. Not at all.
Will rolls his eyes, a humorless laugh drifting out from between his lips. “I wouldn’t call us friends quite yet. Becoming friends is probably more like it.” Will gives Mike a look. “Still, I’m sure she’d gladly lend you the book if you asked. You wouldn’t even have to ask nicely.”
“What does that mean?” Mike asks as he looks over at Will, eyes narrowed.
A look passes over Will’s face – a withering flutter of his eyelids, lips pursed – before it fades, leaving a maddeningly placid, teasing look in its place. “Well, if you can’t figure it out, I’m not going to spoil it for you.”
Mike grumbles as he gives Will the finger. “Fine, be that way, asshole. I’m heading off to History. Catch you losers later.”
The sound of the others’ friendly, teasing laughter follows Mike down the hall as he heads to US History, making only a quick stop at his locker to grab the brick that is his US History textbook.
He’s only a few steps away from his locker when, for the second time that day, Mike hears El’s voice calling out in his direction. Only, this time, she’s not calling out for Will.
No, this time, El’s calling out for him.
“Mike, hey, wait up!”
A shiver runs down Mike’s spine at the sound of El calling out his name – loud and proud, like she doesn’t care if anyone hears her acknowledging his existence. It had been the same that morning, when she easily and casually approached the Party to lend Will the book he’s now reading. People had given her strange looks – most people don’t acknowledge the Party’s existence, much less girls like El – but El had either been completely oblivious or had no fucks to give.
And, given how smart El is, Mike’s starting to think it’s the latter as he stops in the hallway, bracing himself to be swept away by her sheer presence. He hears echoes of El’s earlier parting in his head – see you later, cutie – and Mike gulps. He wonders if El remembers that she called him ‘cutie’ not two hours ago, or if she’s acknowledge it.
For a moment, though, all questions completely fly out of his head as Mike looks at El and is immediately rendered breathless at the sight of the most beautiful girl he’s ever seen. God, staring at her is like staring at the sun, bright and sparkling and blinding, but he can’t look away. Not when she’s smiling at him, open and gorgeous, almost ethereal.
And then, as she catches up, she very obviously and very deliberately gives him a once over, gaze dragging down and then back up, full of appraisal and… god, is that attraction? El’s eyes are full of heat and, dare Mike say it, want, enough so that even he notices.
Holy shit, El Hopper is checking him out. And she likes what she sees.
Guess she didn’t forget about the ‘cutie’ remark after all.
Mike gulps again and tries to smile, but it feels too shaky to be truly called that. “Um, El, hi,” he manages to get out, feeling too much like someone has filled his mouth with marbles, he’s so mealy-mouthed.
El’s smile takes on a teasing edge, one that sets his heart racing at warp speed. “Thought I would never catch up to you. You walk pretty fast.”
Mike blushes. “Plus, y’know, long legs,” he says, trying to deflect for who knows what reason.
El’s grin only gets wider. “I noticed. You’re, like, one of the tallest guys in this school.” She pauses, looking positively impish. “I like it.”
The stuttering flip his heart gives feels like it nearly fucking kills him and it takes Mike a moment to even dredge up the barest, lamest response ever. “Um, thanks?”
El giggles, very obviously amused, as they start walking down the hall by some unspoken agreement. “Oh, you’re very welcome,” she says, tittering a bit and it makes Mike feel buoyant.
Mike can’t keep his eyes off of her as they head to class. It feels surreal, having her next to him. Like it’s some kind of dream where it’s nothing at all to look over and see her right there.
If he focuses hard enough, he can feel her next to him – the soft aura of the heat of her body, the faint floral hint of her shampoo. And every few steps, her arm brushes against his, too haphazard to be planned, but El does nothing to stop it from happening, so Mike figures she at least doesn’t hate it.
But there’s a silence growing between them and Mike knows if he doesn’t consciously fill it, his heart will spew out something awkward for sure. So, he clears his throat and glances over at El out of the corner of his eye. “So, uh, you’re trying out for Pep Squad? Did I hear that right?”
The smile that El shines his way is beaming, it’s so ecstatic. “You heard it right!” she practically chirps. “Tryouts are after school today and I’m excited.”
“I’m sensing there’s a ‘but’, though,” Mike says. He doesn’t know how he knows, but there’s something in El’s words that is a little too forced.
El’s smile dims – not a lot, but enough to let Mike know that he was right. “I’m nervous,” she says. She’s looking up at him like she’s telling him a secret meant for his ears only: wide eyes, lower lip pulled between her teeth, forehead furrowed just enough between her brows. “Pep Squad is always something of a popularity contest and I’m coming into this mid-game, so to speak and-”
“Hey,” Mike says forcefully, cutting El off before her worry can turn into full-blown panic. “You’ll be great, I have no doubt. Besides, you’re, like the most popular girl in school and all, what with being the new girl from the big city.” It, again, begs the question of why she’s even talking to him in the first place, then. He’s very clearly not anywhere near as popular as she is, and yet, from everything Mike can tell, El looks like there’s nowhere she’d rather be than walking to class with him and talking with him about Pep Squad tryouts.
El looks over at him and her gaze shines with the sweetest relief. Mike’s heart feels like it’s about to explode as it thumps madly in his chest.
(he’s not aware of it, but this is the moment he falls in love with her. the sweetness of her gaze, the gentle warmth of her face, the way she shows no hesitation in letting him know that his words have made her feel better. there’s nothing mike likes more than knowing he’s helped someone and that he can help someone as beautiful and self-assured as el makes him feel like the biggest hero on the face of the planet.)
“Thanks, Mike. You’re so sweet,” El says, words dipped in honey, irresistibly soft in a way that makes Mike yearn like he never has before. He wants to hear that voice murmur sweet nothings, wants to hear it talk about everything and nothing for hours on end. El’s voice is the most beautiful sound in the world and he can’t stop wanting more.
Mike feels his cheeks heat up – curse being so pale – and he desperately wishes he wasn’t such a lame loser, blushing at the simplest of compliments. Other guys would be able to play it cool, Wheeler, for fuck’s sake. “Just telling the truth,” he manages to croak out.
“Still,” El says. “Most guys would be reassuring me I’d get in because they think I’ll look hot in the uniform.”
The words make Mike choke on his own breath as they walk into their US History classroom and approach their desks. Oh god, now he’s picturing her in the uniform. And he’s already having a hard time keeping his eyes off her legs today with the skirt-and-thigh-high combination she’s got going on.
Picturing El in the Pep Squad uniform – short skirt, tight tank top, just miles and miles of bare skin for him to drool over – while looking at her dressed in the sexiest version of demure school girl completely short circuits Mike’s entire brain. “You’ll look hot, too,” he blurts out, mouth working on auto-pilot, as he turns around from setting his stuff down to look at her. Mike hears the words that came out of his mouth, but he can’t quite believe he fucking said them and the blush on his face, which had been starting to fade, comes roaring back to life.
Even worse, El hears him too and she freezes mid-way through taking her backpack off (mike wishes she would keep going because she’s standing there with her shoulders pulled back, which only pulls her sweater taut against the curves of her chest and goddammit he’s not strong enough not to look). She stares back at him, an incredulous look spread across her gorgeous face. A beat later, El resumes the process of sitting down at her desk and Mike follows suit. “You know, that’s the second time today you’ve complimented my looks,” she says, smiling at him, wide and pleased. “Might make a girl start to wonder.”
For a moment, Mike’s totally and completely enchanted by the flush on El’s cheeks – pink and so, so cute – and the lilting tease of her voice makes him feel all light and tingly. He’s surprised he manages to set his stuff down and sit in his seat without incident because he cannot tear his gaze away from her. No, she’s the only thing he ever wants to look at for the rest of his life.
But, once he fully registers El’s words, embarrassment crests inside of him until he has to duck his gaze, fingers trembling a bit as he wrestles his notebook out of his backpack. “Oh, uh, is that right?” he says, trying to deflect once more, praying to whatever higher power might be listening that she doesn’t push this right now. Because if she does, Mike’s not entirely sure he won’t be able to keep from gushing about how pretty he thinks he is, how much he’s attracted to her.
Luckily, something heard his prayers, because El throws him a teasing, knowing smile and says, “Hmm, I’ll let you off easily this time, Wheeler.”
Mike starts to sigh, but it strangles in his throat when she winks at him a moment later and, goddammit, it’s too much – she’s too much. El overwhelms him completely, rendering him unable to think straight. Worse, he doesn’t care.
Mike doesn’t care when he can only half pay attention in class with her sitting next to him, gaze half glued to length of her legs or smooth richness of her hair (or the curve of her neck where it meets her jaw, his lips aching to know how the softness of her skin feels like beneath them, and god he knows his mouth would fit there just perfectly). Or later when he can barely make it through A/V Club after Dustin, who arrives 10 minutes late because he was too busy watching the Pep Squad, confirms that El is indeed at tryouts and that she “looks amazing, Michael. Seriously, if you wanna go watch, I wouldn’t blame you. I think the key word is ‘limber’ .”
Mike doesn’t care how distracting it is when, over the next three nights without fail, he dreams about El – dreams of her wearing those thigh-high socks (and nothing else), dreams of her in the Pep Squad uniform as she looks at him all come hither with a slow, seductive crook of her finger. Dreams that leave him wanting, leave him feeling frustrated and stretched thin like his skin is two sizes too small. Dream that make it all but impossible to look at El in the face in the light of day without remembering the images his sleeping mind teases him with.
(and yet, he doesn’t at all regret the dreams or the fantasies – doesn’t, can’t regret thinking about her this way. she’s beautiful and gorgeous and so damn attractive and he’s only human, only a 16-year old boy with raging hormones that he has a hard time keeping under control when he’s alone with his thoughts. it’s just concerning that she’s rapidly becoming the only star of those dreams and fantasies and not one of a rotating cast like normal. but that’s a different issue for a different day.)
Mike doesn’t care that he gets jealous when he hears that El got a spot on Pep Squad from Will when she announced it during another dinner her dad and his mom arranged, at El’s house instead of Will’s this time. Doesn’t care that he hates that it’s Will who gets to spend all this time with El instead of him, even though there’s no reason for Mike to have the kind of familial connection with El like Will does (after all his parents aren’t friends with El’s dad, not like Mrs. Byers is). Doesn’t care for the way his stomach twists horribly when he hears that El and Will have exchanged cell phone numbers and are starting to text each other back and forth on a regular basis.
Mike doesn’t care about any of this which is a shame because he wants to care. He wants to rant and rage at himself for starting to fall like this again, for caring so hard what this girl thinks about him, this girl who will probably only break his heart. He wants to figure out a way to keep his heart from getting hopelessly entangled in a way that will only hurt him so badly when reality comes crashing down around him like it always does (because he can never be happy, can never have nice things – no, that kind of luck isn’t in the cards for someone like him).
But it’s hard to even dredge up the inklings of the ability to care when Mike spends most of the week in anxious agony. Because the first Pep Rally of the year is on Thursday afternoon in anticipation for the Football game on Friday night – there are signs posted all over school. On days when there are Pep Rallies, all the girls on the squad come to school dressed in uniform. And all Mike can think whenever he sees one of those damn flyers, and especially after he finds out that El got on the squad, is El at school dressed in that uniform.
Mike wakes up on Thursday a nervous, anxious, excited mess. All night, it felt like, he dreamed of El, unable to stop imagining her dressed in that damn uniform (one he swears he never paid much attention to before). It’d been like a sword of damocles over his head, a taunting reminder that, in a matter of hours, what’s just been confined to his imagination is going to be his reality.
And he’s so not ready.
Somehow, during the first few hours of school on Thursday, Mike manages to not see El at all and, as disappointed as he actually is, he’s also very relieved. He just knows the moment he sees her, that’ll be it for him for the day, that it’ll ruin any chance he has at concentrating at all in his classes.
It’s bad enough that he’s seen other girls from Pep Squad wandering around campus and through the halls and Mike’s aware, like he’s never been before, just how revealing those uniforms are: skirts that it would be way too generous to say come down to mid-thigh with slits on one side that just reveals even more of their legs; tight tank-tops that do nothing to hide the curves of their upper bodies (with some girls rolling them up to expose the thin band of skin of their waists). The only thing “innocent” about those uniforms is the tennis shoes the girls wear and, in Mike’s opinion, it just highlights how distracting the rest of the uniforms actually are.
By the time Mike’s walking into his Trig class, he feels like he’s going to explode from all the nervous anticipation. El isn’t there yet by the time he walks through the door, but he knows there’s only a matter of minutes, at most, until she arrives.
Mike sits down and keeps his eyes all but glued to the open doorway so he doesn’t miss the moment El walks into class, wishing the entire time he could just stop obsessing about this. But he can’t and he fucking hates it.
It’s only maybe 20 more seconds until El walks in through the door and Mike stops caring about anything other than her.
Ho. Ly. Shit.
god, her legs are long – have they always been that long? – i wonder what it would feel like to touch them – so pretty – fuck her hair’s so adorable – wow that ponytail and scrunchie are really doing it for me – oh my god those socks are cute – are those little pompoms on them? – fuck though she’s so hot – she’s so hot and she maybe actually likes me and i just–
And then El looks over at him, a rich smile lifting the corners of her lips, and Mike totally and completely falls.
And he doesn’t care at all.
El has to admit, the way Mike’s looking at her right now makes her both swoon and feel like the most powerful woman on the face of the planet. Mike’s looking at her with the most addicting mix of awe and heated attraction and it’s everything El’s ever wanted.
The most delicious shiver runs down El’s spine as she walks over to her desk, her gaze locked on Mike the entire time, and she realizes she always wants Mike to look at her like this. It might be a little selfish, but she’s just never felt this way about anybody before and it makes her feel floaty in the best way possible, like she’s drunk even though she hasn’t had a drop of alcohol.
Mike’s gaze runs up and down her body like he can’t decide what he wants to look at, only that he wants to look at everything and, fuck, El just wants to go over to him and kiss him and never, ever stop.
But that’s really not possible, not the least because they’re in school (never mind that her and Mike aren’t anywhere near the point… if they get to that point). So El just smiles as she sets her backpack down and slides onto her seat. The cool slide of the plastic seat feels like a shock against the bare skin of her thighs and she jumps a little from the temperature.
One of the only downsides to this skirt, if I’m being perfectly honest, El thinks with a mental eye roll. Still, overall, she’s excited to be wearing this uniform. She’d felt pretty good after tryouts on Monday, but actually finding out that she’d gotten on the squad the following afternoon had been the highlight of her day.
The girls are all so nice – at least, they are from what El’s seen of them so far. Partially led by Jennifer, who’s made it to Assistant Captain, they’re all sweet and excited about spreading school cheer. Some of them El’s already started becoming friends with, like Ashley and Ellen, so it’s not like El needs to make all new in-roads with this group of girls.
And, yes, some of them are also excited to have a legitimate excuse to wear a miniskirt to school and have the boys all check them out all day. But El can’t blame them for that. Not when she had similar thoughts that morning as she got dressed in the Pep Squad uniform. Only it’s not “boys” she’s trying to attract.
No, just one boy, singular – the boy who’s currently sitting next to her, staring at her and not even trying to hide it.
Well, fair’s fair, El thinks as she returns the favor. Being just as subtle as Mike (i.e. not at all), she looks him over, letting her gaze linger longer that is strictly necessary. But given how Mike doesn’t seem to mind (at least, not that she can tell, at any rate), El finds that she doesn’t care.
God, she could look at him all day and never get bored. Today, Mike’s wearing black jeans, just on this side of loose fitting, and a simple, red sweater, shallow v-neck show just the barest hint of the hollow of his throat, that space between his collarbones that El desperately wants to explore with her lips and tongue.
His hair is gently disheveled and El knows from watching him over the past week and a half that this is from Mike’s habit of running his fingers through his hair. Every time he does it, the most powerful longing fills her but El doesn’t know what she wants more: to run her fingers through his hair or to have him run his fingers through her hair.
Or both at the same time.
Ooh, both. Both is good.
The thought makes her smile and El flips her ponytail over her shoulder, hair held up high on her head with a green and white striped scrunchie – Hawkins High colors, everyone. “Hi, Mike” she says, voice coming out all breathless and flirty. She almost wishes she control that better, but honestly, how is she supposed to keep this from happening when he’s just so cute? Especially today when the red of his sweater pairs so nicely with the alabaster of his skin and the gentle flush on his face makes his freckles pop beneath beneath dark, sparkling eyes and El’s just gone.
Mike’s blush deepens, like he’s embarrassed over getting caught checking her out – which is just silly because he’s the only guy she wants checking her out. “Um, hi,” he says, licking his lips. His gaze darts away for just a second before he seems to find some courage, enough for him to straighten his shoulders and meet her eyes once more. Still, his gaze is a little shy and it makes El’s heart twist in her chest. “Morning, El,” Mike greets in return. “So, uh, how do you like Pep Squad so far?”
Mike told her yesterday that he had found out she’d made it onto the squad from Will (and why Will was sharing her news with other people, El has no idea, but it bothers her that she wasn’t the one who got to tell her news to Mike herself). Still, she’d gushed at him about how excited she was for the first practice after school yesterday, the same practice where she got the uniform she’s wearing right now. “I love it,” she says through a giggle. “The other girls are all great, Jen and Ashley are there, and today’s pep rally is going to be so awesome.”
Mike flinches, just enough so that El notices, and she wants to know why as her stomach begins to sink a bit. “Sounds great,” he says, a smile on his face that is tight and a little strained.
El wanted to ask him what he thinks of the uniform, what he thinks of it on her, but there’s a building edge of panic rising in his eyes that looks like it’s beginning to war with the heated attraction she can feel whenever he looks at her. Something about her being on the squad is causing this and El’s not sure what. So, no, now’s not the time to push. Another time. Better keep it neutral, El thinks before she decides to ask a different, but still hopeful question. “So, are you going to be at the rally this afternoon?”
This time, Mike doesn’t just flinch – he full on cringes, though out of regret or annoyance, El’s not sure. “Can’t,” he says, tight and clipped. A sigh escapes. “I have Cross Country practice after school.”
“Oh, wow, you do Cross Country?” El asks, leaning full-tilt into her curiosity as she tries her best to push aside her disappointment that Mike won’t be able to go to the rally… though she’s also getting the sense that even if he were free, he still wouldn’t go. El wants to pretend like that doesn’t hurt, but she’s not that good of an actor.
Unfortunately, though, it doesn’t hit El just how bad her question sounded until she sees Mike’s face fall. “Gee, you don’t have to sound so shocked, ” he says as a wry, brittle smile crosses his face. “I know I’m a giant nerd and all, but still….”
Shit, fuck. El curses herself at the hurt in Mike’s voice and, god, she can see the walls she’s worked so hard to get through over the past week and a half come slamming back up. Panic rises up in her throat, making her heart feel weak and thin. “No, god no. I wasn’t – I just think that it’s neat, is all.” Yes, sure, because that sounded convincing. “We didn’t have Cross Country at my old school, so I don’t know much about it.” Oh, for fuck’s sake, Hopper, this isn’t any better.
Mike gives her another smile, somewhere between confused and pitying and, though he’s still looking at her like he wants to keep looking at her (because he still seems to find her attractive), El wants to hit her head against the surface of her desk. Because, somehow, she just made this fucking awkward – got too excited and leapt without looking. Fuck, why doesn’t she ever learn to think, sometimes?
“Not much to it,” Mike says with a lazy shrug. “It’s pretty much just long runs in the woods.”
“Still, sounds nice,” El says, trying to salvage something.
But, before she can get any farther, the bell rings and class begins.
El throws Mike a smile, hoping she’s coming across as open and warm and apologetic. But, though Mike smiles back, there’s a distance in his eyes that literally wasn’t there two minutes ago and it makes El want to scream.
God, two steps forward, one step back, it feels like. It’d been going so well all week and now El feels like she’s gone and undone all her hard work. Seriously, she did not at all mean to insinuate that she didn’t think Mike could be athletic in any way, shape, or form, like she’d looked at him and pigeonholed him into the bucket labeled “Nerd” and gave it no further thought when nothing could be further from the truth. She was just excited about finding out a new piece of information… maybe too excited about it.
Still, Mike smiled back at her when she smiled at him and he continues to talk to her before and after the classes they share that day, so not all hope is lost.
It does put a bit of a damper on El’s mood for the rest of the day, though, but she lets herself get caught up in the impending excitement of the pep rally once school is done for the day and she’s heading over to meet the rest of the Squad in the locker room.
As a newer member of the squad, El hasn’t had time to learn more than the little they went over during practice yesterday. So her job is mainly to stand in formation and look pretty while she smiles and echoes the cheers led by the more experienced members of the squad. The energy in the gym is infections, the bleachers packed with students, and El lets herself get swept up in it.
By the end of the rally, El’s back at a mostly even keel. It’s with that mood that she’s determined to move forward with Mike like she has been: not hiding at all that she’s interested in him. She’s determined to write off what happened this morning as a blip, an aberration, something worth forgetting entirely. After all, it’s not like she can go in the past and change it.
Consider it forgotten, she thinks as she heads into the locker room with the squad to clean up after the rally.
A bright giggle approaches her from behind and, before El is fully aware what’s going on, Jennifer glomps onto her, arm linking through hers as she skips next to El. “El, oh my god, wasn’t that great?”
El echoes Jen’s giggle with a laugh of her own, smiling so wide that her cheeks almost hurt. “It was fantastic! Everyone got so into it.”
“God, I know,” Jen says, dramatically swooning as if totally overcome with just how fantastic it was, using her grip on El’s arm to keep up right as they walk. She straightens a second later, giggling with a sigh. “So, how does a pep rally at Hawkins compare to New York?” Jen asks as they trail behind a gaggle of other girls into the locker room.
The sound of raucous laughter from the Pep Squad girls echoes around them as it bounces off metal lockers and waterproof-painted walls – up ahead, El can see Ashley and a girl El thinks is named Lucia, thick as thieves as they gossip and giggle – and El lets the sounds of all wash over her as she glances at Jen. “Not as many people, but twice as loud,” she says in answer to Jen’s question.
A proud smile twists up Jen’s lips. “Hawkins Pride, baby!” she crows and it’s so adorable, El can’t help but laugh, bubbly and effervescent.
“Hey, good job out there, Hopper!” another girl yells and El and Jen make their way to the lockers they stashed their things in.
El turns to the girl who called out to her, a senior girl who’s name El’s forgotten, and she smiles. “Thanks!”
“Remember to lock that stance a little better next time, though!” is the feedback she gets before the girl disappears to her own locker.
El’s brow furrows and it’s Jen who speaks next, a chortle escaping her. “Just ignore Wendy,” Jen says. “She’s, like, super critical.”
“No, she’s right,” El says, critiquing her own performance. She’d let herself get distracted by what was going on with Mike and it definitely affected how she was out there. “I could totally do better next time.”
“And you will,” Jennifer says as they stop in front of their lockers.
El spares a moment to give Jen a soft smile. “Thanks,” she says, grateful for the support. Regardless of anything else, El will always be grateful to have met Jen. Now, Stacey, on the other hand, is an entirely different story.
Jen returns the smile, shining brighter than the fluorescent lights above them. “Anytime!”
The first thing El does when she opens her locker is check her phone. Her dad’s picking her up and he’s supposed to let her know what his ETA is so she can see if she has time for a shower or not.
And, given the text message waiting for her – Be there in 15, sent a little more than 5 minutes ago – El knows she doesn’t have the time. “Ugh, guess I’m going to have to wait to shower until I get home,” she says. “Dad’s on his way.”
Jen scrunches up her nose. “Ew, I’m sorry.”
“Eh, it’s ok,” El says, trying to shrug it off. “Could be worse.”
“Yeah, but not much,” Jen says with eye-rolling obviousness, so stark and serious that it makes El laugh as she starts to change out of her uniform. There’s a heavy pause that lives in the space between the two girls before Jen breaks it, clearing her throat. “So, uh, several little birds have told me how one very cute superstar football player has been trying to catch your eye. And Homecoming’s coming up in a few weeks. Play your cards right, you could be going on the arm of Zach Mercer.”
El knows the reaction Jen is hoping for and she’s afraid she’s about to disappoint her new friend. “God, please, anything but that.”
El strips off her uniform top and glances over at Jen. The other girl is part way through taking down her hair out of its complicated braided bun as she frowns over at El. “You would say no to Zach Mercer? But – I… you’re at least going to Homecoming, right?” Jen finally says after spluttering a bit, mouth slowly dropping open in shock.
There hasn’t been an announcement for Homecoming tickets yet – though El doesn’t doubt that Jen has the inside scoop on it – but El knows she very much wants to go. She loves school dances, loves getting dressed up and dancing the night away. But there isn’t enough money on the face of the planet to get her to go with Zach. “Well, yeah, obviously I want to go to Homecoming.”
Now Jen looks seriously confused. “Alone? Or just not with Zach?”
“Just not with Zach,” El says with a shudder as, standing there in just her bra and underwear, reaches in to her locker for the day clothes she packed earlier that morning. She pauses, thinking about just who she’d like to go with, and a smile creeps its way onto her face.
It’s a smile that Jen notices and a low ‘ooooh’ creeps out from between her lips. “Looks like the new girl has a bit of a crush,” Jen says, smiling wickedly. “C’mon, spill the beans. I’m dying to know what y’all up in New York find hot.”
For a moment, El pauses, considering. She takes in Jen’s eager face, eyes wide and trusting and, fuck it, it wouldn’t be the worst thing in the world to tell someone about this. At least, she’s have someone to gush over about her crush that is rapidly becoming so much more than a crush. “Well, there’s this guy who’s in half my classes,” El says, a smile curling up the corners of her lips as she thinks about Mike, thinks about the two of them at a dance, on a date, the two of them dressed up, smiling and happy…. “He’s smart and funny and, like, ridiculously cute. I’m thinking, once they announce Homecoming tickets are for sale, I’ll ask him if he wants to go.”
“Ooh, taking the initiative,” Jen says, one eyebrow arching teasingly as she grins slyly at El. “A modern woman, very nice. So… who’s the lucky guy?”
A flutter builds in El’s heart and she finds herself short of breath. “Mike. Mike Wheeler.” His name leaves her mouth with an almost sizzling, dizzying rush, heart racing and breath catching in her throat. She pictures him watching her walk into Trig that morning, pictures the awe and attraction in his eyes, pictures the way his gaze drifted up and down her body as he stared at her while he sat there looking deliciously kissable in that red sweater. She thinks about his soft, goofy smiles and his witty, snarky quips and the sparkling intelligence in his eyes when they discuss anything in US History and, god, Mike Wheeler is practically perfect in every way. El’s already halfway in love with him and it hasn’t even been two weeks yet.
Only, it’s clear from Jen’s face that this is not a normal opinion as the other girl’s face falls, lips curling in the beginnings of a frown. “Really? Are you serious? Mike Wheeler? Like, president of A/V Club, Mike Wheeler?”
It feels like someone just punched El in the stomach. This is not the reaction she was hoping for, like Jen’s surprised anyone could find Mike cute – honestly, there is something seriously messed up here.
Like, what in the fuck is wrong with people in this school? At the very least, El was hoping for supportive, not the horror that’s dawning on Jen’s face. It’s not like she needs it or anything - after all, she doesn't need anyone's permission or approval or anything for whatever happens between her and Mike - but it sure would be nice to feel like her preferences were respected. And, honestly, El expected better from Jen – not this judgmental snobbery, at least
She’s not sure exactly what name to put to the emotions that suddenly churn hot in her belly at the sour, disbelieving look on Jen’s face – anger, embarrassment, frustration, disappointment… probably all four and then some, if she’s honest – but she can feel the sneer that begins to creep up on her face, partially born from the whiplash from one side of the emotional spectrum to the other. “Hey, you asked.”
“But, El,” Jen says, nose wrinkling. “He’s a nerd.” It’s like the thought that El could like someone like Mike is the most foreign thing she’s ever encountered and it pisses El off like nothing else.
It’s hard to put on jeans when one’s angry, but El somehow manages, practically tearing them in her hurry to get them up her legs. “Yeah, well, so am I, Jen. And I like Mike, ok? And, if you don’t like it, you’re going to have to fucking deal.”
Hurt blossoms on Jen’s face and El immediately feels like an asshole. “God, sorry,” Jen murmurs, glancing away as she. “I was just… surprised, is all.”
“Yeah, well, don’t be,” El murmurs, still stinging with hurt – both on her behalf and on Mike’s. She reaches into her locker and grabs the t-shirt she packed. “I don’t get why you’re so surprised, anyway. He’s nice and smart and cute… any girl would be lucky to be with him.”
Still, Jen looks doubtful. “Well, I mean, if you like him, I guess, well… you like him.” She sighs as she wraps a towel around her, shoving the last of her clothes in her locker before she goes to take a shower. “Just… be careful, ok?”
El arches an eyebrow. “Why, has he done something horrible to another girl, or something?”
“Mike? Do something to another girl?” Jen repeats, spluttering a bit of a laugh. It’s almost cruel, how disbelieving that laugh sounds. “Please. I’d be surprised if he’s gotten anywhere past first base.” She pauses, sobering. “It’s just… girls like us don’t go out with guys like him. Being with someone like him, well… just be sure, ok? Some things, you can’t take back.” Jen gives El one last smile, hurt still lingering around the edges of her expression, before she walks away, heading off towards the showers with a small wave of her hand.
‘Some things you can’t take back’? El’s thoughts echo, the words spinning around inside her mind with almost dizzying confusion. ‘Girls like us don’t go out with guys like him’? Seriously, what the fuck? To hear Jen say it, it’s like El and Mike are practically two different species, completely incompatible in every way, when in reality, they’re just a boy and girl who (hopefully) find each other attractive.
El’s mood is sour once again, dragged down by the mild betrayal she feels – see what opening up to people gets you? you just get laughed at – and she finds herself shoving her things into her duffle bag harder than strictly necessary.
El all but stomps out to the front of the school to wait for Hop and, as she stands there, arms folded over her chest, the anger begins to fade.
But the hurt remains. From Dustin’s reaction on Monday morning to Jen’s just moments ago, it’s like the idea that someone like her would even so much as look twice at someone like Mike is a foreign, alien concept when, in fact, nothing has ever felt more natural in El’s entire life. It hurts that no one seems to believe her right off the bat, that she can’t seriously like Mike as more than a friend.
God, why is it so hard to believe? I don’t understand.
And she so doesn’t. In fact, she doesn’t want to. Call her a bit of an elitist snob, but these seemingly rigid social rules in this fucking high school are so fucking passé. It’s like something out of a 90s teen rom-com or something and El’s so fucking over it.
Her mood continues, hurt and still a little bit angry, as Hop rolls into the parking lot a few minutes later. Thankfully, her dad doesn’t say anything as they head home, obviously sensing that she isn’t in the mood to talk.
And, in fact, El’s still in a bit of a sulking funk as Thursday becomes Friday. It’s not helped by the furtive glances Mike shoots her way, like he’s not sure where her head’s at (and, honestly, she can’t blame him because she’s not sure where her head’s at). He doesn’t seem quite as distant from her, but he obviously doesn’t know how to break through the dark cloud surrounding El, so he maintains a respectable distance.
On top of it all, El studiously avoids Jen all day, slinking off outside to eat lunch on her own, not talking to the girl during either French or PE. It’s stupid, but it hurts to look at Jen, to remember the conversation they had in the locker room after the pep rally.
Really, all it makes El feel like is she’s a) the world’s biggest baby that someone doesn’t agree with her that the boy she has a crush on is cute and worthy – god, she should have more courage of her own convictions. at least stop acting like someone kicked her puppy – and b) desperate to hit the reset button on this week.
By the time school lets out on Friday, El’s practically the first one off campus. She races to the police station to wait for her dad to finish work so she can go home and just leave this all behind for 48 hours.
And, thank god, it helps.
El spends Friday night and practically all Saturday alone and with her own thoughts. Hop gets called in for an emergency at work Saturday morning, so El’s only real contact with the outside world is the steady, but spread out series of texts from Will on Friday night with updates as to where he is in the first Dresden Files novel, and the occasional text from Jennifer on Saturday.
One of those texts is practically a short novel of an apology – sorry about thursday… you’re free to like whoever you want… i was just surprised… i hope we’re still friends – and El’s heart promptly sinks into her stomach.
She doesn’t know what to say. She’s still at least a little peeved at Jen (she’s still a little peeved at everything, to be honest), but she knows she’s not blameless in any of this. Just because Jen did something shitty by looking down her nose at the fact that El likes Mike, doesn’t mean that El wasn’t equally shitty back by snapping at someone she thought was her friend.
El’s in the middle of doing her US History reading (a very exciting day she’s having, burying herself in homework while her dad’s at work) when she gets the apology text from Jen. She sits on the couch downstairs, surrounded by her school stuff, lower lip pulled between her teeth as she thinks about what to say.
i’m sorry, too, is what El texts back after a few minutes. shouldn’t have yelled at you. talk monday? after pep squad practice?
ok, sounds good! is the text that El gets back, complete with a cute, kissy face winking emoji. It makes El smile, almost despite herself. Maybe Jen didn’t act the best when El told her about her crush on Mike, but that doesn’t make Jen a horrible person.
In fact, Jennifer Hayes is, at the end of the day, a nice, sweet girl who didn’t deserve the flash of El’s temper. And, yeah, she might be a little closed minded when it comes to social status, but everyone has blindspots – including El.
The brief text message exchange lifts El’s spirits and the rest of her day, filled first with homework and then with a John Hughes movie binge (“Pretty in Pink” followed by “16 Candles”. She can’t help it – she’s in a Molly Ringwald kind of mood), goes by nice and relaxed. Not even Hop teasing her about how she’s being a lazy bum who’s been living on the couch all day puts a dent in her zen, happy spot and she goes to bed late that night all calm and almost floaty.
So when, maybe a half an hour before El falls asleep, Will texts her asking if he can come by the next day to borrow the second book in the Dresden Files series and El tells him, quote, come by whenever, she doesn’t even stop to wonder at the logistics.
After all, Will lives at least a 20 minute walk away and he doesn’t have a car.
So who’s going to drive him?
“Hey, can we stop by El’s house on our way to the arcade? I’ll show you were to go.”
The words are spoken in lieu of a greeting as Will slides into the passenger seat of the Wheeler station wagon late Sunday morning.
The “good morning” that had been building on Mike’s tongue dies a sudden death at Will’s abrupt statement. His hands go limp where they’re clutching the steering wheel and the relaxed, mildly jubilant mood that had been his companion all weekend suddenly vanishes under the implications of Will’s request.
Because Mike isn’t about to tell Will no. Not when he could possibly get a glimpse of El on a sleepy Sunday morning.
He’s just not ready. He hasn’t had time to emotionally prepare to see her – he’d been waiting until later tonight to psych himself up for that. But the timetable has unexpectedly been moved up and now Mike’s suddenly very nervous.
Man, it’d been such a normal weekend, too. After rushing to finish his homework and his chores Friday night and Saturday morning, he’d been able to spend all day Saturday completing the Destiny raid with the Party. Sure, it’d taken them a couple of tries and a few false starts, but once they figured out what they were doing, they completed the 6 hour raid and even had time to ooh and ahh over the exotics they’d won before crashing in their respective beds.
And, today, they’re taking the time to indulge in heading down to the retro arcade – because 8-bit is in these days – before gearing back up to go to school tomorrow.
Those plans did not include seeing the object of Mike’s affection, the girl who’s gotten him all turned upside down.
In that moment, Will looking at him expectantly, all Mike can think about is the last couple of days of the school week –
(seeing el in her pep squad uniform on thursday, flinching at the mention of ashley’s name when he forgot she was also on the squad. feeling the sting of el’s surprise when he mentioned cross country, watching her face fall as she realized her rudeness but unable to hide the hurt of her remark. it’d been awkward the rest of the day on thursday and mike knows it’s almost all his fault – because it always is.
friday, he thought, he could apologize for his attitude. but then she’d been in a weird mood, dark and sour and petulant, one mike is pretty sure wasn’t all because of him, and he didn’t know how to get to her, how to approach what was wrong, not knowing if she even would want him to ask. so he stayed quiet and just watched her, watched her like he has been with longing and tortured hope and hating himself a little all the while.)
– and he sighs, knowing that, once again, he gets the “privilege” of having absolutely no control over his heart’s decision-making power. “Um, hello to you, too,” Mike says, words as flat as the look he throws Will from the other side of the car. “And why are we going to El’s house? Does she know we’re coming over? And how do you even know where it is?”
The smile on Will’s face is manic and excited – needy is probably the best word, like he’s looking for his next hit, or something. “Because of this,” Will says as he holds out the book he borrowed from El. “Finished it yesterday morning and I need the next one, like, yesterday.” He gives Mike a shit-eating grin, eyebrow arching. “Texted her last night, so she knows we’re coming. She lives just up the road on our way into town – and I know because I had dinner at her house on Wednesday, remember? Her dad invited me and my mom over?”
Mike tries not to scowl and mostly succeeds. “Oh, yeah, that’s right.” He sighs, running a hand through his hair, a helpless gesture. “Yeah, ok, sure. We can stop to get your book.”
“Oh, please, don’t try to hide how excited you are,” Will says. Out of the corner of his eye, Mike can see Will buckling his seatbelt and tries not to pay attention to the taunting energy coming from next to him as he throws the car in reverse and begins backing out of the Byers’ gravel driveway.
“Quit bugging me, Byers, or you’re walking today,” Mike says, grumbling.
“You talk a big game, Wheeler, but you wouldn’t dare.”
Mike backs into the road, wheel turned to point the nose of the car back towards down, and he throws Will a look as he shifts gears into Drive. He holds the stare, trying to impart the weight of just how fucking done he is, before he presses his foot down on the gas. “Just tell me where to turn, asshole.”
It’s a quick drive, maybe 5 minutes, and the only conversation is Will telling Mike where to turn –
(Which turns out to be pretty fucking simple – back up the main road, left on Glen Drive, house at the very back end of the cul-de-sac and that’s it.)
– and Mike’s grateful because he needs the silence to fucking prepare himself. But when he pulls up into the driveway, he realizes that he’s not ready. Not at all.
Heart in his throat, Mike puts the car in park, but keeps the engine running. “Go on, I’ll wait here,” he says, the words coming out barely higher than a squeak.
“Uh, no,” Will says. “Man up and come inside, you loser. Don’t be the weirdo who waits in the fucking car.” He pauses, finger poised over the release for his seat belt. “Or are you chicken?”
The grin that spreads over Will’s face in the blink of an eye is infuriating and Mike actually finds himself full-on scowling this time. Shame boils up from deep within his stomach, heatedly mixing with the indignation that spreads through his veins, all no-he-fucking-didn’t, and Mike turns the engine off with a harsh flick of his wrist before he yanks up the parking break. “I’m not chicken,” Mike bites out through gritted teeth, refusing to let himself think as he shoves open the driver’s side door, hands hastily unbuckling his seatbelt, and launches himself out of the car.
“Woah, slow down there, cowboy,” Will teases as he gets out of the car just after Mike. The two of them close their doors almost in stereo. “No need to hurry. She’s not going anywhere.”
Mike flashes Will the finger. “Lead the way, fuckface.”
“Ooh, someone’s getting testy. Better turn that frown upside down, Wheeler. Remember, you’re cuter when you smile,” Will says, snickering as he walks around the front of the car towards the stairs that lead up to the wrap-around porch and the front door. Mike trails behind, trying not to feel like a child goaded by some weird-ass reverse psychology trick, and fails miserably. Will practically fucking skips up the steps and Mike frowns – it’s absolutely not a pout – as he shoves his hands in his pockets, trying his best to both look relaxed and not slouch over in on himself.
Get yourself together, Wheeler. Don’t want El to think you’re a total loser, now, he thinks, trying to psych himself up into acting normal.
It doesn’t work. Mike can feel his shoulders slumping, spine folding, as he steps up behind Will.
The wood of the steps thuds solidly beneath his shoes and Mike takes a moment to inspect the front of the house as he trails behind Will.
So, this is El’s house, Mike thinks as he takes in the soft green paint and the white trim around the windows. There’s two Adirondack chairs with a low table between them on the porch off to Mike’s left and a heavy metal screen blocking the front door. The shades are all drawn and Mike can hear the murmur of music coming from inside.
Mike gulps, nerves cresting inside of him. Oh god, someone’s definitely home.
Mike tries to calm down as he watches Will reach out and ring the doorbell, but it’s no use. His hands are clammy and trembling where he has them stuffed in his pockets and almost every instinct Mike has is screaming at him to turn around and hide in the car.
But before Mike can so much as prepare to run and hide, the front door opens and, on the other side of the screen door, legit the biggest man Mike’s ever seen stands there waiting for them. He’s half hidden by the screen, but Mike is still able to get a clear look at his face: bright blue eyes, face partially obscured by a goatee and what looks like day-old stubble. The expression on his face is politely neutral but with more than a hint of warning just under the surface.
This is the face of a man who can shift into Fuck Up Your Shit mode in the blink of an eye and not even break a sweat. And that’s not even accounting for the fact that Mike swears this man has to be twice his size and Mike’s never felt more like a skinny beanpole in his entire life.
This man is Hawkins’ new Chief of Police.
He’s also El’s dad.
Holy fuck.
And then, it’s clear he recognizes Will because, in an instant, his face relaxes and a smile pulls up the corners of his mouth. “Will, hi. Didn’t know you were stopping by. El didn’t say anything,” he says, voice gruff.
Will holds up his hand in a wave. “Hi, Hopper. Just coming by for a sec to grab a book from El.”
Hopper (and, apparently he goes by his last name) pushes open the screen to greet them properly. “Oh, that’s probably why she didn’t say anything,” he says as he steps forward to hold the screen open with his shoulder. And then his gaze rises to look at Mike and Mike resists the urge to gulp in absolute terror. “And who’s your friend?”
“Oh, this is Mike, Mike Wheeler.” Out of the corner of his eye, Mike can see Will twist just enough to look back at him. “Say hi, Mike.”
Mike raises his hand and gives a weak wave. “Um, hi, sir. I’m just – I’m driving – I… sorry, hi.” Ok, if it wouldn’t be too much trouble, could the earth just open up and swallow him whole, like, right now?
“Don’t call me ‘sir’. Just ‘Hopper’ or ‘Hop’, please,” Hopper says, eyebrow quirking at Mike. “It’s nice to meet you, Mike. Little squirrelly though, aren’t you?”
Mike doesn’t – can’t – say anything, but Will lets out a laugh. “Yeah, he’s a little awkward,” Will says.
Hopper breathes out a quieter version of Will’s laugh and angles his body so he can gesture for Will and Mike to come in. “Well, El’s prancing around in the kitchen, singing along to some lovey-dovey music mix of hers.” It’s only then that Mike is able to pay attention to the music in the background – some sort of punk cover of a rockabilly song, a female voice he’s assuming is El’s overlaid on top of it.
He watches as Hopper pauses, a slow smile crossing his face before he holds a finger up to his lips in a shushing gesture. “C’mon, I’ll show you where she is,” Hopper says with what Mike can only describe as trolling levels of glee, like he’s barely holding back the urge to laugh.
Hopper lets Will and Mike into the house and Mike desperately tries to soak in every detail in the split second he gets to look around as Hopper leads them to the kitchen. There’s a living/family room combo off to his left, a staircase that leads upstairs straight ahead, and a dining room around the corner to the right from the front door. It’s homey and simple – the kind that would have his mother itching to “spruce up”, he just knows it – but Mike swears he can feel El’s presence surround him and it soothes him at the same time as making him itchy as hell, full of yearning and nerves and the strangest sense of euphoria.
This is El’s house, the girl he’s falling head-over-heels for. Holy shit, he’s in her house.
That thought colors just about everything and Mike feels like he’s floating as he follows behind Hopper and Will. The music gets louder as Hopper leads them to the kitchen through the central hallway and, just before they enter the kitchen, Hopper pauses to wordlessly remind them to be quiet. He then moves to lean against the entryway into the kitchen, shoulders shaking with silent laughter, and Will and Mike edge their way into the doorway, curious about what in the hell is so funny.
Mike’s heart is in his throat as he comes to stand behind Will, nervous and excited to see El, even though he’s so not mentally prepared for this whatsoever. And, when he does see her, for a long, almost endless moment, he can’t breathe.
At the edge of his peripheral vision, Mike can see Will trying to hold back laughter. And, sure, the sight in front of him is funny – more silly, than anything, if Mike’s being honest.
So, yes, it’s silly, but it’s also enchanting and beautiful and Mike’s heart does the most dizzying flip, stomach swooping in response, at the sight in front of him.
El’s in the middle of the medium-sized kitchen, dressed simply in a thin, gray tank top and the most adorable pj pants Mike’s ever seen, pale blue with cartoon panda bears on it. She’s cooking what seems to be a late breakfast – pancakes and bacon, from the smell of it, as she stands near the stove.
Well, standing isn’t quite right. More like dancing in place, hair swaying behind her as she dances and shimmies with highly over-dramatized motions. There’s a spatula in her hand that’s serving as her microphone as she sings along with the song, which Mike finally recognizes as “Build Me Up, Buttercup”.
El has no idea any of them are there – well, she maybe knows Hopper is somewhere, but El’s eyes are closed as she lives wholly in the moment, singing her heart out in the privacy of her own kitchen.
This is El in her natural environment, completely and totally herself, the version of her that is reserved for family only. There’s no one she needs to show off to, no one to show off to, and nothing to stop her from acting silly and adorable, totally free. She’s bright and vivacious and the most beautiful girl in the entire universe.
It’s intoxicating and Mike is completely and thoroughly enchanted.
And her singing voice is just… wow. Clear and smooth, it makes Mike’s heart race as shivers run down his spine. He doesn’t think he’s ever heard anything lovelier in his entire life and he just wants to hear her sing always.
Mike’s not sure how long they’ve stood there – probably only 20 seconds or so – when the song crescendos and begins to close out, the beat slowing and the instruments fading away until just the guitar and the piano are playing. El pours everything she has into the refrain of the chorus, eyes squeezed shut. “I need you, more than anything, darling,” she sings, and Mike finds himself wishing that she was singing to him. “You know that I have from the start. So build me up, buttercup, and don’t break my heart.” She holds the final note as the song comes to a roaring end.
And, in the pause between one song to the next, a bright ska song that Mike also recognizes, Hopper lets out a whoop and both he and Will start clapping. Mike, meanwhile, is too transfixed to do something even as simple as move his hands from where they’re hanging limply at his side.
No, Mike’s too busy staring at El, his ridiculous crush on her probably written all over his face, as El lets out a yelp of surprise. Clearly, she didn’t know anyone was watching as she spins around, eyes wide, and freezes when she doesn’t just see her dad, but Will and Mike also. A bright blush blossoms on her skin, creeping across her neck and face and, much to Mike’s surprise, she throws the spatula at Hopper, who laughs and ducks away from the projectile. “Ugh, Dad, you asshole!” El all but yells. “Why didn’t you tell me anyone was here?”
Hopper’s still laughing, but he does his best to respond. Mike, under the weight of El’s shocked embarrassment, is torn between wanting to slink away so she doesn’t get mad at him and glad to have just witnessed El’s impromptu concert because he knows he’s going to cherish the sight of what he just witnessed for the rest of his life. “I didn’t want to deprive our guests of your marvelous singing talent.”
El glares at her dad and raises a hand to give him the finger, which only makes Hopper laugh harder, but she otherwise says nothing, holding the pose for a long second for dramatic effect. It’s only when the intro of the current song finishes and the singer comes through on the speaker that El bursts into movement. “I want you to want me,” are the only words the singer manages to get out before El hurries to pause the song, flustered and embarrassed. “Oh, shit, sorry,” she says, voice shaky and Mike notices that her gaze flicks back and forth between him and her cellphone she’s juggling as she rushes to stop the music.
“I apologize for the horrible taste in music my daughter has, by the way,” Hopper says, snickering a bit as he looks over at Mike and Will. “Clearly, she’s embarrassed about it, too. At least I raised her to have a proper amount of shame.”
El rolls her eyes, a heavy groan leaving from her lips, as her arms flop dramatically at her sides. “I hate you. Why is my dad such a troll?” she asks, head tilted back like she’s beseeching the heavens, praying for an answer from some higher power.
“Hey, don’t forget you came from me, missy. You’re just as much of a troll as I am.”
El heaves one more sigh and looks pointedly at Mike and Will, like she’s trying to pretend that her dad doesn’t exist at all. Mike marvels at the casual bickering between father and daughter, knowing he could never get away with treating his parents like this, knowing he would never dare to. “So, Will, I take it you’re here for the next Dresden Files novel?” El asks, pointedly bright and chipper. It makes Mike almost want to laugh, it’s so cute.
Will does laugh. “Yep, pretty much.”
“It’s up in my room,” El says as she walks towards them, steps smooth and graceful as she glides across the kitchen, feet completely bare. “Keep me company while I go dig it out?” she asks, eyeing both Will and Mike.
“Yeah, sure, of course!” Will says, answering for them both. But Mike manages a nod when El looks up at him, her gaze filled with a combination of hope and nervousness that makes his breath catch in his throat.
“Alright, follow me.” El glances at Hopper. “Make sure brunch doesn’t burn,” she tells her dad, eyebrow arched in warning.
“Yes, ma’am,” Hopper says with a jaunty, mocking salute. “Don’t go having any wild orgies up there while I’m not looking.”
“Ugh, please stop!” El calls over her shoulder as she walks away, leaving Mike and Will to trail behind her. “Don’t say stuff like that when my friends are around!”
Hopper laughs behind them and Mike would normally be overthinking the “orgies” remark while trying not to blush about it the entire time, but he’s too fixated on the word “friend” to think beyond that.
Friends? She thinks they’re friends? Happiness bubbles up inside of Mike, bright and effervescent, and he wants to smile, wants to do a happy dance or something. Because El Hopper just casually admitted that she thinks of Mike as (at least) a friend and it’s more than he ever could have asked for.
El guides them upstairs and Mike has to work to keep his eyes on anything other than her backside. So he focuses intently on her hair, which spills down her back in luscious, honey chestnut waves, strands looking soft and enticing. He desperately wants to run his fingers through her hair, wants to know what those strands feel like against his bare skin, and the longing makes Mike want to sigh.
They get up to the second floor, carpet muffling their steps, and Will pauses in front of the open bathroom door. “Hey, uh, I’ll be right there, yeah?” He doesn’t wait for a response as he hands the book he’s returning to El over to Mike and goes into the bathroom, door shutting behind him.
Mike looks over to see El blinking in stunned stillness at the door and it hits him, in this very moment, that this is the first time he’s ever been alone with El.
And, suddenly, his heart begins to race furiously in his chest.
“Well, then,” El says, biting back a laugh as she looks up at Mike. “Come on, then.” She turns and walks the short distance to her room, Mike trailing behind her like a lost, lovesick puppy.
Mike gulps as he steps over the threshold into El’s room. With the exception of his sisters, he’s never been in a girl’s bedroom before and his palms begin to sweat, the book he’s holding becoming slippery in his grip.
There’s a gravity to this moment that’s unearned, but Mike feels nevertheless. This is El’s bedroom, an inherently private place, an inner sanctum that Mike feels like he’s lucky to even get a glimpse of, even though he’s nervous as all hell.
And he’s not the only one who’s nervous, if the glance that El gives him over her shoulder is any indication. But there’s something else in her gaze besides nervousness, something else that Mike doesn’t want to look closely at for his own sanity, but something that sets his heart racing, blood pounding in his veins.
El smiles at him for a second before she pulls her lower lip between her teeth, biting the flesh lightly. The sight of it makes him want to groan out loud. “So, um, this is my room. I’m just gonna….” She points in the direction of the bookcase on one wall, one eyebrow arched just so.
“Oh, um, ok,” Mike says before he thrusts his hand out, the one holding the book Will’s returning. “Um, here.”
The grateful smile that El bestows upon him is sweet and thrilling and Mike decides he wants to live in this moment forever. “Thanks.”
El turns her back to him, then, and heads over to the bookcase, giving Mike free reign to look around. And look around he does.
His gaze first follows El to her bookcase, eyes scanning the titles he can see around the edges of her body. He’s pleasantly surprised at the number of sci-fi and fantasy titles he sees there, heart racing as he especially recognizes the Lord of the Ring trilogy, spines well worn like she’s read each book at least a few times.
Suddenly eager, Mike does a slow turn of the room, trying to take it all in. The walls are painted a light green, the furniture simple white to match. There’s a handful of posters and pictures on the wall – a collage made up of photos of sunsets, a corkboard with pictures of family and friends. There’s a couple of boxes still to be unpacked by her closet, which is shut.
Her bed, full sized and covered in a pale purple bedspread, is unmade (Mike gulps at the sight, trying desperately not to imagine what two teenagers can get up to in an empty bed – especially if one of them’s her – and fails miserably) and there’s a small pile of laundry on the end. A fierce blush leaps onto Mike’s face as he recognizes what is clearly one of El’s bras, pale blue and lacy, and, god, he needs to stop his imagination right now but he can’t.
He startles, whirling around the room to look at anything else to distract him from imagining El in nothing but her underwear, and his eyes land on her desk in the corner along the wall next to the door. There’s a TV on the adjacent dresser, turned on and illuminating the pause screen of “Zelda: Breath of the Wild”. Mike’s jaw drops and his gaze lands on the video game controller on the nearby desk, set down like she’d gotten interrupted suddenly, and a guffaw leaves him. “Holy shit, you play video games?”
He turns around just in time to see El turn as well, a look on her face that is both flat and incredulous. “Uh, yeah, doesn’t everyone?”
“Girls like you don’t.”
El’s eyebrow arches and Mike just knows she’s resisting crossing her arms over her chest. “Girls like me?” she echoes, tone as arched as her eyebrow.
Mike panics under the accusatory look and blurts out the first thing that comes to mind. “Yeah, pretty ones.” Mike doesn’t register the words until he hears them come out of his mouth and he cringes, cheeks blazing with a fierce blush. Mike closes his eyes, afraid of El’s reaction.
Those last couple of days of the school week ended up being awkward for reasons Mike can’t even begin to understand and Mike’s not sure if El even wants to hear these kinds of things from him. That’s besides the fact that guys probably tell her she’s pretty all the time – because she objectively is pretty, really just the most beautiful girl he’s ever seen – and Mike’s positive all those other guys were way smoother than him.
It’s a high-pitched giggle that has him opening his eyes and looking across the mere feet that separate him and El. She’s looking up at him, wide-eyed and beautiful, eyes shining with what Mike hopes is happiness. “You think I’m pretty?” is what El finally asks him, voice pitched with breathless hope.
Mike’s blown away by the raw emotion in her voice and he swears his brain short circuits. He’s no longer thinking, operating on auto-pilot, all doubt and logic swept away by the way El’s looking up at him. “Yeah, pretty. Really pretty,” he forces out, all but stumbling over the words.
The prettiest blush covers El’s cheeks and Mike yearns to trace the edges of her blush with his lips, up her jaw and along her cheekbone before sweeping back down to her lips. He’s never wanted to do anything more in his entire life. “Thank you,” she says a bit later, the words spoken through a gasp that has his stomach swooping.
There’s more Mike suddenly wants to say, emboldened by her reaction to him calling her pretty – how he thinks she’s more than just pretty, how he wants to make sure she’s ok after Thursday and Friday, how he wants to nibble around the edges of the question of whether she really would consider him someone she could date.
But Will bursts into the room, all chaotic and manic energy, and Mike feels the little bit of courage he’d managed to gather leave him in the blink of an eye. “So, you have that book for me?” Will asks, skipping over anything remotely related to polite.
El throws him a look and holds out a paperback novel Mike hadn’t even noticed she was holding until this moment. “Here you go, you junkie.”
The cheer Will gives as he reaches for the book is almost alarming in how needy it is. “Ooh, gimme!”
Mike lets out a weak laugh, wanting to be part of this conversation and feeling left out. “Wow, this book series must be something.”
El grins at him, both excited and reassuring and she twists, grabbing the book Will just returned, so she can hand it back over to Mike. “You wanna give the first one a try?” Her eyebrow arches, in challenge and in invitation and, suddenly, Mike’s not entirely sure they’re talking about a book anymore.
Mike holds El’s gaze for a long moment, gauging the sincerity of the offer. But, after a beat, Mike reaches out towards El. “Um, yeah, if you’re sure,” he says, fingers slowly clasping around the book.
“Mike,” El says, voice heavy with meaning. Her other hand, the one not still holding onto the book, comes up to briefly touch the bare skin of his wrist, right above where he’s holding the book (oh yeah, they definitely aren’t just talking about the book). “I’m sure,” she says, her touch sending a sharp thrill up his arm, the look in her eyes heavy in the best possible way.
There’s so much Mike wants in this moment. He wants to grab the hand that just touched him and pull her close. He wants to lean over and kiss her, wants to explore the meaning of the look in her eyes. He wants to run his fingers through her hair and wrap his arms around her. He wants to feel her snuggle close to him while he reads the book she’s letting him borrow, wants to peer up over the top of the pages every once in a while to see how she’s progressing in the video game she’s playing.
Mike just wants and the force of it threatens to pull him under and drown him in pure emotion.
He gulps against the sensation, heart beating rapidly in his chest, and Mike can feel the wild flutter of his pulse just beneath the skin along his neck. It occurs to him that El still hasn’t pulled away, like she’s frozen under the same spell that has him ensnared, and he hopes she doesn’t want to pull away as badly as he doesn’t.
“Great!” Will announces, startling both Mike and El. Their hands drop away, Mike left holding the book, and he keenly misses the feel of her close to him. “Now we can all talk about the book. Mike, you’re going to love it. It’s so good.”
Mike looks over at Will, a weak smile on his face. He’d completely forgotten Will was in the room, he’d been so swept up in El. “Can’t wait,” Mike says and his gaze drifts back over to El. She’s looking up at him, amused and annoyed, eyes sparkling above a barely contained smile, like she’s trying to hold back laughter. God, she’s so pretty….
“We should get going, though,” Will says, once again yanking Mike back into the present. “We’re gonna be late as it is.”
Curiosity sparks on El’s face. “Ooh, where are you guys going?”
“There’s this cool retro arcade on the other side of downtown,” Will says. “It’s awesome. They have, like, all these great arcade cabinets and if you order a three large pizzas, your whole group gets to play unlimited on all the machines. We go, like, once a month so we can all save up enough money to go.”
“Aww, that sounds like fun!” El says and, holy shit, she means it.
“You wanna join?” Mike blurts out, almost shocked at the words that escape him. Did he just invite her out?
From the look on her face, eyes going wide with shock as she blinks rapidly a couple of times, he did. But, when she smiles a moment later, bittersweet, Mike knows she’s going to decline. “Oh, I would, but I have laundry to do and, well, Sundays are kind of my day for me and my dad.” She cringes, like the words were painful to say. “Sorry. Rain check, though?”
An awkward flutter ripples through Mike, hints of doubt sown in the back of his head – does she mean it or is it just lip service? – and he tries his best to smile. “Oh, yeah, sure, absolutely. Next time, yeah?”
“Next time,” El echoes.
“Ok, now that that’s sorted, we need to get going, Mike,” Will says.
A flash of irritation sparks in Mike’s chest – fucking seriously, why does Will keep interrupting? – but he suppresses it and smiles over at Will. “Yeah, ok, we should go.”
“Thanks for the next book, El,” Will says as, by some unspoken agreement, the three of them begin walking out of El’s room and back downstairs.
“No problem! Remember, you gotta let me know what you think, ok?” El says as they make their way down the stairs. Her elbow brushes against Mike’s arm as they walk almost side by side and Mike almost rolls his eyes at the way that a shiver runs through him at the simple, unintentional touch.
“Oh, of course,” Will says. “You know I won’t hesitate to live-text my reactions.”
El giggles and her eyes slide over to Mike. “You, too, yeah? It’s one of my favorite book series, so I want to know what everyone thinks of it.”
Mike’s heart skips a beat in his chest – holy shit, there’s a legitimate, non-school related reason to talk to El and he loves it – and he manages to give her a smile. “Yeah, sure, of course,” he blurts out.
“Good,” El says and she squeezes past Mike and Will to open the front door to show them out. “So, uh, I’ll see you guys tomorrow?”
“Yep, sounds good!” Will says. “Have fun with your laundry.” There’s a teasing grin on Will’s face and Mike elbows Will in the side.
“God, stop being an ass,” Mike says, rolling his eyes.
“Stop being a killjoy, Michael,” Will fires back with, laughing all the while, before he waves at El. “Bye, El.”
“Yeah, see you tomorrow,” Mike says.
El smiles, brighter than the sun shining outside, and waves at the two of them as they walk out onto the porch. “Bye, guys!”
Mike and Will wave once more before they turn and head down the porch stairs. Mike hears the sound of El closing the door behind them a moment later and a wistful sigh escapes him, cut off from her once more.
“So, what was that all about?”
The question comes at Mike with no context and he glances over at Will as they make their way over to his car. “What was what?”
Will gives Mike a look. “You and El, you idiot. I honestly thought you two were going to start making out right in front of me, or something.”
A fierce blush explodes on Mike’s face – god, part of him so wishes that would have happened – and he tries to counteract it by glaring over at Will. “Shut up, that’s not what was going on.”
A knowing look crosses over Will’s face as he reaches the passenger-side door. “Uh-huh, suuuure. I know what I saw, Wheeler.”
“I also know you can walk to the arcade,” Mike mutters as he climbs in behind the wheel. Will just laughs at him and, thankfully, drops the topic for the rest of the day.
But, as Mike drives both him and Will to the arcade, he can’t help but think that there’s a point buried somewhere deep in Will’s accusation.
Whenever he’s around El, it’s like the rest of the world doesn’t even matter to Mike. Which is so, so dangerous, just overwhelming in the best, most worrying way possible. He kept forgetting that Will was in the room, that anyone else other than him or El even existed. God, he’s so head over heels for her already that he’s already at the tunnel vision stage and he just knows this is going to continue to get worse.
And, yeah, he really, really wants to make out with El.
He just isn’t sure she feels the same way.
The rest of the day goes swimmingly. The Party hangs out at the arcade, eating pizza and giving each other shit and playing retro video games all day. It’s a great day, one Mike’s thankful that he has friends who want to experience it with him.
But, the entire time, thoughts of El run through the back of his head and he can’t stop thinking about the book in the backseat of his car, the one that she lent him, the one that’s waiting for him to read once he gets home.
He also can’t stop thinking about everything else that happened in her room – calling her pretty, the way she blushed in response, her hand on his wrist, the heady look of promise in her gaze….
Yeah, Mike’s a total goner and almost doesn’t care that he doesn’t care anymore.
Mike starts reading the book she lent him later that night, once he’s in bed. His fingers tremble at first, struck by the fact that this is one of her favorite books, and he feels close to her in a way he never thought possible. But then he begins to lose himself in the story and the tremulous feeling fades.
Mike gets about a third of the way through the book before he has to put it down and go to bed. There’s a smile on his face because he can’t wait to talk to El about what he’s read so far and he’s looking forward to her excitement that he’s reading a book she likes.
And El doesn’t disappoint. One of the first questions she has for him when she walks into Trig on Monday morning (besides “How was the arcade?”) is “Have you started reading ‘Storm Front’ yet?” There’s a smile on her face, bright and excited and it’s everything Mike is hoping for as he nods and begins to tell her how far he’s gotten, what he likes about it so far, and so on.
El dives right into the conversation, the two of them going back and forth until the bell rings and class begins. And the entire time, Mike can’t help the way happiness explodes inside of him. He can feel it, they’re becoming friends, and he’s never been more excited about anything in his entire life.
Yes, El Hopper has the ability to shatter his heart in a million pieces. But as she sits next to him, gushing about a fantasy novel of all things, Mike can’t help but be thrilled at the opportunity to get to know this amazing, beautiful girl, to get to be friends with her, even if nothing else ever happens.
Mike’s on Cloud Nine all throughout the rest of the morning, all smiles and buoyant happiness, like nothing can get him down. It’s dangerous, him feeling this way, because Mike’s so very aware that everything is one step away from getting yanked out of his grasp at any moment. He knows he should be cautious, but he can’t bring himself to be.
This is especially true as Mike starts trying to think of ways to get to spend time with El, wondering if she’d even want to – that moment in her room has given him hope beyond his wildest expectations and he’s already plotting and planning, trying to work up the courage to ask her any of it.
But, like the universe is finally looking out for him, Mike gets his chance.
The bell rings signaling the start of their US History class and Mike and El are forced to stop their conversation – more gushing about the Dresden Files, El telling Mike about the author’s other books that she recommends – as Ms. Palecki comes around from behind her desk, a stack of handouts in her hand. “Alright, class, happy Monday,” she says as she prepares to pass out the papers one row at a time. “Today is the day I know you’ve all been waiting for: your pair assignments.”
The whole class groans and Mike slumps a little in his seat. God, he’d forgotten about those, almost completely forgot about the fact that he’s going to be assigned to work with someone for the rest of the year on a project worth half his grade.
“Now, don’t worry,” Ms. Palecki says as she works her way down row by row, handing out a sheaf of papers each time. “I’ve been watching you for the past couple of weeks and I tried my best to match you all up based on you strengths, weaknesses, and personalities. I have a pretty good track record of this over the years, so it won’t be as bad as you think.” She gets to the row El’s sitting in and hands each Mike and El half of what’s left in her hands. “But these pairs are non-negotiable. There will be no switching. I’ll give you a few minutes to introduce yourself to your partner and then we’ll pick up where we left off on Friday.”
Mike grabs a paper, passes the stack off to the person behind him, and nearly falls out of his chair when he finds his name on the paper… and sees who’s name is next to his.
Beside him, El gasps and he knows she’s seen it too.
A whole combination of emotions explodes in his veins – terror, excitement, disbelief – and Mike looks over at El, eyes wide and mouth agape. She’s looking at him right back, but there’s a brightness in her gaze that sets him ablaze and Mike’s heart tumbles over in his chest.
El smiles at him, blindingly so, and lets out the most beautiful, relieved giggle he’s ever heard.
“Well, hello there, partner.”
Notes:
My oh my, is that a cliffhanger I've left you on? Or am I just being a tease?
Or is it both?
Yes, Mike and El are officially partners. Guess that means they're going to have to spend all this time together. Alone. I'm sure you guys are just so disappointed about this. Really, this is just the worst, am I right?
Ok, ok, I'll be serious. This is it, y'all - things are getting real from here on out. It's full speed ahead and I'm SO EXCITED.
So buckle up, folks. It's going to be a wild ride.
(and if any of y'all wanna come yell at me about this fic, or Mileven in general, or just Stranger things, come hit me up on tumblr. I go by @fatechica there, too, so please come talk to me!)
Chapter 10: a most welcome partnership (can it be more?)
Notes:
Um, yeah, ok. So.......I know it's been LITERALLY A MONTH since I posted the previous chapter, but I'm still here!
Life got INSANELY BUSY for a variety of reasons all at the same time and I just didn't have time to think much less write fic for a bit there. Like, I was lucky if I was able to write a few sentences some days, it was that bad.
But, I persevered and I'm back, baybee! This isn't as long as some of my previous chapters, but it's all Mike and El being all twitterpated with each other (and then some, haha), so I hope the sheer amount of fluff makes up for it! Enjoy!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
It almost feels like a dream come true.
In fact, El’s pretty sure she actually dreamed this and she has to resist the urge to pinch herself just in case.
God, she can’t believe it. It’s right there on the piece of paper in her hands and she still isn’t sure what she’s seeing is real.
Because her and Mike have just been paired up to work together for the rest of the school year and it feels fantastic.
El had hoped it would end up like this – oh, how she hoped. The second she heard from Ms. Palecki that they would be working on their big year-long project in assigned pairs, El knew the only person she wanted to work with was Mike. The odds had been against her, to be sure – there were 20 other students in the class and it was equally likely she could have been paired up with any of them.
Still, it never stopped her from laying in bed as she tried to fall asleep over multiple nights over the last couple of weeks. A giddy smile would stretch up her lips as she imagined having a reason to spend hours and hours alone with the most beautiful boy she’s ever met.
And now she has one.
A gasp escapes her, then, as El looks down at the handout with her name next to Mike’s and the full implications of it well and truly begin to hit her.
Here’s her chance, the one she’s been waiting for, the one she didn’t even know she was really waiting for until she was able to hold it in two hands. It’s her chance to really become friends with Mike Wheeler… and hopefully more, if she plays her cards right.
El’s aware she’s smiling like an idiot, but she doesn’t care. She’s just so happy right now.
She looks over at Mike and sees him turning to look back at her. He’s adorably gobsmacked, like it never even occurred to him that them getting assigned to work together was possible, much less probable. The confusion on Mike’s face is so soft and cute that El can’t help but giggle, overjoyed beyond belief. “Well, hello there, partner,” she says, bright and teasing.
Mike’s mouth snaps closed from its gaping position before he proceeds to open and close it a few times as he searches for something to say, as the shock seems to slowly work its way through his brain. “Wow, ok then,” he says after a moment. His brow rises – a quick arching of his eyebrows as surprise ripples across his face – and Mike breathes out a quiet laugh, the sound escaping him in a huffed breath as his shoulders rise and fall with incredulous humor.
Mike refocuses on her and El is fascinated by the interplay of emotion on his face – incredulous and wary, but pleased beneath it all. He gives her a soft smile that hits her straight in heart with the way the corners of his lips turn up just so. “So, partners. For the whole year.”
“So it seems,” El says, her own smile turning into a wry grin. Amusement bubbles up inside of her and she arches an eyebrow teasingly. “Disappointed?”
Oh, she knows Mike’s not disappointed, not in the slightest. No, El can see the happiness and excitement bubbling just under the surface – she know Mike well enough for that – but it’s just too much fun teasing him.
Especially as panic rises up on his face, skin going almost white as the blood drains from it. “Oh, no, I’m – I could never – I just-”
A giggle, sudden and crisp, bursts from El’s lips and she can’t even bring herself to be sorry. “Oh my god, I’m just teasing, I swear. Please, don’t think I actually think that.”
Mike blushes and it’s almost hypnotizing, watching his skin go from bone white to deep red in the space of a couple of heartbeats. “Oh, well… good, I guess.”
El takes pity on him – he really doesn’t deserve her whimsical flirting when he seems to be so topsy-turvy. “Sorry,” she says, the word spoken through a wistful sigh. “I’m just excited to be working with you and I get punchy when I’m excited. I need to remember that not everyone’s on the same page with that kind of energy.”
Mike gives her a soft smile, all warm forgiveness. “Hey, it’s ok. Don’t worry about it.” He bites his lip and glances down at his desktop, radiating nervousness that somehow manages to look absolutely adorable on him. “So, um, we should probably figure out a time to start working on our project. Or, at least figure out what we want to do, yeah?”
El glances around the classroom, just enough to see that Ms. Palecki isn’t looking in her direction, and leans over to reach into the front pocket of her backpack for her phone. She straightens, only mostly able to bite back the smile that pulls at her lips. “What’s your number?” she asks as she quickly unlocks her phone and navigates her way to her contacts. She tries to ignore the pitter-patter of her heart, the way her fingers tremble where she’s gripping her phone, but it’s hard. There’s just so much weight to asking someone for their number, so much meaning.
And El’s never meant anything more in her life.
Mike’s brow furrows, confusion laid over the top of his nervousness. “Why?”
The confusion, blunt as it is, cuts through some of El’s own nerves and she rolls her eyes even as a giggle bubbles out of her. “So we can coordinate and keep each other in the loop,” she says before she arches an eyebrow, teasing and coy. “Plus, this way I can bug you about The Dresden Files whenever I want.”
“God, you would, wouldn’t you?” Mike all but mutters, but there’s a small grin on his face despite it. “Alright, you ready?”
El’s fingers are poised over her screen and she nods at Mike, a frisson of excitement trickling down her spine. “Ready.” Mike gives her his number, dictating it to her a few digits at a time, and once his number is in her phone, El sends him a short text message – hi, this is el – before she puts her phone away with a triumphant grin. “Great! Sent you a text, so now you have my number, too. But you were saying earlier? About getting together to work on the project?”
Mike blinks for a long second, temporarily distracted by the buzzing of his phone inside his pocket from El’s incoming text message. “Oh, uh, yeah, that’s right,” he says, a faint blush spreading across his cheeks. “Was thinking maybe sometime after school this week. Does that work for you?”
El takes a moment to think about what she knows about her after school plans for the upcoming week. “Um, tomorrow or Thursday would work best, I think,” she says slowly as she considers. “I’m pretty sure my dad signed us up to have dinner again at Will’s house on Wednesday.”
“Again? Isn’t that, like, the third time in two weeks?” Mike asks forehead furrowing as his brows arch.
El wants to giggle from sheer happiness – god, Mike’s been paying enough attention to know how often her and Will’s families have had dinner? - but she holds it back. “I think my dad has a thing for Will’s mom. Really, it’s only a matter of time before they stop using me and Will as crutches and actually go out on a date of their own by themselves.”
Mike’s nose scrunches up. “Isn’t that… weird?”
El shrugs. “Considering how there hasn’t been anyone my dad’s been interested in since my mom left and there’s a history between my dad and Will’s mom… no, not so weird.”
Mike gives her another long look before he shrugs, one shoulder lazily rising and falling, and moves back to the matter at hand. “So, tomorrow or Thursday for you, then?” He pauses, looking up briefly as he thinks. “How about tomorrow? We can head over to my house after I get out of Cross Country, if that’s ok, and I’ll drop you off at home after.”
“Ooh, that sounds good to me,” El says, internally doing a happy dance at the knowledge that she’s going to get to spend at least a few hours alone with Mike, even if it is under the pretext of doing school work. “Also, we can still meet up after school on Thursday if we decide we need it.”
A small spreads over Mike’s face, tinged with nervousness. “Ok, tomorrow it is. Um, I usually get out of practice around 4:15 or so, so you’d have to wait around somewhere. Is that ok?”
El brushes away Mike’s concern with a breezy wave of her hand. “Totally fine – I can do my other homework or read or something. So, whaddya say, meet out in the parking lot at 4:15?” She’s smiling, too excited to contain, and El doesn’t even care that she’s wearing her heart on her sleeve.
The smile on Mike’s face widens and there’s a sweet shyness to the expression that makes El’s heart flutter almost dangerously in her chest. “Sounds good to me.” His words are quiet, almost lost in the din of the other students talking. But El can still hear the eagerness in his voice and she feeds off it, emboldened.
“This is going to be really good, I can feel it,” El says as, out of the corner of her eye, she sees Ms. Palecki stand up to start the actual lecture. “You and me are going to make a really good pair.” There’s no time for Mike to respond as Ms. Palecki shouts out to bring the class back to order. But El does manage to wink over at him, biting back the giggle that threatens to burst out from behind her smiling lips at the wide-eyed flush that takes over Mike’s face.
God, could he be any cuter? El thinks as she makes herself focus on the lecture. It’s hard, though, because the hour seems to float by, like she’s on a cloud of pure happiness. She finds she can barely pay attention to the early formation of the American Colonies – which, she needs to because this is very probably going to be part of her project. But Mike’s just so cute and she’s so excited that she gets to work with him for the entire year.
The bell signaling the end of 5th period catches El off guard, startling her in her seat. She’d been caught up in daydreaming, imagining her and Mike spending hours together… and what they could get up to during that time –
(the two of them, alone, sitting on the couch, the floor, her bed. there are papers all around them – they are working, after all. it’s mostly silent, talking really only to ask the other person to pass something over or point out something they’ve found in the vast sea of papers that surrounds them.
but the air between them is filled with sweet tension – shy glances, the heart-pounding brush of their fingertips when they pass anything to one another. over time, they’ve slowly moved closer to each other, one inch at a time, until they’re sitting right next to each other, shoulders touching, outer length of their thighs pressed against each other, the heat of him bleeding into her skin through her clothes.
her heart races when she notices how close he is and she turns to look at him just as he’s doing to the same to her. a gasp sticks in her throat when she sees him looking down at her, the look in his eyes dark and bright all at the same time, sending shivers down her spine with the depths she sees in his gaze. the world around her freezes, time ceasing to matter entirely, and maybe she leans in, or he does, or they both do, soft and slow, breath caught in her throat as if exhaling will break the spell that’s wrapped around them with seductive fingers.
her eyes flutter shut, eyelashes beating like hummingbird wings, mere seconds before his lips touch hers, and el has to resist the urge to whimper at the feel of mike’s mouth on hers, gentle and a little shy, his lips soft and warm, tugging on hers just so.
the kiss draws to a slow end, mouths parting just long enough for her to suck in a desperate gulp of air before his mouth meets hers once more. but this time, there’s the unmistakable edge of heat and need in the way mike’s mouth slants against hers, in the angle of their kiss. el feels herself falling, falling into the kiss, into him, and she never, ever wants to get back up and–)
El yelps a little as the bell rings, almost lifting entirely off of her seat as she startles. A fierce blush creeps up her cheeks, rudely yanked as she was out of her daydream, a combination of embarrassment over losing herself in a daydream in the middle of class and frustration over the daydream getting cut short.
Dammit, it’d just been getting to the good part, El thinks with a mental pout as one hand almost petulantly closes her notebook (not that she’d taken many notes, but still… ).
“You spaced out over there? Don’t make me regret being partners with you so soon. It hasn’t even been an hour yet.” The voice is Mike’s, light and teasing, and it startles El almost as much as the bell did.
El’s breath catches in her throat as she hurries to look at him, feeling her hair swishing around her neck, eyes wide and breath hitched. He’s looking at her with a cheeky grin that’s also a little timid at the same time, like he thinks he’s taking a risk by being teasing with her, but is going for it anyway.
El notices this – it’s just too endearing for her not to – but almost immediately after she looks at him, her gaze drops down to his lips, the very same lips she was just daydreaming about kissing mere moments ago. Her cheeks flush even hotter and El swears she’s never wanted anything more in her entire life than the way she wants to kiss him right now.
El barely manages to bite back a groan, but only manages by biting her lower lip instead. She sucks in a hard breath through her nose as she takes in the curve of Mike’s grin, the fullness of his lips, how warm and soft they look despite being a little chapped. God, she wants to kiss him so bad, she can barely contain herself, every inch of her itching to follow through on the craving.
But, then, her gaze flicks up to the rest of Mike’s face to see him now looking at her, his eyes filled with a bewitching combination of amusement, confusion, and bashfulness. Honestly, she’s never going to get over just how cute he is….
“You don’t even know what I was thinking about,” El says with a grin of her own, quirking an eyebrow at him as she packs up her things so they can head over to Honors Chem together. It’s become something of a routine for the two of them over the past couple of weeks, to walk together from US History to Chemistry, and El savors every second for those few minutes.
“Well… what were you thinking about?” Mike asks, his voice accompanied by the sound of him zipping up his backpack.
El looks back over, poised to slide out of her desk and stand up, and she pauses in place as her eyes meet his once more, gaze laden with all the things she was just daydreaming about. “Oh, I’m sure you can maybe figure that out, yeah?”
“Oh,” Mike all but chokes out after a moment, face heating up adorably.
El giggles as they both stand up and begin making their way to Chem, the two of them falling in step by each other’s side with an ease that is nothing short of marvelous, if El thinks about it long enough.
Neither of them say anything until they’re both out in the hallway and El can barely hear the sound of Mike clearing his throat over the near cacophony of other students in the hallway before he speaks. “Hey, um, El?”
El glances over, smiling up at him as they weave through the other students around them. “Yeah, Mike?”
Mike bites his lip, eyes cast down for a brief moment, before he speaks. “You’re honestly looking forward to working together, yeah? Like, you’re not actually, like, really disappointed to be my partner for US History and just lying to me, right? I mean, I’d understand if you were, I just-”
“Mike,” El says forcefully, cutting him off before his rambling can gather full steam. “Honestly, I’m excited to be your partner.” She shrugs a little, letting out a tittering giggle. “I like you – you’re smart and funny and nice – and I’m looking forward to working with you because it’d be nice to get to know you better.” She arches an eyebrow at him. “You believe me, don’t you?”
Mike shrugs, almost resigned, but he still offers her a smile, however small. “Yeah, I guess.” He gulps in a deep breath. “I’m looking forward to this, too. If I had to be paired up with anyone in that class, I’m happy it’s you.”
El almost fucking melts at the sweet sincerity in Mike’s voice. She knows she’s smiling like a lovesick fool right now, but she doesn’t care. “I’m happy, too,” she says as they approach the door to their Chem class.
And, before they go their separate ways like they always do, so Mike can sit with Lucas and she can sit with Carrie, El gives Mike one last bright smile. Usually, he gives her just a small wave, maybe a quirk of his lips that is is almost a grin, but nothing more and El doesn’t know why.
But this time, finally, he smiles back, full lips stretching as his mouth curves up, showing just the briefest flash of his teeth before he turns away.
And, in this moment, El feels nothing but victorious.
Well, now we’re starting to get somewhere….
It’s all Mike can think about and it’s sent his thoughts into a tailspin – being paired up with El for their US History project; the insinuation, if he was reading the look in her eyes right, that El had spaced out in class because she was thinking about him in decidedly more-than-friendly ways; how she honestly and genuinely sounded happy to be working with him. He goes through the afternoon feeling like he’s in a fog, a happy fog, and part of him doesn’t even care.
It is a little annoying, though, when it bleeds into A/V Club and he still can’t stop thinking about El long enough to effectively lead the meeting. Instead, Dustin runs roughshod over the majority of the hour, talking about how he knows a, quote, “sweet hookup” to get their hands on some commercial-grade telecom equipment. Will’s excited, Lucas is skeptical, but interested and Mike?
Well, Mike’s daydreaming about El. In the one room he promised himself was going to be an El-Hopper-free zone.
He thinks about the way her hair cascaded down her back during class, all silky and smooth. He thinks about how she smiled at him when they made arrangements to work at his house tomorrow night. He thinks about the faint hint of the scent of her shampoo and perfume as they walked the short distance from History to Chem, about how he wishes the distance were longer so he could spend more time by her side.
And Mike especially thinks about how, tomorrow, he’s going to spend hours with El. At his house.
Alone.
Oh, sure, his mom and Holly will probably be home, but Mike and El will either be working up in his room or down in the basement, just the two of them, a door between them and the rest of the world. Where they could get up to, well… anything if they really wanted to.
Not that anything’s going to happen, but just the thought that something could gives him heart palpitations. He’s starting to come around to the idea, as crazy as it is, that for some odd-ass reason, El seems to actually like him. True, Mike still doesn’t entirely believe it yet, but all the evidence seems to point that El is attracted to him for reasons he can’t even fathom, but that he’s also not dense enough to ignore.
And, though he still doesn’t know how much he can trust it, Mike has pretty much decided that if he’s not going to jump with both feet, he’s at least willing to dip his toes in, so to speak, to put himself out there just enough to see if El’s being more than sincere in her flirtations. But, as Mike well knows, there’s a huge difference between being willing and being able.
So, suffice it to say, he’s nervous about spending long stretches of time alone with El. Because he’s him and she’s her and he knows he’s going to spend way too much time staring at her like a goober, like a lovesick idiot salivating over a pretty girl.
Not just pretty – beautiful, his brain takes care to remind him. The most beautiful girl he’s ever seen. And he gets to spend hours alone with her tomorrow.
(hours alone, just the two of them. sitting across from each other on the couch in the basement, papers between them. he stares at her across the short distance that separates them, marveling at her beauty, in awe of her presence.
it doesn’t matter what el is wearing because she’s always beautiful, no matter what, but in this daydream, she’s wearing the same clothes she was wearing when he went with will to her house – cute pj pants and a tank top. she’s adorable and beautiful and it makes mike’s heart ache something fierce in the best way possible.
naturally, it doesn’t take long for el to notice that mike’s staring at her and he wants to look away, but he’s braver in this daydream than he is in real life, so he doesn’t, instead keeping his eyes trained on her – on the sweep of her cheekbones; the soft, pink flush of her skin; the rich, fullness of her lips, quirking up into his favorite of her smiles, the one that is knowingly teasing (god, just the sight of it does the most delicious things to his stomach and heart rate, all heart pounding and stomach swooping).
“you’re staring at me,” she says, coy and sweet.
“i am. does it bother you?” he asks, sounding more confident than he really is.
her eyebrow quirks; mike’s enchanted. “only if i get something in return.”
oh, how they’re playing with fire right now and mike wants to let himself be consumed by the flames. “well... what do you want?”
el doesn’t say thing as her lips curl up even more, grinning to the point that the dimples of her cheeks make an appearance. instead, she leans forward, faster than mike can reasonably process with how she makes him feel. she pauses, inches away, papers crinkling beneath her knees as she edges closer and balances herself with her hands on his shoulders. mike shivers at her touch. “is this ok?” she asks and mike swears he almost swoons at the feel of her breath against his mouth, her eyes so close he can’t focus properly on her face.
“is what ok?” he asks, dumbfounded (because he knows he would be – she overwhelms him in the best way possible and, god, he doesn’t care).
“i’m going to kiss you now,” she says and, before mike can fully register what’s going on, el does just that. her mouth is soft and sweet against his, lips warm and full. he’s only ever kissed one girl before in his entire life, but it was nothing like this. it didn’t make him feel like he does now, like he could just float away, how every nerve in his body has migrated to his lips and where her hands are gripping his shoulders. he barely has the presence of mind to kiss her back, slow and clumsily, nothing like a girl like her deserves to be kissed. but because it’s a daydream, el doesn’t mind.
instead, her mouth slants harder against his, his lower lip slipping between hers as her tongue darts out to glide along the seam of his mouth, and mike forgets his name entirely.
they trade kisses like this for mike doesn’t know how long, his own hands having come up to hold her close – one on her waist, the other cupping her cheek, fingers dipping just into her hair so his fingertips are surrounded by the soft, silky strands. but the mood shifts eventually – kisses growing deeper and hotter, lips parting and meeting impatient and insistent, like they can’t get enough, like they never want to get enough – and el surges forward, knees going to either side of his hips as she straddles his lap, the press of her weight against the tops of his thighs more than thrilling as his hand slides fully into the silken waterfall of her hair, and – )
“Hey, Space Cadet!”
The words are accompanied by a swift kick to Mike’s shin that rudely yanks Mike back to earth, pain shooting up his leg. Mike can feel his face heating up as he whirls to face Dustin, the source of both the moniker and the kick to the shin. “Dustin, what the hell?”
“What do you mean ‘what the hell’? Where the fuck did you go?” Dustin asks, face pinched with an angry pout. But then, it’s like Dustin takes another look at Mike and Mike knows the blush on his face betrays everything as Dustin’s expression morphs from annoyed to amused. “Oh, ho, ho, looks like someone is thinking about a certain brunette we all know. A certain new girl who just happens to also be on the Pep Squad and in half of your classes.”
“Dude, fuck off,” is the only rejoinder Mike can come back with as the flush on his face just roars with heat and Mike can feel himself blushing to the roots of his hair. Because he can’t deny Dustin’s words at all.
“Y’know, I’m starting to think this is more than a crush,” Lucas says with a snicker in his voice, all middle school mockery.
“You two should have seen him when we stopped by El’s house on Sunday,” Will says, chiming in with his own teasing. “I swear, he looked at her like he was a lost, little puppy the entire time.”
“Aww, our little Mikey’s in love,” Lucas says with a coo.
The teasing more than rankles and Mike groans before he lets his head fall forward so it can hit the table they’re all sitting at. God, for as much as he loves them, he really, really hates his friends. It’s bad enough he’s wrestling with how to manage these feelings he has for El that seem to grow exponentially by the day. He doesn’t need the running commentary from the peanut gang along with it. “Guys, please, this is hard enough without you rubbing it in,” he says, the words coming out whiny and petulant.
Dustin lets out a laugh that is just short of a cackle. “Oh, I’m sure it’s hard, but I bet you wouldn’t mind El rubbing it for you,” he says as, except for Mike, everyone else laughs.
The innuendo in Dustin’s voice is lewd and not at all subtle and Mike feels his blood boil. Ok, he takes it back – he’ll gladly deal with the running commentary from his dumbass friends as long as they don’t talk about El like that. And while Mike knows Dustin doesn’t mean to be offensive, Mike’s heard enough of other guys talking about El like this for him to be anything less than livid.
Mike bites back a growl as he sits up, teeth clenched and jaw tight. “Ok, you know what? Meeting fucking adjourned. Everyone out.” He stands up, so fast it almost makes him dizzy, and the flush on his face turns from embarrassment to anger as his blood boils in his veins.
Immediately, there’s a chorus of confused indignation – Dude! – What the fuck! – Oh, c’mon! – but Mike doesn’t care about their hurt feelings as he scoops his backpack up off the floor. “Look,” he says as he looks at each of them squarely. “You can give me shit all you want, ok? But don’t ever talk about her like that.” He pauses, breath hitching. “You know what? Don’t ever talk about anyone like that, actually.”
The looks on the others’ faces are appropriately chastised and apologetic, but Mike’s not really in the mood to be forgiving, not with the way his emotions feel like they’ve completely slipped out of his control. So, he just stares at them, eyes narrows, brows drawn down.
“Mike, man, we’re sorry,” Lucas says, stumbling a bit over the words.
Dustin nods, a little twitchy in his rush to agree with Lucas. “Yeah, we never meant to-”
“Look, it’s fine, ok?” Mike says with a sigh, cutting Dustin off as the fight drains out of him. “It’s just – can we just call it a day? It’s, well… it’s been a long one and I just kinda want to go home, now.”
Will looks at him, brow furrowed and lips pinched in a barely-there frown. “Did… did something happen? I mean, you’ve been kind of out of it all afternoon, so….”
Mike nods as the others all start to get up and he digs his keys out of his pocket. “Yeah – and I know it’s going to sound silly, so feel free to make fun of me – but Ms. Palecki assigned me and El to be partners on that stupidly insane all year project for her class and now I have to spend all this time with her and, yeah it’s exciting, but also really, really nerve-wracking and-” Mike manages to get a grip on his rambling by pinching his lips together, but it’s still a near-thing and he can feel all these thoughts and words and feelings piling up behind his lips, waiting to spill out and damn the consequences.
Luckily, though, Will gives Mike a sympathetic look – and, thankfully, Lucas and Dustin don’t do much besides make mournful noises of commiseration. “Look, you don’t have to hold it back with us,” Will says. “We can tell you really like her, you know? And, hey, maybe working with her on this project is gonna be good, give you a chance to really get to know her.”
“And I know she wants the same thing,” Dustin pipes up with, grinning almost ear to ear. “I mean, I didn’t know about the two of you getting paired up for class, so it wasn’t in reference to that, but she likes you, man – told me so, herself.”
Well, if Mike hadn’t already been nervous, that definitely would have done it. He knows what he’s going to be obsessing over for the rest of the evening. “Oh?” is all Mike can say, croaking out the question.
“Plus, there’s the way she looks at you, all goo-goo eyes,” Lucas says. “So, yeah, we might tease you about it – and we didn’t mean to offend you or anything – but we’re rooting for you, man. You got this. And I have a good feeling about her. It’s not like-”
Mike holds up a hand, knowing the name Lucas is about to say and not wanting to hear it. “Don’t say-” He pauses, sighing. “Thanks, though,” he settles on after taking a moment to quell the panic rising in his stomach, wanting to acknowledge the support he’s getting from his friends but feeling a little silly for how all over the place his emotions are – from getting caught up in daydreaming, to embarrassed at getting caught, to the outburst as his friends for their teasing and crude jibes, and then finally to feeling exposed as they showed their support and concern.
Luckily, no one tries to make Mike reconsider ending A/V Club early and it’s not more than a few minutes before they’re all saying their goodbyes. Will climbs into Dustin’s car so Dustin can give him a ride home, Lucas heads off to go spend time with Max, and Mike slides easily into the front seat of the Wheeler station wagon so he can drive home.
He loses his thoughts in listening to a writing podcast he recently found on the way home and zoning out a little while listening to it helps calm his frantic, over-excited nerves. It occurs to Mike only as he pulls up in front of his house not 10 minutes later, though, that he’s going to need to let his mom know that El’s going to be coming over tomorrow for school work. And, somehow, Mike just knows his mom’s going to suss out that he’s going to have a girl coming over, even if nothing is going on between them.
Because Karen Wheeler has a super-power and it’s ferreting out all of Mike’s secrets no matter how hard he tries to hide them.
Maybe if I just act casual about it…. Mike thinks, thoughts trailing off as he tosses his backpack onto one shoulder and heads inside the house.
Or maybe you’re fooling yourself, a more rational, if cynical part of his brain comes back with after Mike’s let himself in. Maybe it’ll be best if he just tells his mom first thing, gets it out of the way before she can weasel it out of him.
For a moment, Mike just stands in the entryway, fidgeting with his keys. Off in the distance, he can hear the sounds of the TV playing – one of Holly’s shows, by the sounds of it, all bright, clangorous noises and high-pitched, exaggerated voices – but Mike knows his mom’s probably in the kitchen, so that’s where he heads, shoes and backpack still on.
Karen Wheeler is, indeed, in the kitchen, staring into the open refrigerator with a contemplative look, like if she looks hard enough, she’ll find the answers to the mysteries of the universe, or something. Mike doesn’t exactly move quietly, so he lets the sound of his footsteps announce his arrival and Karen turns to look at him, not at all alarmed.
She smiles at him, all motherly warmth, if a little surprised. “Mike! You’re home early. I thought you had A/V club until 4:30.”
Mike glances at the clock that reads a few minutes after 4:00 and shrugs, a half smile pulling up one corner of his mouth. “Yeah, but we decided to cut it short today.” Well, he decided to cut it short and the others agreed, but there’s no need to go into that detail.
Karen’s smile only widens. “Well, you’re just in time to help me figure out what to do for dinner, then. What do you think, pork chops or meatloaf?”
There’s a bright look in his mom’s eye and Mike finds his half-smile turning into a full one. “Meatloaf. Definitely your meatloaf.”
Karen lets out a laugh. “Should have known you’d choose that one.” She shakes her head and sighs through her laughter. “Alright, go do your homework.”
“Yes, mom,” Mike says, chortling a bit. Yes, he knows he still needs to tell his mom about El coming over tomorrow, but for the moment, it’s just nice to be home.
This is probably his favorite time of the day when it comes to being at home after school, the hour or so before his dad gets home from work and things get weird with his parents, where Karen is still all smiles before she’s poured her wine and is still happy to be doing mom-like things like making dinner for her family. Sometimes Mike helps with dinner if he doesn’t have too much homework (or if it’s summer when there is no homework), but regardless the house is quiet and calm and Mike can almost pretend he has a normal, unbroken family.
So, with a smile still on his face (and the sinking dread of having to tell his mom about El wrapped around his neck, but that’s an issue for a couple of hours from now), Mike heads upstairs and gets on tackling the mountain of homework he gathered throughout the day.
And, for a couple of hours, Mike lets himself fall into the routine of working through assignments and checking them off his planner, rote and methodical. It’s only his mom’s voice calling up from downstairs – “Mike, dinner!” – that pulls him from his studies. Well, that and the heavenly smell of his mom’s meatloaf wafting up from the kitchen.
Mike kicks his feet clear of both his desk and his shoes and ambles on downstairs, sock-covered feet thumping hollowly on the stairs. His dad’s already sitting at the head of the table in the dining room, Holly a couple of seats down and fidgeting with her fork, by the time Mike approaches his usual chair. He exchanges a tight smile with his dad, but is spared from having to talk to him directly by Karen breezing into the room, platter of meatloaf in one hand, large bowl of salad in the other.
“So, Mike, how was school today? I didn’t get a chance to ask you,” Karen says after everyone’s served themselves.
Mike freezes with a bite of salad halfway up to his mouth. “Oh, um, it was fine, just – fine.” He knows this is it, knows this is his moment to let his mom know he has someone coming over tomorrow. But just the thought that El’s going to be here tomorrow makes his voice freeze up, throat dry as nerves overtake him.
Karen notices, if the way her face goes from annoyed at Mike’s evasive answer to her question, to curious and concerned. “Honey, everything ok?”
Mike grabs his water glass and takes a large sip. “Um, yeah, everything’s fine. It’s just-” He pauses, taking in a deep breath so he can gather his meager courage. “I, um, I got assigned to a partner for my history class – you know, that big project I was telling you about? – and we’re going to work on it here after school tomorrow.”
“Oh, of course! Who is it? Do I know his parents? I know it’s not one of your usual friends, since you complained endlessly about not being in your honors history class with them.”
And this is the question Mike was afraid Karen was going to ask. Because he cannot lie to her. If he does, she’ll suss it out right quick and then give him the stern Mom look that never fails to make him feel guilty. “Um, maybe? Only, um, my partner’s a girl and her name is El.”
A mischievous look crosses his mom’s face – like anytime there’s a girl involved in his life anywhere – but curiosity still reigns. “Last name, Michael?”
Mike licks his lips, nervous. “Hopper. She’s, um, the new girl who moved to Hawkins. I think her dad’s the police chief.” Ok, that’s a lie. Mike knows for a fact that El’s dad is the police chief. But that would make his mom realize that he pays more attention to the town’s gossip than he’d like to admit (mostly because his mom never stops talking about all the comings and goings in Hawkins and Mike can’t not listen).
Karen’s eyebrows nearly merge with her hairline, she looks so surprised. “The chief’s daughter?” A grin crosses her face. “Well, I’ve seen her with Jim Hopper a few times around town. She’s very pretty.”
The insinuation in his mom’s tone is clear and Mike groans. “Mom, no. It’s not like that. We’re just working together for a class, ok? Anything else is, well… look, it’s just not like that.”
Karen purses her lips. “Well, I don’t see why it couldn’t be like that. You’re a very handsome young man, you know, and very sweet. Any girl would be lucky to have you.”
“Ugh, mom,” Mike groans, blushing to the roots of his hair.
Holly chooses this exact moment to pipe up, giggling furiously. “Oooh, Mikey has a crush.”
Oh god, not her too, Mike thinks with a mental whine as he lets his head fall back, eyes slipping shut as he tries to pretend none of this is happening.
“Well, that settles it, then,” Karen says. “You have to ask her to stay for dinner.”
Mike’s head snaps up, alarm pulsing through him. “No, wait, but Mom-”
“No buts, Michael,” Karen says, giving him a stern look. “If you don’t ask her to stay for dinner, I will, understand? And I’m sure you don’t want me to do that in front of you when she gets here, now do you?”
Oh god, is his mom blackmailing him? But, Karen definitely has his number because her asking El to stay for dinner is the literal last thing Mike wants. Honestly, death would be kinder. So he slumps in his seat, feet kicking out petulantly in front of him. “Ugh, fine. I’ll ask her.”
“Good play, son. Always listen to your mother,” Ted says, chiming in for the first time in the entire conversation, sounding nothing less than totally and completely ignorant and disinterested.
Mike wants to glare at his dad, but it’s really easier just to ignore him. After all, besides fathering three children, Mike’s not sure if Ted Wheeler has ever done anything useful in his entire life. Honestly not sure how he even has a job, Mike thinks with a barely disguised sneer.
Dinner moves on from there, but Mike’s obsessing over the realization that, if he’s going to have El stay for dinner so his mom doesn’t ask her, he’s actually going to have to ask her himself.
Ok, fine, I’ll ask her after dinner, Mike resolves with all the enthusiasm one can only get from a freshly-made deadline. Naturally, though, once dinner has ended and he’s back upstairs, all that determination-fueled bravado fades.
Mike stares down at his phone, the text message El sent him earlier staring him back in the face. The four simple words she sent him in history class – hi, this is el – have him frozen, thumb poised above the keyboard to send her a text message, to ask her if she wants to stay for dinner tomorrow.
It occurs to him in this moment, as it has so many times in the past, Mike’s nothing more than the world’s biggest chickenshit. That when it comes to matters of the heart, when it really counts, the steel in Mike’s spine just vanishes
And there’s nothing he can do to change that.
But it hurts too much to look at that closely, so Mike doesn’t. I’ll ask her after I finish my Chem homework, Mike thinks, knowing he’s deluding himself and not caring one bit.
His Chem homework comes and goes, along with his English assignment, and Mike still hasn’t summoned up the necessary courage to text El.
Then, it’s just before 10. Mike has somehow finished his homework and now he has no more excuses, nothing left to hide behind. Gonna have to man up, he tells himself as he gets ready for bed – not to sleep, necessarily, but to begin the winding down process at least.
And, yet, no matter how much he dawdles through even something as simple as getting ready for bed, it’s not 5 minutes before he’s laying in bed and faced with a choice: either ask El to stay for dinner tomorrow right now or face having his mother do it for him.
Faced with the choice he never wished for, Mike finds his thumbs finally tapping across his screen as he types out probably the most benign message a guy has ever sent to a girl: hey, my mom wants to know if you want to stay for dinner tomorrow.
He hits send before he can talk himself out of it and the little ‘delivered’ notification pops up with a finality that makes his heart race out of both excitement and terror. Mike actually managed to text the girl of his dreams, even if it’s about something as lame as passing on an invitation from his mother.
And, with nothing left to do but stare at the screen and watch for El’s reply, he waits.
El can’t deny it – she’s having a really good day. Especially considering that it’s a Monday, usually the most depressing day of the week.
First, she got to flirt with Mike while talking to him about one of her favorite books – literally, two of her favorite things in one amazing package. It’d been just amazing to let herself get drawn in to talking with Mike, luxuriating in the nerdy back and forth as he told her where he was in the book, how he’d stayed up late reading until he was halfway through and loathe to put it down when he finally gave in to going to bed for the night. Knowing where he was in the book, she’d been all smiles and giggles as he told her what he was enjoying so far – what his favorite parts were, what he was looking forward to – and how he couldn’t wait to get back to reading the rest.
God, just the fact that Mike is enjoying El’s favorite book series, that they can have an actual conversation about it, is more than she ever could have hoped for. Also, the thought that Mike is reading the copy she lent to him, that it’s her book he’s holding as he reads, gives her the most stomach-fluttering tingly feeling ever.
So, first there was that. And then there was Pep Squad practice, which was also fantastic. First, El finally felt like she was getting a handle on the squad’s routines, which is always nice to feel like she’s a lot less lost than she was last week. But what made it even better was what happened after ,when El and Jen finally had a chance to talk and apologize to each other after what happened last Thursday.
(“Hey, you want a ride home?” Jen asks as she and El clean up after practice.
It’s an olive branch – or at least the beginnings of one – and El recognizes it for what it is. And since they were supposed to talk after practice today, El accepts, her own version of the olive branch. “Sure,” El says with a small, but tight smile.
It’s been weird between them today and El’s felt the strain, despite how well the rest of her day has gone. It’s like she and Jen are in some weird friendship limbo and, El’s not going to lie, she kind of really hates it. Especially because El honestly likes Jen and wants to be friends with her. So she wants almost desperately to find a way to fix this.
The ride home is quiet, the mood muted and more than a little awkward. Most of the conversation consists of El giving Jen directions as she sits in the passenger seat of Jen’s tiny, blue coupe, her duffle bag held on her lap while her backpack sits between her feet down in the well.
It’s only when Jen pulls up in front of El’s house that the conversation they’ve been waiting for actually gets going.
There’s a moment of dead silence in the car for about half a second before both El and Jen rush to fill it. “I’m sorry” – “I was an idiot.”
They stare at each other, stunned into silence by their simultaneous admissions, before they dissolve into giggles. “You first,” El gasps out first, between breaths.
It’s a valiant struggle for both of them to calm their laughter, but they manage after a bit. “Like I said, I was an idiot,” Jen says. “It really shouldn’t matter who you like. The heart wants what the heart wants and, if it’s Mike you want, then the only person who should care about that is you.”
“And I shouldn’t have snapped at you just because my feelings were hurt,” El says, arms tightening around her duffle bag. “That’s not how friends express their disappointment.”
Jen smiles, soft and sweet. “I’m glad we’re still friends,” she says, voice barely audible even in the quiet of the car.
“Me, too,” El says as the breath rushes out of her in a sigh.
Jen quirks an eyebrow, playful warning in her gaze. “You do know that, if anything happens between you and Mike, no one’s going to understand, right? It’s, like, nerds and popular girls do not go together.”
“Well, like you said, it’s no one’s business but mine.” El pauses, thinking. “And Mike’s, I suppose.”
“Well, that is true, I guess,” Jen says. She giggles, rolling her eyes. “And I suppose, if you forced me to say, that you and Mike would probably, maybe be pretty cute together.”
El laughs. “Well, I happen to think so, too, so thanks for the validation.”
The two talk a bit more, the mood much lighter with the drama cleared out of the way, and El goes inside a few minutes later as Jen drives home, feeling like all the weight has finally been lifted off her shoulders.)
But what’s really putting her in a fantastic mood – the amazing cap to an already amazing day – is getting paired up with Mike for US History, that she gets to spend time with him outside of school all year, that she gets to go over to his house tomorrow and be with him with no one else around.
Yes, it’s for school related purposes, true. But that can’t dampen her excitement – not in the slightest.
El feels like she’s floating the entire evening, so much so that even Hop called her out on it, proclaiming with a wary and curious tone that “well, you’re in a good mood” when they sat down for dinner a few hours ago. El hadn’t been able to lie, but she deftly maneuvered her way out of explaining the source of her mood, not wanting her dad to know quiet yet about this… thing with Mike.
But that was all before her phone buzzed with an incoming text message a couple minutes before 10. And then El’s day went from amazing to fucking spectacular.
Because the text message? It’s from Mike asking her if she wants to stay for dinner tomorrow. And El’s heart almost explodes with happiness.
Ok, yeah, sure, it’s him asking for his mom, but still. He texted her, of his own accord, and El’s as giddy as a middle schooler with her first crush, all “oh, he noticed me!” and barely suppressing her own urge to giggle wildly as she lies in bed.
For a moment, El just stares at the text message, almost unable to believe that Mike actually texted her, even if it is just to pass on an invitation for dinner.
God, this should not be making her feel this giddy and untethered, but it is and El doesn’t care. Not when it feels this good to be this happy.
El reads the text message a second time, and then a third and fourth time, lower lip held between her teeth to try and contain her smile, which is reaching seriously out-of-control proportions. And, before El’s even fully aware that she’s doing so, her fingers are tapping across the keyboard of her phone like they have a mind of their own, her brain trying to catch up just as she hits “send”.
And, when she realizes what she’s done, she blushes.
i would love to have dinner at your house. but i hope you want me to have dinner there, too, is what El sends back, complete with a couple of emoji hearts for good measure. There's no way to hide that she was flirting, not at all, and El's desperately curious to see how and if Mike responds.
A gasp sticks in El’s throat as she sees the three little dots that means Mike is texting her back and El swears she’s never wanted to receive a reply more than she does right in this moment. There’s what looks like a couple of stops and starts – the dots disappearing and then reappearing not once, but twice, her heart all but stopping each time from the disappointment – but about a minute later, El receives a reply back.
well... why wouldn’t i? is the text message and it’s accompanied by a winking smiley face, the emoji of choice for flirting over text messages everywhere.
El can’t help it – she actually squeals, phone clutched to her chest right above her racing heart. She wonders if Mike’s feeling the same way she is in this moment – ecstatic and lovesick and just so, so happy. She tries to imagine what he’s up to, if he’s laying in bed just like she is, smiling up at his phone just like she is.
God, that sounds like a dream come true.
well, good, wouldn’t want to be where i’m not wanted, she types out. see you tomorrow! and looking forward to spending time with you! El ups her emoji game, sending the one blowing a kiss, and she decides that her heart can’t take waiting to see if he has a reply.
No, just the barest hint of him flirting back with her via text message has El all twitterpated and if Mike responds back with something equally and blatantly flirty, she’s not sure if her heart will be able to take it give how worked up she is right now.
Maybe there is such a thing as too much of a good thing, El thinks as she hurries to turn on “do not disturb” before she sets her alarm and locks her phone.
El doesn’t go to bed right away, but it’s not too much longer until she’s crawling beneath the covers, lights all switched off. Excitement runs through her veins, filled with anticipation for the day coming her way tomorrow, where she gets to spend time alone with the boy she desperately likes, the one who seems to be more and more open to flirting back, the one who might actually like her back.
It takes El awhile to fall asleep, but she does, eventually, mind whirling with images of what could be, what she hopes might happen.
And she falls asleep with a smile on her face.
Notes:
So, I do apologize that this is yet another set-up chapter, but I really didn't want to go too much longer without updating and this was a good stopping point as any given what's coming up next.
And, speaking of that, be prepared for Mike and El to FINALLY spend some time alone together that lasts more than a couple of minutes. Plus, El having dinner at the Wheelers? With Karen all excited and nosy-nellie about the whole thing? Oh, you bet that's going to be fun......
Stay tuned for what's coming up next and, in the meantime, come bug me over on tumblr at @fatechica. Catch y'all on the flip side!
Chapter 11: guess who's coming to dinner?
Notes:
Haha, so, um, whoops? I honestly never meant to go 5 weeks without updating this fic. But I went on vacation and then got sick and then recently started teaching, so my free time and energy dwindled to nothing. But, I never stopped working on this and I never intend to stop working on this. So I hope y'all like this chapter - a lot of sweat, blood, and tears (metaphorically speaking) went into getting this one done. So enjoy!!!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
It’s all the fault of those damn little heart emojis. That and the little emoji blowing a kiss, Mike thinks with a strange, excited groan as he gets ready for school Tuesday morning. His phone’s with him in the bathroom and within arms’ reach as he gets dressed, so it’s no trouble at all to look at the very short text history between him and El.
(Literally short as they’ve only exchanged, by Mike’s count, 5 text messages.)
i hope you want me to have dinner there, too followed by those heart emojis sends Mike’s heart rate skyrocketing up into the stratosphere each time he reads it. And her whole ‘looking forward to spending time with you’ with a blown kiss makes Mike feel like he’s losing his damn mind.
It’s no wonder he flirted back in his responding text message (though he hadn’t been brave enough to respond to the last message from El, not when his heart had nearly stopped at the thought of her blowing him a kiss). It’s also equally no wonder that Mike slept horribly last night because he Could Not Stop thinking about tonight, about how El’s going to be in his house, the two of them most likely alone….
And she was flirting with him via text message. Which means it was deliberate, purposeful. Flirting in person is fleeting, in the moment and often purely reactionary, not entirely a conscious act. But flirting in text message? Where there’s a paper trail, knowingly leaving a record that it actually happened? That means it’s real. A pretty, popular girl like El doesn’t send flirty text messages to nerds like Mike (and risk it getting out) unless she means it.
Which means that El is truly, honestly flirting with him. When she gives him those coy smiles or flutters her lashes at him or laughs and giggles at his stupid jokes, she’s being sincere.
Whether or not it means that El’s interested in anything more than flirting remains to be seen. Though some of the remarks she’s made to Mike over the past couple of weeks certainly seem to point in that direction and if she’s being genuine about her flirting, then Mike has no reason to believe that she also isn’t being genuine about that either.
But Mike really doesn’t want to presume unless he has solid, concrete evidence to back it up. For the moment, though, just the fact that El sees something in him that’s worth flirting with, that she’s interested in him enough for that… well, that’s feels pretty fucking amazing.
As a result, Mike spends way too long figuring out what to wear. He eventually settles on a pair of black jeans and a dark green sweater that he knows he looks at least decent in, but isn’t too heavy for this time of year. He runs some water through his hair with his fingers to try and impose some sense of order on its unruly nature. And he barely manages to talk himself out of putting on some of the cologne he swears Nancy gifted to him as a lark last Christmas. After all, there’s a fine line between too much and just enough and Mike doesn’t want to be on the wrong side of that line.
Still, he heads downstairs feeling pretty good about himself, even as he’s hoping that he doesn’t look so out of the ordinary that his mom notices. Because while he wants to make sure that if El is interested in him, he might as well try to give her something decent to look at, if his mom notices him taking care with his outfit, it's officially Too Much and Too Desperate.
So, naturally, it’s the first thing Karen notices when Mike makes his appearance at the breakfast table.
His dad’s nowhere to be seen (probably left early for the office, again), but Karen and Holly are both there. Holly’s happily munching on a piece of toast and Karen’s reading something on her phone while she sips at a cup of coffee. There’s a full plate of eggs, bacon, and toast that is waiting for Mike and his stomach grumbles even as he detours over to the kitchen counter for a cup of coffee.
Karen looks up from her phone at the sound of Mike’s footsteps and Mike can see the pleased confusion spreading across his mom’s face. “Well, don’t you look nice today?”
Mike cringes mid-pour of his cup of coffee and almost gives in to the urge to run upstairs so he can change, suddenly feeling like he’s trying too hard. But a quick glance at the clock shows that he doesn’t have the time. Hell, he barely has time to finish breakfast and make it to Homeroom before the bell rings, at this point.
So Mike swallows down the panic rising up inside of him and, with his coffee, heads over to where his breakfast is waiting for him. “Morning, Mom,” he says, mumbling the greeting as he sits down.
Only, getting closer to his mom gives her a better chance to get a good look at him. “And, did you do your hair?”
At this point, it’s all Mike can do to keep a straight face. “Not really,” he says, shrugging one shoulder in what he hopes is casual dismissal.
But, his mom can see right through him and Karen just smiles. “This is about that girl, isn’t it? The one coming over tonight?” Mike doesn’t say anything, but the blush that creeps up his face answers for him and he looks away as he starts digging into his breakfast. “Did you ask her to stay for dinner?” Karen follows up with.
“Yeah,” Mike says around a mouthful of food, swallowing before he continues answering. “She’ll be here for dinner.”
“Oh, good,” Karen says. “I was thinking of making lasagna, so that’ll be nice.”
Even though Mike’s eating breakfast, his mouth still waters at the thought of his mom’s lasagna, which she only makes when company comes over since, apparently, “it’s a lot of work, Michael,” even though it’s one of his favorite things his mom makes (so she’ll make it for guests, but not for her son).
Mike doesn’t say anything about that, though, as he continues eating his breakfast, hoping that if he doesn’t engage in the conversation, his mom will move on to something else.
Thankfully, it works and Mike’s able to finish his breakfast in peace. But he’s suddenly very, very nervous about today.
(Ok, not suddenly, but he’s painfully aware of it now.)
Mike’s just a bundle of nerves as he drives to school, wondering what it’s going to be like once he sees El again, wondering if she’ll notice or appreciate how he’s dressed, hoping that he hasn’t gone too far or made it too weird. He wonders how he’s going to handle meeting up with her after Cross Country practice so he can drive the two of them to his house, how he’s going to cope with being alone with her in his car and then at his house, where they’ll probably hole up in the basement all by themselves.
And then he’s going to have to manage having her sit through dinner with his family, praying to any god he can think of that his parents won’t horribly embarrass him (and that he won’t embarrass himself along with it). The cherry on top of all of it will be him having to drive El home and trying not to pretend like it’s similar to him dropping her off after a date. Because it’s not a date, not at all, only his heart is a stupid, stupid creature full of desperate and eternal hope that Mike can’t seem to quash.
Honestly, taken all together, it’s a miracle Mike doesn’t crash his car on the way to school, he’s so nervous.
To make matters worse, Mike doesn’t know if it helps or hurts when he finally does see El at school later that morning. Because El’s just so gorgeous, it robs him of his ability to think.
Today, El’s wearing a dark blue sleeveless dress, hem of the swishy skirt hitting a couple of inches above her knees and a square neckline that shows off the sweep of her collarbones and the smooth skin of her neck. She’s paired it with a sheer white blouse, left unbuttoned with the ends tied around her slim waist. And her hair’s half pulled up, leaving her face unobscured, but still leaving luxurious honey chestnut locks to spill freely down her shoulders and back.
El’s beautiful and captivating and Mike’s just enthralled. And when she sees him in return as they meet up in Trig halfway through the morning, the smile she gives him sets his soul aflame. The few minutes they spend chatting before the bell rings are filled with El’s bright, easy smile and her quippy, yet flirtatious conversation.
Mike tries to keep up, but it’s impossible, it seems, when he’s as taken with her as he is. In the end, he’s just lucky he doesn’t do something stupid and embarrasses himself like blurting out that he’s falling for her or something equally exposing like that.
The day just floats by, it seems, Mike’s brain clouded by thoughts of El. Every moment he spends with her, even just in class, feels like a gift, one he’s blessed to receive. He can barely keep his eyes off of her during lunch as she eats with the Photography kids only a couple of tables away and not even teasing remarks from the rest of the Party can get him to stop glancing over at her what feels like every few seconds or so.
Mike isn’t sure how he makes it through Cross Country practice once the school day is over, but he somehow manages to keep from tripping over his own two feet with as distracted as he is by the knowledge that, in less than an hour, he and El are going to be driving to his house where he’ll spend the rest of the evening with her and oh god he’s not ready.
But, despite how not ready he is, it’s just before 4:15. Cross Country practice is over, he’s showered and dressed, and there’s nothing left for him to do but go and meet El wherever she’s waiting in the parking lot. There’s nothing left he can do to stall, to give him a couple more minutes to try and prepare himself and calm down a little.
Right, you’re deluding yourself if you think you’ll ever be ready, the self-critical portion of his brain pipes up with and Mike realizes the voice is right. He’s never going to be calm and all ready when it comes to El. So he might as well suck it up and head out there, already.
Mike heads out of the boys’ locker room, leaving behind the cacophony of guys from Football and Mike’s fellow Cross Country teammates cleaning up after practice, all whooping laughs and chaotic conversations. It isn’t a long walk from the locker room to the parking lot – a couple minutes at most seeing how it’s not a very big campus – and the cooling afternoon air feels nice on Mike’s overheated face as he walks outside, cheeks flushed from both his shower and his nerves.
The parking lot’s mostly empty as most of the students and teachers have already gone home for the day. So it’s not hard at all to spot where El is sitting on one of the benches in the student pick-up area. The benches are arranged in an L-shape and El’s sitting on one that lets her face the entrance Mike just walked out of, like she wants to make sure she won’t miss him coming to meet up with her.
But, despite the fact that El’s facing the door, she’s not actually looking in his direction. Instead, her head’s bowed down so she can read the thick book propped open in her lap, legs folded up on the bench seat despite the fact that she’s wearing a dress.
Whatever she’s reading, El looks absolutely enthralled to be doing so and it’s one of the most beautiful sights Mike’s ever seen. He desperately wishes she would look at him like the same way she’s currently looking at her book (even though he’s not sure if his heart could take that), but he still appreciates being able to look at her when she looks like this, gorgeous and beautiful and completely content to live in the moment.
Mike honestly thinks he could stand here forever just staring at her and be perfectly happy with only that. But there’s places to be and work to be done and both of those things requires the two of them to get a move on.
So, Mike squares his shoulders, draws in one final deep and steadying breath, and begins the short walk to where El is sitting and waiting for him….
Unaware, the entire time, that he and El are being watched.
Honestly, El’s surprised she’s even able to concentrate on something as quaint as reading, given how she’s spent all day feeling like she’s going to jump out of her skin with excitement.
Naturally, that excitement has translated into over-the-top, giddy flirtatiousness whenever she’s with Mike. And she’d be way more worried about how the rest of the day is going to go if Mike hadn’t seemed not just totally open to her flirting, but also flirting back with her in that totally shy, adorable way of his.
So, yeah, El’s really excited, almost distractingly so. But then school gets out and she has an hour where she knows she has to at least try and keep herself occupied to pass the time. So, she settles down on one of the benches in the student pick-up area, angled so she can keep an eye on the entrance doors, and pulls out the book she’s in the middle of reading, a paperback novel version of “The Historian”, which she’s absolutely loving.
It’s a testament to how into the story she is that El loses herself in her book, the hour flying by as her impatient excitement temporarily fades into the background. In many ways, it’s a perfect afternoon. The world around her all but ceases to exist, especially as the parking lot empties of both cars and people – it’s just her and her book and the gentle heat of the late afternoon sunshine.
It’s the sound of Mike’s voice that all but startles El out of her reverie. “Hey, El,” he calls out to her, voice sounding only a few feet away.
Heart leaping into her throat, El hurries to lift her head up from he book to look at Mike, the beginnings of a smile pulling up the corners of her lips. “Mike, hi!” God, did that sound breathless? Because it felt breathless, like the sheer sight of this boy has driven all the air from her lungs and she can no longer remember how to breathe.
Honestly, can you blame me? Just look at him, El thinks, giving Mike a once over she doesn’t even bother trying to be sneaky about. God, he looks good enough to eat, with those black jeans and that dark green fitted sweater, his hair damp from the shower she presumes he took after practice, black strands slicked back and just starting to go wild.
Seriously, if Mike was trying to dress to impress today, he fucking succeeded because El has not been able to keep her eyes off of him today (not that she really minds, because looking at Mike is rapidly becoming one of her favorite things, but it’s a little distracting when she’s supposed to, y’know, be paying attention in class).
Mike gives her a look that is part bashful, part pleased and a nervous smile plays along the gentle sweep of his mouth. “Hope it wasn’t too boring waiting here,” he says as he finishes approaching, stopping what feels like only inches away (though El really wouldn’t mind if he were even closer).
“Not at all,” El says, holding up her book as she dog-ears the page she’s on. “‘Have book, will travel’, is one of my life mottos.”
Curious, Mike peers over ot look at the cover of the El’s book, head tilting just so adorably, El almost can’t handle it. “‘The Historian’? What’s it about?”
“Dracula, I think? Or people looking for the true history of Dracula,” El says with a little shrug. “I’m still working my way through it.”
Mike nods like he knows exactly what she’s talking about, even though she can see on his face that he doesn’t. “Well, it must be good – you looked like you were really into it just a moment ago.”
There’s that flutter in her heart again, the one that makes her stomach feel like she’s just gone over the drop of a roller coaster, the one she always gets when Mike says something that lets her know he’s been noticing her, paying attention to her. “Well, the writing’s just amazing, so it’s easy to get sucked in. I can lend this one to you when I’m finished, if you like.”
“Maybe,” Mike says with a smirk that does indescribable things to her heart; it’s almost rakish and El just about swoons. “I think you’re on a mission to make me like all the things you like.”
“And would that be so bad?” El asks, eyebrow arched coyly as she gets to her feet, her own smirk toying along the lines of her mouth.
The grin on Mike’s face turns a little bashful and the combination is almost too much. El wants to kiss that smile off Mike’s lips and never stop. El’s sure that desire is written across every inch of her face, but if Mike notices, he doesn’t show it. “Well, shall we?” he asks.
“We shall,” El says with a broad smile. “As much as I’d love to stand here and just talk–” At the very least. “–we have work to do.” She pauses, smile turning almost manic as she bounces on her heels. “Plus, dinner,” she adds in a sing-song voice.
“Oh god,” Mike says with a roll of his eyes as he wordlessly gestures for her to follow him to his car, which turns out to be a station wagon that’s about 10 years old, if El had to guess (though she knows nothing about cars). “Fair warning, my mom is maybe too excited you’re staying for dinner.”
El arches her eyebrows. “‘Too excited’?” she echoes in confusion.
A blush creeps up Mike’s cheeks, acute and palpable in its embarrassment. “It’s just….” He trails off and, for half a second, El’s not sure if he’s going to continue. But, then, he does. “You’re a girl,” he finally chokes out. “And my mom–”
El immediately understands what Mike’s getting at and her breath leaves her in a high-pitched giggle. “Oh, I see,” she says. Mike’s mom seems to think that there’s something maybe going on between Mike and El, and Mike’s mom isn’t even entirely wrong.
Or, at least, El hopes she isn’t.
“She just assumes a lot that isn’t necessarily there,” Mike continues, the words coming out of his mouth in a tumbled rush. “Like, just because you’re a girl, she’s jumping to conclusions that–”
“Mike,” El interrupts, cutting him off mid-ramble. She hasn’t known him long, but El has already learned it’s best to stop Mike’s rambling before he really picks up steam. But she still offers him a small, apologetic smile as they part around the car. “It’s not a bad conclusion for your mom to jump to,” she says, voice heavy with meaning.
Mike, who’d been fumbling to get his keys out of his pocket, freezes as he looks at her across the roof of his car, his eyes wide as the meaning of her words fully sinks in. “Oh,” is all he can say, like what she’s said has broken his brain.
El giggles again, unable to help herself – really, he’s just too cute. “You, uh, gonna unlock the car?” El asks, a gently teasing grin on her face.
The blush on Mike’s face that had just faded reignites in a sudden rush and he startles into a frenzy of motion. “Oh shit, yeah, uh sorry.” He unlocks the car with a couple presses of the key fob and then opens his door, prompting El to do the same with hers, and they both duck down to climb into the car.
“Sorry about my car,” Mike says as they both close their doors and get their things settled. “I know it’s not the coolest or anything, but it’s what my parents gave me.”
El glances over as she’s reaching for her seatbelt, her heart squeezing almost painfully at the ashamed cringe on Mike’s face, like he’s bracing himself for her to look down at him for the kind of car he drives, which she would never, ever do. “Hey, you have one up on me,” El says with what she hopes is a gentle, reassuring smile. “I don’t even have a car.” She pauses as a thought hits her and a small, self-deprecating laugh bubbles out of her. “In fact, you have two up on me. Not only do I not have a car, I don’t even have my license.”
“You don’t?” Mike throws her a quizzical look while he starts the car.
“Never needed to drive in New York,” El says with a shrug, watching with fascination as Mike cranes his neck to look behind him so he can back out of the parking spot he’s in. There’s something attractive – almost, dare she say it, sexy about the way his hand braces against the back of her seat, the way the lines of his neck stand out in stark contracts, tendons popping out from beneath the surface of his skin from how his head is turned. El finds herself desperately wanting to trace the lines of his neck and jaw with her fingers, her lips, her tongue, and the way the heat begins to build in her veins makes that urge almost impossible to ignore.
All the while, next to her, Mike is entirely oblivious to the way he’s getting her all hot and bothered. Damn him. “Yeah, I guess that makes sense, what with the subway and all,” Mike says, a little distracted, as he finishes backing out. “Think you’ll learn how to drive now that you live in Hawkins?”
“If my dad finds the time to teach me,” El says, rolling her eyes as she settles into her seat. “Being a cop doesn’t exactly leave him rolling in free time.”
Mike throws her a look as he puts the car in to drive. “What’s it like having a cop for a dad, anyway?”
“You got two hours to spare?” El asks, her voice wry as she huffs a sigh.
“You got 10 minutes before we get to my house, max,” Mike says. He glances over at her, a smirk on his lips. “Best I can offer.”
El finds herself mirroring Mike’s smirk, the amusement flowing easily back and forth between them. “I suppose it’ll have to do,” she says with barely contained giggles in her voice.
They spend the short ride from school to Mike’s home like this. El regales Mike with the Cliff Notes version of growing up as her father’s daughter – the weird hours, spending too much time at her dad’s precinct, the strange extended family that formed around her by her dad’s fellow detectives and other cops, the self-defense classes and pervasive underlying sense of heightened awareness.
Mike does his part, making all the appropriate reaction noises, peppering El’s story with remarks (quippy and snarky by equal measure), and asking questions that keep El talking. El can tell by the tilt of Mike’s head, the way he keeps glancing over at her, that he’s interested, invested, in what she has to say.
El’s not afraid to admit that Mike’s interest isn’t just intoxicating, it’s addicting. She finds herself leaning into his regard, eager to do whatever it takes to keep his attention on her. It’s dangerous, El knows, to feel this way about a boy. But, in the moment, she just doesn’t care – not when it feels this good.
The best part is that there’s no awkwardness, no talking over each other or pauses that are held a little too long. The words flow back and forth easily between them, like they’ve always been like this, talking and happy and having a good time. It’s honestly more than El ever could have hoped for.
The entire time, though, despite how in the moment El is, she’s making note of the way to Mike’s house, trying her best to commit the route to memory. She also can’t deny she’s a little (ok, a lot) eager to see where Mike lives, to get a sense of the place he calls ‘home’.
Mike finally turns them down a cul-de-sac and El pauses mid-story about how she went “trick or treating” around all the desks at her dad’s precinct when she was 6, to let out a bright giggle. “Oh, you live on a cul-de-sac, too!” she blurts out, hands clapping together near her face.
Mike gives her a wry, amused look as he pulls up in front of a two-story house. “Like, half of this town is cul-de-sacs, so it’s not too unusual.”
“Oh,” El squeaks out as a fierce blush pops across her cheeks. “Sorry, just–” Her mouth works as she tries to find a way to ease herself out of her embarrassment.
“Don’t apologize,” Mike says as he puts the car into park. “It’s a good thing that you get excited about stuff.” He kills the engine with a flick of his wrist. “Better than being cynical about everything.”
A thousand butterflies take flight in El’s stomach at the compliment. “Thanks,” she says, even as she’s still a little embarrassed at getting overly excited to have something in common with Mike (even something as silly as both of them living on a cul-de-sac), only to find that it’s not that special at all.
El resolutely pushes the incident to the back of her mind – what’s the point in dwelling over it when it won’t change anything? – and pulls her backpack up into her lap from where it’s been sitting in the footwell. She looks over at Mike to see him looking back at her, the expression on his face somehow both inscrutable and awed all at the same time, like he’s amazed by her and won’t give her any indication as to why. “So, this is your house?” El asks, quirking her head in the direction of the building that’s behind her.
“Oh, um, yeah, that’s my house,” Mike says, blinking like he’s trying to bring him back to his senses. “We should, uh, head inside.” He gives her a shy smile. “No sense in sitting in the car, right?”
“Right,” El says with a definitive nod and a giggle in her voice. There’s not much talking as they get out of the car and walk towards the front door, which gives El a chance to take in the house in front of her. Two story, brick wrapped around the entirety of the first floor, large windows evenly spaced across each floor, back of the house almost butting up against the edge of the woods except for the grassy slope that leads off from the backyard.
It’s not quite sprawling, but it’s almost twice as big as El’s house and much bigger than anything she’s lived in before back in New York. Everything’s well kept and neat – trimmed hedges, plants lining the walkway, lawn mowed, no peeling paint or discoloration – the perfect picture of domesticity.
Which just makes El wonder what secrets it hides. Because, as she’s well aware of, this much perfection is just a facade, a cover-up to keep eyes off the ugliness beneath. After all, all families are fucked up in their own way, right?
Mike unlocks the front door and steps aside after crossing the threshold to let her in, hanging back as El moves into the entryway so he can close the door behind her. There’s a hush that comes over her, reverent and still, as El gets her first look inside Mike’s house. Off in the distance, she can hear the murmur of the television through the wall, the bustle of someone moving around in what she assumes is the kitchen. It’s homey, the sounds of people waiting for you when you get home, the knowledge someone’s there to talk to about your day once you walk in through the front door.
It’s something El hasn’t had since her mother left and the ache of it pierces her heart with such suddenness, it’s a miracle she doesn’t gasp out loud.
But now’s not the time to dwell on old wounds, wounds that will never fully heal.
So, putting on a smile, El turns back to Mike and hooks her thumbs into the straps of her backpack. “So, care to give me the tour?”
For a moment, Mike just stares at El, taking in the cheekiness of her smile, the bright sparkle in her eyes, the adorable tilt of her head as she playfully asks him for “the tour” (not that he thinks there’s anything tour-worthy about his house, but El made it sound like there is, so… ).
He just can’t help it as he stares at her, though. El Hopper is in his house. Like, holy shit. It feels like his two worlds are colliding and it’s just hitting him right in this moment that it’s actually happening. El’s standing there in the entryway of his house, looking ethereally beautiful as always, almost out of place in the settings he finds oh so familiar.
God, he really could just stare at her forever and never get bored. It’s like, every time he looks at her, he finds something new that enchants him, some little detail that makes his heart feel like it’s about to explode in his chest from how fast it’s beating. This time, it’s the slope of her nose, the way the gentle, narrow bridge leads down to the cute-as-a-button tip.
He can so easily picture himself running a finger down the ridge of her nose, tapping the tip of it before replacing his finger with his lips in a soft kiss. The image is so poignant, so full of yearning, that Mike finds it almost impossible to resist, every fiber of his being aching to make the sweet fantasy a reality.
But he does resist, breaking free of the fantasy (for the moment, that is) with a mental shake. “Sure, I’ll give you the tour, but it’s not much,” Mike says with what he knows is a shy smile.
(Honestly, his house is nothing special and it’s both baffling and flattering in equal measures that El wants him to show her around.)
But, before he can so much as decide where to start, he spots movement out of the corner of his eye down near the entrance to the kitchen. And, almost immediately, his heart drops into his stomach.
Oh god, it’s his mom.
Karen first pokes her head out from the kitchen, leaning out just so with an inquisitive smile on her face. “Mike, sweetheart, is that you?” The term of endearment makes Mike cringe, his stomach squirming as a blush spreads hot over his cheeks.
Mike swallows down the knot of embarrassment that’s lodged in his throat as his mom fully emerges from the kitchen to head over to where he and El are still standing by the front door. He spares a moment to glance over at El, silently pleading with her not to think less of him because of his overbearing mother, before looks back at his mom with a tight smile. “Hi, Mom.”
Karen gives him a fond smile before looking at El, beaming almost blindingly. “And you must be El.” she wipes her hand on the apron she’s wearing and holds it out for El to shake. “Apologies if I’m a little bit of a mess – I’m in the middle of cooking dinner.”
El takes his mom’s hand and gives it a brief shake. “It’s nice to meet you, Mrs. Wheeler. Thanks for letting me stay for dinner.”
Karen simply fawns under the gratitude, letting out a girlish giggle that makes Mike want to die with how over-the-top it is. “Oh, anytime! And please–” His mom’s voice dips down to a conspiratorial whisper. “Call me ‘Karen’.”
El laughs, the sound light and breezy and effortless. “I’ll try.”
“It’s so nice to meet one of Mike’s friends. He hasn’t told me anything about you,” Karen says like Mike isn’t in the same room.
“I’m right here, you know,” Mike grumbles, wishing he could will away the blush that’s still heating up his cheeks. “Anyway, I’m gonna show El around a bit before we get to work.”
Karen arches an eyebrow, well aware that her son is trying to get rid of her, but she just smiles in acknowledgement. “Well, I’ll be in the kitchen if you need anything and I’ll holler once dinner’s ready. It really is nice to meet you, El.”
“Likewise,” El says, all charm. “And thank you, again.”
“So polite,” Karen says, wry humor in her voice. “Now, if only you could pass some of that off to my son.”
“Ugh, Mom!” Mike groans, his head rolling back in exasperation as El giggles. “Please.”
“Alright, alright, I’m going,” Karen says, holding up placating hands in surrender before she turns and heads back to the kitchen.
Mike looks back over at EL, both pleased and embarrassed to see her looking so amused. “Sorry about my mom,” he says, the words a bit mumbled.
The smile El gives him is warm and reassuring and he knows he doesn’t deserve it. “She just cares. It’s sweet.”
There’s something sad in El’s voice and it takes Mike a moment to realize that, for as mush as El’s talked about her dad, there’s been no mention of her mom. Suddenly, he feels like an ungrateful heel and his stomach sours under the force of the shame he feels, sharp and heavy. “I guess,” is the concession Mike gives, not wanting to linger on this any longer if it’s a source of pain for El. “Lemme show you around,” he says a second later, trying to sound more upbeat than he feels. “Then, after that, I was thinking we could head down to the basement to work. It’s one of the quietest parts of the house.”
El arches an eyebrow in what Mike can only guess is amused skepticism and something about that expression sends shivers down his spine. “Is this the intro to a horror movie? Should I be afraid? I am a white girl, after all. We tend to die first in horror movies.”
For a moment, Mike’s horrified, but then he notices the teasing smile on El’s face and he gives her a flat look as his heart rate slows back down from panicked to normal. “Oh, ha, ha, very funny.”
El giggles, biting her lip coyly. “I thought it was hilarious.”
El’s teasing joke, and his utter lack of ability to find the humor in it, helps cut through Mike’s nervousness. “Well, then, Miss Comedian, let me show you around.”
The tour mainly consists of Mike showing El around the first floor – the living room and dining room, a brief peek into the kitchen – and it ends when they poke their heads into the family room. Holly’s in there watching cartoons, but she doesn’t even bother deigning to turn around to say hi.
“...and that lump glued to the TV is my little sister,” Mike says as he finishes letting El get a look at the family room. He turns and begins leading them towards the basement, El falling easily in step by his side.
“Aww, I didn’t know you had a sister!” El coos, grinning. “I always wanted a sister.”
Mike chuckles. “Well, I have two, so you’re welcome to take one of them.” At El’s quizzical look, he explains. “My other sister, Nancy, is older. She’s off at Columbia for college.”
It’s El’s turn to laugh. “Ah, so you’re the middle child. No wonder you’re so prickly,” she says, grinning to let him knows she’s not being mean (and when did he start to be able to read El’s expressions?).
Still, despite the fact that he knows she’s teasing, Mike finds himself scowling, defensive hackles rising before he can stop them. “Hey! I am not-” He presses his lips together and narrows his eyes at El, who’s still grinning up at him like Christmas came early. “Ok, you might have a point,” he concedes as he approaches the door down to the basement.
“I always have a point,” El says as they start heading down, Mike ahead of her, their footsteps thudding on the hollow steps. “The sooner you learn that, the happier we’ll both be.”
“Uh-huh, sure,” Mike says. He steps aside as he reaches the bottom and turns to see El descend the last couple of steps. He watches as she looks across the large basement, her eyes taking everything in, and he squirms a bit as he looks out as well, trying to see what El might be seeing from her point of view.
There’s the couch straight ahead, a little ratty but still comfortable – Mike spends way more time than he’d like to admit hanging out on that couch. There’s the large card table where he and the Party sometimes still play D&D, but also where Mike tends to do his homework; it’s cleared off, at the moment, a move Mike made late last night as he realized it could be where he and El decide to settle in to work.
Then there’s the rest of the basement, full of discarded furniture that once was upstairs and his mom has since replaced, but didn’t want to get rid of: the coffee table in front of the couch, the sideboard table by the door to the outside, the low bookshelves where Mike keeps his video games and movies, the old TV stand (with an older flat screen TV) to the right of the stairs, angled so the screen can be seen from the couch.
It’s mismatched and a little cluttered, but it’s home, the place Mike feels the most comfortable besides his bedroom. He’s aware, suddenly and very keenly, that he feels very exposed, like his whole soul and inner workings are visible for El to see – to see and judge.
Gulping down the nervousness that threatens to send him screaming from the room, Mike looks back over at El, breath held as he waits to see what her reaction is to this space that is so quintessentially him. “So, what do you think?”
It only takes a moment after El looks back at him for her reaction to become clear and, for a little bit, Mike doesn’t think he’s ever going to breathe ever again. It's all on the line, now, and this could either make or break everything. But then she meets his eyes and the most beautiful smile spreads across her lips, soft and oh so gentle. “It’s nice, Mike. Nice and cozy.” Her smile widens, enough to show the whites of her teeth. “I like it, it’s homey.”
The relief that rushes through him almost makes him sway where he’s standing, but Mike manages to hold on. Oh god, she likes it. “Good, that’s, uh, that’s good.” He spares another glance around the room as he goes to put his backpack down on the coffee table, the closest flat surface. “So, um, why don’t you get settled wherever you like and I’ll, uh, go and grab some drinks and snacks and stuff.” He pauses, tongue flashing out to wet his lips as his nervousness swells again. “Anything specific you’d want?”
Mike’s question is rewarded with another one of those gorgeous, brilliant smiles and, it’s official: his heart’s never going to recover from all the beat skipping it’s doing. “Whatever you think is good,” El says. “I trust you.”
Oh god, she means it, doesn’t she? She actually trusts him. Yep, it's official: he’s a goner. “Oh, ok, um, yeah,” Mike manages to stutter out. “I’ll, uh, be right back, then. Just – I won’t be long.”
“I’ll be here,” El says, giggling a little (and, god, Mike hopes she’s giggling because she finds him cute, not because she thinks he’s lame).
Mike gives her one last, tight grin before he turns to head back up the stairs, heart racing and pounding. Seriously, he’s going to die of a heart attack by the time he’s 17, with all the weird contortions the traitorous little organ’s been pulling the past few weeks. Maybe, one day, he’ll be able to be in El’s presence without his heart doing enough acrobatics to rival the circus.
Pfft, yeah right. Face it, Wheeler, you’re a sucker for a pretty face. That pretty face, to be specific.
Mike plods his way into the kitchen, feeling both hopeful and resigned and nervous all at the same time, only to find his mom standing at the island, slicing up loaves of French bread, butter and garlic nearby and ready to be slathered on. She looks up at him, a smile playing at the corner of her mouth while she arches a curious eyebrow at him.
“Just grabbing some snacks and stuff for me and El,” Mike says, half-mumbling, on his way to the refrigerator.
There’s a beat, a heavy silence that lasts an unbearable number of milliseconds, before his mom speaks. “Well, she’s awfully pretty,” Karen says, tone wry and heavy with suggestion.
Mike’s shoulders slump as he reaches into the fridge for a couple of cans of soda. “Ugh, Mom, please don’t.”
But, Karen continues on like Mike hadn’t even spoken. “And so nice. I can see why you like her. Maggie Sinclair was telling me that Homecoming’s coming up in a few weeks. You going to ask El to go with you?”
Mike huffs out a sigh, stomach turning sour. “No,” he all but spits out. Right, like there’s a universe where El would ever want to go to Homecoming with him. She may find him cute and like flirting with him, but a girl like her doesn’t go out on a date with a guy like him unless she has some horrible ulterior motive. No, Mike’s not keen on testing those waters. Besides, he doesn't even want to go to the dance, like, at all. Him and school dances are mutually exclusive things.
“Well, why not? I think she likes you, too.”
At that, Mike pauses as he rifles through the pantry. “How? You only talked to her for, like, a minute,” Mike says and, god, he can hear just how surly he’s being right now.
“A mother’s intuition,” Karen says, prim and all-knowing. “I’m right, you’ll see.”
As much as Mike wants to believe his mom, he doesn’t – can’t, in fact. So, he just makes a noise of acknowledgment of what his mom said – not agreeing, just acknowledging – before he grabs a bag of chips from the pantry, grateful that there’s enough in there for them to share. “Gotta go get to work,” he says before he rushes out of the kitchen, away from the very, very uncomfortable conversation, and….
Back to El.
He’s halfway down the stairs into the basement, sodas and chips cradled in his arms, when he spots where El decided to settle down at. And, when he does, he almost trips the rest of the way down the steps.
El’s on the couch – her backpack on the floor by her seat, US History book camped out on the surface of the coffee table, ready to be used. There’s a notebook on her lap that she’s looking down at, reading whatever is written on the pages as she lightly chews on the corner of her thumbnail. Her legs are pulled up, folded casually in front of her, the flowy fabric of her skirt keeping everything appropriately covered. It’s only as he stares at her folded legs does he realize that he can see her bare toes peeking out from beneath her knees and the sight of it is so adorable, Mike nearly has a coronary.
El’s taken her shoes off and made herself right at home, it seems, pressed up as she is into the corner of the couch where the back meets the arm, her legs comfortably arranged in front of her. Moreover, she somehow manages to look like she fits right in, like she’s always been there or something, like there’s nowhere else in the universe El should be other than on his couch in the basement, and Mike can’t help the little wobble his heart gives at that thought.
But he has to get his act together as El looks up at the sound of his footsteps and gives him what can only be described as a beaming smile. “Ooh, BBQ chips! I love those,” she says, clearly recognizing the bag Mike’s holding in one hand. “Good choice. See, I knew I was right to trust you.”
Mike finds himself smiling back and there’s nothing he can do to stop it even if he wanted to, which he doesn’t. “Glad to be able to prove myself,” he says as he comes around the table and plops down on the other end of the couch, one leg folding up with the other pushed against the floor so he can turn to face her. “Here, snacks and drinks, like promised.”
El takes one of the cans of soda as Mike grabs his own backpack and opens it up to take out his history notebook. “Such a gentleman you are.”
Mike arches an eyebrow, nervousness almost completely forgotten as he feels himself falling into their normal back and forth, as easy as an old habit. “You know, that’s the second time you’ve called me a gentleman,” he says, the beginning of a grin on his lips.
“And, each time, it was true,” El says with a smile that is too coy for its own good. “You need to learn to take a compliment.” El winks at him, then, full of flirty teasing that does things to his insides, things that are wholly inappropriate when the cause of those things is sitting less than two feet away, and he looks away, unable to keep looking at her in this moment without feeling like he might go blind.
Oh, Mike knows how to take a compliment. But, only when he feels like he’s earned it. And, contrary to El’s insistence, he’s certainly no gentleman. Not with the way his gaze sometimes (ok, a lot of the time) lingers on her hips when she walks, not with the way he wakes up in the middle of the night having dreamt about her… not with the way he fantasizes about her behind the safety of his locked bedroom door.
No, when it comes to El Hopper, Mike Wheeler is no gentleman.
But, sometimes, she makes him want to be.
A blush rises to his cheeks, unbidden, at the warring emotions roiling beneath the surface – shame, pride, surprise, joy – and he lets out a huffed laugh, not quite a giggle (because that would be really embarrassing), before looking back at her, knowing the expression on his face is one of a besotted fool and suddenly having a hard time caring about it.
Especially not when El’s looking at him with something that sparks against the warm embers of hope in his heart.
“Well, we should probably get to work,” he says, almost reluctantly, and he knows it’s coming across in his voice.
“Yeah,” El agrees, sounding as enthused with the idea as he is. “It is what I’m here for, so….” She gives him a cheeky grin. “Want to hear what ideas I’ve come up with for our History project so far?”
It’s the easiest thing in the world to settle into a working rhythm with Mike. Like, so easy, it’s almost scary.
True to her words, they start out going over the ideas El’s come up with for what to do for their US History project, both of them leaning over her notebook that she’s set on the coffee table in front of them, the assignment sheet hovering nearby for reference. There’s been a part of El’s brain that’s been thinking non-stop about what to do for their project and the results of it are the full page of word vomit in the form of a bulleted list written in her cramped handwriting.
Some of the ideas are dismissed by both of them out of hand – essays for each pertinent topic are so boring, and fake interviews with historic figures are just cringe. But, together, Mike and El settle on an idea: an epistolary report – fake letters, newspaper articles, etc – illustrated with photos, all telling the story of America’s history. They decide that Mike will focus on some of the more creative aspects of the writing while El will focus on staging and taking the pictures, but there’ll be plenty of report writing for both of them over the next coming months.
They spend about 20 minutes outlining what they want to do for the topics they’ve already covered in class, deciding that they should probably meet up during the weekend for some extended work on the project (and, boy, is she beyond excited with the prospect of spending what sounds like will be all of saturday with mike). With that taken care of, they then decide that since there’s still time before dinner, there’s no time like the present to get started on their Trig homework.
They work in mostly companionable silence for a little while, asking each other a question about a problem here or there, or just commenting about what issue they’re working through. And it’s nice – more than nice, really. As much as Mike makes El feel all fluttery inside, being next to him is just… kinda calming. He both lights her up and settles her down at the same time and El has absolutely no idea what to make of that. All she knows is that it’s addicting and she wants more.
And, then, Mike does something that really, truly surprises her.
“You’re, like, really smart, aren’t you?”
Mike’s words pull El out of the math-induced reverie she’s in and she blinks rapidly a few times to clear the cobwebs as she looks up. “What?”
The way Mike’s looking at her sends a shiver down El’s spine, like he can’t believe she’s real, or something. His eyes are a little wide, mouth agape just so, and the hushed tone to his voice is everything. “Like, we’ve been sitting here working on these problems for about half an hour and I’m the one who keeps asking you for help, not the other way around, and I just….” Whatever Mike was going to say disappears into the ether as he looks at her, still awed, right hand lazily fidgeting with his pencil held loosely in his grip.
El blushes, face feeling hot and scarlet, and she looks down at the lined paper she’s doing her homework on. For a moment, she can’t catch her breath. Mike’s one of the smartest guys she knows – one of the smartest guys she’s ever met, really – and if he thinks she’s smart, then….
The thought trails off, her shocked brain having nothing to fill it with, and she looks back up at him, feeling both proud and shy at the same time. “I’m not that smart. Like, not really,” she rushes out before drawing in a deep, almost gasping breath. “It’s just that math comes, like, really easy to me, you know? There are rules and only one right answer – no room for interpretation.”
Mike’s lips twist in a gentle, if wry grin. “It’s not just math, though. You’re just as good in History and Chemistry.”
El shakes her head. “That’s just because I work hard at those. Like, if I were really smart, I’d be better at English. I just….” El trails off, breath leaving her in a heavy sigh that puffs out her cheeks. “Literary analysis is the stuff of my nightmares.” She shrugs – she’s had years to get over this shortcoming of her academic performance.
Uncertainty flashes across Mike’s face – lips pinched, brow furrowed – but it’s quickly replaced with shy resolve. It’s one of El’s favorite of Mike’s expressions and the sight of it makes her feel all bubbly inside. “I could help you in English, if you want.” Mike shrugs, trying to pass off as casual, but the nervous hope on his face gives him away. “I’m good at deciphering narrative analysis and symbolism.” He fidgets in place, glancing away as El continues to stare at him, eyes wide as she starts to take in what he’s offering. “But, only if you want, though,” Mike hurries to say. “I’m sure you’re, like, totally fine in your English class, but I can help if you wanted.” Mike stops talking, lips pressed in a thin line like he’s trying to contain himself, like there’s a stream of words waiting to explode forth and his closed mouth is the only thing holding them back.
El’s so touched, she almost doesn’t know what to do. Mike offering to help her, the shy way in which he went about doing it, the idea that he’s voluntarily signing up to spend more time with her… all of it leaves her almost breathless. As the weight of the realization fully sinks in, El finds herself smiling, lips curling up in both surprise and humor. “Well, that depends,” El says, aware that her voice has taken on a flirty edge and not caring about it one little bit.
Mike arches an eyebrow, curiosity and wariness battling it out on his face. “Depends on what?”
“On what I would owe you in exchange.” El punctuates her point with what she can only describe as a saucy wink and the way Mike’s face goes from confused to embarrassed and gobsmacked in the blink of an eye almost makes her lose it.
Mike sucks in half a breath and almost immediately uses it to fuel the beginning of a ramble. “Oh, that’s not what I – I mean, I just – you don’t – I would never–”
This time, El truly can’t hold back her laughter and it explodes from her in bright giggles, leaving her feeling lighter than air. She reaches out to lay a hand on Mike’s forearm, her touch light and barely there, just enough to cut him off before he can really get going. “Mike, I’m just having fun – sorry, I know I can lay it on a little thick sometimes.” Somehow, the flush on his face only deepens and he looks down, like he’s ashamed, and guilt settles uneasily in her stomach. So, El curls her fingers just so around his forearm, feeling the heat of him through the thin layer of his sweater, and gives him a comforting squeeze. She waits for him to look back up at her, eyes wide and hopeful, before she speaks. “Thank you, for offering to help,” she says softly, sincerely . “If I need help of any kind, you will definitely be the first person I call. After all, you did give me your phone number.”
A soft smile graces Mike’s lips and he rolls his eyes. “I feel like I should be regretting giving it to you.”
“Hey, no takes-backsies,” El says, grinning. She pulls her hand away, immediately missing the warmth of his arm beneath her touch, and points her index finger at him. “You’re gonna have to change your phone number entirely if you wanna get rid of me.”
“Somehow, I think you’ll find a way to get a hold of my phone number if I do that just to show me up,” Mike says, tone wry even though he looks amused. “You’re that kind of troll.”
El giggles, hands pressing over her heart. “Oh, bless you, you’re starting to understand me,” she says with an over-dramatic sigh.
“You are, without a doubt, the strangest girl I’ve ever met,” Mike says, sounding both baffled and amused at the same time.
“You know, I’m going to take that as a compliment,” El says, looking at him with one eyebrow arched, a hint of a smirk on her lips.
“You would, wouldn’t you?” Mike says and El can hear the laughter he’s barely suppressing in his voice.
There’s a flirty, witty reply building on the tip of her tongue – something along the lines of “I’ll take anything you give me as a compliment” – but before she can speak it aloud, Karen Wheeler’s voice crashes down into the basement, announcing that it’s time for dinner.
Mike gives her a look, eyes full of embarrassed warning. “I hope you’re ready,” he says, almost dour.
El’s brow raises towards her hairline. “Wow, you make it sound like I’m heading up to my execution, or something.”
Mike raises one shoulder in a helpless shrug. “Feels like that some nights, to be honest,” he says as they both stand up and head upstairs.
El frowns at Mike’s back as she follows him up the stairs, concern filling her at what he just said (and, yes, despite her concern, she is also shamelessly checking out the lines of his shoulders and back as she trails behind him – she’s attracted to him, she can multi-task). She wonders, in this moment, what Mike’s home life is really like.
El’s been around the block a bit, seen what life can really be like – she is, after all, from New York and has seen A Lot Of Shit – and she’s reasonably sure that Mike isn’t being physically abused, or anything. He doesn’t carry himself like it, mainly. But she wonders how supportive his parents are, how engaged they are.
Not all families interact the same, she reminds herself. Just because her and Hop have a super close relationship, doesn’t mean that it’s wrong that other kids don’t with their parents.
But, still, something about Mike’s attitude towards having dinner with his family is off-putting and El wants to know why.
But there’s no time really to keep wondering about it as Mike leads her through the first floor and into the dining room.
Karen Wheeler is simultaneously sitting in her seat while setting down a large casserole dish filled to the brim with lasagna. At the head of the table is a tall, salt-and-pepper haired man with thick glasses who El can only assume is Mike’s dad. And, finally, sitting next to Karen, blonde hair bobbing as she fidgets – likely from kicking her feet back and forth under the table – is Mike’s little sister. El doesn’t know her name because Mike never said it, but this is her first time seeing the younger girl’s face and she’s just adorable with her hair in a French braid and her bright blue eyes. Honestly, El almost coos, Mike’s little sister is that cute.
Karen spots both Mike and El entering the dining room and, with a broad smile on her face, makes the point of introducing El to her husband and her daughter Holly since, quote, “if I let my son do it, he’d finally introduce you by the time Holly’s out of college,” which earns her an exasperated groan from Mike as he sits down across from his dad at the other head of the table, leaving El to sit across from Holly at the only other place setting.
El barely manages to bite back her smile at just how done Mike sounds and looks over at Mr. Wheeler first. “It’s nice to meet you, Mr. Wheeler.” Mike’s dad doesn’t say much; instead, he just stares back at her in a way that is almost unnerving, one hand raised in a lazy wave. Ignoring it as best she can, El lets her gaze flick over to the young girl sitting across from her. “And you, too, Holly.” El finally looks at Karen. “Thank you again for inviting me to dinner. This looks amazing,” El says, gesturing at the lasagna, salad, and platter of garlic bread in the center of the table.
“With compliments like that, you’re welcome here any time,” Karen says, laughing a little. El likes her, she realizes as everyone starts serving themselves, speaking only to ask for someone to pass something. Karen Wheeler is warm, open, and exactly the kind of mother El would expect living an idyllic, suburban lifestyle. It makes her long for her own mom, who she hasn’t seen in years, as she remembers experiencing that same motherly warmth when she came home from school to be greeted with hugs and kisses, or when she needed to be held after a nightmare. God, sometimes, she misses her mom so much, it aches.
“So, El,” Karen says after everyone’s had a couple of bites off their plates. “How are you liking Hawkins so far?”
El gives Karen a smile as she finishes chewing and swallowing a mouthful of food. “It’s great! It’s such a cute little town. And everyone’s so nice.” From next to her, El heard Mike let out a disbelieving snort, but she’s the only one who hears it. Still, she glances over at him and raises a curious eyebrow when she catches his gaze. Realizing El heard him, Mike rushes to look down at his plate, cheeks suffusing with pink.
“And is you dad settling back in ok? He did tell you he grew up here, didn’t he?”
El focuses back over at Karen. “Honestly, he’s loving being back in Hawkins – much more his speed these days than the streets of New York.” El pauses, letting out a giggle as a memory comes to mind. “He’s been having a great time pointing out everything that’s changed since he moved, so I guess it’s both old and new for him.”
“Oh, well that’s wonderful,” Karen says. She teaches for her wine glass, slim fingers cradling the bowl just above the stem. “Tell your father we say hello, would you? And maybe extend an invite for him to join us for dinner with you.” She grins, before adding as an aside, “Ted and I knew your father, back in the day, when we were in high school.”
“I’ll definitely do that Mrs. Wheeler, thanks,” El says with a smile.
Karen graces El with a smile that makes her stomach feel a little wobbly (longing, that’s what that’s called) before she looks over at her husband, brows perched expectantly. “You remember Jim, don’t you Ted?”
Mr. Wheeler mumbles an affirmative around a mouthful of food, but doesn’t make much noise otherwise, and the scoff that comes from Mike, full of completely well-worn disappointment, is audible enough to be heard all the way across the table.
Karen’s smile turns a little brittle as she seems to try to ignore Mike’s surly behavior and El can feel the cracks creeping around the edges of the facade. Maybe Mike’s warning in the basement really wasn’t for nothing, after all.
Still, Karen seems determined to have a Family Dinner – capital F, capital D – and throws herself into cajoling conversation from her children and husband. El watches it from the sidelines, feeling like an anthropologist or something, and she’d be more amused if it wasn’t so awkward.
Getting details from Mike about his day is like pulling teeth, while it’s the opposite from Holly, who launches into great detail about what apparently are the soap-opera-esque dramatics of Holly’s 1st grade class at Hawkins Elementary. It’s like Holly doesn’t even breathe as she monologues, Karen rapt with attention. Mike’s not immune either, cracking a smile every so often at some of the highlights of Holly’s day and/or at the way the little girl is delivering her updates, like there’s nothing more important in the entire universe than who’s “super special best friends” with who on this run-of-the-mill day at school.
El has to admit, Holly is absolutely adorable, all cherubic smiles and bright, sparkling eyes – just completely and totally enchanting. Yes, El’s enchanted; part of her just wants to scoop Holly up and smuggle her home in her pocket or something.
Which is why she’s completely and totally caught off guard when Holly reveals herself to be a troll of the highest order.
Mike’s parents are talking – something about whatever goes on at the office Mr. Wheeler works at – leaving the kids to amuse themselves. Parents sufficiently distracted, Holly waits no time at all in looking straight across at El, meeting her eyes for probably the first time that evening, and asks, “Do you wanna be Mikey’s girlfriend?” Straight to the point, direct, take-no-prisoners.
El has never seen anyone blush faster and hotter than Mike does right this moment, his face turning an alarming shade of pink as he narrows his eyes at his sister, panicked shame written across every inch of his expression. “Holly!” Mike hisses his sister’s name, low enough not to catch the attention of his parents, but with enough volume to get across just how embarrassed he is. God, he looks like he wants to sink down to the floor so it can swallow him whole.
El’s heart does a strange pitter-patter at Mike’s reaction – if he’s this worked up about it, there must be something to Holly’s question, right? Her gut’s screaming at her to answer a resounding “yes!” to Holly’s question. Because it’s something she desperately wants. The more she gets to know Mike, the more she wants to be his girlfriend. She wants to go out on dates with him and hold his hand as they walk through the hallways at school and kiss him goodbye as they separate for the classes they don’t have together. She wants to just be with him, all the time. The strange combination of excitement and peace she feels in Mike’s presence is addicting and she never wants to give it up.
But she also knows that Mike, for whatever reason, is skittish. There’s always a little bit of a hesitancy there when he flirts with her, a distance that glazes over his eyes whenever she compliments him or hints that she’d like to be more than friends. She’s not going to put him on the spot, right here at his dinner table, by telling Holly that, yes, she very much wants to be Mike’s girlfriend.
So, El decides to deflect. She leans back in her seat, fork set daintily by her plate, and gives Holly a secretive smile. “Do you want me to be Mike’s girlfriend?” She can hear the choking noise that escapes Mike from the question and she wants to look over to make sure Mike isn’t hyperventilating, but she doesn’t dare risk breaking eye contact with the little girl sitting across from her as she reaches for her water glass, bringing up to her lips for a sip.
Holly stares back, clearly neither of them willing to look away as they measure each other up. El knows she has about 10 years on the younger girl, so she’s not going to be the one to look away first. Is she trying to intimidate a little girl? Yep. Does she feel bad about it? Not particularly.
After a half a second that lasts an eternity, Holly looks away, lips pursed in a heart-tugging pout. El finishes bringing the glass to her lips, secure in her victory.
“No, you’re too pretty to be Mike’s girlfriend.”
Holly’s words hit El like a punch to the solar plexus and she inhales her water instead of swallowing it. The shock of it sets her coughing, splashing water back into her face as she hurries to pull away the glass. El hurries to set down the glass as she fumbles for her napkin, still coughing up a storm.
This is, of course, when Karen fully tunes back in to what’s going on at the other end of the table and El can’t imagine how this strange tableau must look: El hacking up a lung into her napkin as she tries to dry off her face, Mike trying to hide behind his hands like he’s hoping his palms will suffocate him, and Holly looking victoriously smug.
Karen must have heard enough to know that Holly is the cause of whatever is going on because El sees her narrow her gaze at her youngest child. “Holly Wheeler, we do not talk to our guests like that! Do you understand me, young lady?”
Holly sinks into her seat, lower lip wobbling dangerously. “Yes, Momma,” she says, all piteous and whining – she seems to know she’s been caught and that there’s no squirming her way out of this one.
“I want you to apologize to El, right this instance,” Karen says before she trains her gaze on El. “I am so sorry for my daughter’s behavior.”
(El hears the muttered, “Oh god, just shoot me,” from where Mike’s sitting and she kinda has to admit that she can understand where he’s coming from.)
El, still dabbing at her face (and her upper chest, where some more droplets of water landed – damn, she really made a mess of herself, didn’t she?), smiles across at Karen. “Please don’t worry about it, Mrs. Wheeler – we were just talking and the water went down the wrong way.”
But Karen won’t budge. “I appreciate that, but my daughter needs to learn how we treat guests in this house.” She looks over at her daughter, one eyebrow arched pointedly. El can’t help but notice that Mr. Wheeler has completely checked out, steadily making his way through his dinner like nothing unusual is happening and all El can wonder is what in the fuck is wrong with Mike’s dad.
“I’m sorry, El,” Holly says under the weight of her mother’s expectant gaze.
El smiles, though it’s small, as a wave of sympathy rolls through her. “Apology accepted, Holly.”
The rest of dinner is subdued, pretty much no conversation as they finish up. El notices that her and Mike are kind of rushing through what’s left on their plates – Mike to escape the awkwardness of the situation and El not wanting to make him wait for her to finish. Because she knows he’ll wait at the table until she’s done, even though every inch of him looks ready to bolt at the drop of a hat.
Once El and Mike have finished and taken their dishes to the kitchen, Karen waves them off, not even asking them to help clear the table. And it’s only once she and Mike have trudged back down to the basement does Mike let out the full-throated groan that he’s obviously been holding back all throughout dinner. El watches as he goes over to the couch and practically throws himself down onto the cushions, one arm coming up to drape over his eyes like if he can’t see the world, he can pretend that nothing bad has ever happened to him. “Oh my god, I am so sorry you had to go through that,” Mike all but whines as El makes her way around the coffee table. She sits down gently next to him, his hip only a few inches away from her own, and if Mike notices how close she is, he doesn’t show it. “First my dad with the – and then my mom, ugh how embarrassing – and then Holly! I just –”
“Hey, stop,” El says, hand coming out to land on Mike’s leg, right above his knee. Sure, it might not be the most appropriate place to be touching him – definitely on the “too intimate” side of the line for sure – but she doesn’t regret it. Not when it helps jolt Mike out of the spiral of shame he’s falling into. The arm drops from his face and he’s looking at her, wide-eyed and flushed, almost a little bit frozen. El smiles at him, hoping she’s being reassuring. “All families are weird, ok? Trust me, I don’t think any less of you because of them.”
Mike’s brow furrows, like he can’t understand what she’s saying to him. “You… don’t?”
El lets out a soft giggle. “Nope, I don’t. You can’t control your family, after all. Besides,” she says, pausing to wink at him. “There’s not much you could do to make me think less of you.”
El is starting to think that red might be Mike’s new permanent color as he blushes again and the sight of it is just so goddamn cute, El wants to keep doing things to make him blush just like he is right now. “Oh, um, good, that’s good,” Mike manages to get out. He sits up out of his slump, almost hunched over himself as he looks at their school things still scattered across the coffee table. “Well, um, we could get back to doing our homework, I guess, unless you wanted me to take you home.” A grin, small and wry, crosses his face and it’s a beautiful sight, especially compared to how down he was just moments ago. “I wouldn’t blame you after what happened up there,” he says, gaze flicking up towards the ceiling.
El returns Mike’s grin. “Well, we’re most of the way through our Trig homework, so we should at least finish that. Then, since we’re in the same class, I was thinking maybe we could work on our Chem homework and then you could take me home, if that’s ok with you.”
The look that alights in Mike’s gaze is both pleased and surprised and he sits up straighter, nodding vigorously. “Yeah, sure that sounds good. We can definitely do that.”
El giggles – Mike’s enthusiasm is infectious and El feels it warming her from the inside out. “Good, I’m glad you agree,” she says. Without thinking, with her hand still on Mike’s leg, she punctuates her point by giving him a squeeze, her fingers curling into his flesh through the thick denim of his jeans. Her heart flutters at the feel of lean, firm muscle beneath her touch and, oh, she just wants to keep touching him and never stop.
But, reality butts its way in as Mike jumps, his gaze flicking down to where El’s hand is resting just above his knee, eyes wide and confused. “Um….”
It fully hits her a half a second later that this is really actually happening, that she’s practically feeling him up, and she wrenches her hand away like she’s burned herself, shame and guilt making for strange bedfellows inside her veins. “Oh god, I’m – I’m so sorry. I just – I wasn’t –”
It’s Mike’s turn to interrupt her this time as he holds up a hand, palm facing out, the grin on his face making him look boyish in the best possible way, shy and sweet. “Don’t be sorry,” he says, voice maybe a little raspier than it was a few moments ago. He shrugs, trying to downplay whatever emotions he’s feeling beneath the surface, but it doesn’t put a dent in his grin. “It was nice, comforting.” Another shrug. “I liked it.” Mike pushes those words past his lips like a confession he wasn’t sure if he had the bravery to commit to, but El feels her heart surging inside her chest anyway.
Hope springs eternal inside her veins with the power of a swarm of butterflies, leaving her feeling light and tingly, and she smiles. “Well, good,” she says. “Shall we get back to work?”
“Sounds like a plan.”
The rest of their homework goes by pretty quickly, their working routine re-establishing itself without a hitch. It only takes them another hour and a half to breeze through the remaining problems for Trig and the Chemistry worksheet they were assigned. It’s nice, really nice – Mike’s smart, able to work through the problems quickly, and by the time they get to their Chemistry homework, El feels herself having to work to keep up with him. Luckily, they work really well together, turning the whole exercise from a solo one into a collaborative one, chatting almost the entire time as they work through their assignment together.
It’s so nice that, by the time they’re finished with their Chemistry assignment, El’s already missing it. She barely manages not to pout, though, not wanting to have to explain the overwhelming feelings going on inside of her.
Mike stands up from the couch as El starts gathering her things. “I’m just going to use the bathroom while you pack up. Be out in a sec,” he says, giving her a smile before he heads for the small half-bathroom in the basement he pointed out to her earlier.
El nods and watches him go, letting her shoulders slump once the door is closed. Man, she doesn’t want to go home. She just wants to hang out with Mike, getting to know him now that the bulk of their homework is done. It’s honestly not fair that she has to go home and be ok with this, it’s really not.
El’s just finishing zipping up her backpack, sighing the entire time, by the time Mike emerges from the bathroom, rubbing his palms awkwardly on his jeans. “You ready to go?” he asks as he scoops his keys up from off the coffee table.
El stands, nodding, and paints on her bravest smile. “Yep, ready.”
The drive home is nice, but El’s filled with the most poignant bittersweet feeling she’s ever experience in her entire life. And she has a feeling Mike might be experiencing the same as well. El’s pretty sure there’s a straight-shot path from Mike’s house to hers, but she watches as he navigates them through downtown, going the speed limit the entire time, like he’s trying to draw this moment out and make it last as long as possible.
“Thanks for letting me hang out at your house and work on our homework together,” El says as Mike drives them down Main Street. The sun’s about a half-hour past setting, casting twilight across the storefronts, making everything feel like it’s shrouded in sleepy mystery. El loves it.
Mike glances at her for half a second before returning his eyes to the road, but El can see the ghost of a smile on his face. “Thanks for not being horribly repulsed by my family.”
El rolls her eyes and reaches across the center console to give Mike a light slap on his shoulder with the back of her hand. Mike leans away from her, as recoiling in pain, but his huffed laughter tells a different story. “No, seriously, it’s nice having someone to hang out with while working on my homework.” El shrugs, fingers interlacing so she can pick at the edges of her fingernails with her thumbs. “I still don’t have many friends in my actual classes and, I don’t know, I miss having people I can be with who I can share this with.” She looks up at him through her lashes, a grin pulling up one corner of her lips. “Besides, we make a pretty good team.”
That earns her another huffed laugh, which is quickly becoming one of her favorite sounds in the world. “Well, I’ll be your homework buddy whenever you want,” Mike says, grin more pronounced now.
“You have to be, you idiot,” El says through a giggle. “We’re partners, remember?”
Mike’s grin is a full on smile now. “How could I forget?”
El laughs as she shakes her head, amused beyond words, but a gasp escapes her as she remembers something. “Oh, that reminds me, I have a couple ideas for our working session on Saturday….”
The rest of the drive, all 5 minutes of it, are spent talking about their US History project and, well before El’s ready, Mike’s pulling the car into the driveway of her house. He puts the car into park and let’s his hands land onto the tops of his thighs. “I guess this is your stop,” Mike says as he looks over at her.
“Guess it is,” El says. She turns so she can face Mike, all her attention focused on him like it’s the easiest thing in the world to do. “Honestly, thanks for everything. Tonight has been great. We should make it a regular thing, yeah?”
Mike smiles and her heart nearly explodes. “Well, we do work well together, after all.”
“That we do,” El says. She looks across the cab, where Mike’s still smiling at her, and the urge to lean over and kiss him is strong, almost overpowering. “Thanks for the ride home,” she says, her voice going soft. And, before she can talk herself out of it, El leans over the center console. She balances herself with one hand on Mike’s forearm, the other grabbing onto him with fingers wrapping around the firm curve of his shoulder. She feels him go rigid at both her proximity and her touch, but El’s committed to this now and she leans in the rest of the way, savoring the moment as her lips graze lightly against the curve of his cheek.
It’s a quick kiss, sweet and grateful, and El’s heart goes into overdrive as she both feels and hears Mike’s sudden intake of breath, his gasp only audible because of her closeness. His skin is soft beneath her lips, soft and warm and El lets herself linger maybe a half a second longer than she should. She breathes him in, letting her lungs fill with the smell of his shampoo and laundry detergent and, beneath it, the smell of clean boy, indescribable and addicting, and he’s warm, so warm, she’s pressed against him. El never wants to pull away.
But she does so, reluctantly, her lips tingling from the feel of Mike’s skin against them, and she smiles, struck by the look on his face, full of breathless awe that makes hope swell in her heart, setting a fire smoldering in her veins. Her face feels warm in the best way possible and El never wants this feeling to fade. “Good night, Mike,” she says, words barely above a whisper, not wanting to ruin this moment.
Mike stares at her, rendered mute by something as little as a kiss on the cheek, jaw dropped and lips parted in shock. Feeling all fluttery, El looks away as she reaches for her backpack down by her feet. Once it's in her lap, El reaches for the handle of the door, freezing mid-pull of the door handle when she hears Mike’s voice from behind her. “Good night, El.”
Smiling, El turns to look behind her, eyes on Mike the entire time as she opens the door. She gets out of the car and shivers a bit as the evening air hits her skin. She wishes she didn’t have to go, but she knows she can’t stay out here forever, knows if she even so much as looks back she’ll do something even sillier like kiss him full on the mouth and she knows Mike’s not ready for that. So, when she closes the door behind her, El doesn’t turn back, resists every urge to look back at the car.
But, she can feel Mike’s eyes on her as she heads inside, warm and thrilling, and, for the moment, it’s enough.
Mike can’t tear his eyes away from El as she walks towards her house, drinking in every detail as she ascends the stairs of her front porch. The skin of his cheek is still tingling from where El kissed him, and he swears, if he closes his eyes, he can still feel the softness of her lips, the warmth of her pressed against him with gentle curves and alluring sweetness.
El kissed him. She actually kissed him. Sure, it wasn’t on the lips, but still… it’s more than he ever could have hoped for.
Mike watches El until she disappears inside her house and, only then, once he's sure she's gone, does he put his car in reverse to start heading home, a dopey smile on his face the entire time.
God, he can’t wait until tomorrow.
Notes:
....Yeah, I'm really putting the "slow" in "slow burn, aren't I.
(No, I'm not sorry. Yes, I'm enjoying this. Immensely.
Hopefully, once I settle down into a new routine, I'll be able to figure out how to increase my posting cadence. I'm getting all too frustrated with wanting to work on this fic but having NO TIME. But, I'm still gonna be here (because where else am I gonna be...?) and I'll catch y'all on the flip side!
(AND FUCK YEAH WE'RE DEF GETTING S4. LIKE WE BEEN KNEW, BUT IT'S NICE TO HAVE CONFIRMATION.)
Chapter 12: and just when things are going so well....
Notes:
What's this? Another chapter in less than 2 weeks? Quelle surprise!
(yeah, i don't know french, so don't @ me)
This is out a little sooner than I planned, partially because I think I'm getting back into a regular rhythm and because I came to a good break, even though I had more I wanted to write.
(Be glad for this, my original plan was to end on a cliffhanger and now y'all don't have to be tortured by it, so UR WELCOME.)
Also, haha, this chapter is entirely from Mike's POV and I'm not sure how that happened? So um...whoops (though somehow I'm sure you all will bear the disappointment JUST FINE.)
Anyway, enjoy! And let me know what you think!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
That dopey smile stays on Mike’s face the entire way home.
He takes his time weaving through the streets of Hawkins – much like he had on the outbound trip – trying to savor the quiet magic of the moment, trying to live in it forever. El’s presence has permeated every inch of the car but he knows, the moment he steps out, it’ll fade away, like gossamer smoke blowing away at the slightest puff of wind.
God, if he breathes deeply enough, he can smell the mild sweetness of El’s shampoo as she leaned in to kiss him on the cheek, never mind all the other phantom sensations still clinging to all his senses as he drives home.
Mike’s memory of the kiss is both blurred and crystal clear, like he’s stuck in some weird, hyper-focused time warp and, as he drives home, foot pressed on the accelerator just enough to keep him going 20mph – slow enough to give him time to savor it, while fast enough so that he doesn’t get pulled over for driving too slow – he lets himself live in that memory, looping it over and over again in his mind, experiencing it anew each time.
He can hear the sound of her shifting in the passenger seat as she leans over the center console, loud in the hushed atmosphere inside the car. He can feel her hands on his arm, one just below his elbow, the other high on his shoulder, her touch searing through the thin fabric of his sweater.
More importantly, he can still feel the exact moment when her lips touched his skin, can still feel the buzz along every nerve ending at the gentle pressure of her kiss. It’s like the sensation of El’s lips on his cheek has been seared into his skin and Mike thinks he’s always going to carry the physical echoes of her touch with him for the rest of his life.
(even worse, he knows how her lips feel now, soft and full and lush, and he can’t help but wonder how they would feel pressed other places – his neck, his jaw, his own lips… he can picture it with the kind of clarity built by an overactive imagination – her lips trailing kisses up and down every inch of skin she can find – and it makes him shiver, makes him hope, and mike knows he’s never going to get over this.)
Best of all (or is it worst of all?), Mike can still see the look on El’s face as she pulled away, her expression soft and beautiful and maybe a little shy with flushed cheeks and sparkling eyes, her face literally inches away from his as he stared at her, dumbfounded and frozen. She’d been close enough that it would have taken no effort on his part to lean in and kiss her, no effort at all to know what it would feel like to have her lips pressed against his. Only his shock and fear kept him in place, every fiber of his being yearning to carry out the desire that raged through him, hot and sudden as a roaring wildfire.
He doesn’t regret not doing it, doesn’t hate that he was frozen in place – he’s so not ready to make that kind of move, not sure if that kind of move is even welcome, not brave enough to find out for sure – but he still can’t turn off the way the rest of him desperately wants to know what it would feel like, even if just for a moment.
He’s only ever kissed one girl in his entire life at a party during their sophomore year that Dustin somehow managed to get an invite to. Mike's still not sure how, but he'd found his way into being coerced to play Spin the Bottle; the girl, whose name he can’t remember (but he can remember that she was a year older than him), had been pretty tipsy. It wasn’t great, to be perfectly honesty – her lips were chapped, her breath reeked of whatever sugary alcoholic punch concoction someone whipped up for the party, and it was all together pretty sloppy. Not really what a first kiss should be made of.
He hadn't really been into it, all said and done, so it really didn’t hurt when the girl saw him in the hall at school a couple of days later, that her gaze slid past him like he was invisible. The only thing it really left him was the cynical twist of pride at being able to cross that particular teenage milestone off his list.
Still, it’d be nice to kiss a girl and actually enjoy it, Mike thinks. And he’s absolutely positive he would really, really enjoy kissing El. God, just the thought of it is enough to give him full body shivers.
But, would she enjoy it?
The question, whispered in Mike’s usual mental voice of self-doubt, sobers him a bit, but doesn’t bring him down entirely, which is new – he’s just riding this high way too hard to be brought down all the way. He does wonder, though, if El actually wants to kiss him. She flirts with him like she might (actually, scratch that – she flirts with him like she definitely wants to), but Mike knows there’s a big difference between thought and action.
Still, the thought that El might even be entertaining the idea of kissing him is the kind of fantastic he’s never going to get over. He just hopes he isn’t imagining any of this. Mike doesn’t know if he can be disappointed like this again.
But, for as sobering as that thought is, Mike’s still smiling as he pulls up in front of his house, his cheek still tingling with the ghost of El’s lips, and there’s a spring in his step that he thinks has never been there.
Mike somehow finishes his English and Spanish homework (a miracle considering how twitterpated he is right now), manages to avoid running into his parents, and crawls into bed a little before 11, still lovesick and high on Cloud Nine.
It turns out, though, the one thing he can’t do is fall asleep. He’s just too keyed up, unable to stop running that kiss in his mind over and over again, imagining it going differently, imagining that he actually summoned up the nerve to kiss her and then some. And when he does manage to fall asleep in the wee hours of the morning, he can’t stay asleep, his dreams filled with the sweet torture of El’s kisses and of the warm press of her body against his, dreams that leave him waking up frustrated, heart racing and feeling like his skin is two sizes too small.
By the time his alarm goes off and Mike crawls out of bed Wednesday morning, he officially feels like crap. At least physically. He still feels high off of El’s kiss and the way it mixes with the thready beat of his heart (a side-effect of too little sleep) makes him feel almost dizzy.
A glimpse in the bathroom mirror shows him he looks almost as bad as he feels and Mike groans at the sight of his pale, pasty skin and dark circles under his eyes. Yeah, great, show up to school looking like a zombie. Real attractive, Wheeler.
God, El’s going to take one look at him and go running for this hills and this is going to ruin any chance he had with her and –
But she kissed you yesterday, don’t forget that.
The thought brings a wellspring of hope trickling through his veins and it’s enough to help him get over the paralyzing sight of his sleep-deprived face.
Feeling a little better than he did moments ago, Mike pushes through getting ready for school – showering, getting dressed, the whole bit. His mom gives him a frown when he comes down to the kitchen for breakfast and, from the way she’s staring at his face, he knows she’s noticed how tired he looks.
But, thankfully, she says nothing as Mike sits down to eat, which probably has a lot to do with the fact that, even though he’s exhausted, there’s a soft smile on his face that he can’t seem to get rid of. For the first time in almost as long as Mike can remember, he’s excited to be going to school – excited to see El.
(He tries not to think too hard about why he’s excited, afraid of getting stuck in his own swirling mess of self-doubt. But it’s almost impossible to ignore the flashing neon signs in the back of his head, the ones screaming at him that he wants to see how she’s going to act when she sees him, if she’ll act like she remembers that she kissed him, even if only on the cheek. He doesn’t know what he’ll do if she pretends like it never happened, so he decides to just ignore it entirely. Self-delusion always works out in the end, right?
Right?)
Just because he’s excited, though, doesn’t mean he’s not exhausted. It’s like everything around him is moving through a fog or he’s moving through a fog, a millisecond behind reality in a way that makes him feel even more off-kilter and awkward than he usually is.
He makes it to school, but it feels like just barely. On his way to Homeroom, Mike tries to catch a glimpse of El in the hall, but he can’t make her out among the teeming masses moving through the halls and he gives up a few feet from Homeroom, shoulders slumping as he walks inside. It’s hitting him now just how much he was practically relying on seeing El, even at a distance, before classes even start and it makes him want to pout as he realizes he’s not going to get to.
“God, you look like crap,” Lucas says a few minutes later as he slides into his usual seat next to Mike.
“How do you know?” Mike says into his arms, where he’s using them as a pillow for his head, hands trying their best to block out the light. “You can’t even see my face.” The words are muffled, but Mike knows he gets the point across as Lucas lets out a wry snort.
“Uh, yeah, because people who feel great always try to fall asleep face first on their desks.”
Mike huffs out a groan. “Ugh, fine, use logic.” He sits up and looks over at Lucas. “But enough about me. How’s it going?”
But Lucas is frowning at him, obviously still hung up on Mike’s condition. “Dude, did you pull an all-nighter, or something?”
A guilty thrill runs through him – man, he does not want to explain that he didn’t sleep because he couldn’t stop fantasizing about El – but Mike shoves it down and shrugs lazily in an attempt to downplay it. “No, just couldn’t sleep last night. You know how it goes.”
Lucas nods, lips pressed together in a sympathetic frown. “Yeah, insomnia’s a bitch,” he says, trying to keep his voice low so that their Homeroom teacher doesn’t hear him swearing. “Sucks, man. You gonna be ok today?”
“Kinda have to be, right?” Mike says, one side of his mouth pulled up in a humorless smirk.
“Let’s see if that optimism holds when we have that pop quiz in English.”
Mike lets out a long-suffering groan, head falling back in almost despair. “God, Lucas.” Every day for the last week, Lucas has been predicting they're going to have a pop quiz in English… and every day he's been wrong. And Mike is starting to get really tired of this prediction.
“I’m right today, you’ll see,” Lucas says, an insufferable smirk on his face. “I can feel it in my gut.”
“Probably just indigestion,” Mike mutters.
Only, today, it turns out not to be indigestion and Lucas’ smug face mocks Mike not an hour later as Mr. Marino passes out today’s pop quiz on the reading they had to do for “Catcher in the Rye” today.
But, other than the spike in his heart rate at the announcement of the pop quiz, Homeroom and English class pass by in an exhausted, dragging blur. Everything feels soupy, is the only word Mike can think of to describe it, each second feeling like it takes minutes to pass, making the wait to see El again feel like it’s taking a whole fucking year rather than two hours.
Mike stops in the bathroom on his way to Trig once he’s out of English to splash cold water on his face in a vain attempt to make himself look more awake (because feeling awake is just not in the cards today). It helps a little – the shock of the cold infusing some color back into his cheeks – but Mike’s not sure how long the effects are going to last for.
He beats El to Trig by about 20 seconds and is still settling down at his desk when she walks into the room. And, in that instant, everything else ceases to matter – not his exhaustion, his fear, his self-doubt – hell, even his excitement takes a backseat as he’s overwhelmed with the sheer awe that courses through him.
God, El is beautiful – she’s beautiful everyday, so this shouldn’t come as a surprise, but somehow it always takes his breath away. Today, she’s wearing a simple pair of jeans and burnt orange sweater, both items clinging to every intriguing dip and curve, and her hair’s done up in his favorite way with half of it pulled back in a ponytail, the other half left to cascade down her shoulders in lush waves.
And then she spots him, smiling at him as she approaches from the other side of the room and Mike’s heart just about stops. The look on her face is… god, so fucking beautiful, full of joy and light and knowing. It hits him, as sudden and powerful as a runaway train.
Holy shit, she’s not pretending it didn’t happen.
No, she isn’t, not with the way her eyes are sparkling or the way her lips are pulled up in a smile that is rich with meaning, seeming to say there’s something only you and i know. A jolt hits him as Mike remembers that he knows what her lips feel like against his skin, knows how soft and warm they are. God, how he craves to feel them again, ideally against his own lips next time, but he knows he’ll settle for another kiss on the cheek.
(mike almost snorts out loud at the thought. “settle.” like he’s compromising when, really, he should be lucky for any scrap of anything he gets from her.)
“Hey,” El says as she gets close enough and the sound of her voice with it’s soft honeyed tones send a shiver down Mike’s spine. “Good morning.”
Mike finds himself smiling back, instinctual and easy. “Morning,” he says, the word coming out in something just above a croak.
El slides into her seat and, when she looks over at him, it only takes a second for a concerned frown to appear where her brilliant smile was moments ago. “Hey, you feeling ok? You look kind of tired.” She starts to reach for him, like she wants to check him for a fever or examine his face or something, but her hand stops halfway, hovering there for just a second before she pulls it back.
Well, crap. Turns out she noticed after all, despite the water he splashed on his face. “Oh, um, yeah,” Mike says, stuttering a bit. A flush rises to his cheeks and Mike wishes he wasn’t so easily and visibly embarrassed in front of El all the time. “I just… didn’t sleep well last night.”
The confusion fades away from El’s face, leaving only gentle concern remaining. “Oh, I’m sorry. That sucks. Bad dreams? That happens to me sometimes.”
A thought wanders through his head – why would El sometimes have nights filled with bad dreams? – but he doesn’t linger on it for long. “No, not bad dreams,” Mike says, heart rising into his throat as it occurs to him that the object of the not bad dreams is sitting right in front of him and his gaze drops to the surface of his desk. God, he started to answer and now he needs to keep clarifying, doesn’t he? So, Mike gulps and lifts his gaze, boldly meeting El’s eye with bravery he really doesn’t have. “The opposite, actually, about yesterday, what happened in the car.” He manages to hold El’s gaze, not just meet it, and tries to convey with a look everything he doesn’t have the courage to put into words, even though he still feels like he’s taking the world’s biggest leap of faith just with this simple, small act.
Which means he feels like he’s on top of the world as understanding dawns on El’s face, looking both surprised and pleased as her eyes widen and lips part just so, a gentle blush spreading across her cheeks. “Oh,” she says, sounding almost a little shy. She glances away for just a split second, like it’s her turn to be nervous or something, but when she looks back, there’s already a smile growing on her face, making her look not just pleased but satisfied and Mike has literally never wanted to kiss someone more in his entire life than he does right now. “Good, that’s good,” El says. There’s a giggle building in her voice, making her words sound melodious and lilting, but she manages to mostly suppress it. “So, other than that, how’s everything else going?”
Mike shrugs, trying to come across as cool and nonchalant when, really, he’s anything but. “Had a pop quiz in English last period.”
A shudder runs through El, a little exaggerated in a way that pulls a quiet laugh out of him. “Yuck, no thanks,” she says, shaking her head like she’s trying to get rid of the horrific thought. “That sounds torturous.”
“Eh, it wasn’t so bad – it was pretty easy, actually,” Mike says, trying not too casual and flippant about it but, well, he is really good at his English class, if he’s being honest with himself (even though he hates “Catcher in the Rye” – seriously, Holden Caulfield needs to get over his childhood trauma and fast).
El perches an elbow on her desk, chin perched just so on the palm of her hand, and gives him an over-the-top simpering look. “Oh, Mike, you’re so smart.” She bats her eyelashes at him, all coquettish and cute and playful.
Mike rolls his eyes, blushing a little as he looks away. “Yeah, ok, laying on a little thick there, aren’t you?”
He looks back in time to see El reaching over, hand lightly smacking against his bicep. “Let me have my fun,” she says with eyes full of good-natured mischief and lips pulled up in a coy smile and, god, he’ll do anything she wants as long as she keeps looking at him like this.
“Somehow, I think you’ll have your fun no matter if I let you or not,” Mike says with his own smile, his more of a smirk than anything else.
El giggles and it’s the best sound in the world. “Aww, look, he can be taught.”
“Oh, shut up,” Mike says, though he’s still smiling and so is El and, god, this is so, so good, this easy and thrilling back and forth. He’s never felt like this with anyone in his entire life and he never wants to feel like this with anyone else, not when El’s perfect.
(is this how it feels, falling in love? the question’s not a conscious one, but somewhere deep in the back of his mind, buried beneath all the doubt and anxiety and everything, he’s starting to wonder as he feels the warmth of the emotion spread through him like honey, centered in his heart and radiating out until all he feels is the overwhelming sensation of drowning and flying at the same time and never, ever wanting it to stop.)
The bell signaling the start of 3rd period rings out a couple of minutes later, bringing the flirty conversation to a stop, and as Ms. Geno gets the day’s lecture started, Mike realizes something: sitting next to El has another benefit, it turns out. It makes him feel awake and energized, like he hadn’t spent all night tossing and turning.
He and El work together when Ms. Geno breaks to let the class tackle the practice problems, the two of them sliding easily into the working dynamic they discovered last night at his house, and that’s when Mike realizes something else.
El can’t seem to stop touching him.
Or, at least, it certainly seems that way to Mike.
It’s like what happened yesterday with that kiss on his cheek in the car and, even earlier, with her hand on his thigh as they sat on the couch in the basement –
(and if anyone expects him to forget about that, like ever – her touch warm and thrilling even through the denim of his jeans and, honestly, she can touch him whenever or wherever she wants if it’ll always feel like that – then, boy, do they have another thing coming.)
– has opened up the floodgates and now it’s like El’s always touching him.
Most of it is friendly and innocuous – a hand on his forearm to get his attention as they work together in their classes; a bump with her shoulder as they walk from US History to Chemistry, talking and laughing the whole way. But some of it feels… more than just friendly.
Like how she squeezes his upper arm as they say their goodbyes on Wednesday, her touch lingering just a little longer than for just between friends. Or how, when she joins the Party for lunch on Thursday, forcing the six of them to crowd around the tiny table, El spends the entire lunch period pressed against his right side, chairs pushed together so he can feel her from shoulder to thigh.
And, like he isn’t already overwhelmed enough by this, it’s a Pep Rally day, so El’s wearing her uniform, meaning that Mike is mostly pressed up against the bare skin of her arms and legs, her warmth bleeding easily through the fabric of his own clothing. He can feel the looks the two of them are getting – not just from the Party, but what feels like half the school because why is a cheerleader sitting with the nerd squad? – but it doesn’t seem to deter or bother El at all, or make her put anything even remotely related to space between him and her and it’s beyond nice in a way Mike never thought possible before now.
(and, none of this should go without mentioning the moment when mike reaches down to absently scratch at his knee and his hand brushes along the skin of el’s thigh. they both jump at the contact and mike is convinced that el’s going to push him away and accuse him of feeling her up. but she just gives him a small smile, coy and secretive, gaze just the right kind of dark and hooded, and then goes back to talking to max like nothing has changed, like mike’s whole world hasn’t been flipped upside down. because he knows, now, that el’s skin is as soft as it looks, soft and silky smooth, and suddenly, all he wants to know is if the rest of her feels the same way.)
There’s a lot of Mike's still trying to figure out, filled with questions he’s not anywhere near brave enough to ask, but the fact that El is so open and free and flirtatious in how she touches him is so far beyond encouraging, it might as well be in a different galaxy, to the point where he doesn't even have to wonder why she's doing this. Mike doesn’t know how he got lucky enough to catch the attention of the prettiest girl he’s ever met in his entire life and, honestly, he doesn’t want to look too closely at this for fear of somehow jinxing it. And though he’s not sure exactly how all this is going to shake out, he can’t help but think that maybe, just maybe, beyond all reasonable hope, that something is finally going his way.
And then, in the locker room after Cross Country practice on Thursday afternoon, a hand shoots out and slams his locker door shut while Mike’s getting dressed.
Mike jumps, startled, heart leaping into his throat as he takes half a step back, wearing only his boxers and shower sandals that squelch against the locker room floor at the motion. He brings his hands to his chest, fingers clutching the sweater he was about to put on, like the act of holding it close will shield him.
Eyes wide, Mike lets his gaze follow up the arm attached to the hand on his locker…
And comes face-to-face with Zach Mercer.
Zach’s a couple of inches shorter than Mike is, but probably has at least 20 pounds on him and knows it. He’s looking at Mike with a cold, sharp smile as he stands there in only a towel that's wrapped tightly around his waist and, just a little further back, two members of his goon squad are flanking him like they’re acting as backup. If they’re trying to intimidate him, it’s totally working and Mike shrinks into himself, spine curving and shoulders slumping, even as confusion begins to ripple through him. What is going on?
“Well, well, well, if it isn’t Pencil Dick Wheeler,” Zach says as he drags his hand away from Mike’s locker so he can loosely cross his arms over his bare chest.
“Um, hi?” Mike says, fighting the urge to shrink back even further, to turn tail and run despite how all of his stuff is still in his locker that Zach just rudely closed in front of him. He pointedly ignores the demeaning nickname as he tries to think of what could have caused him to land on Zach’s radar.
“A little bird told me something interesting yesterday,” Zach says as he leans against the lockers, looking cool and casual, but there’s a tight line beneath the words he’s saying and it makes the hairs on the back of Mike’s neck stand up. “Care to guess what they said?”
Mike’s tongue flashes out to lick his lips, a nervous gesture, and he shakes his head. “I honestly have no idea.”
It’s not what Zach is looking for, which is clear from the way he shakes his head, but he breathes out a laugh that trails into a weary sigh. “You’re ballsy for a nerd, I’ll give you that,” Zach says. “Don’t think that just because you’re on Varsity for Cross Country means you’re no longer a fucking nerd.”
At this point, Mike’s starting to get frustrated and it’s helping to chip away at some of his anxiety. “Never claimed I wasn’t a nerd,” Mike says, voice low. He’s not trying to antagonize Zach, he’s really not – but Mike’s never been anything other than painfully aware of his standing in the school’s social hierarchy, so the insinuation that he’s forgotten is a little insulting to his intelligence.
“Doesn’t explain why you and El Hopper were spotted leaving campus together on Tuesday, then, now does it?” The icy steel in Zach’s words is a painfully apparent now. “So, what’s going on there, Wheeler? You think you got a shot with someone like her? The two of you got something going on? She blowing you in the backseat of your car in exchange for doing her homework, or something? Because that’s about the only reason I can see for her getting in your car and driving away with you.”
Understanding hits Mike like a punch to the gut and he gulps. There’s a murderous glint in Zach’s gaze, now, his eyes hard and unyielding despite the smile on his face, and fear begins to spider-crawl through his veins despite the revulsion he feels at Zach’s insinuation, like El would do something like trade sexual favors as payment for Mike doing her homework, like El’s not smart enough to do her own work or something… like El’s only value is what she can offer with her body. “Um, no, nothing’s going on,” Mike says as he fights to keep his voice even, to keep the fear from quavering his words. “We were assigned to be partners for a class, so we went to work on our project. That’s all.”
Well, Mike hopes that’s not all, but he’s not about to say that Zach, a guy who could pound Mike into the floor if he really wanted to. The fact that Zach is also the guy who’s been very publicly pursuing El is most definitely a factor in Mike’s decision to play coy. He really doesn’t need to be murdered in the middle of the boy’s locker room because some meathead doesn’t understand that girls aren’t physical property.
Zach smiles, both cruel and relieved, and he pushes away from Mike’s locker. “That’s what I thought, Wheeler. Don’t know if you noticed, but I kinda have my eye on El. And she doesn’t need to have a skinny nerd like you sniffing around where you don’t belong.” He reaches out and puts a hand on Mike’s bare shoulder, fingers squeezing painfully into skin and bone, leaning in so his face is only a few inches from Mike’s, like he has a secret he wants to share or something. “Besides, you’re a smart guy – you know girls like El aren’t meant for guys like you.”
He’s right, you know, the voice in the back of his head whispers. I’ve been telling you that for years.
Suddenly, Mike feels a little bit like he might be sick. It’s like Zach has reached in and grabbed the words that, for years, have rattled around in the back of his head, existing only as whispered thoughts that have gone unspoken, so he could shove them in Mike’s face. He feels like he’s been slapped, his fear given a voice.
The thing is, Mike logically knows it’s not true. There aren’t kinds of people meant for some people and not others – at least not in the way Zach is trying to get at. But that insidious seed of self-doubt, the source that makes Mike feel like he doesn’t deserve nice things, has just been given a voice and the weeds, dark and gnarly, begin to take over the dark corners of his brain, battling against the bright joy being around El the past few days has brought.
It’s not true, it’s not, Mike tries to tell himself, as firm as he possibly can. He reminds himself of all the ways El’s shown him this, of all the time she’s smiled at him and touched him and just been with him, open and joyful and without shame. He reminds himself that she’s flirted with him and kissed him on the cheek and looked at him with longing so blatant, even he can’t pretend like it’s anything else.
And yet….
Zach’s not done, however, and he continues to twist the knife deeper into Mike’s gut. “The only thing you’re good for to them is to do the things they don’t want to do so they can be with guys like me, guys who can take care of their needs.” He pauses, the cruel edge of his smile devastatingly cutting. “But, we both know you know all about that, don’t we, Wheeler?”
Zach’s words are knowing and Mike realizes he’d rather be pounded into the floor than have his shame rubbed in his face like this. Because Zach clearly remembers what happened with Mike and Ashley. And if Zach remembers, then so do other people, which means it’s only a matter of time before El finds out and realizes exactly how much she’ll have to lower her standards to be with him and –
A clap on his arm jolts Mike out of the downward spiral taking place inside his head and he refocuses on Zach, who’s looking at him with blue eyes filled with sick victory, proud knowing he’s put a nerd like Mike in his place. A flash of anger sparks inside of Mike, mostly drowned out by everything else, but undeniably there. It’s not fair that guys like Zach think they can get away with being assholes like this, that all they have to do is exert the right pressure and get their way every time. Mike also hates how he feels intimidated by this, but he’ll be damned if he shows any of this to Zach. No, he won’t give him the satisfaction.
“But, chin up, Wheeler. One day you’ll find a girl who’s just right for you, someone plain and dumpy and unpopular. And, in the meantime, if you’re lucky, maybe you can have my sloppy seconds. After all, gotta reward the guy who’s gonna keep my girl’s GPA up, now don’t I?” And, with one, final tight smile, Zach turns and saunters off, backup goons following close after, the sound of their echoing laughter trailing behind them as they disappear down another row of lockers.
Mike can’t help the sigh of relief as Zach disappears from view. His stomach churns with an almost revolting combination of emotions – anger, shame, fear, all crashing against the hope that’s been Mike’s new constant companion these past few days.
Shaking his head, trying to ignore the burn in his stomach, he resumes getting dressed, opening his locker door with hands that now won’t stop trembling. He can’t stop running Zach’s gross words over and over in his head, feeling sicker with each loop. He doesn’t want to believe that Zach’s words have any basis in reality – and he mostly doesn’t.
But years of self-doubt have made it a habit that’s hard to break and that stupid voice inside of him is whispering all the things he can still so easily believe about himself: that he’s a loser, that girls like El never give guys like him the time of day, that he’s pathetic for even thinking that there’s a chance he could be with someone like El.
It’s a voice that’s impossible for Mike to turn off.
He ignores it the best he can, though, as he finishes getting dressed and gathers his things so he can head out of the locker room. God, he just wants to get home. Part of him wants to crawl into bed and mope for the rest of the evening, but he doesn’t want to give in, doesn’t want to let Zach win.
Mike knows that Zach is just trying to intimidate him, that he’s clearly threatened by whatever is developing between Mike and El and is hoping to scare Mike into backing off. And, realistically, Mike knows that if El really wants to be with him, she will be, no matter what Zach thinks about it or how much he tries to bully Mike.
But still….
Mike sighs as he pushes his way through the boys locker room and out into the hall. He pauses just outside the door, however, as he comes face-to-face with Lucas – well, after a fashion, that is.
Lucas is sitting on the floor across from the entrance to the boys’ locker room, backpack resting against his hip. His legs are folded in front of him, Trig textbook propped open on his lap with a pad of graph paper on one knee as he works through his homework. He looks up, though, at Mike’s arrival and it’s only when their eyes meet that Mike remembers.
Lucas’ dad needed to borrow his car (since his is in the shop), so Lucas asked Mike for a ride home from school today. Mike easily agreed because of course he did. But now he’s kind of wishing he didn’t (see the aforementioned desire to curl up in bed and mope) because he knows everything he’s feeling is written all over his face and he’s absolute shit at hiding his emotions.
Which means that Mike isn’t at all surprised when, maybe half a second later, Lucas’ expression morphs into one of confused concern. “Hey man, you ok?”
Mike groans as Lucas gets to his feet, schoolwork clutched awkwardly in his hurry to stand up. “Ugh, yeah, I’m ok, I guess. It’s just….” He trails off as he looks away, not sure if he wants to pour his heart out to Lucas, so to speak.
“Let me guess, it’s got something to do with your mad crush on El.”
Mike whips his head around to look at Lucas so fast, it almost makes him dizzy. “Wh-what? Why would you think that?” Holy shit, is Lucas a mind reader, now?
Lucas just smirks as they start walking out towards the parking lot. “Please. Don’t insult my intelligence. All your weird moods over the past couple of weeks can be traced straight back to the new girl.” Lucas shifts his books so they’re cradled in one arm as he snakes the other around Mike’s shoulder in casual companionship. “Now, tell the Love Guru all your troubles.”
Mike rolls his eyes. “Look, just having a girlfriend does not make you a relationship expert.”
“Psh, more of an expert than you, at any rate,” Lucas says, giving Mike a rattling shake with the arm slung over Mike’s shoulders. “So, c’mon. Spill it. What’s going on in that head of yours?”
Mike could lie his way out of this situation… but he’s as bad at lying as he is at hiding his emotions. Plus, friends don’t lie, so…. “It’s stupid,” Mike mumbles, shrugging off Lucas’ arm from his shoulder. He notices Lucas doesn’t bother trying to put it back, like now that he knows Mike is going to talk, Lucas doesn’t need to cajole him any further. “Zach Mercer was just talking shit to me about El back in the locker room,” he says after beat, breath leaving him in a weighty sigh.
“God, Zach Mercer is a walking stereotype of douchey fratbro,” Lucas says. “What’d he say? Whatever it was, I hope you treated his opinion like the trash I already know it is.”
Mike shrugs, one shoulder shifting beneath his backpack strap. “Just shit like how girls like El don’t go for guys like me, that there’s no way she’d ever be interested in being with a nerd, and that I should stay away because he’s more her type than I am. He also said a whole bunch of gross shit about El which made me want to punch him in the face, but that was the gist of it.” He sighs again, shaking his head. “I don’t know, like I know it’s stupid, but –”
“But, nothing,” Lucas says, cutting Mike off. “Zach Mercer is so full of shit.” He pauses, sighing. “Look, I know you haven’t had the best luck with girls – not to name any names, or anything. And I know girls in this town are usually so fucking hung up on being popular and shit. But, like, you’d have to be blind not to see how El looks at you.”
Hope beats wildly in his heart, thumping so hard Mike’s almost afraid it’s going to burst out of his chest. “Really?” he asks, the word strangled as he looks over at Lucas. He doesn’t meant to sound so desperate, but he’ll needs all the confirmation he can get that he’s not just seeing things when it comes to what’s happening between him and El.
“Uh, yeah,” Lucas says, one eyebrow arched like he can’t believe Mike is doubting himself. “Like, half the school has noticed it. Believe me when I say that if El wants to be with anyone at this school, it’s you. Don’t know why she’s lusting after your skinny ass, but there it is. Zach Mercer’s just jealous that El only has eyes for you. Don’t let his stupid intimidation tactics scare you or anything.”
Mike lets that sink in as they pass through the doors that lead out to the parking lot and he manages to give Lucas a small smile. “Thanks, man.” Lucas’ words have definitely helped muffle the self-doubting voice in the back of his head. Not enough to get rid of it entirely – Mike thinks there will never be any getting rid of it – but enough to help make it not so loud.
Lucas rolls his eyes. “Dude, no need to thank me. Though you could get off your ass and ask El out, or something. We’re only three weeks in to the school year and I’m already exhausted watching you two moon over each other. Just put me out of my misery and that’ll be payment enough for my amazingly awesome advice.”
“And you ruined it,” Mike says, smirking. “A perfectly heartfelt moment and you fucked it up. Way to not stick the landing.”
“Oh, fuck off, I totally stuck the landing,” Lucas says as they reach the car. “And I’m right and you know it.”
Mike unlocks the car and throws his backpack in the back seat. “Yeah, yeah, yeah.”
They don’t talk about El or Zach as Mike drives Lucas home. Instead they talk about anything but – their Chem lab report, what their plans are for the weekend, bitching about the wait for the latest Star Wars movie – and Mike feels so much better once he’s parked in front of his house. He and Lucas part ways with a clapped handshake that ends in a one-armed hug and Lucas crosses the cul-de-sac for his own house while Mike heads up the driveway towards his.
It’s like he can almost completely forget Zach cornering him in the locker room and threatening him into backing off from El as the evening goes on. He does his homework in the basement, eats dinner with his family, and lets the events after Cross Country practice fade into the rarely traveled corners of his brain.
And, the entire time, he’s sending the occasional text message to El, usually prompted by one he’s received from her. And it helps, more than he can put into words, to remember that, yes, she likes him. However it all shakes out, El looks at him and sees someone worth investing her time and energy into. Take that, Zach, Mike crows with victory, wishing he could shove this in the other boy’s face.
Mike heads up to bed a little before 11, feeling a lot better than he did several hours ago. He almost immediately spots the book he’s borrowed from El once he closes the door behind him, the novel still sitting on his nightstand, bookmark slotted about three quarters of the way through the pages.
Mike lets himself smile as he goes over to the book, picking it up with a reverent touch. He cradles it in his hands, turning it over and over, like if he can absorb every detail about the book, it’ll bring him that much closer to El.
Zach’s wrong about El, wrong about him, wrong about them. El is smart and vivacious and sweet and, god help him, at least a little nerdy – she’s a million times better than Zach could ever dream of being and Mike’s almost positive El would want nothing to do with that meathead.
Letting out a content sigh, Mike sets down the book on his bed, intent on picking it back up and reading a little bit more of it once he’s under the covers. He reaches behind him and pulls off his shirt, standing so he can toss it in the overflowing hamper in the corner of his room –
– and catches sight of his reflection in the mirror, freezing at what he sees.
It’s not a surprise, the image he sees reflected back at him. He’s tall and lanky and pasty, almost a caricature of a male teenage nerd. His skin’s a couple of shades too pale to be truly attractive, the dark blue of his veins visible beneath his skin. And while being on the Cross Country and Swim teams have given him some muscle, it’s mostly of the lean variety and he can still see the outline of his ribs and collarbones all too easily, skin pulled taut over bone. He looks sun-deprived and just a little underfed – not the uber-attractive picture of health, not like a male model or anywhere close to that.
But that’s not what Mike’s focused on at the moment – and there have been many, many moments where he’s stood in front of this mirror, cataloging all his various imperfections.
No, what Mike’s zeroed in on is the dark spot right along his collarbone, a bruise in the shape of someone’s thumbprint. Twisting, gorge rising into his throat, Mike can see the accompanying fingerprint bruises along the high ridge of his shoulder, like a disgusting tattoo….
Right where Zach was gripping him earlier, the press of his hand heavy and threatening, leaving a mark that Mike now can’t look away from.
The bruises, now that he’s noticed them, throb slightly, a painful reminder of that moment in the locker room, when the optimistic hope he’s been luxuriating in the past few days was rudely tempered by the reality that people are watching him and El, watching and judging and disapproving. Worse, there’s part of him that’s still doubting that this could be real, that El really might want to be with him, and Zach’s voice has given that doubt a rallying point, a see, it’s not just me! for his brain to wield as a cudgel.
God, Mike doesn’t know what to do – he barely knows how to make sense of all these emotions. He can feel himself deflating a bit as he finishes undressing, content enough to just sleep in his boxers, and his shoulders slump as he sinks back onto the edge of his mattress.
The book he’s borrowing from El is pressed against his thigh, the edge of the spine digging into him a bit, and he picks it back up, cradling it once more. A smile comes to his face, unbidden, breaking through the clouds that are threatening to swallow him whole. And, before he’s even fully aware of what he’s doing, he sets the book down in the middle of the bed and reaches for his phone as he slides under the covers.
getting ready to finish storm front. prepare for my incoming review, is what he texts El, hoping that he’s not texting too late or anything (and knowing that, even if he is, she’ll see it in the morning).
At best, he’s hoping to get a text back in a couple of minutes if she’s still awake. At worst, he knows she’ll see it tomorrow and corner him once they’re in Trig.
But what he gets instead is the buzzing of his phone a minute later, El’s name flashing across the screen with her incoming call.
The smile on Mike’s face grows to face-splitting proportions – Zach, who? – and he rushes to answer. “Isn’t it a little late to be calling?” he says in lieu of a greeting.
“Oh my god, how close are you? How many more pages? What’s happening?” The questions come at him rapid fire, El’s voice high-pitched and giddy with excitement, like she can’t contain herself.
Mike can’t help it – he laughs as he settles into bed, leaning back against the pillows. “Ok, wow, slow your roll there,” he says, humor laced in every word. “I didn’t say I was currently reading it, just that I’m getting ready to finish. Besides, I have, like….” He trails off, grabbing the book with the hand not holding his phone so he can thumb through the pages, roughly counting how many are left. “50 pages to go until I finish. It’s not like I’m down to the last 5 pages and asking you to wait on the line while I finish them.”
“Well, how long would it take you to read 50 pages?” El asks and, if Mike’s not mistaken, there’s a needy edge to El’s voice. “Because I can wait – would be happy to, really. I just… need to talk to you about this book. I’ve been waiting for you to finish it so we can flail about it.”
God, how is this his life right now? It’s late at night and he’s talking to the girl he has a massive crush on about her favorite book, the one she’s dying for him to finish so she can talk to him about it. “You mean you haven’t gotten it all out of your system with Will?”
“Well, I mean, I liked talking to Will about it, but….” El trails off, her breath leaving her in a soft sigh that sends a shiver skittering down his spine. “Will’s not you.”
Oh, that’s… amazing.
Mike has to hold back the lovesick sigh that threatens to escape him, but he can’t stop smiling like a fool. “Well, I should be finished with it before midnight. We can talk about it tomorrow, I promise.”
A squeal comes from the other end of the line, ending in a bright giggle that sets Mike’s soul aflame. “Ok, ok, tomorrow, lunch, out on the bleachers, you and me – we’re gonna get into it. Be ready to give me everything you got, ok? I wanna hear it, so don’t hold anything back. The full Mike Wheeler opinion, nothing less.”
Mike’s heart leaps into his throat. El’s asking – no, telling – him to have lunch with her, just the two of them, so they can talk about something absolutely non-school related. For a moment, panic spikes in his veins, stabbing him in the heart – people could see, people could talk – and the bruises on his shoulder dig into his skin with a painful throb, a reminder that someone is always watching.
But a surge of relief washes through him as he realizes El’s proposing they eat lunch outside on the bleachers… where no one can see them. They’ll be safe from prying, judging eyes and the knot of uncertainty, of panic, in his stomach untangles itself. “I’ll put it in my calendar,” he says, voice husky with relief, excitement beginning to build in his veins at the thought of spending more time with El.
“Excellent, perfect!” El says, another giggle escaping her. “Ok, I’m gonna let you go so you can get on finishing that book and – yeah, I’ll let you go. God, I can’t wait until tomorrow. You have no idea how excited I am.”
“Oh, I think I have some idea,” Mike says, almost murmuring the words. He closes his eyes, letting himself luxuriate in the sound of her voice in his ear, and breathes out a soft sigh. “I’ll see you tomorrow. Night, El.”
El lets out what sounds like a low hum of pleasure, happy and peaceful and soft all at the same time. Mike just wants to wrap himself in that sound and live in it for the rest of his life. “Night, Mike. Have fun reading! Can’t wait to see you tomorrow.”
Mike hangs up first, hurrying to do it lest he say something embarrassing, like accidentally blurting out that he’s falling in love with her or something. But there’s no stopping the pitter-patter of his heart or the army of butterflies that have taken over his stomach, filling him with a dizzying, swooping sensation like he’s flying and falling all at once.
Unable to stop smiling, Mike sets his alarm, puts his phone down on the nightstand, and opens El’s book to where he last left off. It doesn’t take him long to get back into it, eyes rapidly drinking in every word on the page, and he easily lets himself get sucked into the climax of the story, the rousing heroics as the main character solves the mystery and saves the day.
It’s just before midnight by the time Mike finishes the book and he puts it down next to his phone with a mental note to return it to El in the morning. He’s eager, in a way that only El can bring out in him, to go to school tomorrow, eager to see her again and talk to her and just be with her.
He falls asleep, still smiling, excitement temporarily calming so he can wrap himself in it gently, like it’s a warm and cozy blanket on a cold winter’s night.
But, the entire time, the bruises on his shoulder throb low and steady against his skin. The pain burrows deep into the back of his mind, seeking out the dark corners of his mind….
Waiting for the perfect moment to strike.
Notes:
Ah, and here you were thinking (hoping?) I'd left Zach behind. NOPE. Homeboy's got some more fucking up of shit left to do for our dear protagonists. His part to play is nowhere near done, muahahaha.
For the next chapter, I'm hoping it'll be another couple of weeks like this time? It's gonna be longer than this one, I already know it, so maybe three weeks instead of two. Hopefully. In the meantime, though, come bug me on tumblr @fatechica! I've been trying to be more active there recently now that my life's settled down a bit and I miss all of you. So, if you're a fan of someone ranting about mileven in the tags, then boy do I have a bunch of stuff you'll like. Catch y'all on the flip side!
Chapter 13: ...suddenly they become so much better
Notes:
I just...this chapter, I.....have no words. Because I've used them all in the chapter. All 28k of them.
Yes, that's right. In a little over a week, I've written 28k words for this fic. And I don't know how.
So, yeah, I'm just gonna let you all go and enjoy this spectacular piece of word vomit.
keep your arms and legs inside the ride at all times, folks. it's a doozy......
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
It’s Tuesday, the fourth one of the school year, and it’s official: El Hopper is in love.
She has to be – it’s the only reasonable explanation for how she feels, for what’s happening to her. There's no other way to explain the tremulous fluttering in her chest, the way the rest of the world ceases to exist whenever she’s in the same room as him… the way she only has eyes for the beautiful boy who’s totally and completely stolen her heart.
Case in point: El’s sitting in the cafeteria on this fine Tuesday in late September, supposedly having lunch with Carrie and some of Carrie’s friends from Yearbook and Student Government. But what she’s really doing is staring across the cafeteria at Mike where he’s sitting with the rest of his friends, all of them smiling and laughing and having a good time.
I wonder what he’s thinking about. El sighs, chin resting in the palm of one hand as she stares, all lovesick and twitterpated. Is he thinking about me? At least a little bit? God, I hope so.
As she watches, Mike turns to look over from Will to Dustin and, on his way, his gaze passes over her. El catches his eye and Mike freezes, just for a second, eyes wide and inscrutable. But, then, he smiles, just the tiniest quirk of his lips, a smile meant just for her.
The sight of it sets her heart racing and El smiles back, a fierce blush blooming on her cheeks. She looks away when it all gets to be too much, gaze ducking, almost demurely, as she reaches up with one hand to tuck her hair behind her ear, a nervous and delicate motion that is undeniably flirty despite it all.
Her heart feels like she’s just run a marathon, her blood sizzling with adrenaline, and El looks back up at Mike. He’s no longer looking at her, refocusing his attentions on whatever’s happening at his table, but there’s a light blush on his cheeks that wasn’t there moments ago and her stomach swoops dangerously. She feels like she’s moments away from just marching across the cafeteria and doing something bold and crazy like kiss him in front of the entire school.
God, she can practically picture it: her steps, sure and purposeful, as she strides across the open cafeteria floor; Mike looking at her with warm confusion as she gets near; her hands reaching down to cup his face, skin warm beneath her fingers; him leaning up as she bends down, confusion all but gone as their mouths meet in a scorching hot kiss that lights her aflame; his lips soft and warm and demanding as he kisses her back, not caring that everyone’s watching them, his arms encircling her waist to pull her onto his lap and….
“El! Hey, Earth to El! You in there?”
The voice – Carrie’s – rings loudly against her eardrum as an elbow nudges her none-so-gently, digging into her ribs.
El jumps and lets out a squeal of surprise. Her blush turns full-on crimson as she’s yanked rudely out of her fantasy, her face bright enough that she’s sure it has to be visible from space. “What? Hi, yes, um… what?” The words come out in a tumbled rush and El looks around the table to see everyone looking back at her with amused grins on their faces.
“Wow, you were really zoned out there. Where’d you go while you were off in La La Land?” Carrie asks, grin turning cheeky, one eyebrow arched almost knowingly.
“Oh, um, you know….” El trails off and waves one hand through the air with a vague sweeping motion. “Just… thinking.”
“Clearly our company isn’t engaging enough.” This is spoken by Alan Chung, who is Carrie’s boyfriend and Student Body Vice President and he says the words in such a way as to let El know that he’s joking. “The great El Hopper has much higher standards for how she wants to be entertained.”
“Ugh, Alan, stop,” Carrie says, grinning despite the way she rolls her eyes. “That’s not what’s going on.”
A snort comes from another corner of the table, this from Jessie Spearman, who’s the Assistant Editor of the Yearbook and one of Carrie’s really good friends. “No, clearly this is about a boy.” Jessie pauses, dark eyebrows coming together as she thinks. “Or a girl, I guess, though little Miss Hopper has given us no indication that she swings that way at all.”
El frowns. “Not true. There have been girls I’ve been attracted to, but….” El lets her gaze slide back over to where Mike’s sitting and she sighs. No one, man, woman, or anything in between, will ever compare to Mike Wheeler and that’s a fact. She wants to drown in him and never find her way back to the surface; she wants to get lost in darkness of his gaze, the timbre of his voice, the way he makes her feel like she’s the only person on the face of the planet when they spend time together. God, she just wants so badly and –
Another elbow to the ribs pulls her back to the present again and El lets out a yelp this time. “See? Only love can do this to a person,” Jessie says and the look on her face turns devilish as a grin twists her lips. “Ok, El, spill it. Who’s the guy?”
Carrie lets out a giggle. “Yes, El, please tell us what kind of guy the average beautiful and sophisticated New Yorker finds attractive?”
El eyes the table, one eyebrow arched as she looks at the assembled faces. “You guys promise not to laugh at me?” She’s not ashamed of her feelings for Mike, not at all, but after what happened when she told Jen, she’s really not in the mood to experience that level of drama.
“Hey, we’re all about not kink shaming at this table,” Alan says. “You do you, as I always say.”
Carrie rolls her eyes at her boyfriend and sighs. “What my well-intentioned if idiotic boyfriend is trying to say is that we would never make fun of you for liking who you like.”
“Yeah,” Jessie chimes in. “That kind of shit is reserved for the Stacey and her sycophants.” She pauses, an eyebrow arched at El knowingly. “No offense to any of your other friends, of course.”
El lets out a sigh, knowing that it’s true. “None taken.” The reassurances from the table ease the knot of anxiety in her stomach and El smiles, relieved.
“So? Who’s the guy?” Jessie asks. “‘Cause I’m dying to know now.”
The smile on El’s face turns giddy as she thinks about the boy she’s 100% sure she’s fallen for. “Mike Wheeler.”
For half a moment, there’s a stunned silence. “Oh my god, no way,” Jessie breathes, awe dawning on her face and slowly taking over her expression. “Like, A/V Club President, Mike Wheeler?” Everyone turns to look at her with surprise. “What? I’m in charge of the Club pages. I know things.”
Carrie turns to El and smiles, looking almost smug. “I knew it! I knew something was going on there. The two of you always look so chummy when you come in to Chemistry together.”
“Never mind how you were practically sitting in his lap last week during lunch – yes, we all saw, so don’t deny it,” Alan says with a snicker in his voice. “Though never thought I’d see the day where the popular and beautiful new girl would fall for Hawkins High’s resident nerd. Guess it really does take all kinds, doesn’t it?”
“Oh my god, stop,” Carrie says. “Why do I even like you?”
“Because I’m sweet and I let you have more than half my french fries?” Alan offers, glancing down at the tray that once held a grilled cheese sandwich and a pile of fries.
Carrie giggles and leans over to give her boyfriend a quick kiss. “Oh, yeah, that’s right.”
Jessie looks over at El, shaking her head fondly at the cute display in front of her, and smiles. “So, you two going to go to Homecoming together?”
El sighs with undisguised longing. She thinks about the Homecoming flyers that are posted around school, the ones announcing the ticket sales and theme (“Fall Into the Season”) and the date, two weeks from this Saturday, which is just enough time to go shopping and pick out a beautiful dress. She snagged a copy of the flier when they were being passed out in Homeroom earlier that morning, just to make sure she wouldn’t forget any of the details, and it’s like it’s burning a hole in her backpack, waiting for her to gather up the courage to do something about it.
“I don’t know if he’s going to ask me,” El says, knowing that Mike probably won’t. But, god, the thought of Mike asking her, all sweet and shy and perfect, stumbling a little over the words as an adorable blush creeps up over his cheeks? Oh, that makes her heart feel all sorts of fluttery and she has to gulp back the sighing giggle that wants to escape her. Maybe there’s a way I can give him the hint that I want him to ask me, El thinks, feeling all giddy at the prospect. But, worse comes to worst, El knows…. “If he doesn’t, though, I’ll ask him, instead.”
“Yes, seize the bull by those horns,” Alan says, all teasing cheer and affirmation. “Besides, guys like it when girls take the initiative. Takes all the guesswork out of it for us.”
“Yeah, but it’s not really that romantic, is it?” Jessie fires back with before she looks at Carrie with a look brimming with sympathy. “Carrie, my dear, I’m so sorry your boyfriend is an unromantic lout.”
Carrie giggles as Alan splutters out an offended “Hey!” and then the rest of the table is laughing, El right along with the rest of them and, for the moment, she lets herself live in the simple joy of this moment, of spending time with friends, laughing over something silly.
But then Jessie turns back to her, a smile on her face. “But, seriously, good for you. You know who you want and you’re going after him. Hopefully he likes you back, though I’m not sure who wouldn’t. Like, anyone in this school would be lucky to be with you. And I haven’t spent a lot of time with Mike, but I’ve had a couple of classes with him over the years and he’s a nice guy.” She pauses, shrugging. “A little nerdy, maybe, but nice. Don’t know if I’ve ever heard of him having a girlfriend before, so he’s probably gonna be pretty new to all of this, just fair warning.”
The words serve as something of a reality check and fondness fills El’s heart with unbearable softness. She knows Mike is special, a guy anyone would be lucky to be with, but she can tell he’s been hurt before even if she doesn’t know how and it’s a good reminder to take extra care with his heart… if Mike for sure even likes her back, that is.
Cross that bridge when I get to it, El thinks, brushing aside the way her heart squeezes painfully at the thought of Mike not liking her back in the same way. Instead, she focuses on how determination fills her, how it makes her heart race with excited anticipation. “Thanks for the warning,” El says, nodding at Jessie. “I wanna make sure I do this right.”
“God, I can’t wait to see how Stacey and her little clique react to you and Mike going to Homecoming together,” Carrie says with a snicker. “Like, she is not going to approve of you two.”
El sits up straight and sniffs in prim derision. “Well, Stacey can take her opinion and stuff it. She’s not the boss of me. I like who I like and the only other person who’s part of the conversation is the person I’m attracted to.”
“Well, if there’s anyone in this school who can stand up to Stacey and her little draconian dictatorship, it’s probably you,” Jessie says. “Honestly, I don’t know how you stand being friends with her.”
El shrugs and picks at the remnants of her lunch. “Honestly, I don’t know either, sometimes. I mostly hang out with that group for the girls who are on Pep Squad with me, like Jen and Ashley and stuff. And Stacey’s not all bad, but… yeah, she’s a little –”
“A bit of a bitch? Judgmental and snobby? A stuck up bully?” Alan offers.
Carrie lets out a snort. “Yeah, try all of the above.”
“Yeah, that’s the part I don’t like,” El says. “Which is why I only eat lunch with them about once a week.” Honestly, El’s pretty proud of the groups of friends she’s managed to become a part of outside of the popular girl clique – Mike and his friends, Lily and the other theater kids, the friends she’s made from her Photography elective, Carrie and her friends – hell, she’s even started making friends with the guys from the Basketball team thanks to the game she went to last Saturday night as part of the Pep Squad. It lets her float from group to group and she’s getting to the point where she pretty much sits with a different group during lunch every day of the week.
Really, the only exception to this so far has been last week where she ate lunch with Mike and his friends on Thursday and then ate lunch with just Mike on Friday so they could have an in-depth conversation about the first Dresden Files novel.
(if el tries hard enough, she can pretend it was like she and mike were out on a date – just the two of them, sitting on the bleachers, facing each other as they ate lunch under the midday sun. his eyes were bright and happy as they talked, hands moving with rapid pace as he gestured to go with the animated pace of his words. their legs were folded in front of them, knees just touching, and it was the most thrilling feeling el’s ever experienced in her entire life, being so close to him while his attention was 100% focused on her and their conversation. she wanted so bad to lean over and kiss him so many times, to have his lips move against hers in a kiss instead of in the shape of his words, and she’s amazed she barely managed to hold herself back. god, she just wants, so badly, to be with him.)
But, well, there’s always an exception to everything. And, really, El has more things to worry about than making sure she’s spreading her time evenly between all her various friends groups. Or even Stacey’s subpar treatment of others (which El knows she’s going to have to deal with sooner rather than later, if she’s being honest with herself, but it’s not big enough of an issue… yet).
No, for the moment, there’s only one thing El’s worried about…
And that’s making sure her and Mike go to Homecoming together.
The way El sees it, at the end of the day, she knows she can just ask Mike herself. But, probably to nobody’s surprise, El’s something of a romantic and she just loves the idea of Mike asking her. So much so that she’s going to at least try, over the next few days, to drop just the right kinds of hints that, hey, maybe he should ask her to the dance.
And if that doesn’t work, El figures she’ll at least have given him the signals that she’s interested in going to the dance with him. That way, if she ends up having to ask him, it won’t come as a complete surprise. Because in so many ways, Mike reminds her of nothing more than an adorable, skittish colt – one wrong move and he’ll go running off in the other direction faster than she can blink.
El pretty much finishes coming up with her plan by the end of US History (during which she can’t stop herself at all from stealing glances over at Mike during the lecture; occasionally, she manages to look at him while he’s looking over at her and, oh, the tingly feeling that goes running across every nerve whenever that happens is enough to take her breath away). But she holds off once class has ended, even though she knows she has every opportunity to kick things off on the brief walk she and Mike have from US History to Chemistry. She just doesn’t want to have this conversation where there are so many people and a busy school hallway in between periods is no place to start implementing such a delicate plan, after all.
So, El decides to talk about something else instead:
Logistics for their study session after school that day.
It’s going to be the third time she and Mike meet up after school to work on homework since getting paired up for US History and the second day in a row after meeting up at Mike’s house yesterday. And, with a test coming up in Trig on Friday, a Chem test the following Monday, and an outline of their History project due Thursday, they decided to just continue working together.
Plus, El’s started asking Mike for a little bit of help in her English class, giving them more reason to talk and spend time together. Not a lot of help – El’s not completely hopeless, after all – but just enough guidance to make her feel better about her work.
But El has a… suggestion for where to get together to study and do homework.
“Hey, so, I was thinking, for tonight….” El says, trailing off with a teasing lilt to her voice, grabbing at Mike’s elbow with her hand to get his attention.
(even though she can feel the tension radiating off of him, knowing he’s painfully aware of her presence next to him. their arms brush against each other’s every few steps as they walk, the heat of the contact searing into her skin through the thin blouse she’s wearing, and it takes everything she has to keep from grabbing his hand and lacing their fingers together. she hopes that the tension she can feel from him is a good one, that he likes being as close to her as she does to him.)
Mike looks over at her with an arched eyebrow and, deep around the edges of his gaze, she can see what she can only describe as awe, barely perceptible through the amusement that’s predominantly shining from his eyes. It’s so reaffirming that he looks at her and sees someone amazing and El would be lying if she said it wasn’t also incredibly addicting. Mike makes her feel like she can do anything and it’s the best feeling in the world.
“Uh oh, you thinking? That sounds dangerous,” he says, voice quiet but teasing, completely without pause. This is a more recent development, the lack of hesitation when engaging in what’s becoming their normal flirty back-and-forth, and El loves it. She loves that Mike feels comfortable enough to tease her without fear, without worry of how she’s going to respond.
Still doesn’t mean she doesn’t respond, though. El pouts up at him, giving him her best wounded pout. “You’re so mean to me, did you know that?”
There’s a hitch in Mike’s breathing, audible only because they’re walking so closely together. And, if El’s not mistaken, Mike’s gaze drops briefly down to her mouth, lingering long enough that it makes her feel all squirmy inside. “Oh, please, I’m the opposite of mean,” Mike says, sounding a tad more breathless than he did just a moment ago. “So, go on, tell me your idea.”
The pout on El’s face disappears as a smile takes its place, all giddy and giggly. “Well, I was thinking, we could actually have our study session at my house tonight. My dad’s working late, so it’ll be quiet, and we can, like, order pizza or something for dinner. This way, we don’t have to take a break to eat. And I like your mom’s cooking, and all – really, her food’s so good – but we’ll be able to get more work done.” She pauses, eyebrows arching as she looks up at him. “So, whaddya think? Sound good?”
Mike stares at her, wide eyed, as they approach their Chemistry classroom. His face has gone slack with what El is hoping is shock and not fear, and it takes him moving his mouth a couple of moments before sounds actually comes out. “Oh, um, your dad, he won’t… be there?”
El lets out a sighing giggle. “Yeah, well, sometimes he has to work late – covering his guys’ shifts, and all, so they can have a night off.”
“And he won’t, um….” Mike trails off, tongue darting out to lick his lips. God, he’s nervous, El realizes, and it’s beyond adorable. “He won’t mind us being, you know….”
At that, El can’t help but grin at what Mike’s hinting at. “You mean he won’t mind his teenage daughter alone at home with a boy?” El says, grin growing, almost gleefully wicked. “Well, I trust you won’t take advantage of the situation.” She slows down as they get to the door to their Chemistry class and turns to look at him fully. There’s a blush on Mike’s face that just keeps spreading as the seconds go by and, lord, does she love pushing his buttons like this, seeing how far she can go. “Besides, my dad knows I know how to handle myself if you do something I don’t want you to. And, well….” She trails off, giving herself a moment to give him a very heavy look, gaze traveling down and up his frame. “You know.”
She’s not going to come out and say it – that there’s not much he could do that she doesn’t want him to do – since it’s a little too early to be putting that sentiment to words. But it’s clear Mike picks up on her meaning anyway and he turns almost crimson with the insinuation. Pleased beyond measure, El lets out what can only be described as a flirty giggle and winks up at him. “I'm gonna head on in. See you out in the parking lot after your practice.”
This is how, a few hours later, she finds herself at her house, her and Mike sitting at the kitchen table….
Alone.
Contrary to what she hinted at with her over-the-top flirtatiousness, however, they really are working – there’s too much on her plate worry about school-wise for El to test out putting the moves on Mike while they have the house to themselves. Besides, she’s honestly committed to taking things slow with him. She really wants to get this right and rushing things has only come back to bite her in the ass before, so she’d rather not have that happen with Mike, thank you very much.
Mike’s a little tense as they get started, looking over his shoulder like her dad’s going to jump out and accuse him of “taking advantage of my little girl”, but he relaxes as they get into doing their homework, first working on US History and then moving on to studying for their Trig test. They keep working until they start to get hungry a couple of hours into their study session and El orders a couple of pizzas with some of her saved-up allowance money, knowing if she makes sure to get some for her dad that he’ll pay her back when he gets home.
Agreeing to take a short break to eat a couple of slices, Mike moves aside their things while El goes over to the fridge and grabs them a couple of sodas. “Coke or root beer?” El asks, holding out the crisply cold cans, the chilled aluminium biting into her skin.
Mike narrows his eyes in consideration, chewing on his lower lip as he decides. “Um...coke, please.”
El sits down as she hands him his soda. “Here you go,” she says.
“Thanks,” Mike says with a small smile and, for a couple of moments, they eat in silence. It’s nice, El realizes, nice and domestic and quaint in a way that tugs at her heart strings. It makes her want this, the quiet intimacy, the way this feels both exciting and soothing at the same time, knowing that there’s no one there to bother them or judge them. A seed of yearning buries itself deep in her heart and El knows it’s just going to keep growing until it overtakes her entirely. But, for the moment, she’s just enjoying being with Mike like this, where they’re both relaxed and happy and at ease with each other.
This is your chance, you know, comes the whisper from the back of her mind. El realizes the voice is right: they’re alone, no embarrassing parents or siblings to get in the middle of their conversation, and they’re taking a short break from schoolwork, so she won’t be distracting them. Besides, if she looks over at her stack of papers sitting on the table, the ones she pulled from her backpack, she can see the bright pink paper that the flyer for Homecoming is printed on amongst the stack and it’s taunting her, reminding her of her plan with niggling intensity.
El takes a sip of her root beer to clear her throat and draws in a deep breath, readying herself. She glances at Mike who’s sitting across the table from her, looking down at his own plate, completely relaxed and seemingly content. Ok, you can do this, she thinks, giving herself a pep talk. Just don’t be so obvious that you scare him off entirely and you’ll be good.
“So, I got a question for you,” El says once she thinks she’s ready.
Mike raises his gaze to look at her, brows arched just a bit, looking both curious and concerned at the same time. “Yeah, shoot,” he says before he takes a bite of his pizza.
El grins, wrinkling her nose for added effect, and folds her arms in front of her on the table. “Can you explain Homecoming to me? Like, what’s the big deal exactly? Is it like it is in the movies?”
Mike startles, caught off guard by the question, and he goes a little pale as he chews and swallows the food in his mouth. Given how El’s only a couple of feet away, she can very easily see the way this makes the freckles on his cheeks and nose stand out and her fingers itch to reach across to trace every pattern she can possible find in them and then some. “Oh, um, I don’t… really know.” He licks his lips and lets out a shaky breath. “You’ve never been?”
El shrugs, trying to come across as more relaxed than she’s feeling. “My old school really didn’t have Homecoming. At best, we had this, like, Fall Harvest dance, so my only knowledge about Homecoming comes from teen movies.” She’s careful to keep her tone inquisitive and casual, like she’s not really invested in this at all (even though she is so very, very much).
Mike seems to relax, a little bit of color returning to his face. “Yeah, I imagine it’s pretty similar to what you’ve seen in movies. You know, big football game, parade, cheesy dance and the whole bit.” He shrugs, echoing her previous movement. “At least, I’m assuming. I’ve never been.”
If El hadn’t found out earlier that he’d never had a girlfriend, assuming what Jessie told her is true, she’d be surprised at this – never been to Homecoming? With how cute he is? Impossible! But, really, she just feels for him, especially given the way his voice turns down, sounding small and lost and almost heart-broken. God, if El ever meets any of the girls who’ve made Mike feel like this…. “Never wanted to go?” El asks as her head tilts just so to one side. She’s pretty sure she knows what the answer is, but she very much wants to hear what he has to say.
Mike gives her a smile that is harsh, almost bitter, before it disappears and he breathes out a hollow laugh. “Never had anyone to go with. Or….” He trails off, shaking his head as he looks down at his plate. “Never had anyone who wanted to go with me, actually.”
There’s something in Mike’s voice that tugs at every heart string El has and her grin softens into a small smile, turning warm and gentle. “Now that I find hard to believe.” El waits until Mike’s looking back up at her, until her gaze meets his, the look in his eyes both hopeful and confused, before she continues. “I’m positive there’s someone out there who’s wanted to go to Homecoming with you.” Me, if no one else, she thinks but doesn’t say.
Mike stares at her for a long moment, as if trying to decipher what she’s saying, but he looks away after a second, as if holding her gaze is too hard. “Thanks, but….” He closes his eyes, shaking his head just a bit as he lets out another one of those hollow laughs. It’s like he can’t bring himself anywhere close to accepting her compliment, like believing in what she’s saying is absolutely impossible.
“What about you?” he asks once he’s opened his eyes, jaw clenching like he’s determined to ignore whatever negative spiral of emotions are twisting inside of him, and El’s more than a little impressed at his resolve. Plus, it’s attractive as hell. “You interested in going?”
El’s breath catches in her throat and her palms suddenly feel a little clammy as excitement thrums low and steady inside of her
This is it. This is her moment.
El giggles, unable to help herself, and gives him a soft smile. She knows she can’t keep what she’s really thinking off her face and, well, too late to stop now (honestly, her self control around Mike is atrocious). “Yeah, if the right person asked me,” she says, the arch of her eyebrow heavy with meaning.
Mike gulps, his Adam’s apple bobbing hard beneath his skin as his cheeks warm oh so slightly. “Oh,” he all but squeaks out, voice tight and a little breathless, looking at her like he can’t believe what she’s saying, like there’s no way he’s hearing her right.
El lets out another giggle, more amused than anything (she’s not laughing at him – she’s not – but Mike’s the cutest guy she’s ever seen in her entire life and she loves how easily she overwhelms him). “What about you? You gonna go?”
The question jolts him and he looks at her with wide eyes, like the meaning of it is filtering through the layers of his brain. “Probably not,” Mike says after a moment, with a shake of his head. “Just….” He sighs, sounding impossibly sad. “Probably not.”
El wishes she knew what he was going to say. But she knows it’s all she’s going to get from him about this for the moment, so she decides to move on. “Well, I hope you change your mind.” She shrugs. “At the very least, it’s always fun to get dressed up and go dancing like a crazy person. Definitely one of my favorite activities.”
A snort escapes Mike and he looks at her, humor rising in his gaze, the sad awkwardness fading as the focus moves off of him. “You would think that, wouldn’t you?”
“Live like there’s no tomorrow, I always say.” There’s a cheek-splitting grin on her face and laughter bubbles up inside of her, giddy and relieved that she actually managed to follow through and pull off her plan. She laid the groundwork for Homecoming, gave Mike the hint that she’d be more than open to him asking her, and didn’t make a fool of herself in the process. Wins all around, really.
Some of El’s jubilation escapes her in a low chuckle as she gestures at him with her half-eaten slice of pizza. “C’mon, we should get back to work. I still want to ask you a couple of questions about my English assignment before you head home.”
Mike gives her a look, gaze flat with one eyebrow arched dryly. “Oh, so this is going to be a regular thing, you asking for help with your English class.”
El looks right back and feels her lips curl up in a challenging grin. “Hey, you offered to help, remember? You gonna reneg?”
Mike breathes out a laugh, shaking his head with amusement. “No, just… you’re something else, you know that?”
“In a good way or a bad way?” El asks, biting down on her lower lip to keep from smiling too much, feeling light and bubbly from the humor that builds in her veins.
“Don’t know yet,” Mike says. His lips twitch like he’s trying to tamp down his own smile and he’s barely succeeding. “When I figure it out, I’ll let you know.”
“I’m gonna hold you to that,” El says as she arches her eyebrows in warning. “Gonna set a reminder to ask you and everything.”
Mike rolls his eyes and the laugh that escapes him sounds a little breathless. “God, what am I…?” He lets the rest of his sentence go unsaid as he shakes his head. “Never mind, let’s just get back to work.”
They’re in a good mood as they get back to it. They finish up working on Trig as they eat the last of their pizza, El making sure that some is left for her dad, and have moved on to Chemistry by the time Hopper gets home.
El misses the sight of her dad’s headlights coming up the driveway, too focused on listening to Mike to have awareness for anything else. They’re taking turns quizzing each other with the flashcards she made and it’s Mike’s turn to ask the questions. So neither of them hear her dad come in through the front door as Mike reads out another question.
“How many total electrons can occupy the principle energy level?” Mike asks, gaze darting back and forth between her and the index cards in his hands, lips quirking in an encouraging smile.
El closes her eyes, squinting behind her eyelids as she tries to picture the answer. God, she can just see it…. “Um, it’s….”
But, before El can answer, Hopper’s booming voice explodes in the air around them. “What’s this? Clothes and hair are all in place? No hint of alcohol or drugs? Huh, guess you really are studying.”
Several things happen in the immediate aftermath of Hop’s entrance, many of them all at once. El’s eyes fly open, a tiny shriek escaping her as she nearly topples out of her chair in surprise. Meanwhile, the air leaves Mike’s lungs in a panicked “holy shit!”, flashcards flying through the air with a heavy flutter they startle out of his grip.
And, all the while, El can hear the sounds of her dad desperately trying not to laugh out loud and she whirls around to glare at him as she regains her balance. “Dad, oh my god, warn us next time!” She pauses, mind going over what her dad just said, and a blush creeps up her cheeks despite herself. “And, ugh, I told you we were going to be studying. Thanks for thinking I might be a liar, though.” El glances over at Mike, apology heavy in her gaze. He manages to give her a tight smile as he works to gather the flashcards back up into a single stack, but his face is both pale and flushed at the same time, panic and embarrassment warring for control of his expression.
“Yeah, well, there’s a big difference between studying and studying.” Hop emphasizes his point with liberal use of air quotes as he goes over to the fridge, reaching in for what El accurately guesses is a beer. “Let me tell you, I did a lot of studying when I was your age, if you catch my drift.”
El rolls her eyes as her dad waggles his eyebrows, comically exaggerated, and she would be more amused if Mike didn’t look like he was two heartbeats away from gathering his things into a hasty pile in his arms and running out the door screaming. “Ew, no one needs to hear about this, Dad.” God, the last thing she wants to hear about at all in front of Mike – or at all, really – is her dad’s sex life.
“Eh, someday you’ll understand,” Hop says with a dismissive wave of the hand not holding his beer as he strides over to the pizza El set aside for him on the counter. “So, how’s it going, you two? Getting some good studying done?”
El looks over at Mike to see him looking back at her, confusion reflected in his wide-eyed gaze. “Good, we were just studying for our Chem test next week when you rudely barged in and scared the crap out of us.”
“How can a man rudely barge into his own home, I ask you?” Hop murmurs as he puts a couple of slices on a plate and comes to sit down at the chair where he tossed his jacket.
“Exactly how you did it, by creeping into the kitchen like a troll and not announcing your presence when you walked through the front door,” El says, brow raised just slightly as she stares at Hop from across the table. “And, you know, accusing me of going behind your back, but that’s another issue entirely.”
“Eh, agree to disagree,” Hopper says before he takes a bite of his pizza. “So, Mike, is it?” he says a second later.
“I, um….” Mike trails off, looking to El for help or rescue or something.
El gives Mike a soft smile before turning back to her dad, startled panic fading into something closer to the normal fond annoyance she feels towards her dad when he’s in one of these moods, the one where it’s his mission to troll her as hard as humanly possible. “Yes, Dad, this is Mike. I told you in my text message, remember?” She looks at Mike, a teasing grin on her face. “Mike, I apologize for my dad’s total inability to do the things a good host does, like remember the names of his guests. Dementia: it’s a bitch.” That earns her a small smile – nothing more than a quick twitch of Mike’s lips, but it’s better than nothing, and she can see the way his eyes begin to warm with amusement.
“Hey!” Hopper says, pointing at her with one of the slices of his pizza. “I’m not decrepit yet, missy. You still got years left of me tormenting you with all my faculties intact, so show a little respect.”
El just arches an eyebrow. “Wow, wasn’t it you who taught me that respect is a two-way street?”
She and Hop stare at each other, gazes locked, for a couple of long and heavy seconds before Hop pointedly turns his gaze over to Mike. “So, Mike, El tells me you’re one of the smartest kids she’s ever met.”
Mike breathes out a nervous laugh. “I, um… really? That’s not true, there are people who are way smarter than me out there.”
“Not to hear El tell it. From what I hear, you’re in all the honors classes you can get into. That’s pretty smart in my book.”
Mike blushes to the tips of his ears and his fingers fidget with the corners of the flashcards he’s still holding. “Oh, um… thank you?”
El gives Mike another gentle smile before she looks pointedly at her dad. “Ok, are you gonna bother us for the rest of the evening? Or can Mike and I get back to studying?”
Hopper holds his hands up in surrender before he grabs his plate and his beer. “Alright, I know where I’m not wanted,” he says as he stands. “Guess I’ll just go eat in the family room. Sheesh, banished from my own kitchen….” His grumblings follow him as he leaves the kitchen and it’s only when El hears Hop settling down on the couch does she let out a sigh of relief.
“I’m so sorry about my dad,” El says, cringing a bit as she looks at Mike. “Normally, I’m the only victim of his trolling; didn’t mean to get you caught in the blast zone.”
“Eh, it’s ok,” Mike says through a dry chuckle, shrugging one shoulder almost lazily as he leans back into the chair. “What was it you said? About how parents are embarrassing?”
A huffed laugh escapes her and El finds herself rolling her eyes. “Oh, I remember. I think the key difference is my dad means to get a reaction out of me whereas I don’t think your mom does it intentionally.”
That earns her a full on laugh. “Oh, clearly you don’t know my mother very well yet,” Mike says. “Give it time and you’ll see how she lives to torment me.”
El giggles. “Hmm, maybe we should form a survivor’s group, or something, for teens who’ve been unfairly trolled by their parents.” A soft smile begins to creep up onto her face, unbearable fondness filling her as she looks across the table at Mike, almost unable to believe they’re sitting here like this, talking without it being weird or awkward or anything.
“You bring the coffee, I’ll bring the cookies,” Mike says with a chuckle. A second later, though, the amusement on his face fades away, replaced by gentle apology. “I should probably get going, though. It’s after 8:30 and I told my mom I’d be home by 9. But you can call me if you still want help with your English class later.”
“Yeah, sure, sounds good,” El says as she and Mike begin separating out their things, which have combined into a messy pile in the middle of the table. “Besides, it’s only a matter of time before my dad finds something on TV to watch and I don’t wanna have us deal with working through that noise – not when we’re trying to study.”
“We could still get together on Thursday to study for Trig though, if you wanted,” Mike says. He pauses, glancing behind him in the direction where Hop disappeared off to. “Maybe at my house, though, yeah?” he says, grinning almost mischievously.
That earns Mike a surprised laugh and El brings up a hand to cover her mouth. “Oh, god, definitely. Your mom at least won’t barge in accusing us of getting up to no good.”
Mike blushes, but he’s still chuckling. “Yeah, that sure was something,” he says, squirming a little, gaze ducking as he finishes gathering up his things and cramming them into his backpack.
El decides to spare him from having to talk about that anymore – poor boy’s had enough torment for one night – and lets the topic drop. “Here, let me walk you out.”
Mike looks over at her, head snapping up so fast, it causes his hair to fall into his eyes and he has to reach up with one hand to push his hair back. “Oh, um, you don’t have to do that.”
El’s heart most definitely gives the most lovesick skip at the sight of Mike running his fingers through his hair and she can’t help but smile, a bright giggle escaping from between her lips. “Hey, you’re my guest and I insist. Don’t force me to be rude, Mike Wheeler.”
“Ok, ok, fine,” Mike says as a small smile graces his mouth. “Wouldn’t want to force you to be rude, and all.”
“Aww, always the gentleman,” El says with a flirty lilt, one hand coming up so she can wrap a lock of hair around one finger.
“Well, I certainly try,” Mike says as El starts to lead them towards the front door.
She opens the door and steps aside so Mike can walk out into the night air. “I’ll call you later, yeah?”
Mike turns around as he steps over the threshold. “For your English assignment.”
“Or not,” El giggles. “I could just call you because I want to talk to you.” She pauses, one eyebrow arching. “If it’s ok with you, that is.”
Mike lets out an almost breathless laugh. “That’s always ok,” he says and the warmth of his words washes over her in a way that almost makes El swoon. He tenses, though, fingers of one hand plucking nervously at the strap of his backpack, and he glances down to stare intently at the toes of his shoes. Before El can ask what’s wrong, he sucks in a deep breath and looks back up at her. “Hey, um, El?”
There’s something in Mike’s voice that causes her breath to hitch in her chest, a breathless hope that tugs at her very soul. “Yeah?” she asks, stepping forward just enough to pull the door partially closed behind her so as to give them as much privacy as possible.
It’s like Mike’s harnessing every inch of courage he has to look at her, to not look away, and her heart goes out to him as he gulps. “About what you mentioned earlier – about Homecoming, I mean….”
Oh god, is this it? Is he actually going to ask me? El smiles and takes another half step closer. “What about it?” she says, just barely above a whisper.
Mike stares at her for what feels like an eternity, gaze boring down into her, eyes searching for something and El desperately wants to give him whatever it is. It’s only anticipation of what Mike’s has to say that keeps her rooted to the spot. Otherwise, there’d be no stopping her from lunging forward and pulling him down so she could kiss him. Because he’s close enough to and every inch of El’s being craves to know what would feel like to kiss him.
But, then, he looks away, whatever bravery that held him in place that long running out, and it’s like the wind goes out of his sails. “Nothing, um… never mind. Just….” He trails off, sighing. “I hope the right person asks you to Homecoming, is all, I guess.”
He almost did, El thinks, a little disappointed that he didn’t. But she smiles up at him anyway, getting a sense of just how much it took for Mike to get this close to asking her. “Yeah, me too,” El says, voice still quiet – any louder would destroy the hushed intimacy that surrounds them and El wouldn’t ruin that for the world.
“Well, I should….” Mike gestures behind him with a pointed thumb, fingers loosely curled in a fist, but he keeps his eyes on her the entire time, like he can’t look away.
“Yeah, you should,” El says. She reaches for him, hand squeezing his upper arm, touch lingering for maybe a second too long so she can enjoy the feel of him beneath her palm. “Talk to you later?”
At this, Mike smiles as he takes a step back, breaking the connection between them. “Yes, later. Later sounds good.” He gives her a little wave, smile turning almost shy, before he turns and heads down the porch steps.
El watches him for a couple of seconds, eyes eagerly drinking in every detail about him – the span of his shoulders, the smooth and easy way he reaches into his pocket for his keys, the lazy grace of his gait – before she turns and heads back inside. A sigh escapes her as she shuts the front door, fingers groping for the deadbolt to lock it behind her.
Her veins buzz with a strange combination of disappointment and yearning, hope weaving back and forth between them to tug violently on her heart. God, she just… she feels so much, it’s well beyond overwhelming and El desperately craves for something to break. She feels like, every day, she and Mike are that much closer to something wonderful and she can’t wait to see what it’s going to be like when they get there.
Just have to wait a little bit longer, she thinks with a bittersweet smile. She gives herself a mental shake – nothing she can really do about it now – and heads off to where her dad’s sitting on the couch, still deciding between the cable options for something to watch on TV.
Hopper looks over at her as El enters the family room. One eyebrow is raised in question, brow folding above it, and a soft grin pierces through the greying dark blond of his goatee. “Mike go home already, eh?” he says, not looking away as El comes over and plops down on the couch next to him.
“Yeah, we’re going to meet up again to study on Thursday,” El says as she leans against her dad, head pillowed on his shoulder.
“Hmm, well, he seems nice. Little quiet, though,” Hopper says, sniffing a little as he goes back to scrolling through the cable menu.
“That’s because you scare him,” El says. “He’s a great talker once you get to know him.”
“Oh?” There’s a curiously knowing edge to Hop’s voice and El knows the jig is up. “So you’ve gotten to know him, huh?”
El breathes out a laugh. “Yeah, well….” She trails off, wrapping her hands around her dad’s arm as she cuddles up against him. “I’m hoping he’ll ask me to Homecoming.”
“Ha, knew it,” Hopper says, voice quiet but with the unmistakable tone of victory. “Is he going to ask you, do you think?”
El shrugs as best she can where she’s curled up against Hop, but she can’t stop smiling. “I think he almost did tonight. And, if not, I’ll ask him instead.”
A low laugh rumbles against her ear and El finds herself smiling – for all she and Hop tease and troll each other, she loves him more than words can say. “That’s my girl,” he says, proud and supportive like a dad should be.
And she thinks – not for the first time, but never as strongly as right now – that things are finally, finally going right.
It’s official: Mike has no idea what’s going on and even less of a clue for what to do about it. He switches between emotions in the blink of an eye and it’s making him dizzy and frustrated, which only piles onto everything that he’s feeling.
One second, he’s confused and unsure, trying to figure out what El’s getting at by talking to him about Homecoming. The next, he’s panicking because oh god, does she expect him to ask her? That is what she was getting at, right? Then, at some point while that’s happening, hope will flare bright in his chest, making him feel lighter than air because, yes, he’s almost positive that because she expects him to ask her to Homecoming, she wants him to ask her….
Which triggers a fresh round of fear and disappointment in himself because, god, he is so not equipped to handle asking out a pretty girl. Especially not one as pretty as El.
Exhibit A of that is what happened on the Hoppers’ porch not 5 minutes ago where he’d just about screwed up the courage to ask El if she would go to Homecoming with him – despite the fact that he’s not even really sure if he wants to go, but if she wants to go, well then, hell, he’ll do just about anything to get her there – and then backed out at the last fucking minute because he’s such a fucking coward.
Mike throws his head back against the headrest and lets out a groan that’s almost more of a whine. How has he ended up here?
God, he has no idea what to do. Does El really want him to ask her to Homecoming? If so, why? What reason could she really have for wanting to go with him to a school dance? And how can she expect him to ask her if he can’t even figure any of this out?
But this is a good thing, right? That she wants him to ask her? Means she might actually really like him, that he hasn’t been imagining any of this. And, god, he wants to go out with her – scratch that, he wants more than that – he wants it all, whatever she’ll give him….
But how’s he supposed to get any of it when he slinks away from each opportunity she gives him like a dog with its tail between its legs? Mike’s never been any good with girls, like, at all. Seriously, given his track record, this is doomed to end in failure even before he starts.
Which brings him right back around to, oh god, he has no idea what to do.
Round and round these thoughts go in his head, whipping around in a lightning-fast loop and crackling along every neuron in his brain. It’s enough to make him want to tear his hair out and, honest to fucking god, the only thing keeping him from doing that is the fact that he’s currently driving and has both hands on the wheel because he’s a good driver, dammit.
When Mike gets home only 10 minutes after leaving El’s house, he feels like he’s been put through the wringer. All he wants to do is go up to his room and collapse into bed. But he still has homework to do in the classes he doesn’t share with El, so sleep is still a couple hours away. But, before he does that, though, he heads into the kitchen to grab something to drink.
His mom is in the kitchen, sipping at the last of her glass of wine while she reads something on her phone, bathrobe wrapped securely over her pajamas and she looks up as Mike crosses over to the fridge to grab a bottle of water. “Hey, how was studying with El?” she asks, voice hushed, keeping with the quiet, sleepy mood that comes over the rest of the house once Holly goes to bed.
“Good, got a lot of work done,” Mike says and he can’t keep his exhaustion from seeping into his words, so he doesn’t try to hide it. “I’m pretty tired, though, and I have a little more work left to do before I go to bed.”
Mike looks over at his mom in time to see her smiling at him, the expression soft and fond. “Those classes of yours, always assigning so much work,” she says with a shake of her head.
“Tell me about it,” he says with a roll of his eyes. “Well, g’night, Mom.” Mike turns to head back out of the kitchen and is almost out to the hallway when his mom calls after him.
“Sweetheart, is everything else alright?”
Mike pauses and turns just enough to look at his mom over his shoulder. “Yeah, Mom, I’m just tired, I promise,” he says, like a liar.
“Well, if you’re sure….” his mom says before she waves him off with a gentle hand. “Don’t work too hard, now. You need to make sure you get some sleep, too.”
“Will do,” Mike says with a small smile and he turns to finally head upstairs.
The sight of his full-sized bed has never looked more enticing, but Mike plops down onto his desk chair instead, resisting every urge to slump over the cluttered surface. He knows the second his head so much as hits a horizontal surface, that’ll be it for him, so he doesn’t dare give in now, not when he still has homework left.
Something seems to finally go his way for once and it doesn’t take him more than an hour to finish up both his work for Spanish and for his own English class. But that does mean he’s in the process of crawling into bed by the time El calls him like she said she would.
For a moment, Mike isn't sure he's going to answer. He stares down at the screen of his phone, covers pulled up to his waist as he sits up near his pillows. He isn’t sure if he has the emotional energy to handle talking to El right now given the whole roller coaster of emotions he experienced in the car on the way home. How’s he supposed to act like nothing’s wrong and keep from exposing himself as the worst kind of loser when he’s this fucking tired?
But, Mike knows he’d never leave El’s call unanswered. After all, he promised he’d help her, even if he didn’t use those exact words, and Mike’s not about to back out of a commitment now. So, he slides his finger across the screen to answer the call and presses his phone to his ear. “Hi, El,” he says.
“Hey, Mike,” is her almost breathless response. “Sorry, I wanted to call you earlier, but I was hanging out with my dad for a little bit after you left and didn’t get back to homework until, like, a half an hour ago.”
It’s weird – for all of Mike’s angst and exhaustion and overwhelming emotion, almost all of it caused by the girl on the other end of the call, the sound of El’s voice with its gentle sweetness immediately sets him at ease and Mike sighs as he leans back against the pillows. “It’s ok, it’s not too late or anything,” he says.
Thankfully, he manages not to sound like a total idiot or anything, giving away nothing of the turmoil raging inside of him. It’s easier to talk to her like this, when he’s in bed and snuggled beneath the covers. He just feels a little braver, like his anxiety can’t touch him here. “Did you need help with your English assignment or did you just want to talk?”
There’s the slightest pause from the other end of the line before El breathes out a soft giggle. Mike doesn’t know how his heart doesn’t explode at the sound. “Can’t it be both?”
Oh god, how does she always manage to make him feel like this, like he’s inches away from untethering from gravity’s hold entirely? She must have superpowers, I swear…. “Both is good, both is totally good,” Mike says with a low laugh of his own. “Let’s get the homework part out of the way first, though. How’s that going?”
El starts guiding him through her thought process for her assignment on “The Grapes of Wrath” (which he read last year and absolutely hated) and Mike finds that his anxiety and fear and all of the emotions that are just Too Much fade away from the sound of her voice. All he’s left with is the soft, thrilling warmth of what he feels for El, normally tucked safely into the protected corners of his heart, now reaching out to slip through his veins and infuse him with happiness. It’s still too much, but it’s the good kind, the kind he wants to live in forever.
By the time El’s finished getting reassurance that what she’s done for her English assignment isn’t complete garbage, their conversation slides over to anything but school – Mike whining that Will isn’t finished with the second Dresden Files novel yet, annoyed to the point where he’s thisclose to buying his own damn copy; Mike giving her his own book recommendations; the two of them talking about what Netflix shows they want to watch.
They do not talk about the Homecoming dance, however. Which is good because any time Mike’s thoughts get anywhere close to that perilous topic, his breath threatens to seize up in his lungs, chest growing tight – just from the mere thought . But all he has to do is focus back on her voice again and, suddenly, he can breathe again.
Despite how El’s voice seems to distract him from his thoughts and keep those negative emotions at bay, he knows he can’t talk to her all night – they do have to go to bed at some point. So, after they hang up for the night with promises of seeing each other in class the next day, all it takes is the lack of her voice in Mike’s ear for all his doubt and confusion and frustration to come roaring back in. His mind races, thoughts stuck in a depressed, disappointed loop as he tries and fails to fall asleep in a timely manner. He can’t stop thinking about El and the dance and what all of it means, gaze firmly fixed on the ceiling above him.
Ultimately, the conclusion he comes to is this: he’s almost 100% sure that El wants him to ask her to go to Homecoming (or, at least, he’s sure that’s what she wants him to think), which means that he’s almost 100% sure she likes him – likes likes him. But here’s the problem: he’s a) not totally sure, and Mike has learned not to take any risks with his heart under any circumstances because b) he’s a giant chickenshit. After all, he completely wussed out on asking El to the dance earlier and no amount of wishful thinking is suddenly going to make him any braver the next time he gets a chance… if there’s a next chance.
To make matters worse, Mike’s still a little freaked out by what happened between him and Zach last week in the locker room and it’s almost a guarantee Zach will do something to make Mike’s life a living hell if Mike and El appear to do anything someone could consider romantic. And, again, Mike’s a chickenshit – he’s spent his whole life figuring out ways to avoid being in the pathway of bullies, not drawing their attention to him with a spotlight.
So, yeah, El wants Mike to ask her to the dance and Mike’s too much of a coward to do it for all the reasons listed above and, oh god, this is what heartburn feels like, doesn’t it? It’s like his insides are searing themselves under the pressure of the feelings he can’t suppress and, when he finally does manage to fall asleep, it’s restless and he spends most of the night tossing and turning.
The dawning of a new day does little to ease any of Mike’s angst and anxiety and he only feels worse and worse as the morning goes on. Not even seeing El in Trig, seeing her smile and listening to her giggle as they talk, does much to lift his spirits.
Then lunch happens and, somehow, it gets worse.
El’s sitting with Stacey and the rest of the popular clique today, smack dab in the middle of the cafeteria. Naturally, Mike can’t take his eyes off of her from where he and the Party are sitting at a table along one of the walls, feeling like he’s on the outside looking in. It’s noisy in the cafeteria, but as Mike watches El laugh at something Jennifer Hayes says, he swears he can hear her, even at this distance, even through all the noise. The joyful lilt of her laugh has quickly become one of Mike’s favorite sounds in the entire world and he wishes he was a little closer so he could hear it instead of imagining it.
But it doesn’t take long for him be thankful for the distance between his table and the one El’s sitting at because what he’s about to witness is enough to make him wanna be sick even without the audio.
At first, he’s not sure what’s happening and he almost laughs as a kid wearing what looks like a rented troubadour costume and holding a classical guitar makes his way through the cafeteria. But the laughter dies when Mike sees Zach Mercer a couple of steps ahead of troubadour kid, moving through the crowds that part around him with ease, dressed nicely in slacks and a button down shirt, red rose in one hand.
Mike’s a smart guy, on track to possibly be considered for Valedictorian, and it only takes him about half a second to put the pieces together with sickening clarity, to follow the likely line of Zach’s path to it’s horrible and nauseating destination.
And, when Zach approaches the table that El’s sitting at, Mike knows he was right.
Zach’s going to ask El to Homecoming in front of the entire school.
Fuck.
A hush comes over the cafeteria at the sight, but there’s enough murmuring to mask the audio what’s happening and Mike’s glad for it. Because if he had to hear as well as see Zach get down on one knee, troubadour kid playing on his guitar behind him, and ask El to go out with him in front of the entire school, Mike knows he would have lost his lunch right then and there.
Honestly, the visual’s bad enough and the eager whispers roiling through the student body aren’t helping any. Mike never realized just how invested everyone is in any gossip surrounding El and who she dates and the thought of getting caught up in that is just as sickening as the sight in front of him.
But that’s all in the back of his mind as he watches Zach wrap up whatever romantic speech he’s prepared. The look on Zach’s face is the fake kind of wholesome only idiots can’t see through and he paints on a winning smile as he holds out the rose in one hand, waiting for El’s response. The looks on the popular girls’ faces as they watch this happen are simpering and giddy, and Mike can just hear the way they’re sighing with longing, melting as they hope that someone would do something this romantic for them.
God, Mike hates him. He hates that guys like Zach can do shit like this and have girls falling all over them. And Mike especially hates how he could never pull something like this off in a million years.
Despite how everyone else around her is reacting, El looks distinctly unamused. Hell, Mike doesn’t even think he’s ever seen her so locked down, her expression flat and hard, and Mike knows is he never wants El to look at him that way ever.
If Mike hadn’t gotten to know El at least a little over the past few weeks, he’d scared that El might say yes to whatever Zach’s asking her (because, he can admit it, it’s objectively romantic as hell what Zach’s doing). But, looking at her now, he knows there’s no way she’s going to say yes and shameful relief pours through him that he’s not going to have to see that. He knows he’s the worst kind of person since he doesn’t have the bravery to actually ask El out himself, but he also really doesn’t want to feel the pain of seeing El with someone else. He’s not sure how long his luck will hold out there, but at least for today, he’s spared that particular pain.
It feels like the entire cafeteria is waiting with bated breath for El’s response. And, despite being pretty sure about how this is all going to shake out, Mike finds himself getting wrapped up in the torturous anticipation as well, waiting for it to break, hoping it does so soon.
It does, maybe half a second later and shock ripples through the student body at El’s response. She gets up, half eaten lunch still firmly on the table, looks down at Zach for one long, heavy moment, and just walks away, shaking her head the entire time. Zach’s still kneeling there, though, rose still in hand, and he’s looking a little shell-shocked at what just happened, like he suddenly can’t understand reality.
Mike follows El’s form as she cuts through the crowds all still staring at her, leaving murmurs in her wake. God, he can see tense lines of her shoulders and the almost frantic clip of her steps speaks to her need to get out of there as soon as possible.
Mike’s not sure exactly what happens with Zach as his gaze is firmly focused on where El exited the cafeteria, but he can hear the sounds of everyone talking about what just happened.
And, for the second time in less than 24 hours, a soul-crushing realization falls down on top of him, slamming into him and making him feel like he can’t breathe.
El is beautiful and popular; she shines brighter than anyone in this school, always has a kind word for her friends, and is one of the smartest people he knows. She deserves the world – hell, she deserves everything. And even though Zach doesn’t seem to have a snowball’s chance in hell at being with El (especially given the way she just very publicly rejected him), that shit he just pulled? Wooing her in public like that, declaring for everyone to see that he’s interested in her romantically? That’s the kind of stuff El deserves. She deserves a guy who’s not afraid to go after what he wants – she deserves a guy who will pull out all the stops to make her feel like the most amazing woman in the world.
Which means El deserves better than someone who doesn’t even have the tiniest amount of courage to admit what he really wants in private to the girl he likes, much less public… better than someone who’s too afraid of taking any kind of risk, of being judged for daring to want to be with someone so beautiful and effervescent.
El deserves better than anything Mike can offer her.
Worse, Mike knows he doesn’t deserve her, doesn’t come anywhere close. He’s not brave or charming or particularly handsome. How she can look at him and see someone worth being interested in, someone she wants to have ask her out, is anyone’s guess. And, even if they did end up together, he knows he’d just fuck it all up or El would eventually realize that she can do so much better and leave him behind in the dust like he deserves, heart-broken and devastated.
The realization burns through his stomach, sour and bitter, and what little appetite Mike had for the school-provided lunch completely vanishes. The world around him fades to a dull roar, vision going a little grey around the edges, and not even the rest of the Party’s effort to pull him into talking about what happened as a way to make fun of Zach can pull him out from under the cloud that’s threatening to take permanent residence above his head.
Mike ends up leaving lunch a few minutes early so he can beat the rush to class, needing to get away from everyone just for a couple of minutes. He doesn’t feel up to pushing his way through throngs of people, not when he feels like he’s one more bad moment away from crawling into a hole and staying there for the rest of his life.
He walks into the US History and almost does a double take at the sight of El already sitting at her desk, head pillowed on her arms like she can block out the rest of the world. So this is where she disappeared off to after storming away.
There’s no one else in the classroom at the moment – Ms. Palecki is probably on her way back from lunch herself, Mike reasons – and he takes a deep, steadying breath before pushing further into the classroom.
It’s obvious that El isn’t in the greatest mood, either, and he’s determined not to add to it by having his own emotional torment painted all over his face. Just because he thinks he doesn’t deserve her and can never be what she wants him to be doesn’t mean he doesn’t want to be her friend, doesn’t mean he still doesn’t want to be more than friends.
So, he schools his face into the calmest, most casual expression he can summon and strides forward.
“Hey,” he says quietly once he’s close enough. He’s hoping El will raise her head and look at him so he can know what to say, but she doesn’t and he doesn’t know what to do.
“Ugh, please tell me people weren’t still talking about what happened when you left the cafeteria,” comes El’s muffled response.
At that, Mike breathes out a humorless laugh as he sits down at his desk. “Guess I have disappointing news for you, then.”
El lets out a tortured groan and she rotates her head so she can look at him without lifting her head up. “I hate everyone,” she says in the smallest, most pitiful voice he’s ever heard. Her full lips pull down in a pout and the sight of her lower lip sticking out like that makes him want to kiss her and explore just how soft and full it is.
The over-the-top melodrama of it all makes Mike laugh despite himself and, for the moment, he can pretend like he’s not slowly dying inside. “Ok, now that’s not true.”
El looks at him, eyes wide, lashes fluttering as she blinks quickly, like she’s only really looking at him for the first time. She sighs and sits up from her slump. “Yeah, you’re right, it’s not true. I just hate Zach.”
“Yeah, I could tell you weren’t a fan,” Mike says. His fingers are starting to tremble, nervousness invading him as they continue talking about this. He doesn’t want to talk about Zach’s failed attempt at asking El out. But it’s clear it’s bothering El and he doesn’t want to cut her off if she still wants to talk about this.
“Wasn’t a fan of the other times, either,” El grumbles. “Honestly, if he just disappeared off the face of the planet, I wouldn’t be sad at all. He’s such a douchecanoe.”
He doesn’t know why it hits him like a punch to the gut that Zach’s tried multiple times to ask her out, but Mike finds himself almost struggling to breathe. “Wow, sounds like the guy can’t take a hint.”
“No, he can’t,” El says before she sighs again and looks over at him. “Sorry, I’m sure this is the last thing you want to talk about. It’s the last thing I want to talk about, really.”
Mike shrugs, offering El a small smile. “It’s ok – it looked pretty traumatic from where I was sitting, so I can only imagine it was worse up close.”
El lets out an almost manic laugh. “Oh god, it was horrible,” she groans. “Like, if I could scrub that from my brain forever, I totally would. Needless to say, he’s the last person I want asking me to anything, never mind Homecoming.”
El’s words remind Mike that he almost asked her to Homecoming last night (and would have if he hadn’t chickened out) and Mike squirms in his seat a little at the discomfort that ripples through him. She must sense something is off with him because she shakes her head a few moments later, like she’s trying to get rid of the topic entirely. “So, yeah, that happened and now I have to live with everyone gossiping about me behind my back like my life’s some sort of amusement for them.”
Mike smiles at her. “Well, you won’t have to worry about me doing that.”
El returns the smile and it makes Mike feel all warm and fluttery inside. “That’s because you’re such a good friend, Mike. I’m lucky to have you,” she says, voice dipping low and almost intimate. God, she could ask him to do anything in that tone of voice and he knows he’d almost immediately and always say yes.
Thankfully, the moment passes and they move on to talking about something else – namely about what’s coming up in their classes. But Mike can feel that something’s shifted between them. Or at least it has for him. He can feel it like the elephant in the room no one ever wants to acknowledge: that, despite how much Mike likes El and how much he’s pretty sure she likes him, he’ll never deserve her and being with her would be a recipe for failure on so many levels.
Besides, it won’t take her long to find out you’re not worth it, the insidious voice of self-doubt whispers in the back of his head. It taunts him as he goes about the rest of his day, piling on to the rest of what he’s feeling. You’re nothing compared to her and she’ll find that out sooner or later. Might as well cut your losses now. She’ll move on soon enough and be happier for it when you do.
To make this even more complicated, El doesn’t seem to know any of this is happening. She still looks at him with her bright smiles and affectionate eyes, still gives him flirty winks and soft giggles, still gives him almost heavy-handed hints that she’d like to be with him and making it oh so clear that she more than likes his company. It’s like nothing has changed for El, like she’s totally unaware that the fundamentals have drastically shifted beneath Mike’s feet over the past 24 hours.
Mike’s not sure if he should be encouraged she’s still openly interested in him or concerned that she hasn’t noticed his angst over this (or, worse, that she doesn’t care). Overall, he’s just confused and sad and he has no idea what to do. It doesn’t make him mad or prickly or anything, which is his usual response when shit happens to him that he can’t control – it just makes him tired.
But, as is seemingly always the case, no matter how contradictory it might be, the one thing that helps is being around El. It’s like he can forget everything bad about his life as long as he’s near her, or at least he can ignore it. Her presence helps clear out the cobwebs her absence creates and it gives him the energy he needs to try and act as normal as possible.
(Which may be why El hasn’t noticed he’s been having an existential crisis for the past couple of days, but, y’know, understanding that requires logic that is beyond Mike’s teenage angst-ridden mind right at this exact moment.)
The thing is, though, Mike knows this is all going to come to a head and that he won’t be ready for it when it does. Homecoming is only a couple of weeks away and it’s obviously something El’s interested in – so it’s just a matter of time before he’s going to be backed into a corner and forced to figure out what to do when he is.
Mike manages to keep all of this inside of him, however, as the next couple of days passes. He sits in class with El, talks to her in the hallways, and manages to focus on working with her at his house Thursday after school, all without making a total and complete fool of himself.
That all changes, however, when he drops El off at home Thursday night.
The ride over to her house is quiet except for the low hum of the radio. It’s mostly peaceful, but Mike can still feel the lingering awkwardness like a third passenger lurking in the back seat. It makes him feel tense, neck and shoulders tight and itchy, and feeling fights against the happy thrill of just being in El’s presence. It’s strange, to say the least.
But, as far as Mike can tell, El’s not at all bothered or out of sorts at all. She’s pretty talkative for the first couple minutes of the ride, but as he drives them through town and down Main Street, she goes quiet, content with staring out the window and watching the scenery go by.
El looks so relaxed and secure in this moment – secure in who she is, in what she wants, in everything. Mike envies that about her and wishes he had an ounce of her confidence. He finds himself stealing glances at her almost constantly on the ride home, marveling at her presence and wishing he could know what is going on in her head.
And then, before he knows it, he’s pulling up into her driveway, parking a few feet behind Hopper’s car so El can get out. “Well, guess this is your stop,” Mike says, just loud enough to be heard over the song playing low in the background.
“Yeah, guess it is,” El says as she pulls her backpack into her lap. She pauses, taking a deep breath, before she looks over at him, a question in her gaze. “Hey, um, I wanted to ask you something.”
It’s a testament to how topsy turvy Mike’s been feeling the past couple of days that he doesn’t immediately suspect anything at all. Instead, he looks at her, brow furrowing as his eyebrows raise just slightly. “Um, yeah, sure. What is it?” One of his hands is perched on the wheel, but the other falls to his thigh, palm rubbing against the denim of his jeans.
El smiles at him and the sight of it, shadowed as it is by the dim light of evening, is so beautiful that Mike practically falls for her all over again. “I’ve just been thinking a lot over the past couple of days, especially after what happened yesterday, and well….” She trails off, one shoulder lifting in a cute, almost flirty shrug. “I’ve decided to just cut to the chase.”
Ok, now Mike’s really confused. “Cut to the chase?” he repeats like if he echoes her words back at her, it’ll help him understand what she’s getting at.
El giggles, nose scrunching up adorably. “Yeah. I was trying to see if you were going to ask, but patience isn’t exactly my strong suit.”
Understanding is beginning to dawn on Mike, leaving him feeling frozen, numb, as it spreads down the back of his neck and across his skin. “Ask me what?”
“If you wanted to go to Homecoming with me,” El says, smile growing that much wider, gaze sparklingly gentle as she looks at him across the confines of the car. “I think it’d be fun, you and me. And, really, there’s no one I’d rather go with than you, so….” Her smile turns into a grin. “Whaddya say? Wanna be my date?”
His heart, which had just about stopped in the lead up to El’s ask, begins beating in triple time, thumping heavy against his ribcage and making him feel dizzy. Did she just… did she really… oh my god, I… really? Holy. Shit.
Mike can’t believe it – he honestly can’t. El Hopper, the most beautiful girl he’s ever seen in his entire life, who’s nice and sweet and funny and just about perfect, has asked him, Nerd Extraordinaire, to Homecoming.
God, is this really happening?
Of all the ways Mike saw this playing out, this was not one of them. Never in a million years would he have guessed that El would just ask him herself. But, really, in the back of his head, in the only corner of his mind able to process anything other than huh, he has to admit it makes perfect sense. El is headstrong and assertive, confident in what she wants and in her ability to achieve her goals – she’s not afraid, push come shove, to take the kinds of risks Mike has never been able to take.
And she wants him.
…Well, as her date to Homecoming, at least. Which is still… wow.
God, Mike can practically picture it: him picking her up to take her to the dance, El wearing a beautiful dress that makes her look even more gorgeous and ethereal than usual, hair and makeup absolutely perfect; her smiling up at him as they head out for the evening, maybe grabbing dinner beforehand; the two of them dancing, the whole world ceasing to matter as he holds her in his arms….
…everyone staring at them, laughing and mocking, wondering why a girl like El is lowering herself to be with someone like him; Zach staring at them, murder writ large in his gaze; El deciding that, hey, maybe this isn’t really worth it because she didn’t sign up to be laughed at by the entire school; Mike making a fool of himself by stepping on her toes or tripping in front of the whole school; Ashley coming out of the woodwork and taking El aside, “Let me tell you something about loser Mike Wheeler….”
God, he can’t do this. He just… there’s so much that can go wrong and Mike knows he’s not strong enough to handle when all of it does because his luck is just that shitty and….
Why does El have to be looking at him like this, her gaze soft and gentle, expression the epitome of patiently hopeful? It makes him want to give her everything because she’s so beautiful and so nice, just the nicest person he’s ever met. And he’s such a loser, unable to get over himself long enough to grab at what’s being handed to him on a silver platter.
“Oh, I–” Mike sucks in a deep breath, brain short-circuiting under the intensity of her regard – he just cannot handle the way she’s looking at him right now and it’s turning him into a bumbling idiot. “El, I’m – thank you, but I just – I don’t think it’s a good idea. I mean, I don’t–” He gestures helplessly in the space between them, hand going back and forth, as the words get stuck in his throat.
It takes maybe a second for the look on El’s face to go from hopeful to embarrassed, her eyes going wide as her mouth drop open. “Oh – oh god, wow, I’m….” El closes her eyes for a split second, giving herself a shake, and when she opens her eyes back up, there’s something in her gaze that tugs at his heartstrings, but it’s gone before he can identify what it is, fading away as she smiles at him just as gently as before. “God, I’m sorry. I totally misread… wow, I’ve made this really uncomfortable for both of us, haven’t I?”
Wait, what? Misread? What did she misread? “No, El, I–”
El holds up a hand, smile a little dimmer than just a moment ago, but still ever-present. “Hey, no, it’s ok. No big deal. I get it now. I’ll just… I’ll see you tomorrow, yeah?” She unbuckles her seatbelt and opens the door. Mike can only stare at her like an idiot, trying to understand what in the fuck is happening right now.
El starts to slide out of the car, but pauses perched on the edge of the seat and turns to look at him over her shoulder. “We’re still friends, just so you know. No matter what, I don’t want that to change.”
Mike’s stomach turns and he’s not exactly sure why. Something has gone very wrong in the last 30 seconds and he’s not sure what. “I… um, yeah, of course,” he hears himself say over the roaring that’s starting to fill his ears from the way his heartbeat pounds loudly inside his head.
El smiles and there it is, again, that flash of something in her gaze that makes Mike unbearably sad even though he’s not sure what it is. “Good, I’m glad. Bye, Mike. See you in class tomorrow.” She gives him a small wave, nothing more than a quick trill of her fingers, and then she’s out of the car. The door shuts easily behind her and Mike watches as she walks around the car and up to her front door. Her head’s held high, steps smooth and easy, like everything’s fine and normal, like what just occurred between them in the car was just part of everyday life, or something.
But, if that’s the case, then why does Mike feel like everything’s just become horribly fucked up? Yeah, sure he’s a fucking idiot for turning El down, but that’s more his problem than hers. It’s not her fault he’s a coward who can’t be what she needs – really, he’s just saving her from wasting her time. Besides, El doesn’t seem all that broken-hearted about it – embarrassed and a little disappointed, maybe, but not devastated. At least, as far as he can tell. In fact, she doesn’t seem that affected by his turning her down at all, so maybe he’s been misreading how she feels about him. Maybe she just likes flirting with him and hanging out with him without it turning into more. If she really liked him, she’d have been more upset, right?
So why does he feel like he’s missing something? Something big?
He wracks his brain for an answer as he drives home, trying to put the pieces together into something that makes sense….
But the answer remains stubbornly out of reach.
El’s proud of herself, more than words can say.
She manages to maintain a straight face as she walks from Mike’s car and in through the front door, head held high the whole, cool and collected, like nothing’s wrong….
…Like she isn’t devastatingly heart-broken.
The façade she’s schooled her expression into is nothing more than a shallow veneer, thin flimsy as spun sugar. It crumbles the second she’s shut the front door behind her and she drops her backpack to the ground so she can fall back against the door.
El tilts her head back heavily, the upper curve of her skull thumping against the wooden surface with a dull thud, and tries desperately not to cry. But her vision mists over anyway, eyes burning hot with unshed tears, and her lower lips begins to quiver.
She’s not going to cry – she’s not. This isn’t the end of the world. This is just about a boy. A beautiful, marvelous, amazing boy, but a boy nonetheless. There are so many other things worth crying over than this.
But, god, it just hurts so much.
She thought – really, really thought – that there was something going on between her and Mike. She felt it – feels it still, actually. The fluttering in her heart when she sees him, the way his smile makes her stomach swoop and leaves her feeling all tingly, the way he laughs when she says something funny and his whole face lights up….
The way Mike makes her feel like she’s the most amazing person on the face of the planet.
The way she’s still falling in love with him.
And he doesn’t feel the same way about her.
El closes her eyes, a couple of tears escaping from beneath her closed lids, as she remembers that soul-crushing moment in the car when he turned her down.
(that moment of breathless anticipation as she waits for his response, marveling at how the shock written all over his face emphasizes the lines of his jaw and cheekbones as his mouth dropped open, disbelief writ large in his gaze and el has never felt more hopeful. but then, he speaks, words tripping over each other as he tells her, voice kind but shy, that he doesn’t think it’s a good idea… doesn’t think they’re a good idea as he gestures back and forth in the space that separates them. embarrassment and shock and hurt hit her as she realizes what he’s saying, her heart shattering as she struggles to keep a straight face….)
God, she sees it now and she really is the worst kind of idiot. Here she's been spending all this time thinking that Mike liked her how she likes him when, in reality, he was just being friendly. She thinks about all the times he’s been awkward and shy when she’s flirted with him and she sees it with painfully crystal clarity: he wasn’t actually into it, he was just too nice to tell her to stop. And he may have never told her if she hadn’t backed him into a corner when she asked him to Homecoming.
Well, at least he wasn’t mean about it when he turned you down. The bittersweet thought, whispered in the back of her mind, is little consolation. Mike being nice does little to help her put the pieces of her heart back together, does little to help make her feel like less of an idiot.
Part of her wants to whine and cry over how unfair it is, but El’s mature enough to know that Mike’s under no obligation to like her back, no matter how much she likes him.
Still doesn’t make it hurt any less, still doesn’t mean she’s not sad and devastated right in this moment. It’s just, she wanted so badly for it to be more than this, for her and Mike to be more than friends, and it feels like a tragedy that it’s not going to be.
The urge to stay here, to sink down to the floor and wallow in this spot for the rest of the night is strong. But El has work to do, even though she’s really not in the mood to do anything right now.
And then she hears the sounds of the TV coming from the family room and her heart twists painfully in her chest. That’s right, her dad’s home. And, suddenly, El wants nothing more than to curl up with her dad, to feel his strong presence next to her and have him tell her that everything’s going to be alright.
El opens her eyes and lets out a shaky breath. One hand comes up to wipe away the few tears that have fallen and she blinks furiously to clear the rest of them. She takes a moment to collect herself (even though she doesn’t have to be strong for her dad, she’s still proud above everything else, something she gets from him) before she pushes away from the door and heads to the family room, heels dragging oh so slightly as she makes her way through the house.
“Hey hon, how was your study date?” Hopper asks before El steps into the family room, clearly able to hear her footsteps before she comes into view.
The sound of the word date makes El’s heart do another one of those horrible, painful twists and she swallows down the lump of tears that rises up in her throat. “Don’t wanna talk about it,” she says as she rounds the corner into the family room.
Hop looks over at her entrance and it only takes him a second for him to notice that something is wrong. A concerned frown works its way onto his face, his brow furrowing as he looks at her. “El? Everything ok?”
El ducks her gaze as she makes her way over to the couch. Hopper’s sitting on one side of it, leaning against the armrest, so there’s a full two cushions worth of space for her to flop down onto. She pillows her head on Hop’s leg, blindly reaching out for one of the throw pillows so she can cradle it close to her chest. “No, everything sucks.”
El can feel Hop tense behind her, like he’s not sure what to do exactly, like he’s scared that he’ll do the wrong thing and make everything worse. “Did something happen? Did Mike do something to make you upset?” A hard edge creeps into Hopper’s tone, protective father and Chief of Police all rolled into one.
“Yes, but it was my fault,” El says. Her throat is tight, so the words come out a little above a croak, and she hugs the pillow tighter. “I, um, I asked him to Homecoming and he turned me down. Turns out he doesn’t actually like me like that.”
There’s a pause before Hop lets out a soft sigh and El feels his hand come down on her shoulder, giving her a gentle, comforting squeeze. “Oh, honey, I’m sorry. I know how much you liked him.”
Hearing her dad talk about her feeling for Mike as past tense, coupled with the soft, soothing sympathy in his voice, is enough to bring her tears back. El’s glad she’s not looking at Hop right now because she can just picture the sad, kind look on his face and if she had to actually see it for herself, she’d break down into sobs. “I feel like such an idiot,” she says, unable to keep the quaver out of her voice.
“Hey, no, you’re not the idiot. That kid is for not seeing how amazing you are,” Hop says, voice growing firmer, before he breathes out a low laugh. “Want me to go arrest him, give him a talking to? Sounds like he could use a little bit of the fear of God put into him.”
At that, El lets out a watery laugh, a few tears escaping to trail down her cheek and nose, and she lifts her hand to wipe them away. “No, Dad, don’t, please. That’s totally uncalled for.”
“Alright, if you say so,” Hop says and El can hear the shrug in his voice. “Let me know if you change your mind, though. It’ll give me an excuse to get back in the field.”
“I appreciate the offer,” El says, rolling her eyes despite herself. “But no thanks.” Still, for as ridiculous as the thought is, her dad arresting Mike because he turned her down, it makes her feel a little warm inside, knowing that no matter what, she always has her dad in her corner.
They both quiet down after that, conversation coming to an end as they focus on the TV where Hop’s tuned the channel to Thursday night football. El doesn’t really care who’s playing, but she tries to let the familiar sounds of football on TV distract her from the pain swirling inside her.
Eventually, El knows she’s going to have to go upstairs, get back to work, and start the process of moving on. But, right now, all she wants to do is stay down here with her dad while she wallows and lets herself be sad.
And, so, feeling safe and warm with her dad by her side, El lets herself mourn for what could have been.
If El's hoping a good night’s sleep will make her feel better, she's going to be sorely disappointed waking up on Friday morning.
Of course, that would have meant she actually got a good night’s sleep, which she didn’t.
She doesn’t cry herself to sleep or anything, but she can’t shut her brain off at all as she lays in bed, mind swirling with pity and self-recrimination.
So when she “wakes up” in the morning, full of murderous thoughts all directed at her phone’s alarm, she feels like she’s barely slept a wink.
It feels like she gets ready in a world filled with fog, like she’s a fraction of a second of a degree out of phase from everything else, but she somehow manages to drag herself downstairs to where Hopper’s putting together something that resembles breakfast. The smell of coffee hits her, broadcasting out like an ambrosic beacon, and El’s mouth just waters at the thought of having some.
Hopper turns at the sound of El’s shuffled footsteps entering the kitchen and he gives her a small, sympathetic smile. “Morning, sweetheart,” he says. “You feeling ok?”
“Not really,” El says, grumbling, as she plops down in her usual chair at the kitchen table. “Didn’t sleep well.”
Hopper, to El’s eternal gratitude, brings her over a mug filled with coffee. “I know I don’t normally let you have brewed coffee, but you look like you could use it.” He also brings over a whole bunch of cream and sugar, setting it down next to the mug.
The simple action threatens to make El cry and she hates how exposed her emotions feel right now, like she’s just one big raw nerve. “Thank you,” she says in quiet, thick voice, swallowing heavily against the emotions that she feels like are about to overtake her entirely.
“You want some toast and cereal to go with that?” Hopper asks. His tone is overly cautious, like he’s afraid one wrong move will set her off and, well, El can’t say that he’s entirely wrong.
El pauses from where she’s dumping sugar from a packet into her coffee and glances over at her dad. “Nah, not hungry.”
There’s a long pause and El goes back to focusing on preparing her coffee. She wishes she had more energy, but she feels almost unbearably sad and it’s sapping what little energy she does have.
Hopper lets out a heavy sigh and El turns in time to see him sitting down next to her at the table. “Honey, did you want me to cancel tonight? If you’re not feeling up to it, I’m sure Joyce would understand.”
El blinks at him, confused, until memory rushes back, slamming into her like a freight train. God, that’s right: Joyce and Will are coming over for dinner later tonight. One of the highlights in her dad’s life has been these regular dinners with the Byers and El would hate to make him cancel something he looks forward so much to. But, Will is one of Mike’s best friends and Mike….
No, don’t do this. Don’t punish your dad because your love life didn’t turn out the way you wanted it to. All she has to do, she reckons, is make it through today. She needs to make it through spending half of her classes in the same room as the boy she’s in love with (who doesn’t love her back) and then an evening with one of his best friends. After that, she can hole herself up in her room and mope to her heart’s content and, maybe, after that, she’ll be fine… or, at least, she’ll feel better than she does right now.
Maybe she’ll be able to think about Mike without her heart feeling like it’s going to re-shatter into a million pieces.
But she just has to get through today. And that means dinner with Joyce and Will.
So, El smiles at Hop and shakes her head. “No, don’t cancel. I like it when Joyce and Will come over. Besides, I know how much you love having Joyce come over, so….” Her smile takes on a teasing edge and she has to admit, it helps more than she can say when Hopper starts spluttering, his face turning all sorts of alarming shades of red, and amusement sparks distractingly bright inside of her.
“Love? No one said anything about love. You’re clearly delusional. All those honors classes have rattled your brain or something….” Hopper pushes himself up and away from the table, going back to whatever breakfast preparations he’s making, leaving El behind at the table, giggling at her father’s totally obvious ducking out of the way of his emotions.
But whatever happiness El gets from the moment is fleeting and temporary. By the time she’s in the passenger seat of Hopper’s cruiser, she’s back to feeling tired and sad, almost numb from the weight of both of them. She spends the entire ride to school staring out the window, gaze unfocused as the scenery goes by. She can feel her dad glancing at her every once in a while, concerned and like he’s unsure if he should be even driving her to school.
But, Hopper doesn’t say anything about El’s mood as he drops her off in front of the school, instead only reminding her that he’ll be waiting for her at the Station after she’s done for the day.
El’s not so far out of it that she doesn’t remember to press a quick kiss to Hopper’s cheek before she slides out of the car, which makes them both smile. But then El’s out in the open courtyard area and there’s nothing left to distract her from the fact that she needs to make it through almost an entire day of being in the same room with Mike and somehow not start crying while she’s at it.
You can do this, she tells herself as she draws in a deep, steadying breath. Conceal, don’t feel. That’s the name of the game.
The mental pep talk helps – yes, she can do this – and El heads inside outwardly cool as a cucumber, like she’s not suffering from a broken heart.
Still, just because she’s determined to not let anyone, especially Mike, know that she’s sad and hurt, that doesn’t mean that she doesn’t do what she can to minimize how much of a front she has to show.
Normally, El tries to time her bathroom breaks so she can go straight from her English class to Trig, just so she can have as much time as possible to talk with Mike before class. But, today, she ducks into the girls’ bathroom during the break between periods, stretching out her time there as long as possible. She makes it into Trig less than a minute before class starts and she can see Ms. Geno preparing to pass out their Trig test as she slides into her seat.
Mike’s already there and she can feel him looking at her while she sets her backpack down and reaches to pull out a pencil and her calculator. She knows she can’t ignore him, though, so El forces herself to look over at him after making sure that a friendly smile is pasted on her face. “Hey, morning. You ready?” Yes, that’s perfect – nice and casual and friendly – no flirting involved at all.
And, best of all, no immediate sign of tears.
She can do this.
But, this still doesn’t stop El from giving Mike a discreet once over, her traitorous heart giving a fluttering, beat-skipping squeeze at the sight of him. How he manages to make jeans and a sweater look so good, she’ll never know, but it should be illegal for what it does to her heart.
El’s gaze finally lands on Mike’s face where she’s confronted with the sight of his soft, if slightly confused smile. There’s a penetrating look in his eyes that has her feeling a little bit like she’s under a microscope, but El very determinedly ignores the way the unease it inspires creeps down her spine.
“Yeah, well, we did study for this, so….” Mike says, trailing off. His brow furrows just slightly as his head tilts to one side. “Are you ok? You just–”
“I’m fine, just needed to stop by my locker before class,” El says, lying her ass off, and cutting Mike off before he can finish. She’s in no mood to hear why he’s concerned about her – not today and maybe not ever. That’ll depend on how she feels after the weekend’s over.
There’s no more time for talking as the bell rings and Ms. Geno starts passing out their tests and El’s never been more grateful for either of those things to start in her entire life.
The rest of the day goes on a lot like this: El with a friendliness that is a robust as a paper mache mask, gently evasive at all of Mike’s attempts to go more than surface level, and all of it covering a deep, soul-level weariness. She manages to project the “Everything is Normal” message as she and Mike walk from US History to Chemistry despite how much she wants to be as far away from him, but she knows if she ducks out of this routine, he’ll absolutely know something is wrong and that is the last thing she wants.
Once she’s on her way to Photography, Mike headed off to who-knows-where, El’s finally able to let out a sigh of relief. The hardest part of her day is over and she survived.
She finds the rest of the afternoon passes much easier when she doesn’t have to worry about putting on a good front for Mike and she’s left in peace to slink off to the police station once she’s out of school for the weekend. El knows she should do some of her homework while she waits for her dad to finish up his shift for the day, but she’s too tired, so she spends two hours playing on her phone – scrolling through her Instagram feed, watching random vids on Youtube, anything just to pass the time.
Eventually, finally, she and Hopper go home so they can start preparing to have Joyce and Will over for dinner. And, even though El’s already counting down the hours until she can crawl into bed, she’s kinda looking forward to having company over for dinner. Especially because she likes Joyce and Will (even though he comes with a painful reminder of Mike) and she’s been looking forward to having them over.
It’s a little before 6PM when the doorbell rings and El and Hopper are still prepping things for dinner: steaks and corn on the cob that Hop is going to grill in the backyard and a salad to go with it that El is going to toss right before everyone sits down so the lettuce doesn’t sit in the dressing for too long.
El pauses where she’s dumping chopped lettuce into a large bowl and looks over at her dad at the same time that he’s looking over at her. Hopper shrugs, probably in response to the question painted on El’s face. “Guess they’re early,” Hopper says, not looking at all bothered by the fact that Joyce and Will are a good 20 minutes early at least. “You mind getting the door?”
El takes one glance at where her dad’s standing by the counter and seasoning the steaks, rubbing salt, pepper, and olive oil into the meat, and nods. “Yeah, I got it.”
El ambles on over to the front door and makes sure there’s a smile on her face before she greets their guests. “Hi guys, you made it!”
Joyce and Will are standing on the porch, Will a little behind his mom, and they both smile when they see her. “El, sweetie, hi!” Joyce says, eyes sparkling, skin around them crinkling at the corners from the force of her smile. That smile turns a little uncertain as she holds up both hands, revealing a bottle of red wine in one and a six pack of beer in the other. “Your dad told me to grab drinks for him and me for dinner, but I didn’t know what to grab, so….”
El breathes out a laugh, shaking her head a little. “I’m sure either will be fine with him,” she says as she steps aside to let Joyce and Will in. Her gaze slides past Joyce who’s just stepped over the threshold and over to Will who’s taking his sweet time. “Hey, Will.”
Will manages to give her a wave with both his hands stuffed in his jacket pockets, but he smiles at her nonetheless. “Hey, long time no see,” he says, snickering as he says it, more amused than anyone really should be at that dumb joke.
Still, El finds herself giggling even as she’s rolling her eyes. “Yes, because I didn’t just see you 3 hours ago.”
Will’s still laughing even after El shuts the door and she nudges him in the arm with her shoulder. “You nerd,” El says, voice teasing but with undeniable fondness.
“Hey, I have it on good authority that you like nerds,” Will says, grinning cheekily. “So there.”
El’s stomach turns as she’s reminded that, yes, she does like nerds (and one nerd in particular), and her smile dims. Will either doesn’t notice or decides not to say anything, for which El is grateful, and they follow Joyce into the kitchen without any commentary on the matter.
There’s another round of greetings once everyone’s in the kitchen and the alcohol dilemma is decided by Hopper deciding that he’s going to crack open one of the beers that Joyce brought and that she’s going to join him in enjoying one in the backyard while he grills the steaks and the corn, with the wine being saved for dinner.
This very soon leaves Will and El alone in the house and El looks over at him with a long-suffering sigh. “Wanna go hang in my room so we don’t have to watch them making eyes at each other?”
Will laughs, almost giggling. “I thought you thought it was cute, whatever’s going on with them,” he says with a vague hand-wavy gesture in the direction of the backyard.
El arches an eyebrow, hip popping as she rests her weight on one leg. “I do – doesn’t mean I wanna see my dad making goo goo eyes at your mom for longer than I have to.”
“You gotta admit, though,” Will says as they start heading upstairs. “It seems to make them pretty happy.”
“Yeah, it does,” El says, letting out a content sigh. “They just need to, y’know, actually go out on a real date. Not that I don’t like having dinner with you guys on a regular basis or anything, but come on. One of them has to make a move sooner or later.”
“I think you’re underestimating how chicken they are. And I don’t know about Hopper, but it’s been years since my mom was on anything close to a date.”
They enter her room and plop down on the bed, legs folding in front of them as they settle down facing each other. “Hmm, good point,” El says, knowing her dad’s also not the most daring when it comes to things like relationships.
Will starts taking off his jacket– makes sense since he’s going to be at her house for a while – but he pauses with the sleeves halfway down his arms and El notices something popping out from the inner pocket. “Oh yeah! I almost forgot.” Will reached in with one hand to grab the item while he shucks off his jacket the rest of the way. “I’m returning the second Dresden Files novel, hoping I can borrow the third one from you today.” He tosses his jacket aside, the item landing half off the edge of the bed, while he hands her book back to her with a mischievous grin. “Now you can go lend it to Mike. I’m sure he’ll be stoked to get this from you. Really, I think he’d prefer you to deliver this over me.”
The smile that had been building on her face at getting her book back fades at the mention of Mike’s name. “Oh, yeah,” she murmurs and she gingerly takes the book from Will, chest growing thick with sadness, her gaze dropping to the bedspread. “Thanks,” she says, but her heart’s not in it, squeezing painfully just beneath her sternum and making her feel like she can’t breathe.
A heavy silence falls over the room and El can feel Will’s concern without even lifting her head to see how he’s looking at her. “El, is everything ok? Did, uh, did something happen with Mike?”
There’s something about the soft concern in Will’s voice that almost completely tears away all her defenses, something that is awkward and genuine at the same time – he obviously doesn’t feel comfortable with these kinds of emotions, but Will cares enough about El to try. El looks up at him and, almost immediately, the hot sting of tears pricks along the edges of her eyelids. “It’s stupid,” she says, trying to give him one last out. Will is one of Mike’s best friends – he’s not going to want to hear about how Mike rejected her and hurt her feelings.
Will looks at her for a long moment, considering, but he smiles after a beat, gentle and sympathetic, and reaches out to lay a hand on her forearm, just above her wrist, where it’s resting in her lap. “I wanna know anyway,” he says. “If it’s something Mike did, maybe I can help explain. I mean, I’ve known him since we were six – he’s practically my brother – and I know he can be moody sometimes.” Will pauses, one shoulder lazily shrugging. “Besides, it’s obvious this is bothering you. Usually any mention of Mike makes you giggle and blush like you’re a 7th grader with your first crush and I don’t like seeing you so sad.”
Well, she’s certainly not going to be able to get out without explaining now and, resigned to her fate, El sighs. She has to swallow down the thickness in her throat before she can speak and, when she does, the words come out small and quiet. “Yesterday, he was dropping me off at home after we studied at his house. And before I got out of the car, I asked him if he wanted to be my date to Homecoming.” She looks away as the hurt from yesterday comes rushing back in. “He turned me down.”
At that, Will gasps. “Wait, what?” The sharpness in Will’s voice startles El into raising her gaze so she can look Will in the eye. She blinks, taken aback by the shock written on his face, jaw dropped and eyes wide while he looks at her like she’s grown a second head. “You asked him to the dance and he said no? Like he actually turned you down.”
A bitter smile creeps onto El’s face, fighting against the quivering in her lower lip from trying to hold back her tears. “That’s exactly what happened.”
Will’s mouth works like he’s speaking, opening and closing, but no sound comes out for a couple of seconds. “But, I–” He shakes his head. “That doesn’t make any sense,” he all but whispers, giving himself a shake before he refocuses on her, gaze piercing. “What did he say? Did he say why?”
El gulps as she pulls her arms in so she can wrap them around her waist, hugging herself tightly. “Said he didn’t think it was a good idea. Said he didn’t like me like that.”
“What?” Will’s shoulders slump as the word escapes him in a hushed breath. “No, that’s not – El, no, he’s been obsessing over you for weeks. I probably shouldn’t be telling you this, but Mike is head over heels for you and-”
No, she can’t, she has to stop him. It hurts too much. She thought the same thing, thought that he liked her like she liked him. But El knows better now – after all, Mike told her himself. “No, he’s not. I was there, Will,” she says, biting out the words as she cuts Will off. “I heard what he said, ok? I appreciate you trying to make me feel better, but you’re wrong.” She’s holding herself so tightly, her fingers are digging into the fabric of her shirt. Her breathing’s gone ragged and her chest feels too tight.
The shock fades from Will’s face, leaving only pained sympathy in its place. She can still see the confusion around the edges of his gaze, but that’s clearly not his focus right now and El’s heart twists at the gentleness in his expression. A couple of tears escape to trail down her cheeks and she draws in a shaky breath. “Oh, El,” Will breathes. “Do you want a hug?”
El can’t speak – she can only nod, not trusting able to trust her voice right in this moment. She and Will shift on the bed, getting closer so Will can reach out for her. El falls into the hug with a desperate sort of ease that’s almost surprising, but the way Will makes her feel safe enough to grieve makes her not care how needy she’s coming across right now. All she cares about is that Will’s hugging her and it feels nice to be held.
El wraps her arms around Will’s thin torso, face buried in his shoulder as she lets out a breathy sob. “I liked him so much, Will. And I thought he really liked me, too.” She sniffs, the sound wet with tears, and her eyes burn from the salty heat.
“I know, I did, too,” Will says. “It’ll be ok, though. I promise.”
In someways, that hurts even more to hear. El doesn’t want it to be ok. She wants Mike to like her back, she wants to go to the dance with him and go out on dates with him and be with him all the time.
She just wants and it’s not fair that she can’t have.
She’ll get over this someday, though – El knows she’s nothing if not resilient, especially with what happened after her mom left. She’ll mourn and accept how things are and how things can’t be. She’ll fold this hurt in with all the others and carry it with her for the rest of her days.
But right now? Right now it feels like someone is hollowing out her heart with a rusty spoon.
Right now she doesn’t have to be ok.
To say that the past week or so has been bad would be just about the biggest understatement in the history of anything ever.
Just getting threatened by the most popular jock in school for even being seen hanging out with someone Mike “shouldn’t be with” in the jock’s point of view and then seeing that same jock asking out the girl Mike’s been crushing on for the past several weeks in front of the whole school, throwing Mike’s inadequacies in his face while he’s at it, would be bad enough.
But, then, the girl Mike’s been crushing on, the literal girl of his dreams and just about the most amazingly perfect girl Mike’s ever had the privilege of getting to know, started hinting that she wanted him to ask her out before taking the initiative and asking him instead. Normally, this would be a dream come true scenario, but it threw Mike into such a panic that he turned her down like the fucking moron that he is (even though he’s still convinced, in the end, that he made the right call, much as that hurts him to think).
Needless to say, Mike was feeling fucking fantastic as he made his way home after turning El down. Just fucking stellar.
It’s no surprise when Mike comes to school on Friday beyond nervous. He’d left El, feeling confused and sad at her seemingly casual response to him turning her down, and he doesn’t know what he’s going to find when he sees her again. Is she going to be sad like him? Or is she going to be fine, like Mike’s rejection is just a blip on her radar that she’s able to shrug off and go on with her life?
Mike doesn’t know which one of those options is worse and he finds himself almost vibrating with painful anticipation until he sees El again. She’s uncharacteristically late to Trig and Mike stares at as she ducks in at almost the last minute. He can’t help the way his eyes narrow as he watches her slide into her seat, greeting him in a rush. It’s like if he looks at her hard enough, he’ll be able to figure out what’s going on in her head. But El is almost unbearably friendly, if a little frazzled. It’s like last night never happened, like she’s totally and completely unaffected by his rejection of her.
Like it never really mattered to her in the first place.
It makes Mike wonder just how deep El’s attraction to him, if that’s what she felt, really was if she can just drop it and move on without a second thought and it hurts to think that it was maybe just a shallow thing after all.
But it gets worse. It takes him until the afternoon to realize that this also means that El’s no longer flirting with him and he finds himself painfully aware of this, missing it more than he can say. He misses the feeling of his heart racing and skipping, misses the swooping of his stomach and how every nerve lights up with pleasure and happiness. It’s the most noticeable reminder of what he’s given up and, god, he’s the worst kind of fool.
So, yeah, Mike’s upset – really upset. He’s confused and hurt about how El’s distanced herself, being merely friendly instead of warm and flirty to go with it; he’s mad at himself, so fucking mad, for being too scared to go after what he wants, even when it’s presented to him on a silver platter –
(seriously, el did all the actual hard work for him, asking him instead of waiting for him to ask her, and all he had to do was say yes and he couldn’t even do that.)
And, most of all, Mike’s just sad – sad he can’t make himself be better, sad that this is the situation he’s found himself in and that it’s all his fault.
So, when Saturday rolls around and there are plans to get together at Dustin's house to hang out, Mike’s beyond relieved. Even if they just watch Star Wars for the millionth time, it’ll be better than him just laying around by himself and moping all day – this way, he’ll at least be distracted by his friends.
Mike’s the last one to get to Dustin’s house and he has to drive himself since he slept in even later than he usually does on Saturday and misses out on catching a ride with Lucas.
“Hey man, you made it. It’s about time, too. You’re the last one here,” Dustin says when he lets Mike in.
Mike rolls his eyes. “Sorry I overslept a little. I’ll go report myself to the Friend Police so they can throw the book at me for my horrific crime.”
Dustin grins, chortling, and shuts the door behind Mike. “God, you’re punchy today.”
“It’s been a week and I’m just glad it’s Saturday,” Mike says, following Dustin as they head to the den and the sounds of something playing on the TV.
“Didn’t say I minded, just making an observation, Michael,” Dustin says, eyebrow arched with teasing reprimand.
Mike stifles a sigh at Dustin’s dramatics as he walks into the den –
– and freezes when his gaze slides over to where Will is sitting on the couch. Will’s looking back at him, the look on his eyes unflinchingly hard and tinged with confusion, like he’s judging and wondering what the fuck is wrong with Mike.
But then Mike blinks and, like a mirage, the hard look in Will’s eyes is gone, replaced with his usual open warmth. Mike can’t help the confusion that ripples through him. Was he just imagining things? Or is Will mad at him for something?
Mike’s not sure and he hates the way uncertainty slithers into his stomach. And it doesn’t entirely go away, not even when everyone’s crowded in the den, arguing good-naturedly over what to watch.
(Dustin argues for an original trilogy watch, claiming that “it’s been too long since we’ve seen what true quality looks like”, but Lucas manages to successfully argue for “Another Life” on Netflix since it’s something they haven’t seen and, quote, “it has Starbuck in it. How can you go wrong with Katee Sackhoff?” and the others can’t help but agree with him, effectively outvoting their host.)
Partway through the third episode, Mike’s convinced that he didn’t actually do anything wrong to Will, but that Will’s just in a bad mood or slept funny or something. Because, while Will seems a little terse and tired, he’s not actually snapping at Mike or anything, and Mike knows Will tends to get snippy when he’s pissed.
So Mike lets himself relax and have a good day with his friends – honestly, he deserves something to go his way after the week he’s had. It’s nice to just spend time with his friends, with the guys he’s known for what feels like forever, and just let his problems fade into the background.
They get most of the way through the season before Lucas reaches for the remote and pauses it before it can autoplay the next episode. “Ok, losers, while I’d love to keep watching this with you, I need to go – got a date with Max tonight.”
Dustin snickers. “An actual date or are you two just gonna park near Lover’s Lake and go at it for 3 hours?”
It’s a miracle that Lucas doesn’t glare at Dustin, but the look on his face is close, flat and just 100% done. “Not that it’s any of your business, but I’m gonna take her out to dinner and then we’ll see what she wants to do after that.”
“Yeah, hopefully it’s you,” Dustin says. A self-satisfied, cheeky grin is plastered on his face and he’s the only one laughing at his dumbass comments, but he doesn’t seem to care. Mike kind of envies that Dustin can do that, but isn’t sure if it’s ignorant bliss or confidence driving it. Still, Mike rolls his eyes at Dustin anyway, because that’s the kind of reaction Dustin is hoping to get out everyone (Lucas lets out his own long-suffering groan, which makes Dustin all but crow with victory).
Something nudges into Mike’s side and he looks over to see Will pulling his elbow away. “Hey, mind giving me a ride home? Lucas drove me here, but since he’s going to be getting ready for his date….” Will lets the rest of his sentence trail off, but Mike can fill in the rest of the pieces.
“Yeah, sure, no problem,” Mike says with a shrug. “You know you never have to ask, by the way.”
Will pauses, head tilted to one side – again, leaving Mike feeling like he’s being judged under a microscope, or something – but he smiles a split second later, almost shy. “Yeah, well, you know, s’rude not to ask.”
Mike grins and turns to where Dustin and Lucas are about to start bickering. “Hey, idiots,” he says as he stands. “I’m going to give Will a ride home, so we’re out of here, too.”
That stops everything before it can devolve further and the Party all says their goodbyes before going their separate ways: Dustin back to the den, Lucas to his car, and Mike to his car with Will.
It’s when Mike and Will are by themselves in the car that Mike’s feels the car fill with tension. Seems like whatever was bothering Will is back and Mike doesn’t even get the chance to ask what’s wrong before Will blurts it out.
“El told me about what happened.”
It’s like a bomb goes off inside the car and Mike jumps so hard, he jerks the steering wheel. “Wha-what?”
Mike glances over to see Will shifting in his seat so he can face Mike. “My mom and I had dinner at their house last night. El and I were hanging out. She seemed upset and when I asked her what was wrong, she told me.”
His throat is dry, tongue feeling like it’s been taken over by the Sahara, and Mike swallows to try and generate some moisture. Ok, of all the things he expected Will to know about, this is just about at the bottom of the list. Unless…. “Oh? Um, what – what did she say?”
Will sighs and Mike can just hear Will rolling his eyes. “Don’t play dumb with me, Mike. She told me she asked you to Homecoming and you turned her down, that you said you don’t like her like that.”
At that, Mike’s eyes go wide. That’s not what happened. It’s not. “What? No! That – that’s not what I said.”
“Oh, really?” God, Mike can hear the anger in Will’s voice, low and steely. “You saying El lied to me about what happened?” Mike has nothing to say to that and the beginning of panic begin rising in his throat, filling him with tingling numbness. “I just….” Will trails off with a sigh. “Look, I don’t get it. You like her, we both know it. I thought you’d be thrilled to go out with her, that she asked you out. What, were you waiting for an engraved invitation, or something? God, Mike, I just-”
“Look, it’s a bad idea!” Mike all but yells, cutting Will off. The panic coursing through his veins turns to anger and his hands clench the steering wheel tightly, knuckles turning white. “Guys like me don’t belong with girls like her, no matter what she thinks. You think I want to go to a dance with someone like her when I’m going to get laughed at all night by people who think I don’t belong with her? That’s even if I don’t make myself look like a complete fucking fool. Besides, she didn’t seem bothered by it today, or anything, so she’s clearly already gotten over it and I don’t know why you’re even–”
“Because you made her cry!” Will’s yell echoes in the car’s interior and Mike finds anything he has to say dying before he can even think of voicing it. “She likes you, Mike. She really likes you and she’s hurt because she thinks you don’t like her back. Now, no one says you’re required to go with the dance with her, or anything. But you at least owe her the truth.”
Mike swallows hard, even as his heart clenches painfully in his chest, Will's words worming into his brain with sickening realization – no, no, oh god he made her cry? how could he do that to her? he’s the world’s biggest asshole. fuck he doesn’t deserve to be in the same room as her, much less talk to her. “Look, it’s not as easy as you’re making out to be.” He all but croaks out the words, knowing he's sounding weak and whiny, but he doesn't care, not when his heart feels like it's breaking in two.
He made her cry.
“Dude, relationships aren’t easy,” Will spits out. “I mean, I’ve never been in one, but even I know that. But, even if you only want to be her friend, she deserves to know the truth. And don’t let her fool you by letting her pretend like she’s fine – she’s not.”
“Sure seemed like it yesterday,” Mike says, grumbling even while his heart is sinking into his stomach.
“Yeah, well, I don’t know if you’ve noticed this,” Will says, tone flat and wry. “But El is a pretty proud person. She wouldn’t let the person who hurt her know that they had.”
Mike has noticed this, but he’s been too lovesick to really think that all the way through. And, god, it feels like he’s been punched in the gut, hearing that he’s hurt El, that El is in pain because of him.
A long silence takes over the car and, maybe a minute later, Will clears his throat. “So, you gonna talk to her?”
As much as Mike hates to admit it, he’s not sure. “I don’t know,” he croaks out as he turns down the road that leads to Will’s house. “I mean, I’m not good at this kind of stuff, Will. And I don’t know what El expects of me. I don’t know why she likes talking to me or wants to hang out with me or any of it.”
Will breathes out a laugh, but it’s a gentle one, kind and sympathetic. “Did you ever think that she doesn’t actually expect anything from you at all? That she just likes you because she likes you? Not everyone has an angle, Mike. And I know it’s hard to believe, but I think El really, truly likes you. And, again, you don’t have to do anything you don’t want to, but… isn’t it maybe worth seeing what can happen?”
Oh, that thought’s the kind of seductive that’s dangerous. That’s the kind of thought that opens him up to being taken advantage and made a fool of, the kind of thought that leaves him exposed and vulnerable… and Mike doesn’t know if he’s able to take those kinds of risks, even if he wants to.
The rest of the ride home is quiet. Mike doesn’t have an answer for Will and Will seems content not to push now that he’s gotten what’s bothering him out of his system.
It’s only when Mike stops up the driveway to Will’s house that Will speaks again. “I hope you talk to her,” Will says, hand resting on the door handle. “I know you’re scared, and you have every right to be given… well, you know.” Mike attempts to breathe out a humorless laugh, wry and dark, but it sounds more like a whimper than anything. “But I think there could be something special with you and El. You just have to be willing to let it happen.” Will shrugs and glances away. “That’s what I think, at any rate.” He looks back at Mike and gives him a small wave. “Well, see ya later.”
“Yeah, bye,” Mike mutters, still feeling shell-shocked and almost numb.
Will gets out of the car and then Mike’s just left with his thoughts. He drives home in a blur, spending the entire time trying to wrap his head around the schism it’s just gone through.
He’s nowhere close to successful.
Mike obsesses over this the rest of the weekend. Oh, sure, he does his homework and studies for his Chem test. But, even then, he doesn’t stop thinking about everything Will’s told him and trying to reconcile it with what he’s seen, what he’s experienced.
None of it makes sense.
El was fine on Friday, is the truth he holds to, clutching it tightly like a mental security blanket. And she wasn’t that broken up by what happened on Thursday at the time – she was apologetic and embarrassed, sure, but not hurt.
But then he thinks about what Will said, about how El cried because of him and Mike just wants to die. It hurts more than he thought possible to know that El was crying because of him. Literally the last thing Mike ever wants is make her cry, no matter what’s going on between them. And Mike knows there’s a simple solution to fixing this, to mending the hurt he’s caused El.
He needs to talk to her. And tell her the truth this time.
And there’s the crux of the problem. The idea of telling El the truth is about the most frightening thing he’s ever imagined and he doesn’t know if he’s brave enough to go through with it.
It’s a realization that plagues him the rest of the weekend and he can’t even stop thinking about it long enough to fall asleep properly on Sunday night.
Let’s see what she’s like tomorrow, is the conclusion Mike eventually lands on. He needs to see with his own two eyes what Will’s talking about, needs to see if El’s as hurt as Will claims she is. And then, maybe, hopefully, he can think about summoning up the courage to talk to her, to apologize….
To hope that he hasn’t horribly and irreparably fucked everything up.
It’s like, once Mike knows what to look for, once he knows that there is something to look for, he can’t unsee it. The signs have all been there the entire time and, like an idiot, Mike misread every single one of them.
El being just friendly? That’s not a sign of her moving on, that’s a sign that she’s trying to shield herself. The way she doesn’t flirt with him anymore? That’s because she’s trying to respect what she thinks are his wishes, not that she doesn’t care about him anymore.
And every time El drops his gaze a couple of seconds before she normally would, every time her smile doesn’t quite reach her eyes when they talk, every time he can see her reaching out to touch him before jerking her hand back, fast like she’s hoping he won’t notice, Mike’s heart twists and cracks just a little bit more.
If he didn’t know what to look for, he could easily look at El – dressed today in a pair of jeans and an adorable Powerpuff Girls t-shirt – and think that everything’s fine and dandy. But he’s watching for it now.
And he feels like the worst person on the face of the planet.
For a Monday, everything seems to go ok – classes are fine and his Chem test goes by about as well as he could have hoped for. But he’s preoccupied with El just about the whole day, so everything else lingers in the background as Mike realizes that he’s facing a choice now that he knows Will was telling him the truth: he has to decide whether or not he’s going to talk to El about it, hasn’t decided if he’s going to come clean and apologize and see if there’s anywhere to go from there.
There’s part of him screaming no, no he’s not ready for this! It’s a dark voice, a familiar one, the one that’s done a pretty good job of protecting him mostly without incident these past several years. It’s the voice of caution, the one that keeps him safe and from doing something truly embarrassing. There’s only been a couple of times that voice has been asleep at the wheel and those times have been catastrophic.
But, there’s another voice inside of him, one that grows in strength with each passing beat of his heart. It’s the voice that’s saying yes, yes he can do this – he has to. It’s the voice of warmth and hope and yearning. It’s the part of him that wants so bad to reach out to El, to be open and honest and let her in and take what she’s offering in return. It’s a voice Mike wishes he had the strength to listen to – maybe he’d be a better person if he could.
Back and forth, he wrestles with himself all day, knowing he’s at an impasse until he figures it out and chooses one and he honestly thinks he’s going to get an ulcer from all the angst and worry he’s putting into this.
But it all comes to a head a little before 8PM when Mike finds himself randomly scrolling through his text message history with El. It's not something he set out to do, but as he picked up his phone to check the time, he found himself navigating to his text messages without even thinking twice about it.
El hasn’t texted him since Thursday, since the day everything went well and truly wrong, and the way clarity slams into him makes him gasp aloud, shocking his entire system like he’s grabbed onto a live wire.
He misses her, he realizes – misses her with a longing that borders on painful. He misses flirting with her and hearing her laugh and, just talking with her. He misses the warmth of her gaze and the delicate touch of her hand on his arm. He misses the way he’s come to rely on her to be a part of his life. And, yes, she’s been there with him in class on Friday and earlier today, but she hasn’t really been there and it cuts into him like a knife how much he misses her, how much he wants her to come back to him.
And he thinks he would do just about anything to get her back.
Maybe he’ll come to regret this, maybe he’ll make a fool of himself – he really doesn’t know yet. But Mike’s tired of feeling this way, tired of being hurt and tired of missing El, tired of being scared to go after what he wants, tired of letting the voices in his head dictate his life and making him fear every little thing.
This time, it’s going to be different.
This time, Mike’s going to go for it. He’s not sure how, but he’s going to damn well try.
Before Mike can talk himself out of it, before he can work through all the ways this might blow up in his face, he pushes himself away from his desk and only has enough presence of mind to grab his keys and his wallet before racing out of his room and down the stairs. He pokes his head in the kitchen to let out a quick “Mom, gonna drop something off at Will’s house – be right back” before he’s out the door, not even waiting for his mom’s reply, not even grabbing a jacket to ward against the cool night air.
No, he’s not stopping for anything, this time.
Not even himself.
It’s a little after 8 when the doorbell rings and El’s heart leaps into her throat.
She’s upstairs, sitting on her bed, having long traded her jeans for flannel PJ pants, papers and textbooks spread all around her, and she looks up while she’s in the middle of working on her French worksheet to look in the direction of the front door, like she’ll be able to see who’s standing out on her porch if she just stares hard enough.
A moment of indecision passes through her – Hopper’s not home, having gone into the station to respond to a robbery – and El’s alone. She knows Hawkins is safe, but still, a teenage girl at home at night, answering the door… that’s a recipe for all kinds of badness.
But, really, what are the odds of that? the logical side of her argues back and El finds herself sliding off her bed and rushing downstairs before she can talk herself out of it. After all, she doesn’t let fear rule her life, no matter how it turns out.
But she almost reconsiders that stance when she opens the door to reveal Mike standing on the other side, pretty much one of the last people she wants to see right now.
There aren’t many lights on – the porch light is still turned off and the only lights that illuminates the space are the low lamp light of the family room just behind her to her right and the more distant light from the hallway upstairs. But, even still, El can see the way Mike’s standing there, dressed in only a white t-shirt and jeans, arms crossed tight over his chest like he’s trying to conserve body heat. Which, is probably exactly what he’s doing, given the chill El can feel in the air.
For a moment, a split second, El’s not sure what to do or what’s going on. Part of her wants to slam the door in his face, the part of her that’s hurt and mourning because of the boy standing on the other side of her door.
But the bigger part of her, the part that ultimately wins, is curious and kind of concerned, wondering what’s going on, wondering if everything’s ok… wondering why Mike is at her house at 8 at night and standing in the cold without a jacket on and she desperately wants answers.
“Mike?” she asks, his name slipping from her lips with a breathiness that she just can’t control… but she’s hoping the confusion in her voice will mask it.
Mike gives her a small smile and his shoulders somehow manage to fold in closer. “Um, El, hi,” he says with a tremor in his voice that El figures is from the cold, but probably also from nervousness given he can’t seem to hold her gaze for more than a second at a time. “Can we… I just – I wanted to talk, if that’s ok.”
For the second time in less than five minutes, El’s heart leaps into her throat. “Oh, um, yeah, sure.” She blinks and gives herself a small shake, a huffed, self-effacing laugh escaping her. “Here, come in. It’s cold outside.”
“Thanks,” Mike says with a sigh heavy with relief, stepping across the threshold when El moves to let him. “I won’t stay long – I know your dad’s not home, saw that his car wasn’t here and–”
“Yeah, there was a robbery, or something,” El says with a vague hand wave while she closes the door with the other. “He probably won’t be back for a while, so you don’t have to worry about it.”
“Oh,” Mike says, arms uncrossing from their tight wrap around his chest. He stuffs his hands in his pockets and rocks back and forth on his heels. “So….” He trails off and a thick silence fills the space between them.
El squirms, almost uncomfortable with the air that surrounds them. “Did you want to sit down?” she says after a beat, brow furrowing as she looks up at Mike.
Mike licks his lips as he looks down at her, a nervous gesture that does the really unfortunate thing of making El look down at his mouth and remember that she still very much wants to know what it’s like to kiss him. Damn her traitorous heart. “Oh, um, yeah, sure. That’s… that’s, yeah, good idea.”
El gestures to the space behind Mike and she follows him as he heads towards the family room. They sit down on the couch, a good foot and a half of space between them, and El turns to look at him, one leg folded in front of her while the other hangs off the edge of the couch.
She takes a moment to look at him. Mike’s sitting in almost perfect profile, hands resting lightly on his thighs as he stares down at the floor just past his toes. She can feel the nervousness and fear that radiating from him, can see the way his jaw clenches and throat bobs as he swallows heavily, and despite herself, despite everything that’s happened, she finds her heart going out to him.
(even though it’s so not fair how good he looks right now in the low light that surrounds them, the dim, warm light casting the most intriguing shadows across the angles of his face, jaw, and neck, making his skin luminous and his freckles all the more prominent and irresistible. damn him for being so good looking.)
But there’s only so long El can sit there in awkward, nervous silence. “So… what did you want to talk about?” she asks, tentative and quiet.
Even that seems to startle him and Mike looks over at her with wide eyes. There’s fear and resolve reflected in equal measure in his gaze and it makes El’s heart clench painfully in her chest. He looks away after a beat, fear temporarily winning out. “I’m sorry,” he mutters.
At this, El frowns. Sorry? “What are you sorry for?”
Mike draws in a shaky breath, licking his lips once more. He pulls his arms in and hunches almost painfully over himself. “I’m not… I’m not good at this kind of stuff,” he says, glancing over at her as a humorless chuckle escapes from him.
“‘This kind of stuff’?” El parrots back, eyebrow arching. She’s trying here, she really is… but Mike’s not making it easy to follow along with where he’s going with this.
“Yeah, this,” Mike says, gesturing to the space between them like that’ll explain everything.
El sighs, feeling tired. “Mike, I’m trying, but I’m just not getting–”
“When you asked me to Homecoming and I said no,” Mike says, cutting her off. A shocked gasp escapes her, breath sticking in her throat. “I didn’t say no because I wanted to. I said no because….”
El finds herself leaning forward, desperate for the answer to the question that’s been plaguing her for days now. “Because…?” she says, almost breathless with encouragement.
“Because I’m horrible at this.” Mike risks a glance over at her, gaze dancing all over her face for a brief second before he looks away again. “I’ve just… never really done this before and I’m still not sure what I’m doing.”
El thinks she’s starting to understand what he’s trying to get at. “Oh, Mike….”
“And I almost didn’t come over, I almost talked myself out of it on the drive over,” Mike says, his words starting to pick up steam.
“So why did you come over?” El asks.
“Had a talk with Will,” Mike says with tight smile. “Essentially told me I was being an idiot.” He pauses, drawing in a shaky breath. “I was an idiot and I hurt you. I didn’t mean to, but I did.” He looks over at her, imploring. “It’s just that I’m me and you’re, well… you’re you and I’m scared about messing all of this up and I didn’t mean to make you think that I didn’t, y’know, want any of this and–”
Oh.
Oh.
She understands now – god, does El get it now.
Mike’s scared, filled with a bone-deep, paralyzing fear. And when she asked him to Homecoming, she pushed him too far, too fast and he reacted like she’d expect anyone acting from a position of fear: he panicked. But he’s here, trying, making an effort, and El can’t help it: the hurt and sadness she’s been suffering from over the past few days just melts away.
“Mike,” she says, low but forceful, cutting him off mid-ramble. He freezes, staring at her with wide eyes and El can’t help but smile. “Thank you – for telling me and for saying you’re sorry.”
“So… you’re not mad at me?” The look on Mike’s face is both confused and worried, like he’s afraid he’s messed everything up and prepared to hear the worst.
El shakes her head. “No, I’m not mad.” She shifts on the couch, scooting closer to him, and holds out her hand, palm up. “Here, take my hand.” Mike looks down, brow furrowing with shy confusion that is just about the most adorable thing El’s ever seen, and a giggle almost escapes her (she can’t help it, though – she’s just so happy as what’s happening starts to sink in). “Don’t worry, it won’t hurt,” she says, low and soothing like she’s calming a spooked animal.
Slowly, Mike removes his arms from where they’re wrapped around his torso so he can reach for her with the hand that’s closest to her. El’s all too aware that this is going to be the first time he’s ever touched her, not the other way around, and her heart pounds heavy and fast in her chest at the realization. His fingers unfurl from the loose fist they’ve been held in as his hand gets close, moving slowly but surely towards her own.
El keeps her gaze focused on Mike’s face, which is why she can see him glancing back and forth between her hand and her face, like he’s trying to make sure she’s not going to pull her hand away or something, like he’s making sure he can trust her. El’s heart gives a sharp twist in her chest – hurting for him, for whatever he’s gone through – but she keeps her expression soft and patient and waits for Mike to finish taking her hand.
There’s a point, at nearly the last second, where Mike freezes, uncertainty pinching at the corners of his eyes, jaw tightening as he swallows roughly. But, despite how much El wants to just take his hand, she knows this is something Mike needs to do himself and she finds a wellspring of patience inside her she never knew existed. Whatever he needs to be comfortable, she tells herself.
But then Mike’s palm touches hers and the way warmth explodes inside El’s veins, centered in her heart, makes her almost gasp. She’s trembling, just a little, as she curls her fingers around Mike’s hand and feels him do the same. The feel of his hand in hers, of his palm pressed against hers, fingers holding each other, makes her whole body sing. His hand is warm, grip gentle but strong, and her hand feels engulfed by his.
El loves it – god, does she love it.
Mike’s gaze is focused on where they’re now holding hands, eyes wide, but he drags his gaze back up to hers and El’s smile grows wider as sheer happiness floods her, bright and warm. The look in Mike’s eyes is surprised and happy, but still nervous, and El wishes it didn’t make her feel all fluttery inside. “There, see? I’m not mad. How could we be holding hands if I was mad?”
Mike stares at her, brow furrowing in confusion, and he lets out a sharp, heavy sigh. “I just….” He shakes his head, frowning. His expression is pinched, echoes of pain and fear in the edges of his gaze. But, mostly, he’s just confused, looking at her with a kind of sad curiosity. “How do you do it?”
Now it’s El’s turn to be confused. “Do what?”
Another harsh sigh escapes Mike and he gestures vaguely towards her with the hand she’s not holding. “This. Not be scared. You’re just so… I don’t know, fearless, I guess is what I’m trying to say. I don’t know if I could ever be like that.” He’s looking at her like she holds all the answers to all the questions in the universe and she feels it deep in her chest, how overwhelmed she is by the trust he’s showing in her, by how he’s letting himself be open and vulnerable.
Her smile softens, lips curling up in a gentle smile, and El shifts her hand in Mike’s, weaving her fingers through his and squeezing their palms together. His hand’s grown a little clammy, but so has El’s and she doesn’t care. “I’m not fearless – there’s plenty I’m scared about,” she says, voice hushed. “I’m scared of small spaces, I’m scared of whales-”
At that, Mike breathes out a laugh, the first real one since he got to her house. “Whales?” A tiny grin quirks up the corners of his lips, eyebrow arching just so, and her stomach gives that tell-tale swoop as she swoons, just a little.
“Yes, whales – there's no reason for them to be that big and you know it,” she says, muttering a little, before she grows serious again. “But I’m also scared of hurting the people I care about, scared of pushing them away, of losing them. I’m scared everyday, but I don’t let it stop me. It’s been worth it, every time, to push through the fear.”
Mike gulps, nodding. “I know that, I just….” He sighs and drops his gaze down to their joined hands. There’s a long moment as he just stares and El looks down as well, taking in the sight of how their hands look together, fingers interlocked like it’s the most natural thing they could be doing. It feels right and El never knew she could be so happy just from holding hands with someone. “I don’t want to be scared anymore,” Mike says, both of them looking back up at each other. “I don’t – I just want this – I….” Mike trails away with a sigh. “I don’t know how to do this.”
El gives Mike’s hand another squeeze and a thrill shoots through her when she feels him squeeze back. “It’s not something we’re born knowing how to do, and that’s ok.” She smiles, one hand coming up to push away the strands of hair that have fallen in front of her face, fingers curling delicately around her ear. “We’ll just… take this one day at a time, see what happens.”
Mike nods. “One day at a time, see what happens,” he echoes, murmuring the words, like he’s trying them out to see how he likes them. He smiles a moment later as the words seem to sink in. “That sounds… yeah, I think I can do that.”
El giggles, the sound trailing off into a soft sigh. Her heart races at how he looks in the low lamp light, how it emphasizes the curl of his lips, the softness of his expression, the faint blush that’s spread across his cheeks, and she finds her face heating up in return. She so badly wants to kiss him right now, more than she’s ever wanted just about anything in her entire life. But she holds herself back. Mike isn’t ready for that and she knows, now, that she needs to let him drive this, whatever happens between them. Consent works both ways, after all.
“Good,” El says. “That’s good. And just so you know, I’m happy you came over tonight.” Mike looks at her, one eyebrow arched curiously, and El lets out another giggle. “I’ve missed being myself around you and I’m glad I don’t have to hold back anymore.”
Mike rolls his eyes and lets out a sighing chuckle. “Can’t believe I’m going to say this, but I’ve kinda missed your overt flirting.”
The admission sends shockwaves of warm happiness rippling through her, leaving pleasure-filled tingles in their wake. “So you do like it. I knew it,” El says, bright and happy, unable to keep from giggling.
Mike’s lips are curled up in a small grin and the look he gives her is really testing her resolve to not reach over and kiss him right now. “Don’t get cocky, now.”
“Oh, I would never,” El says, fighting to control her own grin. It’s a losing battle, though, and her lips curl up mischievously as she winks at him.
Mike lets out a breathless laugh. “And, there it is.” He’s trying to sound resigned, but the smile on his face is a dead giveaway that he’s anything but.
“Uh-uh, I know you like it, now, so you don’t get to play that card with me anymore.” El feels a little dizzy as they sit there, spinning from the emotional whiplash. 15 minutes ago, she was still suffering from the sadness and hurt of Mike’s rejection of her; now, she feels like she’s on Cloud Nine, happiness infusing every cell in her body, the sadness of the past few days nothing more than a bad dream.
“God, what have I gotten myself into?” Mike grumbles, but he’s still smiling and El knows it’s just an act. He sighs a moment later, the mood mellowing down to warm happiness from the bright humor of the past minute. “I should get going, though. Told my mom I was just dropping something off at Will’s house – if I don’t get back, she’ll probably call to find out what’s going on.”
El sighs, not wanting him to go, but understanding that he has to. “Yeah, ok,” she says. “C’mon, I’ll walk you to the door.” She stands up, fingers still entwined with his – she’s not letting go of his hand until she absolutely has to – and tugs on Mike’s hand.
Mike takes her cue, standing up a split-second later, and a shy smile crosses his face as he looks down at their joined hands. “Not letting go, huh?”
“Nope,” El says, popping the “p” just slightly, unable to stop smiling.
Hand-in-hand, they walk to the front door and El opens it with her free hand, both of them shivering as the cool night air hits them. “You know,” El says, grinning up at him. “You should have worn a jacket.”
“So sue me,” Mike says with flat stare. “I wasn’t really thinking straight.”
“Didn’t want to give yourself time to talk yourself out of it?” El asks, turning so she’s facing him completely.
“Something like that,” Mike says with a shrug, lips curling up in a half-grin.
El sighs, knowing he has to go home but not wanting to let him. “You should get going.”
At that, Mike laughs. “I would, but someone won’t let go of my hand.” He arches an eyebrow at her, giving her a pointed look that makes her giggle despite herself.
“Ok, ok,” El says. “Just….” She tugs on his hand, enough so that he leans forward just a little, and it’s enough so that, when she stands on her toes, she can just reach his cheek with her lips. She shouldn’t be doing this, she’s pretty sure, but she can’t help herself. El just feels so much for Mike and this is the only outlet she has for it right now.
Mike gasps against her cheek, breath fanning out against her skin with a sharp puff of air, and El knows it’s only a matter of time before she knows what it’ll feel like when he finally kisses her back.
The feel of his cheek beneath her lips fills her with the most delicious kind of warmth. She loves how close he is to her in this moment and she hates that he has to go. But she knows he can’t stay, so she settles back down on her heels a second later, smiling up at him, well aware that everything she’s feeling is written on every inch of her face. “Good night, Mike.”
For just a second, Mike stares down at her, pleasure and surprise warring on his face, but he smiles after a moment, letting out a wistful sigh that El feels down to her toes. “Good night, El. See you tomorrow?”
“Of course, always,” El says. She stands by the door and slowly lets go of Mike’s hand as he crosses over the threshold, walking backwards so he doesn’t have to look away. And, when she does finally have to let go of Mike’s hand, she finds herself immediately missing the warmth of his palm against hers, missing the feeling of their fingers woven together like they were made to hold each other’s hand and no one else’s. A soft sigh escapes her, all happy and wistful and just… overwhelmed in the best way possible.
Mike gives her one last shy smile and a small wave of his hand. “Bye, El.”
El smiles, knowing she’s looking all lovesick and giddy, but, god, she so doesn’t care. “Bye, Mike.”
Still smiling, she closes the door behind her and leans back against it. Only, unlike the last time she did this, she’s smiling uncontrollably and she can’t help the giggle that escapes her, or the sigh that follows as her hands come up to press against her wildly beating heart.
She was right – god, she was right. He does like her the same way she likes him – he just has a different speed he needs to move at, is all. And that’s fine. Hell, that’s more than fine. Because she knows now, knows that what she’s feeling isn’t unrequited. Everything else is only a matter of time.
And, god, she has never been happier.
For a moment, Mike just stares at El’s front door, still smiling, feeling shock ripple through him with unbearable happiness. He can still feel El’s hand in his, her lips on his cheek, can still see her bright smile and flirty wink and god, he can’t believe he managed to do this. She forgave him for being the world’s biggest idiot and, best of all, she still likes him.
And, to make things even better, she understands that he’s scared, that he’s never done anything like this before, and he doesn’t know how he got so lucky to be on the receiving end of her gentle patience, but Mike knows it’s a gift he’ll never be able to repay.
Mike doesn’t stop smiling as he eventually turns and walks towards his car. The night air doesn’t feel so cold, not against the warmth that runs through him from knowing that he hasn’t irredeemably fucked everything up, that this thing between him and El seems to be here to stay… that they’re going to take it one day at a time, that she’s willing to do that for him.
Mike knows he still doesn’t deserve her, knows that she can do so much better than him. But, for the first time, the thought doesn’t seem so daunting. Because now he knows.
One day, he’ll be good enough for her.
One day, he’ll be worthy.
Now, he just has to prove it.
Notes:
SO. How 'bout that, eh? We are so much closer than we were just a little bit ago! This is one of the big turning points of the fic, so I hope you all enjoyed it!
Some BTS before I go: I originally planned to end the previous chapter right after Mike turns down El's invitation to Homecoming, but decided that was Too Mean and lumped it in with whatever this is (not sure if you can call it brilliance - madness, perhaps). So you're welcome from sparing you that particular cliffhanger (I will accept your heart-felt gratitude now :p )
On another note, I've done the dumb thing and signed up for NaNoWriMo as a way to keep up my word count for this fic. So expect 2-3 chapters of the next month or so. I'm challenging myself and, boy, do I love using a progress bar as a way to do that (RIP my sanity).
In the meantime, come and bug me on tumblr! I'm @fatechica there, same as here, so come flail with me about mileven and Stranger Things and just life in general. Otherwise, catch y'all on the flip side!
Chapter 14: soft and sweet (the taste of halloween on your lips)
Notes:
So, first off, it's still November 12th where I am, so I made it in time for Mileven Week, goddammit.
And, secondly! This chapter! Is really long! Like, 28k and, nope, I have no life at all. None, zip, zilch, zero.
But, god, I think y'all are really going to like this one. Let's just say it's what pretty much all of you have been waiting for....
(ALSO: it wouldn't be fair to let this go without saying that this chapter has a TW for assault. Didn't want to go without warning you about this.)
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
She can’t look away – she won’t, not for anything.
His eyes are warm, dark brown irises sparkling, as he stares into hers and the way he’s looking back at her is everything. Nervous uncertainty lingers at the edges of his gaze, but the predominant emotion reflected back at her is happiness – joy and awe, warm desire and endless affection. It makes her soul sing, every inch of her light up with tingles that sparkle in her veins like champagne.
She’s breathless. She’s overwhelmed.
She’s in love.
The low light in the basement bathes them in gentle softness, making everything seem hazy and idyllic. She feels drunk, like she’s floating on air, unable to care about anything other than the boy who’s staring back at her like he never wants to look at anyone, anything else.
Time’s lost all meaning, like they have all the time in the world, like the universe has stopped just so they can have this moment, for as long as they want it – for eternity, even.
She knows she’s always going to remember this – how she feels, how he looks, everything. His scent surrounds her, both from the clothes he’s letting her borrow and from just how close he is, face barely a foot away from hers. The heat of his body sears into hers where they’re touching – his folded leg wedged beneath hers from where they’re sitting and facing each other on the couch; her hand on his chest, fingers splayed to feel the rasp of his t-shirt beneath her fingertips; his hands reaching for her to cup her elbows, trembling touch hesitant and oh so thrilling against her bare skin.
She’s close enough that she can count each individual freckle, can see how his lips tremble as his tongue flashes out to wet them so that they glisten in the dim light, full and lush. His gaze dances across her face, drinking her in, landing on her eyes, her cheeks… her mouth. Her lips part in a soft “oh”, an army of butterflies invading her stomach at the gentle heat that fills his gaze, and her cheeks flush as longing, deep and powerful, pours through her veins like warm honey.
Her heart races, breath struggling to keep up until her lungs feel tight with all the feelings that course through her like a raging river. Everything she is calls out to him, his name etched on every beat of her heart, and as she looks at him looking back at her, she knows it’ll be that way for the rest of her life. He’s part of her, now, woven into the very fiber of her being in a way she never wants to untangle.
She feels full, happier than she ever thought possible. The words he’s spoken to her this evening, the things he’s confessed, wrap tight around her, filling her with indescribable joy and she wants more. She wants to always feel like this, caught in his orbit, unable to pull away. He’s magnetic and addictive, irresistibly so. Yearning has overtaken her completely now and she can no longer hold herself back from giving in.
Slowly, so slowly, she closes the distance between them, shifting just enough so she can start to lean in. He gasps, chest rising sharply against her palm, and she stops, pausing just inches away. He’s so close, her entire view filled with him, and his eyes widen as he realizes what’s happening. The hope reflected in his gaze is almost painful, sharp and poignant, and there’s enough confusion there as well that it makes her heart squeeze tight despite her heartbeat’s hummingbird-fast flutter.
He whispers her name, nothing more than an exhalation that tickles the skin of her lips and cheeks, and she shudders. Her tongue flashes out to wet her lips as a trembling breath escapes her. She doesn’t miss the way his gaze drops once more to her mouth and the pleasure that dances in her veins only intensifies.
“Is this ok?” The words leave her in a ragged whisper, desperate and breathless and hopeful. But she needs to know, needs to give him one last opportunity to back away. She owes him this much.
But he just nods, gulping audibly. The move tousles his hair, some of it falling just so across his forehead, and she swoons, heart racing so fast it’s making her light-headed.
Her gaze dances across his face, drinking him in one last time before everything changes, before she’ll finally know what it feels like to touch her lips to his.
The hand not on his chest comes up to cup his face, warm beneath her touch. She lets her thumb sweep across his cheek and she marvels just how soft his skin is, how she never wants to stop touching him just like this. Her eyes flutter shut as she finishes leaning in, falling into him. She feels it, the way his lips part just as hers are about to meet his, and –
wait.
hold on.
there’s a lot we’ve skipped over, a lot of context we’re missing.
so let’s take a step back and rewind a bit….
let’s see just how we’ve finally arrived at this moment.
4 weeks earlier
15 times.
15 is the number of times Mike’s looked over at El in the past 20 minutes.
Now, he gets it – El’s a very pretty girl, and all – but still.
15 fucking times in 20 minutes. That’s almost once a minute, for crying out loud.
Honestly, it’s a struggle to keep from either grinning, laughing, rolling his eyes, or some weird combination of the three.
Because Mike Wheeler is just about the most lovesick goober on the face of the planet and it cracks Lucas up.
Ok, maybe “cracks up” is the wrong way to put it. But Lucas has to admit that it’s definitely amusing (even if there’s part of him that is screaming oh god just ask her out already!).
Really, though, Lucas is happy for Mike, happy that Mike’s not shying away from these kinds of feelings anymore. For a while there, he didn’t think Mike would ever show an interest in anyone, especially with what happened with Ashley Patterson back in Freshman year.
It still makes Lucas wince, remembering how Ashley took advantage of his best friend. He remembers how angry he was – knows how angry he still is, really. If anything, time has just distilled that anger into a hard nugget nestled deep in his stomach, cold and bitter. It pisses him off how people like Ashley can just use people and then throw them away like yesterday’s trash.
Lucas has to admit, for a little bit there, he thought El’s interest in Mike maybe ran along similar lines – that she was just out to use Mike for whatever she needed him for, stringing him along all the while before cutting him lose once he was no longer of any use to her.
But, honestly, someone would have to be blind or just really fucking oblivious not to see that El’s just as lovesick about Mike as he is about her. So, really, no surprise half the school hasn’t picked up on it, bunch of idiots, Lucas thinks, trying not to roll his eyes at the intellectual shortcomings of his classmates. But, a moment later, the thought is forgotten as Mike looks over at El again – 16 times – and, this time, Lucas watches as El looks back from where she’s sitting with what looks like the Photography kids.
Sickening, the both of them, Lucas thinks, lips twitching in a barely suppressed smile. Should just lock them in a storage closet or something and do everyone a favor.
It’s obvious that something has happened between Mike and El, though, because they cannot stop looking at each other and Lucas is seriously about to be put off his lunch if he has to watch them make goo goo eyes at each other any longer.
A nudge in his side pulls his attention away from his infatuated best friend and it’s Lucas’ turn to let himself be lovesick as he looks over at Max.
For a moment, he’s distracted by the fiery blaze of her hair, the sparkling beauty of her ocean blue eyes, and the enchanting twist of her lips as she grins over at him. Lucas desperately wants to lean over and erase that grin by capturing her lips with his own… or at least feel her grinning against his mouth, bright humor radiating from her as they let the whole world fade away until they’re the only people in it.
Lucas won’t do that, not while they’re in the middle of the cafeteria – neither he or Max are big on PDAs – but, man, does he want to.
Hmm, maybe we can sneak off somewhere after school and make out for a bit…, Lucas thinks, grin pulling up at his own lips as he meets her gaze with a questioning brow arched.
Max jerks her head in Mike’s direction, eyebrows waggling almost comically, almost as if to say “Look at this fool over here.”
Lucas bites the inside of his cheek to keep from laughing and just nods in acknowledgement, giving Max a resigned eye roll, all “God, I know, right?”
Across the table, Will and Dustin are having their own conversation, voices low as they talk about some TV baking competition or other – the only Lucas knows is that British one he’s seen memes come from, but he doesn’t think they’re talking about that one – and Lucas interrupts with a gentle kick to Will’s shin. Not enough to hurt, just enough to get his attention.
With Will’s attention comes Dustin as well and it’s not long before the entire table is aware of Mike’s mooning calf impression: elbow propped up on the table, chin cupped in his palm, staring across the cafeteria, expression soft and lovelorn as he stares across at El and sighs with naked longing. Boy could not be more obvious about it if he tried.
An almost manic grin crosses Dustin’s face as he holds up a finger, brows arching up high on his forehead – watch this. “So, Michael,” Dustin says, drawing out each syllable. He leans forward, elbows folded on the table, and Lucas sees him trying to tamp down his grin. “When are we gonna be able to congratulate you?”
The table seems to vibrate with barely controlled giggles as Mike turns to look over at Dustin, blinking slowly like he’s waking up from a dream. “Hmm?” Awareness comes to him slowly and Lucas almost loses it right then and there. Moon-eyed, indeed. “Congratulate me about what?”
“On the eventual wedding.” Dustin grins so hard, his eyes narrow to nothing more than slits. “Yours and El’s that is.”
Mike’s face explodes in a fierce blush – so strong he’s almost radiating pure heat – and everyone else just about fucking loses it. “Wh-what?” He quickly looks over his shoulder back over at El, checking to see if she’s looking or not (she’s not), before he whirls back around to Dustin. “I – I don’t know what you’re talking about.” His voice trembles as he stumbles through the denial.
“Oh, please Wheeler,” Max says with a heavy sigh. “You aren’t fooling anyone at this table. You’ve been staring at El for the past 20 minutes.”
Mike’s still blushing, but he crosses his arms over his chest, lips screwed in a small pout. “I was just looking around – not at anyone.”
“Right,” Will says, getting in on the good-natured teasing. “Your eyes were only pointed in one direction and that’s at the girl you’ve been crushing on for a month now. Clearly you took my advice.”
At that, Lucas looks at Will, brow furrowing. Advice? What advice?
If anything, Mike only crosses his arms tighter over his chest, like he’s trying to make himself small enough to not be noticed (which, good luck with that, beanstalk). “Well, you know….” He trails off, shrugging, like that’s supposed to be the answer to everything.
“Ooh, what advice is this, Will?” Dustin asks. “Maybe advice on how to woo his lady love?”
Mike whips his head around to look at Dustin, neck craning so fast it makes Lucas dizzy. “Ok, ok, whoa. That’s not what she is, ok?”
“Uh, sure,” Lucas says with a chuckle. “You just keep telling yourself that. We all know you’re head over heels for her.”
“Head over heels for who?”
El’s voice cuts through their conversation like a hot knife through butter, and Mike nearly falls out of his chair in his haste to look up at her – though El’s so short and Mike’s so tall that, even seated, it’s not far for him to look up into her face.
Lucas finds himself, as well as the rest of the table, looking at El with wide eyes, like a bunch of panicked, nerdy deer. Mike looks like he’s about to have an aneurysm as he’s torn between heart-pounding panic and heart-racing, lovesick awe, and Lucas marvels at the particular shade of red Mike turns in response.
It’s Dustin who recovers first and he gives El a wide, toothy grin. “El, hi! What brings you to this off-the-beaten-path corner of the cafeteria?”
El giggles, cheeks flushing with a blush that Lucas can admit is enchantingly beautiful, and reaches up to tuck her hair behind her ear, gaze both shyly coy and confidently happy at the same time. “Hi Dustin, everyone,” she says before she redirects her gaze to Mike, her voice dipping low as she greets him and only him. “Hi Mike.”
It’s like Mike just melts, tension bleeding out of him under the weight of El’s gaze, and he smiles back, all soft and dopey. “Hi El.” Mike and El are looking at each other like the rest of the world might as well not exist and muffled giggles ripple across the rest of the table at the nauseatingly adorable yet exasperating sight.
“I was wondering if I could talk to you about something. Before class.” El pauses, one shoulder lifting in a languid shrug. “If you have time.”
There’s a long, breathless moment as Mike looks up at El,overwhelmed by her sheer presence, awed that someone like her exists and is talking to him, and unable to believe that any of this is happening. Then, without warning, Mike explodes in a fury of sudden motion. “Oh, yeah, I have time,” he rushes to say as he gets to his feet, quickly gathering up his things and almost making a mess in his hurry to do everything at once.
“Don’t drop anything now,” El says with a giggle. “You can slow down.” There’s a flirty, teasing grin on her face, gaze twinkling with amusement, and one eyebrow lifts in playful admonishment.
“Yeah, well….” Mike trails off, unspoken words heavy with potential meaning, and he looks down at El with a smile that is some how both wry and bashful at the same time.
The two of them are truly in their own little world, now, all besotted and oblivious, and Lucas really wants to follow through on that instinct to shove both of them into a closet – mostly just so he doesn’t have to see them be all lovey-dovey and gross like this.
El arches an eyebrow. “You good, though?”
“Yeah, let’s go,” Mike says with an over-eager nod. He spares half a glance back towards his friends and mutters out a “see you later” before he and El head off, arms just brushing up against each other as they walk, like neither of them want any space between them at all.
Yeah, not head over heels, my ass.
El waits until they’re out in the empty hallways before she turns to Mike. Mike’s still fidgeting with his backpack strap, trying to get it to lay flat after his haste to get it on his shoulders. Her lips twitch in a smile as she looks him up and down. Today, he’s wearing acid washed jeans and a navy t-shirt with an unbuttoned flannel on over it. It makes El want to slip her hands inside the open ends of the flannel and wrap her fingers around the curve of his ribcage, makes her want to slide her hands up his chest to his shoulders so she can push it down his arms… makes her want to steal it off the floor for herself and surround herself in him.
She just wants and it feels endless, this yearning deep inside of her, raging low and quiet like a thunderstorm that’s miles out. She wonders what it’ll feel like when that storm finishes blowing in, when it’s no longer raging low and quiet, but is instead wild and tempestuous. She wonders how she’s going to resist him.
She wonders if she’s going to even try.
All in due time, El thinks before she shoves the thought (and the urges it brings) to the back of her mind so she can focus on the present. After all, it hasn’t even been a full day since he came over to her house and they finally cleared the air between them, so to speak. This is still all really new.
“You know, you really didn’t have to hurry back there,” El says as Mike finishes adjusting his backpack.
Mike looks over at her, a sheepish smile on his face, and shrugs. “I know. I just….”
“Wanted to get out of there?” El guesses, grinning softly.
“Yeah,” Mike nods. “My friends were giving me shit and there’s only so much of that I can take.”
“Oh, that’s a mood,” El says as she leads them through the hallways towards her locker, where her backpack is stashed.
“So, um, what did you want to talk about?” Mike asks, shifting even closer to her as they walk.
El can feel him brushing up against her from her shoulder to wrist and she almost shivers as tingles run up and down her spine. “Nothing, really,” she says, smiling up at him. “Just looked like you could use a rescue.” Her smile turns into a wide grin as a thought occurs to her. “Though, if you want, we can go sit somewhere and talk about our project.” She shrugs. “Or anything else, really. I just like talking to you.”
A blush creeps up Mike’s face, but he’s still smiling, so El figures he’s not too overwhelmed of anything. “My hero,” he says, murmuring the words a bit.
They approach El’s locker and she stops to open it, focusing on putting in her combination. “What were they giving you shit about, anyway?”
El glances at Mike out of the corner of her eye, looking at him long enough to see him start squirming as he looks down at his toes, like the embarrassment of it is too much. “Oh, they were just….” He trails off, gulping. “They were giving me shit for staring at you.”
El grabs her backpack and lets out a huffed laugh. “Well, that’s rude.”
Mike’s head snaps up to look at her, eyes wide and gaze full of panic. “Oh, um, I’m sorry. I wasn’t trying to stare, but-”
El can’t stop the giggle that escapes her. “No, Mike, I was talking about your friends making fun of you, not that you were looking at me.” She shoulders her backpack and closes her locker. “You’re allowed to look at me as much as you want.”
Mike’s eyes narrow, gaze almost skeptical as he tests out the sincerity of her words. But his lips pull into a small frown, a moue of confusion. “So… you’re ok with that? Just wanna be-”
“Mike,” El says through another giggle, this one breathless with affection. She holds out her hand, palm up, just like she did last night. Only, this time, she just gives him an arched eyebrow and waits – no need to tell him what she’s wanting him to do. He’s smart, he’ll figure it out.
Mike’s mouth snaps shut, whatever he was gonna say cut off by El’s interjection. He glances down at her hand for a split second before he moves to take it. There’s a brief pause right before he does as he checks up and down the hallway, like he’s making sure they’re alone before he grabs her hand.
El’s heart gives a little warning pang at the motion, hoping this is a temporary hang-up, that he’s not scared or embarrassed to hold her hand in public.
But mostly, El’s just thrilled that he’s holding her hand again, both of them shifting their hold so that their fingers are entwined once more. It just feels so right.
“Remember?” El says, voice gentle. “Holding hands means not mad. I want you to look at me if you want to look at me. I don’t want you to hold yourself back or do anything you’re not comfortable with, got it?”
There’s another long pause and Mike’s expression shifts so that he’s looking down at her with gentle eyes and a soft smile, his face warm and welcoming, and, oh, the way El’s heart skips a beat at the way this beautiful, amazing boy is looking down at her, like she’s everything he ever could want. “Promise?” he asks, smile quirking with humor that is some how also desperate in its insecurity.
A gasp sticks in El’s chest as the word promise rattles in her brain. There’s so much in his question that is implied, the words heavy with meaning. Does she promise to not be mad at him, to let him do this at his own pace, to be with him every step of the way? Does she promise to always be there for him?
Does she promise him all of those things and more?
A smile, small and tremulous, takes over her lips and El finds herself drowning in Mike’s hopeful gaze, warm and vulnerable and everything she’s ever wanted. “Promise,” she says, the word spoken with utmost tenderness, voice thick with all the things she wants to say but neither of them are ready for.
They stare at each other for a long moment, unable to look away, unwilling to even try.
But, El knows they can’t stand here and stare at each other forever, so she grins, tugging on Mike’s hand as she guides them down the hall. “Now, c’mon. Let’s go find somewhere to hang out before class starts. We still have, like 20 minutes to kill.”
“Whatever you want,” Mike says.
And, god help her, El believes him.
Lucas waits until Mike and El are out of earshot before he zeroes in on Will with burning curiosity. “Ok, what the fuck? You gave Mike advice? About what?”
“Yeah, spill it, Will,” Max says, leaning forward, elbows perched on the table.
Will looks around at Lucas, Max, and Dustin, and his brow furrows just slightly. “I don’t know if I should say.”
Dustin reaches for Will and puts a hand on his shoulder. “Will, c’mon, it’s us. We only want what’s best for Mike, y’know? Plus, I have a feeling those two lovebirds are gonna need all the help they can get, so we all need to make sure we’re on the same page.”
“Yeah, Will,” Max says. “You don’t want us making fools out of ourselves, do you?” Max is laying it on thick, all doe eyes and over-exaggerated innocence.
Will’s not fooled by the act – really no one could be, it’s that bad (look, Lucas loves her, but Max is a horrible actress). But, after a moment, he sighs. “Ok, ok, but don’t tell Mike I told you all the details, ok? He’s all… Mike about it enough already.”
“Dude, come on,” Lucas says, voice tight with anticipation. “Just tell us already.”
“Alright, hold on, jeez,” Will says with a sigh. “Ok, so, a little backstory first. Last week, El asked Mike to Homecoming–”
“She didn’t,” Dustin says through a gasp.
“– but Mike said no,” Will finishes, like Dustin hadn’t even interrupted him at all.
“Wait, what?” Max asks. “But, I thought–”
“Yeah, that was my thought,” Will says. “El was pretty hurt about it and I talked to Mike about it later. Told him he should talk to her, that she really likes him, y’know? He went on for a bit about how I didn’t understand and how it wasn’t that easy, but I pretty much told him that it could be really worth it and that he and El could be something really good.” Will shrugs. “Looks like he took my advice.”
For a moment, happiness bursts bright inside of him, but he sighs a moment later, laughing at himself. “God, we are a bunch of girls, invested in our friend’s lovelife.”
“Hey, I know I give Mike shit, like, all the time,” Max says. “But he’s a good guy, y’know? It’s about time he was happy.”
“You really think they’re gonna get together?” Lucas asks.
“Dude, they have to. Have you seen the way they look at each other?” Dustin says, eyebrows arching just a little.
“Man, can you imagine how the whole school is gonna freak out when Mike and El go to Homecoming together?” Max asks, nose scrunching up in a laugh that is damn near a giggle.
“Um, I don’t know if they’re gonna go to Homecoming,” Will says. “You know how Mike is about school dances.”
The mood at the table sombers as they remember why Mike feels the way he does about school dances. “God, Stacey’s probably going to have a stroke if Mike and El actually do get together,” Dustin says. “Couldn’t happen to a meaner bitch, I swear.”
That makes Lucas cringe as a horrible thought occurs to him. “Speaking of Stacey, do you guys think El knows? About what happened with Ashley and the rest of the popular girls?”
Everyone exchanges glances, trying to see if someone maybe has an answer, and it’s Will who finally speaks. “I don’t know if she does. I don’t think she’d still be friends with Stacey if she knew – El’s pretty big on being nice and fair.”
Lucas nods. He doesn’t know much about El, but that makes sense for what he does know about her. But still…. “Yeah, I guess. I just… I just hope this doesn’t explode in everyone’s faces, I guess. You know how Stacey can get. And I’m pretty sure she’s not going to like El being with Mike.”
The thing is, El knows she’s going to have to deal with Stacey and her snobby bullying eventually. At best, Stacey’s casually mean – dropping insults and slights with an ease that makes El blanch and leaves a trail of embarrassed, hurt faces in her wake. And El’s only heard stories of Stacey at her worst, stories of people violently humiliated, fleeing in tears with shame that lingers as people continue to mock them about the incident later. And Stacey’s victims? Shy kids, nerdy kids, awkward kids, anyone who Stacey considers to be “beneath her”.
The kind of kids that El calls her friends.
So, yeah, El knows she’s heading for some sort of confrontation with Stacey. It’s only a matter of time, after all. El’s pretty sure the only reason it hasn’t already is that a) she’s trying somewhat to keep the peace since she likes being friends with most of the other girls Stacey surrounds herself with (Jen, in particular) and b) Stacey hasn’t been too bad in front of El. At least, not bad enough that El feels compelled to do something about it.
That all changes, though, on Thursday. It’s only been a few days since Mike came over to her house and things started really changing between them. El hasn’t told anyone about it yet – not because she’s embarrassed, or anything, but because there’s not much to tell yet. The pace she and Mike are moving at feels glacial, mostly because Mike’s still a little (a lot) skittish. But El doesn’t mind – she’s just happy that things are moving.
But that still doesn’t mean she can comfortably go around telling everyone that her and Mike are a thing – they haven’t even kissed yet. Maybe when they finally get there, El will feel like there’s something to tell.
Oddly, though, it’s Mike who sparks the incident between her and Stacey… or, rather, El’s feelings for Mike that does it.
On that Thursday, El’s eating lunch with Stacey and her clique. It’s Pep Rally day, so the majority of the Pep Squad is huddled around a series of tables, bright and confident in their uniforms. Stacey’s one of the only really popular girls not on Pep Squad – claims it makes her “too sweaty” – so she’s dressed in her usual tight blouse, short skirt combo.
Only, today, there’s a dark hickey right where her neck meets her shoulder… and a smug smile on Stacey’s face to go along with it.
She’s been showing it off all day, but has been stubbornly cagey about saying who she got it from. All throughout French class, though, she’d given not-so-subtle hints to remind everyone of its existence: tilting her head to one side, running a lazy finger over it, and so on.
El wasn’t really curious; hard to be when she knows Stacey is gonna tell them all eventually. In many ways, at the end of the day, Stacey is just a showman. She’s just waiting for the most opportune moment to brag and preen in front of all of her friends.
And that opportune moment comes from Lizzy, one of the Sophomore girls who’s managed to wedge her way into Stacey’s orbit. “Oh my god, Stacey, where’d you get the hickey from?”
Oh, so you’re only just noticing? El thinks, none too charitably. It’s been 5 minutes since lunch started, for crying out loud. Powers of observation, Lizzy does not have.
Stacey lets out a simpering giggle, visibly preening under the attention as the rest of the girls around the table chime in with similar questions, a chorus of high pitched admiration. Jen, who’s used to Stacey’s antics, just turns to El with an amused eye roll, a “here she goes again”.
El barely suppresses a giggle as they both turn their attention back to Stacey, who looks like she’s fit to burst with the news, but is desperately trying to look like she’s not. “Well, I don’t want to brag, or anything,” Stacey says before she throws a pointed look at El’s direction. There’s a gleam in Stacey’s eye that makes El take a mental step back. What the… ?
“Come on, Stacey, you have to tell us now! I’ve been dying to find out all day,” Ellen says, eagerness almost pitching her over the table.
“Well, if you must know….” Stacey trails off, stretching out the moment for maximum effect. The tension around the table builds to a fever pitch, almost everyone literally on the edge of their seats, like they’re waiting for word from on high. Stacey shrugs and lets out a little giggle. “Zach Mercer.”
Like a hive mind, almost every eye at the table whirls around to look at El. El, for her part, just blinks, stunned by the sudden onslaught of attention. It’s like they’re waiting for her to freak out or something when, honestly, that’s the last thing on El’s mind. Just because she doesn’t want to be within 40 feet of Zach Mercer doesn’t mean someone else can’t make horrible life decisions.
“Now, El, I know you and he had a thing,” Stacey says, voice thick with faux sympathy. “And his feelings were so hurt after you turned him down.”
“Hey, I told him I wasn’t interested,” El says. “And we never had a thing.”
“Anyway,” Stacey says, getting the attention back on her news. “He and I talked and, well….” She pauses, winking. “Let’s just say I helped him feel better.”
Revulsion turns her stomach sour, but everyone else around El squeals. “Oh my god, are you going to Homecoming together?” – “Are you two an item now?” – “Is he a good kisser?”
The questions come at Stacey rapid-fire and she looks more than pleased to be under the barrage of fire. “Of course we’re going to Homecoming together. He’s a hot senior boy with a Mustang. Uh, hello.”
El barely suppressed the eye roll she desperately wants to let out. Yes, because apparently “hot”, “senior”, and “has a cool car” is the end all, be all list of qualifications a guy must have around these parts.
But, Stacey’s looking back at El, once again with sympathy that is anything but. “I hope you’re not mad,” she say to El. “I mean, you did turn him down.”
El shrugs. “Yeah, sure, he’s all yours. Hope you two have fun at Homecoming, together.”
“So, who are you going to go with, anyway?” Ashley asks, hand perched in the cup of her palm. “I mean, you said no to Zach Mercer, of all people. Still don’t understand why, by the way.”
Because I don’t go for the douchebro type? El thinks, but doesn’t say. Instead, she says, “He just wasn’t the one I wanted to go with.” She shrugs again, a little uncomfortable with the intensity of the gazes focused on her. “I dunno, I think I’m not gonna go with anyone.”
“But you did want to go with someone,” Stacey says. One eyebrow quirks up in curiosity, having sniffed out a piece of gossip like a dog on a bone. “Pray tell, who does the mysterious El Hopper deign worthy of escorting her to the dance?”
At that, Jen lets out a weak laugh. “Guys, c’mon, she doesn’t have to tell us if she doesn’t want to, right El?”
“No, I don’t mind,” El says. And she doesn’t, really. She’s not ashamed that she asked Mike to Homecoming – yeah, sure, she’s bummed he said no and she’s not going to bring it back up given where things are with them. And, yeah, maybe she’s not ready to say exactly what’s going on with them, but it’s not like she wants to keep it a secret that she asked him in the first place. “I was kinda hoping to go with Mike Wheeler, but he doesn’t want to go, so I’m gonna go on my own.”
The silence that falls over the table is so complete, one could hear a pin drop, and El looks around at the faces staring at her, eyes wide, disbelief creeping up over their features. Resolve hardens her spine and El lets herself stare right back – this is probably the only thing she wasn’t looking forward to: everyone’s reactions, staring at her like she’s grown a second head right in front of them or something.
It’s Stacey who breaks the silence first, letting out a guffaw that would normally have embarrassed her, only she’s too shocked to care, it seems. “Excuse me? You’re kidding, right? You have to be kidding. Mike Wheeler? Like, nerdy king of the nerds, Mike Wheeler?”
If Stacey was hoping to make El second guess her decision, she’s doing a horrible job of it, and El just sits up straighter. “Yeah, so? He’s nice and funny and cute and he’s my friend. So I asked him to go to Homecoming. I mean, he said no, but, it’s fine.”
“Wait, you actually wanted to go with him. Over Zach Mercer.” Stacey says. No one else can say a word, it seems, leaving Stacey to fill the silence. She pauses, eyes narrowing as she tilts her head, looking at El with keen eyes. “Wait, I know what this is,” she says, grinning. There’s a cruel edge to the curve of her lips and El’s stomach turns at the sight. “You need something from him, don’t you? Finally realized that the lame schoolwork they give us in this place is a waste of time and you’re pawning it off on Mike Wheeler. God finally, good for you. I mean, it doesn’t take much to get nerds to do what you want. Just smile and wink at them, maybe flirt with them a little, and you’ll have them eating out of the palm of your hand.” Stacey turns to Ashley, grin firmly affixed on her face as memory sparks in her eyes. “Wait, Ashley, didn’t you have a thing like that with Mike?”
A cold chill runs down El’s spine, but Ashley lets out a laugh, sounding almost wistful. “God, yeah, Freshman year English, first semester. Got assigned this huge stupid fucking project. But, like, hello, I don’t have time for that kind of shit.”
“What happened?” El asks, trying her best to keep her voice even. “What did you do?”
Ashley grins and it’s the ugliest thing El’s ever seen. “Need some pointers, yeah? Well, with Mike, it was easy. Told him he could ask me to Winter Formal if he helped me out on my project. Promised to even let him kiss me, if he did a good enough job. Encouraged him a bit along the way, too. Flirted with him, touched him a little bit – made him really believe, y’know? Got him to do pretty much my entire project for me – got an A–, too, so not a bad idea on my part.”
“So, did he ask you? To the Winter Formal?” El feels like she’s been punched in the gut, like all the air’s been stolen from her lungs, leaving a shocking chill in its place.
“El, please, don’t,” Jen says quietly, just enough so El can hear. There’s a thread of fear in Jen’s voice and it’s just occurring to El that, whatever this is, Jen’s known the entire time and hasn’t thought it relevant to share with her.
“Oh god, did he,” Ashley says, amused pride lilting in her voice. “Asked me right here in the cafeteria during lunch after winter break. I’d totally forgotten that I told him he could ask me, of course. But, still, gotta give him credit for trying.” She turns to Stacey, barely suppressed laughter shaking her shoulders. “God, do you remember the look on his face when he asked? Like, he honestly thought I would go with him, of all people, to the Winter Formal.”
“Oh, god, it was the funniest thing!” Stacey says, laughing like she’s remembering a good joke. A bunch of the other girls join in and El swears that she has never heard laughter sound so heartless. “God, we laughed so hard. Like, really, he thought he actually had a chance with you, Ash.”
Ok, so wait, El wants to make sure she’s getting this straight: Ashley, someone who she had been considering a friend up until this moment, led Mike on so she could get him to do her homework for her and then laughed at him in front of everyone as she turned him down for the one thing she promised he could ask her. Yeah, ok, El’s going to be sick, she’s so angry right now.
For a moment, though, all El can say is, “Wow,” as shock ripples through her, as the full implications of it settle into her mind.
“I know, right? God, what a loser,” Ashley says. “Just goes to show you, though. Guys like him? We can get them to do anything we want and they’ll keep crawling back for more.”
She can’t take this anymore – she won’t. “Wow, yeah, no, that’s fucked up,” El says, voice hard and icy. “I’m sorry, I can’t sit here anymore.” She reaches for her bag, down by her feet, and goes to stand up, only to be stopped by Stacey’s voice.
“Um, where are you going?” Stacey asks, looking at El like the whole world’s gone crazy.
“Anywhere but here,” El says, stomach churning. If she stays any longer, she’s going to lose it entirely.
“God, wait, are you actually mad at us? El, c’mon, he’s just a nerd,” Stacey says.
“Yeah, there’s literally dozens of guys out there just like him, willing to do whatever we want. And if they don’t, well, there’s a bunch more out there willing to take their places,” Ashley says, like it’s a fact.
“He’s not just a nerd,” El says, spitting out the words as she stands up. “He’s a person, a person with feelings of his own. And he certainly isn’t a plaything put here for your amusement and convenience.” She can feel it, the ire rising inside of her, explosive and grotesque, and she needs to get out of here. “I’m sorry, but I can’t do this.”
“Oh my god, you’re really going to do this,” Stacey says. “You’re going to stand up to your friends over a nerd. A lame-ass, loser nerd.”
“Wow, certainly looks that way, doesn’t it?” El deadpans, voice hard. She gulps hard – not out of fear, but trying to hold her anger in long enough so she doesn’t do something horribly stupid here in the middle of the cafeteria.
Stacey laughs and it’s a cruel sound. “Seriously, you’re going to just walk out of here because of how we treated some nobody nerd? God, aren’t you Miss High and Mighty, looking down your noses at us.”
“It’s called human decency, not that any of you would know anything about that, apparently,” El says, glaring. “But, whatever, think whatever you want. I’m out of here. Give my spot to someone else.”
El leaves her lunch behind – she’s not even hungry anymore – and makes it about 5 steps before Stacey calls after her. A hush falls over the student body at the sound of Stacey’s raised voice, all eyes on them now, watching this strange tableaux play out – watching, as once again, El storms away from the popular table. Only, this time, Zach Mercer is nowhere to be found and it’s abundantly clear that something is happening between El and Stacey. “Fine, go ahead! Commit social suicide. Just don’t think you come crawling back!”
El doesn’t even look behind her – she just gives Stacey the finger over her shoulder, middle finger held up proudly the whole way out of the cafeteria.
El eventually does get hungry again. Unfortunately, it’s about an hour later and her only recourse is to dig into the snacks she packs for before Pep Squad rallies. It’s not enough, exactly, and she’s going to be paying for it later when hunger hits her part way through the rally. But it’s better than nothing and it helps keep her from getting distracted in class because her stomach is gnawing away at itself.
But, not even being starving could distract her from the whispers that seem to follow her everywhere. For the second time in two weeks, El can feel the swarm of gossip trailing behind her down the hallways, like a buzzing cloud that she leaves in her wake. Being popular doesn’t seem worth all this attention, El realizes with a scowl, and she wonders again why people seem to even care about what’s going on with her and Stacey.
Worst, Mike knows something happened – stands to reason, since the whole school seems to know, even if no one knows the details. She can feel his worried gaze on her when they meet up in US History and as they head off to their Chemistry class. But, thankfully, he doesn’t ask and lets her blaze ahead as if nothing’s wrong, as if nothing happened.
El’s grateful. One, because if he asks her about it, El’s not sure she won’t just go on an anger-fueled rant right there in the middle of the hallway. But, more importantly, El doesn’t know if she wants to tell Mike what she’s found out.
Just the thought of what happened to him, of what Ashley did to him long before El ever met him, brings a whole host of emotions roaring to life inside her veins, making her almost nauseated and overheated from the force of everything she feels. There’s anger at how Stacey and Ashley would not just treat people like that, but also laugh about it after like it’s amusing, like it’s some sort of sick game to them; there’s disappointment in herself that she didn’t see any of this sooner, that it took her so long to realize just how horrible Stacey and her ilk are, how El ever fooled herself into thinking she could be friends with them; there’s the hurt she feels because of Jen, because Jen knew this had happened and hadn’t told her about any of it, when it would have been helpful for El to know weeks ago.
But, most of all, there’s just sadness. It pains her to think that someone would ever look at Mike and think that he was someone who deserved to be treated like that. Hell, it makes El sad that people like Stacey and Ashley think anyone deserves to be treated like that. But she knows Mike – she knows how sweet and nice he is, knows how kind and giving and just amazing he is.
That anyone could look at Mike Wheeler and think he’s nothing more than an easy mark is nauseating and knowing what she knows now goes a long way in explaining so much about him, about how scared and skittish he is about her, how skeptical and doubtful he is of El’s intentions. El doesn’t blame him; if she’d been hurt like he had been, she might think more than twice about opening herself up like that again.
Above all, though. El doesn’t want Mike to know that she knows – at least not yet. She knows he’d only be really embarrassed about it. Heck, it might even scare him off, knowing that she knows about something so personal and probably humiliating about him.
No, best to let him tell her himself about it, El thinks, once school is done for the day and she’s getting ready for the Pep Rally. It’ll be a sign that he trusts her enough to really let her in. She can tell him then that she already knows, knows and doesn’t care, that she doesn’t think any less of him. Because there’s practically nothing Mike could do that would change how El feels about him, how she thinks about him. Mike Wheeler is amazing and there’s no changing her mind about that.
El suffers through the Pep Rally mostly fine. Hunger hits her partway through like she expected and, unsurprisingly, there’s something of a chill wind coming her way from about half of the squad, all centered around Ashley, Ellen, and a handful of the secondary members of Stacey’s clique – seems they have their marching orders and are carrying them out dutifully. El’s fine with that – she’s pissed at them, too, so there’s no lost love between them. Jen seems to have abstained from taking sides for the moment and the older girls on the squad are still nice to her, dismissive about lowerclassmen dynamics like only high school seniors can be.
Still, it’s tiring, dealing with that level of icy, silent vitriol being tossed her way, and El practically slumps with exhaustion in the passenger seat of Hopper’s police cruiser when he comes to pick her up.
“Long day, kiddo?” Hop asks as he pulls away from the school.
“The longest,” El says, not even bothering to hold back the groan that accompanies her words. She rests her forehead against the window, letting the coolness from the glass seep into her overly warm skin, still cooling down from the rally.
“Well, I was thinking about ordering Chinese for dinner. There’s a surprisingly decent Chinese restaurant in Hawkins, of all things. Thinking we could order our usual.”
El lets out a tired laugh and turns to look at her dad, her head still resting on the window. “Can we get extra pork lo mein?”
Hopper chuckles, low and warm. “Sure can, kiddo.”
“‘M not a kiddo,” El murmurs, eyes rolling.
“Yeah, sorry, but you’ll always be my kiddo, even when you're 50. Learn to live with it.”
“God, you’re impossible,” El sighs, but she finds herself smiling anyway.
They order Chinese food once they get home and it’s actually pretty good, much to El’s pleased surprise. And, after dinner, El shuffles upstairs to take a shower and do her homework, trying not to think about the day she’s had all the while.
But it’s almost impossible to cast the day’s events from her mind entirely. Especially when it gets to be almost 10 and El finds herself staring at her phone.
The past couple of nights, El’s ended her day by calling Mike and talking to him on the phone for about an hour as she lays in bed. And 10 o’clock seems to be the time they’re settling on for their night-time talks. So El’s almost positive that Mike is expecting her to call soon.
Her homework’s done, so there’s nothing to keep El from grabbing her phone and flopping onto her bed, fingers trembling as they hover over the button on her screen that will call Mike with nothing more than a simple touch.
Can she talk to him right now? Can she talk to him and not blurt out what she learned today?
Before El has an answer to that question, her thumb hits her screen and her phone starts calling Mike’s. Well, guess I’m gonna find out, El thinks as she waits for Mike to pick up, shifting on her bed so that she’s propped up on her pillows, blankets haphazardly thrown over her legs and hips.
Mike picks up on the third ring and El’s breath catches in her throat when she hears his voice in her ear. “Hey, a little early tonight.”
El lets out a breathless laugh, high-pitched and delicate. “Yeah, well, finished my homework a little earlier than expected.” She pauses, thinking. “But, if you’re not done yet, I can call you back later. Or you can call me when you’re finished.”
“Eh, I’m just about finished anyway,” Mike says. “Nothing that can’t wait until Homeroom tomorrow.”
“Slacker,” El says, grinning as the teasing insult slips past her lips.
“Yes, you got me,” Mike says, picking up on the teasing tone of her voice. “I’m just a big, old slacker.”
“Ha, knew it,” El giggles. On the other end of the line, she can hear the tell-tale sound of fabric rustling and her heart skips a beat knowing that Mike is also in bed. She tries to picture him, cozy and comfy, all soft and warm as he snuggles beneath the covers, dressed in PJs. God, she just wants to be with him right now.
“So, how’d your Pep Rally go?” Mike asks. El knows he really doesn’t care one way or another, but he’s asking because she cares and it warms her all the way down to her toes.
“Good, think the football team is sufficiently pepped for tomorrow’s away game,” El says. “Too bad you have Cross Country practice during Pep Rallies. I’d love to have you there.”
Mike groans. “You know how I feel about Pep Rallies, El.”
Oh boy, does she. And she’s really starting to understand why. “I know,” she says, pouting. “Just be nice to have you there to support me, is all.”
El can practically hear Mike’s eye roll through the line. “Well, I’m always supporting you in spirit, just so you know.”
“Aww, that’s sweet!” El says, letting out another breathless giggle. “You’re so nice, Mike.”
Is it possible for a blush to be transmitted over the phone lines? Because El swears she feels Mike blushing. “Um, thanks,” he says, deflecting and embarrassed. “Oh, hey, um, I wanted to ask you – mostly because the guys are asking me and I said I’d ask.”
El’s brow furrows. “Oh, um, sure. What’s up?” Where is he going with this?
“What happened with you and Stacey today? We saw you storming away from the table, like, 10 minutes into lunch.” Mike lets out a laugh, a dry sound that is almost completely without humor. “Love how you gave her the finger the entire way, too. Real bitchin’ move. Honestly, of all the people I can think of, she deserves it the most.”
El almost chokes. “Oh, um, yeah, that,” she says, stumbling. She doesn’t want to say what it was really about – not to Mike, not right now. But there’s no ducking away from this and she knows it. At least not entirely. “Stacey was just… being a bitch. Like, it was horrible and I couldn’t put up with it anymore.”
It’s the lamest excuse ever, vague and just such a complete and total understatement, it’s not even funny. But it’s the best she’s got under such short notice.
And, even better, Mike just hums in agreement. “Hope you told her off,” he says, voice low and bitter. El can hear the years of hurt in his voice and her throat grows thick with emotion, forcing to swallow hard against the intrusion. “Really, I don’t know how you’ve put up with her for so long. She’s such a bitch and you, well… you’re just not.”
El breathes out a weak laugh. “Oh, stop. I’m plenty bitchy.”
“Uh, no,” Mike says through a snort. “You’re, like, the nicest person I’ve ever met. In fact, I’m pretty sure you’re the nicest person in the whole damn school.”
“God, that’s so not true,” El says, blushing to the roots of her hair.
“Hah, right. Are you or are you not the girl who’s on a mission to become friends with everyone?”
El scrunches up her nose, squirming a bit at the unexpected compliment. “Not everyone…” she murmurs. But she knows she’s been called out and her protest is weak.
“See? You know I’m right,” Mike says. His voice is bright and happy sounding in her ear and El knows not saying anything about what happened with Stacey is the right idea. She doesn’t want to ruin this, doesn’t want to make him self-conscious or bring him down in anyway – not when things are finally progressing between them.
“Well, you know what I’m right about?” El asks, trying to guide them away from such an uncomfortable topic. “That Mr. Redford’s hair is totally a toupee,” she says, bringing up the debate that she and Mike have been coming back to for just about the past week, that their Honors Chem teacher’s hair is 100% fake.
“Ugh, no way! You are so wrong about that,” Mike scoffs.
El rolls her eyes, but her lips are pulled up in a smile. “Oh, please. I’m totally right.”
“Yeah, ok, is this some sort of girl thing? Like a hair sense or something?” Mike says, full of teasing derision.
“Yes, now, pay attention and let me tell you all about why I’m right and you’re wrong….”
It doesn’t take long for everything surrounding what happened with Stacey to fade to the background as El gets caught up in talking with Mike, letting the sound of his voice, the lilt of his laughter, drown out everything else.
And, in this moment, that’s all that matters.
That’s not all that matters, though. There’s still school and family and other friends.
And, of course, there’s repercussions, consequences to the things you do. Even if they take a while to show up.
The day after El storms away from Stacey and the popular crowd and insults the most popular girl in school is fine, almost normal. There are whispers, of course, that Mike overhears – wild rumors, base speculation, rampant questioning. Some of what he hears makes Mike’s head spin, some of it so outlandish that he has to wonder what sort of drugs his classmates are on.
But the predominant theory, the one Mike hears the most as he walks through the halls on Friday, is that El is mad because she feels that Stacey snatched Zach Mercer away from El, “forcing” El to give Stacey the cold shoulder out of hurt and resentment. Which is totally and completely ridiculous. Mike knows because El’s told him she hates Zach Mercer. And Mike believes her when she says that whatever is going on with her and Stacey is because Stacey was being her usual bitch-ass self. And, given the history he has with Stacey, it’s not too much of a stretch of the imagination.
Which is why Mike knows that Stacey isn’t someone who handles being called out for how horrible she is. Or handles any kind of resistance whatsoever, really. So Mike’s surprised when nothing happens on Friday other than the whispers that float through the halls, even though he spends the rest of the day waiting for the other shoe to drop.
It makes him kinda twitchy, so much so that El calls him out on it when they meet up in US History. “Hey, you ok?” she asks, brow furrowed with warm concern.
Mike smiles, heart doing somersaults in his chest at the being on the receiving end of her worry. “Yeah, I’m fine, just….”
El arches an eyebrow. “Just, what?”
He shrugs, not knowing exactly how to explain it. “Just kinda surprised Stacey hasn’t done something to you yet, y’know? For what happened yesterday. No one defies her and gets away with it, in my experience.”
“I didn’t ‘defy her’,” El says with a snort, rolling her eyes in casual dismissal. “I just told her I don’t approve of the way she treats people. She’s free to still be horrible – I just don’t need to put up with it anymore.”
“Yeah, well, in Stacey’s view, that’s pretty much a declaration of war.” Mike sighs, nibbling a bit at his lip. “I just hope she doesn’t do anything too bad to you, is all. She’s not known for forgiveness and letting things go.”
“Eh, I can handle Stacey and whatever she comes up with,” El says with a soft smile. “Bullies like her don’t really intimidate me.”
At that, Mike has to laugh. “I’m beginning to think nothing intimidates you.”
“Well, not nothing,” El says, giggling. “Just not dumb stuff like Stacey and whatever lame payback she might be planning.”
Mike grins, settling a bit under the force of El’s confidence. “Well, I’m sure if she does anything, you’ll have at least half the school on your side. I think Stacey might underestimate how popular you are.”
A light blush crawls up El’s cheek, delicate and oh so enchanting. “Please, I’m not that popular,” she says. “I just have lots of friends.”
“Same difference and you know it,” Mike says with an arched eyebrow to drive his point home. “You’re nice, funny, and pretty. I’d be surprised if you didn’t have at least half the school on your side.”
The blush on El’s cheeks deepens and Mike finds his own face heating up from his admission – it’s the closest he’s gotten to telling her what he really feels about her – and the smile that curls up El’s lips is so beautiful, his heart nearly explodes. “Don’t know what you’re talking about, ‘not good at this stuff’,” El says, voice low so no one overhears them. His heart races at the memory of their talk earlier that week, where they both agreed to take things one day at a time, that he wanted to try and see where this went at a pace he feels comfortable with.
And to hear El acknowledge it, to know that she’s not ignoring or pretending it didn’t happen – that she hasn’t all week, letting him hold her hand when no one’s looking or pressing quick kisses to his cheek when they finish studying together for the night or calling him before bed every day this week – makes him happier than he ever thought possible.
“Yeah, well, maybe you just inspire it in me,” Mike says, just as quietly. He looks over in time to see El giving him a small, flirty smile, eyes twinkling, and his heart races just that much faster in his chest. The ringing of the bell puts a stop to their back and forth, but the happiness it inspired lingers in his veins long after the moment has ended.
It renews itself when El gives his wrist a squeeze before they separate as they head into Chem class, the feel of her touch on his bare skin thrilling and making him shiver, and he pretty much almost forgets that he’s waiting for Stacey to retaliate against El, that he’s expecting something at any moment.
Nothing happens, though. At least not on Friday. Everyone heads home, Mike and El with plans to meet up to chip away at their History project, and Mike starts to think that maybe El is too popular for Stacey to retaliate against, maybe she doesn’t dare risk it.
That thought lasts as long as it takes for Mike to walk into school Monday morning.
At first, it seems to be shaping up to be a great day. He’s crossing the parking lot when a voice calls out to him and he turns to see El, Hopper’s police cruiser driving away after dropping her off, and a smile, bright and wide, crosses his face. “El, hi!” he says as he gets closer.
El waits for him to approach her, smiling the entire time, thumbs looped in her backpack straps as she stands there. She’s wearing a swishy, navy skirt with this asymmetrical hemline – coming down to her knee on one leg and extending a few inches down past that on the other – and she’s paired it with this cream, scoop necked top that clings tight to her torso, showing off the hollow between her collarbones and the intriguing lines of her body. For a moment, he feels like he can’t breath, swept away by the sheer power of her beauty, and he wonders for what feels like the millionth time why a girl as astoundingly beautiful as El is even paying attention to him.
How in the hell did he get so lucky?
“Morning!” El says as Mike gets close enough. “Fancy running into you here.”
Mike gives El a flat look, but he’s too amused for it to have any sort of power. “We both go to school here. Why wouldn’t we run into each other?”
El grins, lips stretching up far enough to expose the whites of her teeth, and she giggles. “It’s just nice to see you before I start classes, is all,” she says as they start to walk in together.
“Hmm, yeah, guess I can’t argue with that, now can I?” Mike says, unable to stop smiling.
“Not if you value my friendship, you can’t,” El says, looking over at him to let him know that it’s not just “friendship” she’s talking about. The hint in her eyes is heavy, eyebrow arched to emphasize her point, and Mike’s heart decides that before 8AM on a Monday morning isn’t too early for it to try and beat its way out of his chest.
“So, how was your Sunday?” Mike asks, stuttering only a little as he struggles to get air into his lungs, racing heart crowding out his ability to breathe.
“Eh, it was ok,” El says. “My dad and I were supposed to hang out, but he got called into the station for most of the day.”
Mike frowns. “Everything alright?”
“Yeah, it was fine – just lots of little stuff, from the impression I got. Just meant I was kind of lonely as I hung out at home by myself.”
“Well, you can always call me, you know,” Mike says, smiling softly over at her. “I mean, sometimes I have plans, but I’d totally hang out with you if you didn’t want to be alone or anything.”
El grins, eyebrows arching just so. “Mike Wheeler, are you asking me out?”
For a moment, Mike’s heart almost stops, leaping up into his throat as it stumbles over its own rapid beat. Oh god, is he asking her out? No, no, he’s not ready. He’s still getting used to… all of this. Oh god, what does he say? How does he get out of this?
Luckily, El takes pity on him and a breezy giggle escapes from between her full, lush lips as she reaches for him, briefly cupping his elbow in a comforting gesture. “Mike, relax. I’m just teasing.”
A sharp breath fills his lungs as relief courses through him and his hand comes up to rest just over his heart. One day, he’ll be ready. But, god, that day is not today. “Fuck, El, it’s too early on a Monday morning for this,” he grumbles.
“Whoops, sorry,” El says, clearly not sounding sorry at all, a point that is only driven home by the cute wink she gives him. The sight of it makes him feel all funny inside and, god help him, he loves it. He’s becoming more and more addicted to it, to her, with every day that goes by and there’s nothing he can do to stop it.
Mike’s so caught up in all things El as he walks with her towards her locker, having passed his more than several feet back, that it takes him way too long to notice the crowd of people standing around near where El’s locker is. “Huh, what’s going on?” Mike muses aloud, loud enough to be heard by El but no one else.
“Not sure,” she says, just as quiet.
A couple people notice her – Mike can tell by the way they point and stare, nudging their friends to get them to notice too – and awareness ripples across the crowd. It doesn’t take long before almost everyone’s staring at El with expectant eyes and low whispers. Mike almost shies away before he realizes the crowd hasn’t even noticed him at all, and Mike finds that he’s ok with living in the glare of the spotlight that surrounds her – next to her, but completely invisible to just about everyone else unless someone looks hard enough.
The crowd parts and Mike hangs back just a little as El takes a few slow steps forward. Curiosity is driving her – Mike can tell by the angle of her tilted head – and he follows a long after a bit, still a few steps back, but able to see what she sees.
And, once he sees it, he cringes.
Because on El’s locker, painted in dark red, is the word “BITCH” written in large, blocky letters.
Everyone’s waited with bated breath for El’s reaction and, honestly, Mike can’t blame them. There’s no need to guess the source of this vandalism – Stacey is easily the most transparent person on the face of the planet – but the true test of Stacey’s influence is in how El reacts. Does she cry? Does she get angry? Does she kick at her locker and swear to get her own payback?
The answer, as it turns out, is none of those options.
“Huh,” is all El says, head tilting even more.
Mike slowly comes up behind her – he wishes he could read her mind so he could know what she’s thinking. “You ok?”
“Yeah, I think I’m just… disappointed?” El looks over as Mike finishes stepping up beside her.
“Disappointed?” Mike echoes, almost unsure if he heard her right.
El scrunches up her nose as she looks up at him, the beginnings of a wry smile tugging at the corners of her lips. “Yeah, I mean, it’s not very original or anything, is it? It just says ‘bitch’. Like, not even ‘stuck-up bitch’ or ‘evil bitch’. Just ‘bitch’.” She pouts up at him. “Certainly doesn’t make me feel special at all.” She pauses, grin coming back. “Although….” She reaches behind her for the front pocket of her backpack and Mike fumbles to help her as she grabs her phone. “This is my first locker vandalism. Gonna take a picture for posterity.”
El’s smiling as she takes the picture, looking almost proud someone made the effort for her. With no spectacle to marvel and gawk at – El’s response isn’t as dramatic as some people were hoping for – the crowd slowly disperses, leaving the normal ebb and flow of students around her and Mike (people still stop to look, but they move on quickly enough when there’s not much else to see besides the words painted on the metal).
Mike shakes his head as El puts her phone away. “I can’t believe you took a picture of the word ‘bitch’ written across your locker. I mean, if you were gonna report it, I’d understand why. But you look like you wanna frame it.”
El turns to him, bright smile just a tad sharper than usual. “Oh, I do wanna frame it.” She shrugs. “And, yeah, I’m gonna report it – mostly because someone’s gonna complain eventually. But you and I know both know who did this–” She pauses, glancing up as she runs through some sort of mental rolodex. “ – though I guess it could be a couple different people.” Another shrug as she shakes off the pondering. “But, whatever. No matter who it is, I’m not easily intimidated. Didn’t we talk about that already?” El says, trailing off in a giggle as she approaches her locker and opens it up.
Mike hovers nearby as he watches her sort through her things to get ready for the day. “Like I could forget,” he says. “You’ll just be careful though, yeah? I mean, you don’t know Stacey like I do. She can be, well….” For a moment, Mike lets himself remember all the various run-ins with Stacey he’s had over the years, none of them ending well for him at all. He swallows heavily against the emotion that wells up inside of him, trying to push past it as best he can. “She can be persistently cruel, is all I’m saying.”
El smiles up at him, soft yet confident, reassuring, and his heart flutters dangerously in his chest at the sight. “And I appreciate the warning,” she says, pausing in what she’s doing to briefly touch the back of his forearm with her fingers (god, he loves how often and how freely she touches him, even while he envies her ability to do it without thinking. how can he get there, too?). “But I can handle myself. Trust me, Stacey doesn’t scare me.”
Mike wishes he had a fraction of El’s confidence and bravery. But, he doesn’t – all he can do is marvel at her and wonder how someone like her is even real. “I know you can handle yourself, but I just worry, is all.”
Mike just about melts as El’s smile turns grateful. “Thank you for worrying about me. It’s nice to know someone does.”
And he always will. Mike knows that he’s always going to be in El’s corner, even if he’s not always brave enough to do something about it. But she never has to wonder where she stands with him on this kind of stuff. And, because of it, he’s always going to worry about her.
And, it turns out, for good reason. Over the next few days, the incidents escalate – people bumping into El in the hallway, “accidentally” knocking her lunch tray out of her hands, even breaking into her gym locker during Pep Squad practice and tossing her stuff everywhere (Mike only hears about this one, since he’s never come anywhere close to setting foot in the girls’ locker room). Mike’s sure that Stacey isn’t doing all of them, but she has enough lackeys who’ll do whatever she says, so she certainly isn’t lacking in helping hands.
El continues to take the high road with every incident, like water off a duck’s back as she tries to rise above it. Her thinking, she explains to Mike as they meet after school to do their homework together, is that Stacey will get bored eventually, that she’ll stop once she feels she’s “made her point”. Mike can tell it’s starting to bother her, though – the locker room incident especially – but El’s determined to “be the bigger person”.
That is, until, she can’t anymore.
The only way Mike can think of to explain how it even gets to this point is that Stacey’s getting frustrated with El’s determined “do not respond” response and needs an outlet for that frustration.
Mike only hears about the lead up to this after the whole thing’s blown over. So he doesn’t see tiny Sophomore Shelley Grieg accidentally bump into Stacey (or Stacey bump into Shelley) as the two of them maneuver through the cafeteria to their respective tables. He doesn’t see the way Stacey whirls around at the younger girl, full of anger and vitriol, doesn’t see how she shoves Shelley’s tray out of her hands and before shoving the girl to the ground, too.
But what he does see – or, rather, what he first hears and then sees – is El quickly coming to Shelley’s defense.
El’s sitting with the Basketball team today – the guys on the team having adopted her as some sort of mascot, from how El tells it – so it’s not far for El to go to get to where Stacey is standing near the popular crowd’s table as she mocks and looks down on Shelley, who’s still cowering on the ground, half covered in the remains of her lunch.
“Hey, what in the hell do you think you’re doing?”
El’s voice is loud, shouted to get Stacey’s attention. And, among the near 600 kids that make up Hawkins High’s total student population, it’s enough to send the cafeteria into a hush. It’s here that Mike turns to look, joining everyone in watching, jaw dropped just slightly, as El makes her way over to Stacey, charging over like a woman on a mission.
Even if you couldn’t see Stacey’s face, it would be impossible not to hear the sneer in her voice as she turns to El. “Oh, look, if it isn’t Little Miss High and Mighty. Coming over to stand up for another loser?.”
El shakes her head, looking at Stacey with a potent combination of anger, disappointment, and a level of resolve Mike doesn’t think he’s ever felt in his entire life. “God, what is wrong with you?” El’s practically spits out the words, like the last thing she wants is to be dealing with this. But no one else is standing up for Shelley and Mike knows El is the kind of person who can’t let things like this go.
Stacey scoffs. “Wrong with me? There’s nothing wrong with me. But, clearly, there’s something wrong with you.”
“Look, I get that you’re pissed at me for what happened last week. But leave this girl out of it, ok?” El asks. “Don’t take your issues with me out on her.”
“Oh, I’m not taking my issues out on her,” Stacey says, sneering. “I’m just showing her what her place in this hellhole actually is. Not everything is about you.” Stacey smiles, sharp and mocking. “God, how self-centered you are. ‘Oh, I’m El Hopper. I’m from the big city and I’m soo special because I’m nice and pretty and everyone loves me.’ Spare me. It’s so disgusting just how much everyone laps it up. You may have fooled everyone, but not me, Hopper. One day, everyone’s going to see just who you really are inside, that you’re just like the rest of us.”
The look on El’s face goes stony, a sure sign she’s trying to keep from losing it completely. “Is that what you really think of me? Well, you know what? You’re free to think whatever you want about me. I know it’s wrong and that’s all that matters. But you, Stacey? You’re mean and bitter and you take it out on others because it’s easier than trying to become a better person. You’re a bully, a childish bully and, at the end of the day, I feel sorry for you because I don’t think you’re ever going to grow out of it. You’re just pathetic, not even worth my time.”
It’s so quiet in the cafeteria that the sound of a pin dropping would be loud. Mike’s never heard everyone so quiet and he can’t blame them. No one’s ever confronted Stacey like this and, though it’s been a long time coming, Mike knows that he’s not the only one who thought it would never happen.
And, from the look on Stacey’s face, she’s just as shocked. It’s like someone’s slapped her – her face has gone pale and she looks exposed and vulnerable in a way Mike never thought Stacey could be. This is when everyone starts whispering, murmuring to their friends from where they’re sitting, all directed at Stacey.
“Holy shit,” Dustin mutters.
“God, she looks like she’s going to cry,” Will says.
“Good,” Max spits out. “It’s about time she knew what it feels like.”
Mike can’t help but agree, but even so, he finds himself agreeing with El a little: he feels sorry for Stacey. Because El’s right. Stacey’s just sad and kind of pathetic deep down and, standing there like she is, the whole school can see it.
El looks away from Stacey, as if she’s truly not worth El’s time, and kneels on the floor by where Shelley is still huddling on the ground. She says something to Shelley that is too quiet for Mike to hear, hand reaching out to help Shelley to her feet. And then El wraps an arm around Shelley’s shoulder to guide her out of the cafeteria without even so much as a second glance back at Stacey.
Mike can see it, how Stacey tries to shrug off what happens, forcing herself to look cool and above it all. But her skin, no longer deathly pale, flushes bright and hot, splotches splashed high across her cheeks from Mike can only figure is acute embarrassment. She goes to her friends, but it’s painfully obvious that Stacey’s been defeated, neutralized.
The entire school has no idea what to make of this. Everyone’s talking now, but the focus is still squarely on Stacey.
Only, for the first time, it’s not the good kind of focus.
Mike knows Stacey will bounce back from this, but he even he doesn’t think she’s ever going to be the same, if the rumblings from around the cafeteria mean anything.
But what he does know is this:
El Hopper is officially the most amazing person he’s ever met in his entire life.
And, in this moment, Mike wonders how he could have ever doubted her.
“There, that doesn’t look so bad. We’ll just wait here a bit until it dries and then you’ll be good to go.”
El and the girl she rescued from Stacey – who she finds out is named Shelley after a bit of gentle questioning – are in the girls’ bathroom, sitting on the sinks while they finish getting as much of the spilled food off of Shelley’s clothes as they possible can. Luckily, there wasn’t anything with a lot of sauce on the menu today, so the damage is fairly minor – a bit of grease and remnants of mayo on Shelley’s clothes from the sandwich she was carrying, but that’s about it. El’s hoping that it’ll be barely noticeable once Shelley’s clothes finish drying, but she doesn’t think anyone’s going to give Shelley too much trouble about it otherwise.
Shelley looks over at El, dark hair falling into her eyes. The look in her eyes is grateful, yet still a little cautious, like she’s waiting for El to name her price for helping her back in the cafeteria. “Really, you didn’t have to stay and help me,” Shelley says, voice barely above a squeak. “I could have done it myself.”
El smiles, trying to keep the expression soft and gentle. “I know, but I wanted to make sure you were ok. You didn’t deserve to have Stacey go all Queen Bitch on you.”
“Yeah, well….” Shelley starts to say, but she trails away with a shrug. “Still, it’s nice of you to help. Everyone always says you’re really nice.”
El’s face flushes at the compliment and she squirms a little because she knows it’s not entirely true. Yes, the face that she shows everyone is nice, because that’s who she wants to be. But, inside, she can be bitter and petty and mean.
El’s hands are still trembling a little from the adrenaline rush of telling Stacey off – heart racing, skin thrumming – and she feels almost high. There’s part of her that’s crowing in victory for finally saying what’s been building inside of her for weeks.
And it makes her a little sick that she can find joy in putting someone down like that, she can revel in punching down. Just because Stacey is a mean bully doesn’t mean El should be mean and belittling right back.
But, damn if it doesn’t feel good to have done it.
“Well, I try,” El says. “Don’t always succeed.”
Shelley rubs at her face, cheeks a little ruddy with unshed tears. “Well, you’re being nice to me when you don’t have to. Doesn’t that count for something?”
El breathes out a laugh, taken aback by the logical rebuttal. “Fair point, kid. Fair point.”
At that, Shelley gives El a look, a glare that’s about as scary as a kitten’s. “I’m only a year below you, you know.”
“I know,” El says with a snicker. “Which means I can call you ‘kid’.”
Something sparks in Shelley’s eyes, an instinctual reflex to blurt out a comeback, but she catches herself a moment later, mouth closing with an audible snap. El feels something inside of her shrivel a bit. Is she really so intimidating that people feel they have to hold themselves back around her?
How has this happened to her? She’s never wanted anyone to look at her and think she’s scary.
(Ok, that’s an overstatement, but the overall point still stands.)
“Hey, what was that face?” El asks, reaching out with her elbow to nudge Shelley, to try and show that she’s not mad or anything. “You can tell me. I don’t bite, I promise.”
Shelley looks at El for a long moment, weighing the truth behind El’s words, before a small, hesitant smile creeps onto her face. “I was just gonna say that maybe you’re not as nice as I thought. But in, like, a joking way, y’know?”
El grins. “I know. Trust me, I’m pretty good at figuring out when I’m being insulted. You don’t have to hold yourself back with me, ok? I’m not like people like Stacey.”
Shelley looks at her for a long moment before giving her a smile. “Yeah, ok.”
Relief passes through El – ok, minor existential crisis averted. “Good. Alright, so you think you’re good to head back out? I’m sure you want to try and salvage something out of lunch.”
Shelley’s clothes are, indeed, dry enough to head back out and, together, they leave the girls’ bathroom, parting ways once they’re back in the cafeteria.
The guys from the basketball team have left her half-uneaten lunch untouched, so it’s waiting for her when El gets back to their table. No one brings up Stacey, but she can feel everyone’s judging eyes on her. And, weirdly enough, the impression El’s mostly getting is approval.
This is confirmed when she finally makes her way to US History….
...and immediately comes face-to-face with Mike’s awed gaze.
“Um, hi?” El says. Her lips curl up in a smile that it still somehow apprehensive, despite how she’s happy to see Mike.
“If anyone ever tries to tell you you’re not amazing, don’t believe them,” Mike says, voice hushed with the same emotion that is written all over his face.
There’s only one thing Mike could be referring to and El’s not going to insult either of their intelligence by pretending otherwise. “Ok, look, I didn’t really do anything. I just told Stacey off. That’s all.”
Mike snorts. “Ok, please. Stacey’s been terrorizing this school for years. You’ve done what everyone’s wanted to, but no one’s ever had the guts to.” He arches an eyebrow. “El, just take the win, ok?”
El squirms a little in her seat as she gets ready for class, blushing all the while. “Ok, fine,” she says after a beat. “But only because you asked me to.”
Mike’s eyes flash in pleased surprise, a small laugh bubbling out of him, and he smiles so wide, she can see the way his cheeks begin to dimple. God, so cute…. The sudden influx of butterflies in El’s stomach makes her gasp, breath catching in her throat, and she marvels at just how happy he is at what she did during lunch by standing up to Stacey.
Mike’s not the only one, it turns out. El would have to be truly oblivious to ignore the mood that creeps over the school, the change in the way people treat her. There’s a lot of sly smiles and subtle nods and a couple of high fives, even. It really seems that, for the most part, people love what El did, that they’re living vicariously through her actions.
There are some people who aren’t happy, though. Like Stacey, who is decidedly frosty towards El, along with many other of her friends. Some of the other not-quite-as-popular girls also give El the cold shoulder, throwing haughty looks at her when she happens to catch their eye, sniffing disdainfully, and generally just being dismissive of her entirely.
But, outside of Stacey, the person who’s definitely the least happy with all of this is Jennifer. On one side, she’s still one of Stacey’s best friends, but on the other, she’s also become really good friends with El. El knows that Jen feels torn and, though in some ways El feels sorry for the position Jen’s in, she also knows that Jen isn’t an innocent party in all of this either. At the very least, Jen has been an aiding bystander, watching and doing nothing as Stacey and their other friends have been horrible and downright cruel to people they feel are beneath them.
But, El knows that Jen is, at the heart of her, a nice person who’s worst crime is not being able to stand up to her friends when she knows they’re doing something wrong. And, well, there’s lots of people like that in the world and El can’t fault Jen too much for it.
So, El finds herself still friends with Jen. They don’t hang out at school anymore, but they still talk on the phone and hang out on weekends and Jen still gives El rides home after Pep Squad practice sometimes.
It’s because of this that El knows Jen is desperate to get her friends to “kiss and make up”, despite El knowing she and Stacey are never going to be anywhere close to friends ever again. Still, for a couple of weeks, Jen tries to persuade El into agreeing to try and set aside her differences with Stacey and, each time, El manages to deflect and side-step Jen’s attempts.
Until, that is, two weekends before Halloween….
It’s about two weeks after the incident in the cafeteria, two weeks since El told Stacey off in front of the entire school. Homecoming has come and gone, everyone having a great time –
(El goes alone, since Mike doesn’t want to go with her, and she spends the entire night dancing with friends, bopping along with music, ignoring Stacey and her crowd, and sending Mike pictures of everything all the while – including a picture of her standing in front of the mirror, decked out for a night out, and the flustered text messages she gets back make her feel lighter than air.)
– and the year continues its slow slide into fall. The leaves turn and fall to the ground, night comes sooner and sooner every day….
And still, Jen’s trying to get El to agree to make amends with Stacey.
Attempt number El’s-lost-count happens at the mall two weekends before Halloween. Jen calls her late morning on Saturday and asks if El wants to come shopping with her. El agrees mostly because she wants to grab a couple more sweaters, feeling inspired by the temperatures in the air to lean heavily into all things cute and cozy.
El also knows that Jen is going to use their time together to try, once again, to convince El to make up with Stacey.
So El’s surprised when it takes almost 2 hours for Jen to even bring it up. They’re in Macy’s, scanning through the clearance section (look, they’re teenagers – not exactly made of disposable income) when Jen finally brings up the Stacey thing.
Only it’s not how El expects.
“So, what are you doing next weekend, the one before Halloween?”
El pauses where she’s rifling through a rack of blouses and looks across at Jen. “Nothing really, why?”
Jen glances away, blush splashed high across her cheekbones. “Oh, it’s just, um, well, Stacey’s having a Halloween party next Saturday.” She pauses, look over at El, doleful look in her eyes. “I was hoping that you’d maybe want to come with me?” Jen ends the sentiment in a question, voice pitching up high at the end as she cringes.
El lets out a groaning sigh, head almost rolling back. “God, Jen….”
“C’mon, El, please?” Oh god, Jen’s wheedling now. “Look, I hate that my two best friends are fighting.” Her eyes brighten as she comes around the clothes rack to where El is standing. “And parties at Stacey’s house are always really cool, like totally legendary. Oh, and the entire Pep Squad is gonna be there, so you have to go!” Jen’s hands clap together as she pouts. “Please, say you’ll go! I’ll stay by your side the whole night, if that helps. And I won’t push too hard about Stacey. Please?”
El looks long and hard into Jen’s pleading face – Bambi eyes, pouting lips, tears glistening in the corners of her eyes – and she feels her resolve start to weaken.
But it doesn’t dissolve entirely. El looks at Jen with a raised eyebrow, the rest of her expression carefully flat (not hard to do with how exasperated she feels right now), and sighs. “I’ll think about it, ok? Not promising anything, just… I’ll think about it.”
It’s more traction than Jen’s gotten over the past couple of weeks and Jen squeals at the victory. “Oh, thank you thank you thank you!” she chants as she all but throws herself at El in a hug that’s a wild tangle of limbs and clothes that they’re holding.
It’s no use reminding Jen that El hasn’t actually said “yes” for sure, but El certainly doesn’t forget that she’s made no promises – not as she and Jen continue shopping, not as Jen drops her off at home.
And definitely not when Max comes over to hang out later Saturday afternoon.
Max is unlike anyone El’s ever been friends with before – brash yet kind, tomboyish yet happy to indulge in her girly side, sometimes impulsive yet smart as hell. El doesn’t get to spend as much time with Max as she’d like. She only has PE with Max and the redhead doesn’t always sit with Mike and Lucas and the others during lunch the times El does.
Still, doesn’t stop the two girls from texting and talking whenever they get a chance. And it certainly doesn’t stop El from inviting Max over to hangout, watch TV, and maybe play some video games like any other normal girl.
Max is maybe a little surprised – at least, that’s what it sounds like over the phone when El calls to invite her over. Despite that, though, Max shows up at her house a little after 3PM, a bag slung over her shoulder, and a slightly battered copy of Resident Evil 6 in her hand complete with the comment, “I remember you saying you had a PS4 and I’m in a horror mood. Now, the single player sucked ass, but I hear it’s a great co-op game. You in?”
Turns out, El is in and, not much longer later finds the two girls lying on their stomachs on El’s bed, heads at the foot, controllers in hand as they take down virtual zombies. El normally isn’t the kind of person who’s into schlocky horror, but it’s not so bad enjoying it with friends and it’s mindless enough that they can chat while they play.
Which is how El ends up telling Max about everything… well, mostly everything – Stacey, Jen, the Halloween party invite – pretty much everything except for that Mike is the cause of it all.
“Oh damn,” Max breathes after El gives her the download, the sound co-mingling with the rapid tick-tack of buttons being pressed. “So, are you gonna go? Shit, hold on. I got your back.”
El watches on the screen as Max’s character comes to the defense of hers, killing the zombie that’s come up behind her. “Thanks,” El says with a sigh of relief. “And I don’t know. About the party. I know Jen’s gonna do something to get me and Stacey in the same room to try and get us to make up.”
“Ugh, I’d rather eat rotten eggs than ‘apologize’ to Stacey. Especially when she’s the bitch in this scenario.”
El snorts. “She’s the bitch in every scenario.”
“Ha, true that,” Max says. They’re silent for a little bit, except to coordinate what they’re doing on screen, sometimes with a little color commentary.
But, when there’s a lull in the action, Max pauses and looks over at El. “I think you should go. To Stacey’s Halloween party.”
El’s brow furrows as she looks over at Max, blue-eyed gaze earnest and open. “Yeah?”
Max nods, the ghost of a smile gracing her lips. “Yeah. I mean, one, it’s a good opportunity to wear a costume – you got a costume, by the way?”
“Yeah, still have my Wonder Woman costume from last year,” El says with a grin.
“Natch.” Max chuckles. “Two, Stacey’s parties are always rumored to be awesome, so you should take advantage of that as much as you can–”
“Read: drink the free booze,” El interjects.
Max’s grin turns wolfish. “Exactly. And, three, though I may not profess to understand how, you and Jennifer are friends. Would it be so bad to say yes for her sake? At least, when it doesn’t work out, you can say you tried.”
El considers, nodding along. “Yeah, ok, those are all solid points.” She smiles, giving Max a look full of teasing mischief. “You’re good at this whole ‘advice’ thing. Ever consider starting a column in the school’s newspaper?”
“Oh, fuck off, Hopper,” Max says with a hard roll of her eyes. “Like the ignorant masses of Hawkins High deserve my flawless, infinite wisdom.”
“Well, at least you’re humble about it,” El says with a wry grin as they get back to playing.
“Damn straight, I am.”
“So, wait, you’re actually going to go?” El nods and Mike’s brows come together to vee above the bridge of his nose. “And you’re sure this isn’t, like, a trap or anything?”
El lets out a breezy laugh – amused, but still thinking he’s being a little bit of an idiot – and Mike’s heart does a flip at the beautiful sound. “Mike,” she sighs, his name infused with meaning so rich, it sends shivers down his spine. “Not everything is a trap. You know, this paranoia of yours is unhealthy.”
Mike eyes her across from where they’re sitting on the couch in his basement. It’s the Thursday before Stacey’s Halloween party, the last Thursday before Halloween next Wednesday, and word of Stacey’s party has been about all anyone at school can talk about.
Everybody who’s anybody is going to be there – so, naturally, Mike’s not going – and he’s not surprised that El’s part of that group. Despite having fallen out with Stacey (something Mike knows El’s not at all heartbroken about), El’s still one of the most popular girls in school.
So why is she with you? comes the ugly whisper from the back of his mind, its dark air curling through the happiness in his brain like vines through an iron-wrought fence. Mike shakes it away, temporarily dispelling it, but it’ll come back. It always comes back.
But, for the moment, Mike lets himself revel in the knowledge that El is with him, that she’s sitting next to him and smiling and laughing and looking breath-takingly beautiful all the while.
As the temperatures have started turning, El’s taken to wearing warm, luxurious sweaters and tight jeans, occasionally shaking it up with a sweater dress and a pair of leggings. Mike can never help the way his eye is drawn to the lines of her figure – the way his gaze lingers at the curve of her hip, the swell of her breast, the way the neckline of her sweaters dip low enough to reveal the smooth skin of her collarbones and upper chest. His gaze never lingers too long – he’s not a pervert, or anything – but it’s enough to make his skin tingle every time.
Today, El’s wearing those tight jeans he loves so much and a pale, purple sweater that looks so soft, it has his hands itching to run his palms across to know if it really is that soft.
(he also wants to know what she feels like beneath her sweater, to trace his palms and fingertips along the sweep of her ribcage, the dip of her waist, the plans of her stomach and lower back. he suspects the skin there is as soft as silk. he’s dying to know if he’s right.)
El’s effortlessly beautiful in her jeans and sweater, hair pulled up into a high ponytail, and it blows his mind every damn day. Next to her, in his own loose-fitting jeans and pullover, he feels like a schlub.
But, none of this is important at this very moment and Mike marshals all of his attention span to focus on the conversation he’s having with El. “Hey, it’s not paranoia if you’ve seen this happen before,” Mike all but mumbles. “And, before you say it, I know you can take care of yourself, but I still worry anyway.”
El’s face softens, turning warm and fond and so full of emotion. “Aww, you’re so sweet,” she says, reaching across the couch, over the pile of schoolbooks and papers between them, to give his knee a brief squeeze. Mike jumps at the touch, but it’s from pleasure, not surprise. He’s getting… not used to the idea of El touching him, but it’s not as alarming as it once was when El first started doing it. It’s nice and thrilling and makes him feel all warm inside, but he’s starting to stop wondering why she’s doing it.
“But, like you said,” El continues. “I can take care of myself. Whatever this party throws my way, I can totally handle. Besides I’m kind of expecting some sort of shenanigans, so I’m not going in unprepared.”
Mike lets out a reluctant sigh, heart settling a little heavy just above his stomach. “Ok, but let me know if you need anything, if anything happens, ok?”
“Gonna be my night in shining armor?” El asks with a wink.
“If you need me to be, yeah,” Mike says, smiling just slightly, both amused and a little exasperated at El’s antics.
“Well, I’ll let you know if your knightly duties are required,” El says. “But, I take it since you haven’t said anything about it, that you haven’t been invited to this grand shindig.”
Mike snorts. “Yeah right. Like someone would consider me cool enough to invite to one of Stacey’s parties.”
“Well, I don’t know,” El says, frowning a bit. “I think you’re cool enough to be invited.” She shrugs a beat later. “So, are you doing anything for Halloween?” Her nose scrunches up, like she’s cringing at the possibility of him saying no.
“Not really,” Mike says, one shoulder lifting in a lazy shrug. “Grew out of Trick or Treating a few years ago and there’s no parties going on that I’ve been invited to at all. My parents are taking Holly out that night, so I’ll probably just pass out candy here while they’re out.”
“Well, that won’t do,” El says with a low gasp. “We should do something! Just you and me. Maybe, like, just hang out and watching a couple of scary movies, or something.” El pauses, arching an eyebrow. “Unless you’re too chicken for scary movies.”
Mike arches an eyebrow in mirror of El’s, responding to her taunt – challenge accepted. “Oh, I’m not too scared if you’re not too scared,” he says, unable to keep from grinning. His heart feels too full at all the emotion he’s feeling, warmth and overwhelming happiness. A thrill runs down his spine at the realization that he finally gets to spend time alone with El where the reason isn’t because they’re studying and working on schoolwork. He’s been waiting for some sort of reason and El’s given him the perfect one.
Things between him and El have been good these past few weeks – really good. El’s been amazing, gentle and patient and more than anything he really deserves, and the band of anxiety and fear have slowly starting disbanding from around his heart. He’s still scared – El may be amazing, but she’s not a miracle worker – but it’s better than it’s been. The thought of more isn’t as scary as it once was and Mike’s starting to want in a way that outweighs the fear and worry that always fills him.
“Ok, so, you and me next Wednesday night, a couple of scary movies. Sound good?” El asks, the expression on her face so full of hope, open and excited with sparkling eyes and full lips stretched up in a coy smile. God, he wants to kiss her….
He doesn’t, though. He may be getting used to all of this, but the thought of kissing her still makes his heart give a panicked thump. So, no kissing, not yet.
But soon.
“Sounds good,” Mike says with a smile of his own. “Hey, we can do it down here, if you want. I mean, there is a TV down here,” he says, hand sweeping out to gesture to the TV sitting nestled to the right of the stairs and across from the couch where he and El are sitting.
El arches an eyebrow, cheeks dimpling as her skin flushes a most enchanting shade of pink. “Hmm, you, me, alone in a dark basement… my my, aren’t you being forward?”
Mike’s own cheeks flush at the insinuation, mostly because he can’t deny it. Moreover, he doesn’t want to deny it.
Because, even though he’s not ready to kiss her right at this moment, who knows? Maybe next week, he will be.
Sure, it’s possible he won’t be. But, at this point, it’s equally possible that he will.
The two of them get back to work soon after that, plans easily made – Mike will take El home with him from school, waiting until her Pep Squad practice is over – and it slowly dawns on Mike that his plans with El for next Wednesday could probably be classified as a date. And, boy, if that thought doesn’t make every nerve light up with excitement and not a little nervousness.
And, in all his obsessing over that fact, Mike almost completely forgets about El going to Stacey’s party.
Which is a shame.
Since, after that, everything changes.
He just doesn’t know it yet.
Saturday night at a little before 8:30pm finds El doing one last check in the mirror, twisting this way and that to make sure everything’s in place.
Her Wonder Woman costume is probably her favorite costume she’s ever worn. She made it for last year’s Halloween, modeled it after the movie, and she’s super proud of the results. Yeah, sure, the costume isn’t made from true armored leather, and it’s probably a little flimsier than the real thing, but it’s real fucking close.
Her skirt is made up of strips of leather from a dark blue leather coat she bought at a thrift store; the battle corset is one she made from painstakingly sewing on fabric onto one made of thin cotton. She has knee-high leather boots she painted to be the right color, is wearing fake bracers and a tiara, and she’s curled her hair to resemble Diana’s luxurious locks from the movie. Really, she looks almost exactly like Wonder Woman.
God, she’s kind of hot.
El gives herself a self-satisfied smile in the mirror and turns with what can only be described as a flounce as she heads goes to head downstairs, coat in one hand and phone in the other.
Hopper’s sitting on the couch, one arm flung across the top, and he cranes his neck to look over at her as she gets down onto the first floor. “Aren’t you going to be cold?” he asks, frowning as he gets a look at her, zeroing in on her bare shoulders and mostly-exposed legs.
El holds up her jacket, shaking it gently. “I have a coat. Besides, I’m only going from the house into the car and back out. It’s not like I’m gonna be spending a bunch of time outside, or anything.”
“Hmm, well, sorry for worrying,” Hop says as he turns back to his TV show. “Didn’t you wear that costume last year, though?”
El shrugs as she comes over to lean against the arm of the couch, hip pressed against Hop’s arm. “Yeah, but it’s not like I had a lot of time to come up with a new costume. And no one here’s seen me wear it but you, so I figured it’d be fine.”
“Fair,” Hop says, conceding her point. “Jen giving you a ride?”
“There and back,” El says with a nod.
“Any drinking going on?”
“Not on my part. And if I suspect Jen’s had any, I’ll give you a call to come pick me up.”
“10 bucks says I end up there before the night’s over – police business, and all that.”
El looks over at her dad to see him grinning, the curve of his mouth sharp with mischief. “Ugh, I’m not taking that bet.”
Hopper breathes out a laugh. “Because you know I’m right,” he says.
El doesn’t bother dignifying that with a response, but instead just sits silently next to him as she waits for Jen to show up.
A few minutes later, she does, the sound of the doorbell ringing startling El just a little. El can hear Hopper behind her as she goes to answer the door, his presence warm just behind her shoulder.
Jen’s standing on the other side, a bright smile on her face, blonde hair pulled back in a messy ponytail. El takes a moment to look at Jen’s costume, taking in the black, long-sleeved unitard, the cat’s ears, and the whiskers painted on her face. “I take it you’re a cat?” El asks in lieu of greeting. She tries not to shiver against the cold coming in from outside – it’s been cloudy all day, just shy of threatening to rain – but it’s a losing battle.
Jen’s smile somehow grows even brighter and a giggle escapes her. “That obvious, huh?” She looks behind El to give Hopper a smile. “Hi, Chief Hopper.”
“Hi, Jennifer,” Hop says, his own smile evident in his voice. “You two girls gonna be safe tonight?”
“Of course!” Jen says, drawing an X over her heart with her index finger. “Promise, Chief Hopper.”
“That a girl,” Hop says before El feels his hand land on her shoulder, causing El to turn and look behind her. “Have fun tonight, honey.”
“Will do, dad,” El says, her smile gentle. “And I promise I’ll call if I need anything.”
“I know you will. Stay safe, you two.”
With that, El shoulders her coat and follows Jen down the porch steps. “Thanks for the ride,” she says as she and Jen climb into Jen’s tiny car.
“Oh, no problem! Thank you for coming with me,” Jen says. “You won’t regret this, I promise.” She shrugs as she turns the key in the ignition. “Plus, you look great. Honestly, your costume’s amazing.”
El giggles despite herself. “Thanks! I made it myself.”
“Well, I’d never have been able to guess,” Jen says.
There’s a brief silence as Jen pulls out of the driveway and El settles into the passenger seat with a sigh. “Look, I didn’t want to go into this without saying that… don’t expect a miracle, ok? I know you want me and Stacey to make up – and I’m willing to talk – but I don’t you want you to get your hopes up.”
Jen lets out a sigh of her own, heavy and sad. “Yeah, I know,” she says. But she still flashes El a small smile in the darkened cab. “Still, means a lot that you’re willing to try.”
“And if it doesn’t work?” El asks. “If Stacey and I can’t make up?”
Jen shrugs. “I’ll figure it out. At least I tried, y’know? And it’ll work – I know it.”
El lets out a laugh, marveling at Jen’s almost endless optimism. It’s an optimism she doesn’t share in this case – there’s an unbridgeable distance between her and Stacey, one that El thinks Jen just doesn’t understand – but she’s willing to at least give it a shot for Jen’s sake if Stacey’s willing. It’s just that El doesn’t think Stacey’s going to be willing.
But El doesn’t tell Jen that at all as they drive to Stacey’s house. Instead, their conversation is filled with mindless chatter – what’s happened on the latest “Bachelor in Paradise”, Jen regaling her about the craziness that’s the recent season of “Riverdale”, some of the alarming gossip around Hawkins High over the past week – and it’s not long before Jen pulls up to a curb in an affluent neighborhood and kills the engine.
“Stacey’s house is just up that way a bit,” Jen says, gesturing with her chin. “Parking’s kind of shit in this neighborhood.”
El can see the crowd of cars up and down the street, teens in costumes milling all along the sidewalks, all drawn to the same place. “I can see that. Plus, y’know, a lot of people are already here.”
Jen flashes El a grin as she opens her door. “Well, we have to be fashionably late, you know.”
El laughs, shaking her head, and follows suit, sliding out of the car. El hugs her arms close around her torso, coat folded shut, shivering as the cold night air hits her bare skin.
Jen’s feeling the chill in the air as well – El can tell from the exaggerated shiver she lets out – and the two girls hustle their way down the sidewalks towards Stacey’s house.
The overcast skies give way to the moisture they’ve been threatening all day and it starts to lightly rain when El and Jen are about halfway to Stacey’s house from the car.
Jen lets out a squeak as the first raindrops hit and El echoes the surprise with a yelped “Shit!” as the two girls practically sprint the last bit, sighing in relief as they duck under the overhang covering the front step of Stacey’s house. There’s a bit of giggling as they both check to make sure that everything with their costumes is ok, so neither of them are too freaked out about the rain.
So, with everything still looking good – namely El’s hair and Jen’s makeup – Jen guides El in through the unlocked front door, the two of them tagging along behind a group of seniors as they cross over the threshold.
The night is still young, but the house is already sweaty with the heat of too many teenagers. All the lights are on – chandeliers sparkling, surfaces shining – and the music thumps heavy through the air, rattling the walls and drowning out everything else.
God, El hasn’t even been here for a minute and she’s already exhausted. She likes parties, she really does, but this one is definitely trying Too Hard and it’s tiring.
It’s literally every stereotype of a high school party rolled into one. In the backyard that El can see down the hall and out through a pair of French doors, there’s a crowd of people gathered around as a group of football players do keg stands. There’s a dancefloor of sorts in what looks like a rearranged family room, people holding red Solo cups in one hand as they dance and grind to the music provided by a DJ. There’s a nearby kitchen counter that’s been set up to be a bar, people congregating around it in search of booze. And along the walls and in darkened corners, smaller groups of people stand and try to talk to each other, the groups punctuated by the occasional couple furiously making out in public.
Pretty much everyone’s in costume and, really, the effect is one giant “Come As You Aren’t”, through-the-looking-glass mob.
A tug on El’s jacket pulls her attention away from the atmosphere of the crowd and El turns to look over at Jen, who’s looking back at El with expectant eyes. Jen leans in so she can all but shout into El’s ear to be heard. “C’mon, let’s drop our jackets off up in Stacey’s room and then go find her.”
El’s eyebrows raise in alarm. Now that she’s here, she really doesn’t want to talk to Stacey. El just doesn’t think there’s anything Stacey could say that would make El ok with her behavior. Honestly, this is going to be a waste of time. But, Jen’s adamant about this and, well, El said she’d give it a shot.
And El isn’t the type to go back on her word.
So, El does the only thing that feels like a compromise in this moment: she tries to stall. “Do we have to go talk to her now? I mean, we just got here!”
Jen gives El a knowing look, lips pressed together in a disapproving frown. “El, c’mon! Look, the sooner we do this, the sooner you can get it over with, yeah?”
El heaves a heavy sigh, the sound drowned out by the pounding of the music around her. “Ok, fine!” she says, loud enough for Jen to hear her. “You win!”
El lets Jen guide her upstairs, the hardwood floor of the ground floor giving way to soft carpet as they ascend the staircase. Up in Stacey’s room, the sounds of the party fade away just enough for El to hear herself thing, it feels like, and she shucks off her jacket, following Jen’s example by throwing it on Stacey’s bed after making sure to grab her phone..
Jen turns to El and holds out her hands, palms out. “Ok, you just stay here. I’m gonna go find her, ok? Be right back!” Jen turns to head out in a whirl, fake cat tail sweeping out behind her, before she flounces out of the room, all giddy excitement and naive hope.
Jen closes the door behind her, leaving El alone in Stacey’s room, and El takes a moment to look around, making sure not to touch anything. It’s a large bedroom, maybe twice as big as El’s, and is done in all whites and pale pinks. There’s a large vanity in one corner, covered in all sorts of makeup and hair products. But, by far, the star attraction of the room is the canopy bed in the middle of the room, white gauzy curtains tied to each bedpost, fabric stretching up and over the bed to form a soft ceiling.
El grins and unlocks her phone. jen abandoned me in stacey’s room to go find her so we can ‘make up’, she texts to Max.
stuck in the belly of the beast, huh? Max replies, making El grin. try not to get mind-whammied while you’re in there.
At that, El snorts. i’ll make an attempt.
good. it’d be a shame to lose you to the brainless and the beautiful.
It’s nice to remember that, no matter what happens with Stacey, El still has a friend like Max – someone just as sharp and snarky and funny, but without being mean and cruel about it.
El perches herself on the edge of Stacey’s bed and passes the next few minutes by playing around on her phone. It’s only the sound of the door opening that has El rushing to stash her phone in the pocket she sewed into the seam of her skirt.
Jen walks in, followed closely by Stacey, who’s costume pretty much is a bikini with a tropical sarong tied around her waist and a flower in her hair. Going for the beach babe look, I see, El thinks, trying to suppress a grin. Bet Zach loves that.
The look on Stacey’s face as she sees El waiting in her room is one of cold anger, but not surprise – clearly, Jen’s been trying to work on both of her friends over the last two weeks – and El finds herself with the same expression taking over her face, each girl trying to give nothing away and almost resentful to having to do this.
“Oh, good, you’re still here!” Jen says, a breathless smile on her face. “Now, I’m going to leave the two of you to work this out, ok? The only thing I ask is that you don’t kill each other, capiche?”
“God, you sound like a two-bit mobster,” Stacey groans. “We got it, don’t we, Hopper?” The smile on Stacey’s face is sharp and almost feral, but the rest of her expression is locked down.
“I do if you do, Roberts.” Clearly, Stacey doesn’t think El’s worthy of the courtesy of being addressed by her first name, so El’s not going to make the effort to be nicer than she needs to be.
“Well, I suppose that’s all I can hope for,” Jen says. “Now, talk. For me. Please.” And, with that, Jen walks out of the room and closes the door behind her, leaving Stacey and El alone.
For a long moment, the two girls just stare at each other, neither of them willing to make the first move. El isn’t willing to budge from her position, knowing she’s completely in the right. So if any movement’s going to be made, it’s going to have to come from Stacey.
And, since the other girl has no concept of patience, it’s actually Stacey who speaks first. “Ok, look,” she says with a sharp sigh. “We don’t have to be friends. But Jen’s never going to let this go. So there needs to be some sort of truce.”
El crosses her arms over her chest. “I can agree to that. But, just so you know, I don’t like you very much. I think you’re mean and rude and a bully.”
“And I think you’re a stuck-up bitch who looks down at the rest of us,” Stacey snaps back, face pinched tight. “Like I said, we don’t have to be friends.”
“I can be civil if you can,” El says. “For Jen, not because I agree with anything of what you’ve done.”
“And I can’t understand why you waste your time with people who are clearly beneath you, but whatever – it’s not my social life I’m ruining.” Stacey takes a couple of steps towards El. “Truce?”
“Truce,” El says, meeting Stacey halfway to shake hands. “You must really care about Jen, don’t you? To do this, I mean.”
Stacey shrugs, eyes softening just a bit as vulnerability creeps in along the edges of her expression. “Yeah, well, our moms are best friends, so we’ve been besties since birth. She’s pretty much my sister, so….”
El wants to sigh. It’s such a shame. There’s clearly a decent person buried somewhere deep inside of Stacey – the sentiment she has for Jen is proof enough of that. So why Stacey doesn’t show it to everyone else is beyond El’s ability to understand. “I get it.”
Stacey nods, the motion a little jerky, like she’s uncomfortable with the vulnerability. “Now, if you’ll please get out of my room so I can go back down to the party, I’d really appreciate that.”
“Ok fine, but only because I really don’t want to be in here anymore,” El says.
Ok, so, El and Stacey haven’t made up, not really even all that close to it. But it’s enough for Jen, who no longer has to figure out ways to balance her two friends. And, yeah, El knows she’s never going to like Stacey. But there’s an understanding now and she figure she can put up with the other girl in very limited doses if it makes Jen happy.
With that out of the way, El lets Jen lead her downstairs so they can enjoy the party. And El finds that she’s able to enjoy herself now that she isn’t feeling pressured into forgiving Stacey. Despite the free alcohol out for the taking, El sticks to water as she all but lives on the dance floor, letting the beat of the music flow through her as she dances and bounces around and has a great time. She’s missed this, letting loose and being carefree, and she finds herself laughing and smiling as gets swept up in the euphoria of the moment.
Even with the water to help cool her down, El begins to heat up, sweat sticking to her skin and curling her hair and, after a while, she begs off from the Pep Squad friends she’s been dancing with so she can take a break. She grabs another glass of water, using a cup she snags from the giant stack of them and filling it from the sink in the kitchen, before she settles against one of the walls surrounding the dance floor while she watches her friends dance.
El’s head bops along with the beat and she just lets her mind clear of thought, content to live in the moment.
Until, that is, the moment changes.
El doesn’t see Zach until it’s too late, until he’s all but hovering over her, all 6’1” of drunk high school senior male right up in her face. “Well, well, well, look who we have here?”
The slurred voice is what actually gets El’s attention and she jumps, letting out a squeak of surprise as her heart leaps into her throat. She looks up, unable to stop a frisson of fear from running down her spine, and puts on her bravest face. “Zach, go away. Whatever you want, I’m not interested.”
Zach grins down at her, lecherous and sloppy and mean, and he leans against the wall. “So, where’s your boy toy? He leave you high and dry tonight?”
El’s brow furrows. “Boy toy?” What is he going on about?
“Yeah, Wheeler.” He narrows his eyes at her as he looks down at her, angry confusion swirling in his gaze. “What is it about him that has you willing to drop your panties, anyway?”
“Zach,” El sighs. “You’re drunk right now. Just go away.” She really doesn’t feel like spelling out the night-and-day differences between Zach and Mike right now.
“Fucking nerd,” Zach says like he hadn’t heard El speak at all – and, with how drunk he is, he probably didn’t. “Not like he can fuck you like I can. I could make you scream, babe. You should ditch him and come with me instead.”
El’s about to push Zach away, stomach turning over at the revolting images running through her head. But, before she can, she feels a hand slip up under her skirt, a calloused palm running up the back of her thigh before grabbing her ass in a tight squeeze. Zach pulls her towards him, pushing up against her with his hips and torso in a way that makes her heart drop into her stomach, nausea swelling inside of her.
For a moment, El can’t think, panic and surprise and fear arresting her every motion. Anger kickstarts her heart, shame and disgust tangle dangerously in her stomach, and El reacts before she can stop herself.
With nothing more than a flick of her wrist, El tosses the remaining water in her cup up into Zach’s face. The shock of it is enough for him to let go of her and El takes advantage of his startled surprise. She grabs him by the shoulders, using her grip to anchor herself as she slams her knee up into his crotch. And, when the air leaves Zach’s lungs in a pained gasp, doubling over with his arms coming down to protect himself (too little, too late), El clocks him in the face, throwing a punch that has the power of the NYPD’s training behind it.
There are tears in El’s eyes as she watches Zach crumple to the ground, hands trembling and breath shaking. People have cleared out from the space surrounding them, leaving Zach with plenty of room to fall onto the floor. Everyone’s watching – even the DJ, given how the music has come to an abrupt stop – but El can’t bring herself to look at any of them.
She gives Zach one last hit, kicking him in the back of the thigh as he huddles on the ground. “Don’t you ever touch me again, you asshole,” El says, seething, emotions only building more and more inside of her as the shock of the moment begins to fade, leaving her feeling vulnerable and exposed.
God, she needs to get out of here – she needs to get somewhere where she can breathe, where she doesn’t feel like she’s suffocating under the weight of everyone’s gaze or the avalanche of everything that’s just happened. Everything sounds and feels foggy as El pushes her way towards the front door, almost knocking people aside in her haste. There’s maybe the sound of someone calling her name, but El can’t make out who, and she doesn’t stop for anything until she’s outside, legs carrying her as far away from Zach as humanly possible, away and away from Stacey’s house until she can no longer hear the party at all.
She walks, strides eating up the asphalt beneath the soles of her boots, and doesn’t feel the rain that falls onto her bare skin.
No, instead, she just feels shame and anger, both making her feel like she’s about to throw up. She wants to cry and rage, wants to throw things to feel them break from her power, wants curl up in a corner and let the whole world fade away.
She wants to go home, wants to burrow under the covers and forget tonight ever happened.
But El can’t – not yet, not if she doesn’t want her dad to know something happened. And she doesn’t. El can take care of herself. Tonight proved that just fine. She doesn’t need her dad fighting her battles and making this worse than it already is.
So, she walks, letting the cold air and rain seep into her skin, letting it wash away the shame until she’s almost numb, until she can’t tell of the water on her face is from the rain or the tears that she can’t seem to stop. And, for a little while, it’s nice.
Until it’s not anymore. It stops being nice when El’s teeth are chattering as she shivers and she hugs her arms tight around herself to try and preserve some measure of warmth. She thinks fondly of the jacket she left behind at Stacey’s house and kicks herself for storming off without it, even though she knows she wasn’t in any sort of headspace to remember that it existed at the time.
She needs to get somewhere warm, somewhere inside. And sooner rather than later.
She could call her dad – he’d come and get her in a heartbeat. But, if she wasn’t in a good mental space to face her dad when she first left Stacey’s house, she certainly isn’t now – not when she looks like a drowned, freezing rat. No, Hop will take one look at her and bundle her up for the rest of her life, El just knows it.
So, that’s not an option. She’s just going to have to figure something else out instead.
El approaches the nearest intersection and stops, glancing up in through the rain at the street signs. She looks around, taking in the sight of the neighborhood around her, and it’s only because it’s dark out that it takes El a little bit to realize that she recognizes where she is. She’s been down these streets before and it hits her that, if she is where she thinks she is, she’s been out here walking for almost a half an hour, which is way too long to be out in this weather dressed in a water-logged, homemade Wonder Woman costume that doesn’t cover nearly enough.
But it’s going to be ok, El knows it.
Because Mike’s house only a couple of streets over.
Maybe her steps have been leading her there the entire time. Maybe there’s some part of her that can never stop calling out to him, that guides her to him when she needs him the most.
But, whatever it is, El doesn’t care at this moment.
No, all she cares about right now is that Mike’s close and the need to see him has never been stronger.
So, El doesn’t bother denying herself as she lets thoughts of Mike lead her to him, like a moth to a flame.
Like he’s all she’ll ever need.
El calling him is just about the last thing Mike expects to happen a little before 11PM on a Saturday night. Especially when he remembers that El is supposed to be at Stacey’s party tonight and should be having a good time.
So why is she calling him?
Not that he’s complaining. He’s just sitting down in his mostly dark basement by himself, playing through the recent Spider-Man game. The only light besides the TV is the lone lamp tucked away in the back corner that Mike likes to have on when he plays video games. It’s not bright enough to cause any glare on the TV, but it’s just enough to prevent him from getting tunnel vision while he games. It’s soothing and relaxing, bathing the basement in a soft, warm light that makes him feel all cozy.
(it’s also, he’ll soon come to realize, incredibly and beautifully intimate.)
Mike’s phone is sitting on the couch next to his thigh and the buzzing of El’s call is completely unexpected, startling him and leaving him fumbling with the controller a bit as he rushes to pause before he can even think of answering the phone.
He sees El’s name flash across the top of his phone’s screen and is immediately filled with a strange combination of curiosity and worry. “Um, hi, El?” he says as he answers the call, keeping his voice down. There’s no reason to try and be super quiet – everyone else in the house is a sleep and Mike’s a good two floors away. But still, he makes sure not to talk too loud anyway.
“Yeah, hi. Are, um, are you home?”
Immediately, worry wins out over curiosity at the breathless, tremulous note in El’s voice, and Mike sits up, spine ramrod straight, as his heart squeezes with concern. “Um, yeah, I’m home and….” He trails off, sucking in a sharp breath, air hitching in his chest. “El, is everything ok?”
Mike hears El swallow heavily from the other end of the line and, if possible, his concern ratchets up another notch. “You aren’t busy or anything?”
Mike notices that El’s very neatly side-stepped his question and he sighs. “No, I’m just playing video games in the basement and–”
“Ok, good,” El says with a sigh of her own.
And, before Mike can ask what that means – good? why good? – there’s a knock on the outside basement door.
For the second time in less than a minute, Mike startle, his gaze whipping over to look at the door, eyes wide with surprise. Only, this time he leaps to his feet, nearly overbalancing in his haste to stand. His steps are cautious, almost hesitant, as he crosses the basement floor, like he’s afraid what he’s going to find on the other side of the door. And maybe he is. Maybe he’s nervous and scared of what he’s going to see when he opens the door.
His hand wraps around the doorknob and Mike opens the door with a quick flick of his wrist, pulling it open fast enough that whoosh of the door rustles his hair.
And his heart almost falls into his stomach at the sight that greets him.
El’s standing there, one hand holding her phone to her ear, one arm wrapped tightly over her chest, like she’s trying both to protect herself and huddle down as small as possible to preserve warmth. He notices the Halloween costume she’s wearing, an incredible if obviously homemade version of the Wonder Woman costume from the recent movie. He takes in the tiara and the bracers and the boots, unable to help from noticing the short skirt and the strapless corset.
But that’s just for a moment. Really, what Mike notices is this: the bluish pale cast of her skin, cheeks bright red from the cold; the rainwater pooled on her skin, soaking her costume, drenching her hair. And, most of all, the sad, desperate hope in her eyes as she looks up at him, eyes red-rimmed from what Mike hopes is just the cold and not something worse.
The full weight of what Mike’s seeing hits him like a punch to the gut: El’s standing at his doorstep, drenched from the cold rain that’s still falling from the sky, shivering as she looks up at him with pleading eyes, gaze filled with an immeasurable sadness. It’s enough to make him want to cry.
It doesn’t though. But it’s enough to shock him into action.
“Jesus, El,” he breathes, blindly hanging up the phone with one hand as he reaches for her with the other, not thinking about anything other than getting her inside where it’s warm and dry. She flinches a bit, but doesn’t move away otherwise as Mike lightly wraps his hand around her elbow to guide her inside. Her skin is icy cold to the touch and warning bells go off in the back of Mike’s head at El’s reaction to him reaching for her.
“Hi,” is all El says as she steps over the threshold, her other arm joining its pair in crossing over her chest as she no longer needs to hold her phone to her ear.
Mike closes the door behind them and, for just a second, he’s not sure what to do. El’s close enough that he can hear her teeth chattering and he doesn’t think he’s ever seen her look so small. El’s larger than life, a magnetic presence that draws every eye in the room from how bright and warm she is. Right now, though, she just looks lost and sad and Mike desperately wants to do anything to fix that.
But, first things first: El’s wet and cold and he knows exactly how to fix that.
“Shit, um, ok, let me just–” Mike quickly ducks away into the bathroom and grabs a towel. He passes it back to her, long strides easily eating up the distance between him and her. And, for a moment, he watches as El takes the towel and lets it unfold in her grip before she holds it close to her chest, like she can just transfer its warmth directly into her.
“Oh, um, and dry clothes. Yes, I can do that,” Mike says in a rush. “I’ll be right back. Just – wait here.” He turns and heads towards the staircase, but stops as El’s voice calls out from behind him.
“Mike?”
Mike pauses, one hand on the railing, and turns to look back over at El. “Yeah, El?”
A small, wobbly smile makes its way onto her face, some of her warmth coming back. “Thanks,” she says, voice soft, breath hitching with an emotion Mike can't place a name to, but is so strong it threatens to bowl him over from the force of it.
Mike smiles back, throat tight with emotion. She’s already thanking him and Mike doesn’t even know what’s wrong enough yet to really help. Just what happened, anyway? “Anytime,” he says, just as soft. “Ok, be right back.” He turns and bounds up the stairs, taking them two at a time.
In his room, Mike doesn’t linger too long in grabbing something for El to change into. He kinda wishes Nancy still had some of her stuff in her old room, since Nancy is way closer to El’s size than Mike is. But Nancy took all her clothes with her when she went to Columbia, so it’ll have to be something of his.
Mike finds a pair of sweatpants tucked in the back of one of his drawers – a pair he outgrew last year, but hasn’t gotten around to throwing out yet – and a dark blue t-shirt that’s shrunk a little in the wash over the last year or so. They’re still going to be too big on El’s petite frame, but it’s the best he’s got.
Mike races back downstairs, quietly to keep from waking everyone up, and he stumbles a little when he sees El again. She’s sitting on the couch now, perched carefully on the edge of one of the cushions. She’s taken off her boots, leaving her barefoot, and she’s slowly toweling off her hair, the motion sure yet delicate.
His heart stutters at the sight – she’s just so beautiful, even water-logged as she is – but he sobers up a bit when he notices the look on her face, sad and tired. The expression stays on her face as she looks over at him, attention drawn to him by the sound of his footsteps. But, thankfully, a light sparks in her eyes when her gaze meets his. Mike’s not sure what’s causing it, but it’s relieving to see.
“Got you some dry clothes,” Mike says as he walks over to the couch, stepping around the coffee table so he can sit down. “I don’t think they’re really going to fit, but they’re dry, so….” Mike shrugs and holds out the bundle.
El gives him another small smile as she lays the towel across her lap and takes the clothes from his outstretched hand. “Thanks.”
Mike nods. “No problem.” He gulps and gestures towards the bathroom. “Well, you know where the bathroom is and, well….” He trails off, unsure of what exactly to say next, and is only able to gather up the courage when El looks at him with expectant eyes. “If you wanna talk about what happened after you change, I’ll, um, I’ll be right here, ok? Or, if not, we can just, like, watch TV or something.” His gaze quickly darts over to where he’s still got his game paused, but he refocuses on El, trying to gauge what she wants. “Whatever you want.”
El’s smile trembles a little and she nods. “Ok. I’m just gonna go….” She stands up, clothes and towel held carefully in her arms, and heads over to the bathroom.
The air rushes out of Mike’s lungs when he hears the sound of the bathroom door latching shut and he grabs the controller for his PS4 with a trembling hand. He tries not to think of how El’s changing on the other side of that door as he shuts down his console, but the imagery is too powerful to ignore with just willpower alone.
So Mike distracts himself by trying to solve the mystery of what happened. Whatever it was, it was definitely at Stacey’s party. Did she and Stacey get into a fight? Did a bunch of the girls gang up on her? Or was it worse?
Mike gulps at the thought of worse and he sits, forearms resting on his knees with his linked hands dangling between them, unable to stop his thoughts from spinning, each rotation bringing with it an even more sickening thought.
The process is halted, however, by the sound of the bathroom door opening. Mike chokes on a breath, having lost track of time, and picks his head up to look over at El. He’s on his feet before he even knows what he’s doing, walking over to her, pulled towards her by the naked vulnerability on her face.
Changed out of the costume and into his clothes, hair hanging damp down her shoulders and back, this is a version of El he’s never seen before, one he could never have imagined. She’s swimming in his clothes, like he suspected she would, but she looks a little warmer now, gentle color suffusing her skin once more. But the expression on her face is pinched, like she’s trying to keep herself from losing control, and Mike’s heart wants to implode.
El looks up at him, eyes shining, arms wrapped tight around herself. “Mike?” She sounds so lost, it just breaks his heart.
“Yeah?” God, he’d do anything for her right now. Anything. She only has to ask.
“Can I, um….” She trails off, looking down at her bare toes, one hand coming up to push back the hair that falls into her face at the motion. “Can I have a hug?” She looks back up at him and Mike can see everything in her eyes – need, fear, hope – all directed at him.
Like he could say no. “Yeah, um, ok,” Mike says, even though he’s not at all sure how to go about doing this. Does he hug her? Or is there some sort of unspoken mutual agreement to move towards each other? Where does he put his arms? And does he need to bend his knees since he’s so much taller than she is?
Turns out, though, none of that ends up mattering as El takes all the initiative. She takes the last couple of steps towards him and Mike finds his arms opening so she can step into his embrace, her arms coming up to wrap tight around his ribcage. And it takes no thought at all to hug her back, one arm across her shoulder blades, the other just above her waist, and his heart squeezes when he feels her press face against the front of his shirt and let out a shuddering breath.
God, El can probably hear the way his heart is racing with how close her ear is to his chest, but Mike also really doesn’t care. The feel of her in his arms is just… magical, and Mike wishes it was happening under better circumstances. She’s warm and soft, fitting so perfectly in the circle of his embrace, and every nerve in his body explodes, heart singing at her closeness. She feels so right here in his arms, where he can hold her and feel her beneath his touch. He never wants to stop, not when it feels this perfect.
But Mike doesn’t let himself get too carried away – can’t when he can feel El trembling where she’s holding him, when he can hear the shakiness of her breath and can feel how she burrows into him. Something happened – something bad – and El needs Mike to be there for her.
Mike holds her close, lending her what little strength he has, and relishes the feel of her in his arms – the softness of her hair trapped beneath his arm, the warmth of her pressed against him, the way she fits just so in the circle of his arms, the feel of her head resting on his chest. The urge to lean down and press his lips to the top of her head in a soft kiss is almost overpowering, but Mike doesn’t know if El’s in the mood for that – heck, he’s not sure if he’d have the bravery to follow through on it even if she was.
So he just holds her and listens to how her breathing trembles and feels how her shoulders shake beneath his touch and how her arms hold him almost too tight. She’s not crying – or, at least, he doesn’t feel the wetness of her tears soaking through his shirt – but it feels like a near thing if she’s not.
Mike’s not sure how long they stand there, but, eventually (much to his disappointment), El’s hold on him loosens. Mike take that as his cue that the hug is over and he finds himself counting down the seconds until he gets to hug her like that again. Hopefully under better circumstances next time, his thoughts whisper with barely contained excitement.
But, despite how the hug has ended, neither of them move away from each other. El’s hands curl up against the bottom of his ribcage, his t-shirt lightly held in her grip, and his hands are lightly cupping her elbows, fingers trembling where he’s touching her bare skin. “You ok?” he asks, voice low.
El sniffs and lifts one hand to wipe away a few stray tears – so she was crying and the knowledge twists at his heart. “Not yet,” El says. “But I’m getting there.” She looks up at him, smiling just a little. “You give good hugs.”
A laugh escapes him, nothing more than a huffed breath, and Mike shakes his head. “I think that’s just you.” He looks back down at her, still worried. Though El’s smiling, the tired sadness is still in her eyes and Mike hates to see it. “You wanna talk about what happened?” he asks as he ducks a little to look her in the eye.
El gulps, but she nods. “Yeah, ok,” she says, voice tight.
Mike guides them over to the couch and he sits as he watches El walk around the coffee table so she can sit next to him. He turns so he can face her, one leg folded in front of him with the other hanging off the couch, toes digging into the carpet beneath his foot. El mirrors his pose, their knees just barely touching and she reaches for his hand with both of hers as his other arm rests on top of the couch cushions. Her thumbs run across the tops of his knuckles, sending shivers across his skin with each pass.
For a long moment, Mike watches as El keeps her eyes trained down at where she’s holding his hand, her shoulders slumped just so, and it breaks his heart to see her looking so lost. “El, what happened tonight?” he asks, barely above a whisper.
El looks at him through her lashes, head still slightly downcast, and her tongue flashes out to lick her lips, a nervous gesture that doesn’t do anything for Mike’s worry. “It’s stupid,” she says. She pauses and lets out a frustrated groan. “Ok, it’s not stupid. It’s just–” She cuts off, sighing, taking one more deep breath before she starts explaining. “Everything was going ok, you know? Jen convinced me and Stacey to talk and we came to this lame ass truce. And once that was over, I went to enjoy the party, y’know? There was a dance floor and a bunch of my friends from Pep Squad were there and it was good time.”
“And then what?” Mike asks, making sure to keep his voice gentle. He can feel from the way El’s holding his hand that she’s getting more and more agitated with each passing second.
El gulps and takes in another deep breath. “I got hot – there were a lot of people and I’d been dancing for a while – so I took a break. Went to go get some water and watched people dance for a bit while I cooled down.” She pauses, pressing her lips together and Mike notices that she very much avoids his gaze as she keeps speaking. “And then, while I was standing on the sidelines, Zach showed up.”
At that, Mike’s blood runs cold and he starts to fear that his worst case scenario might actually be closer to reality than he’s comfortable with. “He didn’t….” The words get stuck and he can’t push them through the tightness in his throat.
El lets out a dark laugh. “He was drunk. I’m not excusing him, but it definitely didn’t help. He came up to me and started talking. Said some really gross stuff about you, by the way, while propositioning me.” A shudder runs through her. “God, like I would really be with someone like him. He’s just so disgusting.” Another pause, another shaky breath. “But before I could turn him down, he–” At this, the words get stuck, her breath hitching loudly in her chest.
Mike turns his hand over so he can weave his fingers through hers, squeezing them tight. “It’s ok, you don’t have to say it if you don’t want to.”
El looks him in the eye and squeezes his hand back, eyes glistening with unshed tears, but still full of resolve. “No, I want to tell you. At least so it’s not just in my head. Just… give me a sec.” She breathes deep, fortifying herself, and then pushes on. “He, um, he grabbed me.” She stutters the words, but her voice is still strong, if quiet. “Slid his hand u-up my skirt and grabbed my ass.” El gulps, trembling, and anger, white hot and pulsating, beats strong in Mike’s chest, like a supernova about to burst. “He started to pull me towards him, but I, um, tossed my water in his face and then I kicked him in the balls and punched him in the nose. Told him to never touch me again before I stormed out of there. Think I walked for about half an hour before I realized I was near your house and, well…..” She shrugs. “You know the rest.”
Mike wants to hit something. He wants to yell and rage and figure out away to kick Zach’s ass for assaulting El like this, for touching her without her permission. But El looks so sad, so ashamed in this moment, that all he really wants to do is comfort her. So he just holds her hand tighter and feels her do the same to his. “I’m sorry.” The words are woefully inadequate, but they’re all he has, spoken in a hushed whisper.
El lets out a small laugh, the sound thick with tears. “Don’t be. You didn’t do anything.”
“I know,” Mike says. “Just… you shouldn’t have had to go through that. No one should.”
El nods, gulping. “I know. At least I can defend myself, which makes me scared for the girls who can’t.”
“Hey, at least you were able to, though. Plus, I bet it felt good to punch him in the face,” Mike says, an almost humorless grin on his face as he lets out a wry laugh.
El echoes the sound. “It did. And he totally deserved it.” She shudders, a whole-body motion that displays just how disgusted she is. “God, what an asshole. I just… I hate how there’s a little part of me that blames myself, you know? Like if I’d just seen him coming, I could have stopped him in the first place.”
“You can’t blame yourself for what others do,” Mike says, shaking his head. “And you did the right thing – you defended yourself and no one’s going to blame you for that.”
El nods. “Yeah, I know. I just….” She lets out a groan. “Boys suck. Sorry, present company excluded, of course.”
Mike shrugs one shoulder, grinning a little. “Hey, no need apologize. I agree, we’re pretty universally horrible.”
“Well, you’re not,” El says. She’s smiling at him – still a little sad and ashamed, but there’s warmth back in the expression that makes Mike happy to see. “I wish more guys were like you. The world deserves more Mike Wheelers.”
Mike breathes out a laugh, deprecating and disbelieving. “Right, yes,” he says, rolling his eyes. “The world needs more lanky nerds in it, alright.”
“No, I’m serious,” El says, smile turning brighter as the seconds pass.
“I know you are,” Mike says. “I just think you’re a little delusional.”
“Well, that’s just mean,” El says, trying to pout, but the look in her eyes gives her away and Mike knows she’s teasing.
Mike sighs as he looks over at her, still concerned. “Are you going to be ok, though? After what happened? Are you gonna, like, tell your dad or something?”
It’s El’s turn to roll her eyes. “Yes, because telling my Chief of Police father and having him arrest the boy who groped me is really going to help when all I want to do is forget it ever happened. Besides, I punished him enough for it. He’s gonna have to live with getting beaten up by a girl in front of everyone, so….” She sighs, expression settling into a gentle smile as she looks over at him. “But, yes, I’m going to be ok. Thank you.” She punctuates her point with another squeeze of his hand. “I don’t know what’d I do without you.”
Mike feels his cheeks heat up and he has to look away, heart too full. “Ok, stop it.”
“No, I’m serious – really serious, this time.” Mike looks back up at the solemn warmth in her voice and he gulps at the the emotion he sees in her eyes, soft and vulnerable and so bright. He never wants to look away, never wants her to stop looking at him like this. “I’m so lucky to have you in my life.”
Mike gulps, feeling both exposed and confused, and he doesn’t know how El manages to spin him around like this. “Why?” he asks, the word slipping out before he can stop it, soft and meek and so unsure. “I just… you always say these things about me and I just don’t understand.”
El shifts in her seat, pulling herself closer so that their folded legs are pressed together from knee to ankle. A thrill zips through him at the contact. “Because you’re amazing,” El says, voice hushed, intimate. “Because you’re nice and smart and funny and ridiculously cute and the sweetest person I’ve ever met. Because you make me feel safe and respected.” She draws in a shaky breath and Mike’s heart just about explodes at the sound. “Because I really, really like you. Because I’ve never felt this way about anyone before.”
Mike’s heart is racing now. The blush on his face heats up just that much further and he probably looks like a naive idiot, but Mike doesn’t care right now. Not with the way El’s looking at him right now, like he’s everything. “I really like you, too,” he says, barely even whispering the words. Nervousness sweeps through him, but now that he’s started talking, he doesn’t know if he can stop. “I’ve never met anyone like you. You’re just… so beautiful and smart and I… I don’t understand how you picked me, but I just… I know I don’t deserve it.”
El smiles at him and it’s the most beautiful sight he’s ever seen. Her lips curl up, rich and full, cheeks gently flushed as she looks at him with a gaze so rich, he practically falls in love with her in one fell swoop. “Mike,” she says, soft, as she takes one hand away from where she’s holding his and lifts it to rest on his chest, palm pressed gently right on his sternum. Butterflies take flight in his stomach at her touch and Mike thinks he may have forgotten how to breathe. Her touch is everything he ever could hoped for and he never wants her to stop. “It’s not about deserve,” she says. “It’s about what we want. And I want you. No one else.”
Oh, that’s a good feeling.
That’s a really good feeling.
“I want you, too,” Mike hears himself saying, almost drowned out by the roaring of his heartbeat in his ears. “I think I have since I met you. I can’t stop thinking about you. I don’t want to stop thinking about you. I just… I want this. So bad.”
“Mike….” His name escapes from El’s lips in the softest sigh he’s ever heard and Mike thinks there’s never been a more beautiful sound in the whole of human history. She moves closer to him, her folded leg sliding up over his and Mike officially loses the ability to draw in a full breath. Her fingers splay out across his chest, the feel of her touch through his t-shirt the best kind of magic.
El’s looking at him, eyes imploring, like she’s begging him to let her in. Mike falls into her gaze, hands reaching for her to anchor himself. His palms cup her elbows, fingers curling around the crooks of them, and the softness of her skin sears into his palms like a brand. He knows he’ll never feel anything as soft as her skin beneath his touch, never for as long as he lives.
Mike watches as her gaze darts around his face and he finds himself doing the same, drinking in the sight of her – flushed cheeks, sparkling eyes, gaze heavy and hooded as she looks at him, lips parted just so, every inch of her looking completely and totally kissable.
He’s unable to look away, unwilling to try. His tongue flashes out to wet his lips, a nervous gesture he can’t even try to contain. He can feel what’s about to happen – or, at least, what he thinks is going to happen. And he doesn’t want to be nervous, but, god, he can’t stop it.
Is she really going to kiss him? She’s looking at him like she’s going to and his heart is about to pound its way out of his chest at the look in her eyes, full of want and desire, soft and sweet. Her breath hitches audibly, a soft “oh” escaping from her parted lips, and Mike swallows hard against the way yearning swells inside of him, washing over him like a tsunami.
And then, before he can start to wonder what’s going to happen next, El starts to lean in, lean towards him. He gasps, surprised despite himself. Oh god, she’s really going to do this. She’s actually going to kiss him. Mike’s really going to know what her lips feel like against his own.
His heart leaps into his throat and he just wants, even though he’s never been more nervous in his entire life. What if he kisses her and it’s horrible? What if she hates it? He barely has any experience with this. He’s only ever kissed one girl in his entire life and it was horrible.
So Mike’s about the kiss the most beautiful girl he’s ever met in his entire life and he’s woefully unprepared.
El pauses, face inches from his, as she looks at him, gaze searching. She’s so close, Mike swears he can see the flecks of gold in her eyes, can see the faintest dusting of pale freckles across the bridge of her nose. Her name escapes from his lips in a hushed breath, confusion woven into the simple utterance of her name. Why has she stopped? Is she really going to do this. Why is she waiting?
Her tongue flashes out to wet her lips and Mike can’t help the way his gaze drops to her mouth, every fiber of his being craving to taste her, to know if her mouth is as soft as it looks.
“Is this ok?” she asks, brows arching just a little as she looks at him, still searching.
Mike understands, now, what she’s looking for. El’s making sure that he’s ok with this, that he wants this, too. God, like he could ever say no to this.
Mike gulps, pulse fluttering dangerously, and he nods. He’s completely lost the ability to speak – god, it’s all he can do to keep breathing, to keep from passing out.
El continues leaning in, then, and her hand, the hand not on his chest, comes up to cup his cheek, her thumb running along the line of his cheekbone. Mike barely suppresses a moan at the feel of her palm on his face, at the delicate caress of her thumb.
He wants to keep looking at her, not wanting to miss a single moment of this. But it’s too much as her breath fans out against his mouth and his eyes slip closed. His lips part in anticipation of what’s about to happen, and he can feel the warmth radiating from her as she finishes closing the distance and –
Oh.
Oh my god.
There are no words to describe this. No words to describe what it really feels like to kiss her, to have her kiss him. Soft is one of the first ones, soft and warm and perfect.
But none of them feel like enough. None of them feel anywhere close to describing to how El’s lips fit perfectly against his, to how her mouth moves slowly and sweetly as she kisses him. None of them describe the thrill of hearing her gasp as he returns the gentle pressure of her mouth, or the way his entire body explodes with sheer sensation, every nerve lighting up with pleasure that flows over him like warm honey.
It’s not outside the realm of possibility that his heart isn’t going to beat its way out of his chest, he’s so overwhelmed. Fire smolders low in his veins, making him feel lightheaded and almost dizzy. His grip tightens where he’s still holding her, his fingers wrapping firmly around her elbows, like touching her is the only thing keeping him from floating away entirely.
He’s kissing her and she’s kissing him and oh god, they’re really kissing, this is really happening. He’s not dreaming or imagining this. El Hopper is really here, in his basement, actually kissing him.
Mike never wants this to end.
But nothing lasts forever, as much as he might want it to – and slowly, the kiss comes to an end. El pulls back, just enough so she can look at him.
Mike sucks in a sharp breath at the sight of her – lips still parted (lips he was just kissing, oh god), cheeks flushed, pupils dilated. She’s the most beautiful girl he’s ever seen in his entire life.
El’s looking at him like she’s still looking for something, gaze beseeching. Mike can see it, in her eyes, the questions she’s asking. Did he like it? Was that ok? Was that good?
It was the most amazing thing Mike’s ever experienced in his entire life. In fact, all he ever wants to do for the rest of his life is kiss her, kiss her and never, ever stop.
But El’s still looking at him, still looking for an answer.
So he gives her one.
But, this time, he kisses her.
And, unlike last time, they don’t stop for quite a while.
Notes:
Ohohoho, where do we go from here, you might ask?
Lots Of Places!!
Just because these two kiddos are now kissing doesn't mean that there still isn't more story to go. I'd say about 4-5 more chapters to go.
And, boy are they gonna be a doozy.
Hold on to your butts, folks. We're in for a wild ride....
Chapter 15: a kiss by any other name
Notes:
So, I'm halfway convinced this chapter exists to make up for the one thing I been keeping away from you so far from this fic: Kissing.
Lots and lots of kissing.
Yep, that's pretty much it.
(I feel like I should be sorry, but I'm not.)
Please enjoy!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
El’s not entirely sure she’s not going to wake up any moment to find that this has all been just a wonderful, glorious dream. Mike’s lips on hers is everything she imagined, everything she hoped it would be and more – warm and thrilling, gentle and sweet. She feels drunk, even though she hasn’t had a drop of alcohol, like any moment she’s just going to float away from the sheer, overpowering happiness that’s coursing through her veins.
Their first kiss is soft and almost unbearably gentle and El’s loathe to end it. She just hates the idea of her mouth doing anything other than kissing Mike. It’s like their lips were made to fit together, like the only person she is ever meant to kiss is Mike Wheeler, the sweetest boy she’s ever known, the boy who makes her heart flip in her chest and her skin tingle with heat.
The kiss comes to an end and El pulls away – not because she wants to, though. She pulls away because she needs to see how Mike’s feeling, needs to see if he’s still with her on this, if he liked it as much as she did. Sure, he kissed her back, so El’s pretty sure he’s on the same page. But she needs to know. And she needs to look into his eyes to be sure.
El opens her eyes and, for a moment, she can’t even form a coherent thought, she’s so overwhelmed by the sight of him. As El watches, Mike drinks in a greedy gulp of air as he looks back at her with wide eyes and flushed cheeks, lips glistening from their kiss, his gaze dark and heavy and heated. God, all she wants is to kiss him again, kiss him and never stop. But she waits, waits to find what she’s looking for, what she needs to know.
Mike stares at her for a long moment and El desperately wishes she could read his mind, so she could know what he’s thinking about, know exactly what the look in his eyes means.
And, just when El’s patience is about to run out, right before she says “fuck it” and decides to ask him with her words instead of her eyes, Mike moves.
He leans in, head tilting just so. His hands, still holding her elbows, slide up and onto her back so he can hold her close. His fingers splay across her ribcage, his touch warm through the fabric of the t-shirt she’s borrowing (his clothes on her skin is one of the sweetest sins she’s ever experienced).
And, just before their lips meet, Mike’s nose brushes lightly against hers – a little clumsy, but so, so sweet – and she almost whines at the tiny delay, craving the feel of his lips on hers once more, tension rising to almost unbearable levels. She does gasp, however, chest tight and heart racing, as Mike finishes leaning in, her lips ready and eager as she tilts her head up to meet his.
If their first kiss was light and delicate in how sweet it was, their second is rich. El’s parted lips slide easily against Mike’s, the touch of his mouth on hers just perfect as he gently tugs on her lower lip. The tiniest whimper escapes her as one of Mike’s hands trails up her back to press between her shoulder blades.
And it’s only as El feels the trembling on his touch through the thin cotton of her borrowed t-shirt that she becomes potently aware that she isn’t wearing anything beneath her clothes. So there’s barely anything separating the gentle touch of Mike’s palm from the skin between her shoulder blades and a shiver runs down El’s spine, heat suffusing every inch of her skin.
She channels the sensations coursing through her in to returning Mike’s kiss, mouth moving beneath his with renewed intensity. Her hands shift where she’s touching him, one coming up to drape over the curve where his shoulder meets his neck, the side of her thumb resting against the bare skin just above the collar of his shirt, while the other slides into his hair, dark locks weaving between her fingers with infinite softness.
It’s Mike’s turn to shiver and El only notices that his other hand has drifted down to the small of her back when his fingers dig into her, caressing her skin through the cotton separating them. El lets out a squeak, pleasure jolting through her – oh god, she had no idea that spot was so sensitive – and it makes her jump, the kiss breaking as she sucks in a gasp.
Mike’s looking down at her, eyes wide, panic creeping in around the edges and eating into pleasurable warmth in his eyes. “What? What is it? Did I do something wrong?” The words tumble out of him in a rush and El’s stomach quivers at the deliciously husky tone in his voice.
“No, no,” she hurries to say, her own voice pitched high and breathy. “You didn’t do anything wrong. That just….” She trails off, a dizzy giggle escaping her in a sigh. “... felt really good.”
The panic in Mike’s eyes begins to fade and eager curiosity rushes to take its place. “Oh?”
“Your hand, on my lower back,” El clarifies. She smiles up at him – her hand’s still in his hair and she runs her thumb over the smooth locks trapped against her index finger. “And don’t worry – I’ll tell you if you do something I don’t like.”
“Oh,” Mike says, shoulders relaxing beneath her touch. “Ok, good.” Their gazes lock once more, the air between them growing thick and heavy once more as the minor crisis becomes a thing of the past.
This time, El can easily see all the things she was searching for earlier in his gaze – awe, affection, happiness, desire – and, when she leans back in, he does, too. Their mouths meet in the middle in a kiss that makes her forget her own name, his lips firm and warm against hers, and the contented moans that escape both of them make El’s heart flip dangerously in her chest.
She feels like she’s drowning and flying all at the same time, soaring beneath the hazy pleasure that wraps around her with heavy tendrils. Her whole world becomes him – his hands on her back, caressing her sides, spine, and ribcage; his hair between her fingers, the feel of his neck and jaw beneath the touch of her other hand; the way his mouth tugs on hers as their lips glide against each others; the gasping breath he takes between each kiss before their mouths reconnect….
The way she feels surrounded by his warmth, safe and cherished in his embrace, his touch delicate yet curious, nervous yet eager to please. She responds by keeping her touch gentle: fingers in his hair, scraping lightly against his scalp; stroking her thumb along the line of his neck and the underside of his jaw, a jolt of happiness running through her each time he sighs or shivers at her caress.
It’s perfect, everything about this is perfect. Ok, yes, she wishes she hadn’t come over here under such horrible circumstances, but the rest of the evening that led up to this moment is just not important in the grand scheme of everything that’s happened here tonight in Mike’s basement. The soft light that surrounds them is intimate beyond words and the quiet hush of the Wheeler household makes it feel like they’re in their own private bubble, untouchable and protected.
El never wants this to end.
It does, though. El’s not sure how long they sit there, trading soft kisses, content with only this (yes, there’s a part of el that wants more, but oh god is it too early to even be contemplating that), but their kisses, eventually, slowly come to a stop, lips lingering before parting one last time (at least for the moment).
El doesn’t want to open her eyes, doesn’t want to break the magic of the moment. She feels cocooned here, floating in a gentle sea of pleasure and happiness, skin tingling and butterflies fluttering in her stomach. She relishes in their closeness and she can’t help the contented sigh that breathes through her lips when she feels Mike’s forehead brush against hers and hears the deep, satisfied breath that leaves him.
Oddly, it’s that touch that has her eyes fluttering open so she can look at him and El pulls back just enough so that Mike’s face comes into focus. His hair’s mussed from her running her fingers through it, and he’s looking at her with dark eyes that shine with awe and warmth and need, looking dazed and happy all the while. His cheeks are flushed, lips swollen, and there’s a smile on his face that reaches in to the most distant corners of her soul and sets it ablaze. El’s sure she looks the same – dopey and lovesick, dazed and awed – but she doesn’t care, not when she’s this happy.
“Hi,” Mike breathes. His voice is hushed, gentle affection woven into the every inch of the simple utterance. His gaze dances across her face and El feels every inch of her warm from the tenderness of his gaze’s caress.
El smiles up at him, breath hitching in her chest. Her lungs feel too tight, like her heart has crowded them out, leaving her unable to breathe properly. Her smile is going to be permanently etched onto her face and she is totally ok with that. “Hi,” she says, just as quiet, just as hushed. She’s just so happy right now, overwhelmingly and blissfully happy. This boy, this beautiful, amazing boy, has made her feel like she’s never felt before, cherished and wanted and special.
“So….” The smile on Mike’s lips twists into a shy grin, eyes sparkling.
El arches an eyebrow. “So?”
“You, uh, you kissed me.”
A giggle bubbles up out of her, buoyant and effervescent. “I know, I was there.” Another giggle, this one breathless. “And you kissed me.”
The blush on Mike’s face deepens. “Yeah, I did, didn’t I? I kissed you.”
“You did – you really did.” God, they’re such idiots. And El’s having the best time.
Mike licks his lips as he glances away, nervous radiating from him in waves. “And, uh, it was ok, yeah? Like, you liked it?” He looks back at her, bravely meeting her eyes, and everything he’s feeling is written clear on his face, El’s heart twisting a bit at the play of emotions in his expression. One, he’s making sure she had a good time – which is so, so sweet, El almost can’t take it – but, two, he’s also making sure that it’s ok that he’s the one who’s kissing her, that she doesn’t want someone else kissing her instead. “I, just, haven’t really done this before, so–”
El stops him by pressing a finger against his mouth. A thrill runs through her at feeling his soft lips beneath her touch and, god, she wants to kiss him again and again and again…. But now’s not quite the time. “Mike,” she says, his name on her lips like a prayer she can’t help but invoke. “It was better than ok. It was amazing. I’ve been wondering for a long time what it would feel like to kiss you.” She smiles as she readjusts how she’s touching him, replacing her finger with her thumb so she can run it along his full lower lip. “It was better than even in my wildest dreams.”
Mike draws in a shaky breath at El’s caress of his lip, but he’s starting to smile. “How long?”
El’s too distracted with touching him to fully process what he’s asking her and her cheeks flush as she tries to make herself focus. He’s just so cute, though…. “How long, what?”
The smile is turning into a full on grin, shy and cute, boyish in all the right ways. “How long have you been thinking about kissing me?” There’s a desperate edge to his voice, just a tiny hint of the need for affirmation
“Since the moment I saw you,” El says, giggling. She slides her hand up so that it’s resting on the side of his neck, her thumb along the edge of his jaw.
At that, Mike’s brow furrows. “But, that was the first day of school,” he says, like he’s shocked she’s wanted this for that long.
“I know,” El grins, breath leaving her in a wistful sigh as she remembers back to that fateful day. “School hadn’t even started yet. You were standing in the parking lot, waiting for Lucas – though I didn’t know what any of your names were at the time. My dad had just pulled up in front of the school, so I wasn’t even out of the car. I was looking around for a sec, just taking it all in.” She pauses, another soft sigh leaving her. “And then I saw you. I didn’t know anything about you other than you were the cutest boy I’d ever seen and that I really wanted to kiss you.” A laugh escapes her. “Actually, I think one of the first thoughts I had about you was wondering how far you’d have to lean over to kiss me and then all I could think about was what it would be like to kiss you.”
Mike looks at her, head shaking in bemusement as he breathes out a laugh. “You didn’t even know me. I could have been, like, a creep or a mouthbreather or something.”
El’s nose scrunches up as she giggles. “Yeah, well, I was almost positive you weren’t. Call it a good feeling, one I was clearly right about.”
“Oh god, you’re gonna be insufferable about this, aren’t you?” Mike asks, lips twisted in a smirk.
“Oh, absolutely. If you think I’m going to forget, for one second, that I–” Whatever El’s going to say is lost as Mike swoops in and captures her lips with his own, mouth hot against hers. A whimpering moan escapes her as her eyes flutter shut, pleasure zipping down her spine to pool low and warm in her belly. She returns the firm pressure of his lips, leaning up to kiss him back and –
The kiss comes to an abrupt end just as El is about to get really into it. Mike pulls back and she gasps, feeling dazed and dizzy, head spinning as heat rushing through her. El looks up at him, eyes fluttering open, to see him grinning down at her, a potent mix of amusement and desire in his gaze. “What was that for?” she asks, breathless, tongue flashing out to run over her lower lip.
El watches Mike’s gaze drop briefly down to her lips, eyes flashing in a way that makes her feel all squirmy. “Just wanted to see if that would work,” he says, just as breathless.
El’s head is still spinning, dazed from Mike’s kiss. “See if what would work?”
Mike’s grin grows, mischievous and oh so attractive. “If I could distract you with a kiss.”
El’s heart flips, even as she’s playfully glaring at the smug satisfaction on Mike’s face. “Well, that’s mean,” she says, pouting.
“You gonna do something about it?” Mike asks, one eyebrow arched in challenge. God, El loves him like this, happy and playful, relaxed and open.
But, even if El does love him like this, that doesn’t mean she can let Mike get away with challenging her like this. I’ll show him ‘distracted with a kiss’, El thinks.
Mike must know something is up right before it happens – maybe it’s the predatory gleam in her eyes, the hungry smirk on her face – because his eyes go wide, alarm and excitement flashing in them. “Um, El, what–?”
It’s Mike’s turn to be cut off as El interrupts him with a kiss. Her mouth parts, slanting against the fullness of his won, and her tongue snakes out to trace along the seam of his lips. Mike gasps, his own lips parting, and El takes it as an invitation to let her tongue sweep into his mouth, the taste of him exploding on her flesh. And then Mike’s tongue reaches out in response, gently gliding against hers, and a shiver runs down her spine at the intimate contact.
El loses herself, and Mike right alongside her, as they trade open-mouthed kisses, heat building between them with each caress of their lips. This is good – too good– the way her every nerve drowns in pleasure, skin tingling and blood roaring in her veins. Mike’s hands have slid down to hold her hips, fingers gripping her tight, digging into the slope just beneath her waist. The firm grip, strong and desperate, sends shivers all up and down her body and she reaches for him in an attempt to give those feelings an outlet, her fingers diving into his hair to hold him close. She never wants to stop; she wants to let these feelings sweep her away so she can drown in pure sensation.
But she doesn’t. El comes to her senses literal seconds before she crawls into Mike’s lap, need all but driving her forward. A tiny, petulant whine escapes from her throat as she pulls her mouth away from his, even though she knows this is for the best. Even if there’s part of her that wants it, they are so not ready for anything more. At least not tonight.
Mike looks down at her with dark eyes, pupils blown, awe written across every inch of his face. “Wow,” he breathes, voice thick and raspy.
“Yeah, wow,” El can’t help but agree, feeling too hot, Fire coursing through her, heart racing and skin thrumming.
“You’re, uh….” Mike trails off to clear his throat, sounding about as hot and bothered as she feels. “You’re really good at that.”
Somehow, El’s face heats up even more, cheeks going crimson at the compliment. “I think it’s because of you,” she says, feeling a little shy. “You bring it out in me, I guess.”
Mike stares at her, lips slowly pulling up into a small smile. “I feel like I’m going to wake up any second and find out I’ve been dreaming again.”
Oh, there’s that fluttery feeling again. “You’ve been dreaming about me?” El asks, air leaving her lungs in a gasping sigh.
Acute embarrassment creeps into Mike’s expression and he glances away as his cheeks turn even redder. “I mean, um, well….” He licks his lips and draws in a stuttering breath before he speaks once more, gaze lifting to look at her once more. “Yeah,” he says, almost squeaking the word, face twisting up in a cringe. “I mean, you’re smart and nice and really, really pretty. I’ve pretty much been thinking about this since the moment I saw you in Trig on the first day of school. And I just… can’t believe it’s real, that you’re really here.”
“There’s nowhere else I’d rather be,” El says. She feels giddy beyond belief, happy that all the things she’s been hoping for over the past couple of months are finally coming true.
“You know, when you say things like that, I can’t help but believe you,” Mike says. The look on his face is soft and vulnerable, the shadow of old hurt lingering in his eyes, the hurt that Ashley put there two years ago when she led him on and broke his heart.
El’s heart twists, breath catching thick in her chest, as she reaches up for him, his face warm against her palm. “It’s because I mean it when I say it. I would never lie about this, Mike. Not ever.” A smile creeps onto Mike’s face, unsure and a little sad, and El rushes to do something, anything to erase the sadness from his face. She smiles, a little nervous, hope tangling wildly in her heart, before she speaks. “So, now what? I mean, I kissed you and you kissed me and we kissed each other….”
Mike’s smile turns a little dopey, dazed as he remembers. “Yeah, we did, didn’t we?”
El giggles. “So, does this mean we’re, like official?”
Mike tilts his head just so, brow furrowing. “Official?” he repeats.
“Yeah, official,” El says through a gentle sigh. “Like, can we hold hands in the cafeteria at school and go out on dates to Benny’s and make out in front of our lockers in between classes?”
The question, which should be a happy one given how it makes the army of butterflies in her stomach swirl and flutter, brings a shadow back into Mike’s gaze and some of those butterflies shrivel up before they can take flight. El can feel it, can feel the magic of the moment fading slightly as reality butts in. It’s still there – this is still one of the best moments of El’s entire life – but, just like everything else, what comes up must come down. Even if it’s just a little. “You, um, you really want that? With me?” Mike asks, brows arching and crinkling above a gaze filled with scared yet hopeful disbelief.
El smiles, thoughts of dating Mike, being his girlfriend, giving the twist of her lips a dreamy warmth that helps counteract the slow dread churning and building in her stomach. “Yes, I do. I really, really do. I like you, Mike – a lot – and I know you want to take this slow and that’s fine, honest. Whatever you need. I just… really want to be with you.”
The sadness is gone from Mike’s face, but he’s still unsure, nervous, like he doesn’t know how to answer, like he doesn’t know what to do. He looks… torn, is the only way El can describe it, stuck between two options that she can’t even begin to guess at. El can see it on his face, though, that he’s gearing up to say something, that he’s not going to leave her hanging regardless of what he’s wrestling with. And El’s proud of him, proud that he’s making an effort, despite how hard she knows this must be for him.
It’s just too bad she’s afraid of what he’s about to say.
It’s a dream, it has to be. This whole night has been a dream, one Mike never wants to wake up from. From holding El in his arms, to hearing her tell him she wants him, to finally knowing what her lips feel like against his own… it’s been the best night of Mike’s life, without a doubt.
Even still, his hands are still holding El, the curve of her hips fitting neatly against his palms, and his skin is tingling from where her hand is resting against his face, thumb tracing whispering patterns against the line of his jaw, her skin soft and delicate against his. Even more, Mike can still feel the ghost of El’s mouth against his and the echoes of their kisses cascade across every nerve.
He’s not sure how long they’ve spent here tonight, trading soft kisses with eager lips and curious hands, thrilled over getting to kiss and be kissed, touch and be touched. Countless minutes spent living pretty much every dream and daydream he’s had over the past couple of months, and Mike’s still unable to fully believe that this is really happening. Not only that, El’s still here, still touching him and telling him all the things he never thought he’d actually hear her say.
Right now, El’s looking up at him with fervent hope in her eyes. Her gaze is open and full of yearning so rich, Mike can almost literally feel it. Her words still echo in his ears – I like you… I want to be with you – and Mike’s heart races at the confirmation. She wants him, she really truly does. Mike’s not imagining any of this (not unless his imagination has moved well past vivid and into hallucinogenic) and it’s more than he ever could have hoped for.
Yet, no matter how happy Mike is in this moment, he can’t ignore the reality of the situation. And that is, as much as he really, really wants this, he just can’t.
Because Mike Wheeler is officially too scared.
All he imagines, all he can see and hear, is everyone’s eyes on them, judging and laughing, wondering what a girl like her is doing with a loser like him, watching her every move, watching his every move – speculating and gossiping and doubting….
And the thought terrifies him.
But, god, he doesn’t want to let this go, doesn’t want to give up what he’s finally been given: the girl of his dreams, real and warm in his arms, who likes him back at least as much as he likes her, whose kisses set him on fire and whose sheer presence fills him with the kind of excited serenity he never knew could actually exist.
How does he do this? How does he take one step forward without feeling like he’s about to set himself up for failure?
His mind races, heart right alongside it, as he struggles and anguishes and thinks, an entire lifetime of panic coursing through him in only a couple of seconds.
Mike hits on a solution a few heartbeats later, brief euphoria blazing inside of him – oh god, a path forward – but he’s almost immediately filled with doubt, outshining his excitement. It’s the best solution – at least the one that gets him some of what he wants – but the question is… will El go for it?
He takes a deep breath and thinks for a moment about what to say before he speaks, almost intimidated by the eager, needy look in El’s eyes. “I want to be with you, too,” he says with a voice that’s barely above a whisper. “But, I’m scared. It’s just that I’ve never done this before.” Mike knows he’s already told her this several times at least, but it bears repeating because of just how fucking true it is. He’s terrified, scared of losing something he’s never had and always wanted, scared of fucking it up beyond repair because too much has changed and he might not be able to keep all the new pieces straight.
“And that’s ok,” El says, rushing to reassure him, and Mike almost sighs, feeling all warm and fuzzy inside at how quick she tries to comfort him. There’s never any hesitation on her part and he marvels at how easily it comes to her. “Being scared is fine. It means you care.”
Mike nods – yeah, his problem is that he maybe cares too much. “I know, it’s just….” He does sigh this time, nervous and sad that he is the way he is. “Do you think that, um, that maybe we can just keep this between us? For the moment?” At the disappointed confusion that begins to seep into El’s expression, Mike rushes speak, his turn to offer reassurance. “Just for a little while,” he says, the words almost tumbling over themselves on their way out his mouth. “Until I wrap my head around this. It’s… a lot and I’m, um, really overwhelmed, and I–” He cuts himself off so he can focus on El’s reaction, gaze boring down into her. “Is that ok?”
El stares at him, sweet understanding pushing out the confusion, and a soft smile works its way onto her face. “Yeah, that’s ok,” she says, shrugging just a little. Mike can tell it’s not what she wants – not exactly – but it’s what he feels he can give. “I dunno, maybe it’ll be kinda fun, yeah? Like we’re sneaking around.”
A pleasurable jolt runs down his spine, leaving his skin tingling at the thought. “Oh, I hadn’t thought of it that way,” Mike gasps out and his hands, with minds of their own it seems, tighten their grip on El’s waist.
El giggles. “Yeah, we can make out behind the bleachers or in a supply closet–”
“Or in the A/V room,” Mike interjects, the arch of his eyebrows just shy of wagging. “I do have the key, you know.”
“Ooh, that’ll come in handy,” El says, unable to stop giggling, sounding breathless and giddy and all the things that make Mike’s stomach swoop and his skin tighten. “I mean, even if you didn’t, I know how to pick locks, so–”
That throws Mike for a loop. “Wait, you know how to pick locks?” His jaw drops and he once again realizes that El Hopper is, hands down, the coolest girl he’s ever met in his entire life.
“Mike,” El says, sighing, as she gives him a flat look, one eyebrow arched with wry amusement. “I was practically raised by police officers. What do you think they did to keep me occupied?”
Mike shrugs. “I dunno, like, make you read the penal code, or file stuff, or something. Not teach you how to pick locks.” A laugh escapes him and he shakes his head, having gotten off track a little. “So, wait, just so I can make sure. You’re ok with this, right? Just keeping this between you and me?” He needs to know, needs some kind of confirmation. He’ll worry about it endlessly if he doesn’t.
El nods, smiling. “Yeah, I’m ok with it.” She shrugs, but her hand is still cupping the side of his face, palm resting on his neck. “I mean, I kinda want to shout it from the rooftops that we’re together, but, if this is what you need for a little while, then that’s ok. I just….” She trails off, teeth pulling her lower lip in to bite on it gently. The sight of it almost makes Mike groan, remembering what it’s like to have that lip pressed against his own, lush and full. He wonders how it would feel to gently bite down on it and it hits him like a punch to the gut that, oh god, he’ll be able to find out if he wants to. And Mike really, really wants to.
But El was in the middle of speaking and Mike’s curiosity is piqued. “You just what?” he asks, wishing he didn’t feel so hesitant.
El opens her mouth to speak, but reconsiders, closing it again with a shake of her head. “Nothing, it’s not important,” she says, huffing out a laugh.
“I can… still kiss you, though, right?” Mike asks. Again, needing to be sure, needing to understand the boundaries.
At that, El grins, looking too much like the cat that got the canary. “Oh, I’m hoping you will.” Her grin grows, full of mischief. “In fact, if you don’t kiss me in the next 10 seconds, I think I might cry.” She tries to pout, but she’s still smiling and, even if she wasn’t, the bright, sparkling gaze would have given it away.
Mike’s lips tingle in anticipation, tongue flashing out to wet them once more. “Well, I certainly don’t want to make you cry, or anything….” he says as he leans in, almost trembling with excitement that he gets to do this, that he’s actually allowed to kiss her.
“Yes, crying bad. Very bad,” El says, breathless in the best way. But there’s not too much more time to think about anything as their lips meet once more and Mike gets swept up in El, in the sweetness of her mouth and touch of her hands and the way she squirms a little where he’s holding her, like she wants to get even closer than they are right now (and, boy, does that thought make him feel tingly in all the right ways).
The only thing Mike focuses on for what feels like forever but is probably only the next 10 minutes or so is the way their lips connect and reconnect over and over again – mouths slanting against each other, lips sliding easily, tongues gently caressing – and the little sounds El lets out, the sighing moans and the tiny whimpers and the breathless gasps, make Mike think that maybe he’s not so bad at this. How can he be if El reacts like this, like everything he’s doing feels good? And, damn, if those sounds don’t burrow their way into his brain, each one zipping down his spine with tingling heat, and Mike knows he’s going to be thinking about those little noises for a very, very long time.
But it’s been an emotional roller coaster of a night and, sooner than Mike would like, he feels exhaustion begin to pull at him, signaling that it’s time to go to bed soon. He doesn’t want to stop – making out with El is just about the most amazing thing ever – but she does have to go home sometime and he figures he should probably give her a ride, at the very least to make sure she gets home ok.
(Never mind how he just wants to keep spending time with her and never, ever stop, but that’s a conversation for a different day.)
So, slowly, their kisses draw to a lingering end, but Mike can’t bring himself to pull completely away yet. He leans forward, forehead resting against hers, and takes a couple of moments to just breathe. El’s scent fills his lungs, mixed with the smell of the laundry detergent his mom uses, as he tries to catch his breath. Kissing El feels like flying, all heart racing excitement and stomach swooping shivers, just exhilarating, and it takes his breath away.
It seems that El feels the same about kissing him, because she sounds just as out of breath, occasionally letting out one of those little whimpers, as she holds him close, hands clasped behind his neck. His hands are still on her waist and hips, the gently full curves fitting perfectly against his palms, and Mike never wants to let her go. “So, um,” El starts to say, but it gets lost in the sharp breath that she takes, desperate and needy. “I should probably be heading home, yeah?”
Mike nods and their foreheads still touching, so he ends up nuzzling her forehead with his. “Yeah, that’s… probably a good idea.” There’s part of him screaming that it’s not a good idea, the part of him clamoring for her to stay, for her to get closer.
You’re all alone, that part whispers. Everyone’s asleep upstairs. No one would find out. You know she wants it, too. Just pull her onto your lap and let instinct take it from there.
But that part of him is an idiot, fueled by blind hormones and teenage need, and it’s way too soon to be thinking about that seriously.
Way, way too soon.
Mike pulls back, just a little, so he can look down at El. For a second, he’s dumbfounded by the look in her eyes as she looks back at him, dark and heavy and full of desire, soft and welcoming and god. She’s just so beautiful with her flushed cheeks and dark, needy eyes and swollen lips and Mike can’t help the way his whole body just trembles. “I could, um, give you a ride home, if you wanted. I mean, unless you’d rather call your dad, or something.”
A breathless smile explodes on El’s face and she tosses her hair out of her face, the move undeniably if unintentionally flirty. “Oh, I love my dad, and all, but I’d rather you drive me home.” She winks and it makes Mike feel all floaty. “Besides, this way you can give me a good night kiss.”
Mike laughs, unable to stop it. “You mean, that’s not what we’ve been doing?”
“Oh, no, we’ve just been making out,” El says, grinning, eyebrows waggling. “But, if it’s anything like how you make out, I have a feeling your good night kisses are going to blow me away.”
Mike’s cheeks, already overheated from all the kissing and touching, just explode with heat. “Ok, laying it on thick, again,” he mutters. But he’s still smiling regardless and it feels amazing to be this happy.
Slowly, and with great reluctance, they untangle themselves from each other. Mike goes and grabs something for El to put her wet clothes in and, once she’s ready, they quietly make their way upstairs and out to Mike’s car.
It’s still raining as they hurry to over to Mike’s car and Mike prays his parents won’t wake up at the sound of the engine starting up (logically, he knows they won’t – his parents are both pretty heavy sleepers – but the paranoia runs deep).
El doesn’t waste any time in reaching for his hand as Mike pulls away from the curb, her hand small and perfect in his. And, when he gets to the first intersection at the beginning of the cul-de-sac, he looks over and pulls her hand towards him, close enough so he can press a soft, lingering kiss just below her knuckles. Her skin is soft beneath his lips and the look in her eyes as he kisses her hand bowls him over with just how breathlessly happy it is, like she’s just as overwhelmed as he is.
The drive over is quiet and pretty much the only sound the low hum of the radio as both Mike and El are content to just be with each other, to soak up and enjoy the other’s presence. It’s more peaceful than it has any right to be and Mike never wants the night to end.
It doesn’t take long for Mike to get to El’s house, though, and he pulls into the driveway. Hopper’s police cruiser is nowhere to be found and El breathes out a sigh. “Must have gotten called out for something,” she says.
Mike’s brow furrows. “You going ok here by yourself?” he asks, squeezing El’s hand, which he hasn’t let go of since she grabbed it at the start of the drive.
“Why, you inviting yourself in? My, my, how forward, Mr. Wheeler.” The flirty lilt of El’s voice mixes dangerously with the mischievous arch of her eyebrow and, just for a second, Mike lets himself imagine – her inviting him inside, her dad miraculously nowhere ever to be found, him leaning over to kiss her as she guides him upstairs, and….
Mike shakes himself from the fantasy and tries to level a glare over at the girl whose daily mission, it seems, is to get him all twisted around and worked up. “I guess you really don’t want that good night kiss, do you, teasing me this way?”
El gasps, squeezing his hand, expression taking on one of faux alarm. “Oh, no, I’m sorry. I promise, I won’t tease you anymore.”
Mike’s already leaning over the center console, though, so clearly there was no force behind his threat. “Somehow, I highly doubt that,” he says, grinning.
El tries to look both shocked and contrite, but she loses the battle not even a second later, grinning instead. “Yeah, you’re right,” she says as she starts to lean towards him, too.
“Ha, knew it,” Mike murmurs, one hand reaching for her, palm easily cupping her cheek, despite how his hand trembles, so he can tilt her head just so.
El eagerly meets him in the middle for a soft kiss, mouths fitting together like lock and key, like they were made for each other. Mike wonders if it’ll ever stop feeling like this, if the soft touch of her lips to his will ever stop making his heart race and every nerve vibrate, if it’ll ever become normal or not special. Somehow, he thinks it’s always going to feel like this, even a little, and the thought excites him beyond measure.
The kiss ends, lips lingering for just a second before they pull back, and Mike watches as El reaches for the bag by her feet. She’s still dressed in his t-shirt and sweats and the sight of her swimming in his clothes contrasts adorably with the lush look on her face. “Good night, Mike. Thanks for giving me a ride home.”
Mike smiles, not even trying to contain it. “Good night, El. I’ll, um, talk to you later?”
“Yeah, I’ll call you. Or you can call me, or whatever.” A giggle bubbles out of her and El ducks her head, looking at him through her lashes. “I had a really good time tonight.” The words are hushed, intimate, and Mike gulps heavily against the feelings that run through him.
“I did, too,” he says, just as quiet.
“Good, I’m glad,” El says. “Well, night, then.” El’s hand slides out of of his as she reaches for the door, leaving him feeling bereft. And then she’s out of the car, walking towards her porch in the rain, body hunched to try and make herself as small as possible against the weather.
Mike watches her, feeling a bit dumb, unable to keep his eyes from her. He already misses her and he can still see her, for crying out loud. Once she goes inside, it’ll be two days until he sees her again. Which, isn’t that long in the grand scheme of things, but his heart is clamoring, need pounding fervently inside his chest, and Mike finds himself moving before he’s even fully aware of what’s going on.
He has enough presence of mind to put the car into park and turn off the engine before he’s bolting out of the car, racing towards her, and the rain might as well not even exist for as much as Mike feels it.
El’s trying to get the spare key out of a lockbox latched to the heavy screen door, but she turns around when she hears the first of Mike’s footsteps on the wooden stairs. Mike can see surprise flickering across her face, surprise and excited confusion. “Mike? What–?”
Whatever El is going to say gets lost as Mike reaches for her, his hands cupping her face so he can pull her towards him. He tilts her face up towards him just as he leans over, mouth capturing hers in a kiss that sets him on fire. El gasps, shocked, but it doesn’t last long as she reaches for him, fingers curling into his t-shirt so she can pull herself up, stretching up onto her toes, and kiss him back.
Mike’s fingers slide into her hair to anchor himself to her (soft, is the only thing he can think as his fingers weave into her hair, soft and smooth like silk), body hovering over hers, engulfing her in his shadow. He feels El press herself against him, body warm as she mirrors the curve of his body, their mouths slanting against each others, lips parting and tongues brushing over and over again.
Mike feels dizzy, all centered around where her mouth is pressed against his as they trade hot, open-mouthed kisses, each one more desperate than the last. He wants to wonder what came over him, what impulse drove him to this, but he knows it’s just her and how much he wants her, how much he needs her.
He pulls away about a minute later, chest heaving in his desperate struggle to catch his breath, and he’s speaking before his brain can fully catch up. “Go out with me tomorrow?”
El gasps as Mike opens his eyes and the look of ecstatic surprise in her gaze fills him with the greatest warmth. Because he put it there. “Where?” she asks, breathless. “I thought you wanted to keep this between us for a little while.”
Mike’s thoughts race as he wracks his brain, trying to think. “Oh, um….” And then he’s got it, all cylinders firing. “There’s this cafe a couple of towns over. It’s nice and no one will recognize us there.” He pauses, licking his lips. “Please say yes. I don’t know if I can wait until Monday to see you.”
God, wait, did he really just say that? Mike almost immediately cringes at the confession, feeling like a needy loser. Any second now, El’s going to realize that’s exactly what he is and he’s going to have to live with just the memory of this night to keep him company and haunt him until the end of his days.
But that’s not what happens. Instead, El gives him a breathtaking smile. “Of course, yes! I didn’t want to wait to see you, either. What time?”
“Um, how about 5? Late enough so it’ll be dinner time, but early enough for a school night?”
El giggles. “Sounds perfect,” she says as she pushes herself up on her toes once more. Mike shivers at the brush of her nose against his, a deliberate touch, before she kisses him, hands curling into his t-shirt to tug him down. “So, it’s a date, then,” El says once the kiss is over.
“It’s a date,” Mike repeats. He kisses her once more, ecstatic beyond belief, and he thinks she might be, too, from the way she giggles against his lips.
Reluctantly, he lets her go so she can resume trying to get inside her house, and Mike goes back to the his car, glancing over his shoulder repeatedly, not wanting to look away.
Mike gets to his car and turns to get one last look at El, just in time to see her finally open her front door and turn to look back at him. She smiles, brighter than the midday sun, and waves, ending it with a blown kiss.
Mike smiles back, hand coming up to rest over his heart, unable to care that he probably looks beyond dopey and lovesick. He climbs into his car, shaking off water as he shuts the door behind him, and turns on the engine as the El shuts the front door to her house, cutting her off from his view.
His heart yearns for another glimpse of her, but it’s bearable, he realizes as he drives home. He’ll get to see her tomorrow, in less than 24 hours.
After all….
They’re going on a date.
El’s a giggly, gooey, lovesick mess as she falls onto her bed. It’s only been about 10 minutes since she got home, 10 minutes since Mike dropped her off and gave her a final goodnight kiss on the porch that made her toes curl (hands in her hair, mouth hot against hers, the warmth of him surrounding her as he leans over – god she never wanted it to stop).
Hopper’s not home – the note on the kitchen table he left for her told her that he, indeed, is responding to an incident of some kind – so El’s free to be as silly and girly and lovesick as she wants. Which, at this moment, is very.
This whole night feels like it’s something out of a movie, a wild roller coaster ride that has her almost happier than El thinks she’s ever been before in her entire life. And, yeah, sure, she and Mike are going to be keeping this new development just between the two of them, a secret that only they know, and that’s kind of disappointing since El wants to let everyone know that Mike is unavailable for the foreseeable future (does forever work?), but it won’t be too bad.
In fact, it’s kind of exciting, isn’t it? Just the thought of sneaking around with Mike makes her feel all tingly, like they’re doing something illicit, and El kind of really can’t wait to test that out. Just the thought of it makes her feel all hot and bothered, so she can only imagine it’ll feel that much more when it happens for real.
But, even though Mike wants to keep this between them for a little bit, he’s still taking her out on a date tomorrow and El just wants to melt at the thought. Her mind’s already racing, trying to pick out the perfect outfit (though she’s too lazy to get up right now, so she’s relying on memory alone at the moment as she stares up at the ceiling, giddy smile on her face).
A giggle escapes her, sudden and unbidden, as she thinks about going out on a date with Mike, and her arms come up to hug herself tight. The move rasps the fabric of her still borrowed t-shirt against her skin, making her shiver, and El decides, right here and now, that she is never, ever going to give this t-shirt back. Nope, she’s going hold onto it until it falls apart and wearing it is always going to make her think of Mike, forever and ever.
Happiness bubbles in her veins like champagne and, a giggling sigh escaping her, El reaches for her phone. Sure, it’s only been 10 minutes since she saw Mike, and he’s probably just getting home. But she needs to talk to him. Right now.
El grabs her phone and taps out a quick text message. hey, you home yet?
It feels like she spends forever waiting for a response, barely breathing and only really starting again once she sees the three little dots pop up onto her screen. yeah, i am. just got home. why? everything ok?
Smiling so wide she won’t be surprised if her face freezes this way, El quickly calls him, phone pressed to her ear as she lays in bed. Mike picks up partway through the second ring and El’s heart skips a beat at the sound of his voice. “Hi,” he says, liltingly. There’s a little bit of confusion, but mostly a whole lot of amusement and happiness.
“Hi,” El says with another giggle. “Everything’s ok, I just… I wanted to hear your voice.”
“You know, I’d make fun of you for being needy seeing how as I only just dropped you off, but I like hearing your voice too much and I don’t feel like being a hypocrite.” Mike’s words are barely above a whisper, like he’s trying to keep quiet. El can picture him sneaking through his house, not wanting to wake anyone up by being too loud. But still, she can hear the gentle raspiness of his voice, all soft and intimate, and it makes her shiver, makes her want to hear it directly in her ear and not over the phone line.
“Yes, no, being a hypocrite is no good,” El says. “Wouldn’t want you to be that.”
“See? This is why I like you – you support me,” Mike says, light and teasing.
“Well, I would hope you like me, after how you kissed me tonight,” El says, laughter dancing in her voice. “Otherwise, if that’s how you kiss people you don’t like, I’d be curious to see how you kiss people you do.”
“Oh, ha, ha,” Mike grumbles, but he’s laughing a little, too. There’s a rustle of fabric in the background, one El’s pretty sure is from Mike getting into bed. “You’re the only person I want to kiss like that, you know.”
And, just when she thought they were going to be all cute and flirty, Mike turns the mood on a dime and says something that makes her want to float away with happiness. “Well, if it means anything, you’re the only person I wanna kiss like that, too,” she says, free hand curled loosely in a fist just above her heart as she speaks.
“It means a lot, actually,” Mike says with a sigh. “I mean, there’s part of me that still can’t believe it, but it means a lot anyway.”
El doesn’t like thinking about that – doesn’t like remembering why Mike has a hard time trusting – so she changes the topic. “I was curious, though, while I have you on the phone….”
“Yeah? Shoot.”
“This cafe you’re taking me to tomorrow,” El says, voice sing-song light. “How nice is it? I wanna know what outfit I should wear.”
Mike laughs, sounding almost breathless. “El, anything you wear will be great. And, if you’re that curious, you can always look it up online.”
El pouts. “Well, that defeats the purpose of having you describe it to me. I want to hear you talk, Mike. Remember? I like your voice.”
“You like it that much, huh?” If anything, Mike’s voice just gets huskier and El has to bite back the moan that builds in her throat.
“Ok, stop it. Ugh, I’ve given you too much power,” she says, groaning despite her amusement
“Hey, you’re the one who gets all weak at the knees at the sound of my voice. I didn’t make you that way,” Mike says. He’s trying to be smug, but he’s a little shy about it, so the overall effect is just endearing.
“Uh huh, suuuure. I see how this works, ensnaring girls with that amazing voice of yours,” El teases back.
“Ok, I don’t have to lay here and take these accusations.” Mike’s laughing, so El knows he’s not really offended.
“Ooh, whatcha gonna do about it?” The challenge makes El’s stomach swoop dizzyingly, but she can’t keep from saying it anyway.
Mike’s response makes her feel just as dizzy. “You’ll just have to wait and find out tomorrow….”
El’s not sure now long she lays there, on the phone with Mike, the two of them giggling and flirting and talking. But she goes to bed with a smile on her face and promises of seeing Mike tomorrow in her heart.
Her dreams that night are filled with Mike – his arms around her, his mouth on hers, his voice in her ear telling her all the things she wants to hear – and she wakes up in the morning feeling like she’s floating on a cloud of pure happiness, one she never wants to get off of.
It’s pretty early, all things considered, when El wakes up, but she’s too excited about her date (in less than 12 hours holy shit) to go back to bed, so she just decides to go ahead and get up for the day. She’s all smiles as she makes her way downstairs, humming softly to herself, feeling every inch like a Disney princess in love, or something. She’s sure she looks and sounds silly, but she doesn’t care.
Heck, Hopper’s not even around to tease her for it yet. His police cruiser is in the driveway, but the house is silent and El figures he must still be asleep. Probably had a late night, El thinks as she pads into the kitchen, bare feet almost whisper soft against the tile.
A bright spark of happiness lights up in her heart as an idea comes to mind – Ooh, he’d probably like to wake up to waffles – and El busies herself with making breakfast, soft music playing low on her phone. The simplicity of the action, one she’s done countless times before, lets her just live in her thoughts, in the happiness that surrounds her like a warm hug.
“Well, you’re certainly in a good mood this morning.”
Hopper’s gruff voice startles El out of the happy fog she’s living in and she squeaks in surprise as she turns away from where she’s just finishing cooking up some sausage. “Oh, you’re up!” She blinks, glancing over at the clock. “Wow, it’s after 10. You must have been out really late. I don’t think I heard you come in or anything, last night.” She pauses, startling a bit as she remembers. “Oh, and I’m making breakfast!”
Hop lets out a dry laugh as he goes over to the counter where the coffee maker sits, a pot El made fresh in anticipation that her dad would want some. “Yes, honey, I can see and smell that, thank you.”
A blush comes to El’s cheeks – like, no shit she’s making breakfast, what else would she be doing? “So, um, was everything ok?” she asks as she starts to plate the food, grabbing a waffle from the stack warming in the oven and putting a couple of sausages next to it.
“Huh?” Hopper pauses where he’s finishing fixing his coffee. “Oh, yeah, just some bozo robbing a gas station. Got away with some money, broke some windows, scared the crap out of the attendant.” He waves a hand. “It’s just small town stupid stuff.”
El frowns. “So, everyone’s ok? Did you catch the guy?”
“Yeah, everyone’s fine, but we’re still looking for the guy who did it,” Hop says as both he and El sit at the kitchen table. “But I don’t wanna talk about work.” He looks over at her, a smile creeping onto his face. “I do, however, wanna talk about what’s got you in this good mood. Party last night was good?”
El almost drops her fork, first bit of her waffle perched on the tines, as her face heats up. She’s suddenly and very painfully aware that she’s still wearing Mike’s clothes that he lent her last night and she hopes her dad doesn’t pay that much attention to her clothes to notice. But, even with her panic, a flutter ripples in her heart, memories of what happened last night with Mike infusing her with warmth. “Oh, uh, it was ok. I, um, ended up hanging out with Mike most of the night.” Which, is the truth. Granted, she didn’t hang out with Mike at the party, but maybe Hop won’t notice the omission.
Hop raises an eyebrow. “Mike? Isn’t that the boy you asked to the dance who turned you down?”
“Dad, that is such old news,” El says, smiling as she thinks about last night. “He and I have been hanging out a lot recently and he, um… asked me out on a date. Last night.”
The eyebrow inches higher. “Are you gonna go?”
El nods, giggling. “Yeah, tonight.” She feels shy, talking about this with her dad. Yeah, she told Mike they’d keep this between them, but she won’t get away with lying to her dad, this much she knows. Plus, talking to her dad about a boy is, well… a little embarrassing. “That’s ok, yeah? He’s picking me up at 5 – he wanted to make it early since it’s a school night.”
“Yeah, hon, that’s fine,” Hop says, eyebrows lowering back to their normal height as he smiles gently at her. “So, I take it that boy craziness is what has you all over-the-moon today.”
“Yeah,” El says, the word leaving her with a happy sigh. “I just… I really like him, Dad. He makes me happy.”
“Aww, I’m happy for you, kiddo.” Hop reaches out and tousles her hair, which is held up in a messy bun on top of her head. El half-heartedly tries to duck away, but she’s too touched at her dad’s response, that he’s happy that she’s happy. It’s what ever kid deserves, really.
“Thanks, Dad,” she says, throat a little thick with too much emotion, the love she feels for her dad mixing potently with how overjoyed she is about everything with Mike.
“So,” Hop says, an amused twinkle in his eye as he takes a bite of his breakfast. “I take it you’re gonna spend most of the day up in your room, trying on outfit after outfit.”
“Oh, most likely,” El says, giggling. “I mean, you’ll be part of the process, and all. Gotta have an impartial opinion, after all.” A thought comes to mind and she points a finger at Hop. “And you can’t be mean when Mike comes and picks me up, you understand me?”
Hop tries to look offended, but he’s smirking and it completely ruins the effect. “What, me? Mean? Psh, never.”
El narrows her eyes, lips pursed. “I don’t believe you.”
“Well, you’ll just have to wait and see, won’t you?” Hop teases and he laughs when El reaches over to smack him on the arm.
Breakfast devolves into their normal father/daughter teasing and bickering, both of them loving every moment of it. They spend the rest of the morning and the early part of the afternoon just lounging around the house, mostly just watching TV (El tries to do some of her homework, but isn’t particularly successful). And then, around 2, she heads upstairs to start getting ready for her date.
Her date with Mike.
Everything about getting ready feels special, magical in a way it never has before. It’s almost like she’s reverent, treating the act like this is the most important time she’s ever done it. She luxuriates in the mood that’s instilled in her – taking her time in the shower, gently blow-drying her hair before French braiding her hair with nimble fingers, applying her makeup with painstaking care, lingering over the clothes in her closet so she can make sure to pick out the perfect outfit.
Hop hovers around the edges of the whole process, mostly just poking his head in as she stands in front of her closet or answering her summons when she needs his opinion on an outfit (usually immediately telling him that his opinion is horrible, but El keeps asking him back anyway because it’s part of their routine).
But, any hopes Hop may have had for teasing Mike turn to dust when he gets a call that, apparently, they caught the guy who robbed the gas station and the guys need Hopper to come in to help. So Hopper has to go back in to the station, grumbling the entire time about “useless, small town podunks.” He gives El a quick kiss on the cheek and tells her to have fun before running out the door, leaving El alone to finish getting ready.
As the clock creeps closer to when Mike’s supposed to pick her up, El gets more and more nervous and excited. By the time the doorbell rings at a couple of minutes before 5, her hands are full on shaking, she’s so wound up. She all but races downstairs, fumbling with her purse. El manages to loop her purse strap over her shoulder by the time she gets to the front door.
But before she opens it, El takes a moment, a second to try and calm her nerves. She breathes deep, trying to find some sort of serenity, but it’s impossible – she’s just too excited. So El gives up and wraps her shaking fingers around the doorknob, one last deep breath as she opens it to reveal her date.
The sun has almost set for the day, twilight casting soft shadows all around them, and El gasps at the effect as she looks at Mike standing on the other side of the doorway. He’s wearing nice jeans and a black sweater, both articles of clothing fitting him perfectly, jeans skimming his hips and the length of his legs and the collar of his sweater revealing the hollow between his collarbones and contrasting nicely against the lines of his neck. His hair is artfully tousled (El wonders if Mike did that on purpose or if he lucked into that look, but regardless, it’s devastatingly handsome), cheeks flushed with what she hopes is excitement, and, held gently in one hand, is a single lily, all soft, pale purple petals.
El gulps at the sight of the flower, heartbeat roaring into overdrive. It’s just so romantic, a single hand-picked flower, and El wonders how long Mike spent picking it out at a flower shop. She can just picture him agonizing over every flower, wanting to pick out the perfect one, and the thought of him putting that much effort into doing something nice for her just makes her melt.
El looks up to meet his gaze and sees him staring back at her, awe and wonder in his eyes. She wonders what she looks like to him. She knows what she looks like – soft, cream sweater dress, fabric clinging to her hips and waist, wide v-neck showing off the skin of her collarbones; tight, black leggings she’s wearing underneath her dress; low ankle boots that boost her up just a couple of inches; hair pulled back in a soft French braid, wisps framing her face, end of the braid dangling over one shoulder.
El hopes Mike finds her pretty, she hopes he’s looking at her and thinking –
“Beautiful.” The word leaves Mike’s lips in a reverent hush, spilling from him with a sigh, and El feels the emotion behind the compliment as a physical caress, one that warms her all the way down to her toes.
El’s face heats up, cheeks suffusing with a soft blush, and she has to look away, overwhelmed beyond measure. God, he thinks she’s beautiful. “Thank you,” she says, just as whisper-soft, looking up at him through her lashes, almost demure.
Mike stares at her for another long moment before he blinks, coming to his senses just enough to let out a weak laugh. “Oh, um, hi.”
El giggles, heart feeling too full at just how cute and nervous he is. “Hi, there,” she says, raising her head to look at him straight on. “Is, um, is that for me?” she asks, pointing at the flower.
“Oh, right, yeah,” Mike says, stuttering a bit, as he reaches to give it to her. “I just… didn’t want to show up empty handed.”
As long as he’s here looking at her like he is right now, Mike could never show up empty-handed, El thinks. But she takes the flower anyway, fingers brushing against his, and lifts it to her face so she can breathe in the sweet scent. “Thank you, it’s beautiful.” She looks around for a place to put it that her dad won’t accidentally do something to it, but there’s nowhere down here she feels safe enough just leaving it. “Um, hold on. I’m gonna put this up in my room so nothing happens to it. Be right back.”
El races upstairs and sets the flower down on her desk before popping back downstairs, a little out of breath from both the excitement and the exertion. “Ok, ready!” she says as she approaches where Mike is still standing in the doorway, hands tucked awkwardly into his pockets.
Mike takes his hands out of his pockets as he looks at her, a soft, eager smile on his face. “Ok, good. But, um, before we do….” He reaches for her, then, smooth and gentle. One hand lands on her waist to pull her towards him and El goes willingly as the other goes to her cheek, his palm warm on her already overheated skin. His hands are a little calloused – El’s not sure from what – and the gentle rasp of his skin against hers sends shivers down her spine.
Mike leans over, El’s eyes fluttering shut, and she pushes up onto her toes to meet him halfway in a soft, lingering kiss. Pleasure zips across every nerve at the touch of his lips to hers, warm and full as his mouth teases hers. She reaches for him in return, one hand grabbing his bicep while the other rests on his chest, the rapid beat of his heart tangible beneath her palm.
Mike kisses her harder, mouth slanting against hers, and El feels engulfed, wrapped up in him, surrounded by him in a way she never wants to end. His lips are sweet and his touch is gentle and it’s everything El could have ever hoped for. She almost wants to cry at just how cherished she feels right now, how wanted, and El can’t believe this is really, finally happening.
The kiss slowly ends, their lips reluctant to part as always, and El opens her eyes to stare up at him, feeling light-headed and breathless in the best way possible. “Oh, you’re really good at that,” she says, almost gasping out the words.
Mike smiles, the expression both shy and smug, making him look attractively boyish. “I’ve been thinking about kissing you all day.”
“Same here,” El says and the joy that explodes in her heart at Mike’s words is almost too much. Will she always feel this happy? God, she hopes so.
“Well, um, we should get going,” Mike says. “After all, I think one of the requirements of a date is that I actually take you somewhere.”
El giggles, fluttering her lashes up at him coquettishly. “Says who? Isn’t a date whatever we make of it?”
Mike lets out a weak laugh, sounding almost overwhelmed at the possibilities El’s dangling out in front of him (and she is… she so is). “I guess, but I just wanna do this right, you know?”
El does know and her heart almost flips over in her chest at just how much Mike cares. “Well, then, lead on.”
Mike steps aside to let El out through the door, which she locks behind her, and then he takes her hand in his as they head over to his car, parked halfway up the driveway.
It’s only getting started, but this is already the best date El’s ever been on. And, if the rest of the date is anything like how it’s started – Mike gently leading her to his car, her hand warm in his, the way he kissed her at her front door, the hush of his voice as he called her beautiful – then El can’t wait to experience it.
It is, without a doubt, the best night of his life. Despite the nervousness, despite how he’s afraid he’s going to screw this up somehow, Mike doesn’t think he’s ever been happier. Everything about this night is amazing. The clouds from yesterday have given way, leaving the night clear and calm; the cafe is just as nice as he remembers – better, even, warm and cozy and romantic without being too over-the-top.
But, best of all, is the beautiful young woman snuggled up against his side, sharing pasta (his) and risotto (hers), as they talk in low, hushed tones and trade occasional soft kisses, surrounded by people who have no idea who they are. Mike never knew it was possible to be this content, this happy… this calm. El both soothes and excites him, making him feel alert and relaxed and it’s honestly the best feeling, like the blinders have been taken off and he’s really seeing the world for the first time.
The whole night, Mike can’t keep his eyes off of El. He’s entranced by the look in her eyes, soft and warm, as she smiles up at him, like there’s nowhere she’d rather be. His hands itch to dive into the braid that’s draped over her shoulder, to unweave the strands so he can bury his fingers in the feeling of liquid silk. The texture of her sweater dress calls out to him like a siren song, tempting him with luxurious softness, both of the fabric and the curves it hides beneath.
And, when Mike drops El off at home at the end of the evening – a little after 8, sun long since set – all he can think of is doing this again. Especially when she kisses him good night with such sweetness – one hand in his hair, body curved to lean up into his, warm curves fitting heavenly against him as her mouth moves softly in tandem with his.
Mike’s in a daze as he drives home, light-headed and buzzing, and his mind is already racing to plan their next night together.
And then he remembers about Halloween and that they already made plans to hang out that night, which is just too perfect. Mike goes from trying to figure out when and how to ask El out again, to what and how to organize their upcoming Halloween evening. Scary movies are a given – maybe Mike can ask El if she’ll pick out a couple – but Mike’s original plans to just hang out on the couch in the basement and watch them from there are just not going to cut it.
No, hanging out on the couch to watch movies is something he does with friends, not what he wants to do with the girl of his dreams, the girl who eagerly kisses him back and whose touch makes him feel like he’s going to burst out of his skin. He’s gotta figure out a way to make it special, something that shows El that he really, really wants this, even if they are taking this one step at a time and keeping it to themselves all the while.
So, Mike plans – he schemes and he organizes, arranging and rearranging until he’s got it, until he’s practically vibrating with anticipation, bouncing with the excitement of showing El what he’s done to prepare for their Halloween night together.
All the while, he’s trying to keep everything normal at school and finding it a lot harder than he anticipated.
For one thing, Mike’s paranoia has never been more heightened. He’s sure the fact that he and El are together is written across every inch of his face. It’s like he’s constantly waiting for the other shoe to drop, for someone to come up and announce in front of the whole school that they know he and El are sneaking around.
No one does – at least not that week – but it doesn’t keep Mike from feeling like he’s always looking over his shoulder, doesn’t stop the itch between his shoulder blades that tells him that someone must be watching him.
Well, someone besides El, that is. Which is the whole other reason why he’s having a hard time keeping everything normal at school. Now that Mike knows what it’s like to hold her and kiss her and touch her, anytime that he’s not doing any of those things feels like a waste of time, like that’s all he’s ever meant to be doing.
Whenever Mike’s close to El (which is about half the day), he itches to pull her close, the air between them thick and heavy, filled with tension that needs a release. It doesn’t help when El keeps looking over at him, gaze full of knowing, sometimes accompanied by a saucy wink that sends shivers down his spine and makes his stomach swoop low and hot. God, it’s all he can do to keep from dragging her off to a secluded spot and kissing her senseless, not stopping until neither of them can remember their names.
Mike doesn’t do that though, even though he really wants to, mostly because he doesn’t know yet what the best spots to drag her off to are. Plus, he’s still gotta get the timing of it down. They can’t cut class – Mike’s not that desperate, yet – and El doesn’t have a free period.
The best he can think of for when to sneak of with her is during lunch, but he can’t figure out a good enough excuse that’ll keep anyone from suspecting anything, especially the rest of the Party. If Mike doesn’t want anyone to know that he and El are together, that goes double for the rest of the Party. He’s still too nervous and unsure about himself to invite that kind of trouble into his life.
Besides, on top of it all, it’s nice to have something that’s just his. The possibilities just feel endless – endlessly exciting. Mike knows that’s pretty selfish – after all, he knows El wants to go public with their relationship eventually, even though he kinda wants to put that off for as long as possible – but it’s nice not having to share this with everyone. And Mike knows that once everyone knows, that’s just gonna be an invitation for all sorts of unwanted opinions and never-ending gossip. God, just the thought of that is exhausting and it makes Mike’s stomach turn sour.
All of this adds up to just about the most jumpy Mike’s ever felt in his entire life – paranoid that people can just tell by looking at him that he and El are together, scared that everyone’s going to find out, and absolutely desperate to kiss El again in the meantime.
To make matters worse, there’s no opportunity for him and El to have a moment alone until Wednesday after school, the day of Halloween. Yeah, sure, they talk on the phone every night, but Mike has to forego their usual Tuesday after-school study session since he has a test in both his Spanish and English classes the next day, so he doesn’t even have the chance sneak at least a couple of kisses from her while they do their homework.
So by the time Wednesday afternoon rolls around, Mike’s a jittery, nervous wreck. Every inch of him is craving to kiss El again and he’s both nervous and excited for El to see what he’s done to the basement, hoping she’ll like it and afraid she won’t.
Halloween at Hawkins High is a subdued affair – no one wears a costume, but there is an undeniable spooky, fall air surrounding everything. It’s in the way the leaves skitter on the ground as a cold breeze blows through, and the way the shadows cast by the naked tree branches stretch out like bony hands.
Mike sits huddled in his car as the sun goes down. The parking lot at first empties quickly, but as the stream of people leaving slows to a trickle, Mike finds himself in one of a handful of cars left in the parking lot as he sits in the driver’s seat, phone in one hand as he tries to keep himself occupied.
For a moment, Mike contemplates trying to do his homework but a) his teachers didn’t assign a lot in the way of homework since it’s Halloween and b) even if he did have homework, he’s nowhere near in the right head space to be doing anything that requires concentration.
Hell, even playing around on his phone is almost too much effort for him right now. He’s anxious, antsy, fidgeting like an addict waiting for his next hit, the itch under his skin almost torturous. El’s an addiction Mike never wants to be rid of and he needs to kiss her so badly, he can almost taste it.
Mike gives up even trying to distract himself with his phone and he just stares at the clock, counting down the minutes. El’s Pep Squad practice gets out at 4, so even if she takes a little bit to get cleaned up after, she should be out by 4:30. All Mike has to do is wait just a little longer.
He enters into this weird, meditative trance of impatient longing, each second lasting an eternity, but minutes going by in a single blink. Time has no meaning – all that matters is him, the lonely cab of his car, and the interminable wait for the girl he wants to kiss and never, ever stop.
And then, right around when Mike is convinced his whole life outside this moment had been one, big lie, that he’s nothing more than a bundle of anxiety waiting for something that’s never going to come, the front passenger door opens. The sudden shock of movement, plus the accompanying blast of cool air startles him out of his stupor, heart leaping up into his throat.
Mike looks over to see El tossing her bags in the footwell before she slides in with a rapid grace that Mike knows he could never achieve. His eyes go to the clock, just to see, and the numbers 4:42 blink back at him with mocking clarity (4:42? what was she doing for almost 45 minutes after practice?). . He looks back over just as El is looking at him, impish anticipation in her sparkling gaze.
For a breathless moment, he can’t even think. Turns out, El has used those 42 post-practice minutes to heart-stopping effect. Gone are the jeans and sweater with high ponytail from earlier in the day. In their place, a soft black skirt, clinging just so to her thighs; a sweater-blouse, pale blue and fine, wide, open neckline draped to expose the bare skin of one shoulder; and her hair, lush and full, tousled just so, thick waves cascading down her shoulders, ends curling partway down her upper arms. She’s seductive, gorgeous, ethereal, irresistible…
… and she did this all for him.
“Hi,” El says, hushed and reverent, expression bathed in awed excitement that makes her cheeks flush and her lips pull up in a smile that makes his heart do dizzying flips in his chest.
“Hi,” Mike says back, barely able to get out the word as the weight of everything comes crashing down around him. El’s here, they’re alone, and they’re about to spend the rest of the evening together, just the two of them. What more could he possibly ask for?
“Well, I think that’s enough conversation for the moment, don’t you think?” El says in a breathless rush before she moves, leaning over the center console and pulling him towards her almost faster than Mike can blink, lips crashing into his in a kiss that takes his breath away.
This – this is what more he could ask for, he realizes: her mouth hot on his; her fingers weaving into his hair to hold him close; her torso pressing up against his as she leans over, the feel of her warm and thrilling. There’s no one around – all the other cars in the parking lot are long gone – so Mike doesn’t even think as he returns the fervor of her kiss, mouth slanting hard against hers, the angle of their kiss making them both let out whimpering moans.
God, finally, is all Mike can think. It’s like his whole being takes one big sigh of relief at El’s nearness, at the feel of her lips on his, even though his blood is beginning to boil, heat roaring through his veins, flames stoking higher and higher at every glide of her lips, every caress of her tongue. She’s soft beneath his touch – one hand up high on her back beneath the waterfall of her hair, the other at her waist, the fabric of her sweater thin beneath his palms.
God, it would be so easy to pull her over to him, to drag her onto his lap. His body screams at him to get her closer, the corner of his mind obsessed with all things El whispering at him with it’s oh so seductive logic as to why that’s the best idea known to man. But he knows that’s a bad idea for two reasons. One, because even though there’s no one around, they’re in his car and this really isn’t the place for that at the moment because, two, Mike’s not sure how ready they are for that kind of closeness yet, despite how much he wants it.
(and he really, really wants it.)
El breaks the kiss with a startling gasp, one he echoes, and Mike’s resolve is tested as she looks up at him in the ever-increasing twilight, her gaze hooded and wanting, dark and desperate. “Let’s never go three days without kissing ever again,” she says, already starting to lean back in to kiss him again.
Oh, yes, Mike likes the sound of that. “Great idea,” he manages to get out, rasping out the words, before their lips meet once again, sucking in sharp, deep breaths through their noses as they wrap themselves up in each other.
For a little while, there is only this, their lips meeting over and over again, hands roaming over clothes with almost chaste curiosity, content to just touch and be touched. At first, their kisses are almost frantic, but as the initial rush subsides, an outpouring of pent-up need, the pace slows, kisses turning deeper, lips lingering before parting and reconnecting.
This just feels so good and Mike thinks he could do just this for the rest of his life and still have it never be enough.
But, they have places to be. And, as much as he loves kissing El, doing it in the front seat of his car is not exactly comfortable.
El must be thinking something along the same lines, so when their kisses slow to a stop, El doesn’t try to kiss him again. Still, she doesn’t stop touching him. Her hands are resting behind his neck, her fingers stroking his skin. He’s returning the favor, both of his hands spread across the curve of her waist and ribcage, thumbs brushing patterns against the bottom of her ribs through the thin fabric of her sweater.
El’s looking up at him with eyes that are so open and trusting and full of want, like this is the only place she wants to be, and Mike doesn’t think his heart can take it, doesn’t know if he can bear the weight of her adoration, of her regard. She’s looking at him like he’s the only guy in the universe and it’s as addicting as it is frightening. “Hi,” she says, repeating the greeting. But, unlike earlier, it’s lazy and a little flirty, just about one of the most adorable sounds Mike’s ever heard.
“Hi,” he says, chuckling a little. “You look really pretty.”
El giggles. “Thanks. I took a little extra time getting ready after practice – wanted to treat this like a date. Was hoping you’d like it.”
Mike runs a hand up and down El’s side, delighting at the way she shivers a little beneath his touch. “Well, mission accomplished, because I really do, if you couldn’t tell from how the last 10 minutes have gone.”
“Oh, I think I could tell just fine,” El says, a flirty lilt in her voice.
Mike lets out a breathless laugh as his hand settles back down at her waist. “Well, we should probably get going. I think my mom wanted to take Holly out for Trick or Treating around 6, and she wanted us to be home to have dinner before they all head out.”
“Ooh, what’s for dinner?” El asks as they both pull away from each other. Mike tries not to miss the feel of El in his arms and fails horribly, the warmth of her nothing more than a ghostly memory along the skin of his palms.
“Pizza, I think,” Mike asks. “Or, something delivered.”
“Hmm, sounds good,” El says, buckling her seat belt while Mike starts the car.
“It’s just take-out, El,” Mike says, a little bemused.
El reaches for him, one slim hand landing on his thigh just above the knee. “It should go without saying, but I don’t care what we eat,” she says. “I just want to spend time with you.”
Mike almost wants to giggle, almost overwhelmed by El’s words, but he channels that feeling into a happy sigh, a smile curling up his lips that he doesn’t think he’s going to be able to get rid of any time soon. “So, what movies did you bring?” he asks as he backs the car out of his parking spot and begins to drive to his house.
At that, El grins. “Well, I wasn’t sure exactly what we’d be in the mood for, so I brought a bunch! There’s ‘Alien’, ‘The Shining’, ‘Halloween’, and ‘Poltergeist’.”
Mike arches an eyebrow, impressed. “Wow, when you said scary movies, you meant it.”
“Well, gotta go for the classics,” El says. “Have you seen all of them?”
“Yeah, a couple of times at least,” Mike says, nodding.
“Oh, good,” El says. “Then I won’t feel so bad about interrupting the movie so we can make out.”
Mike sucks in a sudden breath of air that gets caught in his throat and he starts coughing, choking on his own breath. “Oh,” he manages to force out.
“That is ok, isn’t it?” El asks, impish humor in her voice, like she already knows the answer to the question but is still teasing him about it anyway.
Mike manages to get himself under enough control to look back at her. “I’d be disappointed if you didn’t,” he says, trying to smile through the last couple of lingering coughs. “Especially when you see what I’ve set up for us in the basement.” He wasn’t going to say anything – he wasn’t – but turnabout is fair play and if El can be mischievous, than so can he.
“You’re so mean,” El says, pouting as she lets out a gasp. “Teasing me like this.”
“You started it,” Mike says. “So don’t dish it out if you can’t take it.”
At that, El arches an eyebrow. “Oh, is that how we’re gonna play this? Alright, two can play at this game.” Mike shivers at the overt flirtatiousness of this and, eagerness running down his spine in almost overwhelming shivers, he finds himself stepping on the gas just that much harder on the drive home.
After all, there are movies to not-watch and a pretty girl who wants to spend her evening making out with him.
Honestly, life can’t get much better than this.
Her lips are on fire, tingling with the remnants of his kisses. The ghost of his hands on her body makes her skin all tingly. And he looks over at her every once in a while, eyes trailing across her form as he checks her out, the feel of his eyes on her like a physical caress.
El still can’t believe how good this feels, how amazing it is to be with Mike. Her heart thrums with excitement, loving every moment of this.
And the best part? They’re still only in the car. There’s the whole evening still ahead of them.
The air in the car is thick, heady, and it makes El almost dizzy to think that she’s going to spend the rest of the evening with Mike, the two of them alone in his basement, where they can do whatever they want. She doesn’t even care about the movies, even though she brought 4 of them – really, she just wants to spend the rest of the night close to him, preferably while kissing.
God, just the thought of spending countless minutes making out with him makes her feel all giddy and lovesick. And, from deep in the recesses of her mind, comes the soft whisper, what happens when it’s more?
The thought sends a jolt of heat zipping down her spine and El finds herself squirming in her seat, heat boiling steadily in her veins.
“Hey, you alright?” Mike asks, his voice low and concerned as they turn down the street for his house.
“Yeah, yeah, I’m fine,” El says and, good god, she can hear how breathless and almost desperate she sounds right now. Damn him for making her all hot and bothered, even if it’s all just in her head.
“Ok, good,” Mike says and he grins over at her. “Just making sure you’re not nervous, or anything.”
El arches her eyebrow at him, even as she’s trying to ignore the way her stomach swoops at the grin Mike’s giving her. “Me? Nervous? Please, if anyone should be nervous, it’s you.”
Mike lets out a weak laugh as he pulls up in front of his house. “Yeah, you’re probably right.” He parks the car and leans over towards her, grin back on his face. “But I’m too excited about tonight to be really nervous.”
Mike’s so cute, with his boyish grin and gaze that shines with happiness, all eagerness and excitement. So El does the only reasonable thing she really can do: she kisses him. Hard. And just when Mike begins to respond, mouth opening against hers, El pulls back, a teasing grin on her face. “Well, we should go inside. Your mom’s probably waiting for us.” And, with that, El grabs her bag – the one with the movies in it – and slides out of the car in a flash.
Mike scrambles after her, fumbling a bit with his backpack on his way out of the car, and El’s barely holding back her giggles as he comes up next to her. “You’re mean, I hope you know that.”
“Oh, I know,” El says as they head up the walkway towards the front door. “And I’m looking forward what you’re gonna to do as payback.” She punctuates her point with a wink and, in the shadows cast by the rapidly setting sun, El sees a blush spread across Mike’s cheeks.
“Stop it, my parents are home,” Mike mutters as he unlocks the door and lets them in.
The Wheeler home is cozy as always – at least, it is on the surface – and El makes sure she’s not looking overtly flirty as Mike guides her in towards the kitchen.
Mrs. Wheeler is in the kitchen, tossing together a salad. She looks ready for a night walking around outside – jeans and a warm sweater, hair pulled back in a low ponytail – all that’s missing is a cozy jacket. She looks over as Mike and El come into the kitchen and the smile she gives them is almost blinding, it’s so bright. “Mike! El! You’re home! I didn’t hear you come in.”
“Hi, Mrs. Wheeler.” – “Hi, Mom,” come the two greetings from the entrance of the kitchen.
“When’s the food supposed to get here? I wanted to set our stuff down,” Mike asks, shifting his backpack on one shoulder.
“In about 15 minutes, or so. Why don’t you two go down to the basement and I’ll call you when the pizza’s here,” Mrs. Wheeler says.
Mike’s eyes light up and El feels the same warmth spark in her soul. “Ok, Mom. Sounds good.” He looks over at El, a knowing smile playing at the corners of his mouth. “Come on, El.”
El lets out a giggle and briefly turns back to Mike’s mom. “Thanks, Mrs. Wheeler.”
“Oh, you two kids have fun, now,” Mrs. Wheeler says with a wave of her hand.
The entrance to the basement is only a few steps away, but they get intercepted on their way nonetheless by a sparkly, pink blur. “El, El, El! Look at my costume!” the blur shrieks, stopping Mike and El in their tracks.
El blinks and focuses down at Holly. The young girl is looking up at her, brimming with excitement, practically bouncing on her toes as she stands there in her costume. El looks up at Mike and fights back a grin at the look of misery on his face. Ha, brothers, she thinks before she looks back at Holly. “Wow, I love your costume! What are you supposed to be?”
Holly gives El a scathing look that only a 7 year old can give, like she can’t believe El is this stupid. “Duh, I’m a warrior princess. Can’t you see?” she asks, rotating so El can take in all the parts of her costume.
It’s only when El looks closer at Holly’s twisting form that she sees the boots peeking out from beneath the hem of Holly’s dress and the sword strapped to her waist. “Why, so you are! Who needs a prince to save you when you can fight your battles all yourself, right?”
“Yep!” Holly chirps. “But it’s not finished yet. You need to help me with my makeup. Mom said you could.”
At that, Mike lets out a long suffering groan. “Ugh, Holly, that’s not–”
“Mike, it’s ok,” El says, a hand coming out to rest on his forearm, cutting him off before he can get into it with his sister. “I’ll only be a few minutes. Besides, dinner’s going to be here soon anyway, yeah?”
“I suppose,” Mike says, pouting, and El has to hold back her giggles at just how put out he looks.
“Here, can you take my bag down to the basement? It has the movies in it,” El says.
“Yeah, sure.” Mike holds out a hand so El can slip the bag from her shoulder and pass it over. “I’ll come check on you to make sure that Holly hasn’t, like, stuffed you in her closet or something.”
“Hey! I wouldn’t! That’s not fair!” Now it’s Holly’s turn to pout and she’s glaring a little at the accusation.
“Whatever, Munchkin,” Mike says, grinning, as he reaches to ruffle Holly’s hair.
“Mikey, don’t!” Holly whines as she ducks, short enough that she can escape Mike’s reach. “Come on, El, let’s go. Boys are stupid.” She grabs El’s hand and starts pulling her towards the stairs.
El can’t hold back her laughter anymore and she glances at Mike over her shoulder. “Did you hear that? Boys are stupid.”
“I’ll show you ‘boys are stupid’,” is what El thinks she hears Mike mutter under his breath as Holly drags her upstairs and that fluttery feeling is back in her stomach as she wonders just how Mike’ll show her.
“Come on, El, it’s this way!” Holly says as they get to the top of the landing, still holding onto El’s hand, still dragging El along behind her.
El take the opportunity as Holly leads the way to briefly look around at the second floor as she’s never been up here, and she startles a bit when she gets a glimpse of what she has to surmise is Mike’s room. The door’s wide open, giving her a clear look inside and, naturally, the first thing her gaze lands on the bed in the middle of the room. It’s hastily made, dark blue comforter thrown across the surface to cover most of the mattress, and El finds herself blushing at the sight of it, mind going all sorts of interesting places that, really, she doesn’t need to be visiting right at this moment.
El shakes her head to clear the cobwebs that threaten to turn into fantasies and refocuses right in time for Holly to guide her into the bathroom. “Here, now I’ll tell you what I want you to do,” Holly says as she lets go of El’s hand and goes over to the bathroom stool by the counter, plopping down on it in a cloud of sparkling tulle.
El blinks at the array of makeup spread across the counter – way more than she would have expected a 7 year old girl to have, and she hopes that some of that is borrowed from Mrs. Wheeler. “Alright,” El says through a breathless laugh. “Tell Makeup Artist El what you want and I’ll do it for you.”
It takes longer than a few minutes – Mike pokes his head in around 10 minutes into El’s brief career as a makeup artist, only to have Holly shoo him away with a shriek that rings in El’s ears – and, by the end of it, El’s knees are sore from kneeling down on the bathroom floor so she can be eye-level with the young girl. But, the end product is just what Holly asked for and El watches with no small amount of fondness as Holly oohs and ahhs over her reflection in the mirror, gaze drinking in the glitter (copious, yet tastefully done), the pale purple eyeshadow with matching blush, and the sparkly lip gloss which El knows Holly’s going to have to reapply once she’s eaten dinner.
El follows Holly back downstairs, the young girl all excitement to show her mom her new look, and is descending the last couple of steps just as Mike is coming up from the basement. He almost falls backwards as Holly shoots past him, but he regains his balance in time to look over at her. A wry smile creeps over his face. “I see you survived Hurricane Holly,” Mike says and, in the background, El can hear Holly – “Mom, mom! Look what El did!”
El giggles. “She’s not that bad. Maybe you’re just not a good big brother.”
“Ha, right,” Mike says with a snort as they stand in the hallway. “I’m a great big brother. She’s just a little hellion.”
Befor El can even think of a response to that, the doorbell rings and, like magic, Mrs. Wheeler is bustling down the hall, money in hand to pay for the pizza delivery. Mike blinks at the rush and smiles over at El. “Well, I guess we should sit down?” he says, almost like a question, smile turning into a grin like he’s trying to hold back his laughter.
“Sounds good,” El says and she waits for Mrs. Wheeler to pass them again, this time with two large pizzas in hand, before she reaches for Mike’s hand, fingers weaving between his. She tugs his hand, looking up at him with a gaze heavy with all the things she’s feeling, all the happiness and excitement and the thrill that’s coursing through her for the evening ahead. Mike smiles back, both shy and excited, a light blush coloring his cheeks, and they hold hands the rest of the short way down the hall, separating only when they get into view of the dinner table.
Dinner’s short – not much to linger over when it’s just pizza and salad – and most of the conversation is monopolized by Holly and what her friends are dressed as for Halloween and where the best candy is going to be.
El’s barely listening, though. She’s slipped off one of her shoes and is running her toes up and down Mike’s calf, occasionally slipping beneath the hem of his jeans so she can touch her toes to his bare skin. She watches as Mike valiantly tries to keep a straight face and it’s almost impossible to muffle her laughter when he looks over at her, playful warning and the tiniest bit of panic warring in his gaze.
But, they make it through dinner with no one the wiser. Holly drags El upstairs once more to help reapply her lip gloss and she heads back downstairs in time to see Mrs. Wheeler giving Mike instructions for the evening. “...and don’t let them take too many pieces, otherwise there won’t be enough for everyone.”
“I know, Mom, I know,” Mike says, groaning. “It’s not like I didn’t do this last year.”
“I know, sweetie,” Mrs. Wheeler says. “I’m just… being a mom.” She turns to see both El and Holly finishing making their way downstairs. “Holly, you ready to go, honey?”
“Just let me grab my pillowcase!” Holly says, vibrating with excitement, before she runs off towards the living room.
“So you two going to watch scary movies?” Mrs. Wheeler says, turning her attention to Mike and El.
“Yep!” El chirps. “I brought over a bunch, so it’s really what Mike wants to watch.”
“Well, that sounds like fun,” Mrs. Wheeler says with the tone of a mother who doesn’t really understand, but wants to be supportive for her kid.
Mrs. Wheeler is spared from having to say anything more as Holly reappears, pillowcase in one hand, and her dad’s hand in the other. “Come on, let’s go!” Holly says. “We gotta meet up with everyone before all the candy’s gone!”
Mrs. Wheeler smiles, bemused by her daughter’s excitement, and gives Mike and El a wry smile. “Well, I guess that’s our cue,” she says as she shucks on her jacket. “We’ll be back in a few hours at least. The Jenkins’ are having a small get together afterwords – you know Holly’s friend Jessica’s parents – so some of the kids are going to hang out while the adults warm up from spending the evening outside. Can I trust you two to not have bunch of friends over?”
Mike rolls his eyes. “Mom, seriously, it’ll just be me and El. And go, before Holly rips Dad’s arm off.”
There are smiles and kisses on the cheek goodbye and then both Mr. and Mrs. Wheeler are out the door, Holly leading the charge.
El waits until the door is closed before she looks up at Mike, one eyebrow arched. “So, are you really going to hand out candy?”
“Oh, hell, no. Are you kidding?” Mike says. “I’m just going to put the bowl outside with a sign. We don’t get that many kids – all the popular spots are on the other side of town, so no one ever comes here.”
“Good,” El says as she saunters over to Mike, eliminating the short distance between them. She reaches for him, hand landing on the bottom of his sternum, fingers spider-walking their way up his chest. “I’d really hate to have to… pause our evening just so you could answer the door.”
“Oh, is that so?” Mike says and El feels him shiver as her hand slides up and around the back of his neck, his skin warm beneath her palm. He’s already leaning over before El can even nudge him down. “Well, I would hate for you to be disappointed, or something.”
El stretches up onto her toes, pulled up towards him like he’s magnetic. “Wouldn’t want that,” she manages to whisper before their lips meet in a soft, lush kiss. His hands come up to cup her face, fingers sliding into her hair to hold her close, and El shivers at the pressure of his touch scraping lightly against her scalp. It only makes her push up harder against him, arms wrapping around his neck, body curving into his so that they’re fully pressed together.
Mike gasps at her closeness, chest pushing into hers, and El responds with a whimper that she can’t hold back. Her senses are overwhelmed by him as they trade luxurious kisses, lips gliding easily against each other’s, bodies fitting together like they were meant to.
This feels so good, him hovering over her like this, pressed together from shoulder to hip, the touch of his hands and his lips lighting her on fire. El’s never felt like this before in her entire life and it’s the kind of addicting that’s dangerous, tugging at her with warm insistence. How can something that feels this good be anything other than right?
They stand there for a couple of minutes until the kisses come to a slow, lingering end (a temporary one if El has her way… and she knows she have her way). Mike pulls back first and looks down at her with breathless awe, lips swollen from their kisses. “I should, um, make a sign. For the candy.” His voice is low and husky, overwhelmed, and El shivers at the sound.
“Oh, that’s a good idea. We do have movies to watch, after all,” El says, grinning like an idiot. Yeah, they both know what’s really going to happen and El’s not about to pretend otherwise. Sure, the movies may actually be playing… but she also knows that her and Mike aren’t really going to be watching them.
“Right, movies,” Mike says. “Do you wanna grab some sodas out of the fridge while I make a sign? After all, watching movies is thirsty work.”
“Hmm, sounds like a plan,” El says with a giggle. She wonders how far they’ll take this charade and, while she just wants to skip ahead to the part where they just make out for the next couple of hours, part of her is intrigued at just how long they can pretend that that’s not what’s going to happen.
They head into the kitchen, all giggles and smiles, holding hands the entire way. El goes over to the fridge to grab some sodas while Mike searches for paper and a pen. “You know, I’m surprised your mom totally just left you alone in the house with a girl for several hours,” El says as she closes the fridge door, a couple of cans of Coke held in one hand.
Mike huffs out a laugh. “Yeah, I’m not sure if it’s because she’s trying to be a cool mom, or if it’s because she doesn’t think anything’s going to happen or what.” He shrugs, looking up from the paper he’s writing on to smile at her. “Either way, I’m not complaining.” He finishes writing the sign and holds it up as he sets the pen down. “I’m going to put this outside with the candy. Wait for me before you head down to the basement.”
Oh, now she’s curious. “Ooh, got a surprise for me?” El asks, brows arching as her excitement ratchets up another level.
“Maybe,” Mike says, lips curling in a devilish smirk. “Just wait for me, please, ok?”
El rolls her eyes, but she’s still smiling anyway. “Ok, fine. But just because you asked nicely.”
The responding grin that Mike gives her is so bright and excited, it almost takes El’s breath away. Mike turns to rush down the hall towards the front door and El slowly follows behind, making her way to the top of the stairs down to the basement, watching as he pops outside for just a second to put the candy and the sign on the front step.
Mike races back to her, still smiling, practically bouncing with excitement. “Ok, you ready?”
El giggles. “Wow, you’re really excited about this.”
“Hey, if I’m too excited about this, it means I can’t be nervous you won’t like it,” Mike says, looking just that in a split second of vulnerability that’s gone as soon almost as soon as it appears. “Ok, so, I’ll, um, cover your eyes, yeah?”
God, he’s too cute and El knows she’ll say yes to pretty much whatever he asks of her. “Yeah, ok. But I’m putting my life in your hands, so don’t let me trip down the stairs.”
“I would never,” Mike says, almost offended as he moves to stand behind her so he can put his hands over her eyes. Her skin tingles where he’s touching her and El lets out a silent sigh at the feeling. “Ok, ready?”
“Guide me,” El says with an emphatic nod, laughter bubbling in her voice.
It takes a bit of doing, Mike guiding her with his voice and his hands, slow going as they make their way down the stairs, but they get to the bottom without incident. “Alright, we’re going to turn now,” Mike says, almost sing-song as he nudges her with his hands so that she turns to her right. “And… ta-da!”
Mike takes his hands away and El opens her eyes, blinking a bit to readjust to the light. For a moment, she’s not sure entirely what she’s looking at, having had no clue that there was going to be something special waiting for her. But she takes in the sheets and pillows and blankets, all artfully arranged, and quickly understand what she’s looking at. “Oh my god, you built a blanket fort!” she says, gasping out the words.
“So… do you like it?” The nervousness in Mike’s voice is back as he waits for her response. But, for a moment, El’s too overwhelmed to speak. The fort’s built up underneath the window by the door leading to the outside. El recognizes the couch cushions lined up against the wall to provide a “back wall”. Thick blankets carpet the ground of the fort, with a handful of pillows scattered about for comfort. And a couple of large sheets have been stretched up and over a couple of chairs that serve as the other walls, one draped in such a way that a simple tug would pull it down over the entrance to the fort, which faces the TV on a table that Mike’s pulled over from it’s usual spot so they can watch movies straight from the fort.
It’s looks cozy and sweetly comfortable… and it’s just about the most romantic thing anyone’s ever done for her and El can’t even begin to explain why. “Oh, Mike….” she whispers, turning to look up at him. “I can’t believe you did this for me.”
He smiles down at her, cringing a little with relief. “So, you don’t think it’s creepy or stupid or anything? I just wanted to make you comfortable and, well, what’s more comfortable than a blanket fort?”
“Mike, I love it. It’s amazing.” She sets the sodas down on the table the TV’s on and reaches up for Mike, pulling him towards her so she can give him a soft, lingering kiss. “Thank you.”
“You’re welcome,” Mike says, cheeks warming under the praise.
“Well, since you did all this for me,” El says, giggling a bit. “You get to pick out the first movie.”
Mike grins, the expression knowing, and El’s stomach swoops in response. “Right, the movie we’re definitely going to watch.”
El gasps, all mock-outrage. “Why, Michael, are you insinuating that we’re going to do something other than watch a movie? Well, I never.”
“Ok, now, don’t make me run and get the smelling salts and a fainting couch,” Mike says with a laugh. “Go get in the fort and I’ll get the first movie set up.”
El grabs the sodas and makes a beeline for the fort. She carefully maneuvers her way inside, mindful of the fact that she’s wearing a skirt, and it’s only when she’s inside, sitting with her legs straight out in front of her, that she notices the bowl of candy tucked just inside the entrance. “Aww, and you got us candy!” She smiles over at Mike, noticing that he has the first ‘Halloween’ movie in his hands. “You’re the best, you know that?”
Mike blushes even harder. “Well, as long as you think so,” he says, smiling at her.
El lets out a breathless giggle and just watches as Mike continues to set up the movie. She doesn’t take her eyes off of him, using the opportunity shameless check him out, drinking in the length of his legs, the narrow span of his hips, the breadth of his shoulders. She marvels at his easy grace as he stands up and makes his way over to her, crouching and bending easily to plop down next to her. El wonders what he must have been like when he first got so tall, before he started to get used to it, and a giggle bubbles up inside of her at the thought of how gangly he must have been a few years ago.
Mike looks over at her, a questioning look in his eye and the remote in one hand. “What?” he asks, smiling at her, but the expression is a little uncertain. “What’s that look on your face for?”
El lets out that giggle, the sound breathless and flirty. “Oh, I was just watching you. I like looking at you.”
“Oh, um, you do?” Mike glances away, fidgeting with the remote.
“Yeah, I do,” El says with a soft smile. “Has anyone ever told you that you’re ridiculously attractive?” And, with him so close, that fact is inescapable. Her eyes trace the line of his jaw, the sweep of his cheekbones, the freckles dusting the skin of his cheeks and nose like stars in the sky. His eyes are dark and warm as they look at her, deep brown irises sparkling, and his tongue nervously flashes out to wet his lips, pulling her attention to his mouth, lips full and soft.
“Please,” Mike says with a self-deprecating scoff, looking at her like she’s a little bit crazy. “If anyone here is ridiculously attractive, it’s you. People look at me and just see a gangly nerd.”
“Well, that’s not what I see. I see someone who’s handsome and cute and just about the most attractive guy I’ve ever seen in my life. And if no one else can see that, shame on them,” El says before she smiles, coyly. “But that just means I get you all to myself.”
Mike’s lips start to pull up in a smile. “All to yourself, huh? So what are you going to do with me?”
Oh, if that isn’t a come on, El doesn’t know what is. Guess we’re really not watching that movie, after all.
El doesn’t bother answering the question as she starts to lean in. After all, why waste time with words when she can show him, instead?
Mike stays still as El finishes closing the distance between them, the air around them charged and filled with the most delicious tension. She shifts so she can reach his mouth, one leg folded beneath her as she rolls onto her hip. Her hands go to grab onto him so she can steady herself, but it’s more of an afterthought as her lips touch his. Still, she’s potently aware of where her fingers are holding his shoulders, firm beneath her grip, even as the rest of her is swept away by his mouth moving softly against hers.
Mike’s hands go to her waist to help further steady her as he leans into the kiss, lips tugging on hers just so, making her insides twist and quiver at the feeling. She just loves this so much, loves the eager bite to each kiss, loves how his lips linger against hers before diving back in with a rush, like he’s desperate to keep kissing her.
One of El’s hands slides up into his hair and Mike groans when she scraps her fingernails gently across his scalp. The sound ripples down her spine in a shiver and, oh, she wants to keep making him make that noise. She likes making him feel good, likes knowing that she’s the one doing it to him. And, as their kisses slowly heat up, getting more and more intense with each drag of their mouths, El realizes that she wants to make him feel even better.
El’s moving before she fully thinks it through, need spurring her on. She pushes herself onto one knee, changing the angle of the kiss as she rises above Mike. His hands tighten where he’s gripping her waist – guiding or stabilizing, El’s not entirely sure, but the firmness of his touch still sends tingles rippling across her skin regardless.
El swivels, pivoting on her knee, and shifts her weight so she can settle back down on top of him, sprawled across his lap. She’s not straddling him (she’s not that daring – at least, not yet), but more like sitting side saddle, legs out on one side of him, angled so she can face him without torquing her spine.
But, still, even this feels like a lot in the best way possible, illicit and thrilling. Mike’s warm and solid beneath her and El just wants to wrap herself up in him, to always have him this near, making her heart race and heat pool low in her belly.
El can’t help the moan that escapes her as she presses herself even harder against him. Mike’s fingers dig into the curve of her hips and he pulls away abruptly, both of them gasping at the sudden stop. “El?” he asks, voice ragged with the kind of desperate need that claws at her, getting under her skin and making her want to do anything to fill that need. Mike’s looking at her, eyes dark, pupils blown, gaze filled with a potent combination of hope and confusion.
El kicks her lips and sucks in a shaky breath. “I just wanted to be closer to you. Is this ok?”
“More than ok,” Mike answers.
“Good,” El whispers before she leans back in, catching his lips with an eager kiss, occupying their mouths once more.
There’s a couple of things El quickly discovers over the next few minutes. The first is that sitting on Mike’s lap like this puts her at the perfect height to kiss him. There’s no straining her neck or awkward angles and it lets her kiss him just that much more thoroughly.
The second thing El discovers is that there are so many different kinds of kisses. So, so many.
El’s not new to kissing, per se. She had a couple of boyfriends when she lived back in New York and there was quite a bit of kissing with both of them. And the kissing was nice, but she’s realizing now just how uninspired it was, how tame.
It never felt like this, overwhelming and all-encompassing, never made her want to figure out all the ways her lips can touch his. Compared to the previous guys she’s been with, kissing Mike makes El want more.
Kissing Mike makes El want everything.
And so, she catalogs each kind of kiss, reveling in each variation of her lips pressed against his. The light pecks, the soft brushing of lips, the deep kisses that make her feel dizzy with pleasure. There are suckling kisses and giggling kisses and hard, open-mouthed kisses.
But what takes El by surprise and really sets her off are the nibbling kisses.
It starts as partly an accident. El tugs Mike’s lower lip between her own at the same time as Mike’s hand drifts up from her waist, fingertips caressing her lower back through the thin fabric of her sweater. The touch, firm and confident, startles El, making her jump. She gasps, teeth lightly biting down on Mike’s lip as she sucks the flesh further into her mouth.
Mike’s reaction is almost instantaneous, the hand on her lower back pressing firmer against her while the other tries to pull her closer, moaning against her mouth all the while. Oh, he likes that, a hazy corner of El’s mind thinks, the thought dizzy and soaked in pleasure. Wonder where else he’ll like that….
Inspired, El drags her mouth from Mike’s and, before he can even finish whining in response, presses her lips against the skin along the edge of his jaw, gently sucking, just beneath the corner of his mouth. She lightly nips the skin before soothing it with her tongue and hears the way Mike gulps, heavy and thick, breath leaving him in a strangled groan.
El repeats the process over and over again, moving further up his jaw with each kiss. Mike’s holding her almost tight enough to bruise and El loves it, likes the deceptive strength of his hands, how firmly he holds her. But she especially loves how he’s reacting to her touch. His chest heaves against hers, like he’s struggling to catch his breath, and every few breaths, he lets out these little noises, these whimpering moans that send a shiver down her spine each and every time.
El lingers when she gets to the corner of his jaw, right where it meets his neck. She loves the feel of his skin beneath her lips, loves the smell and taste of him, beyond addicting. She gently scrapes her teeth at the skin she finds there and is rewarded with a pleasure-filled hiss. “Jesus, El,” Mike says, voice tight and ragged.
Feeling proud, almost smug, El kisses her way up to Mike’s ear. Her tongue snakes out to trace the edge of his earlobe before she tugs it between her teeth and wraps her lips around the sensitive flesh. A panted “Oh, god,” escapes from Mike’s mouth and El doesn’t get to linger long before she finds herself being ripped away as Mike nudges her.
El wasn’t finished, but she doesn’t have much of a chance to complain, however, as Mike kisses her again, hard and bruising, one hand splayed against the small of her back as the other trails up her spine. Up and up his hand goes until his fingers are diving into her hair, hand cupping the back of her head as he tugs on the locks woven between his fingers, wrenching her lips from his once more.
Turn about is fair play, it seems, as Mike returns the favor of the kisses she trailed across his skin. El can’t control the way she reacts, all whimpers and gasps and moans, at the feel of Mike’s lips gliding along the skin of her jaw. She understands his reaction, now, as she struggles to catch her breath, pleasure racing through her veins. God, she never wants to stop feeling like this.
And then Mike’s mouth latches on to the patch of skin just beneath her ear and behind the corner of her jaw and El just about loses it. Her hands race to clutch on to him, fingers digging into where she’s holding him – one hand in his hair, the other wrapped around his upper arm. She tilts her head back even further to give him better access, leaning against where he’s holding her, trusting him to support her.
Mike doesn’t disappoint and the feel of him holding her while he teases the skin of her neck with his lips and tongue drives her wild. There’s a sense of wanderlust in the way Mike kisses and touches her and, despite how much El loves what he’s doing with his mouth, he doesn’t stay there long, not with every inch of the skin of her neck available to explore.
Mike drags his mouth down the length of her neck, winding El up more and more with each press of his lips. She just about cries, overwhelmed in the best way possible, when he reaches her collarbone, teeth gently nipping before soothing the bite with his lips, and El decides that she never wants him to stop.
The hand pressed against her lower back begins to slide up her torso, like he’s emboldened by her response, like he wants to make her feel even better. She loses herself in him – the feel of his mouth on her skin, his hand slowly sliding up her waist, palm spanning across her ribcage, fingers creeping up one fraction of an inch at a time. She’s unable to stop the way she gasps and squirms, wanting to get closer to him with every fiber of her being.
And, for a while, El lets herself drown, existing in only the way he makes her feel, and she doesn’t care about anything else….
Until it hits her.
They have to stop.
Mike thinks he could subsist on just this for the rest of his life – El’s skin beneath his mouth, his hands in her hair and on the lines of her body, everything soft and warm beneath where he’s touching her. She’s divine, all warm and lithe and sensitive. The way she reacts to everything he does, no matter how small, makes him feel like he’s flying, like he can do nothing wrong.
What Mike feels, what El’s doing to him – the way she moans, the way she shifts in his lap, the way she clutches at him like she never wants him to be any further away than he is right now – crowds out everything else. Gone is his fear, his anxiety, every worry he’s ever had. Instead, there’s just her and the heat that crawls beneath his skin.
The bare skin of her neck and shoulder is like silk against his lips and it makes him want to explore everything, to see if she’s as soft everywhere. And where he’s touching her, hand spanned across the curve of her ribcage, makes his heart pound in his chest, fingers so close to a place he never thought he’d have the opportunity to touch. But he knows, if he just let his hand slide up a little further, just below where his mouth is beginning to dip, his lips trailing across the skin of her upper chest, he’d –
“Mike, wait.”
El’s voice, breathy all too sober, cuts through the haze that surrounds him, like ice water poured down the back of his neck. Mike lifts his head, hand going still where it’s wrapped around the curve of her ribcage. “Is everything ok?”
El nods and he watches as she swallows roughly. “Yeah. Just, we – we should slow down,” she says, voice hushed and tight. Mike can hear the reluctance in her voice and it’s heartening to think that there’s part of her that never wants this to stop, either.
And, as easy as it would be to give in, to try and convince her to go along with him, Mike knows El’s right. This is moving really, really fast. And it’s nobody’s fault – it just feels so good.
Guess this is why they don’t let teenagers be unsupervised for long, Mike thinks, mind still foggy with desire. He leans forward, towards El – not to kiss her, but to rest his forehead against her so he can just breathe her in, relishing her closeness. “Yeah, you’re right,” he says, words pitched low. “It’s just….” He trails off, sighing.
“I know,” El says, not needing Mike to say anything more. “You’re a dangerous temptation.”
Mike lifts his head, grinning. “You’re tempted by me?” He looks down at her, gaze dancing across her face. In the low light of the basement, lit by the TV screen and a single lamp, Mike can see the pink flush to El’s cheeks, can see how swollen her lips are from their frantic kisses… can see how she’s still looking at him with dark eyes that tell him everything he needs to know about how tempted she is.
“If you can’t guess from this.” El pauses to gesture to where she’s sitting, draped over his lap. “Then I don’t know what to tell you.”
“Fair point,” Mike says, snickering a little. “We should probably try to watch the movie, huh?”
“A solid plan,” El says before she carefully crawls off his lap, settling back down next to him. Mike immediately misses the feel of her warmth pressed against him, her weight in his lap, his hands touching her and holding her close. It helps, though, when she snuggles up against him with her head resting on his shoulder as he reaches for the remote and presses play.
Sure, his heart’s still racing, disappointment fizzing in his veins along with the fading remnants of his desire. But El’s here with him, close enough that he can put his arm around her and hold her, and he feels beyond lucky that he gets to experience this.
The rest of the evening passes by in a pleasant haze. Tension still simmers low between them, occasionally driving them to pause the movie, but they never let it get beyond kissing, their mouths just happy to connect and reconnect for several minutes at a time.
It helps when they hear Mike’s parents and sister come home (luckily after Mike pops upstairs to bring in the candy bowl and sign – if his mom had seen either of those outside, he knows he’d be in big trouble), because neither of them dare try to take anything too far with the rest of his family in the house.
They’re all smiles and giggles as Mike goes to take El home a little after 11, holding hands the whole way, and Mike’s already plotting when they can do this again.
“I had a really good time tonight,” El says once they’re at her house as Mike walks her to her front door. He doesn’t think he’s let go of her hand for any longer than 30 seconds the entire time and he relishes the feel of her hand in his. “Especially all the kissing.”
Mike lets out at weak laugh as they stop in front of the front door, El turning to look up at him. “There’s part of me that wants to thank you for that, but that feels way too lame.”
“It’s not lame, it’s sweet,” El says as she stretches up onto her toes. Mike leans over on instinct, body reacting to her before he’s even fully aware what’s happening. Their lips meet in a soft kiss and Mike can’t help the sigh that leaves him in a soft rush. Her mouth against his is the most amazing thing he’s ever felt in his entire life and he knows it can’t get much better than this.
The kiss slowly ends, neither of them wanting to pull away, but knowing they have to. “Good night, Mike,” El says, looking up at him with soft eyes, gaze brimming with emotion.
“Good night, El,” Mike returns, voice hushed. He watches as El grabs her keys out of her jacket and unlocks the front door, and he only turns to leave once she’s safely inside.
Happiness burns low in his chest as Mike makes his way back to his car and he’s not even really that disappointed El stopped them in the middle of making out before they could go any further. They’re really not ready for anything more, given that they’ve only been together like this for 4 days. Besides, Mike has a feeling that he’s probably going to have more chances to be with El like that… and hopefully more.
So he’s just going to enjoy this ride for as long as he’s able to and take whatever comes his way.
(And, when his phone buzzes halfway home and Mike pulls it out to look, he nearly runs a stop sign at the text on his screen – meet me in the a/v room tomorrow at lunch. you bring the food, i’ll bring my pep squad uniform, punctuated with a flirty smiley face blowing a kiss.
Yeah… he’ll gladly take what’s coming his way.)
Notes:
Was this over-indulgent? It felt over-indulgent. But I figured Mike and El deserved one chapter of new secret relationship bliss before the shit hits the fan, so to speak.
So, stay tuned and I'll catch y'all on the flip side!
Chapter 16: i just need you (and only you)
Notes:
Haha, so....didn't mean to leave this for almost two months. But there was a Christmas fic I had to write and life's been super busy in between it all with the holidays and my job and just everything. I've been working on this pretty much whenever I have a spare moment... which haven't been many, not gonna lie. But I ain't quittin on this fic, and this fandom, yet...or ever, really. You're not getting rid of me that easily!
And, with that, let's get into it. Warning: the beginnings of choppy waters ahead......
(also, kissing. SO MUCH KISSING.)
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
If there was something Mike could always count on, it was that he was unlucky.
The forgotten middle child, bullied in school, outcast from his peers, picked last for just about everything, overlooked and ignored… just plain unlucky.
That is, until two weeks ago, when the most beautiful girl Mike’s ever met kissed him and turned his life, and his luck, upside down.
Kissing El is the greatest rush Mike’s ever known. Her mouth is hot and sweet, with soft lips and a velvet tongue. And, sometimes, when she trails kisses across the skin of his neck and jaw, the sizzling nip of her teeth makes him feel like he’s about to jump out of his skin.
And the rest of her? Worthy of being immortalized in epic songs and sensual poetry. El is miles and miles of soft skin and luscious curves, eager for the touch of his mouth and hands. Mike loves the taste of her skin beneath his lips, loves running his hands over the svelte curves of her hips and waist, love dipping his fingers into her hair. He could spend forever exploring everything El has to offer and never, ever feel like he’s gotten his fill.
Or, rather, he will when they get to that point… if they get to that point. Despite the fact that Mike spends what feels like every free moment he has (and then some) furiously making out with El, everything they’ve done has been relatively chaste – hands above clothing and sticking to decidedly “safe” places; kisses, if not on the lips, on the exposed skin from the collar up: face, neck and jaw (and occasionally collarbones depending on the neckline of whatever El’s wearing – her collarbones are entirely too nibble-worthy for their own good and Mike is horrible at resisting).
That’s not to say that Mike doesn’t want more with El – he definitely does (hey, he’s almost 17 and she’s gorgeous in a way that’s gotten under his skin; sometimes, it feels like an itch that he’ll die if he doesn’t get to scratch). But he’s more than fine with where they’re at right now, beyond content with fiery kisses and chastely curious touches. It gives him time to wrap his head around all these newfound sensations, around this new world of pleasure he’s discovering with her in the privacy of his basement… and her house… and the backseat of his car, the A/V Room…. Pretty much anywhere that’s hidden away from the watchful eyes of, well… everyone.
Which brings him, really, to one of his favorite parts: that he gets to be with El like this – gets to kiss her and touch her – and no one knows. He, Mike Wheeler, resident King Nerd of Hawkins High, gets to be El Hopper’s secret paramore, both of them sneaking around right under everyone’s noses.
Mike gets to have his cake and eat it, too. He gets to be with El in all the ways he’s been dreaming about without having to worry about anyone’s judgmental eyes on them.
Outside of actually being with El, having this as a secret only the two of them share is just about the most thrilling thing Mike’s ever experienced. He never knew life could feel so rich and he’s not ashamed to admit that sneaking around like this is scandalous and illicit – exciting – in a way that’s goddamn addicting. It’s like everything is heightened, sensations dialed up to 11, dizzying and heady and, god, so fucking good.
And, yeah, Mike knows this can’t stay a secret forever. At the very least, he knows El won’t let it. But that doesn’t mean he isn’t going to enjoy it while it lasts. Besides, keeping it to themselves really does give him a chance to feel comfortable enough with this whole thing – learning to trust that this is real, that El isn’t just in this for a quick fling that she’ll get bored of in only a few weeks before dropping him by the wayside.
If he’s going to do this – and, at the heart of him, he really, really does – if he’s going to shoulder the burden of everyone’s critical judgment, Mike needs to make sure that El is 100% by his side. Because anyone who dates El Hopper is going to be subjected to gossip and stares and whispers behind their back, like living under a microscope… which is pretty much Mike’s worst nightmare.
But, Mike has to admit that there is at least one potential benefit he can see from letting the whole school know he’s snagged the most eligible girl in Hawkins: He won’t have to keep coming up with ridiculous excuses to the Party to cover for when he’s off with El (despite how he’s glad beyond telling that they don’t know yet – he really isn’t up to handle their particular brand of teasing right at this time).
Case in point: it’s the Thursday the week before Thanksgiving, 10 minutes into the lunch period… and Mike has a very important rendezvous with El 5 minutes from now in the A/V Room that he has to get to. And it’s bad today, the way need pools beneath his skin, making him fidgety and itchy and just twitchy, like he’s an addict jonesing for his next hit.
Only it’s not drugs Mike craves, but El. El with her soft skin and silky hair and kisses that set him on fire. El, with the way she looks at him like he’s all she’ll ever need, with her bright eyes and flushed cheeks and happiness radiating from every pore….
El, who Mike’s starting the think he might be falling in love with.
Yeah, ok, there’s enough time to dig into that later, a panicked corner of his brain thinks. Focus on what’s actually important right now: meeting up with El.
Right, yes, meeting up with El. In the A/V Room. Alone. Very important. Crucial for his sanity, in fact.
First, though, he’s got to make it out of the cafeteria. And that requires telling the Party some sort of credible reason for why he needs to be elsewhere in a couple of minutes, something that they won’t question too deeply. Because Mike’s pretty sure the Party is starting to get suspicious and he really doesn’t want to have to resort to outright lying.
Well, the best excuses always have some element of the truth in them, right? Mike’s pretty sure that’s how that saying goes.
So, swallowing heavily, Mike focuses on his friends, who are all deep in conversation. Mike’s been mostly sitting quietly, scarfing down his lunch so he can make his not-so-smooth exit, only piping up every now and then to make it look like he’s paying attention. But, honestly, he has no idea what the others are talking about – he’s been too focused on how to make his get away (and, oh god, what’s awaiting him when he does). Because whatever the rest of the Party is talking about absolutely pales in comparison to what he’s about to experience.
If he can get away, that is.
And, with that in mind, Mike clears his throat to get everyone’s attention, interrupting Lucas mid-sentence. Almost immediately, 3 pairs of eyes turn to look at him and Mike fights to keep a straight face, cool and casual, nonchalant. There’s nothing to see here…. “Hey, so, uh, not to cut this short or anything, but I gotta go meet up with El before US History.” Ok, see? The truth… just not the whole truth.
Dustin wrinkles his nose in disgust, frowning.. “Ugh, again? That’s, like, the third time this week.”
Mike shrugs, trying to maintain a cool exterior. “What can I say? Honors US History is no joke.”
Dustin’s frown just deepens. “Man, that class is really riding you hard, isn’t it?”
Mike almost chokes on his breath and he prays to everything that is holy that he doesn’t blush at Dustin’s unintended innuendo. “Yeah, well, the rumors about Ms. Paleki are totally true. Plus, we have, like this project progress report due soon.” Again, the truth, but working on their history project is really the last thing Mike has in mind for the next half an hour.
“Still, seems like an awful lot of work,” Will says, brow furrowed. There’s a glint of suspicion in his eyes and Mike does his best to not flinch. This is what he’s worried about – there’s really only so much he can stretch this excuse out before it no longer fits.
So, Mike decides that offense is the best defense. “Do you wanna trade sections, then? I’ll gladly give you my mountains of work for this class,” he says, voice going a bit flinty as he arches an eyebrow in challenge.
The suspicion fades from Will’s gaze and an apologetic smile creeps onto his face. “Sorry, man. I know how hard you two are working.”
“Yeah, man, that sucks. But at least you get to work with El,” Lucas says, voice dipping in commiseration.
God, it’s just occurring to Mike how, in a way he never anticipated, that being put in Ms. Palecki’s Honors US History class and being assigned to be El’s partner for their project is the best thing that ever happened to him. Not only did it bring him and El closer together, it provides him with the best cover for what he and El have been getting up to.
“Definitely makes it bearable,” Mike says, thankful that the din in the cafeteria helps hide the tightness of his voice. He pushes up to his feet, grabbing his stuff on the way. “Alright, see you guys in Chemistry.” Mike doesn’t wait for the others to respond before he turns and heads out of the cafeteria, tossing his garbage out on the way.
He makes his way through the nearly empty hallways of Hawkins High, skin thrumming and heart racing, anticipation in every beat of his heart. There aren’t many people in the hallways, but the ones who are barely even give him a second glance. That’s right, there’s nothing to see here, Mike thinks with a barely contained smirk. Just your average nerd, on his way to do average nerdy things. Ha, little do they know that he has the hottest girl in school about to meet up with him to make out.
God, Mike wonders if El’s already waiting for him. He doesn’t remember seeing her in the cafeteria as he headed out, so he’s pretty sure she’s also on her way to meet up. It’s become his favorite guessing game, whether or not she’s already going to be waiting for him in the A/V room.
El doesn’t need a key, not when she knows how to pick locks (and, god, his girlfriend is the coolest girl on the face of the planet), so it’s always something of a race to see who gets there first. El wins more often than not – she seems to have an easier time sneaking away than he does. But Mike doesn’t mind, he thinks with a smile as he approaches the door to the A/V Room, only to find it already unlocked.
Mike does one quick check up and down the hall to make sure no one is looking at him – and no one is since of course he’s going into the A/V Room, which makes sense considering he’s President of the A/V Club – before he hurries inside. The light’s already on, another sign El beat him here, but Mike doesn’t dare look at her yet.
No, it’s only once the door is firmly closed and locked, definitively separating them from the rest of the world, does Mike turn to look at El. And the second he lays eyes on her, his heart nearly pounds its way out of his chest.
El is sitting on the table in the middle of the room, perched daintily on the edge. Her right leg is crossed over her left, knee bent temptingly, and she’s leaning back just so, palms flat on the table right behind her hips, as she looks at him with naked invitation in her eyes.
It’s a Pep Rally day, so El’s wearing her uniform, but with the temperatures getting colder and colder as the days go by, the squad has traded in the tank top for a form-fitting sweater, which is currently pulled taut over the lines of El’s body as she leans back onto her hands, shoulders wide and chest out. But she’s still wearing the skirt – god, that skirt – and Mike’s mouth has gone dry at the way the split along the side of her skirt gapes open from how her legs are crossed, showing almost the full length of her leg, leaving only a couple inches covered at most at the top of her thigh.
And, somewhere in the last hour or so (though Mike’s betting it was only in the last 10 minutes), El’s taken her hair down from the high ponytail it was in, leaving the lush, honey chestnut locks to fall down her neck and shoulders like a waterfall, rich and ready for him to run his fingers through.
But what’s really getting him is the look on her face, the dark eyes and flushed cheeks and full lips pulled up in a wicked, knowing grin. It’s sultry and needy and excited, all rolled in one devastating look that has his heart racing and blood boiling. “About time you showed up. I’ve been waiting,” she says, voice almost pouting, with just a hint of a whine, breathy in a way that makes him gulp.
The need that’s been bothering him all day, making him crave that next hit, that next kiss, roars inside his chest, setting him aflame, and Mike doesn’t even bother responding as he stalks towards her, long legs eating up the distance in only a few strides. He drops his backpack onto the ground as he reaches for her, hands going inexorably for her hair, palms pressed against the sides of her face as his fingers weave through silken strands, smooth against his skin.
El reaches back, knees parting so he can step between them, fingers scrabbling against the front of his sweater to gain purchase so she can pull him down as he leans in, her head tipping up just in time for his lips to crash into hers.
The most indecent moan escapes from him – part desperate need, part blissful relief – and Mike just melts. El giggles into the kiss, a beautifully moaning laugh that vibrates against his lips and down into his soul. It just makes him kiss her that much harder and hope that this never stops feeling this good.
El’s hands slide up his chest so she can link them behind his neck and hold him close, arching up into his mouth as they trade deep, searing kisses, all parted lips and teasing tongues.
The feel of her arching up against him, body curving to fit into the lean of his, is one of the most transcendent feelings Mike’s ever experienced. That this girl – this beautiful, irresistible girl – wants to be this close to him, so close that there’s literally no space between them, is beyond comprehension. They’re pressed together from shoulder to waist, chests pushing into each other’s with each breath, and, somehow, Mike wants to be closer. He wants to melt into her until he forgets where he ends and she begins and he never, ever wants to find his way back out.
This urge fills every cell of his body, an urge that demands an outlet. Inspired, almost driven mad with the need for something that courses through his veins – a need that is so much more than just physical – Mike tears his lips from El’s and begins trailing kisses up her cheek and jaw, soft skin gliding beneath his mouth. He just wants, wants to take everything she has to offer, wants to experience every inch of her with all his senses. It’s an impossible want, a need that can never be truly fulfilled, but it doesn’t stop him from wanting it anyway.
El tilts her head so the trail of kisses can map across the skin of her neck. Her breathing – sharp little panting breaths that just fall short of whimpering gasps – puffs against his ear with each exhale, tickling the skin of his neck in a way that makes him shiver. One of his hands slides down and over her shoulder so he can press it against the span between her shoulder blades, fingers fanning out over her spine. This lets him lean even further into her, her weight supported by his hand as she tilts her head back even further, giving him even more access to the skin of her neck.
Her hair falls away from her body, swaying beneath her head, and it brushes against the back of his hand like a whispering kiss ghosting across his skin. He shifts against her, the tip of his nose grazing the line of her jaw, before his mouth latches on to that tiny patch of skin just beneath her ear, behind her jaw. He draws the skin just so between his lips so he can caress it with his tongue with just enough pressure to make her squirm.
Mike knows enough by now to know that his mouth on this part of El’s neck drives her wild and he adds just that much more suction, taking care not to use too much and leave a hickey. El lets out a whimper that shoots straight down his spine, his name leaving her lips in a breathless cry soon after. That breathless cry – a gasped “Mike!” drenched in honey and lighter than air – sends heat roiling through him.
It makes him want – want to trail his hands down to the hem of her sweater to discover what lies beneath; want to let his palms drift down to where her skirt hits her thighs and dip his fingers up under to her hips to pull her closer; want to lower her down onto the table and wrap himself up in her – want, want, want. And he’s drowning in it with no air or end in sight.
But, of all those things he wants to do? He’s not ready for any of it. Not yet, at any rate – that horizon is still a little ways off. But that doesn’t stop him from needing something in the meantime to tide him over, to keep him from going mad entirely.
Mike reaches out blindly with one foot and manages to snag the leg of one of a chair with his ankle. He drags it over as his hands trail down El’s back to grab her hips, feeling every ridge of her ribcage and waist pass beneath his palms through the fabric of her sweater. Only pulling away long enough to make sure he’s not going to crash both of them down to the floor, Mike sits down roughly, pulling El with him so she’s sitting across his lap, her warmth pressing into him with the sweetest thrill known to man.
El lets out a squeal of surprise, but it trails off into a husky, breathless giggle. “Oh, such a good idea,” she murmurs, pleasure-drunk and giddy.
“Don’t know if you’ve heard,” Mike says, his own voice raspy and ragged. “But I’m smart.”
“Ooh, show me me how smart you are,” El says as she leans against him, arms wrapped around his neck, torso draped over his.
One of his arms wraps around her waist, but the other lays across the tops of her thighs, his palm curling around the curve of her bare skin, soft and luxurious. “Well, since you asked so nicely….” Mike trails off, kiss-swollen lips pulled up in a grin, before his mouth captures hers once more.
Until the bell rings, signaling the end of lunch and spurring a rush to make sure that clothes are all in order and hair’s not too messy, this is all there is: mouths teasing each other with kisses that set them on fire; bodies pressed together so they can’t tell where one ends and the other begins; lungs breathing and hearts beating as one, never wanting to stop.
This is all Mike needs – El and the sweet press of her mouth, the warm weight of her body, the way she makes him feel like the most amazing guy on the face of the planet as she kisses him and touches him.
For years, Mike’s considered himself to be the unluckiest guy in the world. But as long as he has this, as long as he has El, there’s nothing that can bring him down.
And the best part? No one has a damn clue.
Only, that’s not true.
…Well, it’s not entirely true. Because Will Byers suspects that something is up.
He doesn’t know what, but he knows that there’s something going on with Mike. And Will’s not stupid. Yeah, sure, he’s not as loud as the other guys. And he definitely struggles some with math (look, he’s gay, not a miracle worker). But Will notices things. He’s an observer, a cataloger of his friends’ moods and lives, content with hanging back a bit and being quiet while everyone else charges ahead.
It’s why he notices something’s up with Mike in the first place. Whatever it is happened right before Halloween. Because ever since then, Mike’s been withdrawn and distant – not surly, exactly, but oddly quiet, like he’s lost in his own head.
Will has to admit, he’s worried. It hasn’t been too long since the Homecoming fiasco in Will’s opinion, where El asked Mike to the dance and the ensuing drama caused days worth of angst and frustration for all involved, including Will, who ended up holding a crying girl and then yelling at his best friend. Really, not an experience he wants to relieve, thank you very much.
El seems fine, though – well, compared to Mike at any rate. Or, at least, Will’s pretty sure El’s fine. He may have gotten to know her fairly well over the past couple of months, but he’s not an expert in her moods by any stretch of the imagination. And Will knows El’s pretty good at keeping her true emotions under wraps. She’s proud and stubborn, like her dad, and Will hasn’t learned all her little tells enough in order to cut through the bullshit.
But, there’s nothing about El’s behavior that’s throwing off any red flags at all, so Will doesn’t think whatever’s going on with Mike has something to do with El.
For half a second, Will wonders if what’s going on with Mike has something to do with the Party. But he tosses that out almost as soon as he thinks it. All things considered, the Party has been pretty drama-free recently. Yeah, sure, they give each other shit every goddamn day, but that’s all part of their normal give and take, and none of it has lead to tempers exploding or feelings getting hurt.
So it’s also not that. Which means the only thing Will can think of is that it’s gotta be something with Mike’s family. Will knows Mike’s home life hasn’t always been the best. Like, not abusive or anything. But Mike’s said enough about his relationship with his parents and his parents’ relationship with each other for Will to know that not everything is good, not to mention the uncomfortable tension that permeates from every inch of the Wheeler household – low, insidious, barely noticeable unless you’re paying attention or spend enough time there. And Will’s done both many times over the years.
But he hasn’t spent much time over there lately – hasn’t really spent much time with Mike outside of school really. Except for a couple of days over the past month or so where the whole Party’s hung out together, everyone’s kinda been doing their own thing, what with school really picking up. But there is one person who’s been spending a lot of time with Mike recently – one person who’s been over at Mike’s house at least a couple of times a week and is spending hours with him outside of school.
And that person’s El.
It only occurs to him to actually ask on Friday the week before Thanksgiving. He and El are hanging out at his house because, in El’s immortal words, “Jim Hopper finally manned up and asked your mom out on a date, so he’s dropping me off to hang out when he picks your mom up.”
(Will’s not actually too freaked out by this or anything. His mom has been ridiculously happy since her and Hop started spending time together. And, well, it’s made home a happier place in general, which is really nice. So, if Hop makes her this happy, Will doesn’t think he really has any cause for complaint.)
So, Friday night, Hopper comes over and drops off El so the teens can order pizza and hang out in front of the TV while the adults have a nice date at a fancy restaurant downtown.
Will really likes hanging out with El, something he would have never been able to picture himself saying a few months ago when she first came to Hawkins. And it’s probably a good thing he does since, as he and El have talked about a handful of times, there’s a decent chance that they’re going to end up as step-siblings one day.
Which also means Will feels like he can talk to El about this and not worry what she’s going to think about the fact that he’s worrying.
“Hey, El?” Will asks, looking over at her. Off to the side, the movie they’re watching is still playing on the screen, almost drowning out the sound of his question.
El looks back over as Will grabs the remote to pause the movie. “Yeah?”
“I have a question for you.” Will shifts where he’s sitting on the couch, weight resting heavily on one hip as he presses his shoulder into the back cushion.
“Yeah, what is it?” El asks. She mirrors his pose, but draws her leg up so it’s folded between them.
Will sighs and resists the urge to bite his lips. “You’ve been hanging out with Mike a lot recently, right?”
There’s a pause, brief but heavy, and something flashes across El’s face. But, before Will can figure out what it is, the expression fades, leaving El looking back at him with almost casual curiosity, like he just asked her about the weather or something. “Um, yeah. But for, like, school and stuff.”
Will rolls his eyes. “Yeah, I know that. It’s just….” He trails off, sighing. “Well, you’ve been spending a lot of time with him – more than I have, anyway, and I’m worried about him.”
“Worried?” El echoes, brow furrowing, curiosity fading as concern takes its place.
“Yeah,” Will says, nodding, the word leaving him almost as a whisper. “Mike’s been… I dunno… distant, I guess? Like, he’s been ditching us during lunch a lot recently. And we’ve barely seen him outside of school. And when we do see him, he’s just… checked out.” Will pauses with a shrug. “And the only thing I can think of is that there’s something bothering him that he doesn’t want to tell us.”
For a long second, El just stares at him, eyes wide and mildly alarmed. “Well… what do you think it is?” El asks, leaning forward just a little, tongue flashing out to lick at her lips like she’s just getting even more worried and is nervous about it.
At El’s question, Will heaves a sigh. “I… I don’t know,” he admits after a moment. “Which is why I’m asking you. I know you haven’t known him long – and I know there’s, well, something going on with you guys and I’m not trying to get in the middle of it – but I wanted to know if you noticed Mike acting strange or depressed or anything. I know things can be weird at home for him, so maybe you heard or saw something? Anything?”
There’s another moment, where, once again, El just looks at him. Will swears if he looks close enough, he would be able to literally see the gears turning in her brain, and Will has no idea what it means. But she blinks and the look disappears, before she shakes her head. “Oh, um, no, I haven’t noticed him acting depressed,” El says. She smiles, a small quirk of the corner of her mouth, and gives Will a half shrug. “Sorry. Wish I could help.”
Will returns the small smile and waves a hand at her in dismissal. “Nah, it’s ok. I’ll figure it out. It’s just… nice to have some idea with Mike, you know? He can get a little–”
“Prickly?” El supplies, cutting Will off with a grin.
“Yeah, exactly,” Will says with a small laugh. “So, it’s better to be at least somewhat aware of the minefield I might be walking into.”
“Yeah, I know,” El says. “Wish I could help.”
“Me, too,” Will says as he reaches for the remote. “Just… if you do find out something, think you could give me a heads up?”
El doesn’t even miss a beat as she nods. “Oh, yeah, sure, of course. The second I find out something.”
Will smiles. “Ok, great. You’re the best, El.”
El really wishes she knew why she picked now to say something.
It’s not that she didn’t want to say something – she’s been thinking about what Will asked her nearly non-stop since it happened – it’s really more of when her brain decides it’s a good time to say something that she has a problem with.
Because, seriously, who picks “furiously making out with her boyfriend” as a good time to start a serious conversation?
It’s Saturday night, the day after Will asked her if she knew if Mike was hiding something and she lied when she said she didn’t. Straight up, bald-faced lied to her friend.
El hasn’t really decided what to say to Mike about any of this yet. Every time they so much as inch towards talking about going public with their relationship, Mike starts to get, well… squirmy, is about the only way El can think of to put it. And she gets it, she really does. Mike spooks easily – understandable given what he’s been through – and he just needs time to adjust.
But he deserves to know people are starting to ask questions. And the two of them constantly sneaking off to go make out isn’t helping.
(but, el has to admit, sneaking around like this is beyond exciting. it feels naughty, like something good girls don’t do and it’s heady and addicting. and though el can’t wait for the day when she and mike will no longer be sneaking around, there’s part of her that’s going to miss the thrill of this, of getting away with something she shouldn’t be.)
But El has to figure out how to bring it up and, though she’s spent the whole day with Mike, she hasn’t yet figured out a good time to do it.
Technically, it shouldn’t even be something she’s thinking about right now.
They spend a good chunk of the afternoon and early evening working on their US History project, somehow managing to keep their hands to themselves for the most part. But that all goes out the window when they go to grab dinner before Mike drives her home.
So, they grab dinner at Benny’s, holding hands under the cover of the table, trying to look as casual as possible since there are other kids from school there, too. It helps that neither Mike or El look like they’re going out on a date (which they’re not, not really), so it really just looks like two friends grabbing dinner.
There are plenty of opportunities during dinner to bring up what Will asked El, or even earlier when they were working on school stuff. But El doesn’t take advantage of any of them. And, when they decide to pull off on a secluded stretch of road between her house and Will’s, the trees hiding the car from what little traffic uses that stretch of road at that time of day, El knows that her chance to say something is gone for the rest of the day.
El and Mike have gotten this part of the routine down pretty good by now – park Mike’s car somewhere secluded, fold down the back seats, and lay side-by-side on the blankets and pillows Mike has started keeping stashed in his car. And, with the back seats folded down, there’s plenty of room for them to stretch out and snuggle up.
Or, in this particular instance, plenty of room for them to lay side by side, limbs entangled, mouths pressed together as they exchange deep, fiery kisses. The car is filled with the sounds of their heavy breathing, punctuated by panting moans and desperate gasps.
El’s hands are in his hair, fingers weaving through thick black locks, while Mike’s are on her back and hips, the heat of his hands bleeding through her clothes and down to her skin, his touch firm and growing more confident by the minute. His fingers start flirting with the hem of her sweater – plucking at it occasionally, thumbs running up underneath it along the denim of her jeans – and a nervous, excited flutter ripples in her heartbeat each time he does it.
El wants – wants to feel his touch up under her sweater, wants to explore that – and the tiny frisson of nervousness at the thought of actually experiencing it is the only thing that keeps her from grabbing Mike’s hand and pushing up onto the bare skin of her waist… or higher.
Soon, though. Soon there’s nothing that’s going to be able to hold back the desire that sweeps through her veins like wildfire, nothing that’s going to be able to stop her from going after what she wants, what she’s starting to crave despite never having felt anything like it before. Lord, this is why they don’t like teenagers to be left alone….
All it confirms is that Mike Wheeler, with his sinful lips and shivering touch, is the best kind of dangerous, entirely too tempting for his own good.
His mouth leaves hers, gliding along the skin of her cheek on an unerring path for her ear, and El can’t help the way she arches into him, can’t help the way her legs shift where they’re tangled with his with interwoven knees and ankles hooking around calves. God, she wants to pull him into her, wants to consume and be consumed by him.
The thought of what that might entail combines with the feeling of Mike’s lips wrapping around the sensitive skin of her earlobe and it makes her shiver and gasp, fingers clutching even tighter where they’re entwined in his hair. And when when he nibbles lightly on the skin of her ear? God, her eyes nearly roll all the way to the back of her skull and she completely loses all sense of rational thought.
So, naturally… “I think Will’s starting to suspect something.”
The sound of her voice, breathy and high-pitched, drops a crystalline stillness over the atmosphere of the car, leaving the air feeling heavy and brittle. They both freeze, Mike still with his mouth at her ear, El with her head arched back so he can more easily access the skin there, and it takes them a couple of long moments to pull back enough to look at each other.
El wonders what the fuck took over her brain-to-mouth filter as she looks at Mike, who’s staring back at her, wide-eyed confusion beginning to bleed through the dark, heavy passion in his gaze. “What?” he asks, brow furrowing. His voice is raspy and shiver-inducing and El wishes it was telling her how beautiful she was instead of questioning her sanity.
But, she unintentionally started this, so now she’s going to have to intentionally finish it. Her fingers relax their grip in his hair, sliding down to the back and sides of his neck. “Yesterday, when I was hanging out with Will. He asked me if there was something going on with you, if there was something wrong. He’s worried – he’s noticed you’ve been spending a lot of time away from the others – and he asked me if I knew anything.”
Mike’s grip on her hips tightens, fingers digging into the flesh through her jeans. “What did you say?” He sounds concerned and curious, but not overly alarmed – maybe a little annoyed, too, but El doesn’t think that’s directed at her.
El shrugs. “I said I didn’t know anything. But he asked me to let him know if I found out anything.” She pauses, chewing on her lower lip, the skin swollen from the fervor of Mike’s kisses. “I don’t know how much longer we’re going to be able to keep this from everyone. Maybe we should just start telling people?”
El immediately knows it’s the wrong thing to say with the way Mike’s eyes widen. “El, I don’t – I just–” he struggles to get out, voice tight and scared.
“I know, I know,” El hurries to say, the words barely given breath in the hushed interior of the car. “And I’m not trying to pressure you, I just….” She trails off with a sigh filled with poignant longing. “It’s just getting harder to keep hiding this from everyone. Don’t you think it’ll be easier if we don’t have to hide?”
Mike relaxes and smiles, trying to go for what El assumes is charming, but she can see the tension in the lines of his face. “I don’t know, it’s kind of nice having this just be something for only you and me.”
“I’m not suggesting we invite other people along when we do this, you know,” El says, one eyebrow arching. “It’ll still just be you and me, just people will actually know about it.” She sighs. “I’m starting to get tired of hiding. I just want to let everyone know you’re mine and I’m yours.”
“I’m yours and you’re mine, huh?” Mike says, cheeks flushing pink as awe swells into his gaze. “I like the sound of that….” His voice trails off in a raspy whisper as he starts to lean back in, head tilting to kiss her once more.
“Mike, I’m serious,” El says, moving her head back a fraction of an inch, mouth just outside the reach of his lips.
Mike sighs and leans in – not with his lips, but with his forehead, resting it against hers in a beautifully intimate gesture that makes her heart feel all fluttery. “I know, I know,” he says, sounding resigned, like she’s given him a death warrant or something. “Soon, I promise. I just… I really like that this is something only we know, something just for us. I don’t like sharing.” There’s an undercurrent of heat, of possession in his voice and El shivers, tendrils of heat beginning to wrap low around her belly.
“You promise?” El asks. Despite the pang of disappointment that thuds against her heart – soon isn’t now, after all; soon means hiding and pretending for a while longer – her words come out a tad breathless as that earlier heat spreads into her veins, fire reigniting in her blood once more.
“Promise,” Mike says with a whisper-soft kiss that makes her heart skip a beat in her chest. “Give me a little more time. And I’ll talk to Will so he doesn’t bother you with this again.”
“Thanks,” El says as relief breezes through her. “I really didn’t like having to lie to Will.”
“I know, and I’m sorry you got stuck between me and my friends,” Mike says. “I’ll make it better, I swear.”
Mike sounds so sincere, so earnest – looking at her with wide, open eyes filled with hope and reassurance – that El can’t help but believe him, believe that he can do anything and everything. “You better,” El says, lips curling in a pout despite the beginnings of a smile that threaten to break out on her face.
“So, can we get back to making out, or…?” Mike asks and his own lips twist up with a grin that does funny things to her insides. Something on her face must give her away, because Mike doesn’t wait for her to answer before he kisses her again, mouth full and lush, lips gliding against hers in a way that robs her of her ability to think.
El lets herself fall, swept away by the passion of Mike’s mouth on hers, of his hands on her body, of his limbs tangled up with hers like he never ever wants to be separated from her… everything just about perfect.
Or, it will be perfect.
Soon.
The thing is, though, what Mike will eventually tell himself when everything falls apart, is that when he tells El “soon” during that steamy evening in his car, he really means it – 100%, honest-to-god means it.
For as anxiety-ridden as he is about people nosing about their business when everyone finds out that he and El are together, even he’s starting to get tired of hiding it. The number of times he finds himself starting to reach for El’s hand or catching himself leaning over to give her a kiss when they’re in public grows by the day, and Mike knows it’s only a matter of time before he slips up. And, before he does, Mike at least wants to tell the Party about his relationship with El so they don’t find out second-hand that he’s dating the most popular girl in school.
After Thanksgiving break, Mike tells himself after he gets home from dropping of El, having mulled this over in the car the entire time. He’ll give himself one more week of keeping this to himself, of luxuriating in the thrill of it, before he gives El the go ahead to let everyone know… after he tells his friends, of course.
But for one more week, though, he’ll let himself live in this fantasy before he tackles what he knows will be the hardest thing of all: bearing the burden of everyone gossiping about him. But, he knows, with El at his side, he’ll be able to weather it just fine.
And after that? Well, there’ll be nothing big to worry about – nothing except the normal trials and tribulations of being a nerdy junior in high school with an amazingly gorgeous girlfriend.
He just knows it.
Only, Mike doesn’t know it.
In fact, there’s a lot Mike doesn’t know.
In Mike’s meager defense, though, for the past month or so, almost all of his emotional energy has gone into El – does she like me, does she not like me, oh god she does, oh god we’re kissing now – to the point that there’s no room for anything else.
Especially, and most importantly, noticing the fact that his parents’ marriage has completely imploded.
Mike doesn’t know that his parents have been slowing falling out of love with each other for the past several years.
Mike doesn’t know that his mom wakes up one day in the middle of November – panic clawing at her throat, stealing her breath, oh god where did it all go so wrong? – and realizes that she can’t do this anymore.
Mike doesn’t know that his mom’s epiphany made her sit her and her husband down late one night and have an honest talk about their relationship before deciding that continuing on like this isn’t fair to either of them.
Mike doesn’t know that his parents are getting a divorce and are waiting until after Thanksgiving to say something to their son.
But he’s about to.
A soft knock on his door, his parents standing in the doorway – his mom with one fist lightly held at her side, his dad behind her with his hands in his pockets, solemn expressions on both of their faces – his mom in a quiet voice, “Mike, we need to talk.”
This is how it starts.
Or, rather, how it ends.
And Mike has no idea what’s about to happen.
It’s the day after Thanksgiving. Mike’s just hanging out in his room, laptop showing Youtube videos while he lounges on his bed, back against the headboard with one knee drawn up to prop up his laptop.
The house is quiet, peacefully so. Holly’s at a friend’s house, Mike doesn’t have to compete against her noisy chaos as he relaxes before he gets ready to head over to El’s tomorrow. They have plans to go out to a restaurant one town over – their own sort of Thanksgiving, is how El’s putting it – and Mike’s glad for the peace and quiet as he mentally gears up to spend the next day with El.
Because Mike is going to tell El that he’s done hiding. After he tells the rest of the Party on Sunday, the two of them are free to let whole world find out as they want. Whether it’s just holding hands in the hall or kissing in the middle of the cafeteria or making an announcement over the intercom, Mike doesn’t care. Because he wants to be with El.
Mike feels like he’s in a really good spot right now. School’s going good, Zach hasn’t bothered him in weeks (he’s still licking his wounds after El kicked his ass at Stacey’s Halloween thing), and the Party has never been stronger.
And things with him and El? Amazing. Yeah, they spend a lot of their free time doing decidedly non-talking things with their mouths and their hands are starting to wander to places that are definitely not appropriate to touch in public. But while they’re in school or spending time doing homework? God, they have some of the best conversations Mike’s ever had with another person in his entire life.
El is smart and funny and has a wicked sense of humor that catches him off guard with its slyness. She’s cute and a little silly, but gorgeous inside and out, really the nicest person he’s ever known. Mike never knew he could feel so in sync with another person like this and it’s nearly as addicting as the feel of her mouth on his. There’s something special between him and El, and Mike has never felt more hopeful for the future.
So, yeah, Mike’s done hiding. He’s ready to go all in, to embrace this with arms wide open and grab it with both hands and all those other cliched metaphors.
Mike wants to be with El and nothing is going to stop him.
And then his mom knocks on his door a little before 1 in the afternoon, his dad looming behind her, and says those five little words: “Mike, we need to talk.”
Mike looks away from his screen at the sound of his mom’s knock, fingers already moving to pause his video. Any reply his has to his mom’s knock dies on his lips at the look on his parents’ faces, words turning to ash on his tongue.
But it’s his mom’s statement that has his stomach curdling.
In the space of a heartbeat, Mike’s brain starts spinning, thoughts whirling, trying to think of what his parents could need to talk to him about that would make his mom sound like that, put those looks on his parents’ faces. Oh god, someone died. – He did something wrong and is in trouble. – They found out about El and they don’t approve.
Mike’s tongue flashes out to wet his lips, his throat suddenly having gone dry. “Mom?” he croaks out, heart facing in his chest. His palms have gone clammy, he notices as he sets his laptop on the bed, and a frisson of fear and unease ripples down his spine. Dread pools heavy in his stomach and Mike feels the beginnings of queasiness slither through his veins.
Mike’s mom sighs, the sound thready and shaky. “Come downstairs, please. This isn’t something to discuss in your room.”
Mike gulps and looks over at his dad, who just nods, one hand coming up to adjust his glasses. “Listen to your mother, son.” His dad sounds dour and Mike’s stomach threatens to sink down to his toes. God, this must be really bad, whatever it is.
“Ok,” Mike says in a quiet voice, sounding, feeling, closer to 8 than 18. He clambers out of bed, feeling awkward and shaky, and follows his parents downstairs in a silent, somber march. And, the whole time, Mike feels like a man being led to his death, like what awaits him on the other end is his execution.
He’s never been more scared in his entire life.
His parents lead him into the living room, which is really the one room in the house Mike doesn’t go in. Partly it’s that there’s really no reason for him to do so, but it’s mostly because his mom doesn’t like it when her kids go in there when there’s no company over, claiming that the furniture is too nice for them to, quote, “climb all over it like little hellions,” end quote.
So, if his parents want to have this talk in the living room, it’s not just really bad.
It’s catastrophic.
Mike sits down on the sofa and watches as his mom settles down near him, on the end closest to the armchair where his dad has decided to sit. He stares at them, gaze flicking back and forth between them.
His dad is sitting, leaning forward with his elbows perched on his knees, hands loosely clasped between them, like he’s trying to make himself look approachable. But Ted Wheeler has never been approachable for as long as Mike can remember, so his dad just looks awkwardly hunched over, the pose stiff and unfamiliar.
But it’s his mom that’s making Mike want to sink into the sofa and never come out. She’s sitting there, back straight, knees pressed together, hands gripping each other tightly in her lap. She’s looking at Mike with eyes that are too glassy and lips pressed together in a thin line, she’s trying to hold it together and is one wrong move from failing entirely.
The silence stretches on for about 5 more seconds than is remotely comfortable, so Mike clears his throat, words coming out shakily as he speaks. “So, um, what did you need to talk to me about?” he asks, brow furrowing as he keeps looking back and forth between his parents.
His parents look at each other, gazes heavy, eyes having a silent conversation in the space of a second that Mike can’t even begin to decipher before they refocus on him. “Your father and I have something we need to tell you,” his mom says, wringing her fingers. She draws in a trembling breath and tries to smile, but it just looks like a grimace, painful and stabbing. “And before we do, I just want you to know that your father and I love you so much.”
Mike both wants to know and would be willing to do anything to avoid what might be coming next. He feels like he’s going to throw up, nerves buzzing with fearful, nervous energy, making him feel almost numb. Anything he might want to say gets stuck in his throat, which is thick with paralyzing emotion.
His mom takes in one more deep breath, eyes closing for a brief moment with lashes fluttering before she looks at him with forced bravery. “Mike, your father and I are getting a divorce.”
Oh.
And, with that, the bottom falls out of, well… everything – out of everything he thought he knew, out of the foundational truths at the core of who he is as a person. Yeah, sure, Mike knows that his parents don’t have the most loving relationship – he’s not an idiot. But… they’re his parents. And parents are supposed to stay together.
Mike’s parents have just always been there, a hovering omnipresent force in his life – mostly lingering in the background, but there if he ever needed anything. What’s he going to do when that’s no longer the case? What’s going to happen to him and Holly, to their life, the only one they’ve ever known?
Mike feels shattered, raw and exposed. A lump rises in his throat, saliva hot and metallic, and his stomach is in freefall. His eyes burn and the corners feel tight around the edges, like they’re about to collapse into his head, dense and heavy.
“Wh-what? Why?” Mike’s aware his voice sounds like a small, scared child. But that’s exactly how he feels right now. He’s lost and confused and he wants his parents to comfort him… only his parents are the source of what’s wrong with him and something inside Mike shrivels and dies.
“Sometimes, people just fall out of love with each other,” his mom says – it seems like his dad’s role is to just sit there and stare. “Your father and I haven’t been happy for a long time and it’s not fair to you to pretend like everything is alright when it isn’t.”
“But… but what about Holly? And Christmas? And school?” Mike asks, voice pitching with panic, as he reaches out with metaphorical fingers, grasping for anything to hold this together, to keep the frayed edges from separating forever. His hands are clenched in fists on top of his legs, one knee bouncing with anxiety, and Mike swears that his fingernails digging into his palms is the only thing keeping him from passing out.
“We’re going to tell Holly when we think she’s ready – she’s still a little young for this,” his mom says. “Once you’re both out of school for the winter, I’m going to take Holly with me to your grandparents’ house until Christmas, so she can start to get used to living apart. And, though your father is going to stay in Hawkins, you’re welcome to come with me, if you want.” His mom’s voice is small, thready, but strong like steel wire. And, much as Mike doesn’t want to admit this, this is the most real his mom has sounded in a long time, like she’s woken up from a long, hazy nap.
But leave Hawkins? Leave his friends and his classes and everything he knows?
Leave El?
Yeah, there’s only a couple of weeks between the start of Christmas break and actual Christmas day, but that’s two weeks too long.
So Mike swallows heavily and shakes his head. “I can’t,” he forces out in a tight voice. “I just… school… and my friends, I….”
His mom holds up a hand, sympathy draping over her expression. “I understand, Mike. It’s ok – I know your friends mean a lot to you and I don’t want to take them away from you..”
Mike nods, but it feels absent, like someone else is nodding his head for him, just a puppet on a string. His vision narrows and it feels like he’s looking at himself from outside his body, disassociated. “What about after? After Christmas?” he says and his own voice sounds like it’s coming from the other end of a long tunnel.
His parents exchange another one of their looks, long and almost cringingly sympathetic. “Well, we’ll see. There’s a lot to figure out, sweetheart,” his mom says. “One of us is probably going to move out, but whatever move we make, you and Holly are always gonna have a choice.”
“I don’t wanna move schools,” Mike blurts out, panic inching up into his words. He’s starting to feel like he can’t breathe and his chest is too tight, ribcage too inflexible.
“And you don’t have to if you don’t want to,” his mom hurries to say. “You only have a year and a half left in high school – it’d be wrong to move you now. I just –” His mom pauses, lips pressing together. “I just hope you can understand why this is happening. It’s not that we don’t love you, but your father and I need to do what’s best for us, what’ll be best for everyone.”
“It’ll all be ok, son,” his dad finally says. There’s barely any emotion in his dad’s voice, like he’s commenting on how nice the weather is or something, and a switch starts to flip over in Mike’s chest, burning hot and fierce. Mike buries it, not trusting what’ll happen if he doesn’t, but it doesn’t stop the smolder of anger from stoking in his chest.
God, fuck this – fuck everything. Everything was perfect and now? Now it’s unrecognizable.
Mike’s hands are trembling and he raises one so he can press his knuckles against his sternum while his face goes stony. He knows he looks both angry and shut down, but Mike doesn’t care. He’s just received the shock of his life; he figures he’s due at least a little leeway.
“Can I be excused?” he says, short and clipped. He sighs, knowing that was maybe too harsh. “I just, I need–”
“Yes, of course,” his mom says, reaching out to touch him for the first time since this whole thing started. “Take all the time you need. I can’t imagine how much of a shock this must be for you.”
Mike doesn’t say anything as he gets up from the sofa. God, he can barely look at his parents right now, never mind talk to them. A flash of memory, unbidden, rises to the forefront of his mind: last night, the dining room, the family minus Nancy eating dinner, laughing and talking, surrounded by warmth… a happy family, spending time with each other.
All of it a lie.
He heads up to his room, stumbling a little on unsteady legs. He feels like he’s floating the entire time, but he somehow manages to grab his jacket and phone before his fingers curl around his keys, operating mostly on autopilot as he heads back the other way.
Mike doesn’t even say goodbye as he heads out the door and away from his house, away from what he thought he knew, which lies in ruins behind him.
He doesn’t know where he’s going as he climbs into the driver’s seat – just away.
So Mike drives, hazily and without aim, numbness creeping inside and spreading through him like a cancer until he feels hollow and barely human. He drives for almost an hour, winding his way around the roads woven through the land that surrounds Hawkins. His phone buzzes a couple of times – Mike notices Nancy’s name flash across the screen, so it’s obvious his mom has told her, too – but he doesn’t take his hands away from the steering wheel to grab it and answer. Instead, he just stares out the windshield, lost in a fog, numb and cold.
Mike doesn’t notice the scenery that passes him by, doesn’t notice any of the leafless trees or barren fields, doesn’t notice any of it. How can he when nothing has any meaning anymore, when he feels like he’ll never understand anything ever again?
But then he finds himself on a familiar road, one that brings warmth slamming back into his chest, reaching for his soul with seductive tendrils, calling to him with its gentle siren song.
The road to El’s house.
Suddenly, everything inside of him does a 180. What was was cold and dead and hollow is filled with need, with a yearning so rich, it makes his heart hurts and his head spin.
El, with her shining beauty and sparkling warmth and gentle soul, calls out to him like a beacon in the darkness and Mike’s powerless to resist.
He makes the immediate next turn that’ll lead him to her house, spurred on by an overpowering force that leaves him feeling antsy and anxious.
El will drive out the darkness that’s taking root in his heart, will make him feel warm and alive and like he’s not dying inside. Mike just wants to forget that any of this is happening. He wants El to make it all go away, wants her to give him what he needs right this moment.
Mike just wants El to make this all better.
In the way that only she can.
El startles at the sound of the doorbell.
The first thing she does is grab her phone and check it for missed text messages or calls, fingernails scraping against the fabric of her comforter as she picks up her phone. Maybe, she thinks, someone let her know earlier that they were stopping by and she just didn’t get the memo.
But there’s nothing she missed, so El’s going to have to get up and answer the door blindly.
Alone.
For a moment, old habits die hard and El hesitates. Back in New York, El would almost never answer the door if she didn’t know who was knocking. It had been drilled into her by her dad’s vigilance and her own paranoia that New York is a city full of weirdos and who knows what could have been waiting for her on the other side of the door.
But, El has to remind herself for what feels like the hundredth time that Hawkins is not New York.
Probably just a neighbor needing something from Dad, El thinks as she reaches for her Playstation controller to pause the episode of “Brooklyn Nine-Nine” she’s watching (nostalgia’s temporarily overtaken her and the show kinda reminds her of time spent in her dad’s old precinct) before sliding off her bed.
The house, without the sound of her show playing in her room, is eerily quiet. Hop volunteered a while ago to work the day after Thanksgiving to give the guys who worked the actual holiday some time to spend with their families. So it’s just her around the house, lounging around in the PJs she fell asleep in the night before (a thin, grey scoop-necked tank top and equally thin pale purple PJ pants), watching Netflix and being relaxed and comfy.
El’s bare feet are whisper-soft against the carpet of the hallway and stairs as she heads down, and she occupies her hands with quickly redoing the loose bun her hair’s been up in all day.
El’s only a couple of steps from the bottom of the staircase when the doorbell rings for a second time. “Yeah, yeah, I’m coming. Keep your pants on,” she mutters, the snappy retort let free under her breath as she barely resists the urge to roll her eyes. Her fingers flick over the latch for the deadbolt before her hand curls around the doorknob so she can pull the door open to reveal….
“Mike?” El blinks up at her boyfriend (secret boyfriend, but boyfriend nonetheless). It’s not that she doesn’t want to see him or doesn’t like being surprised like this. She’s just a little confused and caught off guard, is all.
Well… she’s also a little concerned, she realizes as she takes a closer look. Mike is devastatingly handsome as usual – wearing dark blue jeans and a crimson pullover, hair its usual tousled mess – but it’s the look on his face that’s getting to her.
Mike’s looking down at her with an expression that is just overwhelming with how intense it is. His cheeks are flushed, partly from the cold, and his lips are parted just so, like he’s not sure if he’s going to speak or kiss her. And the look in his eyes is dark, needy, threatening to drown her in the sensations it sets off inside of her – stomach swooping, heart racing, every nerve buzzing as warmth, hot and heavy, bleeds through into her veins.
Her breath catches in her throat and El feels almost weightless, dizzy. “Mike,” she repeats, high-pitched and airy. “What–?”
What are you doing here? What’s going on? What’s up? Any one of those questions is equally likely to have come out of her mouth.
Only El’s never going to know which one it would have been because she’s barely able to get the first word out before Mike swoops in and captures her mouth with his, one hand cupping her cheek while the other curls around the curve of her waist to pull her in close.
It’s a dizzying kiss – hot and desperate – and El arches against him, gasping into his mouth. Mike takes that as an invitation, it seems, tongue sweeping into her mouth, demanding a response as he lays claim to her, the move full of bold and knowing confidence.
El lets Mike sweep her away – the sudden passion like a tide pulling her out to sea – and her hands frantically grab at him to help keep her upright as her knees turn to jelly. One hand wraps around his forearm near her face while the other grabs on to the front of his shirt. He’s warm to the touch, even through the thick fabric of his pullover, and her fingers itch to creep up under the layers, to feel the smooth warmth of his skin with her bare hands.
Heat roils through her at the thought and El thinks she might pass out with the combination of the urge and the fervor of Mike’s kisses. But before she can do something sinfully stupid – like pull him down with her onto the floor or push him up against a wall – Mike pulls away with a suddenness that has her gasping for breath, feeling a little like she’s been doused with cold water.
El looks up at Mike and almost swoons at what she sees. He’s looking down at her with pure need, eyes dark and intense. El feels… exposed, is the only word for it, vulnerable and desired. She feels heavily underdressed in only a thin tank top and PJ pants (god, she’s not even wearing a bra, for crying out loud) and she feels almost naked even though she’s really not. It’s just how Mike’s looking down at her, fervent and desperate, like he’ll die if she doesn’t take pity on him.
“Sorry about that,” Mike says, voice rough and raspy. “I just… needed that.”
Mike’s tone of voice makes El think that the past tense is a lie and she can’t help the way part of her preens under Mike’s regard. As always, there’s that awe in his gaze as he stares down at her, only it’s mixing with the need there too and it makes her feel all gooey inside. “Nothing to be sorry for,” El says and, lord, she sounds coquettish and breathless all at the same time. She can’t help it, though – she just feels so much for him.
Mike smiles down at her, looking almost bashful as he does so. God, how can he go from intense and passionate to sweet and shy from one breath to the next? It’s just not right. “I’m, um, not interrupting anything, am I?”
“Nope, just watching TV in my room. My dad’s at work, so I have the house to myself,” El says, blithely cavalier with that particular detail.
“Oh, really?” Mike asks, eyes darkening once more.
El giggles and twists out of Mike’s embrace, skipping a little as she goes to close the door behind him. “Really,” she says as she turns back around. She reaches for him, palm flat on his chest right over his sternum, and she looks up at him through her lashes, feeling powerful as a thrill runs through her. She knows she shouldn’t be doing this. But something inside of her has woken up and El’s powerless to resist. “You wanna join me?”
Mike’s smile twists up even further, the sweetness of his smile disappearing as he grins, knowing and eager. “That depends. What are you watching?”
“‘Brooklyn Nine-Nine’,” she says, voice turning more and more breathless by the moment.
“Hmm, an excellent choice,” Mike says. “Definitely worth sticking around for.”
El resists the urge to snort. “Yes, because that’s what you’re here for: quality TV.”
“Exactly.”
El lets her hand slide down Mike’s chest so she can grab his hand, fingers weaving with his as she pulls him along towards the stairs. She doesn’t say anything – instead, she just gives him a smile over her shoulder, letting the curve of her lips do the talking for her.
They make it up to her room in complete silence. The air between them is thick and heavy, almost stifling with the tension that permeates around them.
El lets go of Mike’s hand so she can settle back onto her bed, back resting against the pillows as she focuses on watching Mike. Under her watchful eye, he toes off his shoes and yanks his pullover up over his head, revealing a white t-shirt underneath. El is mesmerized by the band of skin above the waist of his jeans that is revealed as his shirt rucks up and she finds herself pouting a little as Mike resettles his shirt, fingers yanking it back down after he drops his pullover to the ground.
Mike looks over at her and the look on his face tells her he knows she was staring at him. But despite the flush that blossoms on her cheeks, El holds Mike’s gaze, unwilling to be embarrassed for checking him out. After all, he’s ridiculously cute and she’s only human; how exactly is she supposed to resist?
Mike settles next to her, propped up on the pillows like her, and El wastes no time in snuggling up next to him, making sure she has her Playstation controller in one hand as she pillows her head high up on Mike’s chest, right beneath his shoulder, and hooks her knee over his lower thigh. It’s a startlingly intimate position and it makes El feel all warm inside even though she’s very well aware of the fact that it’s kinda risqué.
Mike doesn’t seem to mind, though (yes, why would an almost 17-year old guy mind his girlfriend draping herself all over him?). A low moan of contentment rumbles from deep in his throat, vibrating against El’s ear, and his arm circles around her lower back, hand curled low around her hip.
El’s heart stutters at his touch, gentle and thrilling at the same time, and she hurries to unpause the show so she can drop the controller and curl her arm up on Mike’s chest. And then Mike’s other hand comes up to cover hers, pressing her palm against his sternum, and El just melts. She never wants him to leave.
Think my dad would mind if my boyfriend moved in? El thinks, barely suppressing a giggle, but totally unable to stop her lips from curving up on a giddy smile.
El finds that paying attention to what’s happening on the screen is suddenly completely beyond her ability. Not that El needs to pay attention – she’s seen each episode at least once before. Besides, El’s convinced that no one would blame her for not paying attention when her boyfriend is warm and snuggly, firm where she’s pressed against him, holding her so sweetly she never wants him to stop.
And that’s before he starts touching her.
It starts maybe a couple of minutes after El unpauses the show. Nothing major, at least not at first – the gentle touch of his fingertip drawing circles along the top of her hip, right above the waistband of her PJ pants. The fabric of her tank top is a poor shield and El almost feels like she might as well not even be wearing a shirt for as little as it masks the feeling of Mike touching her.
Mike’s not content to do this forever, it seems. After a bit, he starts drawing bigger circles, graduating eventually to tracing his fingertips across her hips, waist, and lower back, each sweep a little more bold than the last. Every so often, his touch trails over just the right spot, igniting every nerve and making her shiver. Heat builds inside her, slow and steady, making her squirmy, until she can’t take it anymore. If Mike’s trying to make her all hot and bothered, then mission accomplished.
But before El can figure out what she’s going to do about these feelings, Mike speaks. “El?” Her eyes are still on the screen (even though she’s not really looking at it), but if his face looks anything like his voice sounds, than El’s sure it’s devastating. Because Mike’s voice is low and raspy, dipped in warm honey, drowning her in butterflies.
“Yeah?” The word escapes her as barely anything more than a breath of air and she knows she sounds as overwhelmed as she feels.
But, after a second, Mike still hasn’t said anything, the silence thick and heavy between them, so El reaches for the controller and pauses the show once more, fingers trembling as she hits the button.
El looks over at Mike but she has no time to process any of how he’s looking at her. Because the second her gaze locks with his, Mike kisses her and her eyes flutter shut, her breath stuttering in her chest at the sudden feel of his mouth on hers. The hand not on her back dives into the loose bun her hair’s held up in, palm cradling the side of her head, and El can’t stop herself from doing the same. Mike’s hair is soft to the touch – thick, silky strands of pure midnight – and El can’t get enough of it.
And then Mike’s mouth opens, lips tugging against hers as he nibbles on her lower lip, and El just falls.
She’s painfully aware of the position they’re in as they trade heavy, open-mouthed kisses, all clutching hands and panting breaths. She’s half laying on top of him, pressed fully against his side from sternum to hip and, god help her, she wants to be closer. She feels like she’s flying, like she’s going to slip free from gravity’s weighty hold any second and float on up into a world of pure sensation, one that’s attuned to the thrumming beat of her heart, of the heat that pounds through her veins.
El feels like she should be nervous, like she should need to take a moment to think about what’s happening. Only she’s with Mike and this feels like the most natural thing in the universe, like there’s nowhere else she needs to be, nothing else she needs to be doing… no one else she should ever be with.
A whimper leaves her throat at the startling realization and she knows she has to put that thought into action. She needs to show him how she feels, needs to let him know how good he makes her feel. Both of his hands are on her back now, fingers splayed as his palms press into her, warm through her tank top. He sweeps his touch up and down her torso, fingers creeping closer and closer with each pass to touching her where she’s never been touched… and where she, suddenly, very desperately wants him to touch.
Inspired and overwhelmed, El drags her mouth away from Mike’s, letting her lips trail along the skin of his jaw and then down his neck. He gasps, the sound tickling her ear, and he grips her tight, his fingers digging in high on the sides of her ribcage, pulling at the fabric of her shirt. El moans at the firm touch and continues to drag her mouth across his skin, leaving nipping kisses in her wake.
Her hand slides down as her mouth nears the collar of his shirt, fingers fisting at the fabric right over his heart so she can pull the collar aside. She can feel the rapid thump of Mike’s heart beneath her fingers, strong through layers of bone and skin and muscle, and it just spurs her on. Emboldened, she licks the stripe of skin along the length of his collarbone and his voice rumbles against her ear in a desperate oh god before she begins planting suckling kisses along the trail her tongue just blazed.
“El, please,” Mike manages to say in a strangled voice and the desperate, ragged edge to his voice as El lifting her head so she can look at him.
El gasps at what she finds. The look in Mike’s eyes is dark, limitless need, all directed at her. He looks at her as if he’ll die if he looks at anything else, like he can never tear his gaze away. His cheeks are flushed and his lips are swollen from their kisses and he’s the most beautiful sight El’s ever seen. “Please what?” she asks, all high-pitched and breathy.
“I need you. I just….” He trails off, tongue flashing out to lick his lips. “I need you,” he repeats, the words coming out in a ragged whisper as he all but begs, pleading with her to end whatever suffering life has inflicted on him.
El doesn’t even think before she acts, moving before she’s really aware of what she’s going, and she’s so far from caring, it’s not even funny. She sits up and swings her leg over Mike, knee planting just outside his hip as her weight settles on top of his thighs.
Mike freezes, gaze locked on her face the entire time. His eyes go wide, lips parting just so, awe and shock writ large in his eyes,with more than a little excitement mixing in for good measure. He’s looking up at her like he can’t believe she’s real, like never in his wildest dreams did he ever imagine someone like her being with someone like him.
Mike’s warm beneath her and she reaches for him, one arm draping over the top of his shoulder while the other reaches for his hand, fingers gently curling around his palm. Her breath leaves her in a trembling rush as she guides his hand down to the hem of her tank top… and then up underneath it.
Both of them gasp as his palm meets the bare skin of her waist and a shudder runs through El that she doesn’t even try to suppress. “You have me. Whatever you need, I’m here,” El says, unable to stop the words that spill from her lips.
Mike lets out a shaky breath and the time for talking is over. El leans over, lips meeting his once more as she surrenders herself wholly to him. And it doesn’t take long – from the touch of his hands, the glide of his lips, the way he’s pressed against her – until she stops thinking entirely.
Mike lets himself get lost in everything El’s offering to him; lets himself get entangled with her, unable to tell where he ends and she begins, as forgets everything but her.
(the way she feels, the way she sounds and tastes and looks and smells… he’s ensnared, caught in her web. he drowns in the sweet fire of her mouth, the sounds she makes as he explores places he’s never dreamed of exploring before, the way she looks as she loses herself to pure sensation, pulling him along with her. heart racing, skin buzzing, oh god how did i get so lucky – cocooned in the soft warmth of her room, lit from within by the heat of her through their clothes. he never knew it could feel this way.
he never wants to experience this with anyone else.)
Mike just wants to live in this moment forever, alone with El and no one else. He doesn’t want, doesn’t need anyone else as long as he has her. El’s the only thing keeping him together, the only thing keeping him sane. And he holds on to that tight, addicted to the feeling, needing her to keep him whole. He wants to wrap this feeling up and tuck it away so no one can get at it, so no one can take it away from him like so much in his life has been.
With El, Mike is happy and nothing is going to threaten that.
So, Mike forgets about his parents’ divorce. Forgets that his mom is about to skip town with his little sister in tow, leaving him to suffer it alone with his dad.
Forgets that his life is falling apart.
And he especially forgets to tell El anything about it.
Notes:
Oh, this isn't going to end well. It's safe to say that this is gonna get worse before it gets better.
So buckle up folks, the next couple of chapters are gonna be quite the ride.......
Chapter 17: the headlong rush into love (and trouble)
Notes:
Hooboy, it's been a hot minute since I've posted, hasn't it? Sorry for how long it's been, everyone! Life's been insanely busy and it just won't stop. But I'm still here and I'm always gonna be here, especially since we're getting towards the end of this fic.
I'm also amazed and embarrassedly proud to say that this chapter marks an INSANE milestone for me: as of this chapter, I've written more than 1 million words for the ST fandom. Like, what is that number even???? 1 MILLION??? I can't even process that, I just can't. Just...thank you for supporting me over these past couple of years and giving me a platform to gush never-endingly about mileven. I appreciate it, I really do.
But, without further ado, I hope you enjoy this chapter!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
It’s a common assumption among the male student population at Hawkins High (and among teenage boys in general) that girls, on the overall whole, are nowhere near as obsessed about sex as boys are.
Which just isn’t true. At all.
Yeah, sure, teenage boys with their crazy hormones tend to be obsessed with sex to the point of being able to think about nothing else. But it’s not like teenage girls don’t think about it or wonder about it or want to do it.
They just don’t talk about it publicly like boys do, is all.
El’s heard all the talk over the past few years. About hand and foot size and girls, you know what that means, wink wink. About who “returns the favor” of certain acts. About how it can hurt your first time, but also how good it can feel with the right guy. About how to dress alluringly, how to seduce a guy, how to touch and how to kiss and how to move.
El’s heard it at sleepovers and in the locker room after Pep Squad practice and even in hushed voices during lunch if something (or someone) in particular sets off the conversation.
El’s heard it, but she’s never really understood or cared. She knows why girls talk about it – it’s not like she hasn’t ever had the same types of urges or anything – she just never personally understood why some girls are so obsessed over it.
That is, until Mike. Until the day after Thanksgiving when they were alone in her room, on her bed. Until how he touched her, how he kissed her, how he moved drove her over the edge, past the point of reason, and into heights of sensation she’d never dreamed of before, all tingling skin and nerves drenched in warm honey and satisfaction so bone-deep, it’s woven into the fabric of her very soul.
And, now, suddenly, it’s all El can think about, all she dreams about: how it felt, when she’ll feel it again, if it’ll feel as good or better. It’s stolen her senses, driven out all other concerns. It’s like she’s been swapped out and replaced with a creature of want, of need, and even in her more level-headed moments, El can’t think of a reason why that’s entirely a bad thing.
I mean, it’s only natural, right? is the thought that she keeps circling back to, the one that reassures her that these feelings are good and normal and she shouldn’t feel bad for indulging them.
But it’s already so much and they’ve only gotten to third base – god, they haven’t even gone all the way yet (and, yes, in el’s mind, the word “yet” is now always attached to that statement).
Which, naturally, means El’s starting to wonder. After all, if it already feels this good, then going all the way should be amazing, right?
In fact, the only thing that seems to be holding her back is that tiny bit of hesitation, that little bit of questioning, of unsurety. But the more she’s with Mike, the more that little bit disappears, steadily chipped away by the overwhelming and joyful high of just being with him.
There’s no concerns over how fast this is moving, no concerns over the fact that they’re still keeping this a secret from everybody except her dad (because she can’t lie to him when she tells him Mike’s taking her out on a date, but it’s not like Hop has anyone to tell, so…).
There’s no room for any of those thoughts, any of these concerns – not when her brain is marinating in a potent sea of hormones and excitement. It’s like El’s entire world is focused on thinking about being with Mike like that, preparing to be with him like that, and actually being with him like that, to the exclusion and consideration of about everything else.
Which 100% the reason why she’s taken to wearing skirts even as November closes out into December (jeans just get in the way). Today’s skirt is a black, pleated wool skirt with a hem that brushes along the skin about an inch above her knees that she’s paired with a navy blue sweater. The only deference to the cold temperatures are the black knee socks that match her skirt, but don’t really keep out the cold that’s draping over Hawkins like an icy blanket.
Still, it’s totally worth it for how Mike spends most of the day unable to keep his eyes off her legs. El spends half her day, at least, hyper- aware of his presence and everything he does: every move he makes when he sits next to her in class, every time he looks over at her, every time he checks her out, every time he talks to her or smiles at her or does anything, really. It’s the best kind of distracting and the best part of it all is that Mike’s just as wrapped up in her as she is with him.
It does make actually getting work done difficult, though, a problem that seems to compound on itself as the days go by.
Exhibit A of that difficulty: the hand that’s just slid onto her knee, slim fingers sneaking up under the hem of her skirt.
El’s heart performs a particularly fluttery bit of gymnastics as it leaps up into her throat, a breathless gasp escaping her.
Part of it is a little bit of panic – she and Mike are in the basement at his house, sitting on the couch, the door to the upstairs open for anyone to walk by with full view of them.
But the vast majority of it is this: his palm on her skin, the warm thrill that ripples up her spine, the tickle of his fingertips as they inch up her thigh, the exhilaration that suffuses every nerve with eager anticipation. But as much as El wants to indulge right now (and she really, really does), she has to try and be logical.
Key word: try.
“Mike!” She hisses his name in an attempted scold, one that would probably be more effective if it wasn’t breathlessly and needfully flirty. El looks over at him, pulling her gaze up from the Chemistry worksheet that’s on her lap, and her heart almost stops at what she sees. Mike’s looking at her with a mischievous grin, knowing and flirty and way, way too confident. And the look in his eyes is heated, dark, piercing. He’s looking at her like she’s all he needs, all he’ll ever need. It’s dizzying and addicting and something inside El just purrs.
“What?” Mike asks, cheekily innocent, eyes going wide as he tries to project a look of who, me? The way his tongue darts out to lick his lips gives him away, as well as the way he’s still looking at her with undisguised need in his gaze.
“I thought we agreed after our homework was done,” El says, breath stuttering a little as Mike’s thumb sweeps across the curve of her inner thigh in a teasing caress. His hand’s about halfway up her thigh now and showing no signs of stopping. And El’s ability to care about anything else is fading at the same rate as his hand’s journey up her leg as heat begins to trickle through her veins.
“Who cares about Chemistry homework? I’d rather work on our chemistry instead….” Mike trails off as he leans in, hovering over her in a way that makes El gasp.
“God, that was a horrible line,” El says with a breathless giggle, lips curling up in a smile. She drops her pen to clatter on the papers in her lap so she can reach for him, her fingers weaving into his hair.
“Made you giggle, so couldn’t be too bad.” Mike’s close enough now that she can almost feel the way his lips move as he talks and her mouth craves to feel his against hers.
“More like so bad, it’s good,” El says, voice reduced to a husky whisper as she tilts her face up towards him. Her nose brushes against him in an Eskimo kiss, deceptively innocent for the heated air that surrounds them.
“Hmm, speaking of so bad, it’s good….” Mike breathes out the words with unassuming confidence and, despite the fact that it’s another horrible pick-up line, silent laughter ripples through her at just how cheesy and dorky Mike can be sometimes. But all those thoughts (and all thoughts in general) go out the window as Mike’s lips crash down on hers, mouth slanting hard against hers until El practically forgets her own name.
With one hand in his hair, El lets her other hand fall to where Mike’s is to trap it high on her thigh, the feel of his hand warm through the wool of her skirt as it rests an inch below her hip. He acquiesces to her silent request to keep his hand from moving up any further, but it doesn’t stop his fingers from caressing her skin, making her shiver with anticipation at each pass of his fingertips. His touch is firm and knowing, born of a confidence from spending what’s felt like hours over the past couple of weeks discovering and exploring each other. Mike’s been single minded in finding what she likes, dogged in his pursuit to make her feel good, to worship her with everything he has. It’d be almost alarming if it didn’t feel so goddamn good.
And, right now, he’s winding her up, knowingly teasing her, trying to slowly drive her crazy.
It’s working (damn him and his magic touch, she thinks) and El channels her slowly mounting frustration into her mouth on his, pouring everything she’s feeling into every glide of her lips, every caress of her tongue. The hand in his hair trails down to the collar of his shirt, fingers dipping beneath the fabric to flirt with the skin of his shoulder and collarbone, nails gently scraping every once in a while so that he shivers against her, too. Ha, two can play at this game.
His mouth leaves hers, lips heading unerringly for the skin of her neck, his breath hot against her throat. His mouth latches on to that patch of skin that makes her lose her mind and El goes boneless in his embrace, overcome with the warmth that sparks along every nerve, all dizzying and trembling. God, she just wants, endlessly and without limit, and the realization leaves goosebumps along her skin in its wake.
El’s wholly consumed, wrapped up in Mike, and just before she gives in and says fuck it to everything – her resolve, her hesitation, all of it – a voice calls out for them: his mom, letting them know dinner is ready.
Mike groans against her skin, but his mouth stops teasing the column of her neck, his fingers going still against her thigh. “And just when we were getting to the good part,” he says with a sigh, resigned frustration in his voice.
“The good part will still be waiting,” El says, giggling despite the desire that’s fizzling out in her veins, passion temporarily on hold. Her hand slides down to rest on his chest as she gives him a subtle push. “Now, get your hand out from under my skirt and let’s go eat dinner.”
“Yes, ma’am,” Mike says with a chuckle. He gives the skin of her earlobe a quick nip with his teeth, making her gasp and shiver, and he’s smiling as he pulls away, getting to his feet. “I like it when you’re bossy,” he says, winking at her, as he holds out the hand that was just under her skirt so he can help her to her feet.
El takes a moment to straighten out her clothing before she accepts the offer. “That does it for you, huh?” she fires back, lips curling up in a coy smile as one eyebrow arches knowingly.
“Like you wouldn’t believe,” Mike says before he swoops in to capture her lips in a quick but blistering kiss, giving El barely enough time to kiss him back before he retreats, leaving both of them gasping as the fire between them briefly roars back to life.
Wordlessly, they head up to dinner, hand in hand, only separating when they get to the dining room. The air between them is thick with the undercurrent of attraction and tension and El does her best to pretend like it’s not even a thing as she sits down.
Like the last couple of times El’s been at Mike’s house for dinner, Mr. Wheeler is absent. And today, more than ever, it feels like there are two distinct dinners happening simultaneously. One is Mrs. Wheeler and Holly, the young girl regaling her mother over her day at school, talking about the upcoming playdates with her friends and what she wants to do over Christmas break.
And the other is Mike and El, who don’t spend as much time talking as they do staring at each other and playing footsie under the table. There’s the occasional low murmur of conversation between them, often flirty and barely disguised metaphors for other things, but it’s mostly the two of them just staring moon-eyed at each other.
The one thing that El does notice, though she never spares enough brain power to wonder why, is that Mike barely looks at his mom. He acknowledges Holly’s presence, and will answer her questions or respond to something she says if she addresses it to him, but it’s like his mom isn’t even in the room.
And Mrs. Wheeler seems to be very generous with giving her son the space to do this. She doesn’t try to instigate conversation or drag answers out of him. It’s like she knows Mike is ignoring her and is totally fine with it.
(The thing is, El should be more concerned than she is – normally would be, in fact. This is normally the kind of thing that would have her curious, if not worried. She should be wondering at Mr. Wheeler’s continued absence or the icy chill between mother and son, the apparent lack of caring between the two. As it is, though, only minor alarm bells ring in the distant corners of El’s mind, subconscious clamoring to be heard, to make its concerns known.
But those alarms are drowned out by thoughts of the gorgeous guy sitting next to her, who’s smiling over at her like she’s the only person in the entire universe. Turns out, there’s no room for logic and rational thought when all you’re concerned about is getting alone with your boyfriend so you can fool around.)
They don’t linger over dinner and it’s not long until they’re both getting to their feet. “I’ll take you home, if you want,” Mike says, more for his mom’s sake than anything, as they gather their plates and head into the kitchen.
El’s heart begins to race in her chest. “I do want, thank you,” she says, barely getting a hold of the breathlessness that squeezes around her lungs like a vice. Anticipation begins to build back up beneath her skin, having barely faded away, leaving her with trembling hands as she takes her dishes to the kitchen and goes down to the basement to pack up her things.
But, despite the eagerness that thrums in her veins, El takes the time to make sure all her things are in order. Because she’s going to have to get back to work once Mike eventually drops her off.
Which is going to be a while from now, if what happened earlier on the couch is any indication (god, el can barely wait).
She’s so lost in her thoughts, lost in the anticipation, that she doesn’t hear Mike coming up behind her until his arms wrap around her waist, making her nearly drop her backpack onto the coffee table as she stands near it to get her stuff into her backpack. “Hey, you ready to go?” he asks, the words rumbling against her ear as he ducks his head, lips landing on the skin just beneath her ear.
El can’t help the whimper that escapes her and she leans back into Mike’s embrace, heartbeat feeling dangerously thready in her chest. “Almost,” she says, the word more a gasp than anything. God, who gave her body permission to be this overwhelmed by a guy, even if he’s the most beautiful guy she’s ever seen?
“Hmm, good.” Mike gives her neck one more kiss before he pulls back, hands trailing along her stomach and hips before he lets her go.
El turns and looks at Mike over her shoulder as she zips up her backpack, a grin toying at the corner of her lips. “You’re impatient.”
Mike doesn’t even have it in him to look at all sorry or contrite as he grins back at her, shrugging lazily as he slips his hands in his pockets, looking attractive and devil-may-care and, god, she just loves looking at him. “What can I say? You’re irresistible.”
Are those her insides turning all gooey? Why, yes, yes they are. Seriously, it’s not fair how Mike always has the right words to make her just melt. El hurries to shoulder her backpack before she all but lunges for his hand. “Ok, we have to go now,” she says as she starts heading towards the stairs, dragging him as impatience begins to infect her, too.
Mike lets out an airy chuckle, both amused and eager, but doesn’t say anything as they head upstairs and out to his car. In fact, they don’t talk at all – not as they clamber into Mike’s car, not as Mike pulls away from the curb in front of his house, not as he drives they through Hawkins towards her house. There’s too much excitement, too much pent-up tension swirling between them, heavy and delicious. It’s robbed them of the ability to form coherent thoughts and words, of the ability to have a conversation. But neither of them mind – not when they know what’s waiting for them on the other side.
It’s not until a little later when they finally speak. El’s stomach swoops and her heart skips a beat as Mike pulls off the road at their usual spot, tucked away in the trees, hidden from sight… perfect for getting up to no good (even though getting up to no good actually feels really, really good). “God, finally,” El says, the words leaving her in a rush as she hurries to undo her seat belt.
“Tell me about it,” Mike murmurs in agreement as he throws the car into park and adjusts the driver’s seat, sliding it away from the steering wheel and lowering it back to a 45-degree angle.
“Rather show you,” El says as she clambers over the center console and into his lap, Mike’s hand going to her hips to help steady her as her knees land on either side of his thighs, his body warm beneath hers.
And then there’s no more room for talking. Not when her lips crash down on his. Not when his hands slide up under her skirt to pull her firmly against him, the car filling with the sounds of their gasps and moans as they press against each other from shoulder to hip.
Not when they lose themselves in each other, all breathless kisses and exhilarating touches, roaming hands and burning mouths and pleasure bursting along each nerve ending.
Finally, oh finally, El’s brain echoes, deep in the only coherent portion of her mind.
And if she has any misgivings or concerns about anything, well, then… that’s a problem for another time.
For now, though, there’s just this: El and Mike and the way they make each other feel.
And, for now, that’s all that El wants to care about.
There are other things to care about, though, as it turns out. Things other than feverish kisses that draw gasping breaths and whimpering moans. Things other than curious hands wandering beneath clothing in pleasurable exploration, leaving almost no inch unmapped.
Things like friends and hobbies and extracurricular activities. Things like learning and good grades.
Things like staying healthy.
(Revolutionary, yes, I know.)
El tries to keep things balanced, she really does. And, for a couple of weeks, El manages to keep on top of all of it.
Or, rather, she thinks she does.
With the time she used to spend with Mike doing school work suddenly fills with other things instead (namely, the aforementioned fooling around), El finds her school work getting pushed later and later into the evening. Her normal bedtime, which had been around 10:30, 11PM, starts creeping up to and past midnight.
At first, El doesn’t really feel it. She’s always been naturally energetic and peppy and she knows her energy reserves can keep her going for quite a while.
But what El doesn’t know is that her energy reserves are almost tapped dry and have been for a while – she’s just been too lovesick, too caught up in the thrill and excitement of being with Mike, to notice it happening. Between the workload for her honors classes, keeping on top of her non-honors classes (especially English), practice and rallies and games with the Pep Squad, hanging out with friends, spending time with her dad, and, between it all, getting swept away in a whirlwind romance with the most amazing guy El’s ever met, there’s hasn’t been a lot of time to rest and recharge over the past few months.
El’s stretched thin and she doesn’t even realize it.
At first, she thinks everything’s fine. Yeah, she’s tired and going to bed at midnight, 1AM, 2AM kinda sucks. But she’s on top of it. She’s getting her work done and turning it in and she’s Just Fine.
But El’s not fine. It’s only her stubborn resolve keeping her going forward until she crashes. And when she crashes, she crashes hard.
The first crack in her armor comes about a week after Thanksgiving and El isn’t even aware of it at the time.
It’s a Wednesday, later in the evening. El had Pep Squad practice after school, with Mike giving her a ride home after. They stopped by their usual spot on the way home and now El feels all floaty, like she’s lighter than air, skin suffused with tingling satisfaction and warm happiness. Combine that with the shower she took after she got home and El just feels almost lush, lazily relaxed and content.
But, El has homework to do and she does her best attempt to marshal her mental resources to start tackling it, despite how much she just wants to curl up on her bed and nap away the evening.
20 minutes later and El is barely able to start making a dent in the reading for her US History class by the time her dad calls her down for dinner. She looks at the 3 pages (out of 30) she’s managed to read so far and sighs, cheeks puffing out from the force of her breath. For what feels like the millionth time, she curses the fact that she’s not the world’s fastest reader and she envies Mike’s ability to breeze through the pages of their textbooks.
But there’s not much El can do about that right now. So she scoops up her textbook and heads downstairs. Hop will just have to be fine with her doing her schoolwork while she eats.
“What’s with the brick?” is the first thing Hop says when El walks into the kitchen.
El follows her dad’s gaze to the textbook in her arms and she sighs. “History reading I gotta do. Is it ok if I work on it while I eat?”
At this, Hop’s face pulls in grimace of disgust. “Again?”
El frowns as she sits down. “What do you mean, ‘again’?” she asks. Her gaze lands on the food on the table while she sets her textbook down. It’s mac and cheese night, something Hop actually makes really, really well, and El’s stomach grumbles in anticipation.
“Well, honey, it’s just….” Hop sighs. “You’ve been doing your schoolwork a lot at the dinner table recently – when you eat at home, that is. I’m just worried that you might have too much on your plate.”
El tries to think back over the past few weeks as she serves herself from the casserole dish in the middle of the table, spooning cheesy macaroni onto her plate. And, after a second, she has to admit her dad might be right about something.
El has been bringing homework with her to dinner a lot recently, this is true. But it’s not as bad as her dad thinks – it just isn’t.
“I’m fine, Dad,” El says as she puts the serving spoon back with a soft clink. “It’s just the ramp up to finals. You know how they pile the work on. And it is my junior year. It’s supposed to be harder.”
The expression on Hop’s face wavers, but he’s still looking at her with fatherly concern. “Well, if you’re sure–”
El rolls her eyes and lets out a long-suffering sigh. “Dad, I’m sure,” she says with a groan. “I got this, don’t worry.”
Hop smirks at her as the concern fades to his normal teasing. But there’s still a shadow of worry in his gaze that sets El’s teeth on edge. For god’s sake, she’s fine – she has this all under control. She’s 16, not 6. “So sue me for worrying about my kid, eh? God, let me live.”
“You’re such a drama queen,” El says as she gives her dad a look: flat glare, one eyebrow arched in reproach, but with a small grin tugging at the corners of her lips, unable to be entirely stern with her dad.
“Yeah, well, so are you, so if you wonder where you get it from….” Hop arches an eyebrow in humor and jabs his thumb in his direction, which makes El giggle, amused at her dad’s antics.
The conversation moves on from there, Hop eventually letting El get to her reading, but beneath the normal routines, El’s still a little annoyed, hackles still raised at her dad’s doubt of her ability to manage her own life. And, true to her stubborn nature, when challenged like this – even if it’s coming from a place of caring, like in the case of her dad – El’s first (and really only response) is to lean into the course ahead of her and charge forward even against the headwinds blowing in her face. Because El really doesn’t like being doubted
I’ll show him, comes the whisper from deep the back of her mind.
It’s really just too bad that El also ignores all the other warning signs – the thready beat of her heart when she’s trying to fall asleep, the tight feeling in her chest, the way her eye sometimes starts twitching when she’s trying to concentrate, the way caffeine more and more becomes the only thing that wakes her up in the morning.
But there’s a warning sign she can’t ignore: her grades.
It starts small – a missed assignment here, a couple points taken off a quiz there – but like so many other things, it just snowballs, gathering steam, growing bigger with each passing day. I’ll catch up on the weekend or I’ll just stay up a little later become common thoughts that run through El’s mind, all with the addition of It’s fine, I’m in control.
But it’s not fine and she’s not in control.
Her eyes are opened to this fact the Friday a week before Christmas break.
Her English class lets out a couple of minutes early and El’s heart leaps up into her throat. Her next class is Trig, the first of the classes she shares with Mike, and giddiness suffuses every beat of her heart at the thought of having just a few more minutes to spend in his company.
But those hopes are cruelly dashed when her English teacher, Mr. Franklin, flags her down. “Ms. Hopper, can I speak with you for a moment?” he asks as she passes by his desk
For a moment, El’s brain just stops. Her heart, which had been beating in excitement, begins to pound in trepidation. But El puts on a brave face, nodding and smiling as she makes her way over to her teacher. “Sure, Mr. Franklin. What’s up?” she asks as her hands go her backpack straps, thumbnails picking at the edges.
“That’s what I wanted to ask you, actually,” Mr. Franklin says, smiling kindly, if concernedly, as he leans against the edge of his desk. He twists to reach behind him from a stack of papers and passes what he grabs over to El.
El recognizes the stapled sheaf of papers as she takes it from him. It’s her essay on “Grapes of Wrath” she turned in a few days ago….
Complete with a large “C–” written on the top, circled in red ink.
El’s reaction is almost immediate. Her heart sinks into her stomach, numbing tingles spreading across her skin like wildfire, and her throat closes up as a sharp pain hits her in the chest. Her fingers begin to tremble where they’re holding her graded essay and it’s taking everything she has not to either cry or be sick right there on the spot.
A C minus. A C-fucking-minus. God, El’s never gotten a grade this low in her entire life.
How? How did this happen? Where did she go so wrong?
“Now, I know literary analysis doesn’t come as easily to you as it does to others, but I also know how hard you can work, how hard you can apply yourself,” Mr. Franklin says, voice worried, but unyielding. “And, I have to say, I’m concerned about the quality of the work you’ve been turning in over the past few weeks. It’s not up the standard I know you’re capable of, Ms. Hopper. So, I ask you: is everything ok? I know you’re new to Hawkins and that always comes with an adjustment, especially for people your age, but I wanted to know if there was something else going on that I could help with.”
El can’t bring herself to look away from the grade written on the top of her paper. It feels like the wind’s been knocked out of her and she’s having a hard time breathing. “I – I don’t know,” she says after a moment, mouth working a couple of times to get the words out.
It hits her a millisecond later: this essay is worth 10% of her grade. God, what’s this going to mean for her final grade?
El’s not the type to whine or make excuses to duck out of her responsibility, but she’s also not the type to let something go with out trying to make it better. “Is there… I don’t know, something I can do? Extra credit work or something? I just… this isn’t who I am, Mr. Franklin. I can do better than this.” Her voice trembles and El feels like she’s on the verge of panicking. Red flashing lights are blaring in her head, drawing her attention to the things she hasn’t been seeing, the things she’s been ignoring.
But it doesn’t do to dwell on the past – there’s nothing she can do to change what’s been done, after all. All she can do is move forward through the shame and embarrassment that curdle in her blood.
El looks up at Mr. Franklin to see him smiling at her. “There is, in fact. I’m a firm believer in second chances, Ms. Hopper. But it’s not going to be easy. You’re going to have to earn it and, if I don’t see any improvement, that’s the only second chance you’ll get.”
The challenging words bring the steel back into El’s spine and she feels her back straighten, shoulders squaring, resolve in every inch of her. “I can do it, Mr. Franklin. I know it.”
Mr. Franklin nods. “I know you can, Ms. Hopper – it’s why I’m offering you the opportunity so freely. Now, here’s what you’re going to have to do….”
El leaves her English class with a massive extra credit assignment – a 10 page essay detailing the theme of morality in “Grapes of Wrath” – and a heavy sinking feeling in her heart. She can feel it, the edges beginning to fray, like she’s just on the verge of having it all slip between her fingers, and El’s response is to hold on tighter.
(She hasn’t learned, yet, that sometimes, the harder you hold on to something, the more it slips away from you. But she will, though.
She will.)
No, she thinks. I can do this. I got this. I’m good. She’s the daughter of a cop, for crying out loud. She comes from sturdy stuff, strong stuff – she can do anything if she puts her mind to it.
For all that the thought fills her with resolve, something must still be showing on her face as she walks in to Trig (the graded essay is stashed deep in her backpack, never to be seen again), because it’s one of the first things Mike comments on after he says hello.
(el’s heart skips its usual beat when she sees him, the look on his face one of barely contained giddiness, of want that simmers just beneath the surface. she can see the twitch of his hand as he starts to reach for her, but holds himself back at the last moment. someday – hopefully someday soon – he won’t hold himself back at that last moment, won’t hold himself back at all, and she can be with him in all the ways she’s been dreaming of for these past weeks.)
“Hey, everything alright?” Mike asks after she sits down, the pure happiness on his face fading to one of devastating concern (devastating only because he’s so handsome, El could cry).
Everything’s not alright, though. A hot surge of embarrassment wells up in her chest at just the thought of telling him about her horrible essay grade. And it occurs to El in this moment, heart leaping into her throat, that she can’t tell him, that Mike can never know about what’s wrong.
Mike’s so smart – he’s just about the smartest person El knows, full of fierce, piercing intelligence. It’s one of the reasons El’s as attracted to him as she is. And he deserves to be with someone just as smart, just as intelligent. He deserves someone smarter than El.
But, since the thought of Mike with anyone other than El makes her insides twist with nauseating jealousy, the least El can do is not let him have a stupid girlfriend.
(this is to say nothing of the dreams she’s started having of going off to college with him, of being with him and living a full life with him. it’s a silly dream, but it’s one that’s taken root in her heart nonetheless and she wants to do everything in her power to make that happen. and since mike is so smart, he’s absolutely going to get into a fantastic college and el wants to be right there with him.)
So El’s going to fix this. She has to.
She just can’t let him know that there’s something to fix.
So El puts on her most winning smile and sends a flirty wink in Mike’s direction. It’s not hard to do, to lean in to the flirtatious giddiness that’s only a heartbeat away. She spends most of her day at school suppressing it, so it’s nice to just have a moment to let it all out. “Everything’s perfect now that I’m with you,” she says, voice low enough not to be heard by anyone else, hiding in the din of the conversation around them, just loud enough so Mike can hear.
Which he does, if the way his cheeks heat up and his gaze goes all moon-eyed is any indication. He smiles at her, handsomely and a little bit dopey, and the worry fades as he gets caught up in what flows between them so easily. “You are such an incorrigible flirt,” Mike says half under his breath.
“What are you going to do to stop me?” El says, gaze twinkling with challenge, heavy with meaning.
Mike opens his mouth to respond, but the bell rings before the words can leave from his lips. He jumps – they both do – but Mike still holds her gaze, lips twisting in a grin, as he mouths a single word: later.
A thrill runs through El – she’s well aware of what later means – and she squirms a little in her seat as her heart begins to race and her skin begins to heat up. And, for a little while at least, El can forget about the looming pressures that hang over her head, can forget about the shame and the panic that coil tight deep in her chest.
But that shame and panic doesn’t forget about her.
It consumes her like a weed, growing into all the cracks and crevices of her mind. It’s there when her mind quiets and goes still for a moment’s breath; it’s there when she thinks a little too long about the homework she has on her plate.
And it’s especially there when she closes her eyes at night, when she lays her head down on the pillow and tries to fall asleep.
The night gives the weed the fuel to grow, to take over her thoughts. It makes her heart race and her mind spin as she worries over the issue like a sore tooth. It jolts her awake just as she’s about to fall asleep, makes her heart sputter a bit between beats. And what sleep she does get is horrible – not deep enough, not steady enough… just not enough.
So it’s no wonder, when combined with how she’s already been burning the candle at both ends, that it doesn’t take long for El to wind up getting sick.
She goes to bed Monday night the week before Christmas break feeling… well, not great, but certainly not sick either (the flirty, sultry phone call she had with Mike minutes before crawling into bed most definitely raised her spirits).
But when she wakes up Tuesday morning, El feels like death’s crawled up in to her throat as part of its mission to swallow her whole. Her head feels stuffed with cotton, her limbs heavy and lethargic, and it’s like someone’s gummed up her eyelids, making it almost impossible to open and see past them.
The sound of her alarm going off in the morning is the worst noise in the history of noises, all sharp and shrill and god make it stop, and it’s only pure, unadulterated determination that gets her out of bed. She stumbles, lurches, her way through getting ready – sluggishly showering and then painstakingly dressing in comfy jeans and a thick sweater – and manages to make her way downstairs to eat breakfast. Not that she’s hungry, mind you – it’s just habit at this point.
Hop’s already at the table and he looks over at El when she walks into the kitchen. Immediately, he frowns. “Well, you look like shit.”
El doesn’t even have the energy to give her dad a withering glare. “I’m fine,” she says, but it’s weak and without her usual resolve.
“Yeah, you’re not fine. March your ass back upstairs and into bed. You’re not going to school today,” Hop says as he pulls his phone out of his pocket, ostensibly to call the school. He presses the phone to his ear and, while he waits for someone to pick up, arches an eyebrow and points in the direction of the stairs, gaze firm and unyielding.
El doesn’t need to be told again. She’s stubborn, yes, but she doesn’t have a death wish. So, she trudges back upstairs as her dad calls her in sick.
El exchanges her comfy school clothes for an oversized t-shirt (mike’s, the one he lent to her the night she first kissed him, the one she swears she’ll never give back) and crawls back gratefully into bed. She falls back asleep almost instantly, the need to rest overpowering as her body fights against the illness that’s attacking her.
She sleeps away most of the morning, only briefly waking once or twice, and the moments of consciousness don’t last long. Her phone buzzes a handful of times with text messages – most notably from Dustin and Jen, wondering where she is and, later, how she’s feeling once they find out she’s sick – but the morning goes by otherwise undisturbed.
El wakes up, actually wakes up, a little before noon with a dry mouth and dizzy head. She’s not hungry, but she knows she should probably eat something, and toast isn’t too far out of her ability right now. So El hobbles back downstairs and, a few minutes later, re-enters her room with a small plate of toast and a glass of water, settling back into bed just in time to be there when her phone starts ringing.
Despite how crappy she feels, El smiles at the sight of Mike’s name flashing across the top of her phone’s screen. She grabs her phone and answers it as she leans back against the pillows, body feeling heavy with exhaustion. “Hi,” she says, voice croaking. She winces, cringing at just how gross it sounds. But she just can’t bring herself to care too much – she’s too tired.
“Wow, you sound horrible,” Mike’s voice sounds in her ear, soft and tender, the faint hint of an echo behind it.
El lets out a laugh, feeble and raspy. “Charmer. Bet you say that to all the girls.”
“Only you,” Mike says. He lets out a sigh. “How are you feeling? Dustin said you were sick. I wanted to call earlier, but I didn’t have a chance until now.” A low chuckle; El shivers at the sound of it. “I’m hiding in the bathroom so no one catches me calling.”
“I’m ok, I guess,” El says. “Feel like crap. Just wanna sleep all day.”
“So, I guess our ‘study session’ is cancelled for the day?” The words are light, but there’s a note of disappointment that El can’t help but hear, shallow and self-centered.
Her stomach sours at the sound of it, of that disappointment, robbing her of what little appetite she might have had. Sorry a cold’s getting in the way of making out, her mind whispers petulantly. El shakes herself free of the thought a split second later. It’s not like she isn’t disappointed, either. “Yeah, unless you want me falling asleep in the middle of it,” El says. Ooh, sleep… god, sleep sounds good and El knows she’s doing a horrible job at keeping the exhaustion out of her voice.
“Still, I miss you,” Mike says with a soft, wistful tone. “Trig isn’t the same without you and I’m scared to think of what US History is going to be like.”
“I miss you too,” El says, her voice dropping to a whisper. “I wish you were here.” And it’s true. For as shitty as she feels right now, the idea of having Mike with her, next to her, right now sounds just heavenly.
“I can come by after school, if you want,” Mike says eagerly, words leaping into her with a rapid clip, like his lips can barely keep up with the force of them. “Help you get better. Like, make you tea and stuff.”
“And stuff?” El quotes back, a breathless giggle in her voice.
“Yeah, like, whatever you do for people when they’re sick,” Mike clarifies. El can hear the smile in his voice and it makes her heart hurt imagining what he must look like right now, fingers itching to trace the curve of his lips before capturing that smile with her own lips.
“Ok, you can come over after school,” El says. “I’ll make sure the door’s open in case I’m sleeping.”
“Ms. Hopper, I’m shocked,” Mike says with totally faux dramatics. “Leaving your front door open where anyone could walk through it. What would your Chief of Police dad say?”
El snorts, wincing a little at the harsh rush of air through her nostrils and the back of her throat. “It’ll be fine. This is Hawkins.”
“You won’t say that when there are strange men coming into your house in the middle of the afternoon.”
“Are you calling yourself a strange man? Should I be alarmed?” El asks, smiling. Despite how crappy she feels physically, teasing and flirting with Mike like this always makes her feel at least a little like she’s basking in sunshine on a warm spring afternoon. And her heart just unfurls even more, like there’s no end to the depths of her feelings for him. It’d be scarier if it didn’t feel so fucking good.
“I was hoping more for excited, but if alarmed’s the best I’m going to get….” Mike trails off, giving El space to giggle, before he speaks once more. “But I’ll let you go. I need to go eat lunch, anyway, and you sound like you’re about to fall asleep.”
“After I eat my toast,” El says. “Then sleep.”
“I’ll see you later,” Mike says, voice soft with a wistful sigh.
“Ok, I–” The words get stuck in her throat and El doesn’t dare try to push them through. Not when she’s so tired. Not when she’ll say something she might regret. “I’ll see you when you get here.”
“If you’re not asleep,” Mike says.
“You’re not exactly quiet, so I think I’ll be ok,” El says with a sleepy laugh.
Mike’s laugh echoes in her ear, and whether it’s triggered by what El said or El’s own laugh, she’s not sure. “Bye, El.”
“Mmm, bye Mike.”
True to her words, after El hangs up the phone, she eats her toast, drinks some water, and promptly falls back asleep.
But, not true to her words, El’s still asleep when Mike eventually comes over after school. Partway through the afternoon, around 2 or so, El wakes up to make sure the door’s unlocked for Mike to come inside and she promises herself she’ll be awake when he comes over in a little more than an hour. Cross Country is over, so there’s no more practices after school, and it doesn’t take long to get to her house from campus (it’s Hawkins – it doesn’t take long to get anywhere).
So El doesn’t think it’ll be too hard to stay awake for when Mike gets there. Only, almost the moment she crawls back into bed, El falls asleep again.
As a result, she totally doesn’t hear the sound of the front door opening. Or the sound of her phone buzzing with an incoming text message or footsteps coming up the stairs.
And though she barely registers the sensation of her bed jostling and mattress dipping, it’s not enough to pull El from the illness-induced slumber that’s holding her in its clutches as tightly as it can.
It’s only the feel of a light touch trailing down her face – from her temple, across the apple of her cheek, ending at the edge of her jaw – that pulls her up into the land of consciousness.
El blinks blearily, vision foggy with sleep, and it takes a bit for the haziness to clear for her to recognize what, or who, she’s looking up at. “Mike?”
Mike’s smiling down at her, soft fondness in his gaze, and El’s heart feels full to the point of bursting. He’s here. “Hey, sleepy head. How’re you feeling?”
The question brings awareness back to how crappy she’s feeling. “Ugh, gross,” she says as she catalogs the way her throat feels scratchy and her head feels like it’s been stuffed with cotton and her limbs feel like they’re going to fall through the mattress beneath her. On top of it, she’s sure she looks horrible – she’s nowhere near the top of her game right now and, embarrassingly, Mike’s here to see it. “I probably look repulsive.”
“You’re sick,” Mike says as his hand trails back up her cheek, fingers catching the hair that’s fallen over her face to tuck it behind her ears. El shivers at the tenderness of his touch, a low murmur of pleasure emanating from her throat. “But you’re still the most beautiful girl I’ve ever seen, no matter how sick you are.”
Oh. Oh. Her heartbeat trips over itself as it stutters and skips in her chest. Warmth, fierce and overwhelming, explodes in her veins like a supernova. The feelings that course through her are too much – way beyond too much – and El’s a breath away from drowning in them and never being able to find her way back out.
And it really, really isn’t fair that Mike’s looking so very handsome right now, on top of it – black swear with dark jeans, hair a bit windswept, smelling like clean laundry and a little bit like the outdoors– as he looks down at her with unbearable sweetness.
Honestly, how is she supposed to resist him?
“You’re such a flirt,” El says, deflecting, as she pulls herself up to a semi-sitting position, Mike mirroring her pose as they lean against her pillows.
“I learned from the best,” Mike says with a cheeky grin. His hand moves down from underneath her ear, touch trailing down her back as his fingers dance along the length of her spine. His gaze follows the same descent as his hand as it skims down her body, eyes lighting up. “So that’s where my t-shirt disappeared off to,” he says and the grin on his face turns wolfish and too pleased by half.
A flush creeps up her cheeks, partly from how Mike’s looking at her like he wants to devour her, and El finds herself with a teasing pout pulling at her lips. “I’m not giving it back, if that’s what you’re getting at.”
“Well, maybe if you wanted to give it back to me right this second,” Mike says as he waggles his eyebrows at her, hinting heavy-handedly. “But I like how you look in my clothes.”
A gasp bubbles up in her chest, shocked at just how forward Mike’s being. And El hates that she’s sick because she kind of really loves Mike like this – confident without being presumptive, sweet and hot at the same time – and how it makes her want to give him everything.
Well, this sucks.
“Ugh, I hate being sick because I really wanna kiss you right now,” El says and, this time, the pout on her face is all too real.
“That’s why you need to get better,” Mike says. “So you can kiss me for being so adorable.”
A raspy laugh escapes her and El shakes her head. “Yes, that is the only reason to get better, of course.” She scoots over to him, pleased to see him shifting to accommodate what’s about to happen. “But, in the meantime, cuddles will have to do,” El says as she latches onto him. Her arms wrap around his torso while she pillows her head against the top of his chest, and El lets out a contented moan as she feels Mike’s arm wrap around her. “Hmm, so warm,” she sighs as she burrows in deeper.
Mike’s laugh vibrates against her ear where it’s rumbling in his chest and El never wants him to be any further away from her than he is right now. “Oh, I see how this goes. You’re just using me for my warmth,” he says, teasing, but it’s undercut by a fondness in his voice that just makes El want to melt into a pile of goo.
“Warm snuggly boyfriends are the best boyfriends,” El murmurs as exhaustion begins to pull at her once more, lulled as she is by the gentle, seductive warmth of the boy she’s snuggled up against.
“I’ll keep that in mind,” Mike says. El feels him shift against her and, a moment later, his lips press a whisper of a kiss to the skin of her forehead. “Get some sleep, El. I’ll be here.”
Already half asleep, El mumbles her response. “Kay, good.”
And, so, safe and warm, held tight in her boyfriend’s embrace, El lets exhaustion continue pulling her under until she falls completely and totally asleep.
Jim Hopper does a double take at the car parked in front of his house when he gets home from work, the car that wasn’t there when he left this morning.
The car belonging to his daughter’s boyfriend. His sick daughter’s boyfriend to be exact.
“Huh.”
Jim stares at Mike’s car, his own police cruiser stopped halfway up the driveway so he can puzzle and wonder at this new development.
Either because El invited Mike over or because he showed up on his own, Jim’s daughter is alone in his house with her very teenage boyfriend and Jim had no idea.
Oh, Jim’s not too worried – he raised his daughter to have a good head on her shoulders. Besides, she was too sick when he left the house this morning to get up to no good this afternoon and Jim highly doubts that half a day’s worth of rest is going to cure all that ails her.
Really, Jim’s just annoyed that he didn’t know about it, that El didn’t text him or call him to let him know that her boyfriend was over. Especially because that’s one of the rules.
Jim’s not an idiot. He knows teenagers are going to do what they want and push the boundaries and no amount of overprotective parenting is going to tamp down on all those crazy hormones (it may have been decades, but Jim does remember some of what it was like being a teenager). So when El started dating, back when they lived in New York, one of the very few rules Jim gave her was that, if she was going to have a boy over while he wasn’t home, she just had to tell him, no judgment. Because, at the end of the day, Jim just wants El to be safe and he’d rather she get up to no good at home where it was safe than somewhere he didn’t know that wasn’t.
And, since El’s started dating Mike, she’s been batting 1000 on following that rule.
Until now.
Jim finishes pulling into the driveway and only groans a little when he pulls himself out of the car with the ever constant I’m getting old thought rattling around in his brain. But the thought is nearly crowded out entirely by wondering what might be going on inside, by the series of events that have led to this.
It’s not that he’s expecting the worst – he’s betting on it being a case of sick brain forgetting the basics, nothing nefarious – but Jim is worried at the trend he’s been noticing in his daughter.
El’s been tired and overworked recently. And, though Jim doesn’t think she knows he’s noticed, she’s starting to fall behind in her schoolwork. Jim knows this because of the moticable lack of updates about how her classes are going. He figures he’ll wait until Christmas break to say something because no one knows better than he does how his daughter acts when she feels like she’s being cornered and she’s going to need time and space to lower her proud defenses one he does talk to her.
Honestly, of all the personality traits El could have inherited from him, her hot-headed, bullish stubbornness is the one Jim feels the most sorry for inflicting on the rest of the world.
And that same stubbornness is probably the only thing keeping her going right now. Which is probably why Jim’s giving El a little too much leeway with her still new-ish relationship with Mike.
When El told him that she and Mike were dating, Jim hadn’t been surprised. Honestly, with the way they kept looking at each other mooningly, Jim’d known for a while that it was only a matter of time. So when El also told him that she and Mike were going to keep this to themselves, not telling any of their friends or anything, Jim can’t deny that he was – and still is – worried.
Part of that worry is because hiding things is just so unlike his daughter. El is larger-than-life and in everyone’s face about it. She has no patience for games and secrets and anything like it.
But, and this is the other part of Jim’s worry, El is a sucker for all things dramatically romantic. It’s very typical teenage girl of her, he has to admit. And what teenage girl wouldn’t want to get swept up in something as dramatic as a secret romance?
Jim doesn’t want to get involved in any of this, though. Even though he’s almost 100% positive that El is expending all her emotional energy into this new relationship at the expense of everything else and all of this teenage drama is going to blow up in her face. But El is also almost 17 years old, a year and change away from becoming an adult in her own right. She needs to learn from her mistakes. It’s not that he won’t help her pick up the pieces, but Jim can’t hold her hand forever, especially if he wants her to be a self-sufficient young woman one day.
Jim just hopes that the fallout won’t be too bad, the landing too rough. Because there’s going to be a fallout for this; he just knows it.
But, still, none of this gets him any closer to figuring out what’s going on, so Jim heads inside with not a small amount of caution.
The house is mostly dark when he walks inside, dark and quiet. The only lights are the low, dim ones that are normally always on in the kitchen and the low light Jim can see from El’s open bedroom door where he’s standing at the bottom of the stairs.
Okay, nothing raucous or crazy. All good signs. As long as everyone has clothes on, I think we’ll come out of this ok, Jim tells himself as he slowly heads upstairs, not even bothering to take off his uniform coat. His footsteps aren’t overly loud, but he’s also not making an effort to creep up the steps, either. And he knows he’d be deluding himself if he lets him think that the slow pace of his ascent is for any reason other than it’ll give a couple of lovesick, possibly indecent teenagers a handful of extra seconds to regain what little dignity they can manage.
But there’s still no sounds as Jim reaches the second floor landing and inches ever closer to El’s open bedroom door. He gives himself one last moment to take in a deep breath, to steel himself for the possibility of seeing something he might really not want to see, before he slowly peers into El’s bedroom to see….
Mike sitting on top of the covers, headphones in his ears, school books open on his lap while he leans back against the headboard, and El half under the covers, wrapped around Mike’s torso like a koala as she sleeps with her face burrowed in Mike’s side.
Huh, his brain goes for the second time this evening. Mostly because this is the most innocent having-your-boyfriend-over-after-school-unsupervised scenario Jim’s ever seen. And yet, at the same time, it’s weirdly… domestic, intimate in a way that seems way too settled for two teenagers. Honestly, Jim doesn’t know what to think. One thing at a time, he reminds himself before soldiering on.
Sighing, Jim steps fully into the doorway and raps his knuckles against the frame as he leans against it with one shoulder. But neither Mike or El respond – El dead to the world and Mike both too caught up in his schoolwork and whatever’s coming out of his headphones for anything to penetrate his concentration – so Jim steps further into the room, hoping to god that Mike Wheeler has at least somewhat decent peripheral vision and will notice him before long.
True enough, Jim only gets a few steps into the room before Mike notices him. But to Mike’s credit, he only flinches a little, no doubt mindful of disturbing El, and for that, Jim’s grateful. Mike Wheeler might be a 16-going-on-17 year old boy, but it’s undeniable that he cares about El, which earns him points in Jim’s book.
The look in Mike’s eyes is more than a little fearful as he looks up at Jim, trembling fingers reaching to pull the earbuds from his ears. “Chief, um, Hopper, sir. It’s not – I can explain – I– ”
Jim holds up a hand to cut off the panicked ramble before it can get going. One of Jim’s least favorite things about Mike is just how goddamn twitchy and squirrelly he is. Then again, having Ted Wheeler as a father is bound to mess up anyone, if he’s still the same tool Jim remembers from high school. “Mike, stop. It’s ok. I know you’re just keeping El company while she’s sick. Don’t worry about it.”
“I, um, also brought over her assignments. For her classes.” Mike hasn’t moved an inch and Jim wonders how much of that is El holding him tight and how much is just him being paralyzed with fear.
Good to know I can still command some respect with teenagers, Jim thinks before he speaks again. “Well, I’m sure El will appreciate that when she’s feeling better.” Jim approaches the bed and gently leans against the edge of the mattress, arms crossed over his chest. “How’s she doing?” he asks with a chin nod in El’s direction.
Mike frowns lightly as he looks over at El, the expression warring with the schmoopy lovesick look on his face. Jim manages to suppress the urge to roll his eyes. God save me from maudlin teenagers. “Ok, I guess,” Mike says, slowly dragging his gaze away from El. “She’s pretty much been sleeping the entire time I’ve been here, so….” Mike lets his sentence end with a shrug of his shoulders.
“Good that she’s been sleeping – she’s been overworked a lot recently.” Jim glances at El briefly, but mainly keeps his eyes on Mike. “Thanks for looking out for her. I really appreciate it.”
“Oh, uh, no problem,” Mike says, stumbling on the words a little.
“No, I’m serious,” Jim says. “El has a tendency to charge forward without thinking and get in over her head sometimes before she knows what’s going on. So I’m glad she has someone else watching out for her, keeping an eye on her. I’m glad she has you.”
Mike doesn’t say anything in response to Jim’s words. Instead, he’s just looking up at Jim with wide eyes and Jim can see the exhaustion in them, lingering at edges that are tight with tension, speaking to something deeper that Jim really doesn’t want to look at.
So, Jim doesn’t look. He has enough going on in his life trying to keep El from imploding. “I was gonna order a pizza for dinner,” Jim says, slow and calm. “You want to stay? I’m sure El would really like that.”
There’s a moment where Jim thinks Mike’s going to decline the offer – something going wobbly in his eyes for just a moment. But it fades as quickly as it appears, turning into a determination so sharp, it’s almost brittle. “Yeah, sure, thanks.”
Jim smiles and pretends not to be concerned by whatever might be going on with Mike. “Ok, you handle Sleeping Beauty over there and I’ll take care of the pizza. Think you can manage that alright?”
Mike nods, almost eagerly. “Yeah, I got it.”
Jim pats the surface of the mattress with a gentle hand. “Good. I’ll leave you to it, then,” he says before he gets up and leaves El in what Jim can only hope is Mike’s competent hands.
Whatever you do, kid, just don’t break her.
For the second time in less than a day, El is woken up by the feeling of a gentle touch trailing along her cheek and jaw. A moan, soft and sleepy, escapes from her sore throat, tempered by how awareness seeps back into her body, all heavy limbs and stuffy head. But, against and beneath her, is the most divine warmth she’s ever experienced in her entire life. “Don’t wanna wake up,” she murmurs as she turns into the source of heat, face pressing into the solid warmth against her.
“I know, but your dad’s ordering pizza, so you should probably try and eat something.”
El’s breath hitches at the sound of Mike’s voice. He’s still here, she thinks and her heart swells in her chest, overwhelming her with emotion. The warmth that fills her makes her almost dizzy and she finds herself forcing her eyes open so she can look up at him. She knows she’s all bleary eyed and her skin’s probably blotchy and her hair’s most definitely a rat’s nest, but she has to see him, has to make sure that she’s not imagining any of this. “Mike,” she says with a sigh as her gaze lands on him.
Mike’s looking down at her with infinite tenderness, gentle and, dare she say, loving. And there’s a smile on his face that makes her heart feel all fluttery and wow, she never wants this to stop. “Hey there. Love the Sleeping Beauty impression, by the way.”
El’s cheeks heat up at the teasing compliment and she fights the urge to burrow back into Mike’s chest. “Nowhere near beautiful right now.”
“And, again, agree to disagree,” Mike says, hand trailing down her arm to press his palm against the back of her hand where it’s resting on his chest. “You feeling any better, though?” he asks, concern threading through the warmth in his voice.
“Eh, not really,” El says after a beat. “Tired, feel gross. Wanna go back to sleep.” In response, her fingers curl into Mike’s sweater, a silent request for him to stay with her while she sleeps, to never leave her side.
“Yeah, I bet,” Mike says. “You want me to see if your dad will let you eat up here? I’ll make you some tea while I’m at it, if you like.” The words are spoken with infinite patience and the weight of Mike’s gentle attention is 100% completely on her as he says them, looking down at her with the softest expression El’s ever seen.
El’s heart continues its never-ending attempt to beat right out her chest with all the acrobatics it’s doing. Mike’s taking care of her like there’s nothing else he’d rather be doing and it makes her feel like… god, she doesn’t even have words for how it makes her feel.
“Tea sounds nice,” El says with a soft, shy voice. She feels exposed and she isn’t even entirely sure why, like she’s a second away from spilling out all her emotions for the whole world to see. Maybe it’s because she’s tired and sick, or maybe it’s because of Mike and how he’s treating her like the most precious person on the face of the planet.
“Tea it is,” Mike says before he leans over and presses his lips against her forehead in a soft kiss. “Be right back,” he says as he untangles himself from her.
El immediately misses Mike’s warmth as he slides off the bed and she watches him with a weak pout as he goes to her open bedroom door. Mike pauses for just a moment, long enough to turn around and give her a smile, before he disappears from view.
And, in that moment, El can’t help the way her brain sounds off with a clear, resounding thought: god, I love him.
The truth of that thought slams into her heart with enough force to take her breath away, heartbeat racing with the realization that, yes, El loves Mike – she is totally and completely, irrevocably in love with the sweetest, cutest, most amazing guy she’s ever known. And, not like puppy love levels of emotion – more like “god, I think I want to spend the rest of my life with him” levels of emotion.
Mike is everything El could ever want: he’s smart and sweet and treats her like she’s a goddess among mortals; he’s irresistibly cute, the touch of his hands and lips makes her feel like she’s being consumed within by the fire he sets off inside of her, all the while making her feel safe and cherished and wanted.
El’s so in love with him, she can hardly breathe, can barely even wrap her mind around it.
With that thought comes the realization that El wants to make Mike feel like he’s made her feel, to make him feel loved and cherished and, above all, wanted. And, just like that, that last little bit of resistance holding her back dissolves like wet tissue paper, opening the floodgates on all the wants and desires and dreams that have been coursing through her for the past several weeks.
There’s now nothing to stop El from wanting to give him everything.
Including – and especially – herself.
But, in order for El to follow through on any of that, though, there’s a few things she has to do beforehand.
And the very first of those things is to get better.
Mike stays for dinner that first night she’s sick – Hop letting her and Mike eat upstairs in her room – but once he goes home for the night, El takes a shower at Hop’s suggestion and almost immediately falls back asleep afterwards.
El sleeps straight through the night and all the way through the morning until a little after 12. And when she wakes up, she still feels a little stuffy and her throat’s still sore, but she’s antsy and fidgety in a way that speaks to how she’s getting better.
El knows, though, that if she tries to get out of bed and do much of anything, that she’ll regret it. So she stays in bed and instead puts older episodes of Queer Eye on in the background as she slowly works her way through the homework assignments Mike brought over for her yesterday.
It’s a bit of a struggle as her brain doesn’t really want to focus on much of anything, but she can’t afford to fall any further behind in her classes than she already is, never mind the monster of an essay she has 3 weeks to finish that she’s only barely started outlining.
(she doesn’t like to think about the hot rush of shame that spreads inside of her at the reminder of her teetering academic performance, especially at the thought of mike finding out. there were a couple of moments yesterday while her and mike were eating dinner where she almost told him about how she was drowning. but she was too tired and too embarrassed, so she held her tongue, despite the voice in the back of her head screaming at her to tell someone, that no one would understand better than he would.)
El chips away at her homework until Mike comes by after school to drop off her assignments again and to hang out. El’s not feeling up to much more than snuggling while watching Netflix, but Mike doesn’t seem to mind as he holds her close and lazily plays with her hair. Occasionally, his fingers absently brush against the skin of her neck and jaw as he runs his fingers through the strands of her hair and El has to fight the urge to shiver each and every time, even if she can’t stop the way her skin breaks out with goosebumps at the gentle thrill of his touch.
But even if El isn’t feeling up for much more than this, she still doesn’t let Mike leave to go home without a good night kiss.
“Thanks for coming over again,” she says as she and Mike slowly come to a stop by the front door. El’s wearing PJ pants, a tank top, and a thin cardigan thrown over her shoulders to ward off the chill and it’s the most put together she’s been in what feels like forever. Hell, just the fact that she’s even downstairs feels like something of a victory.
Mike smiles down at her, gaze fond and twinkling. “If I don’t see you on a daily basis, I start to go through withdrawls, so thanks for being up to letting me come over.”
El giggles, the sound a little hoarse still because of her throat. “Even if we were just watching TV and cuddling?”
“I just like being with you, no matter what,” Mike says with a shrug, gaze ducking a bit as he turns a little shy.
El’s heart flips traitorously in her chest and she feels her cheeks heat up. Damn him and his ability to make her feel all floaty like this…. Still, that kind of schmoopy, romantic line, spoken with complete sincerity, deserves some kind of reward. “How worried are you about getting sick?” El says, lips pulling up in a soft, yet giddy smile, one eyebrow arching coyly. God, she loves feeling better.
Mike looks up at her, eyes going wide for just a moment before he starts to smile, too. “Well, considering I’ve spent several hours very close to you over the past couple of days while you’ve been sick, not very,” he says as a knowing look crosses his face.
“Oh, good, that means I can do this.” After a quick check to make sure Hop isn’t looking (he’s too busy putting together dinner in the kitchen, just out of sight of where she and Mike are standing), El takes a step forward and reaches for Mike. Her fingers curl in the fabric of his hoodie so she can yank him down and Mike helps out by leaning over as she pushes up onto her toes, their lips meeting in a soft but eager kiss that has El’s eyes fluttering shut. A low moan escapes the both of them – clearly 48 hours is way too long to go with out kissing – and El lets herself drown in the dizzying pleasure of Mike’s mouth on hers, his lips soft but firm, slanting just so against her own. Every nerve ending tingles with warmth and El desperately wants to have him firmly pressed up against the warmth that’s consuming her, wants him to make that warmth turn into a raging inferno.
All in due time, a sultry voice in the back of her mind whispers as the kiss ends. El lowers herself back onto her heels, both of them suddenly a little out of breath (gee, wonder why?) , and her lashes flutter back open to look up at her beautiful, gorgeous boyfriend. “Hi, there,” she whispers with only a little bit of a rasp.
“Well, hello,” Mike says, his own voice low and husky, like he’s getting caught up in all the feelings coursing through him like she is. “Missed that,” he says as his hands go to cup her elbows, just so he can keep touching her.
El loves how tactile Mike is, how he’s always reaching for her or touching her. Most of it is innocent (though a good portion of it is decidedly not, these days), but it always makes El feel special and cared for, like there’s nothing more than he needs but to stay connected to her. “Mmm, me too,” she says with a wistful, little sigh. “Hopefully, I’ll be feeling even better tomorrow so we can start our ‘study sessions’ up again.” El punctuates her sentence with a flirty, little wink, crowing in victory at the way Mike’s cheeks flush.
“You’re such a flirt,” Mike says, trying to chastise her, but the way he’s leaning in again undermines his point.
“Like you’re really going to complain now,” El says as their lips meet in a quick, gentle kiss that nonetheless makes her heart rate shoot back up once more.
“Never,” Mike says and the uncontrollable grin on his face does funny things to El’s insides that she never, ever wants to stop. And as they finish saying their goodbyes, El reluctantly escorting Mike out the front door, El knows she’s more than ready to start executing the plan that’s been building in the back of her head for the past several weeks, the one she wasn’t quite ready for until it hit her just how much she loves Mike.
But, first, she needs some advice.
And the only person she can think of to ask?
Max Mayfield.
El goes back to school on Thursday, the second to last day of school before Christmast break. Hop offers to let El stay home through Friday, start her break from school early, but El doesn’t take him up on it. One, because she really can’t afford to miss any more school even it’s only two days (it’s a minor miracle she was able to finish her make-up work last night).
And two, almost more importantly to her state of mind right now, El is a woman on a mission.
Because she has questions about sex that she is going to get answers to. And, since Max is the only girl she knows who’s actually done it, that’s El’s only option.
But El knows that she can’t actually talk about this during school and she doesn’t want to risk anyone overhearing it because it’s nobody’s business. So she needs to arrange to hang out with Max outside of school. And, yes, El knows she could very easily just call or text Max and ask to hang out over the weekend. But since she’s bound and determined to go to school anyway, she prefers to ask Max face to face.
Which means waiting until PE to get the ball rolling on her plan. So El spends most of Thursday a little anxious and trying not to worry too hard about what Max might say when she asks to do something together over the weekend.
(the only thing that helps take the edge off is the fiery half hour her and Mike spend in the a/v room during lunch, all roaming hands and sharp kisses and bodies almost fully entwined as they move against each other in a way that drives them crazy. but el’s fast discovering that she needs more, so much that it's crowding out everything else, so the stolen moment only does so much to take the edge off.)
El tries her best not to come across as too eager when she heads off to PE, but she can’t stop the nervous flutter in her stomach as she keeps an eye out for Max’s signature red hair.
But El doesn’t end up finding Max.
Max finds her.
“You know, if I were you, I would have just stayed out ‘sick’ the rest of the week.”
Max’s voice comes from behind where El’s sitting on the bleachers, waiting for PE to start, and El can’t hide the way Max catches her off guard, jumping in her seat as she whirls around to look behind her. “God, you have to stop sneaking up on people like that, Max,” El says on the tail edge of gasp, hand coming up to press over her thumping heart.
“What, and take away all my fun? I don’t think so,” Max says with a smirk as she plops down on the bleachers next to El. “So, take it you’re feeling better.”
El arches an eyebrow and returns Max’s smirk. “Better enough,” El says. “Besides, I was starting to get cabin fever.”
“Hey, as long as you don’t go all ‘all work and no play’ on us, that’s all I care about,” Max says with a nudge of her elbow.
“Ha, ha, you’re such a comedian,” El says, rolling her eyes. It occurs to her a moment later that this is her chance to kick off her plan to get the answers she needs. “Oh, hey, before I forget, you up to hang out this weekend?” she asks. “I was thinking maybe you could come over on Saturday and spend the night, or something, if you’d like.”
“You mean have some girl time?” Max asks, smirk softening to a teasing grin.
“If by ‘girl time’, you mean watch movies and play video games, then yes, that’s exactly what I mean.” El leans over and bumps Max with her shoulder. “So, what do you say, Mayfield, you in?”
“Hell yeah, Hopper, I’m in,” Max says, eyes sparkling with happiness. The light in her eyes sobers a bit. “Well, I gotta ask my mom first, but you know.”
“Same with my dad, but I’m sure he’ll say yes.”
“Alright, Saturday it is, then. I’ll bring the entertainment, you supply the popcorn.”
El scowls. “You know, it’s not like I don’t have movies and video games we’d both like,” she says while, out of the corner of her eye, Mr. Palermo comes out, poised to blow the whistle to start class.
“Oh, please, we both know I have better taste between the two of us.”
El sighs as the whistle blows and both she and Max stand up. “You’re lucky I like you, Max.”
“Like you could do anything else. I’m awesome,” Max says with a wink.
This is how, two days later, El finds herself holed up in her room on Saturday night, her and Max pressed shoulder to shoulder in their PJs as they lay on their stomachs on her bed, heads at the foot with feet propped up against the pillows, gazes firmly glued to the TV as the “Spiderman: Homecoming” starts rolling the end credits.
“God, I wish I had super powers,” Max says over the sound of a Marvel movie soundtrack. “That’d be so cool. Like, super strength or the ability to fly or something.”
El spares a moment to imagine what it’d be like to have super powers, shrugging it off half a second later. “Yeah, I guess.” She glances over at Max and takes in a deep breath. “Hey, um, can I ask you something?”
Max grins over at her. “You just did.”
“Oh my god, why are we friends?” El mutters playfully, fighting the urge to smile and managing to contain it to a ghost of a grin as she reaches for the remote and stops the movie.
“God, I’m just kidding. Sheesh, it’s like no one has a sense of humor, anymore,” Max says with a fake groan. “But what’s up?”
El decides the best course of action is to not dance around it, so she doesn’t. “You and Lucas have had sex, right?”
There’s a bit of a pause as Max stares at her, registering El’s words. “Oh, so this is gonna be one of those sleepovers,” Max says, smirking.
“Max, I’m serious,” El says with a whine, anxious need thrumming in her veins. God, the last thing she needs is Max’s running snark right now.
“Ok, ok, I’m sorry,” Max says with a softening voice. “And, to answer your question: yes, Lucas and I have had sex. Many, many times.” She pauses, grinning. “In fact, I think we’ve gotten pretty good at it over the past year or so, if I do say so myself. Why do you ask?”
“Oh, um….” El trails off, stalling for time. Ok, she never actually thought about what to tell Max for why she was asking. She shifts on the bed – another bid for time – sitting up so she can draw her knees up, hugging them close to her chest. “It’s just – I was wondering – your first time, how was it? How did you know you were ready? Did you plan it? Did he surprise you or you surprise him? Or–”
“El, stop,” Max says as she follows El’s lead in sitting up on the bed, but with her legs folded in front of her. “God, you’re as bad as Mike sometimes, I swear.” The mention of Mike’s name makes El jump a little, but Max doesn’t seem to notice as she settles in to her sitting position, reaching to grab a pillow to hold it in a loose hug. “For real, though, why do you want to know?”
El stares across at Max, tongue-tied, words stuck in her throat. She’s not going to get to wriggle out of this, is she? Normally, El wouldn’t hesitate to say what this is about, that she’s ready to go all the way with Mike and just wants some advice about the best way to go about it. But no one knows that she and Mike are together and while El doesn’t doubt that Max can keep a secret, El doesn’t know if she’s going to be able to keep this from Mike. After all, omitting and hiding the truth is the same thing as lying, right?
This existential crisis must be playing out on her face because before El can think of what to say, an eager grin pulls at the corners of Max’s mouth, eyes sparkling with mischief. “Oh my god, you have a secret boyfriend who you totally wanna do it with,” she says, voice almost hushed with the weight of her realization, smile growing all the while. “So who is it? Who’s the boytoy who’s gotten you so hot and bothered, you’re willing to give up the goods? God, I don’t know how you have time for another guy when you spend most of your time with – ”
Max cuts off mid-sentence, eyes going wide, and El knows the jig is up.
(It was a transparent jig to begin with and, if El is being honest, part of her is a lot relieved to not have to keep this secret anymore. She loves Mike, she really does, but she’s desperate for the day where she doesn’t have to hide this anymore from anyone.)
El takes in a deep breath and starts to speak. “Max, I–”
“Oh. My. God.” Max’s voice is barely above a whisper and her mouth is agape. “It’s Mike, isn’t it?”
Her throat feels too thick to speak – hearing it said out loud all but robs her of breath, because it is Mike, him and no one else – so El just nods.
Max is quiet for a long moment, looking at El like she’s seeing her for the first time. “Whoa, holy shit,” she says after several long seconds. Her shoulders sag as a heavy breath leaves her. “God, this explains so much. The two of you have been….”
El sighs, relief rushing through her. “Yeah, we have.”
Max cocks her head, studying El closely. “How long has this been going on?”
“Since right before Halloween,” El says. “The night of Stacey’s party.”
“And the two of you have been keeping this a secret this whole time?” Max asks, cocking an eyebrow. “Wow, I’m seriously impressed.”
At this, El frowns. “You’re not mad or disappointed or anything?”
Max scoffs. “Please, if anything, I totally get why you’ve kept this a secret. The blood-thirsty gossips at school would have a fucking field day with this.”
Ok, this isn’t how El thought this conversation was going to go. “So you think it’s a good idea we’ve kept it to ourselves?”
“Oh absolutely. Why invite people into your own private business unless you have to, you know?” Max says. “You don’t want to feel like you’re living under a microscope every day. Especially when you didn’t ask for it. And believe me, people will talk.”
El doesn’t like hearing what sounds too much like Mike’s arguments independently echoed by Max – especially since this isn’t what El wanted to talk about in the first place. “Yeah, well, people talk no matter what.”
(she worries that mike and max are right, that keeping this out of the public eye is the best thing to do, and it hurts to think that people would be so horrible as to make people want to hide away the most important parts of who they are. it’s an added level of stress and worry that el doesn’t need and she buries it deep, seeing how as it’s not relevant for what she’s desperate to focus on right now. but it’s still there, festering beneath the surface, and nothing el can do will get rid of it for good.)
“True,” Max says with a sharp grin and an arched eyebrow. “But that’s not what you wanted to talk about, is it?”
A flush rises to El’s cheeks and her breath hitches in her chest. “Don’t tease me, please,” she says, recognizing the tone in Max’s voice.
Max holds up her hands, surrendering to El’s point. “Ok, I won’t tease.” She pauses, smirking. “Much.”
El groans and reaches for her pillow so she can bury her face in it. “God, Mike’s going to kill me.”
“Oh, I promise Lover Boy won’t find out about this,” Max says. “I am the very soul of discretion.”
“Max!” El whines, lifting her face from her pillow.
“Ok, ok, I’ll stop. You’ve had enough and any more might make your head explode,” Max says as she shrugs. “Besides, I’ve been hoping you two would get together. You guys are ridiculously and stupidly cute.”
“You think so?” El asks, the beginning of a smile creeping onto her face.
“Yeah, I do.” The sincerity in Max’s voice is unmistakable and El finds her nervousness ratchet down a notch. “He’s totally head over heels for you, even if he hasn’t admitted it yet. And the googly eyes you throw at each other when you think no one is looking are almost nauseating, but no one can deny that you’re happy.” Max breathes out a laugh. “Still, though, I can’t believe you want nerdy Michael Wheeler to punch your v-card.”
El hugs the pillow in her arms tight to her chest. “God, I really do,” she says. “I’ve never felt like this before, Max. I just – I–”
“Want him, yeah, I know,” Max says, cutting her off. “Believe me, I can totally relate. But about Lucas, not Mike. No offense or anything, but the tall, skinny nerd type doesn’t really turn me on.”
El blushes so hard, her face feels like it’s on fire. “None taken,” she says, doing nothing to deny the not-so-veiled insinuation that she’s turned on by that type. “So, your first time, was it good?”
A soft smile blossoms on Max’s face. “It was pretty good, yeah.”
The questions are building up inside El faster than she can process them, helping to loosen her tongue as curiosity begins to take over. “And did you… you know….”
At this, Max’s smile takes on a satisfied, knowing edge. “Finish? Yeah, though I wasn’t sure it was gonna happen at first. Luckily, though, Lucas and I had been fooling around for a few months before our first time – helped us figure out what we liked and what to do.” She looks over at El with a gently questioning gaze. “How far have you and Mike gone?”
El bites her lip and just hugs the pillow that much tighter. “Um, third base, mostly. But, like, just under clothes and with hands and–” She breaks off, using her hands to communicate what her voice cannot, gesturing to the parts of herself to indicate what she and Mike have gotten up to when they’re alone. “You know.”
“Oh, I know,” Max says with a barely contained chuckle. “So, from the way you’re turning cherry-tomato red, I’m guessing that Mike’s managed to figure out what he’s doing, which is good. Whether he’ll be able to remember any of that in the heat of the moment, however, is a different story. Guys are dumb when it comes to sex, so it’ll be up to you to make him remember.”
El doesn’t think she’ll have to – one of the things she loves about Mike is how considerate he is of her when they’re together like that – but she takes the advice in the spirit in which it was given. “I’ll try to remember that,” she says. “But, I’m curious: did you guys plan it? Your first time? Or was it spontaneous? Or did you–?”
“El,” Max says with a laugh, sudden but not unkind. “I could give you a blow-by-blow of my first time, but it’s not going to help make you feel less nervous. The only thing that matters is that you want this. Doesn’t matter if you plan it for weeks or if it happens spur of the moment. If you want it – if you both want it – then nothing else is important. And you do want it, right?”
El nods fervently. “I do. I really do.”
“Then go get him, Tiger,” Max says with a laugh. “But, regardless, it doesn’t hurt to be wearing the right underwear to make it a little extra special.” She winks, smiling all the while. “If you know what I mean.”
El’s stomach does a dizzying, delicious somersault at the thought of what Max is suggesting and she realizes that, overall, Max is right: as long as she wants this, there’s nothing else to worry about.
(there is, though. she just doesn’t know it quite yet.)
El sighs, feeling the last knot of anxiety fade away, replaced with the most divine sensation of resolve she’s ever felt. “Thanks Max, for the advice,” she says, smiling.
Max chuckles. “Oh, anytime. But I expect a report on how it all worked out when it does. I bet you’re gonna break Wheeler’s virgin little brain.”
“Hmm, I hope not. That would be such a shame,” is all El says, brain already half-consumed with the plans that are beginning to race along her every thought.
El knows it won’t take her long to come up with a contingency of plans to achieve this particular goal – not when she’s spurred on by hormones and need and desire. No, it won’t take her long, indeed.
Now, the only thing she needs is an opportunity.
(it’ll be five days from now, on a cloudy rainy day, when the opportunity presents itself. when she’ll give herself to mike and mike will return the favor, when she’ll be with him in all the ways a man and woman can be together. in the moment, she’ll think she’s ready – think they’re both ready – and it’ll be good, really good. but she doesn’t know what’s coming, doesn’t know that there’s not firm ground beneath her feet, but quicksand instead that’s slowly pulling her and mike in by the ankles…
waiting for them to get in over their heads.)
Notes:
I'm gonna let y'all in on a little secret: I'm not completely enamored with this chapter. Like, I like it, but I'm not entirely satisfied with it. I'm not sure what it is or if it's just me (maybe I fell under my own spell and I'm being heavily influenced by the purposeful awkwardness and unsettledness of this chapter, because yes that dread you're feeling? YOU'RE SUPPOSED TO). I know it'll all work out as I go forward, but yeah, this is your behind-the-scenes look at my writing process. You're welcome.
Chapter 18: can't sleep until i feel your touch
Notes:
Well hello, y'all! It's only been about two weeks between chapters this time, instead of more than three like it has been, so progress! Here's to hoping I can keep this cadence up, but who even knows anymore - I can't predict my life at all, it feels like, so we'll see.
But, anyway, I hope you all enjoy this chapter! It's going to be the last "happy" one for a while.......
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Some days, it’s easy to pretend that everything is fine – great, even.
November limps along into December, but Mike barely pays any attention as he fills his time with school, A/V club, and El. Especially El.
It feels like every spare moment Mike has is spent with her. Sneaking off with her during lunch; studying together after school or on the weekends (or “studying” as the case may be); going on romantic dates to places outside of Hawkins; parking his car somewhere remote and discovering that, though El is a sweet girl, she’s certainly not a good girl – not with the way she kisses him or the way she touches him or, god, the way she moves when they’re pressed against each other from shoulder to hip.
Being with El is so amazing, more than he honestly thought possible. She’s addicting in a way Mike wants to drown in and never come up for air. She’s everything he could ever want and Mike doesn’t think he’ll ever get enough of her.
All in all, El is the best kind of distraction, just what he needs to keep his attention away from what’s happening in the rest of his life.
Because the rest of his life? Feels like it’s falling apart.
Everything at home sucks, like pit-of-despair levels of sucks. It feels like it’s been weeks since he saw his dad – Ted Wheeler has all but moved into his office, ceding the house to his soon-to-be ex-wife. And things aren’t much better with Mike’s mom.
There’s a distance between him and his mom that Mike absolutely knows is at least mostly his fault, a distance he doesn’t know how to cross. He’s just so angry and hurt at everything.
Logically, Mike knows that his parents aren’t getting a divorce just to make his life miserable. But the part of him that is pure emotion refuses to listen to anything as feeble as logic. No, that part of him longs for the days when life felt so much simpler and he blames his parents from taking that away from him.
Every time Mike so much as looks at his mom, he just wants to scream (he’d feel the same with his dad, but since he’s barely seen his dad, this reaction is aimed solely at his mom, regardless of whether it’s fair or not). But letting himself indulge in that urge is just not in the cards. Holly still doesn’t know what’s going on, is blissfully unaware of the gaping fault lines that now run through the middle of the Wheeler family, and Mike wants to spare her from the pain for as long as possible.
So he keeps his mouth shut and the easiest way to do that is just pretend his mom doesn’t exist. It’s shockingly not that hard, either – Mike’s anger at his mom mixed with the way she is aggressively giving him space means that neither of them try to bridge the divide that separates them.
School becomes the place that Mike goes to escape the emotional hellscape that is his house… or so he thinks. Not shocking in hindsight, it turns out that it’s not school itself, but the fact that El is there that makes it a place to he wants to escape to.
This particular realization only comes to him the Tuesday before Christmas break when he comes to school only to find that El’s out sick. As it turns out, being around El makes him blind to just about everything else and, when he’s with her, he doesn’t notice how horrible everything around him is. So, El being out sick for 2 days feels like he’s been shocked with ice water, like reality has decided to impose itself on his bliss.
Without El nearby, Mike remembers how much he hates high school, how he feels invisible and looked down on just because he’s a nerd. It’s alarming to realize just how much he’s come to rely on El for his emotional well-being and it’d be much scarier if it wasn’t the only thing that seems to be holding him together right now.
El is his safe space, his refuge, and Mike willingly and eagerly throws all of his energy into keeping it that way, unsullied and untouched.
When Mike’s with El, nothing else matters. He can pour himself into her and let the rest of the world cease to exist – especially when he gets to kiss and touch her, when his senses get to feast on her. Sometimes, the only time he feels whole is when his mouth is on hers and her skin is bare beneath his touch and the way she reacts makes him feel like he’s on top of the world, like he can do no wrong.
And Mike knows – god, he knows – that this can’t last. At the very least, he knows he should tell El what’s going on with him. But just the thought makes his throat feel tight and his heart race in his chest and Mike knows he’s going to be selfish like this for a little while longer because he can’t manage to be anything else.
So, when he’s with El, he throws himself headlong into living wholly in the moment, not thinking about anything else other than this sparklingly beautiful presence he’s blessed enough to get to be near. And it’s so easy to not think when he’s with El. Really, it’s as simple as throwing a switch, it feels like, to turn his mind off and let his body and hormones take over. It’s rapidly becoming beyond addicting and Mike knows he should pump the brakes, but it just feels so good.
The kind of good that has him longing for the start of Christmas break where he has nothing but free time to spend with El.
This becomes even more important when, true to her word, his mom packs up her and Holly and heads off to his grandparents’ house, leaving Mike with his dad (who’s off who–the-fuck-knows where on the first Saturday of Christmas break – probably off at the country club pretending like everything is fine, if Mike has to guess, and man he doesn’t like thinking about how eerily similar he and his dad are at times).
Facing a day spent in a lonely house with only the ghosts of happier times for company, Mike doesn’t waste any time in reaching out to El. He’s already banking on spending the whole day with her before he even hears her answer.
Which is why he’s disappointed to find his plans cut short because of a sleepover El’s having with Max at her house later that day. “Do you have to go?” Mike whines as he flops back against his pillows. What started as just hanging out at his house earlier that afternoon quickly turned into fooling around on his bed and, really, Mike would be more than happy to just stay here and do that with El for the rest of the day – snuggle up under the covers, maybe order a pizza, see where things go from there….
But, it’s not to be given the look he’s getting from El as she lays next to him, one eyebrow arched while a bemused grin plays at the corners of her lips. For a moment, Mike just lets himself stare at her, looking all deliciously rumpled with her shirt rucked up just above her stomach and the hem of her skirt seriously flirting with outright indecency, her hair a luxurious pool of honey chestnut silk spilling across his pillows. She is gorgeous and tempting and every good thing in his life right now and Mike never wants to look away.
“Yes, I made plans,” El says, slowly like she’s speaking to a toddler, one hand coming down to readjust her shirt so that it’s covering most of her stomach. Mike finds himself unable to keep from pouting, view reduced to only the relative sliver of skin just above the waist of her skirt. He watches as her hand slides down her waist and, for a moment, he thinks she might readjust her skirt as well, but her hand comes to a stop at her hip, fingers resting delicately against where her hip meets her thigh. “It’s like you think my life revolves around you.”
Mike tears his gaze away from ogling El so he can respond intelligently. “Do not.” Ok, fine – somewhat intelligently.
“No, it’s ok,” El says with a teasing smile. “You’re adorable when you get all possessive like this. Like a territorial puppy.”
Mike can’t decide whether he wants to scowl or pout, so he does both. “I’m going to take that as you calling me cute, because otherwise that’s just mean.”
El giggles. “You’re adorable,” she says as she starts to lean towards him. Mike follows suit on instinct alone, moving before he’s aware of it, and their lips meet in the middle in a kiss that is so rich, it damn near takes his breath away. He goes to pull her close, hand reaching for the curve of her waist, intent on sliding his hand back up under her shirt while he kisses her senseless. His heart begins to race, anticipation thrumming along every nerve, and he doesn’t even notice the tender pull of his swollen lips as he starts to kiss her harder.
But before he can fully get into it, El pulls away, both of them gasping. “Ok, kissing you is a dangerous temptation I don’t have time for right now.” Her words are spoken with a sharp breathlessness that has something inside of him growling, need flaring inside of him, hot and predatory.
“A temptation, huh?” Mike says with a wolfish grin, already moving to capture her lips once more. “I like the sound of that.”
El pushes him away, hand firmly on his chest, before she starts to sit up. “Oh no, you don’t,” she says, warning flashing in her gaze. But Mike can see behind it, can see the desire rising in her eyes, and he knows that if he tries hard enough, he could convince her to stay.
But he won’t. Mike may feel like he needs El more than air sometimes, but he’s not That Guy. So, Mike lets El push away from him, lets her slide out of his grip and sit up so she can get everything straightened out and ready to go. “Ok, ok,” he says, voice heavy with a sigh of resignation. His hands make short work of smoothing down his shirt and redoing the zipper and button of his jeans, and all he needs to do is slip on a pair of shoes to be presentable enough to take El home (though he’s definitely going to need to shower and change when he gets home, because… yeah).
And by the time he has his shoes on, fished out from under the bed, El is finished getting everything in order: hair pulled back, shoes on, clothes perfectly in place. By comparison, Mike feels like a slob – a pasty, hopeless slob.
But then El smiles up at him when she notices he’s turned to look at her and he thinks that, maybe, if she can look at him like that, there must be something about him that’s redeeming. “Hey, you ready?” she asks as she comes over to him, hand reaching out to grab his and lace their fingers together.
Mike squeezes their hands together. “Kinda have to be, don’t I?” he asks with a wry grin.
“Such a drama queen,” El teases with a roll of her eyes. She tugs on his hands, clearly amused. “C’mon, lets go.”
“Yes, ma’am,” Mike says through a low chuckle.
Mike lets El drag him out of his room and to the car so he can take her home. And in exchange, he gets to steal more than a handful of kisses as he drops her off, lips warm and lingering as they promise to see each other tomorrow night.
With the promise of seeing her in 24 hours secured, Mike heads home, thinking all the while that as long as he gets to see El everyday, he’ll be able to survive Christmas break with only his dad and the ghosts of his parents’ marriage lurking around the cold, empty house.
The house is actually empty when Mike gets home, his dad still out and about anywhere but here, and Mike’s not surprised. He doesn’t even give it a second thought (which is sad, if he actually bothered to think about why he doesn’t think about it) before he goes first upstairs to shower and change, and then down to the basement. There, on the couch, he loses himself in playing video games for what feels like hours. He’s hoping that if he distracts himself enough, he won’t notice the sad, oppressive atmosphere around him.
And it works, all of it works.
For a little while, at least.
Mike spends Sunday afternoon with the Party, letting them give him shit about how it’s been forever since he’s hung out with them outside of school, mild guilt tugging at him all the while.
Sunday evening and then most of Monday are spent with El: Sunday is at his house where they watch a couple of movies in between spending time attached by the lips and hips. And Monday is spent at El’s house, where she somehow corrals him into working on school stuff (Mike’s convinced it’s the power of those gorgeous, golden brown eyes puppy-dog eyes – honestly, all she has to do is flash those eyes at him and he’s putty in her hands).
And all throughout that time, Mike doesn’t see his dad at all. Mike knows his dad’s there, though. There’s evidence in the dishes left in the sink that weren’t any of Mike’s, and in the muffled sounds of his dad’s footsteps up and down the halls. It’s like living with a fucking ghost. But, despite how weird it is, Mike at least knows his dad is there.
Until, suddenly, he’s not.
The Mike that comes home late Monday afternoon is all smiles – wistful, yes, but all smiles nonetheless. He’s spent the whole day with El and, yes, while they spent a good portion of that time doing schoolwork, it was easy as sin to convince El to do things other than studying.
(really, it actually took no convincing at all. they’d been finishing up their christmas break assignment for trig, having spent most of the day working on their us history project, when mike looked over at el and could not take his eyes of the graceful sweep of her neck, gaze zeroed in on the spot right where her neck met her shoulder. there had been no thinking as he leaned, homework completely forgotten by the time his lips landed on that spot, the breathless gasp el had let out sending a bolt of pleasure zipping straight down his spine.
he lifted his head to look at her, heart beginning to race, and was more pleased than he could put into words to see the way her eyes filled with heat, the way her tongue darted out to lick her lips. but there was a question in her eyes, mixing with a little bit of amused exasperation, and mike just arched one eyebrow while his lips quirked up in a smile.
el held his gaze for a long moment, but when she didn’t say anything, mike knew he had her, veins thumping with anticipation as he leaned back in, this time with her meeting him halfway. they lost themselves for a good hour after that, lost in each caress of their hands and lips, lost in the feel of being pressed up against each other, lost in making each other feel good.
if only , he’d thought. it could always be this way.)
So, yeah, despite how he didn’t want to go home in the first place, Mike parks his car in front of the house with every inch of him filled with happiness and the endorphin rush of bone deep satisfaction. His hormones are temporarily sated from spending excellent quality time with his girlfriend and that’s pretty much all a typical, almost 17-year old guy can ask for.
As such, Mike doesn’t really notice that, despite the fact that it’s nearly 6PM, the house is dark and his dad’s car is nowhere to be seen in the driveway.
Mike frowns a little as he gets inside the house and finds all the lights off. Strange, Dad should be home from work by now, he thinks. “Dad?” he calls out, flipping on lights as he makes his way further into the house, heading almost on auto-pilot to the kitchen.
There’s no response to his call, but when Mike turns on the lights in the kitchen and his gaze lands on a piece of paper on the counter next to an envelope with a small stack of money peeking out, Mike thinks he has an answer to the question he was really asking.
Nausea begins rising in his stomach, deep and dark, and his hands are trembling as he goes over to the counter to pick up the note left for him by his dad (because who else could have left it?).
Mike, it reads in his dad’s sharply angled, all-caps handwriting. Got sent out on a last minute business trip. There should be enough cash to get you through the week. If there’s an emergency, use the credit card I gave you, but only if there’s an emergency. I should be back by Friday. -Dad.
Well, fuck.
Great, this is just great. His mom and Holly are down at his grandparents’ house in Florida and even though he knows his mom would come home if he called and told her about this, the fact that he hasn’t heard anything from his mom (confirmed by a quick check of his phone) means that his dad and his mom are not talking at all. And Mike’s not a baby – he’s going to be 18 in a little over a year, after all – so he’s not about to go crying to his mom about how his dad just walked out on him, too.
So Mike swallows down the emotions that are churning in his stomach and slowly creeping up his throat, swallows them down hard and buries them as deep as he can.
No one wants you, a voice, sly and slippery, whispers in the back of his head, despite his best efforts. Mom didn’t fight hard for you, dad just left you, sisters you haven’t talked to in days. Who else is there, anyway?
“I have El and my friends,” Mike says out loud to the voice, the sound sounding too loud for the oppressive quiet of the house. “I’m fine. I’ll be fine. I can do this.”
Mike wonders if he’s declaring it or trying to reassure himself (or both), but he doesn’t let himself think about it for too long. Instead, he busies himself with counting out the cash his dad left him ($300, all in twenties), before trying to figure out what he wants for dinner, like everything is normal.
Like everything is fine.
It’s not, though, a fact that El calls him out on when they talk later that evening.
“Hey, you ok?” El asks him. “You sound a little….”
Mike gulps and, for one of the only times in recent memory, is glad El isn’t here so she can’t see his face. “A little what?” he asks, trying to keep his voice relaxed and casual.
“I don’t know. A little sad, I guess. Everything alright over there? If I had a car, I’d come over and kiss it better.”
The teasing tone in El’s voice brings a smile to Mike’s face despite the anxious, nauseated swirl churning around in his stomach. “A car and your license,” Mike says, echoing her teasing tone, before he sighs. “And, yeah, everything’s fine. Just, you know how it goes between me and my dad, especially since my mom’s down in Florida helping my grandparents.” The lie leaves a bitter taste on Mike’s tongue, but it doesn’t stop him from swallowing it. “He and I don’t get along. It’s like living with the world’s worst roommate.” Yeah, a roommate to bails on you with little warning.
“Well, it’s just for a little while, right? Until your mom comes home? And what about your older sister – when’s she supposed to come home?”
Mike sighs. “Nancy’s coming home from New York a couple days before Christmas with Jonathan – that’s Will’s older brother, her boyfriend. I think my mom should be home probably around the same time.” Or, at least, Mike hopes both she and Nancy will be home around that time. Even when – if – his dad comes home, Mike doesn’t know how much longer he can stand it just being the two of them.
He’s been trying so hard to pretend that everything is fine, to ignore everything that’s happening. But, as he lays there on the phone, eyes starting to shimmer with burning tears, he can admit, even if it’s only to himself, that everything is not fine.
And Mike knows he should tell El all of it, or even any of it. He should tell her his parents are getting divorced, that they’ve each abandoned him alone at home, that everything beneath the roof of the Wheeler household has fallen apart into cold, dark disarray (where in years past, the house would be decked from wall to wall with sparkling lights and Christmas decorations in every shape and color, this year the house is like a mausoleum, a monument to one family’s miserable existence, and the realization, achingly sad, curdles in his stomach).
But Mike doesn’t tell El any of this and, so, he swallows back his tears and tries to take in a deep, steadying breath as quietly as possible.
“Well, that’s not so bad, then,” El says. “And besides, if you need a distraction, you always have me. You know that, right?”
It’s true – El is the best distraction and easily the best thing about his life right now. Hell, even if everything was sunshine and roses as far as the eye could see, El would still outshine them all. That Mike has her in his life right now at all means more than he can possibly put into words.
Which means he absolutely wants to keep everything else about his life as far away from her as possible, to keep her as the one safe space he has left, a safe space that suddenly seems like is always reaching for him.
So, Mike smiles and reaches back. “Yeah, I’ll always have you.”
But, oh, if only he knew just how much.
The first Wednesday of Christmas break dawns like pretty much every other Wednesday. And other than the fact that, unlike most Wednesdays, Mike sleeps until 11, there’s nothing special about it.
When he inevitably looks back on this day – as you do when something life-altering happens – he’ll wonder if there was something about this day that he missed, some sort of blaring, neon sign just out of sight, signaling the seismic shift about to come his way, and he was just too caught up in the moment to notice.
But, nope, nothing special or out of the ordinary, no Spidey sense ringing in the back of his head as he slowly wakes up.
The sunlight coming in through Mike’s window is half-shrouded by the grey clouds that drift across the sky. But he still finds himself squinting against the light and a groan escapes him as he pulls the blankets up over his head.
The house is eerily quiet in a way that Mike is (unfortunately) getting used to, and he barely registers the sad pang in his heart at the realization. Instead, he reaches for his phone as he slowly emerges from underneath the blankets, intent on checking the time.
However, his gaze is caught by the text message notification on his lockscreen, one that came in a half an hour ago from El. And, suddenly, knowing what time is can go fuck off. good morning, handsome, the message reads, complete with an emoji blowing a kiss.
Mike’s heart gives a jolt like he’s downed an entire pot of coffee in one go and he can feel himself grinning like a fool, but he just doesn’t care. well, hello there, Mike texts back, all happy and flirty. sleep well?
dreamed about you, so of course i did.
He draws in a stuttering breath. what was i doing in this dream? Mike has to know – he just has to.
wasn’t so much what you were doing as what i was doing to you. And then, after a second: i can show you later… if you want.
Ok, that’s it – teasing over text message is over. With trembling fingers, Mike hurries to call El and is just able to hit the speaker button so he doesn’t have to hold the phone up to his ear as the phone starts ringing. And when El picks up not even a full ring later, Mike doesn’t even let her answer the call before he’s speaking. “Oh, I do want, you damn tease.”
The breathless giggle that fills his room, tinny coming through his phone’s speaker, is enough to set his heart ablaze. “But, is it teasing if I plan on following through?”
Mike gulps, trying desperately to imagine what El might be talking about, imagination running wild just on the power of her suggestion and the tone of her voice. “Not that I’m complaining, or anything, but where did this come from?”
“Oh, you know,” El says in an airy voice, drawing out the syllables, and Mike can so easily picture her twirling a lock of hair around her finger. “I guess I was inspired by what happened yesterday in my bedroom.”
Oh… that. Mike grins, smug satisfaction mixing with the potent excitement that’s tickling along every nerve. “Well, guess you can say I’m pretty talented with my hands, huh?”
“Very,” comes El’s sultry reply. “So, I was thinking….”
El’s voice trails off suggestively and Mike’s grin just gets even bigger. “Yeah?”
“Maybe, you can come over in a little bit and we can finish up our homework and then, after, we can do… stuff.”
“‘Stuff’, huh? I like the sound of that,” Mike says, having completely lost the battle against not smiling like an idiot. “But you’re gonna stick with this homework thing, aren’t you?”
“Hey, I’m pretty sure we can wrap it up today and, when we do, we don’t have to worry about it for the rest of break, which means we can do whatever we want when we’re together and not feel that weight hanging over our heads. Doesn’t that sound nice?” It’s amazing and Mike’s not sure how she does this, but El somehow manages to sound adorable when she’s all huffy and lecturing and, he’s not going to lie, it’s kind of a turn on.
Wonder what that says about me, Mike thinks with a barely suppressed huff of laughter. “Ok, ok, you’ve convinced me.” A flash of an idea comes to mind a split-second later. “But, instead of doing work at your house, maybe we could do it at mine?”
To be honest, Mike has no motivation other than a) being with El somewhere they can be alone and he knows they won’t be bothered, and b) doing something to counteract the stale sadness that’s wrapped itself around the house. El’s presence is like a disinfecting balm on everything around her and Mike hopes that some of her natural brightness and exuberance lingers long after she’s gone home for the night, making the house feel less like a tomb and more like someone lives there.
“Ok,” El says with a giggling sigh. “But only if we stop for Starbucks before we get to your house.”
“Hey, you’re just lucky there is a Starbucks in this town,” Mike says as he tries to not freak out too much about the idea of being out with El where someone could see them – especially at Starbucks, which sees more than its fair share of Hawkins High students going in and out all day. But, Mike has to remind himself, it’s not unusual for him to be seen with her, after all. It’s pretty common knowledge that they’re working together for school stuff and El hasn’t hid at all that she’s friends with him. In fact, the only thing they’re hiding is that they’re so much more than friends.
So it’ll be fine, just fine.
“Oh, please, every town has a Starbucks these days, so don’t try that with me, mister.” El’s voice is full of light and teasing and every inch of him craves for her company. “So, when are you coming to pick me up?”
“Well, since the potential for caffeine in my near future has suddenly skyrocketed, I’m thinking….” Mike stops, glancing up as he thinks. “Maybe a half an hour?”
A giggle is his reward for providing an answer. “Perfect, gives me just enough time to get ready. See you in a bit!”
Almost a half an hour on the dot finds Mike pulling up in front of El’s house. Hopper’s cruiser is gone – signaling that he’s at work – so Mike doesn’t even think twice about parking in the driveway. He’s not going to be there long, anyway.
A fact, which, he’s almost regretting when El opens the door and he gets his first good look at her of the day.
El is always gorgeous, but today, she looks transcendent. There’s nothing immediately obvious to explain why, but she is and Mike can’t hide his reaction, jaw dropping as he drinks her in. She’s wearing a forest green sweater dress, the fabric clinging to the curves of her waist, hips, and thighs, with a pair of knee high boots that she’s taken to wearing as the temperatures have gotten colder and that he’s taken to love for the way the supple leather wraps around her calves. Add in the fact that El’s hair is currently down in a lush waterfall of gentle waves and that she’s smiling up at him with a light blush tinging her cheeks, and suddenly all Mike wants to do is kiss her senseless, guide her upstairs, and –
“Wow, you look beautiful,” Mike all but breathes, completely and thoroughly gobsmacked by the vision in front of him. How she’s able to look so gorgeous with so little effort will never fail to astound and confuse him, but Mike will never not be grateful that she’s chosen to bestow her attention and affection onto him.
“Hmm, such a charmer,” El says with a breathless giggle as she reaches for him. Mike willingly lets her pull him towards her, her fingers curling gently into his shirt, and leans in to meet her in the middle in a kiss that is both passionate and whisper-soft, lips brushing with more than enough heat to make him shiver. “Good morning,” El says once she’s pulled back just enough to speak.
“A very good morning,” Mike says as a grin tugs up at the corners of his mouth. “And, if I remember correctly, I believe the lady has demanded Starbucks.”
“You remember correctly,” El says, eyes sparkling with mirth while she visibly fights against a face-splitting grin. “Shall we?”
Mike feels like he’s never going to stop smiling, he’s so happy. “We shall.”
They make the requested quick stop at Starbucks before heading over to his house, where the next few hours disappear into problem sets and worksheets as they wrap up their Christmas break homework. Mike’s surprised that he actually manages to focus given the heavenly creature sitting next to him on the couch in the basement, but after the 5th time or so of El mildly glaring at him when his eyes would wander, Mike knuckles down and manages to barrel through the rest of his work alongside El.
So it’s a nice feeling when, a little after 2 in the afternoon, Mike and El finally emerge triumphant from the shackles of vacation-assigned homework. A thrill runs through Mike, excited that they can now move on to other things –
Which is cut short when El all but slams her pencil and notebook down on the coffee table before she turns to him and declares: “Let’s go on a walk!”
“A walk?” Mike’s eyebrows arch into a furrowing forehead. “It’s, like, 5 degrees above freezing.”
But El’s not deterred as she gives him her strongest, most powerful puppy dog eyes and Mike knows he’s about to go along with whatever El wants. “It’s not like we’re going on a two hour hike, or anything. We’ve been cooped up inside for days doing homework–”
“Because you made us,” Mike interjects under his breath.
“And it’ll be nice to get some fresh air,” El continues like he hadn’t even spoken. “Besides….” Here, El pauses, batting her eyelashes at him and Mike’s a goner. “It’s romantic.”
This is how Mike finds himself, firmly bundled up, walking hand-in-hand with El in the woods besides his house. She’s wearing one of his hoodies over her sweater dress and her cheeks are red with cold and she’s smiling up at him so beautifully, Mike thinks part of him has died and gone to heaven.
“See? Isn’t this nice?” El says, accompanied by the soft crinkle of dried leaves beneath their feet.
Yeah, sure, it’s cold and Mike’s own cheeks are starting to feel a little chapped and numb. But El’s hand is warm in his and nothing else matters. “It’s not so bad, I guess,” Mike says, a small smile spreading across his face.
“Told you.” El’s voice is smug, but it’s too adorable to be anywhere close to grating.
“Yes, yes,” Mike says with an amused roll of his eyes. “You're right, like always.”
El winks at him. “And don’t you forget it.” A laugh bubbles out of her, full of boundless joy, and it fills the woods around them, sifting through trees with skeletal branches, infusing the crisp air they draw into their lungs. Mike thinks he could listen to her laugh forever and never get tired of it.
She sobers a couple of moments later, though, but she’s still smiling as she speaks. “So, is it just going to be your parents and sisters for Christmas?”
“Yeah, I think so,” Mike says, trying not to think about the empty house he just left, the one waiting to be filled. “What about you? Any family coming to visit?”
“No, just me and my dad,” El says with a shake of her head. “And, honestly, I kinda like it that way. See, my dad and I have all these little traditions. Like….”
The next 20 minutes or so is spent like this: talking about their typical holidays, sharing stories from years past. Mike finds himself relaxing into their conversation, heart warming at the realization. When he’s with El, it’s like nothing is quite so bad or as painful, like she protects him from all that might hurt him. She’s a miracle in the form of a beautiful, sweet young woman and Mike knows he’ll never be able to understand how he got so lucky as he lets himself live in the moment, concerned only with her sparkling eyes and warm voice.
Mike’s so wrapped up in El – and vice versa, as it turns out – that he doesn’t notice the way the sky above them changes, clouds turning darker as they blanket the sky. And it’s not until the first raindrops splatter onto his face do either of them look up, all conversation halting as they take stock of the situation.
“We should probably head back,” Mike says, frowning a little.
“Yeah, not a bad idea,” El murmurs, voice starting to compete with the sound of raindrops falling onto dirt and dead leaves.
The only problem, though, with heading back? Mike has no idea exactly where he and El are. And by the time he does figure it out, the smattering of raindrop has turned into a steady fall, soaking into their hair and outer layers. It’s just warm enough for it not to be snowing, leaving icy cold water seeping into their skin and clothes.
Panic starts to creep up into Mike’s stomach. “C’mon, this way,” he says, spurred on by urgency as he tugs on El’s hand in the direction of his house. They’re at least 15 minutes away – it might be less if they make a run for it, but Mike knows that’s a sure-fire way to get soaked to the bone, so he tries to keep their pace steady, but brisk, just short of a run
The calculation changes when they’re about halfway back, when the rain starts falling even harder, beginning to come down in sheets of what feels like pure ice.
Wordlessly– they’ve barely spoken since the rain started – Mike and El start to run as best they can with the ground slick beneath them. They’re going to be drenched either way no matter what and now Mike’s concerned with just getting them inside and out of the cold as soon as possible.
Luckily (and Mike hopes this is the case for El, too) the run helps keep out the very worst of the chill. But he’s still shivering a bit as they make a final sprint towards the door leading into basement, Mike thanking his lucky stars that he forgot to lock it. They hurry inside and it’s only then that Mike lets go of El’s hand so he can turn to look at her.
El is soaked – hair hanging heavy with water, sodden clothes clinging to her arms and legs – and Mike’s sure he doesn’t look much better. “You ok?” he asks through teeth that are chattering a little as he hurries to shuck off his soaked jacket.
“Yeah,” El says, sounding as cold as he is, voice trembling with it. She unzips the hoodie she borrowed for him, letting it fall to the ground with a wet plop, before she reaches to take off her boots, pulling them off one at a time. “Guess the walk wasn’t such a good idea – sorry,” she says, giving him a baleful look as she removes her boots.
“It’s ok,” Mike says, arms crossing tight over his chest, his sweater almost as soaked as his recently removed jacket. “We’ll dry off and you can borrow some clothes and we’ll run everything through the dryer. It’ll be fine.”
El nods and opens her mouth to speak, but before she can, one of her boots falls over and a small puddle of water dribbles out of it onto the carpet. There’s a beat, a moment of thick silence, and then El lets out a spluttering giggle. Mike joins in, bowled over by the sheer absurdity, and soon the two of them are laughing outright. El moves towards him and Mike opens his arms so she can step into his embrace, her forehead coming to rest on his chest. Her arms wrap around him and he holds her close while they laugh and giggle, all shaking heads and huffing breaths.
“God, what a day,” Mike breathes out once their laughter has calmed down a bit.
“Seriously,” El says as she pulls back, looking up at him with wide eyes full of amusement, all warm and open and trusting. Her cheeks are red from both their run back and the cold, and her hair’s hanging in thick, wet locks, but her gaze is clear and her lips are parted just so as she looks up at him. There’s something in the way she’s looking at him, something rich and deep and unfathomable – like he’s standing at the edge of the universe – and Mike feels something in his chest clench and twist.
They’re moving before he’s even fully aware of what’s going on. El presses up onto her toes while he leans over her, mouths meeting in the middle as they melt into each other. Her hands slide up to press against his chest, fingers splayed over the wet fabric of his sweater, and he lets his grip tighten where he’s holding her, hands high up on her waist, the lower curve of her ribcage pressed into his palms.
For a few moments that seems to last an eternity, Mike lets himself get lost in just this: the sweet glide of El’s mouth against his, the teasing drag of her tongue, the arch of her body as she presses herself into him. If he could do always this, he swears he’d never want for anything else.
But he’d have to be an idiot not to eventually notice the way El shivers beneath his touch and, from the cold soaking into his palms from her wet clothes, Mike knows it’s not because of the way he’s kissing her.
So Mike does just about the hardest thing in the world to do and ends the kiss, pulling away almost abruptly so he can look down at her, apology writ large in his gaze. “God, you’re freezing,” Mike says, unable to control the husky tenor of his voice.
“It’s ok,” El says, but the tremor in her voice gives her away and Mike knows he’s making the right decision.
“C’mon, let’s get you warmed up,” Mike says. He lets his arms fall away from where he’s holding her and turns to go take care of El.
First is getting both of them towels so they can dry off and, luckily, there’s a stack of clean towels near the washer and dryer. Probably one of the last loads Mom did before she left, Mike thinks, working hard to ignore the pang his heart gives at the thought.
But, for the second order of business – getting both of them into dry clothes – they’re going to have to go upstairs.
“Here, just to start,” Mike says, turning to pass a towel over to El.
El gives him a tremulous smile as she takes the towel, looking at him a little like she’s seeing him for the first time, and a shiver runs down Mike’s spine that has nothing to do with the cold. “Thanks,” she says, the word spoken a tad breathlessly.
Mike watches, spellbound, as El unfolds the towel and begins using it to wring water out of her hair, her every moment deliberate and purposeful. His own towel is held limp in his hand and Mike has to shake himself out of the stupor he can’t keep from falling into.
“Alright, upstairs,” he says as he runs a towel over his hair and across the skin of his neck and face. He can hear El following right behind him as he guides her up to the second floor and into his room. His heart pounds heavy in his chest, the air filled with an electricity he can’t identify but also can’t ignore, and it feels like his lungs have forgotten how to draw in a full breath. His skin feels tight and unsettled and Mike wishes he knew he could figure out why.
He spares a glance at El as they walk into his room and he gulps as he sees her trailing behind him. Now that they’re on carpet, her footsteps are whisper soft and there’s a gentle, but unmistakable sway to her hips that he can’t look away from. All the while, her hands are still using the towel to dry her hair, and it’s just hypnotic.
El gazes up at him as she comes to a stop in the middle of his room and she smiles, knowing and sweet. Mike gulps and turns away, heading for his dresser. “Right, ok, dry clothes,” he says, mostly to himself, but also to fill the silent tension that surrounds them. He finds his hands are trembling as he digs through the drawers to find a couple of clean t-shirts and two pairs of sweats.
It’s almost like the early days in their relationship, when they were still just acquaintances and friends, where the littlest thing would set off a wave of nervousness rolling across his nerves, where every interaction he had with El had him feeling one step behind and always struggling to catch up.
And Mike has no why he’s feeling like this, especially after everything that’s happened between him and El over the past couple of months.
But there’s no use dwelling on this now – not when he has other things to worry about.
Setting one set of clothes down on top of his dresser, Mike turns back to El. “Um, here,” he says as he holds out the small bundle, voice thready and a little small.
El wordlessly takes the offered clothes from his grasp, her fingers brushing against his with agonizing gentleness. She smiles, a tiny, coy quirk of her lips, and one of her eyebrows arch in an expression Mike can’t quite decipher.
After a beat, it comes to Mike, and he flushes heavily, face going hot. “Oh, um, yeah, right. I’ll let you have some privacy so you can change.”
Mike starts to turn so he can head out into the hall, maybe even grab his own change of clothes and go over to the bathroom or something. He can hear the soft rustle of fabric and it only inspires him to move faster, to get out of there so El can –
“Mike.”
There it is again – that rich, unfathomable something that has his every nerve standing on end, only it’s in her voice this time and he finds himself halting in place at the sound of El calling for him. Mike swallows heavily, throat almost chokingly thick, and a breath rattles in his chest as he slowly turns around. He’s powerless to resist the siren call of her voice, having long since lost all control when it comes to her.
El’s still smiling at him with that knowingly coy smile and her eyes are filled with endless warmth, glittering in the relatively low light of his bedroom. She draws in a deep breath and, wordlessly, her hands go down to her hips, crossing in front of her so she can gather a fistful of fabric in each hand.
Mike’s eyes widen, heart all but stopping in his chest, as El’s arms slowly but unerringly rise up over her head, dress following in her wake, eyes locked on him the entire time until her line of sight is broken by the dress being pulled up over her head. She shakes her damp hair free of the fabric as it comes off the top of her head and she drops the sodden material heavily to the ground moments later, leaving her standing in front of him in, well… not much.
El’s looking at him, gaze steady and strong, but Mike can see the the flicker of nervousness in her eyes, lingering just at the edges. Still, she doesn’t look away and part of Mike marvels at her bravery.
The other part of him, though, urges him to let his gaze drop and Mike’s powerless to resist as he lets his eyes travel along parts of her he’s never seen. In all of the things they’ve done behind the privacy of closed doors and hidden away from prying eyes, all of it has been beneath the shroud of clothing.
This isn’t to say he hasn’t fantasized about it, though – because he has. It seems like it’s almost all he can think about these days. But, as with everything about El, the reality is so much more than the fantasy.
Mike gets his first look at what El looks like beneath her clothes and it makes him feel like someone’s punched him in the solar plexus, the sight of her knocking the wind out of him. His brain short circuits, overwhelmed by pale, blue lace and miles and miles of soft, tanned skin, glistening with a faint sheen of rain water.
Mike has never seen anyone more beautiful in his entire life and he doesn’t think he has the power to ever look away.
Fully ensnared, Mike’s motionless as El closes the scant distance between them. A couple of steps and then she’s there, looking up at him with wide, trusting eyes, cheeks flushed with the beginnings of excitement, and Mike feels himself completely and irrevocably fall under her spell as he manages to drag his gaze back up to her face.
El’s hand comes up so she can lay it just above his heart and Mike knows she has to feel just how hard it’s beating in his chest. But, if it bothers her, she shows no sign of it, and he stops caring as well when it feels like every nerve in his body is attuned to the gentle pressure of her touch.
“Kiss me,” she all but whispers, tongue darting out to wet her lips. And Mike can hear it, can hear all the things she’s asking of him. She’s not just asking him to kiss her – she’s asking him for everything as she offers herself to him.
Mike leans in to comply with El’s wishes (like there was every any chance at all of him denying her, not when she’s all but begging him) and he wonders what she could ask for that he wouldn’t move heaven and earth to give her.
But then his lips meet hers and he feels her press up against him, all soft and warm and oh god, and, for one of the only times in his life, Mike lets himself stop thinking entirely.
Rain falls from the sky in heavy, icy sheets, splattering against the window in sharp waves driven by the heavy breeze that occasionally whistles through the trees. And her clothes, cold and wet, lay on the floor in a sodden heap, desperately in need of a turn through the dryer before she can even consider going home (or, at the very least, she needs to hang them up so they can air dry).
But none of that matters and it’s because of this:
Mike’s heartbeat in her ear, hard and steady, fast but gradually calming, as her head rests against his bare chest.
His arm wrapped around her, holding her close as she lays draped over him, fingers trailing over her naked back and through her hair.
His skin warm against hers as they curl up under the covers, clothes strewn all around them.
El doesn’t even try to hide her smile, even though Mike can’t see it with how her head is tucked under his. She’s warm, safe and secure, languid and beyond content. And she wonders, with all the lazy urgency of someone luxuriating in deepest satisfaction she's ever felt, why she had ever been nervous in the first place.
It wasn’t that she’d been worried it would hurt too much (it hadn’t) or that Mike would suddenly be selfish and inconsiderate (he wasn’t). But she had been a little concerned about it being awkward, about finally going all the way and having everything just… fizzle out now that they’d gotten this out of the way, now that they’d crossed this particular milestone.
Yeah, sure, it hadn’t been perfect perfect – there’d been a little bit of fumbling, a handful of moments where they had to figure it out (turns out, like a lot of things, having sex with someone is easier said than done). But it had been nowhere near awkward, El realizes as her heart skips a beat in response to Mike’s fingers running along her spine between her shoulder blades.
It had been good – really good. The kind of good that makes her want to do it again as soon as possible. Mike had been gentle and considerate and passionate, sweeping her off her feet and carrying her to heights she’d never experienced before. El almost feels like an entirely new person, like she’s seeing the whole world through a completely different lens, now that she’s experienced this.
I wonder if everyone will be able to tell, El muses with a giddy smile as she turns to bury her face even further into Mike’s chest.
Logically, El knows there’s no way to tell just by looking at someone whether or not they’ve had sex. But the change inside of her, at the core of her heart and soul, feels too consequential to just exist in the realm of the emotional. Surely some of it must bubble up to the physical surface.
Because El feels different, like she’s been branded by the touch of Mike’s hands, the caress of his mouth, the press of his body against and above hers. The echoes of this beautiful, perfect experience are going to live inside of her forever and El knows she’s always going to be chasing this high and that the only person she ever wants to experience this with is laying beside her, warm and naked and so, so beautiful.
God, just the thought of doing it again, of being with Mike like that, has her skin tingling once more, heartbeat beginning to quicken in her chest as desire starts to build back up in her veins. And just when I’d gotten my breathing back to normal, too, El thinks with a wry flash of ecstatic humor.
The urge to look at Mike is so overwhelming – she just has to see him – and El doesn’t fight it as she turns her head, chin propping against his chest so she can look at him. “Hi, there,” she says, voice breathless and a little raspy (honestly, she could really go for some water, but there are more pressing needs to attend to, it feels like).
Mike shifts so he can look at her, her heart skipping a beat at the feel of his skin dragging just so against hers. “Hi,” he echoes, a bashful grin spreading on his lips. His gaze is full of awe and happiness, but also a little bit of worry.
El pulls on the thread of curiosity that tugs at her. “How are you doing?” she asks, making sure to keep her voice soft and gentle. It helps that she’s full of the most overwhelming love anyone has ever felt for another person, the emotion almost too much to be contained.
“Good, I’m good.” Mike breathes out a laugh before he shakes his head. “That’s a lie. I’m better than good – great, even.” His fingers pauses their caress of her skin, hand freezing halfway up her spine. “And, um, how about you? You good?” He gulps, cheeks flushing. “Was – was that good?”
The earnest note in Mike’s tone tugs at every heartstring she has and a giddy, transcendent happiness fills her, one she can’t contain. “I guess so,” she says, coy and playful, biting the inside of her cheek to keep from grinning like an idiot. Mike’s face starts to fall, having heard her words, but not her tone, and El quickly takes pity on him. “But we should try it again. Just to make sure.” There’s no holding back her smile this time and El’s convinced that even someone who’s blind would be able to tell just how happy she is right now.
Watching the realization of what El’s trying to say dawn on Mike’s face is one of the most amazing things El’s ever seen and a giggle escapes her as Mike smiles while rolling his eyes at her. “God, what am I going to do with you?” he asks with exasperated humor, shaking his head against the pillow.
“Hmm, if I have to spell it out to you, then we really didn’t do it right,” El says. She arches an eyebrow teasingly, cheeks hurting from the force of her smile.
Mike gives her a flat look, eyes flashing with determination. “Alright, that’s it,” is all the warning El gets before his fingers skirt across the skin of her ribcage, dancing with a ticklish touch.
A shriek of laughter escapes her and El rolls away to evade his wriggling fingers. But Mike follows easily, rolling over to settle on top of her, his weight pressing down on her comfortingly, and El shifts so she can wrap herself loosely around him, body moving on instinct to hold him close. The mood changes in an instant, Mike’s hand going still where it’s resting on her waist, and El looks up at him with breathless wonder, marveling that this amazing, wonderful guy is with her, that he can make her feel this happy, this good.
She never wants this moment to end.
“You are so beautiful,” Mike murmurs, his other hand coming up to brush her hair out of her face. “How did I get so lucky?” His gaze dances across her face, like he’s trying to memorize her just as she is now, like he can’t believe she’s real.
“I ask myself the same thing about you every day,” El says in a hushed voice, breath hitching in her chest. She feels like her heart’s going to explode, like she’s moments away from dissolving into overwhelming love with no way of coming back together again. But she doesn’t care – how could she when she’s this happy?
Mike just stares at her, seemingly at a loss for words. But words are no longer necessary as her eyes meet his, gazes saying everything that needs to be said as their hearts race in their chests and their skin grows warm with burgeoning desire.
No words are necessary a Mike’s lips crash down onto hers, making every nerve sing with pure, divine pleasure.
El lets herself get easily caught up in the passion that courses through her veins. The minutes bleed one into the other as they lose themselves in each other, time losing all meaning as they get swept away out onto an ocean of transcendent sensation.
It’s perfect, the only coherent portion of her mind whispers. Everything is perfect.
Well… almost perfect.
Notes:
Get ready for the impending shitstorm, everyone. It's all about to blow up in everyone's faces......
(No, I'm not evil - why do you ask?)
Chapter 19: what goes up must come down
Notes:
Right, ok, so... I never meant for this to take over 5 weeks to come out. As I'm sure everyone's aware rn, the world is crazy with the pandemic. I work in the health care industry (not patient-facing, thankfully) and shit's been insane. Everything that's been going on has also had my anxiety flaring up majorly, so between those two things, I've had zero emotional energy.
Which made writing this chapter hard, for reasons that will be abundantly clear once you get to the end.
But, I did it and I'm still here and I'm not going anywhere (not that anyone cares given how dead the fandom is rn).
So, I hope you enjoy the labor of love that is this chapter.
And, I just want you to know......
I'm sorry for what's about to happen.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
When things fall apart, it’s almost always because of something small, something that seems – in the moment – inconsequential. The straw that broke the camel’s back, one step too far – always a small thing, never a big one.
And, in this case, a small thing in the form of a flyer for the Winter Formal coming up in a few weeks, the weekend after finals.
It’s a simple, unassuming flyer: pale blue, a little smaller than a regular piece of paper, with delicate cursive writing announcing “A Magical Winter Ball” above a picture of a Disney-esque castle.
El’s in the girls’ locker room before gym class and she catches the sight of the flyer out of the corner of her eye on her way to her usual row of lockers to change for PE. She halts in place, almost frozen to the ground as her gaze scans over the announcement, greedy eyes taking in the date and time, mind already whirling with dresses and hair and makeup….
And, most importantly, who she really wants to go with.
El is moments away from reaching out and snagging the flyer with fingers that are just about to start trembling when someone comes up next to her shoulder. And it’s only because she sees the movement out of the corner of her eye that she doesn’t startle when a hand reaches out and taps her on the shoulder.
It’s Jen who’s standing there when El turns to look, a bright if knowingly mischievous smile on her face. “You gonna go?” Jen asks, gesturing to the flyer on the bulletin board. “Maybe with a date this time?” The wink Jen gives her makes it clear who she’s talking about.
El resists the urge to swallow heavily, the lie of omission heavy on her lips. Max is still only person she’s told about Mike other than her dad – El hasn’t even dared to think of telling anyone else, the guilt of telling someone behind Mike’s back sitting sour in her stomach, even though she desperately wants to let the whole world know, loud and proud, that she and Mike are dating.
(ok, so it’s a lot more than just dating, especially recently, and el is so head-over-heels in love with mike she can barely think straight most of the time. god, she never wants this to end.)
So, El decides the easiest thing to do in the moment is just not even acknowledge Jen’s question. “When did they hand these out?” El asks instead, honestly curious how she missed it. It’s only the first Monday back from Christmas break – not a lot of opportunities for El to have missed this bit of news.
“They made an announcement during lunch – it was, like, so pretty and cool, too bad you missed it. But I guess that’s what happens when you don’t eat lunch in the cafeteria, like you normally don’t these days.”
“Oh,” is all El can say. Because, yeah, she’s been having lunch away from the cafeteria more and more these days. And especially today, where eating lunch was just a tiny fraction of what she spent the lunch period doing.
Naturally, this makes her think of exactly how she spent most of the lunch period and it takes everything she has to keep her breathing stable as her face starts to heat up and her stomach goes all floaty and squirmy. Her body tingles with the memory of Mike’s touch, of the way he made her feel. And she swears she can still feel the cool bite of the table in the A/V room against her skin as they lost themselves in each other, spurred on by the excitement of doing it at school, need in every fiber of their being.
God, El’s surprised she’s still at all coherent after that.
“Yeah, ‘oh’,” Jen says with a low giggle, rolling her eyes all the while. “If you decide to go, though, let me know, yeah? I think a bunch of us are going to go as a group.”
At that, El smiles. “I’ll keep that in mind,” she says.
Jen gives her another wink and trills her fingers at El in a bubbly wave before she turns to go get ready for gym.
El turns to take one last look at the flyer before she goes to do the same, but stops at the flash of red hair that comes into view. Max is standing there, clearly having overheard El’s conversation with Jen, and the grin on her face with the way her eyebrows are arched give away her teasing intentions.
“Yeah, come to think of it, you and Wheeler were nowhere to be seen at lunch today,” Max says, grin growing more and more shit-eating by the second. “So, spill it, what hidey hole did you two find to bang in? Might file it away for me and Lucas to use later, as long as it’s not too weird.”
El’s eyes widen and she panics at just how loud Max is speaking, even though her tone is no louder than normal (panic doesn’t like to listen to reason, after all). “Max!” El yells through a whisper, rushing forward to grab the other girl by the wrist and pull her aside so they can talk in low tones. “Don’t say it like that!”
This is clearly the wrong thing to say as it just makes Max even more inspired to troll her. “What, you don’t like ‘banging’?” She taps her lips with her finger, pretending to think. “Hmm, how about… fucking – no, wait, too crude. Having sex? Eh, too clinical.” A light goes on in Max’s eyes. “Oh, I know! Making love,” she says with a sing-song teasing rhythm. “That’s just the right kind of mushiness for you.”
El wishes she could control the flush that’s searing into her cheeks, and her inability to do so only makes her blush harder. “Max, please.”
“Hey, if you’re old enough to do it, you’re old enough to talk about it,” Max says as she crosses her arms loosely over her chest.
El lets out a desperate sigh. “God, please, I’m begging.”
At that, Max’s nose crinkles in over-dramatic disgust. “God, ew, you do not have to quote your sex life with Mike to me.” El glares at Max hard enough that El’s almost surprised that Max doesn’t wither on the spot, but Max just laughs at her. “Ok, ok, I’m stopping, sorry. It’s just too much fun to tease you, Ellie.”
“Gee, thanks,” El says, voice dry and deadpan.
“You’re welcome, don’t worry about it, happy to be of service,” Max says as she and El start heading towards the lockers. “But, seriously, you never said where you and Mike disappeared off to so you could boink like rabbits.”
El feels like she’s reached a point of superior maturity because she gracefully and primly ignores Max’s crude jibe. “The A/V room, if you must know.”
Max lets out a low whistle, brows rising in amused shock. “Damn, right on school property? That’s bold.”
El shrugs. “Mike has a key and, well….” She can’t manage to keep the beginnings of a smile off her face and El doesn’t even try to fight it.
“Get it, girl,” Max says with her own sharp grin. “Just remind me to never walk past the A/V room during lunch.”
Yeah, El’s completely lost the battle to control the smile on her face. “Oh, it’s not that bad. We’ve figured out how to be quiet.”
Max shudders. “Oh god, please don’t – I do not need to imagine you two doing it. Man, this must be what karmic payback feels like.”
“Serves you right,” El says with an arched eyebrow as she goes to her usual locker.
“Yeah, yeah, whatever. No need to rub my face in it.” Max rolls her eyes and settles at the locker a couple over from El. “So, you two gonna go to that winter ball thing?”
“Dunno, maybe.” El shrugs her shoulders, trying to project a nonchalance she doesn’t exactly feel. Because the actual answer to Max’s question is hopefully, that she desperately wants to go despite only having known about the dance’s existence for less than 5 minutes. She wants to be swept up in the romance of an evening out, of going on a date to a dance with her boyfriend and not have to hide it away from their friends and classmates.
Max snorts. “Yeah, that sounded convincing. You’re transparent, Hopper.”
El lets out a sigh and her shoulders slump. So much for nonchalant, she thinks as she opens a locker and starts dressings for PE. “You know how he is with school dances. Plus we still haven’t talked about telling other people yet.”
“Yeah, because you’re too busy going at it like rabbits,” Max says. “It’s like you two ghosted us over Christmas break. He that good in bed, huh? Never would have thought little Mikey Wheeler had it in him.”
El hates that she’s blushing, but she can’t even bring herself to deny any of Max’s words. Because everything she said is true.
With the exception of a few days – namely Christmas and the days around it – Mike and El spent every day of Christmas break together, just the two of them, getting up to a whole lot of not good that involved exactly zero clothing, bouncing back and forth between each other’s houses, mostly lucking into having one house or the other empty at any one time. The hours melted into one another, all the time they spent together alone, and it had been just about the most magical experience of El’s life.
Coming back to school had been a rude awakening and El resents a little (a lot) that she can’t just lay in bed with Mike all day, snuggling and talking and kissing and then more once those things are no longer enough to satisfy the need and passion that seem to live just a few heartbeats away. And the stolen half an hour she was able to spend with Mike during lunch was just not enough to fill this new void in her life.
When El doesn’t respond, Max seems to take that as her cue to continue speaking. “But, whatever – if you two want to spend all your time shacking up, that’s your choice. Just as long as you wrap it before you tap it, if you know what I’m saying.” The grin on Max’s face shows her sheer and utter delight at getting in as many sexual euphemisms as possible and El unintentionally rewards Max’s effort by blushing fiercely.
“We’re safe,” El all but mutters under her breath. “But thanks for the concern.”
“Oh, I’m not concerned – I just don’t want a front row seat to the Hawkins version of ‘16 and Pregnant’, thank you very much,” Max says as she shuts her locker. “Don’t be white trash, Ellie dear, is all I’m asking.”
El rolls her eyes and shuts her own locker. “I’ll try.”
Max lets out a low chuckle. “Good, see that you do that.”
Together, the two make their way out to the gymnasium to wait for PE to start. And, the entire time, El can’t stop thinking about the Winter Ball and how she so very much wants to go with Mike.
But she just doesn’t know if he’d be willing to go with her.
From the moment his bedroom door locks shut behind them after school on the first Tuesday back from Christmas break, Mike and El are totally and completely unable to keep their hands off each other. Their lips meet in the middle of the mad rush to drop their backpacks and shuck off their jackets, hands reaching for each other with dizzying eagerness to make short work of the rest of their clothes.
All day, Mike’s spent focusing, struggling to keep his hands to himself, nerves worn thin from having to resist the temptation that spent half the day sitting no more than a foot away from him – all flirty smiles dancing across full lips and knowing gaze filled with sparkling happiness. But now he doesn’t have to hold himself back anymore and he lets the floodgates swing wide open as he lets his hands roam freely, need pouring through him in a hot blaze as they tumble onto the bed.
Under normal circumstances, Mike would worry that he’s being too needy. But the way El responds in kind – the way she touches and kisses him, her hands trailing across his chest and shoulders and back as her mouth fuses to his, lighting up every nerve in his body – makes that worry completely inconsequential.
Mike lets himself get lost in a maelstrom of passion, words completely unnecessary as the minutes bleed together, indistinguishable from one another through the haze of need and desire. Instead, he’s gifted with her breathless giggles, the pleasureable gasps that brush against his ear. They’re the only sound he needs.
Mike isn’t sure how long they spend like this – unable to tell where she ends and he begins, thoroughly entangled as they stop thinking and just feel – but he thinks he could so very easily spend every moment of every day just like this: breathing, feeling, knowing only her. Only El.
After, the room is quiet except for their heavy, deep breathing, lungs rushing to catch up with the racing beating of their hearts, and the low murmur of the music Mike had just enough presence of mind left to turn on so as to mask what noises he and El might be making. Just a precaution in case someone (i.e. his mom and sister) come home early.
Not that it really seems to matter too much these days, not with his mom and Holly half living at his aunt’s house just one town over. Mike spends most of his time alone in the house feeling like he’s a ghost in his own home, haunting the grounds of a family that abandoned itself long ago. The only saving grace these days is El, is the moments he gets to spend with her.
So far, El hasn’t noticed too much the absence of his family and, though the half-baked excuses burn bitterly on his tongue, Mike’s still grateful she’s taking them as truth. Mike knows he needs to tell her everything soon, but he can’t seem to push the words past the lump in his chest. Hopefully, soon, he’ll be able to psych himself up enough to overcome that obstacle.
But now is not exactly the moment to be dwelling on something so sad.
No, all Mike wants to be focusing on is this:
El’s head resting right above his heart as each exhale of her breath tickles his skin. Her hair fanning out over his chest and shoulder, ends brushing along the curve of his bicep. The feel of her sprawled on top of him, knees on either side of his thighs, arms curled loosely around him, the sweet press of her weight sinking into him while they lay skin-to-skin.
If only it could always be like this, Mike thinks as he slowly runs a hand up and down El’s back, fingers dancing across skin lightly sheened with sweat. El lets out a sighing moan, light and airy and so, so sweet, and the rich, complex tangle of emotions that wraps around his heart at the sound is doing nothing to curb his desire to stay like this for the rest of eternity.
The feel of El’s fingertips gliding along his sternum sends a jolt running through him, making him startle a bit as a gasp rushes out of him. El responds with a giggle and the rush of breath against his chest makes him shiver. “You’re thinking really loud up there,” she says in a quiet voice. Her words are soft, melodical, every syllable steeped in deep satisfaction. He’s never heard a more beautiful sound. “Whatcha thinking about?”
Mike lets out a sound that is somewhere between a moan and a sigh as his hand moves to run through her hair, fingers effortlessly sifting through silken strands. “Just….” Mike can’t help the sigh that leaves him in a soft rush. “Wish we never had to move, that it could always be just like this.” More, inspired by the bone deep satisfaction that lingers in every cell of his body, Mike can’t help but wish everything outside this room would just… disappear, his whole world reduced to just this room and the beautiful, gorgeous girl he’s holding in his arms.
El laughs again, just as soft and completely relaxed, and her head shifts on his chest so her chin is pressing against the middle of his sternum. “What about food? If we never moved, we’d have to eat eventually.”
Mike rolls his eyes but still laughs, amused by the teasing mischief in El’s voice. “Ok, fine, yes, we’ll put, like, a refrigerator next to the bed or something. Happy?”
“Mmm, very,” El says, tone humming with satisfaction.
Mike finds that he can’t resist the urge to look at her, so he doesn’t even bother attempting to fight it. Propped up on his pillows, Mike turns his head so he can look down –
– And immediately feels his breath taken away by the sight of El looking back at him. It’s like no matter how many times he looks at her, it always overwhelms him.
And, right now, Mike swears he has never seen anyone more beautiful in his entire life. El’s looking up at him with sparkling eyes and flushed cheeks, lips curled in a coy smile beneath hair that’s artfully mussed from his fingers running through it. She’s beautiful and ethereal, perfect skin and svelte curves, the lines of her neck and bare shoulders beyond tempting. And the way she’s pressed up against him, gloriously naked, is beginning to make him think about little else than getting completely caught up and tangled up with her.
The glint that shimmers in El’s gaze tells him she feels the same and Mike stops thinking entirely. He reaches for her as she surges up against him, lips meeting in a kiss that sets him on fire. His hand cups her cheek before his fingers slide up into her hair and his other arm wraps around her so he can roll them over, limbs tangling beneath the sheets as his weight settles on top of hers.
This part is good – so, so good. Mike never totally understood the obsession with sex until he started actually having it, and now it’s like it’s all he can thinking about, all he wants to think about.
And he likes to think he’s gotten pretty good at it, too… at least, he assumes so, based on the way El reacts. All it makes him want to do is just keep getting better, keep making her feel good. It’s all he ever wants, to be honest.
Being with El like this – locked up in his room, just him and her, limbs entwined as they lay beneath the covers and get thoroughly lost in one another – is all he needs. When Mike’s with her like this, he can forget all the horrible things happening outside his room. He can forget about his dad’s perpetual absence, his mom’s willful obliviousness, Holly’s sullen silence. He can forget about the gaping, exposed faultline that runs right through the Wheeler family, sending everyone off for their own corners to lick their wounds in private, silent and alone.
No, Mike doesn’t want to remember any of that. And, despite how delusional he knows it is, he hopes – oh, how he hopes – that each time he’s with El, he’ll forget a little bit more until all he is is her and the way she makes him feel.
It’s the thing Mike wants most in the world and he’s determined to chase after it until he gets it.
So Mike lets himself get lost in the sweet heat of El’s mouth, in the smooth glide of her skin beneath his lips, in the way her fingers tangle in his hair. He breathes deeply of her and he never wants to come up for air.
“Mike.”
His lips go still where they’re teasing her skin just above her hip. There’s something in El’s voice that makes the hair on the back of his neck stand up on end. But he finds his gaze drawn up anyway, lifting his head as apprehension just starts to pierce through the hot rush of need and passion, like drops of icy water against his skin. And when his gaze meets El’s, something in his stomach clenches tight, like he’s about to start panicking.
The look in El’s eyes is need, yes, but also… fear, apprehension, doubtful hope. Like she’s going to ask him for something he’s not going to like. And, whatever it is, Mike knows he’s not going to be able to give it to her.
No, god no, please. I can’t, the last thinking corner of his mind pleads desperately. Whatever it is, he’s not strong enough. He’s barely holding on as it is and that’s only because he has this, this refuge where he can leave everything behind and just exist.
He needs it. And he doesn’t know what he’ll do if it gets taken away.
Please, please.
It feels like an eternity, but it’s more likely only a second or two of her looking at him like that. And then El’s eyes soften, the heat of passion taking back over, and Mike lets himself bury his head in the sand just that much longer. “Don’t stop,” El says, voice breathless with desire. That she sounds like this because of him will never stop being anything short of amazing. “Please, don’t stop.”
Mike doesn’t have it in him to respond with words. Instead, he lets his lips find her skin once more, the two of them quickly lost to the need that lives just a heartbeat away.
And, for a little while longer, Mike continues to live in this beautiful, glorious dream.
It’s just too bad that all dreams, eventually, must come to an end.
El isn’t sure what prompted her to try bringing up the idea of going to the Winter Ball with Mike while they were in bed during what was very much not an appropriate time to be having a serious conversation.
It’s a problem she has, one she can’t seem to get rid of. The thing is, when she’s with Mike like that, all her desires and wishes float to the surface, including the non-physical ones, and she loses all sense of holding her tongue.
So, with Mike’s hands on her thighs and his lips low on her belly, some distant corner of her mind echoed the dream buried deep in her heart: she wants more than just this.
His name left her lips, then. Not as a benediction, not as a desperate gasp of desire.
No, his name left her lips as a plea, borne of the overwhelming desire for everything. Not just fiery trysts in his bed or hers (or the a/v room or the backseat of his car… but who’s keeping track). But to walk down the school hallways hand-in-hand; to steal casual, quick kisses as they snuggle up during lunch in the cafeteria… to be seen with him in public not as friends or schoolmates, but as boyfriend and girlfriend.
At the time, El had been too deep in the throes of passion to question why she’d decided to bring up the Winter Ball right at that moment. But, later, after she’d gotten home, she realized what she had done and wanted to promptly melt through the floor with embarrassment at the gaffe.
Not that it really mattered, anyway – she hadn’t even gone through with it. Before more than Mike’s name could leave her lips, his gaze lifted to meet hers where she was looking down at him, fingers woven in his thick, dark locks.
The look in his eyes took her breath away in that moment, arresting every thought in her brain. His eyes had been full of desperate need, as naked and exposed as he was, and in the force of it froze the words in her throat.
The thought of even asking him to the dance completely slipped her mind, then, words replaced with ones of pure desire as she let herself get caught up in the way only he could make her feel.
It was really only later that El was left kicking herself for first bringing up the dance when they’d very much been in the middle of something… and then not bringing it back up as Mike dropped her off at home at the end of the evening.
Way to both almost ruin a moment and waste an opportunity, El thinks as she flops back on to her bed. She startles a little as the mild chill from her hair, still damp from the shower she just took, presses into the back of her neck from the curve of her pillow. But mostly she’s too focused on what the hell she’s going to do to really care about a little chill from wet hair.
Because as much as El loves the time she spends alone with Mike, especially given the new-found intimacy between them, El wants more – she wants it all.
And she especially wants to stop hiding.
The school dance is a perfect opportunity to stop hiding. After all, what could be more normal than a boy and girl going to a dance together as each other’s dates, as more than friends? Hell, they don’t ever have to let anyone know they’ve been together for months at this point. The entire school can think this is a brand new development for all El cares. She just wants to let the whole world know that she and Mike belong to each other.
Oh, El knows this won’t be an easy adjustment to make. At the very least, she and Mike are going to have to ride out the wave of gossip that’ll go around Hawkins High at the news of their relationship. For as much as El really doesn’t get it, there’s definitely a separation of “classes” at Hawkins High, and people just don’t date too far outside their social class.
So the fact that a nerd and a popular girl are dating is going to take the school by storm. Personally, El thinks that’s super fucked up – who she dates should only concern her and the person she’s dating – but, more immediately, she’s concerned about Mike.
Mike is… well, to say that Mike is skittish when it comes to letting people at school know anything about him is putting it mildly. Hell, it took El weeks of concentrated effort to get past his walls to even just be friends, never mind more. El knows that Mike is going to hate the feeling of being exposed that going public is going to bring. And El also knows she’s going to have to be extra supportive and caring during the worst of it.
It’s something she’s willing to take on because she loves him. El is irrevocably, irreversibly, and overwhelmingly in love with Mike.
But, god, she is tired of hiding. El’s given it 3 months – 3 months of giving in to Mike’s need to keep this between the two of them, which she feels is more than generous. It’s not like she needs them to furiously make out in public, or anything. But she doesn’t think it’s too much to ask to hold hands in public or exchange a quick kiss in the hallway every now and then.
But worry still flutters in El’s heart and she rolls onto her side, curling up around another pillow. El can’t deny that there’s part of her that’s scared about bringing this up with Mike because she knows he’s going to freak out and she doesn’t want to upset him.
Naturally, though, the second that thought filters through her mind, El’s instinctual stubbornness roars to life and, in an instant, her spine fills with metaphorical steel.
Well, maybe he’ll be a little upset, but it’s not fair that he gets to keep calling the shots like this. Relationships are about compromise, after all, El thinks as she sits up in bed, determined to work on some of her schoolwork before bed.
Given how good it’s been between them recently, El thinks it’s not too much to ask for them to start going public. It’s not like she hasn’t proven that she’s in this for the long haul – El wouldn’t have let her relationship with Mike get to the point where they’re having sex if she didn’t want this to be a long term thing – so Mike shouldn’t have any reason to doubt her.
The more El thinks about this, the more her worry starts to turn into resolved excitement. Because this is going to work, El will make sure of it. Because she loves Mike and she’s 100% sure that he at least strongly cares for her, too.
Because, at the end of the day, she deserves it.
(El ignores, or doesn’t notice, the creeping dread crawling down her spine, originating from deep in her subconscious – an amalgamation of all the warning signs she’s been too over-the-moon and head-over-heels for them to register, to break through the cloud of permanent happiness and hormones that have been her near-constant companions these past few months. It will only be after that she’ll realize how willfully blind she’s been, how she’s been so caught up in love and lust that she’s been blithely ignoring the darkness lingering beneath the surface just waiting for its moment to make itself known.
But, for the moment, she is blissfully, stubbornly, peacefully ignorant.
She will regret this.)
The next time we’re alone, El thinks with iron resolve. I’ll talk to him when we get a moment alone. Tomorrow.
Plan of attack laid out, El tackles her homework with renewed fervor, almost giddy to the point that she sometimes catches herself humming under her breath or smiling to herself.
She feels… invigorated. Not hopeful, necessarily – there’s still too much uncertainty for that – but determined. She knows what she wants, what she deserves, and she’s going to do everything in her power to get it.
Tomorrow whispers inside El’s mind as she falls asleep later that night, excited for the next day to come.
(She’s also giddy and giggly over the flirty and often steamy text messages she and Mike have been exchanging all evening, which sends a different but no less potent excitement racing through her veins, but that's just par for the course these days.)
But, for all her excitement for tomorrow, tomorrow’s plans completely fail to materialize. First, Mike ends up having plans after school with the male members of the Party that he’s been determined to keep (“Don’t want them getting more suspicious then they already are,” is how Mike explains it to her, which makes a low flame of angered annoyance burn hot deep in her chest).
That wouldn’t have been so bad if El could have gotten Mike alone for lunch that day. But she spends most of lunch reviewing her makeup English essay with her teacher (which she got a B-plus on, thank god), so she literally has no time to spend alone with Mike on Wednesday.
El mopes about this the entire way home from the police station with her dad. Logically, she knows that she can always just talk about this with Mike on the phone. But her gut is telling her that the personal touch is required here.
Much easier to comfort and reassure him if I can touch him, El thinks as she decides not to mention it to Mike when they talk on the phone that night – Mike giving her a blow-by-blow of the impromptu, makeshift gaming tournament he and the Party had at the arcade; El giving him a quick rundown of her afternoon spent at the police station; both of them talking about how much they can’t wait to see each other tomorrow.
Yes, tomorrow – tomorrow for sure is when El is going to get to talk to Mike about the dance face-to-face. They’re getting together for their usual study session tomorrow after school (or “study” session as it’s become, where the only thing they spend at least an hour studying is each other’s bodies) so that at the very least is when El will get to talk to Mike, guaranteed.
Which is why El isn’t too bothered when Jen corners her right after the bell has rung for the lunch period before El can even so much as pull out her phone to text Mike to meet her in the A/V room (look, just because she wants mostly to talk to him doesn’t mean that she also doesn’t want other things. it’s been almost two days since she’s kissed him or touched him and the need for it sits beneath her skin like an itch she can’t scratch no matter how much she’s dying to).
“You, me, lunch – now,” Jen says as she grabs El by the wrist and starts tugging.
El only has her backpack on halfway and she fumbles to get it on the rest of the way so it doesn’t fall off as she tries to keep her feet under her from the force of Jen’s insistence. “Ok, ok, god. Hold on, sheesh.” The soles of her shoes slap loudly against the tile as she almost loses her footing, but El manages to stay upright. “What’s going on? You were fine this morning.” Honestly, it’s only been two hours in between when El parted ways with Jen in Homeroom and being reunited at the beginning of French class. What could have possibly happened during that time?
“Not here,” Jen says, eyes flashing with the panic she somehow kept a lid on during class. “C’mon, this way.”
There’s a bajillion questions piled up behind El’s lips and it feels like a bajillion more join them as Jen leads her through the halls. But El keeps a hold on them, knowing that Jen won’t spill a word about what’s going on until she feels safe enough to do so, so El keeps mum.
It’s a task that’s made easier by the 5 second glimpse she manages to get of Mike. he’s at his locker and, like he can sense her, he turns and catches her gaze for a couple of moments before Jen drags her around the corner. But it’s enough so that Mike can take stock of what’s going on and give her a curious, almost wounded puppy-dog look. He arches his eyebrow at her across the crowded hallway and all El can do is shrug and try to apologize with only her eyes to pass on the message.
But then El is pulled around the corner and Mike disappears from view, probably her last sight of him until after lunch, if El’s hunch is right.
Jen leads El into a quiet, empty classroom that, as far as El knows, is used for Independent Study during the day and detention after school. Jen lets go of El’s hand and El slides her backpack onto one of the desks before she leans against it. “Ok, Jen, what’s so important that you couldn’t even wait for me to at least grab my lunch from my locker before dragging me here?” El asks as she watches Jen shut the door behind them.
“Sorry, sorry,” Jen says, almost breathlessly as she whirls back around to face El. “But I didn’t know who else to talk to and it can’t wait.”
There’s an honest edge of panic in Jen’s voice and El feels her annoyance soften into something fond. “So, what’s going on?”
Jen perches herself on one of the desks next to El and holds her hands tightly in her lap, tongue flashing out to wet her lips before she speaks. “Ok, um, so you know Chris Oban?”
The name filters through El’s memory banks for half a moment before she can recall a face to go with it. “Oh yeah, I have Honors Chem with him.”
“Yeah, and he’s on the Student Council and he’s in my Art Studio class,” Jen says in almost a rush, waving a dismissive hand in the air. “But that’s not the important part.”
Well, now El’s curiosity is well and truly piqued. “Ok, so what does Chris Oban have to do with anything?”
“So, Chris is in my English class, yeah? And he and I talk sometimes. We’re sort of friends and I used to have this ridiculous crush on him back in the 8th grade –”
“Yeah, I can see why,” El interrupts all the while thinking that Jen’s “ridiculous crush” may not be so in the past as Jen’s making it out to be. “He’s kinda cute.” Well, Chris Oban is more than just kinda cute, with his ashy brown hair that falls across his forehead just so and deep soulful eyes – but he’s not exactly El’s type, so the most he can aspire to in El’s eyes is “kinda cute”.
At this, Jen snorts. “Please, he’s beautiful and you know it.” Yeah, that crush is absolutely not a thing of the past.
“My most humble apologies for the oversight,” El says, rolling her eyes even as she’s giggling. “Anyway, back to your story.”
“More like my crisis,” Jen says with a nervous laugh. “So, anyway, I’m in English class, the one I have with Chris, and we’re talking after the bell rang and he, um… well, he asked if I’d go to the Winter Ball with him.”
The first thing El experiences is sharp, piercing envy. Oh, what she wouldn’t give for the cute boy she likes to ask her out to a dance. But she catches herself a moment later and shakes off the emotion with exasperated disgust before she focuses back on Jen. “Is that… a bad thing? Did you say yes? What did you say?” The questions that have been building in El’s mind have been given form and she can no longer hold them back.
“Oh, um, I kinda said I’d think about it and let him know.” Jen ducks her gaze as her cheeks go red, and she fidgets a little in place.
El sighs, unable to hide the gentle disappointment. “Oh, Jen.”
“I know, I know! I’m a horrible person,” Jen says as she lifts her gaze back up to meet El’s eyes. “It’s just… we’re so – so different.”
El arches an eyebrow. “You mean because you’re super popular and he’s not?”
Jen doesn’t answer in words, just lets out an agonized whine and slumps her shoulders as she looks at El with almost mournful, mortified eyes.
El takes in a deep breath before responding. “Jen, it’s not like he’s a cave troll or anything. If you wanna go to the dance with Chris, just say yes and go with him.”
“I don’t know if I can,” Jen says, so quiet El can barely hear her.
“Why not?” El’s brow furrows. Ok, what isn’t she seeing?
Jen goes still, gaze solemnly vulnerable. “Because I’m not brave like you,” she says after a heavy beat of silence. “I can’t help it. I like being liked, I like knowing that I have a place I belong. You might be able to not care, but… I don’t know how to do it.” Jen’s words are callous and blunt, uncharacteristically direct – but she sounds so sad and frustrated with herself that most of what El feels is pity, soul-deep sympathy.
“Jen,” she says, reaching out to take the other girl’s hand, trying to impart some sort of comfort. “Do you want to go to the dance with Chris? If none of the other stuff mattered, would you go with him?”
Jen swallows thickly and she nods, eyes wide and full of the most desperate hope El's ever seen. “Yeah, I think so.”
“Then go with him. You clearly like him enough to want to go out with him like that,” El says. “And the rest of it? Take it one day at a time. You’re strong enough to do it and I can guarantee that if people make a fuss about it, they’ll get over it. Something else will come along and everyone will forget all about it. But you shouldn’t let other people’s opinions of you dictate what you choose to do. As long as you’re not hurting yourself or other people, it’s no one’s business but yours.”
“You sound like you know what you’re talking about,” Jen says with a sympathetic and knowing smile.
The laugh El lets out is dry and nearly humorless and she knows exactly what Jen is referring to. “Tell me about it,” she says with a gentle scoff. “But this isn’t about me – this is about you. And I really think that if you like Chris – and it seems like you do – that you should go to the dance with him. You know if you don’t, you’ll always regret it.”
Jen sucks in a shaky breath and nods her head sharply. “You’re right, you’re right.” Jen’s voice is breathless, pitched even higher than usual with an edge of panic, but the line of her shoulders speaks to the resolve settling over her.
A flash of pride sparks in El’s heart and she finds herself grinning. “Besides, if anyone gives you shit for it, I’ll punch ‘em.”
Jen giggles. “That’ll shut everyone up for sure. I think everyone’s noticed that Zach Mercer has been pretending you don’t even exist ever since you punched him back on Halloween.”
“And I’m thankful for it,” El says, grin turning sharp.
“Speaking of thankful… thank you, by the way.” Jen sighs softly, a gentle smile stretching across her lips. “Even if you’re sometimes way too blunt, I’m glad you’re my friend. You’re always so supportive.”
El blushes at the compliment (despite the qualifier at the beginning). “Just… doing what friends do,” she says with a shrug. “Now, has the crisis been averted so I can go eat lunch?” She pulls out her phone and sees that lunch is just past half over. “I love you, Hayes, but not enough to sacrifice my stomach.”
The statement is made in jest and Jen rolls her eyes accordingly. “Fine, fine, I know where I stand. You’re free to go.”
The two girls are all giggles as they leave the empty classroom a few moments later, Jen already honing in with laser focus on the next hurdle to overcome: finding the perfect dress.
For her part, El manages to scarf down her lunch before she has to head off to US History, heart thrumming as every passing second brings her closer to Mike. And El realizes, as she heads off to class, that hope has infused her heart.
Because if Jen can manage to overcome the popularity hurdle and agree to go out publicly with someone who isn’t as popular as she is, then there has to be hope for El and Mike.
But all these thoughts get sideline as she walks into US History and sees Mike already sitting in his usual seat, keeping one eye on the door. So, naturally, he spots her immediately as she walks in. His eyes light up as he sees her and El’s heart flutters in her chest as a rich tapestry of emotion is laid out in his gaze for her to see. Pair that with the soft, dark grey sweater he’s wearing and hair that looks mussed and windswept from his habit of running his fingers through it, and Mike looks totally and completely irresistible.
El’s suddenly very much wishing she’d had enough time to get him alone during lunch, even if only for five minutes so she could just kiss him. El hasn’t even done that for almost 48 hours – never mind anything else – and that’s just too long to go without being with him like that.
“Hey,” she all but whispers in greeting as she sits down, tone breathlessly coy, that instinctive flirtiness that’s always there with it comes to Mike rising to the surface.
Mike’s lips quirk in a small grin – he’s heard her tone and they’re both incredibly aware that it’s a tone of voice not too far off from how she sounds when they’re in bed together – and the way his gaze begins to heat up in response makes El shiver in anticipation. “Hey,” he returns, low and husky. “So, why was Jennifer Hayes dragging you through the hallway during lunch?”
Mike’s question is spoken with a dry, sarcastic tone and El can’t hold back the giggle that bubbles out of her at the sound. “Oh, you know, girl emergency.”
“‘Girl emergency’?” Mike quotes, eyebrow arching.
El laughs again, feeling lighter than air. How Mike can always make her feel like she’s seconds away from breaking free of gravity’s weighty hold, she doesn’t know. And she never wants to find out, wanting to preserve the magic of the feeling forever. “I’ll tell you later,” El says with a wink, loving the playful way Mike glares at her in response.
And she will – she will tell him. After all, Jen’s situation is eerily reminiscent of the one El’s been in for months. Not exactly the same, no, but close enough. And if it can help Mike get over his hangups about going public with their relationship, then El will spill all the details without hesitation.
So, yes, El will tell him when they’re alone.
First thing.
There’s a saying – something about best laid plans surviving first contact or something – that El really needs to memorize and take to heart.
Because her plan to talk to Mike about the dance the first chance alone she gets with him?
100% a failure.
First, El decides against trying to talk to Mike about it in the car on the way to his house. This is mostly because this isn’t a conversation she really wants to have when he’s half-distracted by driving – she wants his full attention on this, given how important it’s becoming for her.
But El would be lying if part of the reason for delaying the conversation isn’t the tension that bleeds into every inch of the car’s interior, filling the air between them with some of the sweetest, heated excitement El’s ever experienced. The tension only ratchets up further from what seems to be a combined, unspoken effort to not touch each other. Like they both know that if one of them reaches for the other, it’ll all be over before they can get to his house.
Which, second, leads to the main reason El completely fails to talk to Mike when they’re first alone: the moment the front door shuts behind them, the tension breaks – more like explodes – and Mike barely remembers to make sure they’re home alone before they’re all over each other.
They reach for each other at nearly the same time – his hands going to her hips to pull her close, hers cutting to the chase to slip under the fabric of his sweater, fingers seeking bare skin. Their lips meet in a messy, desperate kiss, the air around them filling with the combined sound of their whimpering moans.
In an instant, El is lost to the sensations coursing beneath her skin, lost to the pleasure her body craves after having been without it for longer than she’s used to. She’s gotten used to being with Mike like this every day and the drawn out wait from the last time they were together to now has given her an itch that needs to be scratched, like a drug addict having been denied their next hit
And like a drug addict finally getting to achieve the high they crave, sweet relief sweeps across El’s nerves, leaving nothing but pure, blazing heat behind, a heat that makes her dizzy and robs her of any ability for rational thought.
Somehow, they make their way up to Mike’s bedroom, backpacks abandoned downstairs, and it’s a mad rush to remove each other of their clothing, fingers tugging and pushing in their haste.
Then it’s just them, skin to skin, with wandering hands and fiery lips. El lets herself drown in Mike, in the feel of him pressed against her, in the way she only wants him to make her feel.
The heat of their passion races through her like a forest fire and El never wants to stop burning.
She does stop, though – or, at least, that fire dims temporarily down to low embers, dormant until it’s had time to recharge.
In the meantime, though, El lets herself bask in the satisfaction that oozes out of every pore and embeds into the very fiber of her being. Her eyes lazily drift shut and she feels luxuriously languid, like every bone in her body has been turned to jelly.
Humming to herself, El catalogs all the various minor aches and pains, the evidence of what just happened: the raspiness of her throat, the warming sting of the hickey Mike left just below her collarbone, the mild ache in her hips and thighs. She loves each and every one of these, loves the lingering reminders she gets to carry with her after her and Mike part for the night.
Oh, how she wishes, she thinks as she curls up against Mike with her head pillowed on his chest, how she wishes she never had to go, that they never had to be apart. She just wants to curl up here and fall asleep, wants to wake up next to him and do this all over again.
She wants to be with him, fully and completely, with nothing in their way or holding them back.
Well, then, lucky I have a way of moving us along that direction, El thinks as a smile spreads across lips still swollen from Mike’s kisses. And, really, there’s no better time, she realizes. Like her, Mike is lazy and relaxed, guard completely down. It’s the perfect time to talk about this.
(it isn’t.)
Excitement begins to build inside of her, making her heart start to race in her chest.
(there’s so much she doesn’t know.)
Everything she’s ever wanted is at her fingertips – she just has to reach out and grab onto it.
(she will regret this.)
El lifts her head so she can look at Mike, so she can take this first, monumental step.
(this is not a mistake….)
For a brief moment, she’s starstruck by the sheer sight in front of her – Mike with his head tipped back against the pillow, face in perfect repose, a gentle smile pulling at his lips and contrasting nicely with the cut of his jaw, the lines of his nose and cheekbones. El’s forced to take a deep breath, to give herself a little time to refocus her thoughts and think about what to say.
(but it will feel like one.)
“Hey, there’s something I wanna ask you.” El turns her head so her cheek’s resting on the edge of his shoulder, his skin warm and bare beneath her face.
Mike lets out a questioning hum, turning so he can look at her. The look in his eyes is completely warm and open – dare she say loving? – and it almost takes her breath away. “Yeah, what is it?” he asks as he reaches for her, fingers gently weaving through her hair as he cups the cheek that’s exposed to his gaze. His voice is low and raspy, unquestionably relaxed, and the timbre of it makes her tremble just a little.
El leans into Mike’s touch and takes a moment to enjoy the feel of his hand on her face, eyes slipping shut for a split second as she lets out a dreamy sigh. “So, we’ve been together for a while now, yeah?” she asks after her eyes flutter open.
El watches as one of Mike’s eyebrows slowly arches. “Yeah….” He shifts against her, rolling onto his side so he can face her head on with eyes lighting up with the beginnings of wary curiosity.
The caution in Mike’s voice gives El pause, but she presses on, unwilling to be discouraged. “I was thinking,” she starts slowly as her fingers trace gentle, soothing patterns on the skin that stretches across Mike’s sternum. Stay calm – please stay calm. Her breath stutters and she restarts. “The Winter Ball is coming up and, well, do you think you’d want to go?”
Mike blinks and, as El watches, something in his eyes shutters, closing what was once open. He leans back, adding a few inches of distance between them, and there’s the beginnings of a frown tugging down on his lips. “What? Why?” His brow furrows and the scoffing incredulity in his voice more than stings.
El finds herself frowning as well, stomach starting to twist. “Um, because I want to go? And it’d be nice if you went with me?” she offers as a response, baffled at why she has to spell this out for him. Shouldn’t it be obvious?
This time, the scoff is nakedly obvious and Mike looks at her with eyes that have turned hard from what seems like one moment to the next. “I repeat: why?”
The turn towards condescension is almost sickening and El finds that she can’t stand to be lying down any longer. She sits up in a rush, one hand holding the blanket against her chest to cover her naked torso. “Because, this.” she says, frustration strangling her voice as she gestures to the bed. “Can’t be the extent of our relationship, Mike.”
For a moment, El’s afraid that Mike’s going to argue that point, but before horror can fully set in, Mike lets out a groan as he flops onto his back. “El, going to a school dance is the last thing I want to do.” To hear him say it, being physically tortured would be less painful.
El’s heart gives a squeeze, sharp and painful. “You wouldn’t go for me?” She’s aware she’s pouting, but she can’t bring herself to care as the expression on Mike’s face softens when he looks over at her. And she thinks that maybe she’s getting through to him.
Mike sits up with a sigh, blankets falling around his waist as he runs his hand through his hair, a nervous gesture. But, instead of agreeing to her request, like she hoped, Mike is still looking at her with what she can only describe as challenging curiosity. “I don’t get it. Why is this so important to you?”
El can hear it, the hint of fear in his voice, and it softens some of her frustration. “Because I’m tired of hiding Mike,” she says, making sure to keep her voice quiet. “What we have is great, don’t get me wrong – but it’s not enough. I want more.”
Mike lets out a shuddering sigh, gaze turning soft and full of an emotion that El can’t put a name to. “El….” Her name is barely more than mere breath leaving from between his lips.
Encouraged, taking the emotion in Mike’s eyes as a sign that he’s starting to lean her way, El presses on. “We’ve been keeping this a secret for months, now. And I’ve been ok with it because I know some of this makes you uncomfortable, and I’ve been patient. But I think it’s time to start letting people know. I mean it’s only fair right?”
It’s only because she’s picking up momentum that she misses what happens next. And, when El looks back on this moment, she’ll realize that this is when everything truly went south. Maybe – just maybe – if she’d said something different, this day (and the ones that are about to follow) would have turned out differently.
But, in the moment, El is so caught up in her ramping excitement that she doesn’t see the moment where Mike’s face goes completely expressionless, gaze going flat as he arches an eyebrow at her. “Fair?”
“Well, yeah,” El says with a nod as she fights to keep her voice from getting too excited. “That’s how this works. Compromise, give and take…. And if it helps, I’ll be by your side the entire time. I know you haven’t had the best experience with school dances in the past, so – ”
“Wait, what?” This time, El can’t miss the sharp, cold tone in Mike’s voice.
El freezes up, mouth hanging open, as it hits her exactly what she just said. Fuck. “I mean, I – ” El wracks her brain for something to say, but it’s like all the words are stuck and all that comes out is empty air.
But Mike isn’t going to let this go, not if the way his face has flushed is any indication. “What do you mean you know?” He backs away from her, fists clenched tight around handfuls of the blanket, arms twitching like he’s not sure if he’s going to throw the blanket off of him and storm from the room or wrap them tight around his torso in a self– hug.
El feels her face go hot and she clutches the blanket even tighter against her chest as she fights the urge to reach for her scattered, discarded clothing. The emotional exposure on top of the physical one right now is almost too much to bear.
“Ok, look,” she says as she tucks her hair behind her ear and then crosses her arms tight over her chest. “This isn’t how I wanted you to find out, but….” She pauses and swallows heavily. “I know about what happened with Ashley. Back in Freshman year.”
Mike sucks in a sharp breath, but he doesn’t say anything for a moment. Instead, he’s looking at her like she’s just slapped him, eyes wide with cheeks covered in splotchy pink. It’s his turn to swallow heavily and El swears she can hear the way his breath trembles before he speaks. “How long? How long have you known?”
At this, El has to look away. She can’t look at him as she says this – shamefully, she’s not brave enough. “Not long before I asked you to Homecoming,” she says, voice barely higher than a whisper. But Mike deserves to have her look him in the eye as she says this, so she forces herself to look back up at him. “I was going to tell you, I swear, but I….”
“But, what, El? Go on, say it.” Mike spits out the words, tone cold and mocking. His eyes are like steel, flinty and sharp.
Something in El stirs at the hard look in Mike’s eyes, stubborn and defensive. “I didn’t want you to pull away from me, ok? And after what happened with Homecoming, we were getting closer and I didn’t –” Her breath stutters in her chest. “I know it was selfish – and I should have told you earlier – but I thought it was better to maybe show you that you didn’t have to be afraid to be with someone.”
If anything, Mike only distances himself even more. His eyes narrow, jaw clenching as he swallows roughly. The anger on his face is palpable and El can’t help but wonder where this all went so wrong. “Oh, so what, is this pity, then? Like I’m some sort of nerd charity case, worthy only of a pity fuck out of the 'kindness' of your heart?”
For a moment, El doesn’t know what to say, what to think, and she can only stare at Mike, mouth having fallen open. Shock makes her blood run cold and her stomach turns sickeningly. And she feels almost dizzy at how quickly the rug has been pulled out from underneath her, hope turning to ash in a matter of minutes.
She doesn’t recognize the person Mike’s describing, but she realizes that some part of him must have looked at her and seen exactly that. Is that still what he thinks of her? Is this something he’s thought of her all along?
Half a heartbeat later, El’s own anger roars to life and she shuts her mouth with an audible snap as she holds her head high, shoulders straightening with the force of the emotions that roil inside of her. “That you would think….” she starts, the words losing steam as anger strangles her brain. It’s for the best, she realizes, that she can’t think of what to say – given how angry she is, she might say something she’ll truly regret. “Ok, you know what? Fuck this, I’m out.” Behind her eyes burns hot as she lurches to gather her clothes, fingers closing around the first thing she can find – her underwear – and she moves with a speed she didn’t know she had as she begins tearing her clothes back on.
“What were you going to say, El? Don’t chicken out now. Or don’t you think I can stand to hear it? Oh, that’s right, you think I’m a weak, naive nerd who needs to be coddled and pitied like I’m some sort of baby.”
El whirls back around, all but dressed except for her jeans, fire hot in her gaze as she glares at him. Mike’s standing now, dressed only in his boxers, but he stands tall, defiant, posture rigid like he’s bracing himself for battle.
(If she were to look close enough, if she had the ability to look close enough – which she doesn’t, given the anger that courses through her – she’d see Mike’s posture isn’t rigid. It’s brittle, like one stiff breeze could knock him over and shatter him into a thousand pieces. But she’s so angry, head swimming from the sudden force of it, that she can barely see straight.)
“Fuck you,” she seethes. “Fuck you and your whole ‘woe is me, my life is so hard’ shtick. You act like the whole world is out to get you, like you’re the only one with problems. Well guess what? That’s how everyone else feels, too. Welcome to the club – you’re not that special. But you have your head so far up your ass that you can’t see that.” El doesn’t mean the words she’s saying – not really – but she’s angry and hurt and the words flow from a deep wellspring of her ugliest impulses, fed by a sense of wounded defensiveness.
The harsh sneer that spreads across Mike’s face makes El want to slap it right off and, distantly, part of her thinks it’s a good thing there’s a bed standing between them because it might be the only thing keeping her from following through on that impulse. “What do you know? You don’t know me. You don’t know anything.”
Frustration crests inside of her chest and El lets herself loose. “You’re right: I don’t know you. And you know why? Because you won’t let me in! You hide and deflect and I could help you, but you’re not willing to let me in far enough so I can do that.”
Her voice rises in volume with each word and El’s chest heaves with her struggle to pull in enough oxygen, anger sucking up all the air she brings in and greedily asking for more. “All I wanted was to be with you, to feel like we’re in this together. I’ve been willing to let you dictate the terms of this relationship and all I’ve asked for is one school dance, one night out doing something I want to do. And you’re acting like I’m asking you to strip down naked in front of the entire school. But, really, you’re just selfish.”
“Wow, and you accuse me of having a persecution complex? Look in the fucking mirror, El,” Mike scoffs. He’s looking at her like he would at something gross stuck to the underside of his shoe and it only makes her that much angrier. “I mean, god, I didn’t know being with me was such a sacrifice. Someone should get you a fucking medal.”
“Oh, fuck you, that’s not what I meant and you know it,” El punches back, all but yelling by this point.
“Yeah? Well, here’s something else I know: you think everyone deep down wants the same things you want. Well, guess what?” The echo of her earlier phrasing comes out of Mike’s mouth with mocking cruelty, a deliberate choice by someone who wants to score a point at the expense of another person. “We don’t want the same things. Maybe I don’t want a relationship right now, did you think of that? Maybe I don’t want people prying into my life, feeling like they’re owed something just because we have this thing going on. Maybe I just wanted to have something where I didn’t have to think, something that just felt good. And if you wanted something else, then that’s on you.”
Mike’s words land like a physical blow, driving the air from her lungs. Tears burn behind her eyes and it’s a minor miracle that she manages to keep them from falling, even as her stomach roils and skin begins to crawl with horror.
This was never about love or feelings or any of it, was it? It was about sex and, like the naive idiot she is, she gave Mike exactly what he wanted: her body.
God, she’s going to be sick, stomach roiling, hot and sour. El feels stupid, used. This whole time what she thought was the start of something beautiful was nothing more than something transactional and physical.
Something that just felt good, her brain echoes as the initial shock fades and something akin to numbness comes in its wake. But, underneath it all, a deep chasm of hurt is beginning to open up right beneath her heart, threatening to swallow her whole.
But El will be damned if she shows Mike any of this. She’s given him more than enough – he doesn’t ever deserve anything from her.
Don’t let him see, don’t let him hurt you ever again.
So El hurries to pull on her jeans before she stands up straight, shoulders back and head held high in defiance of the black hole in the center of her chest. “Well, I guess we’re done here, then.” Her voice is low and steady, and she’s proud she’s able to sound so cool and calm even though she’s dying inside.
Something flickers in Mike’s eyes and, if El had been feeling charitable, she would think it was doubt or sadness. But she’s too hurt to be able to be that generous. “Guess we are.” Regardless of what she might have seen in his eyes, Mike’s voice is still hard and unyielding, face still set in stony anger.
El nods once, a slow up and down of her head. She takes one last look at Mike, trying to get one final glimpse of the boy she’s had the misfortune of falling for. And, even in anger, even knowing – really knowing – what he’s truly thought of her this whole time (because she can read between the lines, hear the words he’s not saying), El still somehow thinks Mike is the most beautiful boy she’s ever seen.
And, maybe someday, she’ll be able to think of that without the unimaginable, unbearable hurt that goes along with it. “I guess I’ll see you at school, then.”
El doesn’t let Mike respond before she turns and leaves the room, fumbling with her socks and shoes all the while. The lack of footsteps behind her tells her that he’s not chasing after her, that he’s not sorry or having second thoughts… that he meant everything he just said. El tries not to let that pile on any more pain, but she fails miserably. Her breath hitches in her chest with the beginnings of tears as she scoops up her backpack and heads out the front door.
Don’t cry, she thinks. Not yet, not in front of his house.
El doesn’t feel the chill in the air as she walks down the cul-de-sac. In fact, she doesn’t feel much of anything physical, the gale force winds of her pain and heartache drowning out everything else. She doesn’t feel how shaky her steps are, how hard she’s trembling.
And she doesn’t feel the tears pouring down her cheeks until she turns the corner onto the main road and her knees give out beneath her. She stumbles, weak knees landing on frigid concrete, drawing a gasp from lungs that are tight with her impending sobs. Her hand clutches at her heart, which feels like it’s imploding in her chest, ripping her apart inside.
El’s other hand is desperately reaching for her phone, seeking the only lifeline she can think of. It’s a miracle that she’s able to even place a call given how her vision is completely clouded over with tears. But the line rings and El presses her phone to her ear, fingers holding her phone so tight, her knuckles go white.
Luckily, the call picks up on the second ring, giving El the thinnest sliver of relief. “Hello? El?”
El gasps out her reply, voice wet with tears she can no longer control. “Max, I need your help. Please.”
El doesn’t know what to do, doesn’t know where to go from here. She loved Mike, loved him totally and completely.
Only he didn’t love her back.
Heart shattering into a million pieces at the realization, El lets herself cry.
And she doesn’t know if she’ll ever stop.
Notes:
:(
(Don't worry, this will have a happy ending. But they gotta earn it first......)
Chapter 20: sometimes, you just gotta be brave....
Notes:
*sing-song* You all are gonna haaaaate me. Oh boy, are y'all gonna hate me. I just know it - can feel it in my bones.
Because if you're looking for a happy ending in this chapter, then, well......
I don't know what to tell you.
Buckle in, folks, this one's a doozy......
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
It takes approximately half a nanosecond for Mike to realize just how much he fucked up.
Actually, to be perfectly honest, he knew he’d fucked up from the moment he snapped at El when she told him she knows about probably the most embarrassing experience of his entire life.
Mike knows he was beyond wrong to lash out at her – knew it in the moment, too. But it was like El had touched on a raw nerve in an open wound and he swiped at her like a wounded animal backed into a corner, acting on instinct instead of reason.
But, for as much as Mike knows he’s fucked up, he’s utterly paralyzed as he watches El walk out of his room… and away from him. He can hear the sickening echo of their parting words loop over and over in his brain (I guess we’re done here, then – Guess we are). And, with each loop, it warps until it’s like the horror movie funhouse version: unrecognizably familiar.
Mike can hear himself agreeing with El’s far-too-cold declaration that their relationship or whatever it actually was –
(relationship, partnership, forever, his heart clamors from the protective corner he’s locked it in, the part of him that knows without a shadow of a doubt that he’ll never feel about anyone the way he feels about el.)
– is over and he can’t fucking believe those words came from his mouth, that he so readily and easily said them.
And the fact that all of this has happened, all in the span of less than 10 minutes, leaves him numb and dizzy, brain flubbing with disbelief as he stands there frozen in place, El having just disappeared from view.
In fact, it’s only when he hears the distant sounds of the front door opening and shutting does any kind of movement come back to his limbs and his brain.
“Fuck.” The word spills from between his lips, tumbling out beyond his control. And it’s like the simple utterance unlocks the floodgates of his brain. “Fuck! Fuck fuck fuck!” Mike kicks at the underside of his bed, shin striking the frame and shaking the entire thing. Pain slices up his leg, but it’s nothing compared to the pain pounding away in his heart.
The full weight of what just happened is finally dawning on him, revealing the gaping chasm of heartbreak and regret he’s in the middle of falling into. And, the worst part, is that it’s all his fault.
What has he done? God, what has he done?
Mike turns and collapses onto the edge of his bed, head falling into his hands. He closes his eyes, like it’ll block everything out. But the movie reel of the last 10 minutes just runs over and over again and the only thing closing his eyes does is trap the tears that spring up so they can burn against the backs of his closed eyelids.
Mike presses the heels of his palms against his closed eyes, but the tears continue to flow, spilling out from behind his eyelids and past his hands.
Mike can’t believe – just can’t – how much has changed in what feels like a blink of an eye. One minute, he had everything and now he has nothing….
Only, that’s not true, is it? He hasn’t had anything in a long time. In fact, all he had was El and naturally he screwed that all up.
The sudden shift in equilibrium feels like someone’s doused him with ice water and pulled off the blindfold at the same time, leaving him shivering among the ruins that lay in tatters at his feet. His family is broken – hell, he is broken; his friends are on their last nerve when it comes to putting up with his flaky bullshit these days; and El, the only good thing in his life, is gone, pushed away by his own self-destructive hand.
What does he have left? What can he possibly salvage from the wreckage of his failures and faults?
I have to apologize. I have to fix this. The thought rings loudly in his brain like a clarion call, realization zipping through him and leaving goosebumps in its wake.
Somehow, Mike’s going to have to suck it up, gather every shred of bravery he absolutely does not have, and apologize to El like his life depends on it.
Hopefully, she’ll be willing to listen to him – honestly, he wouldn’t blame her if she told him to fuck off for the rest of his life. But he has to try. The thought of a life where El doesn’t play a starring role is not a life he wants to have.
God, he can’t believe the things he said, the things he accused her of, of being with him out of pity and not understanding him.
It’s not true – Mike knows it’s not. He doesn’t feel like anyone gets him the way El does. And he knows she’s not the type to act out of pity. She was with him because she wanted to be, and he went and fucked it all up.
He’d just been so hurt, first at finding out she’s known about Ashley all this time and then the accusation that he was selfish, that he had nothing really to be sad and angry about.
Not true, the still wounded part of his psyche whispers in hissed undertones. She doesn’t understand what’s really going on.
Which, if Mike has to be honest with himself about, is his fault because he hasn’t told her. El has no idea about the things Mike’s been keeping from her and he feels like the biggest hypocrite for getting mad at her for keeping secrets from him when he’s been hiding a pretty big fucking part of his life from her.
Not that it excuses what El did – she should have told him sooner about what she knew. But Mike knows he has to let it go because it’s only right. Hell, it’s only fair.
Mike groans at the thought of fairness, falling back into the bed as his strength gives out on him. At the core of this, all El wanted was to be treated fairly, to feel like she had a say, and he tossed it in her face. Yes, going to a school dance is still the last thing Mike wants to do, but he could have found some sort of compromise, some kind of middle ground.
Guess it turns out I won’t do anything for her, when it comes down to it. The realization makes him unbearably sad and the tears that had just started drying up spring back to life.
El deserves someone who will give her everything, who will move heaven and earth to make her feel like she’s as amazing as she is. Mike knows she doesn’t deserve someone like him, that she deserves better… hell, he also knows he will never deserve her, not after what just happened.
But he has to try. Because he doesn’t think he can live without her.
Because he thinks – no, he knows – he’s in love with her. He has been for months, but he hasn’t had the courage to face it until now, until he had no other choice.
Mike just wishes he didn’t have to hit rock bottom in order to get there. But that’s where he is now and there’s no other path forward than this. Mike has no choice but to put himself out there. Anything else is just too painful to think about.
God, what if this doesn’t work? What if he can’t get her to forgive him, talk to him… acknowledge him?
Even though Mike wouldn’t blame El for doing any of that, just the thought makes his hope seem futile.
You’d deserve it, that insidious voice hisses from the dark corners of his mind, piping up with its usual black tar of doubt and self-loathing.
For the first time in a while, anger and frustration roar up inside of him to do battle with the voice. And Mike curses that there’s a part of him that won’t let him be happy, won’t let him have hope. It always, always, tries to pull him down to its level until he can’t ever get up again.
That voice has been the driving force of nearly every action he’s taken for the past several months and Mike’s tired of it. He’s going to have to figure out a way to muzzle that voice if he has any chance of making things right with El and that’s just as daunting a task as getting El to talk to him again.
Ugh, fuck everything, Mike laments with a tired groan. He feels antsy and exhausted at the same time as he sits up in bed, shoulders slumped with the weight of everything piled on top of him.
Mike isn’t sure what makes him do this, but he shifts where he’s sitting, one knee drawn up and folded in front of him so he can easily turn and look at the other side of the bed.
El’s side of the bed, to be exact.
When his brain assigned her a side, Mike doesn’t know, but the sight of it – empty, blankets rumpled, pillow still gently dented from where her head was resting – twists painfully at his heart. He knows if he picks up that pillow, he’ll still be able to smell her and that’s all it takes for his throat to grow thick, tears threatening to spill once more.
Mike stands up in a rush, hurrying to look away. The hits feel like they’re coming way too quickly and he knows he has to get out of there unless he wants to risk a full-on meltdown.
So he dresses in a clean pair of PJs and all but runs from the room in search of some sort of sanctuary.
Which means the basement is out – too many memories of El down there – so Mike finds himself spread out on the couch in the family room, homework and textbooks discarded around him. He just doesn’t have the mental energy to do any of it.
But he tries… or he pretends to at any rate. Turns out that without anything to distract him, there’s nothing to keep Mike from focusing on just how empty his house is… and how absent his family is.
In fact, there’s nothing to distract him from just how fucked up this whole thing is and Mike can’t look away.
Or, rather, everywhere he looks, there it is. It’s like taking El away has lifted the blinders and there’s nowhere for him to look but at the broken landscape spread out in front of him. And the emotions he’s spent so long avoiding are rearing their ugly head.
Sadness swallows him, then – deep and unrelenting, the kind that is all too easy to drown in. Mike finds himself crying and unable to do anything to make it stop. Tears spill down his face, dripping off the edge of his jaw to fall onto the open pages of the textbook in his lap, the one he can no longer see because his vision is completely clouded over.
The world swims all around him and Mike gives up trying to be useful. For a while, he just sits there, head tipped back to rest against the couch cushions while silent tears just pour down his face. He doesn’t sob, doesn’t cry out, doesn’t wail or whine or any of it.
He just… cries, overburdened by the weight of his grief that presses down on his chest until he can barely breathe.
Mike’s not sure how long he sits there, grief working through him one inch at a time. He sets aside his homework, knowing that he’s not going to get any of it done, and eventually, he gets up to scrounge dinner together.
His mom and Holly are at his aunt’s house and his dad’s away on a business trip, so no one’s there to see the slow breakdown he’s experiencing. And with no one there to check in on him, Mike’s allowed to wallow in depressing silence.
Even though his grief isn’t explosive, it’s still exhausting – like a marathon instead of a sprint – and Mike crawls into bed somewhere around 9:30, eyes dried out and burning, lids both heavy from exhaustion and swollen from tears.
At some point, as he lays there trying to fall asleep, he grabs the pillow that still has El’s lingering scent on it and holds it tight to his chest. It both comforts him and hurts him by equal measure, a painful reminder of the fuck up he’s turned his life into… the fuck up his life’s been for months, if he’s being honest.
And yet, despite the daunting task ahead of him, despite the fact that he’s going to have to crawl out of this pit and learn how to cope with his family’s new normal head on instead of avoiding it like he’s been doing for months, despite having to do all of that while keeping the other pieces of his life together (such as they are)... when he finally manages to fall asleep that night?
It’s the best night’s sleep he’s had in months.
Max doesn’t think she’s ever moved as fast in her entire life as she does when El calls her in tears, begging for help in a voice drowning in tears. Max is out the door before she’s even fully aware of what’s happening – hell, Max doesn’t even know if she told Susan and Neil that she was leaving as she bolted out the door.
All Max knows is that she needs to get to her friend. Now.
El managed to give a decent enough description of where she is before speaking got to be too much, tears rendering her nearly unintelligible. So it’s not hard for Max to make her way to where El is. She’s driven this way plenty of times before, after all.
And, just like El said, Max finds her on the sidewalk maybe 50 feet away from the turn-off to the cul-de-sac where both Mike and Lucas live.
For half a second as Max pulls up alongside the curb, she just stares at El, mouth falling open at the sight in front of her. Gone is the normally self-assured, confident girl Max is used to seeing almost every day. And in her place is a sad, huddled mess: knees drawn up, arms wrapped around them so she can bury her face in a tangle of limbs, shoulders shivering and shaking from what Max can only guess is a combination of the cold and from how she’s crying.
I’m going to kill Mike Wheeler. The thought, crystalline clear, hits Max in an instant. She doesn’t know what Mike did, but it’s obvious that it was really bad and Max isn’t going to stand for it.
The quieter, more cautious part of her pipes up with a bit of warning before Max can run away with her murderous fantasies. You don’t know that for sure, though.
Which, no, Max doesn’t. But the odds are good that she’s right and her gut tells her to trust the odds. And Max’s gut is right almost all the time, so she feels safe telling that more cautious part of her to stuff it (which is what she does most of the time when it pipes up, so it’s used to slinking back to its neglected corner).
The anger pulls Max from her shocked stillness and she hurries to put the car into park and unbuckle her seatbelt so she can go help El. Max doesn’t know if El’s realized she’s there yet and Max isn’t going to wait for El to realize it, not when it’s freezing outside.
“El, El!” Max cries out as she rounds the car and steps onto the sidewalk so she can crouch in front of El. Max’s hands reach out to grab El’s shoulders, giving her a gentle shake, but mostly just trying to reassure the other girl that she’s there. “El, it’s me. I’m here. What happened? Can you tell me?”
El shakes her head, but doesn’t otherwise respond to the question.
Curiosity burns inside her, but with El not speaking, Max is left floundering and her brain casts out for something, anything, she can do. “Ok, that’s ok. You don’t have to tell me if you don’t want to. But we should probably get you inside, yeah? I can take you home or – ”
“Home.” The word comes out with sudden force despite the tremble in El’s voice. She lifts her head at last to peek at Max from over her knees. “I want to go home.”
For the second time in less than 5 minutes, Max can’t do anything but stare. The look on El’s eyes has her frozen in place. There’s things Max doesn’t see that she’s grateful for – like shame and embarrassment – and things that she’s not surprised to see at all – like hurt and anger.
But it’s the sheer level of heartbreak in El’s eyes that gets to Max. It’s deep and piercing, unfathomably so, not so much a wound as a severed limb. It hurts Max to see and her own heart cracks and splinters a little in sympathy.
“Ok, ok,” Max says on the tail end of a shaky breath. “I’ll take you home.” Max half helps El get to her feet, half lifts her off the ground, but it overall doesn’t take too much work to toss El’s backpack in the backseat before sitting El down in the front passenger seat.
Though it’s not a long drive to El’s house, Max cranks up the heat to help calm El’s shivering. And it helps, but only so much – El is still trembling, but Max chalks that up to the silent tears that spill down her face. Occasionally, El’s breath will hitch in her chest or shudder as she draws it in, but otherwise, the drive over is silent. Max itches to turn on some music, but nothing feels appropriate, so she suffers the quiet the whole ride there.
El almost launches herself from the car as Max pulls up in front of the Hopper house and Max scrambles to follow as El races up the porch steps. It takes El a couple of tries to unlock the front door, fingers trembling where she’s holding her keys, and for a second Max is afraid El is going to slam the door in her face as El enters her house.
But El doesn’t do that, leaving Max to shut the front door behind her after she crosses the threshold, one eye on El as the other girl races up the stairs, followed closely by the slam of one of the doors. It’s only when Max hears the sound of water moving through the pipes does she realize that El’s holed herself up in the bathroom to take a shower.
So there’s nothing for Max to do but wait. And she’s going to wait, dammit – she needs answers.
Max plops down on El’s bed and settles in. She pulls out her phone, thumbs itching to text Lucas, to let him know that his friend horribly fucked up.
But there are two problems with that. One, Max doesn’t know what Mike did exactly and if she tells Lucas without having the details, he’ll give her grief over it. And, two, Lucas still doesn’t know about Mike and El. Given how fucked up everything seems to have become, Max doesn’t feel right blabbing about everyone’s secrets. Besides, Max knows that if she were as hurt as El, she wouldn’t want her dirty laundry aired out for everyone to see.
So, Max just dicks around on her phone instead, counting down the minutes until El emerges from the bathroom.
Max’s cue that her wait is almost over comes when she hears the water turning off through the closed bathroom door. But Max only locks her phone and looks up when the door actually opens.
El walks in half a beat later wearing only a towel that’s cinched tight above her breasts and hair that’s hanging down her shoulders in wet, limp locks. Her hands hang at her side, fingers fidgeting with the edges of the towel in a decidedly nervous, manic gesture.
But Max is mostly focused on two things: the dark hickey an inch below El’s collarbone (all the while trying not to imagine how that got there), and the harsh pink glow to El’s skin, like El scrubbed herself just short of raw, like she was trying to scrape away something from underneath her skin.
The sight does nothing to calm Max’s suspicions– instead, it just inflames them.
El doesn’t look at Max except to glance at her out of the corner of her eye. It’s almost like Max isn’t even there as El goes about changing out of the towel and into comfy clothes.
Max averts her gaze – not out of any sense of prudishness (they’ve changed in front of each other before and after PE who knows how many times, for crying out loud), but to give El a little bit of privacy, a small bit of kindness and dignity that is easy to give in these kinds of moments.
Max looks back up when she notices El walking towards her, now dressed in an oversized flannel and a pair of black leggings. Her hair is pulled back in a messy bun and all that combined with the tired, withdrawn, and yet hurt look on El’s face just makes El look unspeakably young. Max is uncomfortably aware, in this moment, just now not equipped either of them are for this. It feels too grown-up, too big, but they’re here now and there’s no turning back the clock.
Max swallows roughly, but waits for El to sit next to her before she speaks. “El, what happened?” she asks, gently imploring. “The most I can guess is that it has something to do with Mike, but after that, I just… please, I just want to help.” Max pauses, shrugging. “Besides, it might help you to get it off your chest.”
El nods, but the motion is jerky, unsure. Tears brim along the edge of her lashes, causing her eyes to shimmer. El wipes them away with one hand in a delicate motion, sniffing all the while, before she takes in a deep breath and starts to speak. “Mike and I were at his house–” Here, she pauses and rolls her eyes with a snort. “I mean, obviously.” The laugh she lets out is dark and full of self-pity. It’s not a good look on El, Max decides. “Anyway, we were in his room – in bed after, um… you know.-”
Max wants to roll her own eyes and blurt out ‘what, after you had sex? If you can do it, you should be able to say it.’ But Max knows there’s a place and a time for everything and she’s more than happy to listen to that voice of reason this time and keep her sarcastic mouth shut.
“ – and I’d been meaning to asking him about the Winter Ball, so I….”
El falters, voice going thick with emotion, and Max picks up the thread. “You asked him to go with you, didn’t you?” Max says. She feels like she’s starting to see the outline of the picture of what happened. But there’s still a lot she’s missing and Max’s concerned curiosity is nowhere near satisfied.
El nods and breathes shakily as she seems to find her footing. “Yeah, I asked him. And it turned into this huge argument.” She ducks her gaze, intently studying where her fingers are picking at imaginary lint on her leggings. “I told him that I knew about what happened with him and Ashley Patterson.” Now, it’s Max’s turn to draw in a breath – she had no idea El knew about that at all. “He accused me of being with him out of pity and I lost it, calling him selfish and closed off….”
By this point, El’s voice is wobbling with her efforts at holding herself together. “He got so angry, so mean. He started yelling about how I didn’t know him and how we wanted different things, that he didn’t want a relationship even though I did – that he….” El loses control of herself for half a second, breath hitching with a sob as she sniffles. “That he just wanted something physical.”
It’s a strange feeling, being both angry and confused at the same time, but somehow Max has managed it. “Wait, what?” Is she hearing this right? Incurable romantic Mike Wheeler, who pined so hard for a girl it turned him into an emotional recluse, in it only for the sex?
El looks back up at Max, eyes glassy with tears, face inches away from collapsing with the force of her heartbreak. “He wanted ‘something that just felt good,’ his words exactly.” Another sob hiccups out of her. “God, I’m so stupid,” she says as her head bows.
“What? No, no.” Max reaches for El, hand landing on her arm even as she’s struggling to make sens of all of this.
“He used me,” El says in the smallest voice Max has ever heard – the sound of it breaks her heart. “All this time, all he wanted was to get off and I gave it to him. I fell in love with him and I let him use me and I –” Whatever other words El was planning on saying are lost as she bursts into tears.
El crumbles and Max doesn’t even think twice before she pulls El towards her, arms wrapping around the other girl in a hug. Like she was waiting for some sort of signal, El immediately hugs Max back, face burying in Max’s shoulder as sobs rip from her chest and throat.
Max doesn’t say anything – doesn’t do anything other than hold El in a tight hug – which gives her racing mind time to wrap around what El just told her.
Max is angry and incredulous by equal measure. She can’t seem to reconcile the boy she knows as Mike Wheeler with the scumbag El just described to her. On one hand, Mike couldn’t hurt a fly, all bark and no bite. But, on the other, all men are assholes, aren’t they? Thinking with their dicks instead of their brains. Give them a taste of anything close to sexual and it’s suddenly all they want, all they ever want.
But not all guys let that control them. Lucas doesn’t, and Max assumed Mike would be like that, too. They’re some of the good ones, the ones who don’t treat girls like physical objects, who treat them with respect. Right?
Maybe Max has been wrong about Mike all along. Maybe he’s been a secret douchebag this entire time. Even though it doesn’t add up, even though part of her is saying there’s something she’s gotta be missing.
But, regardless, Mike made El feel this way, made her feel used and cheapened and broke her heart in the process. So Max is fucking livid, angry in the way that makes her veins feel like they’re filled with burning ice.
Mike Wheeler is in a for a world of hurt the next time Max sees him. Even though she still wants to get to the bottom of this, that there’s something she’s missing that’ll help this all make sense, Max is abso-fucking-lutely going to let Mike have it. He fucking deserves it for hurting El like this.
And, if it turns out that Mike really was using El this whole time, that he was leading her on emotionally just so he could get off? Max won’t just hurt Mike.
She’ll destroy him.
Max isn’t sure how long she and El sit there, but at some point El’s sobs taper down to snuffling breaths. By that point, the hug is less of a hug and more Max holding up an emotionally exhausted El.
Max helps El get under the covers, the other girl half-asleep and fading fast, but then she finds herself a little bit at loose ends, unsure about what to do next. With El quickly falling asleep, there’s nothing for Max really to do and no reason to stick around, but she also doesn’t want to leave El alone and she’s not sure when Hopper is coming home.
For a moment, Max just stands there, but it doesn’t take long for her to make up her mind. She goes over to El and leans over enough to put a gentle hand on El’s left shoulder. “Hey, El? I’m gonna go downstairs and get you some water. You want anything else?”
El lets out a noise that is pretty much just a sleepy grunt, neither a yes or a no. Max sighs, gaze landing on El’s ruddy cheeks and tear-swollen eyes and decides to just let it go.
While Max is down in the kitchen, she takes the chance to text her mom – calling to give an excuse for leaving the house without permission would have made her mom suspicious – to tell her that she’s keeping a sick friend company until her parents come home. Then, glass of water in hand, she heads back upstairs and settles in to wait.
The idea of sitting on the bed while El is sleeping feels weird, so Max plops down on the chair by El’s desk, feet propped up on the surface while she snags El’s phone charger so she can play around on her phone without killing her battery.
And, she waits, one ear trained on the front door so she doesn’t miss Hopper coming home.
Hopper comes home just when Max is dangerously close to running out of things to do on her phone. She springs to her feet at the sound of the door opening and is already on her way downstairs when she hears Hopper’s voice call out. “El, honey? You have a friend over?”
Hopper turns towards Max at the sound of her footsteps bounding down the stairs, looking stern in his police chief’s uniform all the while also looking a little confused. A frisson of anxiety skitters down Max’s spine – a reflexive response to anyone in a position of official authority, even though it’s just El’s dad – but she ignores it as she waves at Hopper. “Hey, Chief.”
Hopper’s brow furrows and his face settles into an expression of deceptive calm. “Max,” he says slowly, all the things he’s not saying jam-packed into the simple utterance of her name.
“El’s upstairs, sleeping.” Max crosses her arms over her chest, feeling defensively protective and not exactly sure why. “She, um… something happened with–” Oh god, does Hopper even know about Mike and El? “ – with a guy, and–”
“Something happened with Mike?” Hopper interrupts, brows arching high on his forehead as confusion turns to concern.
Max lips her lips and feels her brow furrow as she looks up at Hopper. “You know about Mike?”
Deadpan derision cuts through the worry on Hopper’s face and his lips curl in a wry, humorless grin. “The kid takes her out on dates every weekend, which El gets my permission to go on. And even if they were trying to sneak around, I was a detective on the NYPD for over a decade and those two couldn’t be more obvious if they tried.”
“Yeah, well, um….” Max trails off, unease twisting around in her stomach. “They got in a huge fight, so I don’t think they’re going to be going on anymore dates.”
Hopper’s gaze clouds over with the beginning of anger. Max knows how he feels. “What happened?”
At first, Max can only shake her head. “It was… bad. I’m not sure if El would want – I mean, you can ask her but… she was crying when she called me. And it wasn’t a physical fight, or anything – just emotional – but she’s still hurt.”
“Ah, poor kid,” Hopper says with a soft sigh. Fatherly concern has temporarily won out over anger, but that’s still there too, lurking around the edges.
“Yeah, she’s… well, to say the’s having a hard time is a bit of an understatement,” Max says, nodding. “But I, um, I should be getting home. Could you – could you tell her I said goodbye, when she wakes up? And that I’ll check in on her later, if she wants.”
Hopper gives a single, curt nod. “Will do. Thanks for looking out for my kid. You did good.”
Max shrugs, a little embarrassed by the direct praise. “She’d do the same for me.” And it’s true, Max knows it.
Max goes home after that, secure in the knowledge that El is being looked after. Her mom asks “How is your friend doing?” when Max gets home, making cooing, motherly noises about how Max is “such a good friend” when Max gives some sort of affirmative answer.
But, the whole time, Max is thinking about tomorrow. She’s pretty sure El won’t be at school, but she wonders if Mike’s going to be… and how she’ll react when she sees him.
He’s not going to know what hits him, Max thinks as she falls asleep that night. She foregoes her usual nightly call with Lucas – mostly because she doesn’t want to risk blabbing everything before she has a chance to talk to Mike – so her thoughts have nowhere to go but bounce around inside her head like rabid ping pong balls.
And, by the time Max falls asleep, she’s mostly trying to figure out if she’s going to yell at Mike....
Or just deck him when she next sees him.
The answer, as it turns out, is both.
Despite the fact that it’s freezing (Max has truly never “warmed up to” Indiana winters, despite how much she’s tried), Max waits out near the entrance to the school, near where Mike usually parks his car. If he’s not there by the time the warning bell rings, she’ll assume he’s not coming, but by waiting for him out here, Max can make sure that she can intercept him and drag him off somewhere so they can talk in private. Because Max is positive neither Mike or El want Max to force this confrontation out in the open in front of a bunch of people.
Max has a streak of luck that morning. She arrives after Lucas, so she doesn’t have to fend off an interrogation of why she’s waiting outside. And Mike’s car pulls into the lot a few minutes before the warning bell rings. All in all, exactly what Max could have hoped for.
Her heart beats with an excited thrum as she watches Mike’s car pull into the parking lot, eyes glued to the familiar station wagon the entire time. And she sucks in a sharp breath when she sees Mike emerge from the car, anger quickening in her veins.
But Max isn’t so angry that she doesn’t notice that Mike looks like shit – dark circles under his eyes, skin sallow and drawn, clothes and hair a little too on the rumpled side. Hmm, clearly he’s feeling bad about what happened. Too bad, I’m still gonna give him an earful, Max thinks with a mental grumble.
And, when Mike walks past her – without noticing her what-so-fucking-ever (though, to be fair, it’s hard to notice people when you’re staring at the fucking ground, so there’s that) – Max immediately shoots out to grab him, hand hooking around his elbow.
Mike lets out an undignified squawk of surprise as Max starts pulling him in the direction of the gym. There’s a little alcove behind it that the stoners congregate in after school, but is always empty at this time of the day. The perfect place to unleash her anger.
It seems to take Mike a few seconds to get with the program, like he exists in a mental fog, and Max figures this slowness is the only reason that he’s not fighting her as much as he could be. Not that Max wouldn’t win if it came down to it – Mike Wheeler may have over half a foot on her, but she is definitely stronger between the two of them.
“Max?” Oh, look, he finally figured it out. “Max, what the fuck? What’s going – ack – slow down!”
Max is half-jogging as she drags Mike behind her and from the frantic slap of his shoes on the pavement, it’s obvious that she knocked Mike off his balance as she grabbed him, but Max will be damned if she gives him the chance to regain his equilibrium – it’s the very least that he deserves. “Oh, shut up. You and I are going to have a serious fucking talk. Now,” Max growls. She drags him around the corner of the main school building and over to the alcove, listening to Mike’s grumbling from behind her the entire way.
“Jesus Christ, what the actual fuck? You can’t just manhandle people like this. Or at least give a little warning before–” Max pulls them into the alcove and shifts her hold so she can shove Mike in front of her. “Hey, stop pushing me! God, what is your–?”
At this, Max’s frustration with everything reaches her boiling point. Mike’s incessant whining plus the memory of seeing El curled up on the sidewalk with her face buried in her knees as she cried her heart out mixes potently with her anger and she just loses it. Her fist balls up and she swings with unerring accuracy, the flat of her knuckles slamming into Mike’s jaw with a solid sound.
Mike lets out a shocked grunt at the hit, stumbling backwards from the force of it. His hand immediately comes up to cradle his face, but Max can see the red quickly blossoming on his skin through the gaps between his fingers. Yeah, that’ll leave a bruise, she thinks with no small amount of satisfaction.
Mike’s looking at her, mouth hanging open, pain and shock radiating from his gaze. “What the – you hit me? God, what–”
“Oh, don’t play stupid with me,” Max says, spitting out the words like acid. “You’re too smart and we don’t have all day.” She takes in a deep breath and squares her jaw. “How dare you?”
Realization, if mixed with a little confusion, starts to dawn on Mike’s face. “Max, wait, hold on–”
No, Max isn’t going to hold on. Mike doesn’t get to call the shots anymore. “She called me, crying. Crying, Mike. I had to pick her up off the ground because she was sobbing so hard, she couldn’t do it herself.”
“Max, I can explain–”
“No,” Max says, cutting him off again, as she punctuates her point by jabbing her finger into Mike’s chest. “I’m talking and you’re going to listen.” There’s more than a hint of fear in Mike’s gaze and Max relishes in the sight of it. “You know, I thought you were one of the good ones, Mike – I really did. I never thought you’d be the kind of guy to use a girl for sex, but I guess you learn something new every day, am I right?”
In front of her, Mike goes deadly still, hand dropping from his face. “What?” The word is spoken just a hair above a breathless whisper, the beginnings of horror that Max is too angry at the moment to see.
“‘Something that just felt good.’ That is what you said, right? After you turned her down for going to the Winter Ball? What, not man enough to be in a relationship, is that it? Or were you just looking for something to stick your dick into? Because, I gotta say, either way, I’m beyond disappointed,” Max says, looking up at Mike for something – confirmation, an explanation, a denial – anything, really.
But most Max’s point, if crudely put, seems to not have registered at all. Mike’s gaze drops away from her, eyes going a little unfocused as his attention seems to turn inward. “No. Oh no.” The color drains from Mike’s face, except for the red where Max’s fist smacked against his jaw, and his hand comes up to press against his sternum. Any confusion or panic on his face has given way to sheer, unadulterated horror, and in a matter of seconds, Mike goes from looking cowed to looking like he’s a couple of seconds away from passing out.
As angry as she is, Max can’t help but be a little concerned. When it comes down to it, she still considers Mike to be a friend, no matter how angry or disappointed she is. And she can’t deny that the look on Mike’s face is starting to make her think that there’s a whole lot more that she’s missing than she previously thought.
But, before she can even think of what to ask or even just what to say, Mike sways dangerously, giving her only a half a second of warning before his knees give out beneath him.
And, though she tries, Max isn’t able to catch him before he falls.
Mike can’t breathe.
He can’t breathe and he’s going to be sick and, oh god, is that the ground rushing up at him or is he falling?
He crashes down onto the ground with sudden force, making him gasp.
Falling, definitely falling.
Pain ricochets up his knees as they slam into the concrete, but it’s as distant as the pain that still ripples across the line of his jaw from Max’s fist. In comparison to the way his heart twists and yanks brutally inside his chest, though, the rest of him might as well not even exist for how little he feels it.
Mike had woken up that morning tired and nervous beyond belief – seeing El at school and having to sit next to her for half his classes, without knowing if his plans to talk and apologize are going to work, has stressed him the fuck out – but even with all that, he’d been feeling like a weight had been lifted from his shoulders. It’s the exhausting relief of starting to claw his way out of denial, of his mental energy no longer diverted to burying his head in the sand.
It won’t be easy, but Mike feels more clear headed than he has in months.
Or, rather, he had.
But that was before Max dragged him off and (deservedly) punched him and accused him of being with El only for sex.
Panic seizes tight around his heart. It was bad enough when he thought the worst he was going to have to overcome was accusing El of being with him out of pity and being self-centered and short-sighted at the same time. But this?
This is so much worse.
“Shit, Mike!” Max’s voice sounds like it’s coming at him through a tunnel of water, heavy and muted, and he more feels than sees Max kneeling in front of him.
Mike catches up with the rest of the world like his brain hit fast-forward, leaving him feeling dizzy, and his eyes manage to focus on his red-headed friend. “I didn’t–” He breaks off with a shaky gasp. “That’s not what I meant. I said it, but that’s not what I meant.” His voice grows more and more breathless with each word, chest growing tight as his heart threatens to explode.
“Breathe, Mike, breathe.” Max’s hands go to his shoulders to give him a firm, but gentle shake.
“I’m sorry. I have to tell her – I’m so sorry.”
Max lets out a snort that, while not gentle, isn’t necessarily mean either. “Yeah, might want to let her have a few days before you try and force an apology.” She pauses, eyeing him critically. “Did you really not know how she was going to interpret that?”
There’s no need to ask what “that” means. Mike can hear it echoing around in his skull – something that just feels good in his voice, over and over again in a sickening loop.
“No,” Mike lets out with a groan. “I wasn’t thinking. I was just angry and hurt and–”
And now El thinks you were just using her, like every other asshole mouthbreather, the dark corner of his mind taunts.
God, how can he expect El to forgive him if he doesn’t even know if he’ll ever be able to forgive himself?
“Well, why did you even say it to begin with? It must have meant something.” Max’s voice is insistent and Mike can tell from the look on her face that the time has come to come clean about everything. He can no longer deny it and, even more, he doesn’t want to anymore.
It can’t get any worse than this, after all.
Mike closes his eyes and takes in a deep breath – a pitiful attempt at gathering strength – before he looks at Max once more. “My parents are getting a divorce.”
Despite the anger and frustration radiating from Max – and he doesn’t blame her, all things considered – Max looks at him with a growing expression of sympathy. “Mike, I’m sorry, that sucks,” she says knowingly and Mike remembers that Max has experience in going through this. “But, what does that have to do with–”
Mike holds up a hand, cutting Max off. “Wait, just let me–” Panic grips at his throat and he presses his lips together to try and get back control. “I haven’t told anyone this, so….” He breathes in deeply before he keeps going. “I found out right after Thanksgiving. And it’s been… well, ‘bad’ is an understatement. My mom took Holly down to my grandparents at the beginning of winter break. They came back right before Christmas, but they’ve mostly been living with my aunt since then. And my dad….” Mike can’t help it as he trails off with a dark chuckle, head shaking against the absurdity of it all.
“What about your dad?”
“I haven’t seen my dad in weeks. He’s either always on a business trip or he’s sleeping at the office. Not that I care about whatever the fuck he’s doing – I mean, he clearly doesn’t care about me, so….”
At this, Max’s face screws up in a look that is dangerously close to pity, all soft and sympathetic and concerned. “So, you’ve just been on your own? This whole time? Mike, that’s… that’s really fucked up.” Max’s voice has gone soft, but there’s steel at the core of her words.
Mike wants to push back, wants to say that it’s fine – after all, his mom is clearly coming by and dropping off food and groceries while he’s at school, and Mike is able to feed himself and do his own laundry and get himself to school alright – but he knows Max is right. It is fucked up. Really, really fucked up. He’s 16 years old and, for all intents and purposes, he’s on his own, abandoned by the people who should be taking care of him. “I know,” is all he can say, words escaping him in a tiny whisper.
Max lets out a sigh. “Why didn’t you say anything sooner? We could have helped. It’s not like we wouldn’t have understood.”
The point isn’t a mean one, but Mike still feels a pang in his chest regardless. Again, he knows Max is right, but there’s a difference between knowing it and accepting it – he’s still working on the latter, apparently. “I know you guys would understand – that’s not what it was about. It was just, if I didn’t talk about it, then maybe–”
“Maybe it wasn’t real?” Max offers.
Mike swallows roughly and nods. “Yeah. It just… hurts to think about, so I just want to pretend it didn’t exist.”
“I get it, I do, but I take it El didn’t know, either.”
“No, I chose not to tell her,” Mike says, heart giving another painful wrenching twist in his chest. He has to look away – he feels overly exposed, everything too close to the surface. “I didn’t want her to know. It was… easier, to pretend, I guess. It was like I could be in this safe, happy bubble, like nothing could touch me there. And I know it was selfish and it wasn’t fair and that I was going to have to tell her eventually, but I needed it – it felt like it was the only thing keeping me sane.”
“‘Something that just felt good.’” This time, when Max echoes his words, it’s without malice or anger. Sure, there’s disappointment, but also understanding. “It wasn’t about sex, was it?”
Mike shakes his head, a sad laugh escaping him, and if it sounds awfully close to a sob, then neither he or Max remarks on it. “No, it was–” (is, his selfish heart interjects) “–about her. It was always about her. Just being able to be with her without worrying about anything.”
“That’s why you didn’t want anyone to know you were together, did you?” At that, Mike looks at Max, his brow furrowing. “Oh, don’t give me that look. I know you, Mike. You hate people knowing anything you because you hate being judged by the assholes at this school. And, look, I don’t blame you – everyone is disgustingly in everyone else’s business all the time around here. But you had to know that El wasn’t going to be fine with that forever, right?”
“I know, I swear. And I was going to let her know that it was ok to start telling people, but then everything happened with my parents, and I….” Mike sighs, but it ends in a groan as the full weight of everything begins to settle on top of him. “God, I’ve completely fucked this up, haven’t I?”
“Not gonna lie to you, Mike: it’s not looking good.”
Mike almost snorts. Everything is so far past not looking good, it’s almost depressing. His homelife has completely fallen apart, he’s been lying to his friends for months, and the girl he’s in love with thinks he was just using her, the fact of which is never going to not make him feel like he wants to throw up. God, he’s never felt more hopeless in his entire life.
Well, then, guess you have nothing left to lose, do you?
Fear beats heavily inside his heart. He may not have anything left to lose, but the effort in front of him to try and get it all back feels beyond daunting. What if he tries and fails? What if he makes a total fool of himself?
Mike’s scared, so fucking scared. He’s scared of failure, of putting himself out there and being shunned and judged and mocked.
Really, though, Mike knows he has to try. Because there’s no other choice, is there? Because as scared as he is, the thought of not being with El is terrifying.
So, because of her, for her, he’ll try. Anything else is just unacceptable. And even if he fails, he’ll find some way of moving on. Yeah, sure, he’ll always feel empty inside, but he’ll make do somehow.
But Mike knows that, with a task this daunting, he’s not so proud that he can’t admit that he can’t do it alone. He mentally squares his shoulders and looks Max in the eye. The fact that they’re still sitting on the cold ground has long since ceased to matter. “Max, I need your help.”
Max lets out a soft sigh and, even though he can still see shades of anger and disappointment in her gaze, she gives Mike a small, tired smile. “Yeah, I’ve been hearing that a lot, recently.”
Friday passes in a hazy fog. Heartsick and heartbroken, eyes dry and burning and head throbbing from all her tears, El spends all day in bed in something like a state of mourning.
Hop calls her in sick before offering to stay home with her. “I could keep you company, watch some of those bad rom-coms you like with you,” he says as he sits on the edge of her bed Friday morning. His body is twisted at the torso so he can look at her and rest a gentle hand on her back from where she’s burrowed beneath the covers.
El gives her dad a wobbly smile. He hasn’t pushed her for details about what happened, which she’s grateful for. She knows he knows it has something to do with Mike and even though she also knows it must be killing him not to have all the answers, Hop is clearly trying to give her some space.
But he’s also teetering dangerously close to treating her like she’s made of porcelain and El won’t stand for it. She has some pride still left in her, after all. “No, it’s ok,” she says, hair crunching against the pillow as she shakes her head. “I know how much you hate those movies. Besides, you’re already all dressed for work,” she says with a listless wave of her hand.
Hop eyes her for a moment before he nods. “Alright, alright, I know where I’m not wanted,” he says as he leans over to kiss the side of her head, whiskers from his goatee tickling the skin of her temple. “But if you need anything, you call me, ok? And don’t forget to eat something, if only for my sake.”
El nods, but it’s weak. “I will, Dad, promise.”
“That’s my girl,” Hop says, giving her one last reassuring pat before he gets up.
The house is blissfully quiet after that. And, yet, it’s also too quiet and El gratefully sinks back into a restless slumber. She wakes up eventually around mid-morning and she pretends her phone doesn’t exist as she scrounges for food downstairs and then hunkers back up in her bed.
If she doesn’t look at her phone, she won’t have to see if Mike’s tried to reach out to her yet. She doesn’t know which outcome she prefers. On one hand, she doesn’t think she’s strong enough to read whatever messages he might have sent her. But, on the other, if he hasn’t reached out, that’s a whole different kind of pain and suffering.
All in all, it’s gonna hurt either way and El’s happy enough to put it off for as long as possible.
So, she spends the day glued to her laptop and TV. Nothing holds her attention for long, though. She flits between the internet, Netflix, and video games with the attention span of a flea.
And when she’s not able to focus on anything, El cries. She cries for what was, for what could have been. She cries for her lost hops and dreams and she cries over how much of a fool she was.
El cries over Mike and how much she misses him despite being furiously angry with him for what he did and with herself for missing him anyway.
It’s because of this that El’s glad she’s home alone. She wouldn’t be able to grieve like this in front of her dad if he’d stayed behind. And she needs to. El’s going to have to go back to school sooner rather than later. And she needs the healing process to begin so she can bear sitting in the same room as Mike for half the day, most of that a little over a foot away from him.
It’s like ripping off a bandaid, she tries to tell herself, that the pain will all be worth it just to have it over and done with. The sooner she gets over Mike, the sooner she can go back to normal and forget this ever happened.
And the best part? She almost believes it.
But, it turns out, just because she wants to move on, doesn’t mean that the world will actually let her.
The first sign of this is when El finally looks at her phone later on Friday and sees that, among the myriad of text messages she’s received, none of them are from Mike. And the realization wrenches at her heart and brings a fresh wave of tears.
That Mike hasn’t bothered to even try and reach out to her… god, did he ever really care at all?
No, don’t do this. He doesn’t deserve to have you cry over him anymore. The thought manages to halt her tears and just leaves her feeling numb. At least, in the end, she managed to stand up for herself and take charge, breaking things off (which he readily agreed to, much to her pain). Granted, at that point, she felt like she had no choice but to end it, given everything.
Which makes her text message history with Mike especially hard to swallow. She can’t stop herself from scrolling back through time, before everything turned upside down, when everything was still good. The messages are full of I miss you and I wish I was still with you and I just always want to be with you.
Lies, all of it lies.
Maybe I should just get rid of our text messages, is the next though El has as she stares down at her phone. But, with her thumb hovering over her screen, all but ready to slide across the surface to do just that, El finds that she can’t bring herself to do it. As much as she hates to admit it, as much as she wishes she could and is disgusted with herself that she can’t, she’s just not ready to let go all the way.
Later, she promises herself – later when she’s ready. If she’s ever ready.
With a trembling sigh, shaking her head at herself the entire time, El sets her phone back down and goes about trying to distract herself until her dad gets home. She’s only mostly successful, mind still poking at the hurt and the memories like a tongue worrying over a sore. It’s exhausting and El can’t stop.
And, all the while, time marches on. Friday turns into Saturday and then it’s the weekend and El still feels raw and gutted, hollowed out with only the shattered ruins of her hopes and dreams spread out around her.
Which, naturally, is when the second sign makes its appearance. And it comes in the form of Max Mayfield.
Max comes by on Sunday to check in on her and just to hang out for a while. El’s heart warms at the gesture – Max may be brash and abrasive on the outside, but inside she has a heart of gold and El is glad beyond words that she can consider Max to be a fried.
But then, Max reveals the other reason of why she’s there and….
“He wants to what?”
Max sighs as she looks at El from where she’s leaning against the headboard, the two of them lounging on El’s bed as they watch movies. “Mike wants to talk. But only if you’re willing.”
El’s jaw drops, incredulity making it feel like she’s been hit upside the head. “Are you kidding me? After what he said? I can’t believe you’re acting as his messenger now, Max, after everything,” El says, anger on an upswing. She’s been vacillating between sadness and rage on a pretty steady cadence over the past couple of days, so this turn comes as no surprise.
But what does surprise El is the painfully hopeful way her heart squeezes in her chest, the traitorous organ still yearning for the boy who broke it. Maybe he does care, the desperate, pathetic part of her screams – El tries to kick that part of her to the curb.
Max lets out another sigh, but it’s much closer to a groan than the previous one. “Look, ok, I’m not going to twist your arm and convince you to talk to him or anything. Hell, given what’s happened, you have every right to tell Mike to fuck off for the rest of his life. And, yeah, I’m pissed at him, too, ok? You should see the bruise I left on him when I decked him on Friday–”
At this, El lets out a shocked laugh, almost a guffaw. “Max, you didn’t!”
“Ok, I did – gladly,” Max says with a sharp grin. “Absolutely zero regrets. So believe me when I say that if you decide that Mike is worth less than 5 day old gum on the bottom of your shoe, I’m right behind you, all the way.”
El narrows her gaze at Max. “So why pass this along, then?”
Max gives a lazy half-shrug with one shoulder. “Because Mike’s my friend and he asked for my help. And believe me, this was the least worst of the ideas he had – his first thought was to write you a letter, like this is ‘Pride and Prejudice’ and he’s Mr. Darcy, or something.”
A giggle bubbles up in El’s chest, unbidden, but she manages to smother it before it can break free. “Well, he’s certainly dramatic enough to be Mr. Darcy.”
“No kidding,” Max says with a snort. “He should change his middle name to ‘Drama Queen’, I swear. Michael ‘Drama Queen’ Wheeler. Has a nice ring to it, really.” She lets out a dry chuckle before she sighs again, shaking her head. “Anyway, like I was saying, it’s up to you. The only thing I will say in Mike’s defense is that there’s a lot you don’t know. Granted, it’s because he didn’t tell you any of it, but it’s… well, it’s not my story to tell. Let’s just leave it at there’s a lot you don’t know and go from there.”
El sighs and closes her eyes as she leans her head against the headboard, arms curling tight around one of her pillows. She won’t lie, she is intrigued, if not reluctantly hopeful (which she hates, she’s not going to lie). Even though there’s part of her that’s spitting acid at the thought of agreeing to sit down and talk with Mike, a much larger part of her just wants answers. Why did he treat her like this? Why did he make her believe it was more than just physical when it obviously, by his own words, wasn’t?
And then, to pile it on, the practical side of her takes the opportunity to weigh in. No matter what her feelings are, it reminds her, she and Mike are still partnered up for their US History class, still relying on each other for a significant portion of their grade. So she’s going to have to be able to stand being around him and working with him despite everything that’s happened between them.
God, she’s going to have to agree to talk to him, isn’t she? Even if only to clear the air so they can work together as classmates as efficiently as possible.
How has it come to this? El thinks with a sad sigh and it’s painful to realize that Mike is the only one with the answers to that question.
… Well, Max is, too, but El wants to hear it from Mike directly, if only so she can call him out on what she’s sure is complete and total bullshit.
Resigned, feeling too grown up for someone whose 17th birthday is still a couple of months out, El opens her eyes and levels a look in Max’s direction. “Ok, fine, you can tell him I’ll talk to him. But only at a place and time of my choosing, you got that? He gets no say.”
Max gives her a small smile. “You’re the boss. When you figure it out, let me know and I’ll pass it on.”
An alarming thought occurs to El. “And if he thinks this’ll get me to go back to him….” she trails off, warning in her voice.
“Don’t worry,” Max says, rolling her eyes. “I’ll set him straight if he does.”
“Good,” El says with a prim, final nod. “Now, if we’re done with that, can we please get back to watching the movie?” she asks, head jerking towards the TV screen where they’ve paused partway through watching “Annihilation”.
“Yes, ma’am,” Max says, voice maybe a little too chipper as she unpauses the movie.
El lets herself get sucked back into the sci-fi movie rolling in front of her, eager for the distraction. But the entire time, she can’t stop thinking about what she just agreed to.
What’s he going to say? she wonders. Will she be ready to hear it when he does?
And, maybe more importantly, she wonders just how much this is going to hurt.
El doesn’t have a time and a place figured out by the time Max goes home late Sunday afternoon. Which turns out to be a good thing, because she would have had to reneg after she wakes up Monday morning and realizes she’s not ready to go to school, not ready to face Mike.
Her hands grow clammy, her heart races in her chest, and she feels like she might be sick – all at the thought of just being in the same room as Mike, never mind having to talk to him. It’s fear, fear and nervousness and chilling apprehension, all things El never suspected she’d feel towards Mike, not even in her worst nightmares.
Hop lets El stay home Monday (she’s sure her unusually pasty complexion and the dark circles haunting the skin under her eyes goes a long way in convincing Hop to let her stay home), but El knows this is only a temporary reprieve. She has to go back Tuesday. With finals week coming up next week and Thursday and Friday being dead days for studying, El knows that last minute final prep is being crammed into Tuesday and Wednesday. She can’t skip it just because she’s had her heart shattered by a guy.
So, it’s with trembling hands that El sends Max the following text message in the middle of Monday afternoon: tell him to meet me in the independent study classroom, 7:30. i’ll wait for 5 minutes. this is his only chance. after that, i’m DONE.
This is how El finds herself getting dropped off a little after 7:15, air still frigidly cold outside and ghosting the windows of her dad’s police cruiser with cold steam. It took a bit of convincing to get Hop to drop her off so early and El can feel his concerned gaze on her as she stares out at the parking lot, seeing if Mike’s car is here yet.
It isn’t.
“You gonna be ok, sweetheart?” Hop asks, dragging El from her reverie.
El turns towards her dad, the leather of the seat squeaking at the movement. “Dad, I’ll be ok. Besides, I have to go to school today. Finals are coming up, you know?”
Hop gives her a small smile, the gesture almost completely hidden by his goatee. “Well, call if you need anything.”
At this, El can’t help but grin. “You know, I’m starting to think you just want me to need you for something.” It’s the first flash of teasing humor El’s felt in days and, god, does it feel good.
Her dad feels the same, if the warmth shining in his eyes is any indication. “God, sue me for trying to hold on to my little girl for a little while longer. Soon, you’ll be 18 and at college and I’ll be all alone, abandoned by my own flesh and blood.”
El rolls here eyes, even as she’s letting out a weak giggle. “Ok, that’s enough melodrama.” She leans over to press a quick kiss to Hop’s cheek. “I’ll see you after school.”
Her dad’s “Bye, honey!” follows her out of the car as she shuts the door behind her. El wishes her heart didn’t flutter a bit in fear at the sound of her dad driving away – stuck at school now with no way out – but she ignores it as best she can.
Even though she has a little bit of time, El decides to just head to the room where she’s going to meet Mike. The doors are all unlocked for the very few students who have Zero Period, so there’s nothing to stop El from just heading on in, sighing in relief as the heated air on the inside of the doors welcomes her into its gentle embrace.
The Independent Study classroom is empty when El walks inside (as she expected) and she moves inside so that she’s hidden from view from anyone walking by, but positioned so that she can see it when (if) Mike walks in through the doorway. She lets out a shaky breath as she settles in to wait at one of the desks a couple of rows back from the front, perching atop the flat tabletop, feet swinging lazily back and forth.
But there’s nothing lazy about how she feels. There’s a nervous tremor that runs through her veins that she can’t control, a fluttering skip of her heartbeat that makes her feel inches away from being short of breath. Her skin crawls and tightens, feeling clammy and cold all at once. El is beyond nervous, scared of being hurt again, scared of what Mike is going to say.
And yet, there’s also something inside of her that’s eager – eager for answers, for the beginnings of some sense of closure, for the ability to start really putting this behind her. El knows she’ll be relieved when this is all over, but until then, she’s going to have to live with feeling like she’s about to not be able to breathe.
El tries her best to distract herself while keeping one eye on the door, so the effect is that time both crawls by at a snail’s pace and moves way too fast all at the same time.
But, a couple of minutes before 7:30, time ceases to matter all together.
Because Mike finally walks through the door.
He’s a little early, which surprises El in some distant back corner of her mind. Maybe it means that he actually feels something for her, she thinks, knowing she’s reaching but unable to stop herself.
But, mostly, what El can’t stop doing is staring at him. It’s been almost a week since she last saw him, almost a week since it all fell apart in his bedroom, and, dammit, she’s missed him. El misses him – heart, body, and soul yearning for him with an intensity that is almost painful – and she hates herself for it.
El’s not sure if she manages to keep a straight face, but she damn sure tries to, a feat made almost impossible as Mike looks over at her, freezing when his gaze lands on her.
For a long, pregnant moment, the entire world just stops. Or at least, that’s what it feels like as they stare at each other. They’re less than 6 feet away from each other, but they might as well be miles apart from how thick the air between them is, an unbridgeable chasm that El doesn’t know how to cross and one she doesn’t know if Mike wants to even try crossing.
El can’t stop herself from greedily drinking him in, though, looking for any sign of, well… anything. And she hates that she’s encouraged by what she finds.
Mike looks… well, he’s as handsome as always – mussed hair, black sweater and blue jeans, dingy white Chucks on his feet – but he’s also undeniably ragged looking. Skin drawn and pale, dark circles beneath his eyes like he hasn’t been sleeping or sleeping well… god, it’s like looking in a mirror.
But it’s the look in his eyes that’s really getting to her. El’s always thought Mike’s eyes were the most expressive thing about him and today is no different. He’s looking at her with the most mournful gaze she’s ever seen – deep and desperate, filled with wretched hope and abject apology. It’s clear on Mike’s face that he knows what he’s done, knows the depths of just how much he fucked up, and that he is endlessly and painfully sorry.
And El realizes, no matter how much she’s trying to stop it, that they haven’t even talked yet and she’s already half forgiven him, just from the way he’s looking at her.
God fucking dammit.
El wishes she had more control over her heart – or any control, really – but it’s long since decided that it’s going to do what it wants without her input or say so. El wants to be angry – wants to be furious – at herself, at Mike, at this whole situation.
But sitting here, staring at him, watching him stare back at her, El finds that she, above all else, is tired, just absolutely exhausted and weary of this whole thing.
El sighs and lets her eyes slip shut, head bowing as she leans into the exhaustion that swims soul-deep in her veins. She gives herself a moment to take in a deep breath before she lifts her head and looks back at Mike. “Shut the door,” she says, the words quiet, voice feeling old and worn down.
Something in Mike’s gaze shutters and falls, shoulders following suit, and he turns to carry out her request, the latching of the door way too loud in the quiet of the room around them. He barely looks at her as he turns back around and settles on a desk a couple over from her – close enough that it won’t feel weird to talk, but far enough away to give her some space.
Good, at least he’s being considerate.
El stares at him and lets the silence build for a couple more seconds before she finds herself speaking. “Well, you wanted to talk, right? So talk.” The words are harsh, maybe a little too harsh, but El doesn’t care. She’s still hurt, above all else, and her pain needs an outlet that Mike will understand.
At this, Mike flinches and he looks at her, eyes wide, throat bobbing as he swallows roughly. One of his hands comes up to push through his hair while the other lands on his knee, fingers worrying at the fabric stretched over the joint. El recognizes the motion – it’s a nervous gesture, born out of fear – and she watches as his mouth works a few times before he manages to find his voice.
“Right, yeah,” he says, his own voice rough and scratchy, like it’s been days since he’s spoken to anyone. “So, um, first, I guess… I wanted to thank you – for agreeing to talk to me.” Mike’s tongue flicks out to wet his lips, another nervous tic. But all it does is draw attention to his mouth and El hates that she can’t stop remembering what those lips felt like pressed up against hers.
“Yeah, well, I figured it was a good idea, if only for the sake of our US History grade,” El says with a shrug, trying to keep her voice as flat as possible. She does not miss the way Mike cringes and, worse, she kinda doesn’t care.
(ok, that’s a lie. she cares – she cares a lot. but she’s struggling to believe otherwise because she doesn’t think she can afford to get hurt again. so she’ll lie to herself for a little while longer until she’s in a place where she doesn’t have to any more.)
“Well, um, regardless, thank you. You didn’t have to, a-and I wouldn’t blame you, or anything, if you didn’t. I don’t know if I’d talk to me, after what happened, what I did.” Mike glance away, looking down at the hand resting on his knee. “I owe you an explanation–” He pauses, breathing out a dark, deprecating laugh, eyebrows quirking up onto his brow. “I owe you a lot more than that, actually. Most of all, though, I owe you an apology.”
Mike raises his gaze back up to her, forced bravery shining bright in his eyes. “I’m sorry,” he says, the words dragging out of him in a pained, ragged whisper. “I’m so sorry. The things I said, the way I made you feel… it was wrong, all of it. I was scared and hurt and I panicked. It doesn’t make it right – I’m not looking for an excuse – I’m just trying to explain. But, I wanted you to know – it w-was–” Here, he stumbles, seemingly tripped up by the past tense. “It was never just physical, you and me. At least, not to me. And that I made you feel like it was… I don’t think I’ll ever forgive myself.”
El swallows roughly and feels her lower lip begin to tremble. She draws in a shaky breath and tries to hold herself steady. “Then why?” she says, all but pleading. “Why did you say it?”
Mike looks at her with wide eyes, teeth worrying at his lip. “Because I meant it, just not how it sounded.”
It’s a brave admission, El will give him that. And it’s only because he’s looking at her so dolefully that she’s going to give him the benefit of the doubt and let him explain. “What did you mean, then? Because, I gotta say, hearing those words… I don’t think anything has ever hurt more, Mike.”
“Yeah, I know,” Mike says with a faltering voice and a jerky nod, looking away again. “Believe me, when Max told me how you heard it, I thought I was going to be sick.” He sucks in a deep breath. “But, I still owe you an explanation, so….” He looks back up at her, sighing once more. “There’s something I haven’t told you – something I’ve only actually told Max, of all people – and it’s that… my parents are getting a divorce.” Mike laughs, dark and dry. “They’ve been getting a divorce for a couple of months now, actually.”
And, with El staring at him, mouth just slightly agape, Mike tells her everything – about how his parents told him they were getting a divorce the day after Thanksgiving, about why his mom and Holly really went down to see his grandparents, about how his dad started living at the office and on business trips, about how his mom and sister are pretty much living at his aunt’s house… about how he’s been alone in his childhood home, left to fend for himself.
El can hear the pain in Mike’s voice as he tells her this, soft and resigned and sounding so, so young. And, while she’s angry at him for keeping something like this from her, El finds her heart going out to him anyway. Because she’s been there, she knows what this feels like. El’s all too familiar with knowing what it’s like to have a parent abandon you, to feel powerless as your family splits apart into unrecognizable pieces.
And, so, El sighs, bone-weary and sad beyond measure. “Oh, Mike, why didn’t you tell me?”
A sad smile pulls at the corners of Mike’s lips as he quirks an eyebrow, head tilting just so as a sad, breathless chuckle escapes from between his lips. “Because, if you didn’t know, I could pretend it wasn’t real. I just… everything felt like it was falling apart and I just wanted somewhere where I felt happy. And you make –” He cuts off, lips pressing together with a painful wince. “You made me happy. It felt like, if I told you, there wouldn’t be anywhere where I could breathe, that there would be nowhere that was safe.
“It’s why I didn’t want anyone to know, about you and me. Being with you was the only time where I could leave it all behind, where I didn’t have to worry about being judged or mocked or ignored. And I was scared that if we started telling people while the rest of my life was falling apart, that I’d lose everything. And I know, I know it was selfish. There’s nothing I can say to excuse what I did. I lied to you, for weeks, and I made you feel like you had no say in our relationship. It was wrong and I will never stop feeling sorry for that.”
“Mike, it’s ok,” El says on the tail end of a sigh. “I get it, ok? I’m not saying it was right and I’m not saying it doesn’t hurt, but I get it.” And, despite everything, El realizes she’s a little proud of Mike right now. She knows this couldn’t have been easy, opening up like this when every lesson he’s ever learned has taught him that he shouldn’t. And she’s glad he wanted to do this for her.
But then a thought leaps into her mind and she lets out a laugh. “And I’m sorry, too. We were both keeping things from each other – you about your parents, me about knowing what happened with you and Ashley.” There’s a strange lightness in her chest – it’s not a happy one, no. But it’s relieved. She has her answers, the ones she was hoping to get but doubting she would.
She’s still sad, though – sad that all this happened, that neither of them could stop this from happening… sad that she has no idea where to go from here
“I shouldn’t have gotten angry at you for that,” Mike says. “I mean, yeah, it kinda stung, knowing that you knew something so embarrassing about me and I had no idea, but I shouldn’t have snapped at you for it.”
“I should have told you about it when I found out,” El says. “I thought you’d pull away from me, which is so stupid in hindsight, I can’t even begin to tell you. But, just so there’s no confusion or doubt, I was never with you out of pity. I could never be with you out of pity because there’s nothing to pity. You’re a good guy, Mike, one any girl would be lucky to be with. And I–” It’s her turn to get choked up, to get stuck and stumble on her own words. “I care about you, a lot. I think I’ll always care about you.”
Mike nods, but it’s sharp and messy. “Do you think–” He cuts off, gulping, gaze dropping like he can’t look at her and talk at the same time. “What happens now, with you and me?”
El can hear it, can hear all the questions he’s not asking: do you still want to be with me, is it really over, is there a chance? And, damn her heart, she wants to say yes, wants to more than anything in the world.
Because, despite it all, she loves him. El really and truly loves Mike.
But if this has taught her anything, it’s that love isn’t always enough.
Even though she wishes it could be.
“I think it depends,” El says, hands trembling where she’s holding them in her lap. “I think, if anything happens, it needs to be different than it was before.”
“Different?” Mike asks, lifting his head to look at her with hopeful eyes.
“Yeah, different,” El says with a small, sad smile. “I’m done hiding, Mike. I won’t do it anymore. If you want us to be together, that’s non-negotiable. I don’t need to be taken to a school dance or wooed publicly in the cafeteria. But my friends? I should be able to tell them I have a boyfriend. I should be able to hold my boyfriend’s hand in public, maybe even give him a quick kiss hello or goodbye no matter who can see. I shouldn’t have to deny part of who I am just to be with a guy.” She pauses, sucking in a deep breath. “Could you do that Mike? Do you think you could do that for me?” El stares at Mike’s face, watching his expression, seeing how he’s going to react to this and….
And, there it is. The flicker of doubt, of fear and uncertainty. His gaze cuts away, tongue flashing out to lick at his lips, face falling just enough to tell El what she’s always secretly feared.
Mike’s not ready and he might never be ready.
He looks back up at her a second later, eyes wide. “El, I–”
El holds up a hand, head shaking as a sad sigh breathes out of her. “Mike, it’s ok.” She smiles at him, soft and kind, wistful in the worst way possible. “Sometimes, people aren’t meant to be together.” It hurts, more than she can possibly say, to have to say those words out loud. But it’s the truth and denying it isn’t fair to either of them. “We’re just… not in the same place. And it’s ok, I don’t blame you. You can’t force yourself to be ready to be with another person – that’s not how it works. And it sucks, I won’t lie. But it is what it is.”
Mike is just staring at her, now, eyes shimmering with the beginnings of tears and, from the way her eyes are burning, too, El knows hers are doing the same. She can feel, not just see, the way both of their hearts are breaking and, of all the ways she ever could have imagined this going, this was the way that never, ever occurred to her.
It’s quickly becoming too painful to be in this room with him and she needs to make her escape before she crumbles entirely. If she leaves now, she’ll be able to get enough space to keep herself together enough to sit next to him in class, to someday be his friend….
And to give up everything else.
El slides off the desk, backpack still on her shoulders, and makes her way over to him. Mike is frozen as he watches her, every emotion he’s feeling broadcast for her to see – pain, sadness, guilt, fear… each one cutting at her like a knife.
El stops in front of him, inches away. He’s still sitting on one of the desks, so she’s eye-level with him, which makes it easier to do what she has to do. “We could have been something special, you and me. I just… I just wish things could have been different. But, no matter what, I’ll always care about you. And, maybe in a little bit, when this stops hurting, we can be friends. But, until then….” Swallowing heavily, El reaches for him before she loses her courage. Her hand lands on one cheek while her lips press against the other in one final kiss.
For a split second, she lets herself think of nothing but the way his scent surrounds her, the way his cheek feels beneath her lips, the sound and feel of his breath hitching against her. She doesn’t want to move, doesn’t want to leave and it’s not fair, it’s not fair. She loves him – loves him so much – but she needs more than Mike can give and she respects herself too much to settle for less than she deserves.
And then, before she’s ready (because she’ll never be ready), it’s over and she pulls away. She smiles at him, thick and trembling, and does the hardest thing she thinks she’s ever had to do, the hardest thing she thinks she’ll ever have to do: she lets him go.
“Goodbye, Mike.”
For the second time in less than a week, Mike can’t do anything but sit there frozen as El, once again, walks out of his life.
His heart feels like it’s shattering into a million pieces. As much as he thought it hurt knowing that he hurt her, this is a million times worse.
Because El just said goodbye, her parting farewell ringing with a finality that echoes in his head like a death knell, before she let him go without looking back.
And, god, he was so close! Being with El – thing he wants, the only thing he ever wants – was right in his grasp, close enough for him to taste and feel, and he let it slip away.
Mike immediately knows where he fucked up this time, knows like it’s a fundamental truth carved deep in his soul. He stumbled right at the finish line, when El asked him for one thing – to stop hiding – and the only thing he couldn’t hide was how scared he is.
Mike doesn’t ever know if he’ll stop being scared about letting people in, doesn’t know if he’ll ever feel fully comfortable with the way it makes him feel exposed and vulnerable.
But if there’s one thing Mike does know, it’s this: he’s sick and tired of watching El walk away from him. Sure, he stumbled once, but that doesn’t mean he can’t pick himself back up and make it over that finish line.
Because there’s another thing he knows, a thing that fills him with what feels like endless resolve: El cares about him and she wants to be with him… but only if he can prove it to her. And she’s worth it. There’s no one more worth proving himself to in the entire world than her, the woman he loves.
And Mike may not know how he’s going to prove it to her, but he knows he can do it. Hell, he managed to gather the courage to apologize to her, didn’t he? And that was before he knew she still wanted to be with him. So if he can do that, with all that uncertainty, he can figure this out, too.
It’s readily apparent, though, that he can’t do this alone. If he’s going to do this, he’s going to need help, a lot of help.
Because when one Party Member requires assistance, well….
Notes:
*cackles evilly* [insert jokerherewego.gif]
Chapter 21: ...and, dammit, kiss the girl
Notes:
Ooh, look, it's only been a little more than a week and I'm already here with the next chapter!
Fair warning, this is the most cliched, schmoopiest, most trope-y high school teen rom-com thing I think I may have ever written....and I love it so much.
This whole fic, really, has been one giant teen rom-com when you stop and think about it, so I think I'm excused for a little tropeyness when all is said and done.
Oh, and I'm sure some of you are wondering about how there's still one more chapter to go. Details about that are in the notes at the bottom, so for the moment, enjoy!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Mike wastes no time in reaching out to the rest of the Party. He decides not to include Max (no point, given what happened last Friday – Mike knows where her allegiances lie, not that he blames her at all), so he texts the group chat that only has himself, Lucas, Dustin, and Will – the one that Dustin, in a fit of inspiration, named “The OG Party Chat” with a simple message: guys, i need your help. a/v room, lunch?
It doesn’t matter that the others aren’t at school yet – hell, Mike is still in the room where El nearly irrevocably shattered his heart.
No, Mike texts them immediately because he has to. If he doesn’t do it now, when his resolve is at its absolute strongest and before his self-doubt has a chance to rear its ugly head up and dominate his emotions, he knows he won’t do it at all.
And, really, it’s a good thing that he does. Because Trig, the one class he shares with El in the morning is absolutely horrible. The only saving grace is that all Ms. Geno is doing is reviewing what they’ve covered over the last semester so there’s no need for any of the students to interact in class. Which is good because Mike has never, ever felt more invisible in his entire life.
He makes it to Trig before El does – mostly because he all but races out of English to escape the nosy and pestering questions from the rest of the Party trying to get a hint of what he needs their help with. But Mike maybe also thinks he gets to Trig before El because she’s avoiding him.
Not that he blames her at all. Mike wouldn’t even be in class right now if he didn’t absolutely have to because of how much he’s not looking forward to sitting next to El for the next 40 minutes.
And yet, somehow, it’s even worse than he could have possibly imagined.
Mike has one eye trained on the door so he can’t miss it when El walks in (because he likes to torture himself, he swears). Which means he gets to immediately feel like someone’s punched him in the gut the second El appears in the doorway.
El is startlingly beautiful, as always – Mike doesn’t think there will ever be a time where he'll look at her and not think that she’s the most beautiful person he’s ever seen. She’s looking enviably put together in a pair of red and black plaid pants and cream colored sweater, hair up in a high, neat ponytail. But, as he watches, her gaze does one scan of the room in front of her….
And skips over him entirely.
God, it’s like Mike isn’t there for how little she notices him. And there’s nothing on El’s face that gives any hint that she’s seen him, even though she clearly must have.
Despite how much it hurts, Mike can’t bring himself look away, heart wrenching painfully in his chest, as she walks over to her seat and sits down, all the while pretending that he doesn’t even exist.
This is how he spends the next 40 minutes: hyper-aware of everything about El’s presence while El acts like the space next to her is taken up by empty air.
It’s strange in absolutely the worst way possible, Mike decides. He spends half of Trig with his eyes on her, to the point where he figures she has to know he’s staring at her. But he can’t stop, can’t stop his gaze from tracing the features he knows so well, the ones he’s intimately familiar with in all meanings of the phrase: the lines of her cheek that blushed so sweetly when he teased her or flirted with her; the sweep of her jaw covered by the softest skin Mike’s ever felt; the spot on her neck that would make her go crazy whenever his lips landed on it….
The sparkling, golden eyes that would look at him with endless warmth and compassion and caring that it made him feel like nothing bad could ever touch him.
And he’s less than nothing to her right now. He can’t stop staring but he might as well be invisible.
Mike’s heart aches with impossible sadness, knowing that he once had the most perfect girl in the entire world and he lost her because he’s a complete and total idiot who doesn’t know how to keep anything good in his life at all.
No, not lost, his mind chimes in, filled with desperate resolve. Not lost yet. There’s always a chance and you’re not going to blow it this time.
It’s a relief when Trig finally ends and El slips out of the room without so much as a backwards glance. Even though her lack of acknowledgment hurts - and it really, really hurts - it means Mike can breathe again, the tight band around his chest loosening just a little.
But the space then fills with the jittery swarm of nerves as he realizes he’s that much closer to lunch….
And that much closer to having to tell the Party about everything.
“Dude, man, you ok?” is what Lucas says to him when Mike slides into his usual seat next in their Spanish class.
Mike just gives Lucas a look that’s full of everything he’s feeling, unable to hide anything right now, but he’s speechless in the face of Lucas’ question. How to even to begin to describe just how awful his morning has been? There are literally no words he can use to sum it up in the time he has before the bell rings.
So Mike just sighs and shakes his head. “I’ll tell you at lunch.”
“Oh, so you’re finally going to let us in on what’s been putting that stick up your ass for the last couple of months?” Lucas says, snarky and with a little bit of hurt behind the words.
A pang of guilt stabs at Mike’s heart. God, he’s been a really shitty friend, hasn’t he? “Yeah, pretty much,” Mike says, not hiding behind any denials anymore.
“Well, it’s about time,” Lucas says with a snort just before the bell rings and they’re forced to drop the matter.
The reprieve doesn’t last long, though, and before Mike knows it, it’s the lunch period. He’s not hungry, but he forces himself to grab something from the cafeteria, even if it’s just an apple and a bag of chips. He knows he’ll regret these food choices in a couple of hours or so, but Mike’s stomach is too unsettled for him to think about eating anything more.
And then, before he knows it, before he’s totally ready, it’s just him and the rest of the Party, sitting around the table in the A/V room, a place that – fortunately and unfortunately – reminds Mike so much of El and all the time they spent together. But it also reminds him of the friends who are looking at him with expectant eyes and curious faces, friends who he’s been hiding so much from for so long, Mike almost doesn’t know where or how to start.
It’s Dustin who kicks them off, clearing his throat as he pokes at a very unappetizing slice of meatloaf sitting on a pilfered plastic tray. “Ok, so, we’re all here now, Mike. And you said you needed help, so….” Dustin lets his words trail off, giving Mike the space to fill in the silence that follows.
Mike gulps and nods, taking a moment to look at each of his three best friends, guys he considers to be like his brothers, all wearing their own version of curious anticipation: eager (Dustin), cautious (Lucas), and worried (Will). He’s lucky to still have them in his life and he hopes that, in a few relative minutes, he still will. “Right, um, yeah, so….” Mike swallows again to try and rid his throat of the nervous dryness that’s creeping up towards his mouth. “First, before I say anything else, I wanted to apologize. I’ve been… a really shitty friend and I would totally deserve it if you kicked me out of the Party because I’ve been lying to you guys about so many things, but I need help and I didn’t have anyone else to turn to. So, I’m sorry and I’m hoping you can forgive me.”
There’s no way Mike can hide the way his voice is shaking, so he doesn’t even try. He lets his hands drop to his thighs so he can rub his sweaty palms against the denim of his jeans. He’s so bad about letting people in and Mike, not for the first time, wishes it was easier for him, wishes he had some of the openness that comes easily to people like Dustin or El. Hell, even Lucas and Will are better about this than Mike is and his own inadequacies blare in his face like a bright, neon sign.
“Mike, we’re not going to kick you out of the Party,” Will says. Mike glances over at him and is relieved to see that there’s no hint of anger at all on Will’s face. “We’ve been worried about you, not mad at you. And you can tell us anything, you know that, right?”
“Yeah, man,” Lucas pitches in with. “We know you get stupid when bad shit happens to you. And it sucks sometimes that you don’t wanna share it, but we get it. You forget we’ve known you forever.”
Dustin gives Mike a warm, if fondly annoyed smile. “Mike, just tell us. We might hella judge you, but we’re here for you.”
The warmth that wraps around Mike’s heart at the support from his friends almost brings tears to his eyes. It helps cut through a little bit of the nervousness that swims in his veins, filling him with just enough bravery to give voice to what’s been going on with him for the second time today… only, this time, with the added bonus that he’s going to also have to tell his friends he was (is, his stubborn heart cries out) in a secret relationship with none other than El Hopper for the past 3 months.
“Right, yeah, ok,” he babbles, giving his thoughts half a second to compose themselves. “Alright, here it goes: my parents have been getting a divorce, I’ve been pretty much living on my own since Christmas, and until last week, I was secretly dating El Hopper, but I fucked it up really badly and I need your help to figure out how to win her back.”
The silence that follows stretches out for what feels like an eternity, during which Mike can only stare back as the rest of the Party looks at him like he’s grown a second head.
“Dude….” Dustin eventually breathes, breaking the silence.
“Oh my god,” comes next from Will.
And, not to feel left out, Lucas rounds it out with, “Say what?”
“I think you’re going to need to start over from the beginning,” Will says. “And don’t leave anything out.”
So, over the next 10 minutes or so, Mike doesn’t leave anything out… well, he mostly doesn’t. He leaves out some of the more sordid details, glosses over some of the intimate bits (look, he loves his friends, but he’s not about to give them every dirty detail of his sex life and, god, he still can’t believe he had one of those…), but he pretty much tells them everything else, all the way up until what happened this morning, where El admitted that she cared for him, but didn’t think they could be together.
It’s a roller coaster of a tale, Mike knows, so it’s not surprising to him when the other three just stare at him agog for half a beat. “Jesus, Mike,” Dustin says. “That’s–”
“A lot?” Mike offers, lips twitching in a self-deprecating grin.
Dustin lets out a laugh. “Putting it mildly, yes.”
“Man, you really fucked this up, didn’t you?” Lucas says.
Mike swallows heavily, nodding. “Yeah, I’m painfully aware of this, Lucas.” He crosses his arms over his chest, hugging himself tightly.
“I can’t believe you kept all this from us for this long,” Will says. “I mean, at least about your parents and being on your own. You know my mom would let you stay over in a heartbeat.”
“Yeah, my mom, too,” Lucas says and Dustin follows with a nod and a sound of agreement.
“I know,” Mike says, looking away as his throat tightens. “It’s just, like I said, the more I could hide it, the more I could pretend it wasn’t real. And it wasn’t that I didn’t trust you – you guys are my best friends – it’s me, there’s something wrong with me.”
“Mike, stop that,” Lucas says, voice firm. “There’s nothing wrong with you. You gotta stop putting yourself down like this, ok? It’s not cool.”
“I’m trying, I’m trying,” Mike says, knowing Lucas is right. “It’s why I’m asking for help. I can’t do this on my own anymore. I can’t fix what’s happening with me and my parents, but I can fix what’s happening with me and El. But it’s gotta be fool-proof. I can’t afford to mess this up again.” He pauses, giving his friends a small, hopeful smile. “So, you got any ideas on how I can prove to El that I’m ready to be in a real relationship with her?”
But, despite the hope that flutters in his heart, there are no answers. There’s only painful, awkward silence as everyone stares at each other with raised eyebrows and shrugging shoulders and Mike slouches in his seat as a small measure of disappointment roils through him.
“Hey, we’ll think of something, right guys?” Dustin all but hurries to say, words a little too upbeat to be natural.
“Yeah, we’re smart, I’m sure we can figure this out,” Will says, echoing Dustin’s tone.
“Thanks, guys,” Mike says, managing to smile despite himself. And Will’s right, they are smart – if anyone can figure out how to do this, it’s the four of them. Mike realizes, as he so often does, that his friends are the best, the absolute best.
And then….
“Man, I can’t believe you’ve been hooking up with the hot new girl for weeks and you’re just telling us now. You get your v-card punched, you tell us – that was the deal.”
“Ugh, Dustin!”
It’s a lot harder than El thought it would be, pretending that the boy she’s madly in love with doesn’t exist. And El went into this thinking that this was going to be one of the hardest things she’s ever done.
But El knows it has to be this way, no matter how hard – at least for a little while. She needs to give her heart space to start healing and one of the ways of doing that is pretending Mike’s not even there so she can resist the urge to look over at him. All that’ll do is remind her of all the things she loves about him, which would only test her resolve against her weak heart’s desire to be with him no matter what’s best for her. And El’s not about to settle for less than she deserves – not anymore.
All in all, this has El longing for Finals Week to start and give her something to focus 100% of her energy on. Review sessions in class are helping, but it needs to be more than that to take her mind off of Mike.
At least I have eating lunch with friends to also distract me, El thinks as she looks around the small table she’s sitting at. Carrie and Jessie, Carrie’s friend from Yearbook, are chatting about the progress of the layout and El’s content to listen even though she knows almost nothing about what they’re talking about. It’s nice to just be without any kind of pressure, any kind of expectation of contributing.
Especially since, even though today has been easier than yesterday, it’s still so hard being near Mike. She’s just mentally and emotionally exhausted. She can’t wait for tomorrow for the first of two dead days so she won’t have to be in the same room as him until finals start on Monday.
It must be that exhaustion that has her zoning out for a second, because El swears she just blinks before she realizes that Carrie and Jessie are staring at her, confused concern shining warmly in both of their gazes.
“Hey, you alright?” Jessie asks, dark eyebrows coming together low above the bridge of her nose.
“Yeah, you’ve been, well… not yourself,” Carrie says, frowning a little.
El tries to smile, but it’s shaky and weak. “What do you mean?” A frisson of panic sparks along the length of her spine. Shit, how obvious is it?
Carrie’s lips curve in the other direction, now pulling up into a sympathetic smile. “You’ve been acting weird and distant since you came back to school yesterday. Like… like someone died, or something.”
The smile on El’s face tightens, growing brittle and fragile. “No, no one died,” she says and her voice croaks a little over the words. “I’m just… dealing with something, is all.”
“Does it have something to do with Mike Wheeler?” Jessie asks with all the tact of a bull in a china shop.
El sucks in a gasp at the sudden shock, feeling a little like she’s just been punched in the chest.
“Jessie, you weren’t supposed to say anything about that!” Carrie says in a loud stage whisper, all but hissing the words as she whirls around to glare at her friend.
Jessie looks the furthest from sorry one could possibly get. “What? Oh come on, Carrie. It’s obvious to anyone with a brain what’s been going on.”
El looks at Jessie, head cocking at an angle that makes her feel like a marionette. “What do you mean?” she asks. The initial spike of panic has faded and now El’s just morbidly curious, wanting to know what people have been clearly guessing at.
“Ok, playing dumb does not become you,” Jessie says with a roll of her eyes. “You and Mike walk around practically joined at the hip in a very I’m-not-touching-you kind of way and then you go out sick on Friday and Mike comes to school looking like a fucking ghost. And now you’re back in school and you look like someone’s kicked your puppy and suddenly there’s a continent of space between you.”
Carrie looks at El with a kind, almost pitying smile. “Some of us have noticed that you and Mike have been really close for a while now – especially after you told us you wanted to go to Homecoming with him. We figured that you guys were together, but when you didn’t say anything, we thought you maybe wanted to keep it private, so we didn’t say anything either.”
El gulps as a shiver runs through her. She thought she and Mike had kept this hidden pretty well. How many people figured it out anyway? Was there ever a point in trying? “How – how many people knew?”
“Not many, if that’s what you’re wondering,” Carrie says.
“Yeah,” Jessie says as she lets out a bemused snort. “Most people can’t see what’s right in front of their faces. Some of us are pretty observant but, like Carrie said, when you two didn’t say anything, we figured you wanted to keep it to yourselves.”
El nods, lips curling in a sad smile. “Yeah, well, we did, but….” It feels weird, talking about this with people who she hasn’t told directly. And it feels equally weird to be talking about it in the past tense, weird in a way that stabs none-so-gently at her heart.
“But…?” Carrie says, gently prompting.
“I didn’t want to keep it to ourselves anymore. He did.” El looks down at her half eaten lunch. Yeah, ok, talking about this is painful and she’s really not ready for it.
“Oh, El, I’m sorry,” Carrie says. She reaches for El, one hand landing softly on El’s forearm. “Not that it’s any consolation, but you guys were really cute – I was really rooting for you two.”
“I was, too,” El says as she lifts her gaze back up to look at Carrie. “Thanks, though.”
“Well, obviously, what you need to do now is do something fun to take your mind off of this,” Jessie says, eyes sparkling with determined warmth.
El snorts. “Yeah, right. Finals are coming up next week remember?”
Carrie perks up, something behind her dark green eyes lighting up. “Oh! You should go to the Winter Ball!”
At this, El pulls a face, grimacing as her stomach roils. “Yeah, I… don’t know.” Maybe it’s a little irrational, but part of her blames the Winter Ball’s sheer existence for why she’s in this mess to begin with. Maybe if there was no dance, she wouldn’t have fixated on it and she would have found a different way to try and make her relationship with Mike public, one that would have maybe worked.
No, don’t do this, El thinks half a second later. Don’t play the what-if game. That way only ends in tears and wallowing and El’s done with both of those, thank you very much.
“No, come on, it’ll be fun,” Carrie says, all but wheedling. “A bunch of us are going in a group. You should join us!”
El eyes Carrie suspiciously. “Why wouldn’t you be going with Alan?” she asks, thinking about Carrie’s boyfriend.
“Oh, I am, but it’s not, like, an exclusive thing, or anything,” Carrie says with a wave of her hand.
“Yeah, we’re all going,” Jessie says. “Some of us have dates, but not all of us do. You won’t be left out, if that’s what you’re afraid of.”
Carrie nods, excited. “And, I promise it’ll be fun! We’ll go out and grab some dinner beforehand and then dance like idiots for the rest of the night while drinking bad and/or spiked punch. You’ll spend time with friends and laugh and have fun and you’ll forget all about Mike for a while.”
El does have to admit – it does sound tempting. She remembers that Jen is also going with a group of friends, some of whom who are also El’s friends, too. Yeah, Jen worked up the courage to agree to be Chris Oban’s date (and if that doesn’t rub a little salt in the wound, then El pretends to ignore it), but El knows for sure Jen is going to still be hanging out with her friends throughout the night.
And, dammit, it does sound like fun. El loves school dances – loves the DJs who always try a little too hard to be funny and the cliche Top 40 songs they play that everyone always loses their minds over; loves the decorations that are gaudy but put together with so much heart, it’s impossible not to love them; loves dressing up and getting glammed up and dancing like an idiot while wearing a pretty dress.
Yeah, sure she does wish she had a date to dance to the slow songs with, someone to hold her close and whisper sweet nothings and share tender kisses with as they fall into each other’s eyes. El had been hoping that role would be filled by Mike, but if it’s not going to be him, then she’s fine with the role going unfilled.
But maybe a fun night out is exactly what she needs. El knows she can’t let what happened with Mike linger over her forever and this might be a good step along that journey to letting go. Besides, it’ll be fun to celebrate surviving finals week.
For the first time in almost a week, happiness flutters inside El’s chest. It’s faint and weak… but it’s there, and that’s what matters.
So she smiles and gives the other girls a nod. “You know what? You’ve convinced me. Count me in.”
There’s no time of the year Will hates more than Finals Week. He hates the pressure and all the cramming and the worry and the sleepless nights. God, he will do almost anything to put off having to study.
But that’s all there is for him to do and by Friday afternoon, after the second of two dead days, Will is about to lose his goddamn mind.
He’s staring down blankly at his open Spanish textbook, none of the words registering, when a delicate knock raps against his open door. Will startles a bit and whirls around to see his mom standing in the doorway.
His mom smiles at him, looking a little sheepish at the same time. “How’s studying going?” she asks as she takes slow steps into his room.
Will huffs a sigh and looks back down at his Spanish textbook. “Ok, I guess,” he sighs as his mom comes up behind him, hands landing gently on his shoulders in a soothing touch. “I feel like I’m gonna go cross-eyed.”
“You’re working so hard, I’m so proud of you,” his mom says with infinite softness. Will’s heart swells with warmth at the praise. “You look like you’re ready for a break, though.”
Will groans and nearly slumps down over his textbooks. “I think I was ready for a break a few hours ago,” he says as he turns back around to look at his mom.
She’s still smiling, but there’s a warm sparkle in her gaze that piques his curiosity. “Well, if you’re up for it, Jim invited us over for dinner. El will be there – I’m sure she could use a break, too. You guys could hang out for a little while and get your mind off studying.”
Will also thinks he could ask El a couple of questions about molecular structure for their Chemistry final because she’s better at science than he is and it would save him from having to embarrass himself by asking the rest of the Party.
But, just as Will is about to accept his mom’s offer, another, more brilliant realization comes to mind.
It’s been three days since Mike opened up to the rest of the Party, three days since he asked for their help in figuring out how to win El back. And none of them have been able to think up one good idea.
This is my chance. I could do a little recon, see if I could get something that will help us figure this out. The thought hits him with startling excitement.
Will has long since thought that Mike and El would be really good together and hearing that things have gone so wrong is super disappointing (even though he’s a little annoyed that Mike kept the fact that he and El were together from everyone – it denied Will a major chance for a “I told you so.”). So if he can help figure out a way to get those two back together, well….
He’ll feel like the biggest hero in the world.
Will smiles up at his mom and gives her a nod. “Yeah, dinner sounds good. What time do we need to head over?”
This is how Will finds himself on the short drive over to El’s house about a half an hour later. If it were warmer, he and his mom could walk but it’s freezing outside and Will’s glad for the heat inside the car.
The Hopper household is just as welcoming as it always is – or maybe Will’s just come to find it warm and welcoming over the past few months – and it’s not long until he’s safely cocooned inside.
El is downstairs when he gets there, obviously helping Hopper with dinner, and her smile and hug are free and easy as she greets him. If the sight of him causes her any pain because of his association with Mike, El gives no hint of this. “Hey, Will,” she says as they exchange a quick hug.
“Hey, how’s studying going for you?” Will asks as he pulls back. He takes a second as he shucks off his jacket to look at her. If he didn’t know what had just happened between her and Mike, Will would be hard-pressed to notice much of a difference.
But, because Will does know, he can see all the little signs – the faint circles under her eyes, the tightness in her face, the exhaustion that can’t be explained by just the mad rush of Finals Week, the overall sense of sadness he can feel coming from her.
El’s suffering just as much as Mike is, even if she’s better at hiding it. The thought only makes Will even more determined.
“Eh, it’s not going so bad,” El says as Will hangs up his jacket. “You?”
Will shrugs and lets El lead him towards the kitchen, both of them ignoring the sight of their parents greeting each other with soft, schmoopy kisses –
(Honestly, Will never imagined his mom to be the type and Hopper definitely doesn’t look it either, but they seem to make each other happy and Will can’t muster much disgust or criticism in the face of that.)
“Not so bad,” Will says in answer to El’s question. “But I got a couple of things for Chem I wanna ask you. Maybe after dinner.”
El nods with a soft smile. “Yeah, sure, whenever you want. Always happy to help a friend.”
Will returns the smile, knowing that the label of “friend” is likely the least of the labels he’ll be able to attach to himself and El – that, odds are, the terms “step-brother” and “step-sister” are growing increasingly likely to apply as the days go by.
Dinner that night turns out to be simple – spaghetti with salad and garlic bread – but it’s so good, all hearty and filling, warming Will up inside. And it’s nice getting to just hang out with El for a little bit, their conversation weaving in and out of the one their parents are having like some sort of weird, happy domestic tapestry.
And it’s during one of these conversational weavings that the very clue Will has been hoping for to help Mike comes up.
“So, you guys gonna do anything to celebrate finals when they’re over?” his mom asks about halfway through dinner, eyeing both Will and El as she twirls strands of spaghetti around on her fork.
At this, Will glances over at El, ceding the floor for her to answer first. “Yeah, um,” El starts, fidgeting a bit with her fork. “I’m gonna go to the Winter Ball next weekend with a bunch of friends.” She pauses, shrugging, decidedly not looking at Will. “Should be a good time, I think.”
“Well, you get to go dress shopping later this week, which you always love,” Hopper says, chiming in with a fond if teasing smile.
A small laugh escapes El and she grins over at her dad. “Ok, true.”
Will’s mom’s eyes light up. “Oh, that sounds like fun!” Her gaze slides over to Will. “You gonna go, sweetheart?” his mom asks him. “You haven’t said anything about a dance.”
All eyes turn towards him and Will fidgets a bit under the sudden scrutiny. “Oh, um, probably not,” he says, hedging. “It sounds like fun, though. I hope you have a good time, El.”
El shrugs again and Will knows her enough by now to know that she’s putting on a good front, trying to save face in front of one of Mike’s friends. Will tries to not give away the fact that he knows what she’s doing and he thinks he succeeds when El smiles at him. “Thanks, I will.”
The conversation moves on easily from there, drifting over to how ready he and El feel for their upcoming final exams.
But Will almost isn’t paying attention because the most amazing epiphany is slowly dawning over him.
El is going to be at a school dance, at a specific time and place. In front of the entire school. Where everyone can see her.
Oh.
Oh.
And, suddenly, fighting back a smile the entire time, Will knows exactly how Mike is going to win El back.
He just has to convince Mike of this, first.
“Excuse me, you want me to what?”
“Don’t play dumb with me, you heard what I said.” Will looks like he’s resisting the urge to roll his eyes as he stares across at Mike where they’re facing off in the family room at Dustin’s house.
It’s Sunday and the Party is all gathered here (minus Max) to study for finals together. Since they all share English, Spanish, and Chemistry, they’ve decided to just combine forces for the day and do one last cram session the day before Finals start. They also figured that they can study for Trig together since math is the same across both the sections and given the rigor of Mike’s US History class, he’ll be able to help the others shore up where they’re weak.
But, before they even get around to any kind of studying, there’s apparently something Will has decided that needs to be taken care of first.
And Mike isn’t sure what kind of stunt Will is trying to pull, but he’s not having any of it.
“Well, then, I must have heard you wrong because I could have sworn you said your idea for me winning El back is to go to a school dance,” Mike says, huffing a bit as he crosses his arms over his chest.
This time, Will does roll his eyes and he lets out a long-suffering sigh. “That is what I said, you idiot.”
Mike’s jaw drops and he lets out an inelegant squawk. “Idiot? Did you just–”
“Oh, shut up, Mike, it’s a perfect idea and you know it,” Lucas says, cutting Mike off before he can gather any more offended steam.
Wounded betrayal wells up in Mike’s chest and, dammit, he knows he’s being childish. But the fear that’s running through his veins can’t be denied and it feels like his heart is just going to seize up at the mere thought of doing what Will’s suggesting and –
“Yeah, man, this is exactly what you need to do. A big, grand romantic gesture to show El you’re all in? The only thing I can think of that’s wrong with it is that I didn’t think of it first.”
Mike’s jaw drops as he looks over at Dustin, who has just made it 3 to 1 against Mike. “God, you too? I can’t believe it, betrayed by my best friends.”
The others exchange a look – all raised eyebrows and exasperated grimaces – before retooling their gazes on him. “Mike, come on. You asked for our help, remember?” Lucas says, taking the lead. “And I know you’re scared – you’re not hiding it very well at all, so don’t even try to deny it. But you have to admit, it’s been almost a week and none of us have come up with an idea that is anywhere near as good as this one.”
“Aww, thanks Lucas,” Will chimes in with, complete with a cheery smile on his face.
Lucas grins back. “Any time,” he says with a low chuckle. But when he turns back to Mike, the grin has been contained into stern determination. “You said you wanted to show El you were ready to be with her. Is that still true or have you changed your mind?”
Mike squirms in his seat and has to look away. It’s true – god, is it true. There’s nothing more that he wants than to just be with El again, to just hold her tight and never let go, to tell her how much she means to him. The yearning that fills him at the thought of being able to do that once more is painful beyond measure, making him feel like part of him is missing. This last week has been miserable without her and, if it’s shown him anything, is that life doesn’t feel worth it if he can’t be with the woman he loves.
It’s because of this that Mike knows – no matter how scared he is, no matter how much he’s going to whine and wheedle and complain as a way of expressing that fear – he’s going to agree to Will’s cockamamie plan. Because the fear of putting himself out there in front of what he’s sure is going to be nearly the whole damn school pales in comparison to the fear that if he doesn’t, Mike will have to live the rest of his life without El.
And that’s just unacceptable.
Mike swallows heavily and bravely lifts his gaze back up to Lucas. “It’s still true,” he all but mutters. He knows he sounds mulish, but that’s just fear leaking out into his voice. “I’m just–” The words strangle in his throat and Mike has to take in a deep breath in order to free them. “I’m just scared. I’m completely in love with her and if this doesn’t work, I don’t–”
Mike closes his eyes and ducks his head. God, he can’t even bring himself to say it. He doesn’t want to even imagine a world where his efforts fail to pan out. It’s literally his worst nightmare, taking over his every thought to the point where he doesn’t even really notice he just admitted out loud that he’s in love with El to his friends.
“This’ll work.” The words are spoken by Will, his normally quiet voice filled with steely resolve. Mike looks back up at his smaller friend, unable to hide the desperate hope he knows is shining naked and bright in his eyes. “Mike, you said it yourself. El was willing to give you a second chance but only if you met her halfway. This will be you meeting her halfway.”
“And it’s ok that you’re scared,” Dustin says, picking up the baton from Will. “Sometimes, the scariest things are the things that are worth it. And she’s worth it, right? You said it yourself, you’re in love with her.”
Huh, I did, didn’t I? “Yeah, I am,” Mike says. He can’t even hide it, not after inadvertently letting it slip. “And I don’t think there’s anyone out there who’s more worth it than El.”
“Spoken like a man who’s truly in love,” Lucas says knowingly. “And, hey, if it makes you feel better, you’ll have us there as moral support.”
At this, Dustin frowns, looking at Lucas. “Wait, he will?” Lucas turns, glaring heavily at Dustin, who brightens up almost immediately. “Yes, he will!” Dustin looks back at Mike. “You will. Moral support, yes.”
“Guess that means we’re all buying tickets to the dance, aren’t we?” Will says, grinning.
“Well, we'll at least go with him up to the front doors of the dance. And we’re gonna need to get this one a suit that fits,” Lucas says, pointing at Mike with a jab of his thumb.
Dustin lets out a humming sigh. “Yeah, but where are we gonna get the money….”
Mike watches as his three best friends begin plotting and planning right in front of him, almost like he’s not even there, but all in the name of helping him get the girl of his dreams, and hope begins to tangle wildly with the fear that’s wrapped tight around his heart.
Yeah, he knows there are things the others aren’t saying: that there’s a chance this could all blow up in Mike’s face, that El could rightfully say thanks, but no thanks given how Mike’s hurt her in the past… that this all hinges on Mike being able to work up the fucking courage to do this, something that the jury is definitely still out on.
But the way his friends are talking makes it sound like success is guaranteed, that they’re just trying to put the finishing touches on a slam dunk plan instead frantically cobbling together a Hail Mary (and, oh dear god, why is he thinking in stupid sports metaphors right now? He needs El back in his life, stat – being without her has clearly broken his brain….).
Mike lets himself get wrapped up in their hype. Sure, they’re going to have to start studying in a little bit. And Mike knows that, once the high has worn off, he’ll be on the hook to actually carry out this plan.
But, for the moment, he lets himself hope, lets himself believe. Because this has to work, this just has to.
Because Mike doesn’t know what he’s going to do if it doesn’t.
Finals Week passes in a stress-induced blur. Once El knuckles down and really starts studying, she finds she has no room for anything else in her brain. Her natural drive and competitiveness (even if only against her own standards for herself) push out everything else and El gratefully sinks into what’s become the familiar routine of studying and reviewing and cramming as much knowledge in her brain as possible.
Really, it’s a wonder she can even remember to eat and sleep, never mind have the energy to think about Mike. And it helps, helps the hurt begin to mellow into a gentle ache, helps give her some space to adjust to this new, unfortunate normal.
And what also helps? Having something to look forward to as finals wind down.
The closer the Saturday after finals approaches, the more excited El gets. Because, it turns out, she’s honestly looking forward to going to the Winter Ball, something she almost didn’t think would happen. Yeah, sure, there’s a little pang of sadness that harkens back to when she hoped she was going to get to go with Mike, but El’s able to crowd it out with how much she’s looking forward to getting glammed up and letting loose with her friends for a night.
But, in order to get glammed up, El needs a dress. And who better to help her in that mission than Jennifer Hayes?
El taps on Jen’s arm as they finish up their French final Wednesday afternoon, relief palpable in the set of their shoulders at having another final over and done with. “Hey, I wanted to ask you something,” El says as they file out of the room with the rest of their classmates.
“Yeah, what’s up?” Jen says, one eyebrow gently arched.
“I was wondering if you wanted to go dress shopping with me before Saturday,” El says as she adjusts her backpack on her shoulders.
The smile that takes over Jen’s face is blinding. Ever since El told Jen she was going to be at the Winter Ball, Jen’s been nothing but eager and excited, thrilled that one of her close friends is going to also be at something she’s looking forward to attending. “Yes, absolutely! When did you wanna go? Obviously, I’ll drive but – ooh, this is gonna be so exciting!” Jen’s voice rises until it’s almost at a pitch only dogs can hear, but El still feels herself getting swept up in the excitement despite the ear-piercing decibels.
This is how El finds herself at the mall Friday afternoon, scouring racks of dresses and evening gowns, a budget of $300 burning a hole in her purse.
Jen’s beside her, oohing and ahhing over the colors and the fabrics, fingers brushing along nearly every one. “So, what are you feeling? Sexy, romantic, fun? Gimme something to work off of, Hopper.”
A giggle breezes out from between her lips and El feels her spirits slowly but surely continue to lift. “Hmm, how about something between sexy and romantic. Like, sophisticated?” she says as she looks over at Jen across a row of dresses.
“Ooh, an excellent choice,” Jen says with faux dramatics. “Stick with me, kid, and we’ll get you ready to knock the socks off of the entire school.”
Ok, now El’s rolling her eyes, bemused at Jen’s antics. “Well, ok, no need to go quite that far.”
“Aww, you never let me have any fun,” Jen says with a pout on her lips and in her voice, but the twinkle in her eyes gives her away.
“Hey, don’t pull a ‘oh, woe is me’ on me over here,” El says, one eyebrow arched, before her face softens with a fond smile. “But, if you do happen to find the perfect dress….”
An excited gasp escapes from Jen’s eager smile. “Challenge accepted.”
It’s a challenge that Jen absolutely nails, as El comes to find out about 20 minutes later. El’s in the middle of comparing two different dresses that she’s managed to find so far – a pale, shimmery pink gown with a halter neckline and a forest green strapless dress with a thick corset and tulle skirt – when she hears Jen’s squealing gasp from almost 20 feet away, followed soon by “Oh my god, I think I found it!”
El turns just in time to see Jen all but running towards her, dress hanger in hand, the fabric trailing behind her like a girly banner. “What do you think of this?” Jen asks, crowing with victory while she holds up the dress for El to see.
El’s gaze scans up and down the garment and her heart immediately feels soft and fluttery. “Oh, Jen….”
“I know, gorgeous, isn’t it?”
That’s an understatement, El thinks as she reaches for the dress, fingers wrapping gently around a handful of fabric. The dress is satin and cool to the touch, material gliding across her palm. Her eyes are drawn to the rich sapphire color, like the color of clear, deep ocean water, the shimmer of the fabric just adding to the effect. El takes in the sweeping neckline – an alluring v-neck held up by thin spaghetti straps – and the drape of the floor-length fabric.
Enchanted, El’s hand trails down the seam of the dress, spotting a slit that goes up to about the knee, before her hand catches on the price tag. The dress is beautiful, she thinks as she rotates the price tag so she can see how much it costs – it’s beautiful and elegant, the kind of dress a woman would wear, perfect and sophisticated and –
– And it’s $350.
El’s immediately deflates, spirits sinking as disappointment pulls her down. “Jen, I – I can’t afford this.”
Jen’s response is a challenging arch of her eyebrows. “Try it on. If it’s as perfect as I think it is, I’ll pay what you can’t, deal?”
El’s heart reaches out and seizes the offer. She’s already picturing what of her shoes and jewelry she wants to pair with the dress, already imagining how she’ll do her hair and her make-up. So she nods and gives Jen a smile. “Ok, deal.” Just in case, though, she also hangs onto the two dresses, both in her price range, that she’s already found as backups while they make their way to the dressing room.
“So, I take it you have everything you need for tomorrow,” El says as they pick a dressing room. “I hope you’re gonna blow Chris’ mind.”
An adorable blush crawls up Jen’s cheeks as they settle in – there’s no point in Jen waiting outside since it’s not the first time they’ve changed in front of each other and El’s probably going to need help with zippers and stuff – and the giggle that follows warms El’s heart. “Yeah, I have everything,” Jen says, looking almost shy. “And, well… I hope he likes it.”
El gives Jen a look. “Oh, please, you’re beautiful. No matter what, he’s not going to be able to take his eyes off you.”
Jen’s blush only deepens and it makes El glad to see that someone might be getting a romantic night out of the Winter Ball, even if it’s not her. “Ok, enough about me, you have dresses to try on. Or, rather, one dress since you’re not gonna need to try on the other two you grabbed.”
“Yes, ma’am,” El says with a low giggle.
El strips down to her bra and underwear, folding her clothes neatly and setting them down next to Jen, before she turns to the dress that’s still draped from the hanger. She finds the tiny hidden zipper along the side and evaluates as she unzips it.
The dress is hanging with the back facing her and she can now see that the back of the dress dips lower than the front. “Hmm, not gonna be able to wear a bra with this,” she mutters to herself and pauses to remove said article of clothing before she slips the dress off the hanger and steps into it.
The satin is cool against her skin, sliding on with ease, and there’s only a little bit of fumbling with Jen’s assistance to zip up the side of the dress.
“Oh, El….” Jen sighs as El turns to face the mirror and it only takes one glance in the mirror to see why. But El doesn’t look away and her breath hitches in her chest as she stares at her reflection.
The dress is, in a word, perfect. The satin skims close to the lines of her body, hugging in at the waist and hips, before falling to the floor in a waterfall of shimmering sapphire. The neckline isn’t as low as she might have feared, but the way the material clings to her doesn’t at all shroud the skin of her upper chest and between the tops of her breasts as it leaves her shoulders completely exposed. Still, it maintains some sense of modesty and El doesn’t feel like she’d have to worry about accidentally flashing anyone.
And then El turns around to look at the back of the dress and she lets out an oohing breath at what she sees in the mirror.
The fabric dips low between her shoulder blades, gathering in gentle folds about halfway down her spine before it cinches back in, clinging to her skin until it reaches the tops of her thighs and turns into the aforementioned waterfall of satin.
Overall, El feels… grown up, sensual and sophisticated, romantic and glamorous, classy and put together. This is the dress – this is absolutely the dress. She loves how it makes her feel and her heart flutters with a complicated tangle of emotions.
God, she wishes she was going to be wearing this for Mike, wishes she could see the look on his face when he picks her up for the dance and sees her coming down the stairs, wishes she could feel his hands on her hips through the fabric as they dance… wishes she could feel the warmth of him pressing up against her as he leans over to kiss her, arms wrapped tight around her while she feels like the most glamorous woman in the world.
But none of that’s going to happen and El hates that she still wants it anyway.
One day, she promises herself – one day she’ll be able to do things without wishing Mike was by her side.
But for the moment? El can buy a beautiful dress and get dressed up and spend an evening feeling like a princess. And if that’s all she’s going to get, well….
El gives herself a small smile and, if it’s a little shaky, she chooses not to notice. She runs her hands down her sides, smoothing out the fabric beneath her palms, satin gliding easily beneath her touch with a soft sigh as she completely falls in love with the dress. “I’ll take it.”
“I think I’m going to be sick.”
Despite the wording, it’s a declaration, one Mike feels whole-heartedly as his reflection stares back at him from the mirror in Dustin’s bedroom.
Mike honestly doesn’t know how he’s gotten to this point. This whole last week has been a blur – from the crazy rush of studying for and taking finals, to figuring out how to carry off what’s turning into a very scary plan to win El back, to working up the courage to ask his mom for money to buy a suit for the dance.
(“Is this for El?” she asks him as they sit at the dinner table one of the nights she’s at home, Holly happily munching away at her dinner with an obliviousness Mike envies.
Mike startles at the mention of El’s name and looks at his mom with wide, panicked eyes. “Why – why would you say that?” He fidgets with his fork, clinking metal against ceramic.
His mom gives him a look that sees right through him. “Michael, please. I know things haven’t been great, but I’m still your mother. I’ve seen how you two look at each other. And don’t think I didn’t notice all those times you two came up from studying looking like you’d been kissing. You may think you’re sneaky, but you have a lot to learn, kiddo.”
Holly perks up at the word kissing. “Ooh, kissing,” she says before she starts making kissy noises, giggling all throughout.
Mike wants to melt into the floor, wants to slink away in a puddle of embarrassment. “Oh god, someone shoot me…” he groans, face heating up.
“Oh, there’s no need to be quite so dramatic,” his mom says with fond exasperation. “We’ll go on Thursday after school. That should be enough time to get everything fitted and tailored for Saturday.”
This is how Mike eventually finds himself being dragged to the mall by his mom and forced to endure getting poked and prodded and measured from a tailor whose hands get a little to close to certain areas for comfort (honestly, the only person whose hands he wants anywhere close to those areas is El for what he feels are completely obvious reasons that, no, he doesn’t want to explain).
Mike ends up with a black suit that only ends up needing minimal alterations to fit him almost perfectly, his mom cooing and fussing in a way that makes him just want to die about how “grown up he’s getting” and “oh where did my baby boy go”. It honestly makes him a little bit glad – just a little – that his mom isn’t around as much these days because the embarrassment is almost unbearable.)
And now it’s the day of the Winter Ball and he’s here, staring at himself in the mirror at Dustin’s house, wearing the suit his mom bought him, trying to go over the plan he and the Party have come up with….
All the while trying not to throw up what little dinner he managed to eat all over himself.
Mike figures he has a 50/50 chance of actually managing to avoid doing just that.
There are still things that need to be done – like tie his tie, and try and figure out what to do with his hair – but the first of what Mike assumes is going to be many panic attacks has arrested his every movement, leaving him standing frozen in front of the mirror.
“Dude, Mike, you have to breathe.” A hand, Dustin’s, gives him a firm, steady shove and the shift in his center of gravity is enough to shock him back into some sense of motion.
“I don’t think I remember how to,” Mike says with a voice that’s threatening to pitch high and squeaky, looking away from his reflection and over at his friend.
Dustin is wearing normal clothes, but he looks and seems a lot more put together than Mike feels at this exact moment in time. Dustin grabs Mike by the shoulder and gently turns him so that they’re face to face, both of his hands reaching to grab Mike’s shoulders in a reassuring hold. “Hey, it’s going to be ok, yeah? You got this, I know you do.”
The confidence in Dustin’s voice fills Mike like a breath of fresh air and, for the moment, he lets it clear out his doubt. “Right, yeah, yeah,” Mike says, breathing out audibly.
“Walk me through it. What are you going to do?”
Mike closes his eyes tight, face screwing up as he focuses. “Get to the dance, try to stay out of sight, and wait until a slow song comes on so I can ask El to dance with me.” God, his heart threatens to jump out of his chest just at saying the words, never mind actually carrying them out.
“Ok, good, good,” Dustin says, the words soothing. “And, not that’s she’s going to, but what if she says no?”
And there’s a punch in the heart Mike didn’t need, but he knows he has to plan for this possibility. “Then I let her know that if she ever wants to talk to me, I’m completely willing, and then I walk away.”
“Right, yes. And when she says yes? Because she’s going to say yes.”
Again, the surety in Dustin’s voice battles away some of Mike’s doubt. “Then I let her know how I feel and–” Mike gulps, words getting stuck in his throat, and he opens his eyes to look at Dustin, getting bravery from the encouragement he sees in his friend’s eyes. “And that I want to be with her, whatever it takes.”
“Exactly, whatever it takes. You just remember that, ok?” Dustin says, eyebrows arching in emphasis.
Mike nods, but before he can say anything, Lucas and Will wander back in the room, each of them dressed similarly to Dustin. They’re only going to school with him for moral support and are only going to stick around as long as it takes to see if it works, so none of them really felt the need to dress up since they’re just there to see him off, as it were. “Hey, we interrupting a pep talk?” Lucas asks.
“Just smoothing over a moment of crisis,” Dustin says as he takes his hands off Mike’s shoulders and turns to look at Will and Lucas.
Will lets out a low laugh. “Mike, you do know you’re going to be fine, right? Like I know why you’re freaking out, but this will work.”
“We gotta finish getting him ready first, though. Boy can’t walk into that gym without having a tie on, not if he wants El to take him seriously.” His words are critical, but the smile on Lucas’ face gives him away and Mike can’t help but feel himself relax a little under the familiar routines of ribbing and teasing.
That and the fact that his friends seem excited, not worried – filled with upbeat and unassuming confidence, like they know without a doubt that Mike will be able to do this – helps replace some of Mike’s worry with an excited flutter of butterflies that sits just below his heart.
Mike feels… hopeful, honestly and truly hopeful.
And, as he finishes getting ready – fussing with his hair to the best of really everyone’s ability, getting his tie on straight after a handful of attempts, making sure everything’s there and in place – Mike knows it’s not going to be the last time he panics. He knows that once he’s actually there at the dance and the reality of it is staring him in the face, he’s going to freak out and want to turn around.
But he’s not going to let it control him – not this time.
This time, Mike’s not going to flinch or hesitate. This time, he’s going to show El that he’s ready to be with her, that he wants to be with her more than anything.
This time, finally, Mike is going to stop holding himself back.
There’s something El loves about the process of getting dressed up for a night out. It’s meditative – carefully shaving her legs in the shower, using her favorite lotion on her skin, doing her hair just so before laying out her jewelry and makeup, finally slipping into her dress – and El lets it soothe her.
It gives her heart the space to fill with gentle excitement, eager for the evening ahead of her. By the time El’s putting on the finishing touches to her outfit, she’s lightly humming and a smile plays at the corner of her lips.
The doorbell rings as El’s doing one last check to make sure that her hair – twisted up in a strategically messy bun – will stay in place for the rest of the night. It only takes a few more seconds after that before Hop’s voice calls up from downstairs. “El, your friends are here!”
“Just a second!” El calls back. Urgency fills her, spurring her to rush to put on her shoes, hands grabbing her nice winter coat and clutch before she all but runs out of her room. She forces herself to slow up a bit, though, as she heads down the stairs, not wanting to break her neck by tripping over her 3-inch silver heels.
Carrie and Alan are standing just inside the doorway, which Hop has closed behind them in order to preserve the heat inside the house, and they’re all smiles as they spot El. “Oh my god, you look great!” Carrie gushes. “I love your dress.”
“Yeah, looking good, Ms. Hopper,” Alan says, his smile calmer than Carrie’s.
“Why, thank you,” El says, the words spoken in a sing-song voice, giggling as she dips a little in a small, playful curtsey.
“You going to be warm enough in that dress, El?” Hopper asks, concern outweighing everything else.
El rolls her eyes as she shucks on her jacket, making sure to hold on tight to her clutch so she doesn’t drop it. “Dad, I’ll be fine. It’s not like I’m going to be spending a lot of time outside tonight. I think the most time I’ll spend outside is getting from the car to the gym and back again, yeah?” El says. She turns to Carrie and Alan to confirm and is pleased to see them nodding their heads. “See? Nothing to worry about,” El says, turning back to her dad with a smile.
Hopper rolls his eyes in almost exactly the same way El did and it’s apparent where El inherited the gesture from. “Ok, ok, I get it, you can take care of yourself. Give your old man a hug before you head out, though,” he says, already reaching for her. El goes easily into her dad’s embrace and she lets him hug her close. “Have fun tonight, sweetheart.”
“I will, Dad,” El says, the words partially muffled against his chest, before she pulls back.
“Try to be home by midnight, but call if you’re going to be later to let me know where you are,” Hopper says and warmth wraps around El’s heart at the fact that her dad trusts her enough to not give her a strict curfew.
“Will do, Dad.” El turns and hooks an arm around Carrie’s. “C’mon, guys, let’s go!”
According to Carrie as they all bundle themselves into Alan’s car, the plan is to meet up with Jessie and a bunch of other people from Student Council, Yearbook, and the Debate Team at Benny’s and El soon finds herself squished into a booth as she carefully eats a grilled cheese sandwich and french fries, making sure not to drop anything greasy on her beautiful, satin dress.
In between all that, though, she lets herself get sucked into the various conversations happening around her – gushing with a girl on the Debate Team about “The Chilling Adventures of Sabrina”, trying for what feels like the thousandth time to convert Alan over to the ways of The Dresden Files, getting into a spirited discussion with the Student Council president about the pros and cons ethical tourism. It’s fun, a lot of fun. El loves talking to people and making friends, loves getting deep into conversations with like-minded people.
But, the entire time, El can’t shake the feeling that something is missing and it doesn’t take a rocket scientist to figure out what… or, rather, who.
God, El can’t stop wishing Mike was by her side. She can just see it, too, imagination painting the picture with perfect clarity: him pressed up next to her in the booth, arm slung over her shoulder to hold her close as they laugh and talk with friends, occasionally sneaking a quick kiss or feeding each other a bite of food….
But El quickly forces herself to push the image out of her mind. It just hurts too much, makes her want too much. It’s better if she stops thinking like this, El tells herself, reminding herself that it’s not healthy and that it’s best for her if she focuses on moving on instead of lingering on what was and what could have been.
So El throws herself back into living in the moment, almost aggressively so. But it feels good to let herself focus on the here and now, and El doesn’t let anything, possible doubt or otherwise, get in her way.
The mood as the entire group of Hawkins High students leaves the diner and heads to the dance is one of jubilation, all laughs and smiles and full of nothing but hope. El bundles herself into a different car than the one she took to get to the diner with Carrie and Alan as she’s too engrossed in the conversation she’s having with Jessie to separate.
It’s not a long drive from the diner to the school and the small caravan of cars is just one of many pulling into the parking lot. Students in all degrees of evening wear and nice outfits, all uniformly bundled in winter coats, stream towards the gym.
Being part of the crowd is a carefree feeling and El lets herself revel in it. The excitement in the air is palpable, making El glad she decided to go. This is what she needs, this sense of belonging, of being part of the world and living in it, taking joy in the things around her the same as everyone else.
With that, El lets herself just… exist. She dances and bops around, flits from group of friends to group of friends, loving that she’s been able to make so many friends despite only being in Hawkins for less than half a year.
And, yeah, sure, she wants to slink away whenever a slow song comes on as she relegates herself to the sidelines. El does whatever she can to even keep from looking at the slow dancing couples just to keep her heart on an even keel. It’s something that both gets easier and harder to do at the same time and El always makes sure she has a distraction lined up to pass the time of each slow song.
It’s about halfway through the dance when another opportunity for a distraction is needed. But, luckily, El already found one.
El is already taking a break – cooling down from the combination of the warmth of all the bodies packed into the gym and her own energetic dancing – when the next bout of slow songs begins. She has a cup of (thankfully) non-spiked punch in her hand that she’s cradling delicately as she goes to hang out with Lily and a couple of the other Drama Club kids on the sidelines.
“Hey there!” El exclaims as she approaches Lily and two other girls, Meredith and Yelena, both of whom El only kind of knows from hanging out with the Drama Club at lunch. “You ladies having fun?” The trio is standing along the edge of the dance floor near one of the many tables that have been set up around the gym and El takes a sip of her punch before she leans over to set her cup down on the table.
“Hey, El!” Lily says with a broad smile, voice raising to be heard above the ending strains of “Shut Up and Dance With Me” pouring from the DJ’s sound system. “You’re not dancing?”
“Just taking a break,” El says with a buoyant giggle. “There’s only so much dancing like an idiot a girl can take.”
“Oh, please,” Yelena says, looking at El underneath blonde brows arching with friendly disbelief. “Love how you expect us to believe that a girl on the Pep Squad would dance like an idiot.”
Meredith chimes in with her own giggle. “Yeah, nice try, El.”
“Ok, ok, sheesh,” El says with an amused roll of her eyes. “So you guys come as a group or do you have dates?”
“Oh, we just came as a group,” Lily says. “You?”
El cringes a little, but she smiles through it. “Same. No one wanted to go with me, so I came with Carrie and a bunch of her friends from Yearbook.”
“I doubt that no one wanted to go with you, but at least you’re having fun, right?” Meredith asks.
El takes a second and glances around, taking in the blue-and-silver sparkly decorations and the fairy lights all strung up and the gauzy blue streamers, making the whole gym look soft and romantic. She thinks about all the friends she has here and the things she’s done tonight and, adding it all together, feels her smile grow just a little, even if there’s an echo of something missing behind it. “Yeah, it’s been fun! And the dance committee did a good job making everything look good for tonight.”
In the background, the current upbeat song ends and smoothly transitions into the opening strains of “Kiss Me”, and El cocks her head as she listens. “But, it’d be nice to have someone to slow dance with, though, I won’t lie,” she says with a soft sigh and a half shrug.
The corners of Lily’s mouth tug up in a slow smile and her gaze slides to somewhere behind El. “Oh, something tells me that’s not going to be a problem for you much longer.” The other two follow Lily’s gaze, almost identical smiles creeping onto their faces, as Lily points delicately over El’s shoulder.
A shiver runs down El’s spine, breath hitching in her chest, and it’s not until she turns around that she realizes why.
It’s Mike. Mike, who’s walking towards her, looking oh so handsome in a fitted black suit. Mike, who’s looking at her with the richest tapestry of emotion shining in his eyes she’s ever seen – fear and hope and love and all the things in between.
Mike, who’s here. For her.
The world falls away as her heart begins to race furiously in her chest and El knows there’s nothing that could make her look away from this moment. Mike is beautiful, real and present in a way she doesn’t remember ever seeing before. And the way he’s looking at her, determined despite his fear with hope so strong it’s practically tangible, makes her skin feel all tingly as her nerve endings sparkle and light up.
El doesn’t know what’s happening, exactly, but she feels the beginnings of the ground shifting beneath her. And for the first time in two weeks, the hope she feels isn’t a staid or sober one, tempered by her grief and expectations – instead, it’s an excited one, wild and jubilant. It leaves her feeling lighter than air, the world taking on a dream-like quality that makes El almost loathe to speak for fear that it might slip through her fingers.
But, that damned stubborn thread of curiosity tugs at her and El needs to know if this is what she’s hoping it is, if she might actually have the thing she feels like she’s been wanting forever just within her reach.
And, so, she says the only thing she can think of….
His name.
“Mike?”
Mike and the rest of the Party get to school a little bit after the dance starts, but Mike doesn’t actually walk into the school’s gym for about another hour or so.
Instead, until then, the Party lingers in the halls of the school near the A/V room and in the A/V room itself at times.
And, the entire time, Mike frets. He paces, he panics… he even has a few false starts, walking determinedly for about 50 feet or so before turning around and heading back with his tail tucked between his legs.
It’s after that third false start that the rest of the Party start to understandably lose their patience as they huddle in the A/V room where Mike retreated to. “Mike, c’mon man, are you going to do this or not?” Dustin asks, a groan in his voice.
Will nods and leans a hip against the table in the middle of the room. “Yeah, you can’t come all this way only to back out now. You’re so close!”
Mike’s struggling to breathe through all of this. His skin feels too tight, stretched uncomfortably over anxious bones, and his stomach flops around with the beginnings of nausea. “I'm sorry, I don’t know if I can do this.”
But it’s Lucas who gets through to Mike as he comes around to stand face-to-face, hands giving him a solid shake as they clap down on his shoulders. “Mike, I want you to listen to me, ok?”
Mike can’t do anything other than nod jerkily and Lucas continues. “I know you’re scared. Love is supposed to be scary, man. But it’s worth it – it’s so worth it. And you and El? I think you two could be something amazing. You just have to want it. Do you want it, Mike?”
Something amazing, Mike’s mind echoes, the words harkening back to what El said to him the day she said goodbye. We could have been something special, she said, voice speaking the words with a poignant longing that has stuck with him for days.
El wants this – or she wanted it. Mike thinks she probably still does given how she still feels the need to ignore him. If she was over him, she’d treat him like everyone else, which she hasn’t been.
So all Mike has to do is go in there and be the man she was asking him to be.
Yes, there’s still going to need to be some groveling on his part to make up for the hurt he’s caused. But as long as it’s for her, Mike figures he’ll be able to bear it.
Because, at the end of the day, Mike loves El. She makes him want to be better than he is. She makes him want to be worthy of her.
So, yes, Mike wants this. He’s never wanted anything more in his entire life.
“I do,” he says to Lucas. His voice is rough, words scraping past the tightness in his throat, but he manages to get the words out all the same. “I do want it. I want to be with her.”
Lucas smiles, heading giving a firm nod. “Then go get her. You can do this. Just keep remembering why and you got this.”
Mike takes in a shaky breath, but it’s deep and fills his lungs not just with air, but a resolve that seeps through into his veins. “Yeah, ok. I can do this. I can do this.”
Lucas gives Mike one more clap on the shoulder before he steps back. “Then what are you waiting for? Go get her. She’s been waiting for you, Mike. Don’t make her wait any longer.”
Spirits buoyed, Mike nods and lets a smile creep onto his face. “Thanks, man.”
“Alright, let’s do this thing!” Dustin cheers.
Even Will’s all smiles as he looks over at Mike. “We’ll wait here. If you’re not back in 10 minutes, we’ll assume everything worked out.” Will lets it go unspoken that if Mike crashes and burns, they’ll be here to start helping him pick up the pieces.
But Lucas’ encouraging words have filled him with a resolve that doubt doesn’t seem to be able to touch right in this moment. And though there’s still fear, it’s tempered by hope and excitement driven by the overarching thought that this will work because it has to.
It just has to.
“Alright, I’m going,” Mike says, knowing that this time, it’s true. “Wish me luck.”
Lucas smiles and taps Mike’s arm with the side of his fist. “Nah, man, you got this. You don’t need luck.”
It’s with Lucas’ final parting words that Mike finally finds himself walking to the gym. His steps are sure, but his hands still tremble, getting worse and worse as he gets closer.
Mike finds that just because he’s willing and seemingly able to do this, it doesn’t also mean he’s not scared at the same time.
But Mike remembers that one quote as he gets to the door check and fumbles in his suit pocket to get the ticket he purchased a few days before:
Courage is not the absence of fear, but the judgment that something else is more important.
He doesn’t remember exactly where he heard it, but the words resonate with him regardless. In this moment, Mike’s fear is almost immaterial because what waits for him on the other side is everything he could ever want in the form of the most wonderful woman he’s ever known.
It’s that knowledge that lets him give a shaky smile to the student manning the door check table – a poor, lowly freshman from the looks of it, if Mike has to guess.
And it’s that same knowledge that propels him through the open gym doors when he stumbles one more time as panic seizes around his heart in his more cowardly side’s final attempt to get him to turn around and hide.
Still, there’s a moment as Mike looks around the gym, taking it all in, where his fear almost gets the better of him. His eyes linger on the crowd of students, the teeming mass a stark reminder of what he’s going to have to overcome. If this all goes according to how he’s hoping, he’s going to have to open up in front of everyone, all the people who have judged him and made his life a living hell these past 10 and half years.
But, then something happens that, for one delirious second, makes Mike forget all about his fear.
He sees her.
Mike’s eyes find El from across the crowded gym like she’s the only person in the room. And, as he drinks in the sight of her, Mike feels as though she might as well be the only person in the room for how much everyone else matters.
In this moment, nothing else matters – not his fear or his worry or the crowds of people in front of him or even the ability to remember to breathe.
No, the only thing that matters is the vision in blue satin making her way across the dance floor. There’s an upbeat song playing, beat pounding in the air throughout the gym, and El’s using it as an opportunity to weave from group to group of people, exchanging short bits of conversation before moving on to the next. She’s effervescent, bright and sparkling in a way that ensnares him entirely.
El stops for a bit, catching Jennifer Hayes’ arm, and the two girls dance and bop around, looking like they’re having the time of their lives. Meanwhile, Mike’s moved out of the doorway, slowly inching back into the shadows at the edges of the gym. The moment he’s looking for hasn’t come yet, which is ok because it just gives him time to look at El, without shame or urgency.
And, as he so often can’t help but notice, El is beautiful. The dress she’s wearing clings to every intriguing dip and curve, exposing the smooth skin of her shoulders and back to his greedy gaze. He finds his eye particularly drawn to the way the fabric of the dress drapes between her shoulder blades, revealing the dip and curve of her spine. It makes his fingers itch with the memory of the countless times he traced that exact dip and curve, the sensation of the silky smooth skin beneath his touch beyond addictive.
But there’s so much else for him to look at, for him to drink in. There’s the soft, elegant bun her hair’s been teased up into, wisps having escaped to frame her face or brush whisper soft against her skin. There’s the sparkle of jewelry at her ears and around her throat, drawing his eye to places his lips remember intimately.
But, mostly, there is just this: the flush of her cheeks, the blinding brightness of her smile, the easy warmth that exudes from every pore and draws Mike in like a moth to a flame.
The song ends, transitioning into another upbeat, pop song, and Mike watches as El begs off from the dance floor, her and Jen exchanging dramatically exaggerated goodbyes that they are smiling during nonetheless. Mike finds himself slowly moving as he tracks her movements, slowly inching closer to her as she heads to grab something to drink from the refreshments table.
But, despite how much it makes him feel a little bit like a stalker, Mike doesn’t approach her – not just yet. Part of that is fear, yes – his heart is hammering so hard in his chest, it feels like it’s about to burst out of him. But the other part is that it’s just not time yet. And Mike has to get this moment right. He’s committed now, despite the fear, and he’s going to stick to the plan.
So, Mike just… hovers, waiting for his cue, watching El all the while remaining just out of sight.
And then, seconds after El stops to talk to some girls Mike recognizes as being in the Drama Club, the opening notes to the first slow song Mike’s heard since walking into the gym start up. And he knows.
This is it; this is what he’s been waiting for.
With fear and hope warring endlessly in his heart, Mike approaches El. His feet carry him towards her like it’s what they wanted all along.
The closer he gets, the more drawn to her he feels, to the point where Mike can no more resist the urge to be near El than he can control the way his heart races or his skin ripples with shivering tingles. No, when it comes to El, Mike is hopelessly caught, trapped in her orbit with no way of escaping, and Mike wouldn’t have it any other way.
El doesn’t notice him as he comes up behind her, but her friends do, one of them pointing to him as he approaches. El turns around at her friend’s gesture and Mike manages to get within a few feet of El by the time she turns around all the way and sees him.
Mike freezes in place, watching as recognition lights up in El’s eyes, and he feels a pang in his heart at just being acknowledged by her for the first time in almost two weeks. He didn’t know how much he missed the simple act of being seen by her until this very moment and he has to fight off tears at how happy it makes him feel.
It helps, though, to focus on El, on the shifting emotion in her eyes. Time seems to stop as he watches the look on El’s face go from surprised to confused and, oh god, hopeful.
Even better are the things Mike doesn’t see. There’s no anger, no disgust no fear. El wears her emotions openly for everyone to see and there’s no artifice in her eyes as she stares up at him, mouth gently parted in a shocked “oh” before she pulls in a desperate gasp of air.
And then she speaks, his name leaving from her lips in a hopeful question, and Mike damn loses it right then and there. Just the sound of her speaking his name – a breathless “Mike?” spilling out light and airy from perfectly full lips – sends shivers skittering down his spine.
Any fear Mike is feeling is crowded out almost completely. There’s curiosity and hope shining brightly in El’s eyes and, after a second or so, there’s something in her eyes that begins to shift – a slow knowing that’s starting to dawn on her, like she’s figuring out why he’s here. And the smallest smile starts to curl up the fullness of her lips
His doubt falls away and a kind of nervous confidence swells in his chest at the sight of that small smile. And even though he’s still a little scared, for the first time it’s a good kind of scared.
This is where Mike is supposed to be. He knows this now and the realization is like a jolt that leaves him feeling electrified. And it’s that realization that gives him the last bit of motivation he needs to speak.
So Mike takes in a deep breath and finally, finally, asks. “El, will you dance with me?” The words come out low, a little rough and almost desperately hopeful, but steady and without pause. He holds out his hand in invitation, palm facing up, and he hopes.
This is it. This is the moment, the one everything hinges on. And even though he doesn’t think she’s going to say no, there’s always the possibility that she will.
Mike finds himself holding his breath as he looks down at her. He knows he’s looking at her with naked hope and longing in his eyes, but he can’t stop. He just wants this, wants to be with her so badly that it spills out of him completely beyond his control.
The small smile on El’s face blossoms and, for a second, she ducks her gaze, all coquettish and demure. When she looks back up at him, there’s a hint of a shimmer in her eyes through the flutter of her eyelashes. Mike suspects that might be tears, but her smile doesn’t dim. If anything, her smile just gets more magnificent and Mike’s heart flips over in his chest. “I would love to,” she says, whisper soft.
El’s hand reaches for his, then, and the feel of her palm to his – soft and warm and real – makes every nerve stand on end. Mike gulps heavily as their hands move against each other, fingers weaving together like it’s the only way their hands were meant to touch.
It’s with El smiling up at him, eyebrows quirking in encouragement, that Mike finds himself moving. He leads El onto the dance floor, her trailing willingly behind him, but Mike thinks that she’s the one leading him, giving him the strength to guide them forward until they’re swallowed up by the crowd of students slow dancing around them.
It’s the easiest thing, it feels like, to pull her close to him as they start dancing, even though his hands are trembling as they find her hips while hers reach up to clasp behind his neck. Mike is pretty sure he can sense what feels like countless pairs of eyes staring at him, but he finds that he almost doesn’t care. How can he when El is letting him hold her close, when she’s looking up at him with as much hope as he must be looking back at her with?
And, god, the feel of her in his arms is everything. There aren’t enough words for how much he’s missed this, how much he’s missed having her close and holding her and having her look at him like she doesn’t ever want to look away.
Up close like this, Mike can’t look away from how beautiful El is. She’s stunning, perfection in mortal form, and he doesn’t ever want to look away. Somehow, this beautiful, gorgeous creature has deigned to let him hold her and dance with her and he will forever be grateful that she’s given him this opportunity.
“Mike,” El says about 15 seconds into their dance, his name leaving her lips like a sigh he wants to live in for the rest of his days. “What is this? It's not that I’m not happy you’re here - I am, I really am - but I just... I need to know.”
The naked longing in El’s voice grips his heart tight and Mike knows that he can’t just stare down at her for the rest of the dance. He actually has to talk and tell her why he’s here.
Normally, this is where he would get scared and start to panic, leading him to stumble over his words. But, with her looking up at him, eyes filled with endless hope, Mike finds that, for the first time, the words come easily. “I'm trying to make things right. I messed up, that day in the classroom when you asked me if I could meet you halfway and you said goodbye when I couldn’t. I messed up because I let you walk away when I should have been begging you to stay. You are the most amazing person I’ve ever known and you deserves so much better than me, but I–” The words get stuck as emotion swells up inside of him, his throat growing thick from the force of it.
“But you, what?” El asks. “Please, tell me. I need to hear it, please.” She’s looking up at him like he has all the answers to all the questions in the universe and Mike wonders how in the hell he got so lucky.
Mike swallows down the thickness in his throat and forges on ahead. “El, I want to be with you. If that means taking you to school dances and letting the whole world know we're together, I'll do it. These last two weeks without you have the been worst weeks of my entire life. And all that it's shown me is that, as much as some of it scares me sometimes, I don't want to live in a world where you're not by my side. Whatever it takes to be with you, I’m in – I’m all in.” He pauses to suck in a deep, shaky breath. “If you’ll have me, that is.”
A low giggle escapes from El’s lips, shaky and watery like she’s on the verge of tears, but she’s smiling up at him so bright, it damn near takes Mike’s breath away. “Yes, I’ll have you.” She lets out a shuddering breath and Mike’s heart skips a beat when he feels the soft caress of her fingers on the back of his neck, just below his hairline. “Mike, all I’ve ever wanted is to be with you.”
Scratch that, his whole heart feels like it’s actually going to just beat its way out of his chest, he’s so happy. Honestly, it’s not outside the realm of possibility that he’s won’t start crying right here on the dance floor.
Mike smiles down at her, feeling like his face is going to split into two he’s smiling so broadly, and is rewarded with another one of El’s sweet giggles. Her cheeks are flushed beneath eyes sparkling so bright and she’s smiling back at him with a richness that makes him feel like he can do anything.
It hits him in this moment, like a punch to the gut, that he has to kiss her right now – he might die if he doesn’t get to. “Can I–?” He pauses, licking his lips, already anticipating feeling hers against them. “Can I kiss you?”
El doesn’t speak – she only nods, gaze briefly dropping down to his mouth, which makes his stomach tickle with the flutter of a thousand butterflies, and his skin breaks out with goosebumps at the sensation. And she’s looking up at him so sweetly, eyes wide with hope and longing, that Mike finds he can’t resist any longer.
It’s the easiest thing in the world to lean in and capture her lips in a soft, lingering kiss. He doesn’t even have to think, body moving with a muscle memory born from the countless times he’s done just this very thing. Only there was a time where he didn’t think he’d ever get to have this ever again and the fact that he gets to experience it again nearly brings him to tears.
At the touch of El’s lips to his, the rest of the world completely ceases to exist. And when El pushes up against his lips to kiss him back, Mike realizes he’s totally fine with that.
Everyone in the gym could be gawking at the two of them right now for all Mike cares and he wouldn’t stop for anything. Because El’s kissing him with lips that are soft and sweet while her fingers tease the hair at the nape of his neck and she’s pressed up into him like there is no such thing as too close.
It’s perfect – everything about this is perfect and Mike holds her that much tighter, hands sliding up from her hips to press against her lower back and pull her even closer. He shivers a bit at the feel of the satin of her dress gliding beneath his palms and the little whimpering gasp that escapes El’s mouth to vibrate against his lips makes him kiss her that much harder.
The kiss comes to a very, very slow end, but Mike doesn’t pull away and neither does El, so he leans so that his forehead presses up against hers and just breathes her in. For a moment, he can’t open his eyes, he’s so overwhelmed, and the ragged edge to El’s breathing tells him she’s feeling the same way.
But Mike has to look at her and, when he does – taking in the sight of her flushed cheeks and lips that are still glistening from their kiss, her eyes closed like he’s managed to sweep her off her feet – the words tumble out of his mouth beyond his control. “I missed you,” he says, voice nothing more than a ragged whisper. He feels like he’s barely hanging on to all of his emotions as happiness, powerful and overwhelming, threatens to drown him and never let him up for air. “I missed you so much.”
El opens her eyes and this time, Mike can’t miss the way that her eyes shimmer with tears. But he knows they’re tears of happiness because she’s smiling up at him like it’s all she ever wants to do. “I missed you, too,” she says before a giggle escapes from her, rich and thick with emotion that Mike feels all the way down to his toes, and she looks up at him with wide, soft doe eyes, pleadingly hopeful. “Kiss me again?”
Mike knows there’s a lot they still need to talk about, a lot they’re going to need to sort out over the next who knows how long. There’s going to be a lot of work ahead of them, ahead of him – after all, he has a lot of hang-ups that aren’t going to be solved with something as simple as a kiss, no matter how magical it is.
But, there’s time for all of that later. For the moment, all he wants to do is whatever she’s asking him to and, right now, that’s to kiss her. “Always.”
El leans up as he leans in, their lips meeting in the middle in a kiss that takes his breath away and makes him never, ever want to stop. One of her hands slides up into his hair and Mike responds by lifting a hand up so he can cup her cheek, her skin soft and warm against his palm, so his thumb can caress the sweep of her cheekbone. The way she shivers against him makes him feel like he’s flying and he thinks he falls in love with her all over again just from how she’s kissing him like she never wants to be doing anything else.
Mike isn’t sure how long they stand there trading slow, soft kisses – he’s vaguely aware of the song changing to another slow one – but he doesn’t care. Not when he’s this happy, this utterly content and complete.
Being with El like this is everything he’s ever wanted and nothing he thought he would ever have. With her in his arms, pressed up against him so sweetly as her lips move against his, the future ahead of him looks nothing but blinding.
And it turns out, all he had do to get it....
Was be brave, and kiss the girl.
Notes:
Aww, and they're back together! Yay!
But, I'm sure some of you are still wondering about the last chapter, yeah? Well, technically, this is the last chapter. My original plan was to end it here......
.....It's just that, since then, I've come up with a coda/epilogue thing that this fic is going to ride off into the sunset on (or however that analogy works). I'm thinking, end of this weekend or sometime next week to get that up, so I'll save most of my usual end-of-fic thanks and announcements for then, but in the meantime, thank you so much for sticking with me this far! I know it's been a wild ride and I'm grateful for all of you more than I can say.
But, for the moment, I'll catch y'all on the flip side!
Chapter 22: starting over in our happily ever after
Notes:
And here we are again at the end of another fic! Thank you so much to all of you who have stuck with me this long. I had no idea that, a little over a year later, I'd have cranked out another 300k+ fic (honestly, where do I find all the words?). But I do know that I wouldn't be able to do it without the support from all of you.
This fic has meant a lot to me. It's given me something happy to focus on during trying times, it's let me continue exploring this ship I love so much, and it's kept me connected with this fandom that has given me some of the best friends I could have ever asked for.
I'm not sure exactly what's coming next (see the notes at the bottom for where my headspace is about this) but I do know that I'm not going anywhere. Somehow, I still have so many more Mileven words I want to write, so many ideas swirling around in my brain. So this is far from the last from me - not even close.
So thank you all for reading and, as a gift to all of you for making it this far, please enjoy what is nothing but 12k words of tooth-rotting fluff for our favorite teenage soulmates. Enjoy!!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
El has to be floating – she has to be.
She feels lighter than air, like she’s slipped free of gravity’s tenacious hold to be carried away on the currents of love.
Or maybe she’s dreaming, her desperate, heartsick mind conjuring up her heart’s deepest desire in the form of the guy she loves dancing with her and kissing her like a fairy tale prince in front of the whole school.
But, no, this is real – the mild crick in her neck from craning up for a kiss and the pinch of her shoes on the backs of her heels all point to the fact that this is really happening. Mike is really here, putting himself out there and telling her there’s nothing he won’t do to be with her, holding her close and kissing her so sweetly that El feels like her heart is going to squeeze right out of her chest.
This is real and El doesn’t think she’s ever been happier.
Despite the fact that this is real, though, El still feels all floaty – skin tingling, stomach swooping, warmth oozing over every nerve, giggles and smiles bubbling up from a wellspring of happiness deep inside of her. And the fact that it’s Mike making her feel like this feels nothing short of magical, like she’s been blessed with a second chance that she’s determined to hold onto with all her might.
But her neck’s starting to hurt from tilting her head back to kiss Mike and the second of two slow songs is fading out into one that’s more uptempo, which is not the mood El is in right at this moment. Besides, she and Mike aren’t even really dancing so much anymore – just barely swaying in place while they share soft, luxurious kisses and there are much better places where they can do this, places they can be alone.
So it’s with great reluctance that El pulls back from Mike (look, just because she knows moving this elsewhere is a good idea doesn’t mean she has to like having to stop kissing him in order to make it happen).
For a second, El almost abandons her plan when she opens her eyes and looks up at Mike. His eyes are still closed, though he looks like he’s just a moment away from opening them.
But it’s the dazed look on Mike’s face that’s getting to her. He looks dreamily overwhelmed, with cheeks that are flushed in a way that makes his freckles stand out that much more and lips that are still glistening from their kisses, parted just so like he’s about to lean in and kiss her again.
Instead, he finally opens his eyes and looks down, making El gasp at what she sees in his eyes. El wants to drown in Mike’s eyes, dark brown and beautiful, gaze filled with a combination of warmth and affection and wonder that’s for her, because of her.
God, she loves him. Maybe she’ll even get to tell him that tonight if the moment’s right.
(god, she hopes there’s a right moment….)
El shelves the thought for a later time and smiles up at Mike, unable to stop the giggle that bubbles up from her chest. “Song’s changing. Wanna get out of here?”
Something sparks in Mike’s gaze – joy, excitement, curiosity – and he smiles back down at her, all dopey and lovesick. “You sure?” he asks. “I would have thought you’d want to stay and dance some more.”
El feels flirty as her smile takes on a coy edge. “But I did get to dance. Now I wanna go somewhere we can talk and snuggle and kiss….” She trails off, eyebrow arching. “Somewhere we can be alone.”
“Alone, huh?” Mike gives her a crooked smile and it looks far too dashing for his own good. “Whatever the lady wants.”
El giggles as she pushes up on her toes to give Mike a quick, soft kiss, lips brushing against his so briefly he doesn’t even have the opportunity to respond. “Charmer,” she teases as she lowers back down to her toes, hands going to grab his from where they’re pressed against her lower back “Lemme grab my stuff and say goodbye to my friends.”
“O-oh, ok,” Mike says, stuttering a bit, but he lets her drag him along behind her as she pulls them off the dance floor.
It’s only when El lets her mind focus on something else – in this case, it’s navigating her way through to where her jacket and clutch are – that she notices all the eyes watching her. More specifically, her and Mike, who are walking hand-in-hand after all but making out on the dance floor for the past 5 minutes or so.
El’s first reaction is to hold tighter onto Mike’s hand and she’s reassured when she feels his grip squeeze back just as tight. She wants to turn back to see if he’s noticed half the school is staring at them, but it’s painfully obvious and El won’t insult his intelligence by doubting his observational skills.
And, god, is it really obvious they’re being stared at. There’s the sideways gazes and the whispered remarks and the tittering smiles hid behind shielding fingers. It’s obvious in the way El’s skin crawls and her spine tingles and it makes part of her angry.
But, mostly, El can’t concentrate on anything other than how Mike hasn’t let go of her hand or even loosened his grip. She knows he has to be feeling uncomfortable – hell, she's a little uncomfortable and she doesn’t have anything close to Mike’s issues – but she wouldn’t know it just from how he’s holding her hand. If anything, his grip continues to intensify, like just holding her hand will protect him from the prying eyes that surround and follow them.
El’s first stop is the table where her stuff is sitting… the same table where Carrie and some of her friends are taking a break of their own. They’re looking at her and Mike as they approach, all amused smiles and warm gazes. “Well, if it isn’t the happy and new ‘It Couple’ of Hawkins High,” Jessie says with a giggle she doesn’t even try and hide.
“Yes, yes, get it out of your systems now,” El says as she and Mike stop in front of the table. He comes up nearly to her side, lingering just a little behind her. “You guys know Mike, right?” El turns and looks up at him, smiling in a way she hopes is encouraging. And, except for a bit of tightness around his eyes and at the corners of his jaw, Mike is smiling back, even though it’s a little smaller than hers.
“Hey Mike,” Carrie says as she focuses on him. “Surprised to see you here, but you look good.”
Jessie snickers. “Don’t let Alan hear you say that.”
Mike lets out a weak laugh, but he doesn’t move away from El and that means the world to her. “Hey Carrie,” he says while he gives her a quick wave.
“So, tell me, how bad is it? How many people are staring?” El asks, giving Mike’s hand a squeeze as her other crosses over to wrap gently around his jacket-covered forearm, pressing the length of his arm along her side.
Yes, she’s aware she’s posturing a bit, broadcasting for all to see her complete and total commitment to the boy who’s standing by her side. But she’s also taking comfort from it as well.
Mike’s here – he’s here with her in front of everyone. This is as close as El is going to get to shouting it from the rooftops that she and Mike are An Item, so she’s damn well going to take the opportunity while it’s in front of her.
Or next to her, as the case may be.
Carrie gives her and Mike a sympathetic smile. “Well, not everyone is staring–”
“But a lot of people are,” Jessie says, cutting in.
Mike grumbles, brows furrowing. “Don’t know why they feel the need to stare.”
Jessie looked at Mike with kind eyes and a gentle smirk. “My advice? Ignore them. They’re just jealous you two are so adorable.”
“Yeah, and if it makes you feel any better, a lot of us are rooting for you two,” Carrie chimes in with.
“Um, thanks… I think,” Mike says, looking unsure whether he should smile or not.
So El smiles enough for both of them. “Yeah, thanks. It means a lot that at least some people are supportive.”
Carrie giggles and gives a delicate shrug, a cheeky smile on her face, before she moves on to the next topic. “So, what brings you two over here?”
El smiles, wrinkling her nose in some semblance of playful apology. “Just over here to grab my stuff. We’re gonna head out for the night.”
A giggly, sing-songy “ooh” leaves from both Carrie and Jessie and El feels a blush creep up her cheeks, both happy and a little embarrassed at the insinuation in the other girls’ voices. “Don’t have too much fun, now,” Jessie says with a knowing smile, now making Mike blush along with El.
Carrie tsks and gives Jessie a chiding look. “Hey, stop it – you’re embarrassing them,” she says before she looks back at Mike and El. “Have a good night, you two,” she says, soft and kind.
El can’t help but smile as she lets go of Mike’s arm to grab her coat and drape it over her arm while she picks up her clutch. “Thanks, we will,” she says as she goes back to Mike’s side, hand effortlessly seeking out his once more. Their palms meet and Mike’s fingers weave through hers without hesitation, like he’s acting on instinct and doesn’t even have to think before holding onto her tight.
A thrill runs up El’s arm and down her spine from how Mike’s fingers wrap around her hand and she grips his hand back just as tightly. With a last wave at Carrie and Jessie, El pulls Mike alongside her as she walks away.
They don’t leave the gym immediately and Mike lets El drag him behind her as she goes from friends group to friends group to say her goodbyes. Mike doesn’t talk much as she does this, but he doesn’t shy away, seemingly content to hover by her side instead.
The only exception is right at the end when El goes to say goodbye to Jen. He must see who she’s approaching because he slows behind her, tugging on her hand when they’re maybe 10 feet away from where Jen and her date are leisurely dancing to a song that is much faster paced than their movements would suggest.
And nearby – and what is likely the source of Mike’s hesitation – is the rest of the popular clique, including Stacey and Zach who are somehow still going out.
Jen and the rest have noticed Mike and El’s approach and El can feel everyone’s eyes slide over to them, a range of emotions from surprise to disgust reflected in their gazes.
El turns at the tug on her hand and looks up at Mike’s face, which has gone a little pale as he licks his lips. “I’ll, um, stay here while you say goodbye.”
He doesn’t need to explain why – Ashley’s there, too, along with a whole bunch of other people who’ve made his life hell – and El smiles up at him. “Ok, won’t take long.”
Mike tries to smile back, but it’s tight and doesn’t quite reaching his eyes, gaze full of fear and trepidation. He’s scared, El realizes. But, despite it all, he’s not backing up any further and all of it just makes El want to do whatever it takes to reassure him that everything will be ok, that she’s not going to abandon him to the wolves.
The hand holding his lets go so El can wrap her fingers around the lapel of Mike’s jacket as she pushes up onto her toes. Mike falls into her like he has no say in how his body reacts to her and he leans over far enough for her lips to brush against his. El takes it one step further, hand sliding up to cup the back of his head so she can push up into his lips even further.
El feels more than hears Mike’s stuttering breath against her as she kisses him and she can also feel the way the tension starts to drain from him as he relaxes into the kiss, his mouth soft and full as his lips glide against hers. Encouraged, stomach beginning to swoop, El opens her mouth beneath his, tugging just so on his lower lip in a way that makes Mike groan against her skin.
A switch starts to flip between the two of them as the world around them begins to fade and they forget everything but themselves. Mike’s hands come up to cup her face, fingers dipping into the loose hair that’s pinned up in a bun atop her head, and his mouth hard slants against hers.
Heat zips down El’s spine to settle low in her belly as her body starts to remember the easy chemistry that flows freely between them, electric and sizzling. And even though El’s almost positive that anything physical between them tonight is going to be contained to just kissing, she knows that, sooner rather than later, they’ll indulge completely in the desire and passion that’s so easily swept them away in the past. It’s nice to know that this component to their relationship is still there, even though now’s not really the time to let it take over.
Mike seems to realize this around when El does and they pull back roughly at the same time. El’s heart is beginning to race and her skin’s starting to tingle as she looks up at him, feeling like her face is mirroring the dark eyes and flushed cheeks that are staring back down at her, and the smile that stretches up her lips is both flirty and knowing. “Be right back,” she says, almost breathlessly, before she pulls away from Mike’s hold, his fingertips trailing against her skin as she steps back.
By the time El turns around, Jen has noticed her and is full on smiling in her direction, Chris Oban looking equally amused. “Ooh, looks like someone has a new boyfriend,” Jen teases as El approaches. Any judgment that would have once been there in Jen’s eyes is completely absent, leaving only support and friendship radiating from her.
That’s not the case for the rest of the popular clique. Stacey and Zach in particular are looking at her with expressions like they’ve just smelled something foul and El resolves to ignore them in order to focus all her attention of her actual friend.
El’s face heats up even more, the sensation of being overwhelmed at the scrutiny mixing with the still-fading rush of kissing Mike. But, still, she’s smiling, overjoyed and in love above all else. “More than just looks like,” El says with a wink, feeling light and bubbly.
Chris lets out a laugh before he gives Jen’s hand a squeeze. “I’m gonna go get some punch, let you two chat.”
Jen gives Chris a smile that is damn near giddy for how adorable it is, only turning back to El once Chris starts to walk away.
“Hmm, someone’s all smitten kitten,” El says, tone light and teasing but undeniably fond.
Jen giggles, but she shakes her head. “Hey now, this isn’t about me and Chris. This is about how it looks like Mike Wheeler made you weak in the knees with a single kiss. And, if that’s true, who knew Tall, Dark, and Nerdy could kiss like that?”
El lets out a giggle of her own, smile officially out of control. “He’s such a good kisser, I literally have no words to describe how much.”
“Well, I’m happy for you – I know you’ve had a thing for him for a while. I don’t entirely get it, but–” Jen’s gaze cuts over the direction that Chris disappeared off to. “–I think I’m starting to sympathize at least a little.”
“It means a lot to hear you say that, so thank you,” El says, reaching out to lightly touch Jen’s arm in a friendly gesture. “I just came by to say goodbye for the night – Mike and I are heading out.”
Jen waggles her eyebrow and, in a tone of voice reminiscent of Jessie’s from a few minutes ago, says, “Ooh, go get ‘im, tiger.”
It’s the second time in less than 5 minutes that this particular insinuation has come up and El just rolls her eyes, brushing it off. “Oh, ha, ha,” El says. “See you in class on Monday?”
Jen nods and holds her arms outstretched for a hug. “Absolutely! Have a good night!”
El easily goes in for the hug, arms wrapping around Jen briefly. “G’night!”
El pulls back and, before she turns around, she looks over at Stacey, who’s looking back and trying to pretend that she’s not. El waits until she catches Stacey’s eye before she gives the other girl a cutesy wave, wriggling her fingers with a trolling smile on her face. And, as Stacey starts to glare, El finally turns around and heads back to Mike.
There’s still a little fear and uncertainty on Mike’s face, but he’s mostly smiling, shaking his head at her as he tries to hold back his laughter.
El’s giggling as she approaches. “What?” she asks, unable to keep from smiling up at him.
“You are….” For a moment, words seem to fail Mike and he sighs, but the smile doesn’t leave his face. “You really are something else, you know that, right?”
“As long as ‘something else’ is what you want, then that’s all that matters,” El says, reaching for Mike’s hand once more.
“I’ll always want you, no matter what,” Mike says as he takes El’s hand, fingers warm where they weave through hers.
El’s heart flutters at the sound of “always” and she tugs on Mike’s hand. “C’mon, let’s get out of here.”
This time, they walk side by side as they make their way through the gym and El hears Mike let out a sigh of relief as they get out into the hallway . “Hey, hold on, let me put on my coat,” El says as she pauses by the check in table, manned by a bored looking freshman. She looks away from Mike as she puts down her clutch, borrowing the table for just a bit.
But, as she goes to shift her attention to the coat draped across her forearm, the feel of it sliding against her skin makes her freeze. El turns her head sharply to see Mike grabbing her coat, a sheepish smile on his face. “Allow me.”
El nods and turns so Mike can help her into her coat. She feels him hovering behind her and she rolls back her shoulders, arms stretching behind her just enough so Mike can start guiding her coat up onto her. The backs of his fingers whisper against the skin of her arms, which makes her shiver. El’s breath shudders dangerously in her chest at the feeling of Mike’s touch and every nerve in her body all but aches to feel his touch everywhere else, gentle and reverent and so, so warm.
El’s not the only one affected, if Mike’s heavy breathing behind her is any indication. She knows it’s true once her coat is secure on her shoulders and she turns around to look up at him, his eyes dark and endlessly deep. The sheer want on his face is almost overwhelming and El’s heart flutters at the richness of the expression. “Thank you,” she says, words spoken just above a whisper.
Mike lets out a shaky breath. “Anytime.”
“Oh, I bet,” El says, eyebrow arching as a grin starts to pull up the corners of her lips at just how flirty that sounded. She shakes her head a beat later and reaches out, one hand grabbing her clutch while the other wraps around the lapel of Mike’s jacket. “Ok, where to? I propose your house, if that’s ok?”
Something in Mike’s eyes dims and he glances away. “Oh, um, no one’s there tonight and I–” He cuts off, lips pinching together, shaking his head. “It’s not the happiest place right now.”
El’s heart twists and she doesn’t even think as she steps towards Mike, her arms wrapping around his torso as her head rests against his chest. “I’m sorry,” she says, words half muffled from where they’re spoken into his jacket.
Mike’s arms encircle her and he gives her a brief squeeze before they disentangle. “Thanks.” He looks down at her. “So, um, how about your house, instead?”
El arches an eyebrow. “My dad’s there, is that ok?”
Mike shrugs and he smiles. “Yeah, that sounds ok.” He steps back and holds out his arm, having regained a little of his earlier equilibrium. “Shall we?”
El nods and slips her arm through Mike’s as she smiles. “We shall.”
The journey to her house doesn’t take long, all things considered. It’s cold outside and the two hurry to Mike’s car, him telling her the abbreviated story of how he came to be there as a way to distract them from the chill in the air –
(“The Party came with me as moral support – well, not Max, but you know – but I drove separate in case you didn’t turn me down, which you didn’t.” – “Aww, you told your friends about us?” – “Kinda had to if I wanted them to help me.”)
– and he very gentlemanly opens the passenger side door so she can get into the car.
El slides onto the seat with a grateful smile, looking up at Mike through fluttering lashes. “Thanks,” she says, quiet and intimate.
Mike smiles, but he ducks his gaze, bashful. “Any time,” he says, just as quiet, before he closes the door behind her and goes around to the driver’s side.
El waits until Mike’s started the car and guided it out of the parking lot before she reaches for his hand. It hasn’t snowed in a few days and the roads are clear, so El figures it’s safe enough for him to drive one-handed.
Mike jumps when El’s hand slides atop of his where it’s holding the steering wheel. His gaze cuts over to her and nervousness flickers in his eyes. “What?”
El smiles and ignores the mild concern that sparks in the back of her mind. “Just wanna hold your hand,” she says, fingers already curling around Mike’s to pull his hand from the wheel. He acquiesces willingly, letting her pull his hand towards her without a fight, but El still suddenly feels the need to ask, brow furrowing as she looks at him with concern. “You ok?”
“Yeah, yeah,” Mike says, voice pitched a little too high and sounding a little too breezy. He laces their fingers together as El rests their hands on the center console. And, when he looks at her, El can see what looks like the beginnings of relief in his eyes. “I’m good,” he says, voice having gained a bit of strength. “It’s just…part of me still can’t believe this is real.”
“That I’m really here, you mean?” El clarifies. And when Mike nods, eyes going back to the road, El picks up their hands and brings Mike’s hand up to her mouth. The skin of the back of his hand is smooth beneath her lips as she presses a lingering kiss to the spot right below his knuckles. “I’m not going anywhere.”
“I know. I think it’s more that I’m surprised I didn’t fuck this up beyond saving. I’m pretty hopeless when it comes to this kind of stuff.” Mike glances at her again, lips twisting in a wry smile.
“Mike, when you put your mind to it, you can do anything,” El says. “And, except for a couple of bumps in the road, you’ve been doing everything right.”
Mike snorts, dry and derisive. “Yeah, but those were some pretty big bumps.” There’s no need to go into further detail – they both know what they’re referring to and, as much as there are some things she knows they need to talk about regarding it, El doesn’t want to have this conversation in the car.
“We’re still here, though,” El says with a squeeze of Mike’s hand. “That’s something.”
“Yeah, it is,” Mike says, smiling softly over at her, and El knows, in this moment, they’ll be alright.
The rest of the drive is quiet, both of them content to just be with each other, but El still lets out a sighing giggle when Mike pulls up in front of her house. Finally, they can go get comfortable somewhere and just be together, which is all El has been craving for what feels like forever – or, at least, since the last time she got to experience just being held by Mike for long stretches of time, his arms around her warm and secure.
Mike and El get out of the car almost in unison and she reaches for his hand again as they head towards her front door.
“What are you going to tell your dad? About us?” Mike asks as they walk up the porch steps.
El looks up at him as she digs her keys out of her clutch. “The truth.” At Mike’s withered, fearful look, El smiles up at him and gives him a gentle bump with her shoulder. “Don’t worry, I’ll handle him.”
“Yeah, well, your dad is big and has guns and I hurt you, so….”
El figures she needs to nip this in the bud. Whether or not she’ll be successful is a story for a different time, but she has to try.
So El stops at the top of the stairs and turns towards Mike, causing him to stop as well. Her hands go to him, keys loosely gripped in one, and she grabs him gently by the lapels of his jacket, tugging on the fabric just enough to punctuate her point. “Yes, you hurt me. But it’s not like I didn’t hurt you, too. We both messed up – saying things we didn’t mean, keeping things from each other – but we’re fixing it. Mike, I–” The words I love you almost tumble out from between her lips and El only catches herself right at the last possible moment, drawing in a shaky gasp at the near mistake. Right before they go inside and inevitably face her dad is not the moment to tell him she loves him. “I care about you, so much. You’re the only one who I ever want to be with. And, yeah, odds are we’ll probably mess up again in the future, but we know we can get through it and that’s all that matters, not what my dad or anyone else thinks.” She smiles up at him. “So, how about we head inside, grab some blankets and some comfier clothes, and snuggle up on the porch swing.”
Mike stares down at her, naked wonder in his eyes, but he’s smiling throughout it all, so El figures he’s gotten over the initial hump of panic. “On the porch swing, huh? In case you haven’t noticed, it’s freezing outside.”
El giggles, grinning so wide, her face is in danger of getting stuck this way. “That’s what the blankets are for. Besides….” El begins pulling down on Mike’s jacket as she stretches up onto her toes. “If we get too cold, we’ll just have to be extra snuggly. You know, to share body heat, and all.”
“Oh, is that how that goes?” The faux naivete in Mike’s voice is beyond adorable and the grin that transforms his smile makes El’s insides go all gooey.
“Mm-hmm, absolutely,” she says with a nod, her nose brushing against Mike’s. “And you should listen to me. I’m smart.”
“So smart,” Mike says, barely whispering the words, before their mouths meet in a rich kiss that makes El’s toes curl. His hands go to her hips before sliding up underneath her jacket to grip tightly at her waist. Even through the fabric of her dress, Mike’s touch is cold from the freezing temperatures and it makes her shiver even harder. But then his mouth opens against hers, tongue teasing the seam of her lips, and El all but forgets her name, never mind the cold, as she responds in kind.
For a few moments, this is all there is – a few blissful, quiet moments of kisses that teeter on the precipice between luxurious and devouring, hands holding each other close to not only guard against the cold, but also to reassure themselves that the other is still here.
But, then, the blissful quiet is interrupted by the sound of the front door opening and Hopper’s voice coming from inside the house as the front porch light clicks on. “El, honey, is that you? Are you back already? Thought the dance wasn’t supposed to end until–”
As the sound of her dad’s voice registers in her brain, El hurries to look over at him and she sees Mike do the same out of the corner of her eye, all three of them freezing as they stare at each other, Hopper surprised and Mike and El startled at the interruption.
Hopper recovers first and the look he gives the both of them has El blushing like she’s been caught doing something… which is technically true since she and Mike were pretty much making out on the front porch. And then Hop’s gaze zeroes in on Mike. “Mike,” he says, giving the name so much weight, El is surprised it doesn’t fall through the floor.
Mike steps back, hands leaving El’s hips in a flash. “Hopper – Chief – I was just – it wasn’t what it looked like.”
“Oh? Because it looked like you were kissing my daughter, which I gotta say, I really don’t wanna have to watch.” Hop crosses his arms over his chest and leans against the doorframe. “So, take it you two are back together.”
At this, El reaches for Mike’s hand, an almost defiant gesture in the face of her dad’s stoic caution. She knows her dad is wary about this – she can see it in the hard line in his gaze, the tightness of his jaw. But they both know, her and Hop, that she’s old enough to make her own choices. And, right now, she’s choosing Mike. “Yes, we are,” El says. “Mike surprised me at the dance and now we’re here so we can hang out and talk.” At this, El arches an eyebrow, playfully. “Unless you say no and then Mike and I will go to his house where we’ll be all alone.”
“If this is your attempt at guilt-tripping me, congratulations. It’s working,” Hop says as he quickly glances at her before he looks back at Mike. “You gonna break her heart again?”
El groans as Mike all but jumps out of his skin, like he’s half a second away from bolting. “Um, n-no?”
“Dad, stop,” El says after Mike stutters out an answer.
“Hey, you can’t blame me for worrying,” Hop says, shrugging as his arms fall back down to his side. “But, as long no one’s hurting each other, I guess Mike can stay.”
“Awesome, we’re just gonna hang out on the porch swing out back,” El says, smiling gratefully at her dad.
Hopper steps back and waves them both inside. “Well, you know where the blankets are,” he says as El follows her dad into the house, dragging Mike over the threshold behind her.
“Thanks, Dad,” El says as Hop closes the door behind them. She unbuttons her coat and turns to Mike. “Wanna help me gather supplies?” she asks, looking up at him with a soft smile.
“Yeah, just point me in the right direction,” Mike says.
“And you can take off your coat, if you want,” El says as she starts leading them up the stairs, her dad completely forgotten. “I think you left a hoodie here. It’ll probably be more comfortable than a suit jacket.”
“Sounds good, but no worries if you don’t,” Mike says and El can hear the shrug in his voice
It doesn’t take long to gather everything together. El shucks off her coat in her bedroom, clutch tossed onto her bed, and digs out a cardigan for herself that she pulls on before she unearths the aforementioned hoodie that Mike left at her house several weeks ago. “Here, I think this belongs to you,” El says, smiling as she tosses the article of clothing in Mike’s direction.
Mike catches it and gives her a wry look as he sets it down on her desk so he can take of his jacket. “Thanks.”
El gives herself a moment to stare, watching almost mesmerized as Mike hangs his jacket up on her chair, eyes scanning up his fitted, white dress shirt that only highlights the lean lines of his torso before her gaze settles on where his fingers are loosening the knot of his tie so he can slip the offending fabric off from around his neck. There’s something… hypnotic about the graceful curve of his fingers as he pulls at the knot, graceful and delicate. El remembers when those fingers were graceful and delicate on her skin, which makes her quickly excuse herself to go grab the blankets from the hall closet before she does something stupid like jump him in her bedroom while her dad’s home.
Yes, because the smart thing to do is try and seduce your ex-ex boyfriend while your dad’s in the house before you’ve even talked everything out. Good thinking, El. Real mature.
El shakes her head at herself as she pulls blanket after blanket from the closet. Mike’s earlier comment about the temperature was no joke – it’s freezing outside and El wants to make sure that they’re comfortable.
“Hey, need help?”
El turns at the sound of Mike’s voice and she grins, amused at the contrast of the rumpled, dark grey hoodie with the dress shirt and slacks Mike’s wearing. “Yeah, hold your arms out,” she says, waiting for him to comply before she plops a small stack of blankets – a couple of down comforters and a quilt – onto his arms. El grabs another stack and kicks the door shut with her silver-clad foot. “Alright, that should be enough. C’mon, let’s go.”
El guides Mike out to the back porch and, together, they set up the blankets in interwoven layers that create something of a cocoon – a couple draped to keep the air out from beneath them, some to wrap over them, others to drape on top of them. And then it’s El’s favorite part: actually snuggling.
Mike sits down first, lengthwise, legs stretched out in front of him with enough space for El to sit between them, which lets El snuggle up against him once all the blankets are in place and they’re cocooned from the cold.
Mike’s arms wrap around her, warm and solid, and El finally lets herself melt into him, turning so she can rest on her side, ear pressed against his chest. “Hi,” she says as her arm snakes beneath the hoodie to rest along the slant of his waist, his warmth tangible even through the dress shirt and undershirt he’s wearing.
“Hi,” Mike says back, just as quiet, voice filled with impossible tenderness.
“You’re here.” The weight of it is fully sinking in and El’s throat tightens as a surge of emotion washes through her.
Mike presses a kiss to the top of her head. “Only because you gave me a second chance.”
“Well, you earned it,” El says, hugging him tight as she nuzzles into his chest. “You braved a school dance and kissed me in front of the entire school and everything.”
“I did do that, didn’t I?” There’s a wondrous edge to Mike’s voice, like he can’t believe he actually managed it.
The tone in his voice sparks a question that had started niggling at her from when Mike was walking her to his car. “Hey, question for you,” she says, craning her neck to look up at him. “Did you really think there was a chance I was going to turn you down at the dance?”
Even in the low light emanating from the house behind them, gently diffused through the glass windows, El can see the way Mike’s gaze flickers. “Well, yeah,” he says, keeping his gaze locked with her before he breathes out a humorless laugh. “El, I was not a good boyfriend. I lied to you, kept things from you, made you think I was using you, and then panicked when you said the only way we could be together was if I met you halfway. I don’t know how many girls would give any guy a second chance after that.”
El shakes her head, almost in disbelief. “Mike, you weren’t the only one at fault here. I kept things from you, too. I called you whiny and self-centered. And, given what I knew about you and school dances, I totally fucked up figuring out a way to build a compromise for going public that would have made us both happy. Instead, I got hung up on my desire for this one thing and blinded myself to every other option.”
“Yeah, but I think insinuating that I was using you for sex, even accidentally, really tops anything you just described.” Mike looks away, shame radiating from him.
“Yeah, that… wasn’t great,” El says, not able to deny it. But her hand comes up under Mike’s chin to keep him from looking away any further and she nudges him so he’s looking at her once more. “But that was just bad wording when your brain was in panic mode. It’s easy for our words to get twisted up when we’re upset. I don’t hold that against you.”
Mike looks down at her with doleful, lips pulling down in a frown. “Still, I’m so sorry. I think I’m going to be making that up to you for the rest of our lives.”
A gasp bursts out of her and El feels her heart begin to race. “The rest of our lives, huh?”
Mike’s eyes widen as the meaning of his words, repeated back to him, registers and his mouth works a couple of times before sound comes out. “Oh, I meant – I just–”
El takes pity on him and, instead of letting him flounder, slides her hand up to cup his cheek so she can pull his face down to hers, mouth capturing his in a sudden, dizzying kiss. At first, Mike tenses, his grip on her tightening through the satin of her dress, but he melts into the kiss moments later, letting out a whimpering moan against her lips.
El pulls away first, but she doesn’t go far. God, she never wants to go far. Not when Mike sees them being in each other’s lives forever. “I really like the sound of that, the rest of our lives,” she says, words whispered against his mouth. With his face so close, the cold doesn’t really seem to affect her as much, surrounded as she is by his warmth.
Mike smiles, letting out a breathless, almost delirious laugh. “Oh, good, good. That’s… good.”
El giggles (dopey, dumbfounded Mike is one of her favorites) and she begins eliminating the narrow distance between their lips once more. “That’s very good,” she murmurs before talking becomes unnecessary, mouths engaged in a whole different type of communicating.
El’s not sure how long, but for a while, there is only this: mouths connecting and reconnecting, bodies pressed up against each other, hands tracing tender caresses across necks and faces and over clothing. It’s… comforting, gentle, reassuring, slowly getting reacquainted with each other after two nightmarish weeks apart. Their kisses are slow and deep, completely unhurried, punctuated by shuddering breathes and delicate gasps, and their touches chaste and reverent, like they’re just reassuring themselves that the other is still here, that this is real.
And, with every kiss, every touch, El feels the tendrils of pain and longing unfurl from around her heart, the empty spaces filling in like gold poured into cracks of pottery: clearly having been hurt and broken, but stronger and more beautiful because of it.
It feels like it did the night they first kissed, all wondrous exploration and heart-warming thrill. Everything feels new and uncharted, but also achingly familiar. It’s a new beginning and coming home all at the same time, and El realizes this is a beginning of sorts – a second beginning, a chance to do this right on equal footing. No more secrets, no more hiding.
The realization sweeps through her, emotion swelling inside of her, and El pours it all into Mike, into her kisses and wherever her hands roam – the span of his chest, the breadth of his shoulders, the lines of his torso, the sweep of his neck and jaw.
El thinks she could gladly stay here forever, surrounding and surrounded by him, by this beautiful boy she loves so much, as they trade kisses that warm her from the inside and make her heart feel all fluttery. But it’s cold outside and getting colder by the minute and the temperature eventually makes itself known in the bite at the edges of her ears and in the smothering cold at the crown of her hair.
Reluctantly, El pulls back from Mike’s kisses, her hands coming up to cup his cheeks so he doesn’t think it’s distance she wants (which she doesn’t at all). “Getting cold out,” she says, only able to speak in sentence fragments as her brain slowly comes back to her, every neuron drenched in a potent cocktail of dopamine and serotonin.
Mike nods, tongue coming out to wet kiss-swollen lips. “Happens when it’s winter.” His voice is low and husky, exactly the pitch that makes El shiver and feel all squirmy inside.
“Hmm, yes, but as much as I love it out here with you, don’t wanna get hypothermia.” El runs her thumb across the fullness of Mike’s lower lip. “So, wanna come inside with me? Where it’s warmer? We can hang out in my room.”
Something once again flickers in Mike’s gaze – reality trying its best to butt in – and his eyebrows arch in what seems like a million questions. Or, just one really big one. “Your room?” Mike repeats in a seeking tone.
It’s one El knows well and she lets out a breathless laugh. “We aren’t having sex, if that’s what you’re wondering–”
“Not what I was wondering, but thanks for clarifying,” Mike says, cutting in as his nervous lips press thin in a humorless grin. “Your dad’s home, El. Your dad with his scary guns and even scarier fists.”
El giggles. “Love how you think his fists are scarier than the guns,” she says through her laugh, which trails off in a wistful sigh. “I just… I don’t want you to go home yet. Missed just being with you, you know?”
Mike nods and his hand snakes up out from the blankets so he can push a stray wisp of hair behind her ear. “Yeah, I know,” he says, voice thick with an emotion El feels deep down to the bottom of her soul. But, he smiles a second later, content. “Ok, you’ve convinced me. I’ll stay.”
“Yay!” El says with hushed excitement, grinning and giggling all throughout.
They carefully extract themselves from their blanket cocoon, neither of them wanting to fall and injure themselves when everything else about the night is going so well, and they gather the blankets in messy armfuls before they head inside.
El wordlessly instructs Mike to just drop his pile of blankets next to hers just inside the door from the back porch and she grabs his hand when she’s able to as she pulls him towards the stairs. Her dad’s still down in the family room, obvious in the sounds of the action movie he’s watching on TV, and El ducks her head in, Mike hovering behind her. “Hey Dad? It’s too cold outside, so Mike and I are gonna hang out in my room.” It’s not a question, not a request – it’s just an informative statement. A formality, really.
Hop looks over, eyes locking on hers, and El holds the gaze unflinchingly to the point where Hop looks past her to Mike. “Don’t your parents want you home at some point?”
El feels the words like a pang and, from the look on Mike’s face when she turns around, he feels the same way. “Oh, um… there’s–” Mike’s voice chokes off and he looks down at his feet, a flush crawling up from beneath the collar of his shirt. “No one’s gonna be home until tomorrow, maybe.”
El looks back at her dad just in time to his expression soften and she knows he’s reading between the lines and seeing the truth that lies beneath. “Well, I guess you can hang around, then. Just be good, you two,” Hop says, giving them a stern, knowing look, typical dad protectiveness.
El smiles and tries to project an air of innocence that everyone knows is fake. “Would I ever be anything but?”
Hop arches an eyebrow, but El can see him trying to fight off laughter. “Don’t let her boss you around too much,” he says, looking behind her at Mike once more.
Mike lets out a laugh that also sounds kind of like a cough and El looks at him with a mock glare. “I’ll try,” Mike says, trying not to smile and looking hesitant all at the same time. “But you know how she is.” He loses control of his smile, then, eyes sparkling with good-natured teasing.
Hop snorts, chuckling a little. “Boy, do I.”
El looks back and forth between her dad and her boyfriend with mock affront. “Ok, clearly, I need to keep you two separate to stop you from ganging up on me,” she says, pouting a little. “C’mon Mike, let’s go upstairs.”
“Have fun, you two. But not too much fun!” Hop calls out to them as El leads Mike upstairs by the hand.
“I’m ignoring you!” El calls back over her shoulder as Hop lets out a deep, belly laugh that follows them all the way up to her room.
“Ugh, sorry about him,” El says as she shuts her bedroom door behind her and Mike, closing them off to her dad and the rest of the world.
Mike shrugs. “Hey, at least he’s here,” he says with dark flippancy. But before El can remark on it, Mike looks over at her bedroom door. “Is it ok that it’s closed?”
El smiles, a tiny, gentle grin. “Why, you planning on doing something inappropriate?”
Mike’s face goes scarlet with a bright, searing red that El can practically feel even a couple feet away. “You’re so mean to me,” he says, but El knows he’s just pretending to be offended.
“Not true,” El says as she sidles up to him, fingers curling in the fabric of his hoodie. “If I were mean, would I do this?” she asks before she pulls him in for a kiss, lips lingering as the kiss comes to a slow end.
The blush on Mike’s face has muted some, but is undeniably still there as he looks a little dazed from the kiss. “Ok, you’re not mean,” he says, lips quirking in a smile.
“Thank you,” El says with a giggle before she gives Mike a gentle shove in the direction of her bed. “Now, sit down, get comfy.”
Mike falls back gently onto the edge of the bed. “What about you? What are you going to do?” he asks as he unzips his hoodie and shucks it off so that it drapes haphazardly on the corner of her bed.
“Join you once I change into PJs,” El says, following Mike’s example by taking off her cardigan, the last vestiges of the cold, night air clinging to the woven fabric. “This dress is pretty, but I’m ready for comfy clothes at this point.”
“O-oh. Did – did you want me to go out into the hallway? While you change?”
El turns and looks over at Mike, brow furrowing. “Why? It’s nothing you haven’t seen before.”
“Yeah, well, you know….” Something sad and shameful flickers across Mike’s expression, but he looks away before El can get a good look at it. Instead, he seems to find where his hands are resting on his knees to be particularly interesting, fingers rubbing at where the fabric of his slacks is stretched over the joints.
El drops her cardigan to the floor and crosses the short distance between them. “No, I don’t know,” she says as she takes his hands in hers, lifting them up so she can step between knees and sit on his lap. “Why don’t you explain it to me?”
“I just….” Mike sighs, chest heaving from the motion, and he looks up at her. The only light on in her room is the low lamp on her bedside table and it casts the most intriguing shadows on Mike’s face, his skin glowing in the warm, diffused light. “I didn’t want to do anything to make you think I was taking advantage of you or using you or treating you like an object here for me to stare at.”
One of El’s hands come up to cup his cheek, the curve of his jaw fitting neatly against the heel of her palm. “Mike, I could never think that – not after everything that’s happened and what we’ve done to get here.”
Mike nods, throat bobbing as he gulps. “I just want you to trust me again,” he says in a tiny voice, as if speaking any louder will give the words power he’s not ready to give.
El smiles and leans forward, eyes slipping shut as her forehead bumps against Mike’s. She breathes in deep, relishing the closeness. “I do trust you,” she all but whispers before she pulls back just enough to look at him. She draws in a shuddering breath before she speaks once more, saying the words that have been on the tip of her tongue almost from the moment Mike came up to her with scared, naked hope in his eyes and asked her to dance. “I love you.”
Mike gasps and his eyes widen as he looks at her. “You do? Really?”
“Yeah, really,” El says with a delicate nod, mouth pulled up in an uncontrollable grin. She feels almost high, relief and excitement rushing through her that she was able to say it, amazed that saying those three, little words can make her feel so powerful.
A delirious smile spreads across Mike’s face as the weight of her words begins to sink in. His gaze dances across her face and El swears she feels his eyes on her like a physical caress. “Say it again.”
A giggle bubbles out of her and El feels lighter than air. “I love you.” She giggles again, heart pounding in her chest. “I love you, I love you, I love–”
Mike cuts her off with a sudden kiss, one hand cupping the side of her neck while the other grips her tight at the waist as she whimpers into his mouth. It’s a passionate kiss and El is claimed by it, letting it sweep her away as she bows to the force of Mike’s fervor. Her mouth parts beneath the onslaught of Mike’s kiss and she tries to give back as good as she gets, but she’s so overwhelmed, jubilant and overjoyed and so happy she can barely contain it.
Mike pulls back a dizzying suddenness that makes El gasp and the look in his eyes is intent and piercing, warming her from within. And just before El can ask what the look in his eyes is for, Mike speaks and removes all question. “I love you, too,” he says. The words tumble out of him and right into her heart, where she wants to hold them close for the rest of her life.
“Oh, good,” El says, unable to stop smiling like a fool. Her fingers trail down along the length of his cheekbone, heading unerringly for his lips. “Nice that we’re on the same page.”
“Nothing better, really,” Mike says, smiling just as wide.
El kisses him, then, because she might die right this second if she doesn’t. Mike kisses her back eagerly and it’s the best feeling in the entire world. His mouth on hers is warm and thrilling and El feels loved beyond measure in the way he holds her, the way his lips glide against hers. Their kisses are rich with knowledge they’re just beginning to uncover, the knowledge of loving and being loved in return, and it makes her feel all gooey inside.
After a few minutes, they both pull back, slightly out of breath, all smiles as they look at each other. “You know what would make this night even better?” El asks, teeth flashing out to pull her lower lip between them.
Mike lets out a laugh, gaze briefly dropping down to her mouth. “Hmm, what would that be?”
“If we snuggled up on my bed and watched a movie.”
“Wait, aren’t we snuggling now?” Mike asks, one eyebrow quirking.
“No, silly,” El says with a roll of her eyes. “I’m just sitting on your lap. Snuggling requires both of us to be sitting or laying next to each other.”
“Well, then, I’ve certainly learned my lesson,” Mike says. His lips are twitching with barely concealed laughter and it almost makes El want to kiss him again.
“Good.” El giggles and playfully taps Mike on the nose. “You willing to let me go so I can change into my PJs?”
“Only if I get to take down your hair,” Mike bargains. El lets out an incredulous laugh and Mike shrugs. “What? You know how much I love your hair.”
El shivers at the memory of the feel of Mike’s fingers running through her hair and how he couldn’t get enough of it. “Oh, I do.” She smiles, shaking her head a little with exasperated amusement. “Ok, ok, you drive a hard bargain, Mr. Wheeler, but I agree to your terms.”
Mike lets out a small, triumphant laugh. “Victory!”
El lets Mike take down her hair before she gets up to change. His fingers are gentle and delicate as they fish out the bobby pins, placing each one into El’s cupped, waiting palm. And, when all the bobby pins are out and her mass of hair has come tumbling down her shoulders, Mike combs his fingers through her hair to straighten it out, fingernails gently scraping against her scalp which makes her shiver and sigh.
But the best part is the look of sheer bliss on Mike’s face and, even though her hair must be straightened out by now given the several passes of his fingers, Mike still keeps on running his hand through her hair. “You really like this, don’t you?” she asks, lovingly amused.
“So much, you have no idea,” Mike says. “Your hair is so soft.”
The hushed wonder in Mike’s voice makes her feel all giggly and El is loathe to make him stop doing what he’s doing. But she really, really wants to lie down and snuggle with him and she can’t do that wearing her fancy dress. “Gonna have to stop you for a sec,” El says as she stands up, extracting herself from Mike’s embrace as he lets out a puppy-dog whimper at the loss of her hair through his fingers. “Oh, it won’t be for long, you big baby,” El says, chuckling – Mike’s pouting at her and it’s beyond adorable. “Once I finish changing, you can go right back to what you were doing.”
Mike grins. “Awesome.”
Before she walks away, El turns so that her side’s facing him. “Hey, mind helping me with the zipper for this dress?” she asks as she raises her arm.
Mike arches an eyebrow as he looks at her, but his hands are already reaching for her. “You sure you’re not the one planning something inappropriate?” he asks, grinning.
El rolls her eyes and indicates where the tab of the zipper is hidden in the seam of her dress. “No, you dork. The zipper on this dress is finicky,” she says, thinking about how long it took her to zip it up as she was getting ready earlier that night. “It’s easier with two pairs of hands.”
“Hmm, a likely story,” Mike says as El pulls the side seam taut while Mike pulls on the zipper tab. With a pair of helping hands, the task goes smoothly and Mike’s hands wordlessly fall away from her as El steps towards her closet. El doesn’t bother hiding herself as she slips off her dress – it’s true, it’s not like Mike hasn’t seen her naked before – and she takes care hanging the dress up in her closet before she grabs what’s become her winter PJs: an old, oversized flannel shirt that once belonged to her dad, soft and worn, and a pair of leggings.
But, the entire time, El has one eye on Mike, glancing at him over her shoulder every few seconds. He’s watching her, of course (honestly, she doesn’t blame him – he’s almost 17 and his girlfriend is changing in front of him. what else does she expect?) but El doesn’t mind. He’s not ogling her or leering at her. No, Mike’s gaze is full of attraction and appreciation, but also love and affection, and it makes El feel cherished.
While all this is happening, Mike is also getting comfortable, too. He unbuttons his dress shirt and strips down to just his undershirt, which he untucks from his slacks before he removes his belt. Mike stands and drapes both his belt and his dress shirt over the back of her desk chair and El turns to face him as she finishes buttoning up the flannel.
“I think I also still have a pair of your sweatpants, if you wanna change into those,” El says. “Don’t know how comfy dress pants are.”
Mike smirks at her from where he’s standing by her desk. “How many of my clothes have you stolen?” he asks, snickering a little.
“As many as I can get away with,” El says with a grin. The way he’s smiling is irresistible and she abandons her efforts to put on her leggings to walk over to him, unable to stop herself. It’s only a few steps to where he is and El reaches for him, hands landing low on his ribcage as she curls her fingers in the fabric of his undershirt. “Why, that a problem?”
Mike’s smirk softens into a small smile and his own hands gently curve around her waist. “Not at all,” he says, voice going low and tender. “You can have anything of mine whenever you want.”
“Aww, how sweet,” El coos. “I believe that earned you a kiss.”
“One whole kiss, huh?” The amount of happiness radiating from Mike makes El feel all warm and fuzzy inside and she can’t help but giggle up at him. “Well, if I’m going to claim that, I’m going to need us to be sitting down at least. You’re too far away, both of us standing.”
El’s eyes narrow playfully. “Are you calling me short?”
“Maybe I’m just too tall. Ever think about that?” Mike throws back.
“No, don’t say that. You’re not too tall – you’re just the right amount of tall,” El says, the backs of her fingers trailing up Mike’s sides as she lifts her arms to clasp her hands behind his neck. “I love how tall you are.”
A blush creeps up Mike’s cheeks, but he doesn’t look away. “Still doesn’t make it any easier to kiss you when we’re standing,” he says, eyebrow quirking.
“Hmm, sounds like someone wants to snuggle on the bed while he claims his kiss,” El says, cheeky grin on her face.
Mike begins dragging her back towards her bed. “So what if I do?” he asks. “Is that a crime?” Mike sits down on the bed and pulls El along with him. Together, they scoot back until they’re both reclining on her pillows, Mike’s arm loosely wrapped around her waist while El props herself against his chest.
It’s not hard, then, for Mike to claim his kiss, their mouths pressed together, lips lingering for a few seconds as the kiss ends. They settle in after that, turning on a movie that neither of them really care about but gives them an excuse to stay wrapped up together, talking easily over the sound coming from the TV as they fill each other in on their lives for the past couple of weeks and commiserate over finals. All the while, Mike’s fingers run through her hair with lazy, lingering strokes, and El reciprocates by drawing random patterns against Mike’s chest, hand resting delicately on his sternum.
Everything about this feels amazing. It’s intimate and domestic, calming while also exhilarating. It’s everything El loves in one, magical moment and she never, ever wants it to end.
At some point, about halfway through the movie, Hop knocks on her door before opening it and poking his head in. By this point, El is under the covers, but Mike is still on top of them, both of them stretched out on the bed while they half pay attention to the film. “Hey,” he says when he has both of their attention. “Just wanted to let you know that I’m heading to bed – got an early shift tomorrow. You guys good here?”
El nods, head shifting against Mike’s chest. “Yeah, we’re good.”
Hop returns the nod. “Well, it’s late and the roads are pretty icy outside this time of night. The guestroom is all set up, just a reminder. And before you even get any bright ideas, this isn’t permission for a sleepover. I just don’t want anyone dying from skidding on black ice. So if it gets too late, I don’t want anyone driving, and if that’s the case, there better be two beds that are slept in, is that clear?”
“Yes, Dad, that’s clear,” El says and she feels Mike nod in agreement against the top of her head.
“Good,” Hop says curtly, like he’s satisfied that his instructions are going to be followed. But El knows what he’s really warning against: no funny business, as he would say. “G’night, you two.”
“Night, Dad!” – “Good night, chief.” Mike and El call out to Hop near simultaneously and the older man gives them a small smile before he closes the door behind him, shutting El’s room off from the rest of the world once more.
“Did… did your dad really just give me permission to spend the night?” Mike asks, bemused at what’s just happened.
“Mm-hmm, yep,” El says as she lifts her head to look at Mike. “That’s exactly what just happened. So long as you sleep in the guest room, that is.”
There’s a beat, a moment of silence, and El watches the knowledge sink in as the expression on Mike’s face shifts from confusion to acceptance. “Well, alright then.”
El giggles and settles back down. “You do know I’m not letting you go to the guest room until I absolutely have to, right?”
“Yeah, I figured,” Mike says and the laugh he lets out rumbles against her ear.
“Good, as long as you know that,” El says, prim and satisfied.
They get back to quasi-watching the movie, warm and snuggly and content in the knowledge that they don’t have to end their night anytime soon.
By the time the movie comes to an end, though, the excitement of the evening has caught up with both of them and El feels her eyes begin to droop.
“I should probably head over to the guest room, yeah?” Mike says, sounding as sleepy as El feels.
Every cell in El’s body threatens to revolt at the idea and she wraps her arm firmly around Mike’s torso while she buries her head in his chest. “No, don’t go.” She’s warm and Mike’s here and he’s holding her and it’s everything she’s ever wanted. “Stay here.”
“Your dad’ll kill me,” Mike says in token protest, but El can hear that his heart isn’t in it.
“I’ll protect you,” El says, almost pleading. “Promise.”
“Well, if you promise… .” Mike lets out a little laugh. “You gotta let me go for a sec, though.”
“Why?” El asks even as she’s loosening her grip.
“Because I’m not sleeping in these pants, is why.”
“Ok, fine.” El knows she’s pouting, but she still lets Mike go, opening her eyes so she can watch him. It doesn’t take him long to take off his dress slacks, which he hangs with the rest of his clothes on the back of her chair, and when he comes back to bed, he joins El beneath the covers.
El immediately glomps onto him, wrapping her arm around him before Mike’s even fully settled. He shifts so that he’s laying on his side, face mere inches from hers, and his arm settles nicely in the curve of her waist, hand pressing against the small of her back. It’s cozy and intimate and something settles into place in El’s heart at the thought of having this with him every day for the rest of her life.
God, she can’t wait.
“I’m glad you’re here,” El says, barely speaking above a whisper. The low light coming from behind her is soft and warm, casting everything into dreamy shades of yellow.
“Me, too,” Mike says, lips quirking in a smile. “Though I think your dad’s not going to be.”
“Hey, I said I’ll protect you,” El says with a sleepy grin. She snakes the arm that’s not holding him up between them so she can touch his face, fingers trailing along the skin of his cheek as she cups his jaw. “I love you,” she says on the trail end of a shaky breath, heart beyond full of all the emotions she feels for the boy in front of her. She almost can’t believe he’s here, back with her. It’s more than she ever could have hoped for and everything she’s ever wanted.
Mike smiles, the expression full of a potent combination of relief and happiness. “And I love you.” He shifts closer to her so that their foreheads are just barely touching. “Thank you, for letting me be here.”
“Always,” El says before she closes the rest of the distance between them, tilting her head just enough so that she can kiss him, nose brushing against his. Mike sucks in an audible breath, but he kisses her back in an instant, hand pressing tighter against the small of her back.
El melts into the kiss, letting it warm her from the inside out, and both she and Mike sigh sweetly when it ends. She pulls back long enough to turn off the light behind her, but she’s back in Mike’s arms soon enough, tucking herself up against him in the darkness that surrounds them. Mike folds her in his embrace and their limbs entangle with an ease that makes El think they were always meant to sleep like this.
A smile graces El’s lips as she falls asleep. Yeah, in the morning, she and Mike will be rudely awakened by a disgruntled Hopper, who will only slightly calm down when he notices they’re both still clothed but will still let them know they’re on thin ice.
(Never mind that this won’t be the last time that El and Mike get caught sharing a bed, to the point that Hopper isn’t surprised whenever he finds his daughter and his daughter’s boyfriend curled up in her bed – they’re not hurting anyone, he know she’s safe, and as time goes on and Mike becomes more and more of a permanent fixture in El’s life, Hopper comes to accept that whatever is going on between Mike and El is here to stay.)
And that’s to say nothing for when Monday comes around and the real journey begins as they embark on an actual relationship. There’ll be weathering the gossip that circulates around the halls of Hawkins High – it’ll die down eventually, but it’ll be a challenge for Mike’s fragile bravery in those first few months.
There’ll be Mike with El by his side dealing with the evolution of his parents’ divorce – finalizing the details as his dad moves permanently to Indianapolis and his mom gets the house, Mike going to therapy to help deal with the new balance in his life, El being a shoulder he can lean on when things get to be too much.
There’ll be days where they fight, where what they want and what the other can give don’t quite match. Days where they’ll learn that wanting to compromise isn’t always enough, that they also have to figure out how, that talking and being honest is the only way to make a relationship work.
But it’ll be good, too. There’ll be dates and holding hands in public and long summer nights spent blissfully in each other’s company. There’ll be deciding on going to college together, both of them getting accepted to Northwestern, where they’ll eventually move in together after their first year.
There’ll be many more milestones to come after that: marriage, starting a family, building a life together day in and day out….
… And falling more and more in love with each other each and every day.
But this is all yet to come.
Right now, El is content. Mike is here, lovingly holding her in his arms while he buries his face in her hair and she snuggles up against him, their legs an interlocked tangle of limbs that speak to just how unwilling they are to bear any kind of separation.
For now, this is all she needs, all she’ll ever need. And though she knows that whatever comes won’t be easy, she knows she’ll be able to overcome it because Mike will be by her side. Because they love each other and that’s what’s important.
And, secure in that knowledge, feeling loved and cherished, El falls in to a blissful, dreamless sleep.
After all, what need is there to dream when all your dreams have come true?
The End
Notes:
Again, thank you so much for bearing with me this far! I hope this lived up to everyone's expectations. I just wanted to give Mike and El a soft, sweet send-off for this fic.
I'm sure some of you are wondering what's next for me. Like I said in the notes at the start of the chapter, the answer to that question is I'm not exactly sure!
I don't know if I'm gonna jump into a super long, multi-chapter fic for a bit, though. I got a couple of long, one-shot type things I wanna write and I want to write a one-shot series that takes explores Mileven both in the time between S2 and S3 and their relationship post s3 (so expect that to be bittersweet). I think I mostly want to explore smaller projects for a while, though that can totally change (there is a BTVS/ST AU fic I've been toying around with for quite some time; I have the plot almost all figured out, but am just not sure if I have the appetite to sustain another long fic rn).
But, first, I'm probably gonna take a break for a week or two, just to recharge and do some outlining and mapping out of what I want to work on next.
Until then, come follow me on tumblr (@fatechica) where I've been sporadically reblogging these days (hopefully I'll start to be a little more active soon - shit's just cray right now).
And, as always, I'll catch y'all on the flip side! Love you all! 🥰🥰🥰
Pages Navigation
Daughter_Of_The_Sadness on Chapter 1 Sun 10 Mar 2019 04:00AM UTC
Comment Actions
LovelySheree on Chapter 1 Sun 10 Mar 2019 05:08AM UTC
Comment Actions
MamaFratelli on Chapter 1 Sun 10 Mar 2019 08:53AM UTC
Comment Actions
noo960518 on Chapter 1 Sun 10 Mar 2019 09:45AM UTC
Comment Actions
floatingdreams on Chapter 1 Sun 10 Mar 2019 02:07PM UTC
Comment Actions
doyouhaveadog on Chapter 1 Sun 10 Mar 2019 03:34PM UTC
Comment Actions
myth08 on Chapter 1 Sun 10 Mar 2019 08:05PM UTC
Comment Actions
milevenhearteyes on Chapter 1 Sun 10 Mar 2019 10:23PM UTC
Comment Actions
Account Deleted on Chapter 1 Sun 10 Mar 2019 11:24PM UTC
Comment Actions
thenewromantics on Chapter 1 Mon 11 Mar 2019 01:32AM UTC
Comment Actions
salavibes on Chapter 1 Mon 11 Mar 2019 01:52AM UTC
Comment Actions
Account Deleted on Chapter 1 Mon 11 Mar 2019 03:40AM UTC
Comment Actions
freshbloom on Chapter 1 Mon 11 Mar 2019 05:06PM UTC
Comment Actions
didnotthinkofthat (Guest) on Chapter 1 Mon 11 Mar 2019 06:01PM UTC
Comment Actions
VERONlCAmars on Chapter 1 Mon 11 Mar 2019 08:22PM UTC
Comment Actions
noDownSide on Chapter 1 Tue 12 Mar 2019 12:04AM UTC
Comment Actions
arbylocks on Chapter 1 Tue 12 Mar 2019 03:50PM UTC
Comment Actions
the_zesty_lemon on Chapter 1 Thu 14 Mar 2019 02:36AM UTC
Comment Actions
loveydoveywrites on Chapter 1 Sat 23 Mar 2019 07:29AM UTC
Comment Actions
Janaynay on Chapter 1 Sat 13 Apr 2019 10:43PM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation